CORNELL

UNIVERSITY
LIBRARY
'M
Cornell University
Library
The original of this book is in
the Cornell University Library.
There are no known copyright restrictions in
the United States on the use of the text.
http://www.archive.org/details/cu31924071132082
PALI READER
WITH NOTES AND GLOSSARY
BY
DINES ANDERSEN, PH. D.
PBOraaaOR at the ITNIVEBSITY of OorENHAOEN
PART II: GLOSSARY
COPENHAGEN
GYLDENDALSKE
BOGHANDEL, NORDISK FORLAG
LONDON
LEIPZIG
LUZAC & Co.
O. HARRASSOWITZ
1907
Tiykt tned
Vnderslettelse
af Vniversitelets
Ftitrykskonto
NIELSEN ft LVDtCHK
(AXEL aiUMELKIiEB)
PALI GLOSSARY
INCLUDING THE WORDS OF THE
PALI READERandoftheMAMMAPADA
BY

DINES ANDERSEN, Ph. D.

PBOraSSOR AT TBI UNiyiRSITY OF OOPimUOIK
COPENHAGEN
GYLDENDALSKE BOGHANOEL, NORDISK FORLAG
LEIPZIG
,
O. HARRASSOWITZ /
,
19041905
NIRUJKN A LYDICHK
(AIKt. >IMUItl.KIH)
PALI
GLOSSARY
PREFACE.
In issuing the present part of the Pali Reader I ought to express
my sincere regret that various circumstances have so much retarded the
final revision and printing of the glossary, the conclusion of which I know
has been expected long ago by not a few scholars. As has been pro-
mised in the preface to Part 1. this glossary includes the vocabulary of
the whole text of Dhammapada, and I have upon the whole done my
best to make it as complete as possible. It has been my aim by this to
supply the young student with a sufficient help for the first years' study,
untill he will be able to -work inpendently, and I have therefore above
all striven to arrange the materials so that every passage in the texts
which might be supposed to present even the slightest difficulty to the
beginner should not be passed by in silence. Whether I have succeeded
in my explanations in such cases, where I differ from the usual inter-
pretation, I must leave to my critics to judge of. With regard to the
lexicographical system introduced into this glossary I need not to say
much; it is of course, as to the outer form, in many respects different
from that of the Dictionary of Childers : in addition to the Indian order
of the letters I have introduced all declinable words in their stems (only
with a few exceptions, e. g.
pronouns like aham, bhavam, etc.); where
the stems are ending in consonants these have been printed in Italics,
the reason for which I hope will be understood : ghosavat, cetas,
muddhan, gandhiw, pitar (the latter I have considered more prac-
tical than pitu). The verbs ought in my opinion to be given in their
present indicative (3. sing.), as has also been done by Childers, together
with reference to the Sanskrit roots; so I have not paid any attention
to roots or forms given by the native Pali-grammarians, my task only
being to deal with the texts themselves, and nothing has
been
quoted,
that cannot be traced in the litterature. In many single
cases
I
have
had an indispensable support in the exhaustive lexicographical
collections
of V. Trenckner (now in the Copenhagen University Library),
especially
where rny own collections were not sufficient to state a
certain
signifi-
cation, form, or gender of a word; the abbreviation (Tr.)
added
here
and there in the glossary will show that also on other
accounts 1
have
derived som 3 benefit from suggestions of his accidentally
occurring
among
the vast number of his quotations.
With regard to
typographical ar-
rangements I beg to remark that asterisks have been put before those
Pali words to which no Sanskrit equivalents can be traced; likewise
generally before compounds not found in the Sanskrit Dictionary of
Monier Williams, the new edition of which has been of great help to
me during the whole work; certain forms of the Pali words are put
within parentheses in order to show that they do not occur in the
Reader or the Dhpd., whilst brackets put to a heading-word (e. g.
[sa-
rnSsati]) denote that this particular form of the word is not traced.
Of the English iranslations it ought to be observed that those within
double inverted comma are simply quotations from my predecessors;
other typographical indications, abbreviations, etc., I hope will easily be
understood; Before using the book my readers are earnestly requested
to insert the corrections and additions given on the last pages into the
text of both parts.
In conclusion I wish to address my best thanks to my young friend
Mr, Jolt. Eijser, Assistant Librarian at our University Library, to whom
I am indebted for his kind assistance in correcting the proofs.
Coiienhageii, September 1907.
Dines Andersen.
TO
MY TEACHER AND FRIEND
Professor Dr. phil. V. FAUSB0LL
IN COMMEMORATION OF
THE 5015 ANNIVERSARY OF HIS FIRST EDITION
OF THE
DHAMMAPADA
Copenhagen, March 16., 1905
DINES ANDERSEN
DUOPACE
Reproduced by XEROGRAPHV
by Micro Photo Inc.
Cleveland
12, Ohio
A.
a-', the base of pron, gen, assa, assa,
V. ayam,
a-^ the prp, a, shortened before
double cons, v, akkamati, akkosati etc.
a-^, the augment originally prefixed
to the verbal root in the formation of
the inipf., aor, & cond. tenses, in most
cases dropped after ma
{q.
v.) and gene-
rally omitted in ordinary prose. List
of augmented forms occurring in the
texts of the Reader & the Dhp.i
a-ka, a-kari, a-kasi, a-kaihsu,
a-karamhase, v. karoti,
a-karayi, v, kareti.
a-gaficbi, a-gama, a-gamasi,
a-gatnaihsu, v. gaoobati.
a*ggahi, a-ggahum, a-ggahesi,
V. ganhati.
a-'ghatayi, v. ghateti.
a-cari, v. carati.
a-cavayi, v, caveti.
a-cchidda, a-cohindi, v, chin*
dati.
a-jali, V. jalati.
a-jini. v. jinati.
a-ttha, a-tthasi, a-Uharasu,
v.
titthati.
a-tari, v. tarati.
a-da, a-dasi(m), a'damsa, v.
dadati.
a-desayi, v. deseti.
a-ddakkhi, v. dakkhati.
a-ddasa,
a^ddasa, a-ddasama,
a- d das a sum, v. dissati.
, PSli Oloiiur/.
a- pas si, v, passati.
a-pucchi, a-pucchiihsu, v. puc>
chati.
a-piijesuih. v. piijeti.
a-plavim, v. p(a)lavati.
a-bravi, a-bruvi. v, bruti.
a-bbavissa (cond.), w. bhavati.
a-bhassatba, v. bhassati,
a-bbanim, v. bhanati.
a-bbasi, a-bbasatha, v. bhasati.
a>Taca(m), a-voca, a-TOoum, v.
vadati.
a-vadhi, v, vadhati,
a-vadesi. v. vadeti.
a-samsi, v. samsati.
a-8akkhi(in), v. sakkoti.
a>88umha, v. sunati.
a-hayatha. v. hayati.
a- ha si, v. harati,
a-hu, a-buifa, a- buva, a-huva-
ttha, a-huvambase, a-ho8i(m),
a-hesum, v, hoti.
&8im, V. attbi.
acc-a-ga, aoc-a-gama, v, all-
gaccbati.
ajjh-a-ga, ajjh'a-gu, v. acUii-
gacchati.
ajjh-a-bhasi, v. adhi-bbasati.
ajjb-a-vasayi, v, adbi-vaseti.
anu-pariy*a-ga, v, anu-pari-
gacohati.
anv-a-ga, v. anu-gacchati,
apa-nayi, v. apa-neti.
ud-a-padi, v. up-pajjati.
upaoc-a-ga, v. (upati-gaocbati).
up a- garni, v. if^a-gaochati.
1
a-
upa,-visi, V. upa-visati.
paoc-a-ssosi, paoc>a-Bso&um,
V. pati-sunati.
p^-mado, V. pa-majjati.
pa-yasi, pa-yiin8u, v. pa-yati.
pa-vassi, v. pa-vasiiati.
pj.-visi, V, pa-vist'ti.
p&-hesi, V. pahinati.
yyapa-nudi, . vyapa-nudati.
a-'*, negative particle, prefixed to
the following words,
1)
to doudb (subst,,
adj., adv.),
2)
to verbal forms (moBtly
to
fart., grd., g'.r. or inf.,
rarely to
fioite verbal forms). In comp. with
words beginning originally with two
co'jsouanta the first cons, is generally
doubled (v. a-ppativattya, a-pacca-
kkhaya), and before vowels it has al-
ways the form an- [:>. below). As to
the sifnificatiijn it is often opp. to sa*
(gf.
f.) and synora. witl) the particles na-,
nir, v> (.'ina-?). Sometimes this par-
tide is found reoeafed: an-a- (as a
kiiid of stronger negation
(?),
cp. an-a*
bliavakata [but an-a-kama, not un-
willing]). It is doubtful whether thispar-
ticle is contained in comp. like pbalE-
pbiJa, maggamagfjae/c.
((?,
r.). [R, Otto
Frunkc: a-piicasi, ZDM. XLVIlI.si
{cp. a-m.'ckoti. Dhpd.
(1866) p. 102,u.
a-sakkhi, Jut. I, 382,34. an-abhirami,
Jut. Ill, 30,3o) G. Bilhler: ZDMQ.
XL, 644 (cp. Jut. I, 171,17.
386,16)].
a-kakkasa, mfn. free from hnrsh-
nesg. Dh. 408. (.-waiii, ace. m.).
a-kata, a)
mfn. not 'done, left un-
done, Dh. 50.165.314. b) ,1. the
uncreated (a. Nibbuna):! a-kata-
fifiuK mfn. Dh. 97. 383. (^u),
knowing the uncreated,
a-katafiflu'. mfn. ungrateful,
14,i.
ft-katta*. >. who does no gooii,
14,i
(arc, -Mfaiil).
a-katva, v. karoti,
a-kathaiii-kathin,
mfn. free from
doubt
(katharii.-katlul). Dh. 411.
114
(-i, m,).
*
a-kuthotvil, v. katlieti.
a-kaiiiuii, //.. umiHHiun, avoiding of,
Dh. 183. 333.
a-karonta, v. karoti.
a-katna, mfn.
unwilling,
reluctant,
104,10. (<x/assa, m. gen.).
a-karanena, instr, adv.
without
(reasonable) cause, 34;i7. 68,ii, v.
karana.
a-kariya, mfn, not to be done, that
may not be done, 106,is

Dh. 176,
V. karoti.
a-kala, m. wrong time, or mfn,
un-
seasonable, 26,91. 37,16,
ti. kSla.
a-kicca, mfn. not to be done, Dh,
74. 293, V, karoti.
a-kincana, mfn, without anything,
calling nothing his own, disintor-
ested, Dh. 88. 221. 396431.
a-kinci, adv, not a little, Dh. 390,
V, koci [cp, na).
a-kujjhitva, v. kujjhati.
a-kutobhaya, mfn. ( so, from
kuto '\- bhaya, q. v,), knowing no
fear, secure, Dh.l96 (.>^e, ace.pi.
m.).
a-kuddha, mfn. not angry, 11,17
(-^assa, gen.), v. kujjhati.
a-kubbato, gen.m., from por<. kub-
bam, {v, karoti), who does not act,
Dh. 61, 124.
a-kuli, mfn. (fr. kula, q. v.), of
base extraction, 102,4 (^ioo ra
jano, nom. pi. .).
a-kusala, mfn, evil, 76,84 (yatlia
-^.aiii, ucc. m.); n, ,%.arii, evil deed,
demerit, 97. 13. Dh. 281.
a-kkodha, w. mildness, 44,8

Dh.
223 (^ena, instr.), v. kodba.
a-kkodhana, mfn. free from anger,
104,31. Dh. 400. V. kodhana.
a-kkhara, q. v.
a-ganhanti, v, ganhati.
a-gata, mfn. not gone to, 48,ii; not
frequented, Dh. 323, V. gata.
a-gantvit, v. gaccbiiti,
a-giuidliaka,w/'rt.
[fr, gandha.g. v.),
without odour (opp.
sa-gandhaka),
Dh.
51 (-^aiii puppbaiii).
a-gahctvii, I',
ganliati.
a-guna. m. fault, '^o,
43,4, <vara,
43.7. ^11 (pi.) 44,r.; '-gavosaka.
mfn, seeking his own faults,
43,
m
(^o); **-vadin, mfn, telling one of
his faults,
,vi, ^im {nom, ace, m.)
43,5. 43,6,
a-caritva, v. carati. '
a-carima, mfn. not eubsequent, not
last; ^am, adv.
99,20 (vp. a-pubba).
a-cala, mfn. immovable, firm, 110,7
(~a bbiimi).
a-cira, mfn. sliort, brief;
^am, adv.
soon, before long. 107,5

Dh. 41;
"-ppakkanta, mfn. 70, is .^e, loc.
soon after he was gone [cp, pakka-
mati).
a- ecut a, mfn. not fallen, permanent,
unchangeable, Dh, 225 ^vam t^ia-
nam, NibbSna [cp. cuta & cavati).
a-cchidda, mfn. uninjured, fault-
less, blameless; '-vutti adj. m. Dh.
229 ('>^im, ace) of blameless con-
duct.
a-chinditva, v. chindati.
a-iauiia, mfn. not to be produced
(v. jayati); n, a portent; purisa-
janiio, m, Dh.
193, q.v,
a-jananta (gen. a-janato), a-ja-
nitva, V. janati.
a-jhayato (gen.), v. jhayati.
a-nnana. n. ignorance, 94,8i (.%/am,
ace), 94,84 (/^.-aya. dat.) op. nana.
a-fiiiata. mfn.
unknown [v. janati),
/N/aiii, nom. n. 92,25. ^ anaih, gen.
m, pi. unknown persons. 90,39.
a-niiataka. mfn. (afiiiata w. suff.
-ka) id. '-vesena, instr. in dis-
guise 43,12 [cp. vesa).
a-tthana, n. wrong place or wrong
time [v. thana), 34,32 (/^^e, loc); an
impossible thing, that cannot take
place 76,26 (-N^aiii, nom.).
a-takkavacara, mfn.
being beyond
the sphere of thought, 94,25 (takka
+
avacara, q.v,).
a-tandita. mfn,
not slothful, ud>
wearied, Dh. 306. 366. 375.
a-titta, mfn. unsatisfied, insatiate,
52,24 fsjAm {ace.
f.)
kamesu, in-
satiate in pleasures; Dh. 48.
a-tula, mfn, unequalled; m.nom.pr.
(q.v.) Dh. 227.
a-danda, mfn. *) without stick,
77,
IS (>^ena, inatr,)
- *) exempt from
punishment, innocent, Dh. 137
(r.-fc'8U. loc, pi.).
a-datra, v. dadati.
a-dassana, n. not seeing (to. gen.);
piyanaih ^ara, 106,26
Dh. 210;
^ena (instr.) morassa, before the
peacock had appeared,
18,32 ; Dh.206
;
^ara gaoche, will not see, Dh. 46.
*a-datukamata;
f.
(fr, inf. da-
tum V. dadati)
-J-
kama w. suff.
-ta) unwillingness to give, -%/aih
(ace.) 16,14, -x^aya (instr. because
you do not wish to give it") 23,36.
a-dinna, mfn. not given; ^am adi-
yati, to take what is not given, to
steal,
97,10,
Dh. 246. 409; a-dinna-
dana, n. stealing, 81,22 (<^a, ahl.)\
a-dinnapubba, mfn. not given be-
fore, 16,30 (cp. pubba).
a-disva, (a)-di88aman<v, v, dis-
SLti.
a-du^tha. mfn, not guilty, innocent,
Dh. 399.
*a-diibha, mfn.
not treacherous (or
S. >.(?)
not deceiving) 111,29:- a-
dubhatthaya (dat. cp. attha*) in
order that she might not prove her-
self treacherous" (cp, diibhati).
a-ddhuva, mfn. not fixed, uncer-
tain, 86,15 (cp. dhuva).
a-dhamma. . injustice, Dh.
248;
~ena (instr. adv.) unjustly, Dh. 84,
*a-dhammika, mfn. unrighteous,
impious, i^& (m, pi.) 102.6,
*a-dhammikata,
f.
unrighteous-
ness, ^aya (instr,) 102.6.
*a-nikka8ava. mfn. not free from
impurity, impure, Dh. 9 (cp. ka-
sava & kasava).
a- nice a mfn,
(v. niocam) not eternal,
transitory, impermanent, perishable,
ojSk samkharu 80,28; 107,u
Dh.
277; a-niccldi-vasena (instr.)
88,32
on account of the instability etc,
of this world"
(?)
(cp. adi & vasa).
a-niccata,.
f.
transient existence,
instability, mortality, (x/E (= a-
niccataya, instr.\ 95,22.
a-ni^thita, mfn. not, finished, not
completed, 87,ii.
^
ft-
a-Dindita, mfn, (v. nindati), not
blamed, Dh. 227.
""a-nibbisaih, part, adv. UBeleiily,
fruitlessly, 108,i6. Dh. 163. {v.
liibbittha; 8BE. X,
43.)
a-nimitta, mfn. causeless, ground-
less, r^o vimokKo
(q.
v.)
-
Nib-
bana, Dh. 92. 93.
a-nimisata,
f.
not winking; rwSya
(akkbinam) 59,5 on account of her
not winking",
a-niyata, mfn. not fixed, uncertain,
%.^am jlvitam, 86,i7.
*a-niyata-gat(ka, wi/n. whose path
(through the numerous forms of life,
V. gati) is uncertaio, ^a,
f,
87,89.
*a-niyyanika, i/w. unprofitable,
9,29.
a-nivattana, n. not turning back,
not fleeing: "-dhamma, mfn. hav-
ing the nature of not fleeing, 39,lo
^a mahayodha (m. />/.).
a-nivesana, mfn. homeless; inacces-
sible to de iire, froe from attach-
ment
(?)
Dh. 40. (cp. SBE. X,
14.j
a-nissita, mfn, trot dependent on,
Dh. 93 abare />^o, not absorbed
in enjoyment".
*a
-
n i
g
h Si,mfn. scatheless, harmless
(?)
Dh. 294. 296. {Sa. *a-nigbna,
Morris JPTS. '9193,
p.
41 ff.;
*a-nyagha (= an-agha), sinless,
Fsb. cp. SBE. X, 71 fi'. The na-
tives derive this word from *nigha
nsuiferiug" and expl():n it by nid-
dukklia; cp, also sa, un-ehas
(Vih)). >
a-paccakkbaya, t;. paccakkhati.
a-pafina, mfn. not intelligent, Dh.
3
'2.
a-patikkamitva, v. patikkamati.
a- pad a, mfn. footless i. e. having no
footing in the existence (samsara),
Dh. 179. ISO.*
*a-pabbajana, n. 47,s: "-attbaya
{Jat. V. attha^) to keep him from
a religious life",
*a-paf&-npaccaya,
mfn. not depen-
dent of others,
^o sasane (
for
the knowledge of the doctrine") 69,i4;
aparappacoaya, ahl. adv.
(N/fianam,
intuitive knowledge, 96,i4.
a-pariggaha, mfn.
unmarried, 56,4
fva,
/".); "-bhava, n. the
unmarried
state, 66,7 (cp. pariggaha).
a-parighamsanta, v.
parigbam-
sati.
*a-parisuddha, mfn,
dirty, 41,i.
a-paribina-jbana, n.
uninterrup-
ted meditation, 45,i5 (v. parihayati).
a-passanta, a-passitva, v. pas-
sati.
a-para, . not the opposite bank,
Dh, 385 (v. para).
a-puccba, mfn. not to be asked about,
r^am [ace. n.) 91,is (v. pucchati).
a-puj
j
a, mfn. not to ba revered, not
deserving homage, 30,21 (v. piijeti).
a-puflna, n. demerit, 76,3 "-labba,
m. acquisition of demerit, Dh, 309.
310.
*a-putbujjana-sevita.i/'. which
common people cannot aojoy, Dh.
272 [cp. sevati).
a-pubba, mfn. not first, unprecee-
ded [opp. a-carima); .%.am, adv.
99,25! apubbam acarimam, not
before and not after", simulta-
neously- (Morris JPTS. '87
p. 101;
Ehya Davids SBE. XXXV
p. 64).
a-ppagabbha, tnfn. not arrogant,
modest, quiet, Dh. 245 (v, pagab-
bha).
*a-
p
p
a
t
i c c b a u n a, mfn. not covered,
nuked, 10,i5 vO aliosi, he ex-
posed himself {v. pa^icobanna).
*a-ppatipuggala, mfn. unequal-
led, 80,24 (v, pati-puggala).
a-ppatibaddha-citta, mfn, one
whose mind is not turned to (loc),
kamesu ^o, Huot bewildered by
love", Dh. 218 (v. patibaddba).
a -
p p
a t i V a 1 1 i
y
a, mfn. insubvertible,
110,T ^a
(f
bhumi). (v, pativatteti).
*a-ppatik.araka,
mfn. ungrateful,
14,1 : katnssa '>.arri (ace.
*.), one
who does not return what has been
done, (v, patikaraka).
*a-ppatissavasa, m. anaichy,10.3i.
(v. patissuva).
a-ppatta. mfn. not having obtained
{ace.) Dh. 272. {v. patta' cp. SBE.
X,
p. 67).
a-ppaduttha, mfn. harmless, Dh.
125. {v. paduttha, cp. dussati).
a-ppaniatta, mfn. not slothful, ear-
nest, zealous, strenuous, i^vi (m. pi.)
104,9. Dh. 21. [v. pamatta, pa-
majjati; cp. appa-matta).
a-ppamadu, m. earnestness, stre-
nuouaness, ^o Dh.
21 ; .>.'e & o/amhi
[loc.) Dh. 22; -^ena sampadetlia,
work out your salvation with dili-
gence" [instr.). "-rata, mfn, de-
lighting in earneBtnesB, Dh. 31. 327.
"-vagga, m. the second chapter of
Dh. "-viharin, mfn. living atre-
nuously, Dh. 57 (--vinaih, gen, pi.)
[cp. pamada & pamajjati).
a-ppameyya. mfn, immensurable,
95,13. [v. pameyya),
a-ppasanna, mfn. not quiet, un-
believing, without faith,
76,30. (cp,
pasanna & pasldati).
a-ppiya, mfn. unpleasant, disagree-
able; /N^ehi [instr, n, pi,) 67,9. 106,5
Dh. 210; .x/Snam [gen. n, pi.)
106,98
Dh. 210; m. .n^o, an en-
nemy, Dh. 77. [v. piya).
a-ph^^la, mfn, without fruit, impro-
fitable, vain, ,%/a vaca Dh, 51. [opp.
sa-phala, cp. phalaphala).
*a-phasuka, mfn. unpleasant, un-
easy; n, sickness, 46,s. 49,34. 28. kim
te /x/am, what ails you? 49,s,
a-bala. mfn. weak; *a-bal'-as8a. m. a
weak horse, a hack [opp. sighassa),
Dh. 29.
a- b ban a, mfn. having no wound
(vanai q. v.) Dh. 124.
a-bbata, mfn.
undisciplined, not ob-
serving the religious duties (vata,
q. V.) Dh. 264 [cp. subbata).
a-brahmacariya, n. uncbastity,
impurity, <va [abl.) 81,na.
a-bhabba, mfn. [v, bhabba <^ bba*
vati) unable, w. inf. 69,s : t^o
Yaso kame paribbufijitum, ^it is
impossible that Y. should enjoy
pleasures"; te, dat. twO pariha-
naya, cannot fall away (from holi-
ness)", Dh. 32.
a- b hay a [fr. bhaya, n.) ') mfn.
free from fear, Dh. 268, ^) n. sa-
fety, security, immunity, rvaih, nom.
7,6. ace. 6,18, r^e, loc. 7,u. Dh.
317. *a-bhaya-laddhaka, mfn. 7.35,
who has obtained immunity

*laddhabhaya, mfn. 7,s [cp. la-
ddha). *a-bhaya-das8iM, mfn. see-
ing no danger, Dh, 317 (ix>ino, m,
pi.).
a-bbava, m. absence, non-existence,
rv& [abl.) 42,30. 63,31 (& 'x/ena
[instr.) 59,18, 88,si, on account of
the absence of [gen.)\ an-abhava-
kata. q.
V,
a-bhavita, mfn. [v. bhaveti) ) not
produced, not practised, not reali-
zed, ^a
[f.
maranasati) 86,i8. ') not
trained, not versed in religious prac-
tise, -x^aiii (cittam) Dh. 13 unre-
flecting" [opp. 8u-bhavita).
a-bhuta, mfn. that has not happened,
^am [ace. n.) 9,J9. *<'-vadin, mfn.
delighting in lie, fs/i [nom, m.) 74,i.
a-bhejja, m/V. unconquerable, *'-va-
rasura-, 39,18.
a-magga. . the evil path, Dh. 403
(maggamagga).
a-mangala. mfn, unauspioious, un-
gracious, impolite
(?),
i^am [n, pati-
kkhipanam) 56,a3.
a- mat a, mfn, immortal; n. the im-
mortal ( Nibbana), Dh. 374; rvam
padaiii [n.) Dh. 114

a-mata-
pada, n. Dh. 21, the immortal place,
Nibbana [opp. maccuno padam).
*a-matogadha, n.(?) [cp. ogadha)
the depth of Nibbana, Dh. 411.
*a-mattannu, mfn. immoderate
[w. loc.) Dh. 7.
a-madhura, mfn. not sweet, sour,
bitter, "-samsaggena, by the com-
pany of the sour (plant)**, 37,ii.
a-manussa, m. not a human being,
pi. i^S,, 68,8 [cp. a-manusa).
a-mara, m/'n. immortal, imperishable,
n. <v>am, 56,ii;
f,
<&, nom.pr,
~-
Amaradevi, q, v.
a-
a-mStu-hadaya, ti. not a mother's
heart, 69,i (v. mataf).
a -mar us a, mfa. not human, super*
human; m. <vO (saddo) 27,6; f.i^i
(rat:;) Dh. J)73 (cp, a-manussa).
a-nareata, v, mirfti.
a-iaiUa, m. an enemy, ^venSva,
{imtr.) Dh. 66 207 ^aB with an
snemy", cp. iva).
a-yasa, m, infamy, disgrace, ace,

^am 73,8.
a-yutta, mfn. unfit, unright, wrong,
. o/am 38,19.
a-yoga, m. not meditation, lack of
devotLin or religioaa exertion, abl.
^a Dh. 282, loc. ^e Dh. 209.
a-yojayaih, v. jojeti.
a-rakkhita, mfn. 9,io,
=
a-rak-
khiya, mfn. 52,8,.
difficult to watch
(v. rakkhati).
a-rati,
f.
diBcontent, 103,i6 (dutiya
sena Marassa).
a-rajika, mfn. [sa, a-rajaka), hav-
ing no king (f. rajan), n. .>..aifa rat*
thaiii, 31,1'i.
a-roga, mfn, free from disease, heal-
thy, m. pL rwS, 106,8 [cp. arogya).
a-lajjitaya, mfn. what one ought
not to be ashamed of, Dh. 316 [v,
lajjati).
_
a-laddha, a-Iabhanta, a-la-
bhanti, a-1 abhaioana, a-la-
bbitva V. lahhati.
a-lasa, mfn. (= sa.\ without energy,
lazy, slothful, Dh. 280 (cp. ala-
siya).
*a-lina, mfn. free from attachment,
instr, ,>,ena, Dh. 246 [cp. alliyati).
U*lola, mfn. unagitated,' not desi-
rous, not wanton,
f.
rva (gopi)
104,33.
*a-vajja, m'n. to bii avoided, . sin,
{au't, loc. ove Ih. 318; "-dassJM,
mfn. seeing no sin, m, pi, r^'mo
Dh. 318.
a-vanna, m, blame;
,aih uppa-
deti, to bring reproach on [gen.)
72.3a.
*
a-vatthu-ka^a,
mfn. pulled out
of the ground, tala-** 96,ii. q. v.
a-vatva, v. vadati.
a-vas9am, adv. necessarily,
Inevi-
tably, 86,16 [sa, a-va(;yam,
cp,
vasa
c& vasl).
a-vijana^ r. vijanati.
a-vijjamana, V. vjjjati.
a-vijja,
f,
ignorance, gen. %/aya
66,12; "-paccaya,
66,s, g.
v.
a-vijjhapita,
a-vijjhapetva,
v,
vijjhSpeti.
a-vitinna-kamkha, mfn.
who has
not overcome desires, Dh. 141.
a-vidure, adv. not far off, near, l,s;
prp. w. gen. 6,30. 36,20. 75,i7,
w. abl. tato -^w 61,is [cp. vidiira).
a-viddasu, mfn.
ignorant, Dh.
268.
*a-vina8ana, mfn.
imperishable, m,
ace. ^aih llO.i.
*a-vinipata-dhainma, mfn. not
liable to be born in a lower state
of existence [v. vinipata), 79,33.
a-viruddha, mfn.
compatible, tole-
rant, Dh. 406 {w. loc).
a-visahanta, v. visahati.
a-vihaniiainana, v. vihafifiati.
'''a -vera, n. abstinence from hatred
or anger, mildness, instr, -^ena
106,21 = Dh. 5.
*a-veriM. mfn. free from hatred, m.
^i Dh. 258. pi. ^ino Dh. 197.
a-vyakata, mfn. not explained, not
elucidated,
93,3 {v. vyakaroti).
a-samvara, m. lack of self-restraint,
instr. ^eiia 86,ip.
a-sariivuta,
mfn. not controlled, in
temperate, indriyesu ^arii [ace. m.)
wlio8e senses are not controlled",
Dh. 7.
a-sariisa^^ha, mfn. not mixed with,
who keeps aloof from [instr.), acc,
m. ,>.aih Dh. 404.
*a-8amhira, mfn. not to be shaken,
immovable, wi. pi. ^a 109,s7.
a-sakkonta, v. sakkoti.
*a-samkuppa, /. immovable, w.
pi. ~a 109,87.
a-sajjamana, mfn. not attached to
[loc), Dh.
221 [cp. sajjati, sattai).
a-sajjhaya, m. [sa.
a-svadhyaya)
Don -repetition;
"-mala,
mfn. Dh.
241 {v. mala.
.),
a-saniiata, mfn, unrestrained, in-
temperate, 107,8
Dli.
308; pi.
i^a, Dh.
248; w, insh\ vacaya
PwO, 84,89,
a-sanna. /",
non-perception, 80,8
(in covip,
neva-sanfia-nasaflfia-",
q. v.).
a-8a<, mfn. [cp. a-eanta) ') not be-
ing, not existing, false; instr, asatS
socati Db. 367, loc, ahs, sami-
kanihi asati 81,s (without husband),
) bad, pi a8ant(o) Dh. 304 (bad
people), gen. pi. asatarh Dh. 73.
77, .V sannivasena 37,as (^by bad
oonipany"); a-sad-dbamma. m. bad
quality, fault, instr. pi. /x/ehi sam-
annagato 18,i6; wickedness
51,86
(asaddbamma-samannagata itthi-
ya); sexual intercourse 52.29 (<vaih
patisevi).
a-satta, mfn. not clinging to the
world, free from desires, Dh, 419
(cp. sajjati d- sanga).
a-sattha, mfn. weaponless, unarmed,
instr. H). (N^ena 77, is.
a-saddahitva, v. saddahati.
a-saddbamDia, v. &-s&t.
*a-8anta, mfn. (cp. a-sa<), not be-
ing, unreal, imaginary.
a-santa-
paggaha, m. taking or accepting for
real what is only imaginary, <^aiu
katva 29,39 (becauBe he imagined
himself saluted"); i^-karana, n. id.
(naivet6?) 29.27.
*a-Kanta8ana, n. intrepidity; ^
-bhava, mfn. intrepid, m. pi. /^a
(mabayodba) 39,io.
*a-santasiM, mfn. who does not
tremble, m. t^i, Dh. 361.
a-sabbba. m/n. unfit, improper, abl,
n. ,^a, Dh. 77.
*a-samahita, mfn. not collected,
whose mind is not composed (opp,
jhayiw), Dh. 110.
a-sampajjanta, v. sampajjati.
'''a-8ainpavedbin, mfn, not to be
shaken, ^1 ( <vino, m, pi, (kbila))
105,iT.
^
a-8arira, mfn. bodiless. Incorporeal,
<v^am oittaiii. Dh. 37.
a-sallakkhetva, v. sallakkbeti.
*a-8allina, mfn. not depressed, re-
solute, /N^ena cittena [instr, witb
unshaken mind") 80,S4.
a-8as8ata, mfn. not eternal, transi
lent, ^o loko 89,86,
a-8ahanta, v, sabati.
""a-sata. mfn. unpleasant, noxious,
87,n (o-amadbura-),
a-sSdbu, mfn, not good, bad, evil;
n, pi. /v&ni, bad deeds, Dh. 168.
a-aSra, m. (or mfn.) what is not es-
sential, Dh. 11, 13 {v. s^ra); a-sSra-
dassin, mfn, considering anything
as unessential, m.pl, >vino, Dh, 11,
a- 8 aba 8 a, M. non-violence ;isfr. adv,
^ena, not arbitrarily, Dh, 257 (cp.
a-8uci, mfn. impure; m, impure mat-
ter, phlegm, semen etc. instr. 'vina
62,25.
*a-8uddbi/i, mfn. impure, nom, m.
o.-! Dh. 166 (cp. suddba).
a-subba, mfn. not beautiful, dis-
agreeable, inauspicious, bad, n. r^&va.
Dh. 3.50, subhasubbam Dh. 409.
*a-subha8upas9iM, mfn. not look-
ing for what is agreeable, acc, m.
^im Dh. 8,
^a-sura, m. not a hero, na /vO
none but a hero* 103,92.
a-8e8a, m/n. without remainder, per-
fect, complete; "-viraga-nirodba
(all.), by a complete annihilation
that leaves no track, 66,13. (cp.
viraga).
a- 8 oka, mfn. free from sorrow, Dh.
28. 412.
a-S8addba, mfn, ') unbelieving, m.
1^0 22,14, pi. rs/si 76,30. *) free
from credulity, Dh. 97 (v, saddba
(& saddba).
a-bata, mfn. not beaten, uninjured;
o-vatthani (n. pi.) 27,i8, "-vattha-
61,28,
new (unwashed or not worn
out?) clothes.
a-himsa,
f.
( sa.cp. himsati) not
injuring anything, harmlesBnesB, com-
8
passion or pity on all bein(;8, Dh,
261 ; fy^a, (= waya. instr.) Dh. 270
;
/>^aya, loc. Dh. 300. a-himsaka,
mfn. not injuring, m. |)2. >x/a, Dh.
225.
a-hita. mfn, not good, unadvanta-
geoug; n. disadvantage, damage,
-%^aya (dat.) 90,27, ^ani
(p^)
Aevil
deeds", Dh 163.
a-hirika or a-liirika, mfn, [fr,
hiri, q. v.) shameless, m. pi. -^^a,
64,13; instr, x-era [varr, -hiri-,
-hlri-) Dh. 244.
a-hethayam, v. he^heti.
an- (only before vowels, = a-*) in
the foil, comp.',
an-akkosam, t). akkosati.
*an-akkhata, mfn.
not described,
ineifable; n.
= Nibbilna, -^.-e, loc.
Dh. 218.
an-iigariya,
f.
[sa. an-agarika, cp.
agara) houseless life, ace, .>^arii,
63,4.
an- aggha, mfn. -priceless, invaluable,
W/ . /vo (manto) 32,io; "-manto
53,14.
*aii-aagana, mfn.
frei from lust,
without sin, Dh. 126. 236. 361.
an-atikkamanta, v. atikkamati.
,n-atta, /w. (v. atta) destitute of
a soul or a self; sabbe dhamma
^a (m. pi.) 107,15
--
Dh. 279.
*an-tla',nana, mfn. (fr. atta* {-
manas. q. v.) displeased, m. ^o,
74,80,
an
-
at t ha, ') m. {o. attha') non-value,
harm, a bad or worthless thing;
attham /%.aii ca (ace.) right and
wrong" Dh. 256; dat, t>/aya to
harm" Dh. 72; ''-samllita. mfn.
profitless, 66,3T. ) mfn. worthless,
senseless; "-pada-samhita, mfn.
raade up of senseless words'*, Dh.
100.
an-anta, mfn, endless, (cp. anafica);
*0-gocara, mfn, whose sphere (of
perception) is unlimited,
|
Dh. 179
(rvam Buddliam).
au-antara, mfn. having 'no inter-
val, next following; "-gatha,
f.
26,T {^aya,
instr.); cp.
Snantariya,
samanantarS.
an-antarahita,
mfn.
not
concea-
led, open, bare; loc.
f.
-v-aya
bbu-
miya, 83.i9 (v.
antaradhayati).
an-antava<, mfn.
infinite;
nom.
m.
^va loko, 89,88.
*an-anvahata-ceta8a,wi/'n.
whose
mind is not perplexed,
Dh. 39 (cp.
cetaa).
an-apayin, mfn.
not going
away.
f.
.>./ini (chaya)
Dh. 2.
an-apekkhiH,
an-apekhi,
/'.
without desire, regardless,
indiffe-
rent, m. pi. rviao, 47,38
Dh. 348,
347 (-kh-).
an-appaka, mfn,
not a litUe, con-
siderable, great,
f
^a (labha) 105,js
;
n. ^aifa (dukkhaih) Dh. 144.
*an-a-bhava-kata. mfn.
become
not existent, annihilated, . .^aiu
(rSpam Tathagatassa).
The often
recurring phrase anabhavam ga-
meti", to annihilate, seems to infer
that we have to take an-a- in a
negative sense, as a kind of stron
ger negation (cp. Tr. PM. 64,35,
who considers "-kata an error for
"-gata, due to the preceeding tala-
vatthukata). In Prakrit a similar
use of ana- has been traced in not
ft few instances, (op. Pischel, Qramra.
d. Prfikfit-Spr.
77). I should, how-
ever, be inclined to thiuk that this
phenomenon is only a secondary de-
velopment, having no true base in
the original language; thus sa. ana*
bhavakrta would mean roade not
non-existing" o: brought into a state
in which it can neither be said to
exist nor not to exist; in this case
an-abhava would be adj. free from
annihilation" (a-bhava being taken
in a kind of positive value, as Fans-
bell suggests), and *'-kata would be
correct, cp. anamatagga.
*an-abhirati,
f.
not delighting in,
discontent (w. loc), ace. ^im, 47,Ji
(agilra-majjhe).
""an-abhirata, mfn. not taking plea-
an-
sure in (loc), m. ^o (naccadisu)
64,32 [cp. abhiraniati).
*an-amatagf;a, mfn. endless, loc.
rwasmirii saihsare in the endless
revolution of being*
89,i!ii "-katha,
f.
ace. ~am kathesi he instructed
him about Saiiisara" 89,i5. This
word has generally been taken as
Sa, *an-amrta
+
agra whioh
does not end in Nibbana" [cp. a-
mata above), or
*ana-mata (yman)
-f-
agra, whose end is not known"
(Alwis, Buddhist Nirv.
p. 21., Tr,
PM.,
p. 64, with the negative pre-
fix doubled, like ana-bhava-kata).
Weber, Ind. Str. Ill
p. IBO refers
to Sa. an-anirta, ^without end or
beginning [cp. an-amatam immor-
tal" Jat. II 66, ),
but Jacobi and
Pischel have shown that anama-
tagga must be identical with Pra-
krit: anavadagga or anavayagga
and have taken it -=
Sa *a-namad-
agra (ynam) de8sen Anfang sich
nicht verUndert, endlos" [Jacobi.
Erziihl, 33,17. Pischel, Gramm,
261.
cp. an-abhavakata above).
an-ariya, mfn. ignoble, low, m, .^o
(anto) 66,37.
an-alllyanta, v. alliyati.
an-avakasa, tnfn, that cannot take
place, impossible, not occurring, m.
1^0 yo . . [w. pot.) it cannot oc-
cur that one should .
,'',
76,ae,
an-avattliita-citta, mfn.
un-
steady'minded,9en.m. /vassa, Dh.38.
*an-ava88uta-citta, mfn, whose
mind is free from lust, gen. m.
<%/a8sa. Db. 39. [cp. avassuta, asava,
8BE. X p.
1314).
an-agata, mfn. future, ace. m. f^am
(attham) 112.*; loc. [adv.) atitanfi-
gate, in the past and in the future,
66,u; ~vam8a, q,
v.
*an-agaraana, n. not coming, not
returning; pacchato kassaci "-bha-
vam natva ^seeing no one pursuing",
40,11 ; asuranam "-atthaya, ,to pre-
vent the A'b from coming back",
60,a6.
an -a gara, m. houseless, a mendi-
cant, instr. pi. -wehi Dh. 404.
an-acara. , misconduct, immoral-
ity, ace. ,^ara 9, is. 62. so.
an-acikkhitva, v, iicikkhati.
an-atura, mfn. free from Buffering,
w. pi. <x-a Dh, 198.
"an-adana, mfn, free from affection
or desire, m. /vO Dh. 362, ace,
i^&m. Dh. 406 [opp. 8adana).
an-ayanta, v. ayati.
'''an -ill ay a, m. not desiring, aversion,
doing away with, nom, rvO (tan-
haya) 67,i8.
an-avila, mfn. clear, pure, undistur-
bed, m. o/O (rahado) Dh. 82, ace.
^&m Dh. 413.
an-asaka,
f.
[sa. anagaka, n.) fast-
ing, Dh. 141 [cp, asa).
*an-a8ava, mfn.
free from paseions,
m, aco. >%^am Dh.
386,
gen, >x'assa,
Dh. 94, pi. ^a. Dh. 126.
an- a bar a, mfn, having or taking
no food, being without nutriment,
m. -wO (aggi) 96,8.
an-ukkanthamana,v. ukkan^hati.
an-utthabana, v. u^tbahati.
an-u^^bana, n. the act of not ris-
ing, want of energy or firmness;
"-mala, mfn. whose taint (fault) is
bad repair, pi. <^a, ghara
houses
are useless, if they are in bad re-
pair* Dh. 241 [cp. mala).
an-uttara, mfn. best, highest, un-
surpassed, m. /vO (silagandbo) Db.
55, ace. fs^&m (yogakkhemam) Dh,
23.
an-uddhata, mfn. 'not lifted up',
calm (in speech), i. /vO (bbikkhu)
Db. 363.
*an-upakkam8na, adv. not by at-
tack (from external enemies) 76,S7
[opp, parHpakkamena, v. upakka-
ma).
an-upagata, an-upagamma, v.
upagacchati.
an-upaghata, m, not striking, not
abusing, nom, f^o Db. 185.
""a n
-
u
p
a d d a v a, m/n. uninjured, safe,
loc. M, o,e (mule) Dh. 338.
BD'
10
""an-upaddutat mfn. not annoyed,
not oppreiBed, n. idam . . is/om
^bere is no distress", 68,i4.
"'an-upalitta, mfn, not besmeared,
free from taint, m, n^o Dh. 353
(aim-).
""an-upaTada, m. not blaming, not
abusing, <n/0 Dh. 185.
*an-upas8attha, mfn, not afflicted,
not plagued, n. idam . . <N^am here
is no danger", 68,ii,
*an-upahara, m. not presenting,
afifiassa ^a (aM.'S because it can
get no other (fuel)" 96,8.
an-upada =
an-upadaya. t&an-
upadiyana, v. upiidiyati.
*an-upayena, adv. by misguided
means, 34,i7 (v, upaya).
an-uppada, m. not coming into
existence; "-dhamma, mfn. not li-
able to come into existence again,
. .>.am (rupaih) 96,ii {cp. dham-
ina).
an-u8uyyam, v. usuyyati.
an-ussuka, mfn. not eager, free from
greed, m. vl. <^a Dh. 199.
"r. n-us3U tj-. mfn. free from lust,
ace, m. n^am Th. 400 (= an-ava-
ssuta, q. V. (Fsb.);
fr, ea. *an-ud-
sruta (Child.)).
1. n-iipalitta -=
an-upalitta, q. v.
an-Shata, mfn, not destroyed, loc.
r.e Dh. 338 [v. ahannati).
an-eka, mfn, mauy; *-akara, mfn.
multiform: "-vokura, !/". containing
many disadvantages, ace. m, /N^aiii
(adinavarii) 8'i,s; "-adinuva, mfn.
full of diingerj, m. rwo (samuddo)
23.7, "-jati-eamtara, ' m. a course
(if many b rtlis, ucc, ->.am Dh.
163;
"-pariyayrna, instr, adv. in many
ways,
69,18; "-supa- vyafijana, mfn.
richly supplied with sauce & con-
diments, n. rvaiii (I)ahubliattarii)
67.M.
*an-eja, mfn, free from lust (eja,
f.
q. t.) m. r^o (muni) 8O.33, Dh.
4
'4; ace. -^aiii Dh. 422.
ati enta, v, eti.
an-cka, m. a houseless statp, acc.
,vam (adt.?) Db. 87;
"-sariw,
w/.
wandering about
homeless,
acc.
m,
(vsarim Dh. 404.
an-okkanta, v,
okkamati,
*an-odaka, mfn.
without
water, dry,
f.
.-a (nadi) 31,la.
amsa, w. (= sa.)
') a
shoulder,
instr. %.ena
paticchitum
nasakkhi
could not get hold of him by his
shoulder" (o: dropped
him? or have
we to take amsena
in part (adt;.)?
and translate could not thoroughly
get hold of him).
*)
{sa. am^a) a part,
portion; v, ekaiiisa, sukkamsa.
akka, m, [sa. ark a)
name of a
plant (Calotropis gigantea, ^swallow-
wort" (Child.); gen. ^assa (jiya), mad
from that plant, 92,16.
akkamati, vh. (sa, a-\/kram), to
tread upon (acc); ger, /%^itva 3,21.
akkamma (sa. a-kraraya) 108.29.
akkosa, m. (sa. iikro^a) abuse, re*
proach. acc. />.am Dh. 399.
akkosati, vb. (sa. a-v/krug),
to
abuse (acc.) pr. 3. sg. ^&t\ (bhikkhii)
84.29; part, an-akkosarii (m.

i^anto. not abusing) 14,4. m. pi,
rvanta, 73,34.
a k k h a, tn, (sa. uksha) an axle (of
a chariot), nom. ^0 98,4.
akkhara, n. d- m. (sa. akshara,
.) a letter, gen. pi. ^.^anaiil Dh. 362.
akkhatar, m. (sa, akhyatr] a
preacher, 11 teacher, pi. .^.aro (Ta"
thagata) ,(only) preachers", Dh. 276.
akkliati. vb. (sa.
a-Y^khya), to
tell, communicate; imp. (x-abi (taiil
me) 54,37; pp. akkhata, . .^.o me
maggo ,.the way was preached by me",
Dh. 276; 8V-akkhato dhammo well
taught is the doctrine", 70,io (cp,
SU-); samma-d-akkhata Dh. 86. v,
samnia; an-akkhata q. v.
akkhi. w. (sa. akshi) the eye; pt.
nom. rwini 3, 17; abl. .vihi 5.i4; gen.
/x^inarii 59,f.. inandakklii, adj,
f.
20,27. V. manda.
agara (d- agara), n. ( sa.) a
house; nom, ^aiii 106,31 =
Dh. i4;
11 aggha
pi.
^ani Dh. 140, ) a household
lile, ace.
^am
61,38, abl. r^& 61,33,
^asnia
(pabbajja)
68,4; -)uajjhe
amid
a householders life",
46,17.
47,21 (v. niajjha). -
bandhanagara,
a prison, v. bandhana. -
suiifia-
fjara, an empty house, v, sufina.
{cp. an-agara, an-agariya).
*agarika. m.
[fr. agara) a house-
holder, a layman;
"-bhuto, m. while
he lived in his bouBe'*,
69,28 {cp,
bhavati).
agga, mfn. {sa. agra) ') foreraoBt,
first; <N^ara saihgahaib (ace.) the
first coUeotion"
109,80 ; agga-nikkhit
taka (thera) orii?inal depositaries (of
Buddha's doctrine)"
109,n; agga-vaoo
the first or original doctrine
=
tbera-
Tado, 109,30. *) highest, topmost;
agga-sakba {ace.
f,
pi.) the topmost
branches" 62,n. ') excellent, best,
chief, principal; m. ,>/0 dhutavadanam
the chief propounder of the Dlm-
tanga" 109,6; agga-dhamma, agga-
mahesi, g. v.; agga-rasa-, v, nana;
agga-raja
the chief King" 98,i3;
agga-santike from the first (among
teachers)" 109,28.
- *) Btthst, n. top,
tip, point; /%.am {ace.) the best pait"
111,35;
at the end of eontp. : aragge
{loc.) on the point of a needle {v,
ara) Dh. 401; kusaggena {instr.)
with the tip of a blade of Kusa-grass",
Ph. 70; kupagge {loc.) on the top
of the mast, 18,6; rukkhagge, 11,25;
sakhagge, 13,22
and sakhaggesu {loe^
pi.) 1,25 {v. sakha); dumaggamha
{abl.)
down from the top of the tree,
13,4; -vettaggam 62,i7 {v. vetta);
labhagga-yasagga-ppatta, mfn. having
obtained the highest gain and glory,
18,i {ep. patta');
rupagga-ppatta,
mfn.
of extraordinary beauty, 49,i2
(-^aya. gen.
f.)
{cp. ajjatagge, an-
amatagga.)
*aggata,
/".
{fr.
agga w. auff.
-ta)
superiority; gunaggatam
(occ.) the
summit of porfeotion" 109,s.
*agga-dhamma, mfn,
most ex-
cellent in the knowledge of the true
doctrine; ^a tathagata {pi.) the T-s
are the chiefs in the truth, 109,28.
agga-mabesi,
f.
(sa. agra-mahi-
ehi) a queen, the chief-queen, 19,7,
46,21
;
gen. n^iya. 38,9.
*Aggalava, (i. or .?) nom. pr.
a sanctuary at Alavi; loc. n./^ ce-
tiye 86,13; "-vibaram {ace.) 87,4.
A. seems to be a camp, agga
-\-
Alavi
{q.
v.), but might possibly be
a false etymology for ""Aggalaya (sa,
agnyalaya?).
aggi, m. {sa. agni) *)fire; <^i 16,7.
96,8. Dh. 202. 261 ; aggiva 26,5. Dh.
31 ; ace, /vim kareyyasi roake a fire"
36,8. 'vim jaletva to light a fire"
100,24. >viih datva nto set light to"
61,11 ; instr, ^ina 16,2. 35,4; padi*
paggi, the fire of a lamp, 101,7.
-
*) a pyre, a funeral pile; vim pavi-
sitva 61,10 (as an ordeal). ') the
sacrificial fire; /vim paricare to wor-
ship Agni" Dh. 107.
- *) metaph.
passion" : dosaggi, mohaggi, ragaggi
{q.
V.) the fire of anger, ignorance &
lust".
'"aggikkbandha, m. (aggi
-f~
khandha) a great body of fire ; /vO
26,3 (pajjalita-o).
aggidaddha. mfn. (aggi
+
dad-
dha, pp.
V. dahati) burnt by fire;
,^0 Dh. 136.
*A
g
g
i ma 1 a, w.
(?)
nom, pr. (aggi
-j- mala
-=
mala?) name of an
ocean; ace, -vam 26,8.
-
*Aggi-
mali(M), m.{?) id, (= fire-gar-
landed") 26,8.
*Aggi-Vaocbagotta-suttan-
ta, n. the title of a dialogue between
Buddha and Vacchagotta, MN. 72.
aggisikha,
f.
{sa. agni-Qikha) a
flame; <*-sikh'iipama, mfn. like flam-
ing fire", ^0 (ayogulo) 107,r Dh.
308 {cp, upama).
aggibutta, n, {sa. agni-hotra)
oblation to Agni; ace. /vam juhato,
sacrificing to Agni, 103,8.

') the
sacrificial fire, Db. 392.
aggha, f. {sa. argha) value, price;
in comp, an-aggba, mfn, q, v, beyond
agghati 12
all price, invalnable; appaggha, mfn.
of little value,
26,1 ; tnuba(;gha (v.
titiiha) mfn. of great price, . fs/nm
2B,6.
*agghati, vb, (aa. /argh), to be
worth (w. ace); pr. 3. 8g. na r^aXx
(mama samikasaa padarajam) 58,9;
nAp,ghuti (knluih su^asiiii) Dh, 70.
caua. ivKi^liiipnti, q, v,
"^'igglitinaka, mfn, (fr, aggluum,
n. (\/argh) valuation, w. suff, -ka)
worth; satasahasiaggbacakam (mut-
taharam, ace. m.) worth 100,000,
64,25.
*agghapaniya, j. (/V. aggha-
paTia, n. (agghapeti)) a valuer;
*-kamma, n. the office of a valuer,
loc. ~e 24,18.
*agghapeti, vb. cans, (fr, ag-
ghati), to apprais'j; pr. 3, sg. ^eti
24,20 (ace).
aiiika, m, (= sa.) a side, breast,
hip; instr. ~ena uddhuri (mam), lif-
ted (rae) up uuto her hip, 20,36; da-
rake amkeuiidaya, with their childs
on their hips,
21,2 j loc. -%/e nisinnam
puttaih a baby boy** 38,15.
ariikura, .("= so.) a sprout, a
shoot; "-nibbattana-t^hana, n. the
place where the sprout develops,
37,5.
aiikusa, m. {sa. aflku^a) a hook
to guide an elephant with, a goad;
instr, pi. ,fi\i\ 77,19.
aiikusa-ggaha,
m. {sa. afikuga-graha) an elephant-
driver, Dh. 326.
anga, . (== sa.) ') a limb, mem-
ber, a part of the body; uttamafiga,
the head,
"-ruha, wi/w. growing on
the head, pi, ni. r^E (o; the hairs)
45,11 ; aiigavijja, q. v.

'j a part or
portion; aiiga-sambharii (o&i.), bring-
ing together the various parts, 98,3o;
sabbanga-sampanna, mfn. complete
in every part,
110,i3.

*) a point
or a constituert part of a system of
rules;
uposatbaiigaiii {pi.), the holy
day wows,
61,7; bojjhanga, sambodhi-
aiiga, & Aiiguttara
{q.
v.).

*) a
quality, attribute, inair. pi. dasah(i)
aiigehi, 82, u. *) comp. w. num.

-fold (cp.
aflgika &
aflgi0.
"**
vanga, mfn.
nine-fold,
^am
Jinasa-
sanam
109,.
- ) cowp.
u,.
vb..
aiSei, v.
sam-aiSgi-bhuta.
aflgana,
n.
(sa. aiigana)
an
open
space before a house;
rajangapa,
tne
king's
courtyard,
loc. ~e
8,i. ^Aso.
3) metaph.
(only in
comp.
with the
proflxoH an-, uir-.
mh-)
the
m'-an or
vulgar life a: lust, sin;
un-ungaua,
mfn. (q. v.) [cp.
BOhtUngk,
Ber. d.
sttchs. Ges. 1898. p.
T7;
Rhys Da-
vids, JRAS. 1898. p.
193 &
462.].
anga-vijjii, f
{sa.
anga-vidya)
the science of
prognostication,
chiro-
raantift etc.: loc. /^aya
48,ie.
aiigara, m. (= sa.)
charcoal, burn-
ing coals, fire; loc. -^e 15,32;
o-gabbhe,
amid the fire, 15,33 {v. gabbha) ;
-rasi,
m. a heap of burning coals, ace. -^im
16,3.
angika, mfn.
{sa. aflgaka) comp.
w. num. V. atthaiigika,
pancangika
{cp. aiiga ') d- next),
angiji, mfn.
(-=- sa.) comp. w.
num. V. caturangiw {cp. anga *) dt
prec).
*Anguttara-nikaya, m. nom.
pr. {fr.
afiga -{- uttara o: one part
more, ,the add-one collection*, cp.
Morris, preliminary remarks, AN. vol.
I. p.
IX.), name of a canonical Pali-
work, the fourth of the five Nikayas;
conim. Manoratha-purani
{q.
v.)\ ^o
102,14.
afigula, . ( sa.) a finger, the
measure of a finger's breadth, an inch;
V. catur-angula, mfn.
anguli,
f.
( 80.) a finger; v.
pancaiigulika.
*Aciravati,
f.
nom. pr. a river
in India (Rapti) ; <*-tiram, n. the bank
of A. 28,4.
accagama & accaga, v, ati-
gacchati {cp. upaccaga).
accanta, mfn. {fr. ati -|- anta,
sa, atyanta), excessive, perpetual; adv.
>x/am, in perpetuity, absolutely : niic-
canta[m], not always,
6, si.

"-sukhu-
maia, m. an exceedingly delicate
13 ajjhavasayi
prince" 97,34.

"-dussilya, n. very
great wickedness" Dh. 162.
a c cay a, . (sa, atyaya, cp. ati-
gacchati). ') passing away, lapse (of
time), end, death; instr, adv. >%^ena
,.at the end of" (iv, gen. or in comp.):
pitu /%.ena when his father died"
24,13 ; mam' accayena 79,5; tassa
rattiya a-" r,at the end of the night"
78,1
; ekaha-dviha-" in one or two
days" 32,24; katipaha-" a few days
later" 49,39; satt'-attba-divas'-a"
Eeven or eight days later" 36,i; ma-
eaddhamasa-'' at the end of one and
u half month'' 20,u,

') transgres-
sioD, sin; >vO main acoaRania ntrans-
gression has overcome rae* 75,98; tassa
me Bhagava accayarii accayato pa-
tiganhatu ^may Bh. accept the con-
fession I make of my sin" 75,35; the
words accayarii accayato {ace. & a6i.)
may originally be due to phrases like
/>.aiii /vato passati (Vin. I,
316)
to
see the sin in its sinfullness", or ovarii
/N.ato deseti (SN.I,239) to confess, to
apologize.

^) overcoming, conquer-
ing; dur-accaya, mfn.
difficult to be
conquered, ace.
f.
<N/arii (tanhaih)108,i.
acci,
/. {sa. arci(8), m,
.),
a flame;
nom. ya acci 99,8i.
acchati, v6. (sa. \/as) to sit, stay,
remain
;
pr. 3, pi. ->^anti 76,s9. The pr.
acchati seems to be a later formation
from aor. acchi {sa. *atsit) cp. Tr.
PM. 61,8;
K. F. Johansson, Idg. F. Ill
206. ( sa. rcchati, Pischel, Gr.
480.)
*acchara,
/". a snap with the fing-
ers; "-sadda, m. r^ena, {instr.) at
the snapping of the fingers" 18,i7.
acchariya, mfn. {sa. a<jcarya)
marvellous,
wonderful, astonishing;
f.
i^si (Buddhanam katha) 86,24; n.
o/aril (in exclamations) how wonder-
full 79,25. 98,82;
s. n. a wonder, a
marvel; acc. r^am 3,22. 6,19;
pi. acc.
f^aai 26,9.
{cp, accheraka).
acchadana,
n. {sa. acch-")
cover-
ing, clothes; /%/aifa 31,s-9.
samika-*
the protection of a husband, >\^&m {acc.)
31,7-8.
a c h a d e t
i,
v6. cans, {sa, a-y'chad)
to array in {acc. & instr.), to put on
(clothes, acc.)
;
ger. .^.-etva (tarii dib-
bavatthehi) 20,8 ; rw(ahatavatthani)
33,3.
*iiccheraka, mfn. {fr. acchariya
w. suff. -ka). ati-acch-" mfn. admi-
rable, extraordinary; n. /x.-aih 3,28.
aja, . ( sa.) a goat, a ram;
/N.0 64,8; voc, aja, 54.i2; pi. .%..& 64,i2.

aja-raja {voc.) 64,26. ajika,

f,
a she-goat ; acc. ^am 64,8. {cp, ajina).
Ajatasattu, m, nom. pr. {sa, A-
juta-Qatru 0: having no enemy) a
son of king BimbiBlIra
(g.
v
), ''-ku-
raara, . the prince A. r>,o 76,i
;
<s/arii {acc.) 76,2.
ajikil, V, aja.
ajina, n, ( sa.) a skin (of a
goatCf*) esp. of the black antelope,
used by ascetics), "-satl,
f.
a garment
of skins; instr. ^iya 106,io.
=
Dh.
394.
ajja, adv. {sa. adya) to-day, now,
2,30. 3,14; ajjapi tava until this day"
{w.pr. of the verb) lO.is; ajj'eva ^this
very day" 65,is; ajj'abarii Dh. 326.
*ajjatagge, adv.
{fr. ajj ato [sa.
*adya-ta8]
+
agge, v. agga*)) from
this day forth, henceforth, 69,30. {cp.
Weber, Ind. Str. III. 160.).
ajjatana, mfn. {sa. adyatana) of
to-day, modern {opp. porana) ; n, <N/aih
Dh. 227 {metri causa <x<am). n^siya,,
adv. {daf, or loc.
f,?)
to-day 70,io.
ajjhaga, ajjbagu, v, adbi-gac-
chati.
ajjhatta^n. {sa. adhy-atman) the
soul, individual thought, "-samutthana,
mfn. originating from internal (intel-
lectual) cultivation,
f.
>^a, (bin) 10,16
{opp. bahiddha-samutthana).- "-rata,
mfn. delighting inwardly, m. >n/0 Dh.
362.
ajjhattika, mfn. {sa, adby-at-
mika), belonging to the soul or to the
individual; n. pi. i^sim ayatanani, the
internal senses, 82,ii.
ajj h abb as i, v. adbi-bhasati.
ajjhavftsayi, v. adhi-vaseti.
ajjhaya 14
a
j
j
h a
y
a, m.
(<
a, adbyaya) reading,
V. sajjhaya.
ajjha-vasati, vb. (sa. adhy-a-
yvas) to inhabit (ficc); fut. 3. sg.
/x/issati (agaram) to live a hoosehold
life" 61,81.
*ajjha8aya, m.
{fr.
sa. adhi
+
aQaya
(v/^i))
nieaning, intention; sab-
besam *'-gahanattham (cp. attba), in
order to liear the meaning of the as-
sembly, 11,4.
*ajjhokasa, M. (/'r. tidhi
-f
okasa,
q.v.) tlie open air, an open place; loc,
r^e (caiikamati) 68,.
*ajjhottharati, pr. (fr.
*adhi-
RVa-Y/str)
to strew about, to tlirow
on the ground (^acc) get. -x^itva (tu-
riyani) &6,.i.
*ajjboharati, vb. (^r. adhi-ava-
y/hr) to eat, to swallow (^acc.) inf.
/>^itum (ambaphalam) 37,85.
aiijana, n. (=-8a.) >lack pigment,
"-vanna, mfn. bl,ck-coloured, gen.pl.
/H/anam (kesanam) 44,24.
fi.njali, m ( sa.) the two palms
joined; t'cc, -wim paggayha, raising
(th?ir) joined ban is (a^ a mark of sup-
plication)
22,4; fr\m pagganbitva, id.
(lespectfuUy) 30,e; .x/im panametva,
id. 74,30.
afifia, pron. (si. anya) . .^0,
f.
.x.a, n. .x-aiii, ace. mfn. ^a.m, instr.
VI. n, ^ona, gen. m, n. .-vassa,
f,
/s.'issa; pi, m. ^e, i8tr, m, n, i%.elii,
gen, a. n. ^vesaiil, 'oc, m. n, ix-esu.
') Cither, another (not the same, diffe-
rent or similar) 6>85. 7,8. 61,8. 74,8;
7.9 (>%.as8a, opp. ekassa), 99, (~o,
opp. 80 eva); Dh. 158 (A.^am, opp.
attanam), cp. Dh. 252. 366; aniio
pi, 5,31 ; /vBSsa puriaassa (a paramour)
9,13, ovarii (fic. purisaifa, id.) 9,28;
/x^ena pariyayena, 91,ii
<venaka-
rena, 91,32 (in nnother way 0: wrong);
comp. anna-purisaiii 48,i2.
') an-
other, a second, a new (by Way of
addition)
4,23. 18,3; /x-ehi dvihi (still
two) 34,9.

5) the rest, the others
{pi, & n.
8g.) 33,16, 34,24; .x-esu di-
Tasesu (on the preceeding days) 13, 10.
66,i ; afifie satta
(other
mortals)
62,s5*,
n. anfiam (everything
else, opp.
idam
eva) 89,25.
- *) with a
negation:
the
only one, none but; 0,0
gamanamaggo
n'atthi, 3,u; ^a patittba
n'atthi (tha-
petva tini saranani) 28,25.
-
*)
pleona-
stically

r^&m samvaccharam
(a whole
year) 33,i7 ; ^arii aphasukaiii
n'atthi
(no sickness) 49,28.
")
repeated:
) one, . . another (in different way)
67,29. 67,30. 99,10;
~am jivarii ^arii
sariram {opp. tarii) 89.38. cp. Dh. 76.
*) reciprocally:
one-another (one to*
wards or with another etc.) ^0 .-vaiil
Dh. 166; often comp.: afiiianiaiinarii,
adv. 11,20. 11.27. 19,14. 33,20-81. 74,5.
~
') combined with other pron.: yo
auflo (every other who) 34,3i; .-varh
kiiii
(anything further) 41,?; na anuo
koci
(nobody else) 51,s; -^^am kinci
kathetva
(told some lie")
53,9; ma
r,am kinci asamkittha (,.you ought
not to suppose that there is anything
behind this")
7, 11; ^am kirica yathic-
chitam (every other service according
to your desire") 111,28.

cp, para,
apara, itara, aniiatara.
*aniia-khantika, m{fn). {fr.
anna
-|- khanti) be!onging to another
faith" ; instr, m. -wena (taya) 94,3b.
a n fi a t a r a,iJ>'0. {com2)ar. fr. anna,
sa. anyatara). ') a certain, some; m,
0.0 32,9; aco. ^aiii 3,3o; gen, -vassa
9,9;
loc, rwasinim 80,39; ace.
f,
/vum
30,28.

*) one of a certain number
{w. gen. of the numeral) Dh. 137. 1B7.
') anotlier; gen. m. /x/assa pari*
sassa (another man's) 100,ir, aflna-
tara-vesena 66,39 (in disguise'' cp.
vesa; perhaps we have to read: afifia-
taka-" as
43,12).
*afifia-titthiya, m{fn). (sa. anya
4' tirtha), heretical
;
pi, r^a, the
heretics,
72,28; in8tr. ^ehi 74,9 cp.
titthiya).
afinattha, adv. {sa. anyatra) else-
where, to another place,
12,35. 49,15
{cp. next).
a fi
n
a
t
r a, *)arft.(=~prec.)el8ewhere,
except, save; annatra
Tathagatassa
16
atthi-karoti
{8ave by the T.", the gen. being due
to the prec, tassa) 78,i7,
-
*) jjrp.
besides (if. acc.) 97,s8.
-
*annatra-
yoga, tn{fn). having another disci-
pline; instr. m. ,%^ena (taya) 94,27.
{cp. yoga).
annathatta, n. (sa, anyathatva
C}). next) variation, difference; /v/am
114,23.
anuatha, adv. (sa. anyatha) other-
wise.
*aiinathacariyaka, m{fn\.
having another teacher (cp, acariya);
/vena (taya) 94,27.
*afina-dittliika, m{fn). belonging
to another sect (cp, di^^bi); <vena
{taya) 94,26,
annamafinaro, adv, v. anna^)
*anna-rucik
a, !(/>). having an-
other inclination (^cp, ruci); rvena
(tayii) 94,26-27.
aniia,
f.
{sa, ajfia) knowledge.
-
samma-d-aufia-vimutta, mfn. who has
become free through perfect knowledge;
gen. /vassa Dh, 96, pi. vanam, Dh,
57. (cp. ajanati).
aAnaya, ai^fiasi, v, ajanati,
afavi,
f,
(= 8a.) u forest; loo.
o/iyam 30,8o; /^/i-mukhe on the out-
skirt of a forest" 30,29. (cp. mukha).
atta^ mfn. (sa. arta, cp. at^iyati,
|/ard.) afflicted, pained, suffering.

attassara, m. a cry of pain or distress,
.am (acc.) 40,2i (cp. sara^).
- veda-
natta, tnfn.
oppressed by pain, m.
>^0 50,20.
atta*, wj. (sa. artha, cp. attha* &
a^tba*), case, cause, lawsuit, litigation;
acc. ^am 59,*; a(tatthaya (uparavo)
on account of litigationa 42,30.
- kil-
tattai
false suit
(q.
v.).
attaka,
m. (dimin. Matta,
a watch-
tower,

aa.) a towier, a platform;
acc. <x/aih 73,8.
cp. Morris, JPTS.
'86,10*.
*attiyati,
vb. (also written atti-
yati or addh**-, add-, denom. fr.
atta*,
cp. i/ard
<& y/tt) to feel an-
noyed or bored, to be incommodated
or tormented; part,
f.
/N/mana 50,i.
[cp. Morris, JPTS. '86,io4-o5.].
attha',
num. (sa, ashta-)
eight.
') indecl. 23,s2. 82,i3.
- '^)eomp. atthii-
sabba-matta, mfn. of a measure of 8
usabhas
(q.
v.)r^&m ^banaih 27,27 (acc).
-
satt'-attba-divas'-accayena (seven
or eight days) 35,i. (cp. attbangika,
at^bama, a^tbara&ama).
attba^-^attba^
(q.
v.) in the comp.
*attba-katba,
f,
a commentary, the
commentary on the Buddhist holy scrip-
tures; nom. ->^a (opp, Pali) 113,26;
acc, ^aifa 114,7; instr, ^aya 114,25.
comp. w, the prefix sa- (adj.) : sa^-
(bakatba pali (the text with the com"
mentary) 102,3.
-
parittattbakatham
(acc. a concise or compendious com>
'
mentary) 113,21.
-
8ihala(tbakatha
(the Sinhalese A.) 113,28; acc, pi,
rvS. (sabba) 114,27. (cp,
atia*).
"attbangika, tnfn. (fr. a(tba'
+
anga w. pref, -ka, cp. aa. ashtafSga)
consisting of 8 parts, eightfold; m,
^0 (inaggo) 67,3. 82,i2. Dh.
273;
acc. ^am (maggaih') Dh. 191.
att^ama, mfn. (sa. asbtama) the
eighth; m. 0.^0 103,28 (0; attbami
(/.)
sena Marassa).
att^arasa, num. (aa. asb^adaga-)
eighteen. -attbara8ania,n/". (sa. asb-
tadaQa) the eisrhteenth; m, ,o (Ma-
lavaggo) Dh. XVIII.
attbi,
n. (sa, astbi) *) a bone;
nom, ->.^i 13,11 ; coll. (bones)
82,3
=
97,20; acc. ^\m 13,14;
pi. ~ini Dh.
149;
gen. ,>./inam Dh. 150.
-
*) the
stone of ft fruit; ^i 37,e; acc. -irii
36,35; abl. '>^ito 37,5.
-
attbi-ko^i,
/".
the end of a bone; acc. <%/im 13,ao,

attbi-minja,
f. (q.
v.) (cp. next),
attiiiKa, . (aa. asthika) a bone;
hanukattbikena (instr.) by the jaw
bone, 40,18 (v. hanu(ka)).
*atthi-karoti, vb. (perhaps fr.
artha, cp. aa. kad-arthi- yky, (Tr.)) to
attend, to pay attention to (synon. w.
manasi-karoti, q. v.); ger. .^katva
71,28. [cp. Morris, JPTS. '86,107; Faua-
boll, Sn. vol. 11,28 (fr. sa.
asbti (\/a5)
^reaching"); TTmdiscA, Mara,
p. 100
(= sa. astbarnkftva Acht gebea**);
a^thi-iAiSjK 16
Warren, Buddhism,
p.
349 to be
convinfi id*].
"atthi-mifija,
f.
(sa. *a9thi-
majjan) the marrow of bones, 82,

97,jo. [cp. Morris, JPT8. '86,-8o.]
atthusabha-matta, v. at^ha^
add ha, m. d: n, (Ubo written ad-
dha(3.v.), 8a. ardha) a half. *-nalika-
matta, tnfn, of the measure of a half
nalika
(3.
v.), ace. m. /%^am (tandulam)
67,18.
-
"-ratta-samaye {loc.) at mid-
night, 40,8. cp. upaddha, diyaddha
dt next,
addhatiya,M/. (a shortened form
of addha-teyya, or from *addha-tatiya
with elision of -ta- (like vinnananca-,
q. v.)) two and a half; n. pi. ^ani
(purisa-satani) S3,8o.
-
addhatiya-
sata, mfn. 25C"; m. ace, pi. ^e
(jane) 34,7.
addhateyya, mfn. (a prakritic
formation from sa. ardlia-trtiya) two
and a half. -
<*-sata, mfn. ,,250" ; i.
pi. r^si 21,31, ace. r>.,e 21,ss.
anu (or anu) mfn. ( sa.) fine,
small {opp. thula). *anumthula, {mf)n.
small and large, Dh. 409 ; />^am (san-
nojanam) Dh.
31 ; n. pi, ,x/ani (pa-
psni) Dh. 265.
anuiuatta, mf^i, (so. anu-matra^
small, atomic, m. />,o pi (vanatbo)
even the smallest" Dh. 284 [anu-];
occ,^arii(dubbhiisitcmpadam)l 10,18;
instr. n. '>,ena (puiinena) even the
least (pood work)" 103, u [hut here
the fiirnian realiufr anumatto {sc,
attho) ought to be preferred].
and a, w. (" sa.) an egg. "-bhuta,
w'n. (cp. bhava(i) fragile] weak;
f.
rvS (bbata bharya) lrom her child-
hood" 51,4,
-
Andabliiita-jiltaka, n,
52,u. (cp. andha-bbuta).
ati, indeci. (before vowels usually
acc-, V, accanta, ai.cpya etc.
=
sa.)
preax') to verbs, expressing , beyond,
over"
;
*) to nouui f xceR8ive(ly), ex-
traordinary(-ily), too much" (-= ati-
viya, q.
v.). ,
*a ti-accberaJca, nifn, rvam (n.)
h very wonderful thing,
3,32.
*ati-karuna, mfn.
very
pitiable
or miserable; m. ^0
(ravo)
60,io;
o-sara, m, {v. sara'),
aoc.
'wam
atikkama, m. (sa.
ati-krama)
overcoming, conquering;
acc. /^am
(dukkhassa) the destruction
(ofpain)"
107,19
-= Dh. 191.
atikkamati, vb. (sa. ati-
V^ram)
1) to pass, cross. *) to surpass, over-
come (w. ace.), part. m. pi. /%/anta
26,32;
an-atikkamanto (m.)
not sur-
passing 0: accompagnying (gitassaraiil
tantissarena) 19,33. pot. 3. ag. /^eyya.
(sannojanam sabbam) Dh. 221.
pp.
n. pi. atikkantani (tini saiiivaccha-
rani) 21, 11. ger. ^itva (samuddam)
26,3;
(simara) 39,i8; atikamma (Kil-
siriittham) liaving left" 38,8i. cans.
atikkameti (</.
v.)
atikkamana, n, (sa. alikrama-
na)
overstepping.
*atikkamanaka,
mfn.
exceeding (w. acc.) : pannasan-
nam "-migo, 8,10.
atikkameti, pr, {cans, atikka-
mati) to cause to pass or tc be passed
over; imp. 2. sg. r^ehi (mayham va-
raiii) 6,84. fttt. 1. sg. .>..essami (te
varam) 7,2.
*a t i
-
k h i n a, mfn. (fr. ati
-f
khina,
pp. y/kshi?) destroyed, broken; capa-
tikhina va {nt.pl.) .,like broken bows"
Dh. i66.
ati-ga, mfn. ( sa.) overcoming,
surmounting. m. panca-sailgatigo
(bhikkhu) Dh.
370; acc. sangiitigam,
Dh. 397.
atigacchati, pr. (so. ati- y/gum
& \/ga) to overcome, aor. 3. 8g. acc-
a-gania (mam) 76,s8; acc-a-ga (mo-
ham) Dh. 414,
ati-galha, mfn. (so. ati-gadha,
pp,
VrS^O
'^""y tight or close, inten-
sive;
f,
,-wa (kappana) 65,2i.
*ati-citra.i/^rt. (sa. *ati
-{- citra)
excellent, brilliant; n. pi. r. ani (panha-
patibhanani 98,3S.
*ati-tutthi,/. (/>'.
80. ati -ftusbti)
extreme joy; insir. rviya 10,i3.
ati-dura, mfn. (= so.) very di.
17 atta-ghaSSa
Btant, too far; loc. n. (adv.) /ve 12,s9.
83,2 (natidure).
*ati-dhona-cariM,
mfn, 'wander-
ing in tranBgresfiion', sinful; ace. m,
/^inam 106,2o
-=
Dh. 240. (The ety-
mology of this word is u little doubt-
ful, but it seems to be preferable to
take it
*ati-dhavana-carin
(-y/dhav*,
to run), Morris. JPTS. "87,100 and
Franke, WZ. 1901 derive it from
*dhona (pure, ydhav" to waih) sa,
dhauta : praotiaing impurity, trans*
greasing purity", ,der wider die Rein-
heit versfiSsst").
atipata, >. (-^sa.) neglect, trans-
gression, injuring, panatipata, destroy-
ing life
(q.
V.)
*ati-bahala, mfn.
(/".
ati
+
ba-
hala) very thick;
f.
,^a yagu? i8
the rice-gruel thick enough?"
56,89
(the questioner seems to think that
the rice-gruel is very thin or weak
(natibnbala) and gets that enigmati-
cal answer : udakam na laddbam it
has not got any water").
*ati-bbagini-putta, m,
{fr.
ati -\- bbagini-putta, q.v,) a very dear
nephew (ironically), />/0 5,5.
atimafinati, vh. (sa. ati-yman)
to despise; pr, 3. eg, ^ati Dh,
366;
pot. 3. 8g. ~eyya Dh. 365 (w. ace.
salabbam).
*ati-manorama, mfn. [fr. ati
+
mano-rama, q.v.) very charming; instr.
n. ^ena (sirisobbaggena) 64,io.
*ati-mahanta. mfn. {fr. ati
+
Diahanta (sa. mabat)) very great (big
or large); loc. m. natimabante (sare)
3,32.
*atiinapeti, vb. [caus. *ati-\/mi
(mapayati)) to injure, to destroy (ace);
pr. 3. sg. rN^eti Dh. 246 (panam).
*ati-muduka, mfn. [fr. ati
+
muduka, q.v.) very soft, mild or feebli^;
wi. >vO (raja) 38,24.
atirocati, vb. [sa. ati-^/ruc) to
shine forth; pr. 3. sg. r^ati Dh. 59.
ativattati, vb. [aa. )^vft^
to o^^""-
come [ace]
\
pr. 3, sg. >vati (ditt^am)
3,97.
VM GloHU?.
ati-vasa, mfn. (fr. ati -j- vasa
(aa. va^a)) thoroughly subject to or
dependent on (gen.); m. pi. ^a(mania)
Dh. 74.
*ati-vakya, n. (fr. ati
+
vakya,
cp. sa. ati-\/vac) abuse; ace. ^am Dh,
320.
ativiya, adv. (sa. atlva) very, ex-
cessively; /N^auro hutva 38,8i; /x.'dham-
miko rajs 39,g; >vpabbajjaya cittam
nami 65,is.
*ati'8itala, mfn, (fr. ati
+
sitala
(sa. gltala)) very cold; m. >vo (aggi)
16,10.
atiharati, vb. (sa. ati-^/br) to
carry over, to bring; aor. 8, Sg, /x/ri
(dbuttam manavikaya santikamj 50,5.
atita, mfn. (sa,
pp. &ti-^i) ')
past,
passed away, dead; atita-jati,
f,
a
former existence, loc. o/iyaiii 86, la;
*atita-8attbuka, mfn. having no master
more, n. ^am pavacanam (,the holy
word has no announcer more")
79,3;
kbanatita, mfn. who allows the right
moment to pass, m. pi. ^a 108,7
=
Dh. 316. ^)act. who has neglected
or transgressed, m. gen. /vassa (ekam
dbammaih) 106,u Dh. 176.
-
^) subst, n. the past, an event of the
past, a tale ; loc. (adv.) atite, formerly,
in the times of past, l,i. 2,i7 etc\
atitanagate (opp. etarabi) in the past
and in the future, 56,n (cp. an-agata);
ace, ^am abar! (told a tale of the
past) 28,17.
Atula, m. nom. pr. an Upasaka;
voe. rwa Dh. 227.
atta*, mfn. (sa. atta.
pp. a-^^da)
seized, v. atta-danda, atta-mana.
atta^ in camp. =
attaH (self")
q. V. cp. sayam.
*atta-kilainatba, m.
(/>. atta*
-{-kilamatba (sa. klamatba)) mortifica-
tion; "-anuyoga, mfn. given to mor-
tification, m. f^ 66,27 (cp. anuyoga).
*atta-gutta, mfn. (fr. atta* -\-
gutta (aa. gupta,
pp.
V8"P))
"-
protected; m. r^o Db. 379.
*atta-ghafina, n. (fr. atta*
+
gbanfia (cp. aa. gbanya, \/haD)) de-
a
atta-ja 18
struction of one'a self; dat. t^RjA
to his own destruction" Dh. 164.
atta-ja, mfx {fr. atta*
+
j^
8a. atmaja) born from one's self; n.
.^am (papam) Dh. 161.
*atta-dand;\ m/iw. (/V. atta*
+
danda, q. v.) using the stick, violent
(opp, ribbutn); m. vl, loc. ^esu Dh.
406.
"attadattha, t.
(fr. atta*
+
atthaS
v/ith d eupjoiically inserted)
one's own advantage, what is useful to
o le's self (with rjgaid to one's moral
itf.provemeut or to the development
of one's spiritual faculties; opp. pa-
Tattha. q.v.); ace, ^aiii Dh. 166 (ep,
SBE. X 46). cp. sadattba-pasuta.
"'atta-danta, mfn. (fr. atta'
-\-
danta, vp. ^dam) having tamed one's
self; m. vo Dh. 322; gen. rvassa
(posas8a) Dh. 104,
attaH (in romp, atta-) w. ^.
(sa.
atman) ') the iodiviclual soul, self.
person, the Ego (the real existence of
which is denied, cp, pUggala, nama-
rupa. jiva); worn, atta 55,8.
Dh. 62.
104. 160; 'atta me'ti ,a so-called
(imagined) myself or ^thinking that
I have a soul" 96,is; instr, iittana
Dh, 161; attantL sudantena by his
own weiltamed self- Dh, 160. 323;
all, attana anno piyataro n'atthi
54,33.
-
*) instr. attana is frequently
used like nom. (in apposition to the
grammatical subject)
= liimself''
(lit. by himself) : 34,i6 (attanapi)
34,33-35. 38,18. 42,1. 49,21. 64,8. Dh.
379.

") ace, attanaih (contracted
attaiii) and the oth-ir oblique cases
(esp. gen. attano) are used as pron.
reflex, referring to the gramm. subject
in all persons, genders, and numbers
-=
myself (ourselves), yourself (.^selves),
himself (herself, itself, one's self, them-
selves), attanam : 3. sg, 12,27. 64,3i.
56,1 (attam) Dh. 159. 355 (attanam
nietri causa) 3?9 (attEiii); 1. 8g. 3, is.
27 22; 3. pi. 106,38
-=
Dh. 80. instr.
attan.a : :i. sg. 17,4 (katj^-kamniam)
20,27 (main uddhari); 1. sg. 29,3
(dinna-dane).
gen. attano : 3. sg.
2,i4.
10,5. 52,33. Dh. 160; 2. sg. 9,.
l^*.'*;
1. sg. 7,9; 3. pi 5,9. 73,8*; 3.
pi
17,i.
41,33. attano attano
(each . . .
his
own-) 14,11-u (3.
pi);
41,JS
(referring
to the gramm. object).
- atta-vetana-
bhata, mfn.
.supporting
one's self by
one's own earnings" 106,5.
an-atta,
mfn.
destitute of a self
(q.
v.).
- ojit-
tatta, mfn.
having secured
one's self
(v. ojita).
-
paccattam,
adv. by one's
self
{q.
v.),
~ pahitatta. mfn.
whose
mind is intent upon (v. paliita, Cp.
padhana).
- bhavitatta, mfn.
having
trained one's self (v. bhaveti).
- atta-
kilamatha etc. (qv.).
- Atta-vagga,
m. name of a chapter of Dhammapada,
Dh. XII.
atta-bhava, . (fr, atta^
-f
bhava, sa. atraabhava) ')
proper or
peculiar nature, body, figure; acc.
,-wam 52,29. 64,ic.
-
-) birth, existence;
nom. ^Q (pancasatimo) 17.8; pancasu
"-satesu in 500 of my former ex-
istences" 17,7,
atta-mana. mfn, {fr, atta' -4-
nianas, 8a. attamanas) joyful, delighted,
liappy; m. ^0 93,is, Dli. 328,
f.
<^a
62,21,
-
an-attamana. mfn,
displeased,
m. ^0 74,30.
atta-sainbhava, mfn. {fr. atta*
-\- sambhava, sa. atmasambhava)
originating from one's self; n. i^ath
(papam) Dh. 161.
*atta-hetu, adv. {fr. atta
*
+
hetu
{q.
V.)) for one's own sake. Dh. 84
{vpp. parassalietu).
"attanuyogi/t, mfn, {fr, atta*
-\- anuyogin) who exerts himself in
meditation, Dh. 209 {gen. pi. rvinam).
attha', m. {sa. artha) ') aim,
purpose, sake, reason; instr. yen*
attbena idhagato 103,is (the reason
for which you have come here", corre-
sponding to the foil, attho
(?)
; but
yena" is probably an error for sena
{sa. svenartbena)); daf. atthaya and
acc. atthaih are frequently used at
the end of comp. {adv.) =^ for the
sake of, on account ot. for" : {dat.) 3,6.
19
atthi
9,11. 15,90. 16,12. 21,38. 28,5. 32,89.
41,3. 42,30. 47,5. 58,1. 60,36. 111,39.
(ace.) 8,7. 11,4. 21,3.31,11.57.83.61,13.
62,31. 91,35; kimatthaya (why") 33,i.
kimatthara (do.)
3, 13. 16,io. 33,8; dat.
atthaya also separately (^adv. w. gen.) :
49,14. 57,1. 60,14. 65,1. I08,8i (cp.
*) below). 2) need, want, desire (iv,
instr.) nom, ^0 18,9, 22,i7-3o. 33,3.
35,3-4. 55,15. 83,25. 103,14. 104,3i;
usirattha. tnfn. he who wants Usira"
{q.
V.) 108,4 (m. ^o)\ cp. atthika &
atthi/J. - ') use, utility, advantage,
gain, wealth; ace. ^arii icchati 34,3o;
r^&m karissam 47,8; o^&m anagatam
(pekkham) fore8eeing future advant-
age" 112,4; bahunam rvaya (dat.)
108,91.
-
attha-samhita, mfn. useful,
n. -x<aih 93,7; an-attha-samhita. mfn,
& an-attha, m(fn). (v, h.); nir-attha-
(ka), >/, useless
{q.
v.); saltha (
sa-j- attha) v. appa-sattha &satthaka,
cp. attad-attha, n., parattha, m. &
sadattha-pasuta, mfn.

*) thing, ob-

ject, matter; acc. imam attham this"

2,8. 105,32; tam attham the matter"
7,1. 13,14; gen. imassa /N^assa 31,io;
atthavasam (acc.) the meaning of
this" {v. vasa) Dh. 289.
- uttamat-
tbam (acc.) a precious thing,
54,39,
the best thing, Dh. 386 = 403. -
s)
. atta *, case, cause ; acc. ^ara 101,9,
Db. 266; loc. ^amhi Dh. 331.
-
*') sense, meaning, signification; <^o
52,7. 85,10. 89,2; acc. ^aiii 90, 30.
113,11-15; abl. (adv.) -^to (acoording
to the meaning") 114,ao.
- attha-pada,
n. a word of sense (opp, vaca anat-
thapada-samhita) Dh. 100; anto-
gadha-hetu-attha, mfn.
containing a
causative meaning, r^&vx padam 85,9;
paramatthato, adv. (abl.) in the
absolute sense" 98,7 (cp. Paramattha-
dipani). For the comp. at^ha-katha
(a commentary) v. a^tba*.
- ') the
right, the truth ; acc. ovarii an-atthan
ca, right and wrong Dh. 266; <x/am
hitva, leaving the real (aim of life)
Db. 209; in this sense attba is often
opp, dhamma (^duty") : /x/aihdham-
man ca, 11,13. Dh. 363, cp, 68,35;
hence the name '*'attha-dhammanusa-
saka, m. of a royal counsellor or
secretary (he must give the king in-
formation of what is 'attha' (0: the
real state of the case) and advice con
cerning the 'dbamma' (o: what ought
to be done)), a coutisellor of right
and justice, nom. /N.-0 37,26,
attha^ tn. (sa. asta) disappearance,
destruction; attbaih (acc.) gaccbati,
to disappear, to ceasq, to perish, Dh,
226. 293. 384; loc. suriye attham
gate, at sunset 32,39. "(cp. next),
attba^ pr. 3. pi. v. atthl.
*atthagama, m,
(fr. attha* -}-
gama) perishing, vanishing, destruo>
tion; rupassa <x/0 94,9.
*attbangama. m, (fr, attham,
aco, attba^
+
gama)
=
prec.\ dat.
<%/aya (dukkha-domanassanaiii) 90,i8.
atthato, adv, (sa, arthatas) v,
attha'
(6).
*attha-dbammanu8asaka, m,
V, attha
1
(7).
"attha-pada, n. v. attha'
(6).
*attha-va8a, w, (sa, *artha-va5a)
V, attha'
(4).
*attha-8amhita, mfn. v, attha'
(3).
*
A 1 1 h a s a 1 i n i
,
/".
(sa. *artha-Qa-
lini) nom. pr. name of a commentary
(by Buddhaghosa) on Dhamma-saii-
gani, the first book of the Abhidham-
ma-Pitaka; acc. -x/irh 113,33.
atthi, vb. (sa. \/a8, pr. asti) to
be, to exist; pr. 3. ag. atthi 2,8, 96,i6;
n'atthi 3,i4. 87,38; attb' l,io, 43,2.
92,30. 2.8g.^\ 2,7-13. 3,i2-i8. 4,ii. 98,is;
asi 64,30. 88,9. 1. ag. arabi 12,u. 92,io;
'mhi 4,4. 28,14. 45,4. 88,10; asmi 16,i2.
104,81 ; 'smi 7,i3. 49,89. 98,3. 3. pi.
santi 11,14. 110,38. 2. pi, &ii\i& 21,9.
73,5 (attba 'ti). 1. pi. amba 21,8
(amba 'ti). This verb is often used
as copula with an adj. or subat. 2,7.
98,13, and esp. with a
pp. 2,i8. 12,ii.
21,8-9. 92,10 etc. -The 3. sg. atthi is
frequently used in the sense of to
belong to" (gen.) : 12,i. 16,i-5. 106,ii
2*
atthika 20
(atthi fc me), and tl>,l* form may aluo
be oombinvd eyn with the pi. of the
subject ( santi) : 3,s5. 12,i. 18,s.
43,j. 53,si. 82^2. 106,11. 109,ii. Dh.
255 etc. tassa kira tarn divasam
roaranato mutti na:na n'atthi, she
could not be doHverod from death that
day" 87,8.
- imp. 3. eg. atthu : namo
ty-atthu honinoe to thee" {voc.') 13,8.
108,11 ; dhi-r-atthu Bhanie on" 103,33
{ace. jivitnih),' 63,ia (<7cn. jatiya);
aNtii ( . until) 114,1111,
- pot. 3. s(j.
Miyii (. nyiit) S8,a7. 70,i(i, 104,i4;
Siikku ,x/ it 'vould li") poHHilile" 50,
n;
vattbabaiil '>^ ou^hs to have been
said" 68,6; iu tht phrase siya kho
pana {w. pot. of the foil, verb)
we
hiivt) siyil UKcd udvi'rhially likn the
I ml III fdi'Mltun
I,
It limy 1)11 1 hut", 7(>,v-uii.
liuHiduH HJya w(i ul'tcit find uii older
form ai:sa (sa. *u8yat?) : tad ussa (to.
dat. dukkhaya) 90,2o =- bhaveyya
01,17; avyfikatam as8a 92,
foil. (cp.
atlia); suddlio assa (s.alarukkho)
9;.,ai; l)h, 124 (nriHsii) 260; w. ffvn.
tuiiihakiim evaii. assa. (purlmpH) you
will th^nk, 79,3; tatr' assa 8uppo8o
there were (in that town)" 90,32 (cp,
seyya"ha). pot. 3. pi. aasu {sa. *asyus)
Dh. 74. - aor. {inipf.) 1. sg. asirii
86,j5. 86,17 (a.;in"ti
-= ahosiin),
108,24. -part. ') sat, being; loc. sati
(iu loc. abs.) : ekamseca inaritabbe
sati (n.sg.), if (their) death is necessary
6,34 ; maharajassa ruciya sati, ut tlie
king's command 39, ii; di^thiya sati,
if you hold that view, 92,37-!)o; niccam
pajjalite sati, as (everything) ia al-
ways burning, Dh, 146. *) santa,
mfn. . ~o 13,29. 94,95; loc. n. sg.
evaih sante, in this case, 6,28. 99,7;
evaiii sante pi, yet, notwithstanding
this, 37,38. 44,38. 62,jo; loc. m. pi.
.vesu (kbandhesu) 98,3i (when the
groups appear to view"). ^) samana,
mfn. m. o^o (andho) 25,i5. (raanus-
sabhuto) 41,33. (puttho) 90,i. (vutto)
98,16-17; ace. m. pi. .^e (ma^tte) 69,26.
The part. fr. atthi is frequently used
ns adj.. V. sat, santa* (santaka) &
namrtna, (r. ii-saf,
ii-ianta).
- attbi-
bhttva, atthitffi & sotthi, q.
v.
atthika, mfn. (fr.
attha',
a.
arthika)
wanting
anything;
rajjat-
thika, mfn.
who covets the
kingdom,
m.pl. -^a 39,17.
(cp. atthiw).
.
atthita,
f.
(fr.
atthi, sa. asUtri)
being, existence, reality (opp. natthita);
ace. r^&n c'eva natthitafi ca, to be
and not to be, 96,7;
(lokanirodhaih
passato) ya loke ,>^a s.a na hoti, (to
liim) there in no reality iii oxiMteiico
(tlin worlil) 96,1".
attlii/*, iufn. (fr.
atiha', ea. ar-
thin)
desirous, wunting anything; v.
mantatthin, vadatthii. (cp. atthika).
*atthi-bhava, m. (fr.
atthi
+
liliava, (/, V.)
uxidtHiK'c; arc, ^iiiii
(NHniHMu) 4,111; ^liiii fiatvii, hi-viiiK
known tlilN liiniig thu fact, 4H,wii; na
no koci r.am janati, nobody knows
that we exist, 72,81,
attliu, imp. V. atthi.
atha, indccl.(-' sa.) *) and. further,
Dli. 55. ^) thou, now (continuinif the
tale) 1,6. 3,1.1. 3,18 (atli'); atha kho
66,3-5 e/c; atlia kena, why then? 54,s7.
*) then (corresp. u\ a prec. yada),
66,91. 107.13-16 = Dh. 377-79. Dh.
69. 119-20. 384; (after prec. pa-
thaniam:) Dh. 158. *) but, 107,S5
=
Dh. 387. Dh. 86. 136; atha kho [khv']
on the contrary 90,86. 91,4; atna ca
pana, but on the other hand, 3,4 (c/).ca).
cp. atho & next.
athava, indecl. (" ea.) or (corresp,
w. prec. va, g. v.) Dh. 140. 271.
atho, indccl. (= sa.) and, also,
likewise, Dh. 151. 234. 332. 423.
adum, pron. n. (sa. adas) v. asu.
addha
addha, half
(g.
v.); "-ma-
saccayena, at the end of a half month,
20,11 ; "-yojana, n, a half yojana
(g.
v.)
63,19.
addhagu, m. (fr. addhaH -\- gu
-=
ga, sa. adhva-ga) a traveller; nom.
^u, Dh. 302 (sg. d- pi.
?)
addha, w. (sa. adhvan), a road,
a journey, life-time, time; ace. /x/aoam
44,21. 110,5. Dh. 207 (addhana).
-
21
ndhiseti
*addba-gata, mfn. one who has accom-
plisbed his journey o: old, wj, ^o 74,ji
-=
gataddhi, w/n. (g.r.). cp.addhika
& prec.
add ha, adv. (=- sa.) certainly,
truly, probably, 3,io. 60,ao.
*addhika, m{fn).
{fr.
addhan)
travelling, a traveller; gen. pi. m.
kupanaddhikanam, poor travellers,
38,14 {v. kapana).
adhama, mfn. ( so. superl.
fr,
ftdlio, g.D.) lowest, vilest; purisadhame
{ace. m, pi.) low people, Dh. 78, (cp.
next.)
ad liar a, mfn. (= sa.compar.fr,
adho, q. v.) lower,
adharottbe (loc.)
the lower jaw 13, i9 (v. ottha. cp. prec).
ad hi, indecl. (= sa.) prefix to
verbs & nouns expressing 'above, over,
on, at, to'; before vowels (except i")
it takes the form ajjh-, c.
g,
adbi-
bhasati, aor, ajjhabhasi.
adhika, mjfn.
{fr, adhi,

aa.)
exceeding, superior.
compar, adhika-
tara, mfn, id.\ n. -N/am (assum) iv,
abl, (catunnaiii samuddanam uda-
kato) 89,14.
adhigacchati, vb. {sa. adhi-
\/gam) 'to go to', to attain, obtain,
find, understand {w. acc); pr. 3. 8g.
(v-ati (ratiiii) Dh. 187, (samadhiih)
Db. 365; 3, pi. rwanti (sararii) Dh.
11-22; pot. 3. ag. adhigacche (padaifa
santara) Dh. 368, ~eyya (seyyam,
one who is better) Dh. 61; aor, 3.sg,
(a)dhiga (attham), could not under-
stand, 113,15; to. augm. ajjhaga (tan-
hanarii khayarii) Dh. 154; aor. 3. pi,
ajjhagii ( ->/Ku)
(vyasanam) 34,8i;
cond. 1. ag, otarara nadhigaccbissam
1 should never find faults", lU4,ii
{cp, upessam, vicarissam, v, upeti &
vicarati; Fsn. Ill, 3,iit & the use of
the Greek if4ekh)v).
adhigamaim. (" sa,) attainoient,
aQq}ii'\t\oD\dat.>s>S,y&{w,gen. fiayassa)
90,18.
'*'a d h i
-
c i 1 1 a, ft.'the higher thought',
meditation; loc. ~e (ayogo^ Dh. 185.
adbiU^ati, vb, {sa. aabi-\/Btha)
1) to stand (on); ger. /N^aya 54,8. ') to
practise, to perform, to devote oneself
to (acc); pr. 3. ag. ^ati (upayupa-
danam, q.
v.) 96,i2; ger. ^Eya, (upo-
sathangani) 61,7.
adhitthana, n, {sa. adhishthana)
^) determination, resolution. ^) adhering
to, clinging to the world, comp, w. the
synon. abhinivesa (being a paraphrase
to upayupadana, q. v.) : adhitthana*
bhiniTesanusayam (cetaso), that in<
clination (of the mind) which consists
in clinging to the world, 96,ia (cp.
anusaya),
adiiipa, m. ( sa.) a master, lord;
V. adhipacca.
*a d b i
p
a n n a
, pp. (adhi-v'pad) as-
sailed, seized
;
gen. m, /-wassa (antake-
na-" whom death has seized") Dh.288.
*adhippaya, m. {fr, adhi-pra-^/i,
cp. sa, abhi-praya) intention, meaning;
nom. r^o, 114,6.
*adbibha8ati, vh. (adhi-\/bba9)
to speak to, to adress {acc.)
;
aor, 3, sg,
ajjhabhasi 77,a.
adhimutta,
pp.
{sa. adhi-raukta
(y'muc)) inclined to {w. acc, or comp,);
m. vanadhimutto, who gives oneself
to desires, Dh. 344 {cp. vana'); gen,
m.pl. ,>/anam (nibbanarh) who strive
after NibbSna'', Dh. 226.
adhivattha,
pp, {fr. adhi-v/vas)
living, inhabiting {loc);
f.
--wa, 5,19.
*adhiva3ana, n. {fr. adhivaseti)
consent, acceptance of an invitation;
acc, /^arii, 70,ii,
*adhivaseti, vb, {caus, adhi-
\/va8) ')to wait, to wait for; imp.2.ag,
<x'ehi, 53,as; 2.pl. rs/eiha., 33,i5; ger,
<%/etva {w. acc, dve savana) 11,5.

') to bear, endure {acc)
;
ger, vetva
^tayo pahare) 55,i5; aor.S.sg. rwesi
(ta 8c, vedana) 78,is

ajjhavasayi
(vedanaih) 80,S4.

^) to consent; aor.
i^eai, 70,10

77,sb; cap. to accept an
invitation to dinner (bhattaih) : imp,
3. ag. />/etu, 70,e
77,j8, {cp, adhi-
vasana). cam. II: adhivasapeti, to
cause to wait; pr. 2. ag. ^esi, 33,it.
adhiseti, vh. {aa, adhi-\/t;i) to
adhanS
lie upon (ace);
fut. 8. sg. .vsessati
(pathavim) 107, Dh. 41.
a d h un
a,
adv. (sa.) now. o-S,gata,
mfn. a new-comer; m, f%,o (uyyanapalo)
87,15.
edho, itidecl, (ea, adhas) down
(w. acc.)\ adho Gaflgaift, down the
river G. 14,4 (or perliaps better comp.
adbogafigam, adv.
?)
compar. adbara,
mfn,, auperl. adhama. mfn, (q,
v.),
an-, ana-, negative prefix, v. a-*.
*Anagata-vam8a, m, 'history
of the future', name of a non-canonical
Pali work (the Buddhist Apocalypse"),
from which an extract is given 102,2-28.
Anathapindika, m. nom. pr,
( sa.^ 'giver of food to the poor',
name of a rich merchant', gen. /^ussa,
71,20.
aniku, m. & n. ( sa.) an army,
balanika, mfn. q. v,
anu*, indecl. ' sa.) before vowels
except ^u" usually 'anv-' (v. anvaya
etc.), prefix to verbs and nouns, ex-
pressing 'after, along, near to, accord-
ing to' etc. Inserted in a dvandva*
comp, of the satDe word repeated, t',
khuddAnukhuddaka (cp. pa^i).
anu', mfn,

anu
(g,
v.) cp, anu-
uiatta,
anukantati. vb. (sa. anu-y/kft.
6,)
to cut (ace.)
;
pr, 3, sg, /vati
(lattharh) Da. 311.
an uk am pa,
/", fsa,) compassion;
instr, i^aya (w. gen, tava) out of pity
(for you) 56,4.
anukkama, tn, (sa. anu-kratiia)
succession, order; instr. adv. rvena.
gradually, 38,2a. 48,9; ti -i^ena and
so on by degrees" 34,8. sabanukkania,
tnfn. (q.
v.).
anukkamati, t>6,(sa. anu-Y/krani)
tt follow, to go along (ace); part,
med. M. rvniano (-patham) 90,84,
anukbuf^dakar mfn. v. kbud-
danukhuddaka.
an jga, it.fn. (so, anu-ga) follow-
ing; aatiamacca-sa.taiuga, mfn. fol-
lowed by 700 companions,
110,23
(in. .>^o).
/anugaccbati, vb. (sa. anu-VRam])
to follow (acc,)\ aor, 3. sg,
/^gamasi
^tam yeva)
68,8i
to. augm.
anv-a-ga
(tam) 111,8.
anuggaba, m, (sa.
anu-giaha)
favour, kindness, help,
assistance; acc.
n^erh 6,86.
anucara, . (=so.) a
companion,
follower.
-
sanucara. mfn. v. sa'.
an uc inn a, mfn,
(sa. anu-cirna,
pp.
SLnu-y/car) having attained (acc);
m. pi. -va (sainadhijhanam) 109,2i.
*anuccbavika, mfn. (fr. anu
+
cbavi) suitable, fit; m. ^o (w. inf.)
24.24; (w. gen. pers.) 25,s (rafino).
aiiujanati, vl. (sa. aiiu-v/jna).
1) to permit, allow; pr. 1. sg. -waiui
(ekena (bhikkhuna) dve samanere
upatthapetum) 81.le. *) to prescribe
(acc.) 81,ao (dasa sikkhapadani). (cp,
next.)
anunnata, mfn. (pp.
auujanati,
sa, anu-jnata) permitted, allowed,
having attained the permission of
(ns<r.);(.^o (fiatib(i)) 11. ii, ll,i3-tr;
wi, pi. rs.5, (raftfiii) 73,24.
*a n u fi n a t a 1 1 a, n. (sa. *anu-jnata-
tva) the being permitted; abl. /%.a.
11,12 (grantiD[f him leave to speak").
auutappati, vb. pass, (sa. anu-
tapyate, \/tap) to suffer, to repent;
pr. 3. sg. ^ati Dh. 67. 314. (cp.
tapati*.)
anutire, adv. (/V. anu '
+
tira
(loc.)) near the banks of a river (gtn.)
104,21.
*aiiutthunati, vh, (fr. *anu-
ystan) to deplore, bewail
(acc); part,
m. sg. .v.unam (piiranani) Dh. 16H
( anuttbunanta (pi.) Comm.). The
discordance between the sg. anutthu*
nam and the pi. of the verb is pro-
bably due to the fact that senti has
been influenced by
cSpa-'tikbina (like
jhayanti in the preceeding verse); cp.
also the use of sg. anutappati Dh.
314.) cp. Tr. PM.
76,10.
*unuddaya,
f.
compassion,
mercy;
in comp. this word generally takes the
form anuddaya- (cp. mvitta) : khanti-
23
anumodana
metta-'nuddaya-sampanna. mfn. (q.v.)
7,12. 38,15. {fr. *anu -+ daya, although
it is generally spelt with double 'd\
perhaps from analogy with niddaya?),
*anu-dhamma-carin. w/w. liv-
ing according to the law ; m, n^l Dh,
20 {cp. dhmnma-cariii).
anudhavati, &. (sa. anu-Y/dhav')
to follow, pursue, seel< (acc); pr, 3.
sg. /^ati (tiraiii) Dh. 85; aor, 2, sg.
anu-dliavi (kalikain) 47,io,
anupakkamena, v, an- {cp,
upakkama).
*anupakhaija, ger, encroaching
on {acc) 83,88 (there bliikkhu). This
word eeems to be ger,
ft. *anu-pra-
yskand (-skadya)
to enter together
with, disrespectfully pushing oneself
forward (=> anu-pavisati, comm.). Heuce
the vh. denom. anupakhajjati (Vin.
V
163,4). Morris, JPTS. '86,ii5.
'89,201, derives it from ^/khad.
anupatati, vb. (so. anu-^pat)
to run after, to follow (acc); pr. 3.
sg. <N^anti (sotam) Dh. 347
; pp.
/>^ita,
followed, m. dukkhanupatito. Dh.302,
pi. dukkhanupatit' (o : rwS addhagii) ib.
anuparigacchati. vb. {sa. ana-
pari-v^ga)
to walk (fly) round (acc);
aor. 3. sg. anu-pariy-aga (pasanam)
104,13.
*anupariy aya, m.
{fr.
anu-pari-
Y^i)
goinp round along; '-patha. m.
acc. rwarii 90,33
anupariyaya-na-
niakam maggam, 91,28 (the path round
the town).
*a n u
p
a s 8 i )J , mfn. {fr. anu-y'pa?)
looking after, looking for; para-vajja-**,
looking after the faults of others, Dh.
253 {gen. m. <N^issa) ; subha-", looking
for piensures. Db. 7 (aCC w, r>.,rm),
Dh. 349 {gen. m. <%..ino).
anupucchati,
vb. {sa. anu-
y/pracli) to inquire after {aCC.)] pr,
2. sg. ^asi (jivam) 103,i7.
anupubba, mfn.
{sa. anu-purva)
regular; instr. adv. /v-ena,
gradually,
by and by, in course of time, 18,ii.
37,80. 42,24. 81,. 87,4. Dh, 839.
*anupubbikatha,
f.
{fr.
preo,
-f-
katha, q.v.) a regulated exposition;
acc fvBlh katbesi preached in due
course" 68,19,
anuppatta, pp.
{sa, anu-prapta,
anu-pra-i/ap)
arrived to, having
reached, having attained (acc); m,
rt^o (vayo) 74,21, (Lankarii) 110,2s.
acc, (x-am (uttamattbam) Dh. 386.
loc. <ve (Alavim).
anubaudbati, vb. {sa, anu-
ybandh) to follow, to pursue (acc);
aor, 3. eg. >%/i 11,i9. 12,88; l,8g.f^m
104,u; ger. >vitvS 33,i8.
a n u b d h a , rt. ( sa.) comprehen-
lioti, understanding. - dur-anubodba,
mfn. q,
v.
*anubruheti, vb. {sa. *anu-
Y/vfch)
to 'increase', to devote oneself
to (occ); pot. 3, sg. .v-aye (vivekam)
Dh. 76 {cp. briiheti).
anubhavati, vb. {sa. anu-^/bbu)
to feel, to experience, to obtain (enjoy,
suffer) {w. acc); pr. 3. pi. /%/anti
(dukkbam) 23,i6; aor. 3. sg. -x.-i (dib-
basampattim) 23,i7; inf. ^itum 23,35;
ger. <x/itva
23,24;
part, ^anta, m. i>jO
63,18;
part. med. r^maina.,
f.
x/a 61,6
(.taking part in", -kilam);
pp. anu-
bhuta : kirn me dukkhena <>^ena
{instr.) why should I suiTer this pain?"
32,32.
*anubhavana, n. {fr. anubha-
vati) parlakiiig of (enjoying, suffering).
dukkhanubhavanattbaya 23,i8 (in
order to endure their punishment, cp,
attha'); kamma-karananubhavana-
tthanam 23,27 (a place where one has
to endure the results of his bad deeds),
anubbava, v. anubhava.
anubhiita,
pp.
v. anubhavati.
anumatta, mfn. Dh. 284, v, anu-
niatta.
anuinodati, vb. {sa. anu-Y^inud)
to rejoice in (acc), to accept with
joy, to thank; part. med. ,N/inana, m.
^0 (danam) Dh.
177
;
pr, 1. sg. .vami
(I thank you") 29,8.
anumodana, .
(sa.) acceptance,
benediction, thinks {esp. the words
proDOUDced by the Buddhist priests at
anuyuijati 24
thid eud of the meal, or after receiving
gifts or offerings to the fraternity)
;
ace. /%/am karonto 8<),i5; -vam kana-
sJnii 87,80 ; "-attbaya 87,i8 (in order
to hear the benediction), (cp. Dhpd.
(1855) p. 168,7. foil.)
anuyufijati, vb. {sa. anu-v/yuj)
to practise, to give oteself up to (acc);
pr. 3. sg. >N^ati (bhavanaih) 97,9; 3.
pi. ~anti Dh. S8 (panuadaiii), Dh.
247 (sura-meravi-panam); pot.med.
3. sg. Lia pa nafiarii o^etha, Dh. 27.

pp. anuyutta, m. r-vO in the enjoy-

ment tf T4,a2(ditth8-dhamma-8ukha-
viharam q. v.).
anuyoga, ni. <
sa.) study, raedi-
totion, application to. -
ki^masukh'-al-
lika-', mfn. whose applicaJon is wholly
concentrated in pleasure and lust, m.
/vo (sc. anto) 66,20.

atta-kilamatba-",
mfn. q. v. (cp. pre':-.).
anuyogi/i, mfn. {fr, anuyoga).
V. attfinuyogid.
anurakkhati, vh. (sa. anu-
^raksh). to gunrd, to wutch (acc.);
imper, 2, pi. -vatba (sacittam) Dh,
327.
*aiiurakkhin. mfn. (fr. aim-
rakkhati) watching.- vaca-**, uifn.q.v.
Anuruddha, m, nom. pr. (-^ sa.)
nunie of a cuUHin of Ootuma Huddhu,
one of Ills great disciples; nom. >^o
80,80. 109,17 (inahiigani). 109,8 (dib-
biicakkhutiilii[aggo{); ((rcnk^aiii 80,u;
voc, O.U, ib,
anuriipa, mfn, ( sa.) confotm^
ahli', itdaptuil tu, fit, Huitahlt>; tad-
anurupa, mfn. 57,ji. q, v.
anulitta,
pp, (fr. anu-y/lip, sa.
anuli))ta) anointed, scented. ~
iiabii-
tiinubtta. 41,0. v. nahata.
aiiuloMia, mfn,
(
-
sa.) 'with the
hairs', ill natural ordur
(;<;>. pa^ilotna),
-
"-patiloniarii (adv.Y) forward and
back" 66,6. (cp, loiiia).
anuvattin. mfn. (sa. anu-vartin)
following. -
dbamraanuvattino (m.
pi.) following the law, Dh. 86.
a II u V i c a r a t i, i;i(. (sa.
aiiu-vi-Y/car)
to wander or roam throu^jh, to explore
(aec. ep. vioareti);
pr. 3. pi
~anti
(samuddatirara)
21,i7;
ger.
~itva
(thala-jala-patham)
19,sf.
anuviciateti,
vb. (sa.
anu-vi-
\/oint) to meditate upon (acc);
part-
m. ^ayanto (tarn eva) 47,85;
-^ayam
(dhammam)
Dh. 364.
anuvicca, ger.
discovering,
attend-
ing to, observing, exaraining(?)
Dh.
229 (viiinii pasaiisanti).
This word
is generally explained in the commen-
taries by anuviditva, janitva. etc.-,,
it is perhaps ger. fr,
anu-vi-\/ci
(*anuvicitya, *anuviciya. cp. Sn. v.
630 and viceyya ib. v. 529)
or fr.
anu-v/vid ( anu-vijja, Tr. MN. I
379,3
(Note
p. 662) cp. Morris, JPTS.
'86.
p. 121.).
but it can hardly be
derived from anu-^/i or anu-\/vrt. cp,
Dhpd.
(1865) p. 368.
anuvijja. anuvijjati, v. anu-
vicca.
anusancarati. vh. (sa. anu-sarii-
^/car) to walk along (acc); part. med.
m. pi. -wUiSnii (kipillika viya tbaiu-
bbaiTi) 60,2.
'^'anuNuiidlii, m, (cp, sa, ami*
sandbana) application, conclusion,
connexion; acc. .-%/iui giia^etva (mak-
ing the connexion'*) 32,5. cp. Fans-
bell, JllAS. '70,
p. 8. Fecr, .fAs.
'76.
II p. 293,
an u Buy a, m, (sa. anu-tjaya) in-
olinatiuii, uttacliinent; acc, /%.iira 96, it
(v, adliittlmna).
-
tanli&iiusaya, v,
tanliii, -
niiinrmusaya. v, iniina. cp.
HlilO. X_p. HI.
anusasaka. m. (sa, anu-gasaka)
a counsellor, -
attha-dliamma-". v,
attlui'
(7).
aiiusfiHati, vb, (sa, anu-y/Qjls)
') to adiniiiiisli, to inntruct (acc.)\ inf.
.^.jtuiii H1,ih; grd, m. .^itabbo 79.15;
pot. 3, sg. ->^eyya Dh.
77, 168.
-
*) to give one (gen.) advice concerning
(acc); aor. 3. sg- ~i (rafifio attban
ca dliamman ca) 68,so (cp. attba'
(7)).
-
') to rule, to govern
(acC,)\
aor. 3, sg, ,>,i (viniccbayaiu ^udinini-
stored justice") 42,87.
^26
antarCi
anusikkhin, mfn, (sa. anu-Qik<
shin) studying, learning; ahorattanu-
sikkhinam. gen. pi. Dh. 226 (studying
day and nightV
anussarati. vh. (aa. anu-\/8mr)
to remember, to recollect ; aor. ,^i
28,96 (gune); gen. rwitva 17,4 (attana
katakammam) 28, is (Buddha-gune);
part. m. >>^&m (dhammaiii) Dh. 364;
. pi. /N.anta. 28,is.
Anotatta, n>. (sa. An-avatapta)
nom. pr, of a lake in Himavanta;
"-daharii (ace.) 61,is.
anta^, ). {d; n.) ( sa.) ') end,
term; nom, ^o (phalanarii) l.is; ace.
r^nm karissatha (dukkhassa) raake
an end of" Dh. 275; comp. loc. vijay.
ante, immediately after the victory,
60,85; marananta, mfn. q. v. - *) limit,
boundary, border, edge; acc. /%/am 83,91.
comp. loc. velante 20,4 (ep. vela);
vanante, Dh. 306, v. vana; accanta,
santika, samanta, samanta, q. v.
-
*) side; acc. adv. ekamantam. q. v.
-
'*) extreme; pi, dve anta, 66,S5; acc.
pi. ubho ante, 66,98. 96,it; eko , . ,
dutiyo anto, 96,i6-i7. cp, ekantam
(adv.) Dh. 228, q. v. - ) nearly
pleonastically at the end of certain
comp., kammanta (m.), suttanta (n.)
q.
V.
anta*, n. (sa. antra) the intestines;
(v-aih 82,4, 97.91. anta-guna, q. v.
Antaka, m. (fr, anta'/
sa.)
nom. pr. the king of death (Yaraa or
Mara); n. o^o Dh. 48; instr, ^ena,
Dh. 288.
anta-kara, m(fn). ( sa.) put-
ting an end to (gen.); m.pl, f>^& 105,90
(dukkhasssa).
*a n t a
-
ki r i
y
a,
/". (aa. *anta-kriya)
extinction; dat, /x-aya 70,i7.
""anta-guna, n. (sa. *antra-guna)
mesentery (Sp, Hardy, Man. of Buddh.
p.
400: lower intestines"); <%/am 82,4.
97,28.
antamaso, adv. (sa. *antama
-\- Qas) even; /N/anjalim paggahetva
thite,
even those who were standing
with theii' joined hands raised, 22,7
;
(s-bilara-nisakkana-mattam (pakara-
vivarain) even large enough that a
cat can creep in, 90,85. (cp. antima).
antara, n.(ea,) ')the interior
part of a thing, interval; ) as the first
part of comp, (> anto, v. below),
) at the end of comp.'. kalantareaa
(instr.) by progress of time" 99,28;
buddhantaram, a period between two
Buddhas, 84,30; dant' antara -gato
having got in between the teeth"
13,29;
pi. loc, lomantaresu, in the
coat, 16,5 (v. loma). uddhanantaresu,
9,24 (v. uddhana); pi. ahl, sakhan-
tarebi, amongst the branches, 62,ii,
pupphantarehi, 62,i8. For antaram,
antara, antare v. separately. - *) dif-
ference (at the end of comp, other):
purisantararii, another man, 48,ii,
(cp. antarika, an-antara, santara).
antaram, indecl. ( ea.) ^)adv.
within ; /%/katva, having shut in
(?)
23,10,
-
*) prp. w, gen, raihsinam
/%/ pavisitva, 87,89.
antaradhana, n. (sa. antar-
dhana) disappearance; pariyatti-",
102,2 (q.
v.).
antaradhayati, vb. (sa. antar
-y'dha) to disappear; aor. 3, sg. /x/ayi,
24,7. 72,25; (impf.) 3, sg. med. ^ayatha,
104,18 (cp. Kuhn, Beitr.
p. 110); pp,
antarahita, q. v. - caus. antaradha-
peti. to cause to disappear (acc);
pot. 1, pi, fv-eyyaraa (iabhasakkaram)
73,1.
*antarantara, adv, (antara
(q,
V.) repeated) now and then, 35,i,
83,8.
*antara-vithiyam, adv,
(fr,
antara -j- vithi, loc.) in the very
streets, 39,e.
antarahita, }H/n.(i?i).antar-;/dha,
cp, antaradhayati) disappeared, hid>
deu;
f.
f^a. (pasadamatta) 94,8s.
-
an-antarabita. mfn, (q.
v.).
antara, adv, <& prp. (ahl.
fr. an-
tara,
sa,) among, on the way, dur-
ing; Dh. 237; comp, antaramagge
(loc) on the way, 32,i4. 85,8 ; repeated
:
antarantara, q. v.
antarSya
26
antarSya, m. ( o.) ')obitBcle;
ace. <vam akasi, prevented, 68,8;
nom.
gaman'-antarayo, 65.bs (v. gamana).
-
*) death; ace. waih, Dh. 286.
*antarika,
f. {fr.
antara) inter-
val; - simantarika,
f.
a boundary
territory, loc, /N^nya (dvinnam yak-
khanam) 40,3s.
antare. iJrp. (?oc./r. antara. 8a.)
within, among, between, w. gen. 10,ai.
30,5. 43,6. 62,9,
or at the end of comp.
73,80 (mala-kacavara-", into the dust-
heap") cp, antara.
antalikkha. n, (sa. antariksha)
the sky, the air; loc. />.e, Dh. 127.
antava<, mfn. ( 8o.) finite, li-
mited; m. ,>.va (loko) 89,28.
- an-an-
ta/at, nifn. it finite io.
antika, mfn. (= sa.) near, bor-
dering upon.
-
niaranantika, mfn. v.
marana. {cp. santikn).
ant i ma, mfn, {= sa.) final, last;
m. (N.0 (samussayo) 108.1?
Dh.361.
-
*antinia-sariru,
'/". one who has
receivea his last body, m. nom. <x/0,
Dh. 362, ace. ^am, Dh. 400.
antevasika. m. (/"r. ante anto
{s:i. antar)
+
vaslka (V^as,
to dwell))
a pupil; ace. r>^Hiii, 32,98; ace. pi.
rve, 16,24; acarijantevasike {acc.pl.)
a teacher and tiis pupil, 32.81
;
gcn. pi,
fvanarii, 102,}.
anto. prp. {sa. antar, in some
conp, ante, cp. last) in, within {opp.
bthi); w. gen. ta&sa >. 61,is; attano
nanajalassa r^ 80,88; w. he, /N/a^avi-
yaih 30,80 ; in comp. anto-nagaraifa
43,8
anto-nagate inMide!tlie town"
73,M {opp. bahi-nagare); Hnto-gal)blie,
witiiin tliti uhiiinlit'i', Ur),u8; aiito-jjiliilil,
into th4 ni't, HH.AA. (cp, antara).
*antcgudlia, mfn. (probably
fr.
ante +
ogadha
{pp.
ava-^'gali) for
Ogalha) included, contained in. "-hetu-
attha, mfn.
containing a causative
meaning, 85,9 {cp. attha
*
(6)).
"'an t o-dii li a, m, an intetiial ilitnie;
tassa fs^o iippajji bu grew aflame
within" 45,1.
antopura, n. (often written ante-
pura,
Tr. PM. 79,i6,
sa.
antah-pura)
a king's harem; loc. f^^
38,i7,
*antovalanjaka,
n.i'^-(A'"'*^
-4-
valafiia)
in-door
people;
gen.
^anam, 43,6 {opp.
bahivalafijaka).
andha, mfn.
(-
sa.)
blind
(also
about mental
blindness);
m.
yO J5,i5,
pi. ^a 88,87.
- *andha-bala,
mfn.
blinded by folly; voc. m. /^a 38,i9;
voc.
f.
~e 69.31.
- 'andha-bhuta,
mfn.
mentally blinded; m.
~o 88,2
= pannacakkhuno
abhavena ~o,
88,31;
ace.pl. m. ^e,
Dh. 69.
Andha-
blmta-jataka. a later
reading for
Andabhuta. 62,ii {cp.
50,i2-i5).
andhaka, mfn.
(= sa.)
blind.
*andhaka-masaka,
m. pL
^ad-flies,
104,37.
andhakara, . ( sa.)
darknefs;
ace. ^am 19,i7; loc. ^e 69,1?;
instr.
<N/ena, Dh. 146.
anna, n. ( sa.) food; instr. sa
marii o^eua (sc. uddhari) 20,3o.
an nay a, v. dur-annaya
(-= an-
vaya, cp, anveti).
any ay a. ger. fr, anu-Vi,
v. anveti.
anvahata, pp.
(anu-a-v/han)
struck, beaten, perplexed, v. an-anva-
hata-cetasa.
anveti, vb. (sa. anu-\/i) to follow,
to reach, to aflect or attack (acc);
pr. 3.8g.^et\. 106,93
Db. 7l, Dh.
1. 2. 124;
ger, ^aja (vuddbim, full-
grown) 2,18. 18,3.
apakkamat!,6.(so. apa-^kram),
to go away, to retire from {abl,)\ pot,
3, sg, ^me (tanilia) 14,i; aor, 3, sg.
^nii (etto) 104.1S,
apaguccliati, vh. {sa, upii-\/galn)
to go away
pi>.
ii|iai^atu. dcpiuti-il,
gone oil; uh the tlrnt part of mlj, comp, s
"-kalaka, "-tucupapatika. '-phegguka,
"-vattha, "-sakliapalasa, 5. v.\ dvin-
nam itthakanarii "-tthanam. the inter-
val between two bricks, 91,29.
apacayati, vb. {sa. apa-\ ciiy)
to honour, to renpcct (fv',)
;
)ir, 3, sg,
(metri causa --..ayati) 30,9.
a
p
a c a
y
i ( , mfn. {sa. apa-cayin,
fr, last) rendering due respect;
vad-
27
apSruta
dhS,pacayiH, mfn, who reveres the
aged", m. pi. ,>^ino. Dh. 109.
apaciti, /". ( sa.) honour, respect;
ace, ^im, 29,26, 30.4,
*apajita, M,
(pp. apa-^ji), what
is lost, defeat; ace, ^aih (opp, iitam)
Dh. 105.
Apannaka-jataka, n, nom, pr.,
the title of the first tale in the Jstaka*
book,
102,80 [a-pa^^aka,
mfn. evident,
certain, leading to salvation (/V, 5a,
a-parna, without leaves, opp, sa-pajj-
naka, but the semasiological process
is unknown; Weber, Ind, Str. Ill, 160
and Kulm, Beitr,
p. 53 talce it

*a-pragna-ka].
apattha, mfn. (sa. apasta,
pp.
apa-y'as^), thrown away; n, pi, N^ani
(atthini) Dh. 149.
apaneti, vb. (sa. apa-y/ni) to
take away, to reraove (ace); pot. 1.
sg. rveyyam (atthim) 13,i4; aor. 3. sg.
apanayi (putte)
13,*;
ger. /vetva,
44,12. 66,32; pp.
apanita, n. /^&m
etam Tathagatassa, T. is free from
this,
94,7
;
grd, i^ctahhsi, to be re-
moved, "-akara-ppatta (sa(aka)
in-
tolerable'*, 45,1.
*ayabbiihati or apaviyuhati,
vb. (fr. apa-vi-\/\ih) to remove by
digging up or scraping out (acc.);
aor. 3. sg. apabbuhi (pamsum) 40,26.
(cp. viyuhati).
apara, pron. ( so.) another (by
way of addition or progression in
number, the original sense being
posterior, following", whilst para
(q.
v.) denotes what is opposite or
distant, cp. anna); acc. ^am (dipaih)
23,21 ; aparam pana ekadivasam and
again on a certain day", 63,24-28; n.
naparam, nothing more, 71,i6; instr,
^ena samayena, afterwards, subse-
quently, 95,23. 101,i; loe. ^asmiih
(kanakaviiuane) 23,22; m. pi. ^.-e pi
'ssa tayo sahaya ahesum,
further he
had three friends, 14,9.
- aparam (n.)
is often used adverbially, esp. aparam
pi, besides that, also, too, 34,i. 54,21.

aparaparam, adv. to and fro, from

side to side, 2,27. 40,24.
-
pubba-para,
mfn, (q,
r.), aparajju, aparabhage,
V, below,
aparajju, adv. (sa. apare-dyus)
on the following day; 101,27.
aparajjhati, vb. (sa.
apa-v/radh)
to offend against (loc); ger, o./itva
(parassa vatthunibi) 58,i8.
aparapaocaya. v, a-
(p, 4).
aparadha, m. ( aa,) oifeuce,
fault; acc. ek&parSdhaih, one such
fault, 47,8.
-
nir-aparfidha, /.,
innocent, guiltlesi; aco, m, /vam,
39,ie,
*aparabbage, adv,
(fr, apara
-\- bhaga, loc) afterwards, later; 22,i4.
24,18-16. 38,11.
*aparopita, mfn. (apa
-f
ropita,
pp.') consumed
(?).
This word is only
due to my own conjecture (see Note
p. 126);
the Colombo Edition reads
aropita (fr. aropeti, q. v.) 87,ii.
apaviddha, mfn. ( sa.
pp.
apa-y/vyadh) flung, thrown away; neg-
lected; acc. m. <x.am, 34,i5; n, /vam
(kiccam) Dh. 292.
^apasadeti, vb.(fr. apa
-f
sadeti,
caus, \/sad) to blame, to depreciate,
disparage (acc); pr. 3.8g. -N^eti (mam)
74,29-30.
""ap as 8 en a, n. (fr. apa-y'^ri, cp.
sa. apTKjraya) a rest, a support;
^-phalaka, n. a bolster-slab or head-
rest; -.^am 84,16. [cp. Morris, JPTS.
'84.71, - SBE, XX. 219.]
*apabhata, mfn. (pp.
apa-i/bhr)
brought away, stolen; n. rvaifa (ratti-
bbattarii) 15,i9,
apaya, m. ( sa.) *) going away,
loss; piyapayo, loss of the belowed,
Dh. 211.

*) state of suffering (esp.
dwelling in hell, or in the world of
animals, petas and asuras); acc. sag-
gapayam, heaven and hell, Dh. 423.

apaya-gamiw, mfn.
going to an evil
state ; m. pi. /s/ino 88,8& (opp, saggSya
gacchati).
ap&yi, mfn, (= sa.) going away,

an-apayiw, mfn. (q, .).

aparuta, mfn, (sa, apavfta, fr.
apt 28
ape,-\/vr) open, '^-civa.ra. mfn,
with
open doors; loe. ve fnivesane) 39,8.
api. adv. ( ti.) ^)ge:ierally enclit.
=
pi (g.
V.) or -api after prec. a, a.

*) beginning a eentence (before a

vowel Honjetimes app' or ap') ') even,
Dh, 187. *) api ca . . va . . va, whether
. . or, 96,81 (w. foil, api ca kho, ne-
vertheiens, 97,i); api ca, nevertheless,
101,18 {cp. kiiicapi); api ca kbo pana,
but at all events, S2,95. ") app-eva
nama, perhaps (w, foil, pot.) 17,36.
69,5. *)
particle of interrogation {w,
indie, or pot.) 13,96. 69,i. 71,3i. 104,i4
(ap'); api nu, 73,4.
apekkhati. vb. {sa. apa-v^iksh)
to look for (ace); pr. 3. sg. med. ,-vate
(kame) 103,9*.
apekkha fcapekba./". (sa. apek-
sha) dehire, regard, care; Dh. 346
(-kh-, w. loc).
apekkhi/i & apekhin, mfn. (aa.
apeksbin) looking for, regardful of.

an-apekkhiH, mfn. (q.
v.).
a
p
e t a , mfn. (= sa.
; pp. fr.
next)
free from, deprived oi {w. inatr. or
comp.); m, ^o (damasaccena) Dh. 9.
apeta-kaddama, mfn. without mud,
m. >^o (rahado) Dh. 95.
- "-viufiana,
mfn.
senseless, m. .^o (kayo) 107.6
Dh. 41.
apeti, iJ6. {sa. apa-^/i) to go away;
pr. 3. sg. o-eti, 60.i; 1. pi. apema
104,16 (nibbijjapemaGotamam being
disgusted, we shall go away from Go-
tana", Fausholl, Sf.E. X^ p. 71,
who prefers the reading Gotama, cp,
8N. I, 124).
'
app', V. api.
appa. mfn. {sa. aipa) small, little;
m. <^o 88,30 (only a few
kocid eva
satto 89,
i);
instr. ^en' eva (trifling)
38,34; n. /%^am, a little, a small portion,
Dh. 20. 269, loc. />.asmi yacito, asked
for little, Dh. 224.- appa-kilamathena
agito si you had no mishap?" 28,i
{cp. kilamatba).
a
p
p
a k a , nfn. {fr. last, sa. alpaka)
small, little^ trifling; iustr. n. ^en' eva.
at a trifle, 52,6; m. pi. ~a
(few) Dh.
86.
-
an-appaka, mfn. {q.
v.).
*appas;gha. mfn.
{sa.
alpargha,
cp. aggha)
of little
value;
"-bhandam
ware8 of little value" 26,9.
*appabodhati.
vb. {fr.
appa
{sa,
alpa) +
bodbati.
a rare present
forma-
tion of ybudh, cp. bujjbati)
to slight
disregard; pr. 3. sg. ~ati
(nindam)
Dh. 143.
{Weber. Ind. Str. I, 137;
others (Fausbell d; Max Mailer) have
taken it

a (a: na)
+
prabodhati
(does not excite), or (Childers & Sti-
bhiiti)
apa-bodhati
(to ward off),
cp. the readings ap(p)abodheti
and
sa.
alpabuddbi. mfn.)
*appamannati, vb. {fr. appa
-|-
v^man, cp. last) to despise, underrate
{w. gen.)
;
pot. 3. sg. med. ,>./etba (pa-
passa, pufinassa) Dh. 121. 122.
appamatta, wi/'n. (sa.alpa-inatra)
little, slight, mean; m. ^0 (gandbo)
Dh. 66. {cp. a-ppamatta, p. 6.)
*appamattaka. mfn. {fr. last),
of little importance; , ->^o (arakkho)
17,16.
*appalabha, mfn, {sa. *alpa-la'
bha) receiving little; m. r,o (bhikkhu)
Dh. 366.
appasattha, mfn. {sa. *alpa-
sartha) having few companions; m,
rvo (vanijo) Dh. 123 {cp. sattha).
*appa8sada. mfn. {sa, *alpa-
svada) having a short taste; m. pi,
^a (kama) Dh. 186.
*appassuta. mfn. {sa . *alpa-gruta^
having learnt little; m. '>>{o) (puriso)
Dh. 162.
ap pice ha, mfn. {sa. alpeccha)
who has but few desires; acc. m. <%/am.
Dh, 404 {cp. iccha).
*appo88ukka, mfn. {sa. *alpa
-{- autsukya. cp. ussuka) unconcerned,
living at ease, with few wishes; m. >v/0
(viharatu) 74,2i. Dh. 330.
abbahati. vb, {sa. a-\/vrh) to pull
out {acc.)
;
pot. 3. sg. abbabe (sallam)
108,9.
abbuda, n. {sa. arbuda) the foetus
29
abhinikkhamana
in the first or secood month after con-
ception;
ffen, ,^assa 99, lo.
abbha, n. (sa. abhra) cloud; ahl,
/wS (mutto candima) Dh. 172.
abbhakkhana, n. (sa. abhy-S-
khyana) false accusation, calumny,
ace. /^ara, Dh. 139.
abbhantara, M. (so. abhy-antara)
the inner part, interior, interval ; ^am
(opp. bahiraiii) 106,ii

Dh, 394.
-
loc.prp. w, gen. ,>.e, in, with, within,
3,85 (tuyharii), 38,88 (ranfio).
abbhuggacchati, vb. (sa, abby-
ud-\/gatii) to po out, to Bally forth;
get'. <vgantva, 60,3.
abbiiuta, nifn. (ea. adbhuta)
wonderful, marvellous; n. i\,a,m 79,87.
98,38.
- n. (subst.) one of the nine
divisions of Buddha's doctrine (na-
vangam Satthusasanaiii) 109,34 (ja-
tak'-abbbuta-vedallaih).
abhi, prp. (= sa.) prefixed to
verbs and nouns, expressing the direc-
tion jjtowards" or superiority; before
vowels it takes the form abbh' (v.
above),
abhikamkhati, vb. {sa, abhi-
ykanksh) to desire, to wait for, to
intend (acc); part. med. m, rvnaano
(dalha-ppaharam) 30,i3.
abhikirati, vb. (sa. abhi--\/kr,
kir) to pour over, to overwhelm (acc);
pr. 3. ag. -v-ati (ogho dipam) Dh. 25.
abhikkanta, mfn, (sa. abbikran-
ta, pp.
ubhi-ykram) advanced, ex-
celleiit; n. (%/am, 69, ii
95,88,
abhijanati, vb. (sa. abhi-y'jfia)
to perceive, to know, to learn, to re-
member (acc); pr. 1. eg. rwanii, 27,88;
ger, abhifiiiaya (attadattbam) Dh.
166, sayam ^, Dh. 363 (as I am in-
telligent myself);
pp.
abhinnata, v,
below,
abhinia,
f,
(aa, abhijfia) super-
natural faculty or intuitive knowledge;
dat, ^aya samvattati,
conduces to
knowledge, 66,so. 93,8;
instr. ~aya
(saTakanam dbammaih desemi) from
my iDtuitive knowledge, 90,i6.
- -vo-
sita, mfn,
perfect in knowledge, m.
W..0, Dh, 423 (v, vosita).
- cha-1-
abhiiiiia, mfn. having the six super-
natural faculties, m. pi, f>^&, 109,2a
(cp. cha). jfianabhiiina,
f.
super-
natural power attained by meditation
(v. jhana), acc, ^am, 47,ss.
abhiiinata, mfn. (pp.
abhijanati,
sa. abhijuata) known, distinguished;
m.pl. bahu-abhinnata, highly esteemed
(savaka) 109,i9.
abhittharati, vb, (probably an
old error for abhi-tvarati or abhi-
ttarati, sa. abhi-\/tvar) to make haste;
pot, 3. s^.>ne({./vetha(kalyane) ^hasten
towards the good", Dh. 116, (cp. ta-
ruti).
abhidhamma, m, (sa, abhi-dlinr-
ma) the higher dhamma or transceu-
dental doctrine, -
Abhidhamina-pita-
ka, n. name of the third of the three
great collections (nbaskets", cp. pi^aka)
of the Buddhist holy scriptures, com-
prising the following works: Dham-
masafigani, Vibbanga, Kathavatthu,
Puggala-paniiatti, Dhatukatha, Ya-
iTiaka, Patthana; loc, rwe 102,is;
gen. ^assa 113,is,
abhjdhavati, vb. (sa, abhi-
y'dhav) to run up towards, to rush
towards; imp, 2. pi. ^atha (metri
cauaa .^atha) 30,i9 (haste to the
rescue"); aor. 3. sg, /v^vi, 76,98.
abbinandati, vb. (sa. abhi-
ynand) ') to rejoice at, to salute, to
welcome (acc.)\ pot. 8, ag, /veyya
rsakkaram) Dh.
76;
pr, 3, pi, /wanti
(purisam sotthitn agatam) Dh. 219.

") to applaud, to assent, to approve

(acc); aor, 3, ag, f^i (Bhagavato
bbasitam) 93,i; inf. .^iturii (tad
abhinanditun ti) 97,6.
abhinandin, mfn. ( sa) re-
joicing at;
f.
tatra-tatrabhinandini
(tanhS) finding its delight here and
there, 67,i8.
abhinava, mfn, ( aa,) quite
new, modern; loc, pi. xwesu pottha-
kesu, in modern manusoripts, 62,i9
(opp, porana-V
abniniKkoamana, n, going
abhinimainSti
30
forth, esp. retiring from the houiehold
life.
maha-", n. tbe great retire-
ment" o: Buddha's leaving his house
in order to become a monk ; ^am
nikkhamitum
66,is
abhinimminati, vh (sa. abhi-
nir--y/ma) to create, to asBume another
aijpearance (ace);
ffer. /x/itva (kassaka-
vannam. the appearance of a plough*
man)
7/., 88.
abhinivesa, m. (^sa. abhinivcQa),
adhering to, inclination to; upayupa-
dana-** 96,io (q.v.)
;
comp. to. the synon.
adhmh.ana {v.h.} 96,u.
*abhippakipaa,
pp.
(sa. *abhi-
pra-\/kir) strewn v, ith Unstr.); "-sayana,
loc.>,e (pupplianam r.mmananiattena)
65,39.
*.ibhippaharaiii,
f.
{adj. fr.
"'abhi-pra-y'hr, tn.ced only in the foil,
paisage) ,^ni (sena Kaabassa) the
offensive (army of Kanha) 103,31.
abbibliavati, rb. (sa. abhi-\/bbu)
to overcome, to overpower (acc); pr.
3. Rg. ^ati (paccamitte)
3,84;
ger,
^bhuyya (sabbani parissayani) Dh.
328; pp. ^bhuta, m. khuppipasabhi-
bhiito (felo), tormented by hunger
and thirst,
84,88.
abhibhii, i/Vi. (-= sa.) one who
conquers or overcomes (at the end of
comp.)\ sabbabhibhu, ,. having con-
quered all, Dh. 363; sabbalokabhi-
bhuiii (viram, acc. m.) having con-
quered all the worlds, Dh. 418.
abhimatthati or abhiman-
thati, vh.isa. abhi-v/raath, nianth)
to crush (acc); pr. 3. sg. <vati (dum-
nedham) Dh. 161,
\
abhiiiiukha, mfn. ( sa.) turned
towards
; m. pi. ,%.a abesurn, they met
with one another,
43,19; most frequently
at the end of comp, : m. varanarukkba-
bhimukho,
5,4; nagarabhimukho,
43,14;
f.
Jetavanabhimukhi, 73,i8;
acc. m. devalokabhimukharii (ratbam
akasi) 60,i9.
-
abh.niukham, adv.
39,9-10 (matta-varane ^ agaccliante,
loc. even if a furious elephant were
going towards them).
abhirati,
f.
(- a.)
delighting
in, pleasure; acc. tatra
-^irfi
iccheyya
Dh. 88.
-
an-abhirati, f.
discontent
(
f.).
abhiramati, t;t. {sa. abhi-\/ram)
to delight in, to take one's
pleasure
with; pr. 3. sg. <^dX\ (niaya
saddhirii)
46,2i; 3. pi. ^anti (ubho)
60,c; aor.
3. sg. ^i (tena saddhiiii)
20,ii; part,
med. m. ^mano (taya saddbim) 19,19.
-pp. abhirata, v. an-abbirata; *abhi-
ranta, only in conip, yathabbirantam,
adv. as long as you like or think fit
70,80 {v. yatba, cp. yatbakamarii).
dur-abhirama, mfn. (g.
v.).
*abhirainapeti, 1)6. {caits, II fr.
last) ') to ciiuse one to take his plea-
sure with; pot. 1. sg. -^.eyyaiii (raja-
nam inaya saddbim) 46,2j.
- '')
to
delight, to divert; part,
f.
pi. ^eutiyo
(itthiyo) 64,31.
abhirSpa, mfn.{-^ sa.) handsome,
beautiful, lovely; (. ^^o (mabasamano)
76,31 ; acc. ,>^am (purisam)
10,25; f.
f^a. (haiiisapotika) 10,4.
abbirShati, vh. {sa. abhi-yruh)
to ascend, to mount {acc.)\ pr, 3. sg.
,>^ati (dantam, sc. nagaiii) Dh. 321;
imp. 2. eg. ^& (pitthim me) l,i9;
2. pi, rvatlia,
22,5; aor. 3. sg. I,i9.
25,19 (navam); 5. pi, n,.imsu,
22,6;
gir. ) ^ruylia, 20,i3;
>)
^riihitva.
21,10. 61,18 (pabbataiii).
abhilakkhita, mfn. {sa. ablii-
laksbita,
pp.
abhi-ylaksb) fixed, de.
termined for; Mi. ^0 (maha-uposatba-
divaso) 22,19.
abbivaddhati, vb, {sa, abhi-
yvrdh) to increase; pr. 3, sg. ^ati
(yuso) Dh. 24. -
pp. abhivaddba, n,
r^&ih blranani the abounding Birana
grass",
107,33
-=
Dh. 335 (or have
we to take this form as part, pr.f
Trenckner takes it as
pp. abbi--i/vrsh,
CJ3.
the readings
^vattam&^vuddhara,
Morris, JPTS.
'86,
"p. 143).
abhivadana. n. or
*abhiva*
dana.
f.
{sa. abbiv.adana,
.) re-
spectful salutation, reverence;
^U. {w,
loc, ujjugatesu) Dh. 108. -
*abbiva-
3\
amraa
dana-sili, mfu, {cp. sa. "-(jila) re-
Bpectful; gen. m. ^is8a, Dh, 109.
abhivadeti, vb. (cans, abhiva-
dati, sa. abhi-\/vad) to salute respect-
fully (ace.)
;
ger. ^etva
(
Bhagavantam)
8,17. 96,3.
abhisaihkbata, mfn.
{pp.
abhi-
saiiikbaroti, so. abhi-sam-s-y'ki') pre-
pared, cooked; gen, r^assa (sappi-
madbu-sakkara-. payasassa) 6 1,36.
abbisarakhara, {sa. abbisaih-
skara) ')
preparation. *) development,
exercise, practise; aco. /^aih 68,36.
69,2. (iddha-, v. next).
*abhisamkhareti, vb, {cans.
abbi-sam-8-\/k}')
^
to prepare. *) to
exercise, practise, effect (acc); pot. 1.
sg. ^eyyaih (iddbabhisaihkbaram,
an exercise of miraculous power" {v.
iddhi) 68,36; aor. 3, sg, ^esi (id.)
69,2.
abbisajati or abbisajjati, vb.
{sa. abbi-y'sanj) to offend
;
pot. 3. sg.
~saje (yaya na , . kanci, by words)
Dh. 408.
*abhi8ambujjhati {sa, *abhi-
8ain-\/budb) to gain perfect knowledge
of;
pp.
,x/buddha, part, /^budhana,
V. bcloto.
*abbi8ambujjbana, n. {fr.last)
enlightment, gaining the perfect know-
ledge (possessed of a Buddha); "-kala,
m. 63,7.
abhisambuddha, mfn,
{pp.
abbisambujjbati, sa, id.) having
attained perfect knowledge; m. pa-
tbamabhisambuddbo (Buddho) hav-
ing just attained theBuddhaship", 66,3.
*abbi8ambudhana, mfn, (part,
fr, abbisambujjbati, op. sa. part, aor,
budbana)
who has learnt, understood;
m. .vo (kayam marioidhammam)
Dh. 46.
*abhi8ambbava, m. {fr, abhi-
sambhavati , sa. abhi-sam-\/bhu),
reaching, attaining.
dur-abnisam-
bhava, mfn.
{q.v.).
abbiseka,
m. {sa. abbisheka)
anointing,
inauguration of a king; acc,
/^am karetva
cauBed himself to be
anointed king" 36,29; etassa imasmim
rajabbisekakale, now when he is being
anointed king, 11,6.
a b h i 8 e c a n a , n. (sa. abbishecana)
-m prec. /^am (ulukassa) ll,i6.
a mace a, m. {sa. amatya) a com-
panion or minister of a king, courtier;
rwO, 38,17;
pi. i^a, 40,9; acc. pi. >^e,
40,7;
instr. pi, rwehi, 39,3i.
-
"-adayo,
the courtiers and others, 102,6 {cp,
adi). sesamacce {acc. pi.), all his
courtiers, 40,6 {v. 8esa). mittamacca
{pl.) friends and companions, 92,8.
"-brahmana-gahapatike (acc. pi.) o:
all people of higher rank (opp. 8abba-
seniyo) 42,2 {cp. Fick, Soc. Glied.
p. 93 & 164). "-sabassena {instr.)
a thousand courtiers, 39,26, 62,8. -pa-
rivuta, mfn. 40,8o. '-gana-parivuta,
mfn. 39,98, "-parivarita, mfn. 112,26.
sattamucca-satanuga. mfn. v. anuga.
samacca. mfn. {q.
v.).
amuka. mfn. {fr. the pron. base
aniu-,
==
sa. cp. asu & asuka) this or
that, such and such a person (or thing)
referred to without name; loc. m, /^as-
mim okase, 7B,e. {cp. ayam,
4.)
amba, m. {sa, amra) the mango
tree (Mangifera Indica); vO. 37,22;
gen. <^assa, 37,
i;
pi. n^a. 100,i3; acc,
pi. ^e, 100,u; instr. pi. -^ebi, 2,io.
*'-pakka, n. {sa. *amra-pakva) a
mango fruit; rwam, 36,31

ambapba-
1am, 36.34. "-panas'-adibi, 2,90 {v.
panasa & adi). "-pindi,
f.
{sa. *amra-
pindi) a bunch of mangos, acc. ^irii,
15,2, o-labujadinam, l,i4 {v. labuja).
'-vana, a mango grove, loc, /^e, 77,ao;
46,14 (Makhadeva-", g.
v.) 46,7 (M-x/
uyyane). "-samika, m, the owner of a
mango tree, t^o, 100,is.
*ambho, indecl, (fr, ham -j- bhos,
cp, hambho & bho) ') a voc. particle
:
Hallo! {w. voc), /-vsarathi, 43,2i, *)
exclamation expressive of anger or in-
dignation {w, voc), <N/dut(ha-brab-
mana, 33,i6; '%,<puri8a, 101,i8.
am ma, indecl, (used in addressing
a woman), v, riext,
am ma,
f,
{sa, amba) a mother;
ammana 33
gen, ^Eya. 46,8; voe. amme io usually
shorteued to amma: *)u8ed by children
addreBsiog their mother, 9,i9. 22,it;
') by any perion addressing one (or
more) women, 49,81 (a maid to her
Indy); 87,10 (a father to his daughter),
am m ana, n. (sa. armana ? cp.
Childers 8, v.) a certain measure of
copBcity, a trough, a canoe; O-mattena
{instr, V, matta') in a measure of an
a- (pupphanam .>^ abhippakinna-saya-
na) 66,29.
amha, ainhi, v. atthi.
amha(n), n. = asmax (so. a^man)
a Btone; instr. -^ana, 104,6 {cp. Win-
disch, Mara,
p. 8 & 12).
-
amha-maya,
mfn. (sa. a^ma-maya) made of stone,
hard; acc. f^nm (maniifa) Dh. 161.
amhakam, amlie, etc., v. aham.
ay aril, pron. m. &
f.
(sa. ayam,
f.
iyam) n. iiarii (si. idam). The
otiier forms are taken from the base
ima- or a- : nam. eg. m, ayath, 3,i.
6,3;
by contraction with a preceeding
a-sound : c&yaih, QQa; by elision ;
'iiyarii 17,98. 37,so; Dh. 66,
or 'yaih,
lU8,i7; before palatals : iiyafi, 74,31.
-
f
ayarh. 21, n. 9,ih (iiyiifl oa).
-
. idaiii, 16,16; 'idarii, 67,8; imarii,
1(!0,4.
-
acc. imarfi 2,8 (m.); 3,26 (/".);
17,j; Dh. 196 (im') (m.).
- instr. m.
n. imina, 8,33;
oi,i5.
f,
iniaya, 42,i8;
75,35.
gen, (dut.) m.
(.)
imassa,
2,99; 4,31; assa. 1.5; 'ssa, 3, 11; f.
imissh. 3,8; 31,4; ussa, 48,96; 73,23
(assa
-=
issa
?); 87, 10.
- abl. m. asma,
Db. 290.
- loc. m.
(.)
imasmiin, 1,13;
3 23; asmiiii, Dh. 242.
- pi. nom. m,
iiiie.
4,6
; 66,25 ('m
3)
; 60,t (ma-y-irae).
-
acc, m. ime. 41,3s;
f.
ima. 2,9; n,
imani, 81,97.
- instr, m, imehi, 55,95.
-
gen. m. imesaiii, 2,6; 14,96.
-
loc,
m, n, imesu, 31,jo; bl,s7.
-
') this,
this here (referring to a person or
thing 2^rsent or in qtiesfion) opp,
pava, Dh. 220. 410.
- ^) referring to
the preceeding, 67,.-, (ayarii kho sa);
73,23 (ime divase, acc. pi. the lust
few days"). ')
referring to the follow-
ing, 67,3-10; 85,28.
').
such, like
that, 31,6 (imam
acchadanara) ;
2,
(imesaiii sattanarii,
like )' ^*'"
(id.);
repeated : ayaii ca
ayafi oa, 43,88;
idafl c'idaii ca, 44,i3 (cp.
asuka,
a-
muka).
-
*) combined u:
pron.
relat.X
y'ayarii (= yo ayarii)
Dh. 66;
yAyam
If.)
67,i; yad idarfi, 97...
- '')ayam
is gometimes used as pron. 3.
pers.,
esp, the gen. eg. assa, assa,
enclit.

tassa, tassa (v. ta-). cp. eta- (esa).
ayana, n. (-= sa. cp. eti)
walking,
road.
-
ekayana, mfn. (q.
v.).
ay as, m. {comp. ayo.
ow^ ayo,
sa. ayas, .)
iron; instr. ayasa (=
ayato, Comm.) 106,i9
= Dh. 240.
{cp. ayasa. mfn.)
ayo-gula, m. {sa. ayo-guda) an
iron-ball; ^0. 107, i = Dh, 308.
ayya, mfn. (sa. iirya, cp. arya)
honorable, worthy; hi. .>^o Devadatto,
75,4.
-
The voc. ayya is frequently
used in respectfully addressing a
person : 2,29. 4,3 etc. 33,i (ayya 'ti);
pi. ayya (by addressing more persons)
21,10. 73,4; and oven the nom. eg.
ayyo is used as voc. particle (la both
genders and numbers) ; 18,8-91-25. {cp,
ariya.)
ayy a-putta, . {sa. arya-putra)
the son of an honbrable man, master;
nom. ,vO. 65,32; voc, -%.a, 65,15 (de-
signation of a master by his servant),
ayyika, {fr, ayya. .sa. aryika,
aryaka) grandmother; ^a, 108,i5.
ayyo, v. ayya.
araiifia, n. {sa. aranya) a forest;
acc. (^arii, 6,7; abl. .^ato, 6,15;
loc.
i^e,
5,80
;
pi. ->.ani, Dh. 99; loc. (n/BSU,
73,84.
-
*<*-ayatana, n. a forest haunt;
loc, ^e, 1,4. 3,80.
-
*Htliana, n. a
place in a forest; loc. <x^e, 32,i4,
araha, mfn. {sa. arlia) deserving,
worthy; m. pi. .>.ii (holy men") 109,8.
-
pujaraha, mfn. {sa, pujarlia) de-
serving hommage; acc. m.pl. /^e^ Dh,
195.
-
maharaha, mfn. {sa. maharha).
Very valuable, precious, splendid; m.
0^0 (manto) 32,io; acc. ,-vaiii (utta-
maratharii)
63,4; (sayanarii) 112,2; n.
pi. -^ani (asanani) 61,25. {cp. next.)
33
alika
araha<, m. {sa. arhat) a venerable
person, a saint, an Arhat, who has
reached the highest stage of sanctiiica-
tion from which he can enter Nirvana;
nom. sg. araha (dasah* aiigehi sam-
annagato) 82,i4; gen, ^ato (Sani'
masambuddhassa) 81,5; ace. /v^antam,
Dh.
420; pi. .^anto (satta) the first
seven Arhats, viz, Buddha himself, the
poDoavaggtyil bhikkhQ ($.v.), and Yasa,
70,18; gen. pi, ^atam, Dh, 164, (op.
arahiitta.)
arahati, vb. (sa. y'arh) ') to be
worthy of (ace. or
inf.)
;
pr. 3. sg.
/vati (kasavaih, metrically
arliati)
Dh.
9; 2. sg, ^asi (mama vijite
vasituiii) 38,20
;
part. araha< {v. /.).

*^ to he obliged to, to be able

to (inf.); ko tam ninditum i^ati,
who would dare to blame him?"
Dh. 230.
arahatta, n. (sa. arhatva) Arhat-
ship (cp. araha<); ace. .%/arii, 89,i6.
*Arahanta-vagga, m. name of
the seventh chapter of Dhammapada.
ariya, mfn. (sa. arya, ep. ayya)
honorable, noble ; elect, holy ; m. o^o,
Dh. 270; ace. ^am (= aryara) Dh.
208; gen. pi. /s.anam (= aryanaih)
Dh. 22. 164. 206; instr. pi. ^ebhi,
Dh. 162 bis; ~o atthangiko maggo,
67,3. 108,14; ace. 107,2o.
_ *o.
ppave-
dita. mfn. preached by the elect; loc,
/N^e (arya-, dhamme) Dh. 79.
-
*''-bhumi,
f.
the world of the elect;
ace. -'wiiii, Dh, 236.
-
an-ariya, mfn.
(q.
v.).
ariya-sacca, (sa. arya-satya)
sublime truth; n^&m (dukkham) 67,8
(the sublime truth [concerning] the
pain); 67,i2\(dukkhasamudayam,
q.
v.); pi. /Np-ani (cattari) 82,io. 107,i8.
*ariya-8avaka, m. an elect or
holy disciple; vO, 28,3. 71,5; acc.pl.
N/e, 73,32.
aru, n, (ad. arus) a wound; *aru-
kaya, m, a wounded body (or mfn.
covered with wounds?) aco, <^ain,
Dh. 147.
aruna, m. (> $9.) the davo, the
Fill OlMMTT-
sun.
*arunuggamana, n. sunrise
;
abl. rwS, 12,18.
- *aruna-vela,
f.
(id.);
loc, ~aya, in that very moment when
the sun was rising, ih. (cp, vela).
arhati, v, arahati.
ala, n.
(?)
(sa. ala, cp. ada) the
claw of a crab; instr. ozena, 4,35;
instr, pi, f^ehi (kammara-sandasena
viya") 6,8,
alaih, indecl. (= sa.) enough:
) w.voc. />/ Devadatta, 74,s4; /vavuso,
76,3j,
-
') w. gen. pers. -wmayham,
I have had enough, 28,84.
- *) w. instr,
.x* (vo ratanehi) 27,8b; soraetimes de-
noting what a person
dqol^
care for ;
o^etehi ambehi, 2,io.
- ) w. dat, final.
<Nzhi te aiiuanaya /vsammohaya, no
wonder that you feel ignorant and
confused, 94,24.
alamkata, mfn. (pp. fr. next., S(?i.
alam-krta) adorned, decorated; . r^o,
45,30. Dh. 142; *'-sirigabbhe, 41,34
(q.
v.); "-patiyatta, mfn. splendidly
dressed or decorated
(q.
v.).
alamkaroti, vb. (sa. alam-i/kr)
*) to adorn; ger. />/itva (ace.) 20,9.
68,19. 63,4.
^)to adorn oneself; -x-itva,
19,13.
-
pp.
alariikata, v. above,
-
cans. /N.'karapeti, q. v.
alamkara, m. (=- sa.) ornament,
decoration; inslr. sabbalariikaremi
alamkaritva, adorning it richly,
63,4;
instr. pi. sabbalamkarehi, 58,i8.
-
sabbalamkara-patimandita, mfn.
64,29
(g.
v.); "-vibhusita, mfn. 61,7
(2.
v.).
*alamkarapeti, vb. (cans. II.
alamkaroti) to cause to be decorated
(ace); ger. ^etva (maggam) 62,7.
alapu, n. (sa. alabu) a gourd;
pi. f^nui, Dh. 149.
alika, mfn, (sa. alika) false, dis-
pleasing.
n. falsehood, untruth
;
fN/am bhanam, speaking a falsehood,
Dh.
264; na tassa o^am bhanitara
(sc. maya) I did not tell him a lie,
108,3o; fN^am bhasasi, 97,3i ( musa-
vada).
-
alika-vjidin, mfn. lying,
speaking a falsehood; ace, m, /viuam
44,9.
3
allBpa 34
allapa, m. {sa. alapa) speaking
to; "-scllapa, n^ oonverBation ; /x/am
kf.tva, 1j6,ss. ep. illapati.
*allika. mftu {probably fr. 5-^1^
"alayaka-*alyaka) adhering, devoted
to, only comp. w. suk'ia-, v. kama-
sukhalUka-.
alii yati, vh. (sa,
a-v/Ii)
to adhere;
part. in. an-alliy?.nto. careless of {w.
ace. kilesaratirii) 4o,i9.
ava, indecl. ( sa) prefix to verbs
and nou-is expressing down, back,
as.de, away". Thit prefix is very fre-
quently contracted to o", both after
another prp. (ajjh-0-harati) and before
a single or double consonant (okasat
okkamati); but after vi" we find it
sometimes uncontracted (vavatthapita,
cp. vohara etc.) and in comp. like
an-avakasa,
likewise before vowels
(avekkhati). cp. ora, orima.
avakasa, v. okasa.
a vac a, mfn. ( sa.) low {opp.
ucca) V. uccavaca.
avacara, m. (= sa.) only at the
end of comp.
-=
the sphere or dominion
of, V. a-takkavacara.
*avajalla, v. rajovajalla.
avajanati, vb. (sa. ava-\/jfia) to
despise (ace); pr. 3. sg. -^ati (raetri
causa) 103,30.
avajiyati, vb. (sa. pass. ava-\/ji)
to be conquered; pr. 3, sg, .%^ati.
Dh. 179.
avatthita, mfn. {pp. fr.
avati-
(thati, sa. ava-v^stha)
firm, steady.
-
an-avatthita-citta, mfn. (q.
v.).
avattharana, n. (sa. avastarana)
spreading; deploying an ^rmy; raniio
''-bhavam fiatva. wheD he saw that
the king bad deployed his forces" 36,2*
(cp. bhava).
avattharati and ottharati,
vb, (sa. ava-y'str) to spread, scatter
about, overturn; to overspread, over-
whelm (ace); ger, ./itva, (bhatta-
patim) 34,13;
(turiyabhandani) 6.5,5;
jttharitva (sc. jalam, referred to the
:igen8 sakunikena) 88,34. pp. otthata,
overwhelmed, cuught; loc. pi. -v-esu
(iMara-jalena)
when
they
have
been
caught in Mfira's
net, 88,56.
avadharana,
n. (-
sa.)
ascer-
tainment,
emphasis;
~am,
the signi-
fication of the
particle kho|',
85,31.
avasakkati,
v.
osakkati.
avasarati,
vb. (sa. ava-v/sr)
to
proceed
towards, to comH
(down) to;
aor, 3. sg. tad
avasari,
77,i9. 81,9.
avasana, n. (
sa.)
conclusion,
termination, end; loc. adv. ~e, at last,
34,8;
comp.
bhattakicca-". 86,15;
gatha-, 87,1 ; desana-",
89,a. Con-
traded ! osana,
"-gatha,
f.
a final
stanza, acc. -^aiii, 27,ai. cp, pariyo-
Bana.
avasittha, mfn.
(sa. ava^ishta,
pp.
ava-^Qish)
left, remaining; n.
<%./arii
(sukaramaddavaih) 78,u; -^arii
hoti (ayuiii) 44,28 ; m, pi. /^a ahesuiii
(dve jana) 33,8i.
avasesa, mfn, (sa, avagesba. n.)
left, remaining; m. pi. ^y^a,, 7,i4. 86,23
(opp, eka); gen, (dat.) pi. ,%^anam,
7,15.
- avasesa-sigala (m. pi.) 40,2i.
*avassuta, mfn. (sa. ava-sruta
or *ava-a.-sruta. \/3ru) 'rotten, leaky'
;
metaph. lustful (cp. Jat. IV 20,22 : an-
avasButa niTvii (watertight) and SBE.
X,i3).
-
an-avassuta-citta, mfn. (q.v.)^
cp. an-ussuta & asava.
avaharati, vb. (sa. ava-\/hr) to
take away (acc); pr. 1. sg. .>,iTmi
(nabam ambe 1^, I did not take away)
100,u; pot. 8. sg. ~eyya (ambaih)
100,19.
-
pp. avahuta. n. i)l.
r^&,
100,13.
"avapurapeti, vb, (cans. It.
avapurati
sa. apa-Y/vr & apa-y/vr)
to cause to bo opened; ger, -%^etva
(nagaradvarani) 39,25. cp, aparuta.
Avici, n. (or
f.)
nom. pr. (-=> sa.
m.) the last (lowest) of the eight great
hells (cp. niraya); loe. rvimbi, 27,i4.
avekkhati, vb. (sa. ava-y/iksh)
to look at, to look down upon (acc);
pr. 3. sg. ^ati (bale^ Dh.
28;
pot. 3.
sg. ~eyya (attano katani) Dh. 60;
part, acc. m. />^antam Hokam) Dh.
170.
35 ahaiii
avhaya, ni. {sa. ahvaya) appella-
tion, name; only at the end of adj.
comp., V. savhaya.
asani,
/".
(sa, agani) a thunderbolt,
lightning ;_joi. sg. ,^i (patita) 17,29;
loc. ^iya (sise . patantiya) 39,lo;
"-vegena (instr.) tastily like a flash
of lightning (cp. vega) 12,82,
asi^ H). (sa. asi) a sword; aco,
-%-iiii, 111,25; insti;
<>^ina, 33,i7; asi-
satti-dhanu-adini
(avudhani)
6,12;
"-cammam, i. sword and shield,
76,i6,
asi^ pr. 3. sg. atthi
(3.
v.).
asiti, mm. (/".) (sa, agiti) eighty;
caturasiti
84 (sa. catur-aQiti),
"-vassa-sahnssani, 44,8o, -
*a8iti-koti-
vibhava, mfn. very rich, gen. m, -vassa
(setthino) 22,i3.
-
"-sahassa, m. pi.
(bhikkhu) 80,000, 97,4, cp. asitika.
asu, pron. mf. (sa. asau) n, adura
(sa. adas) that; the other cases are
lornied on the base amu- (cp. amuka).
*asuka, mfn. (fr. last. cp. sa.
amuka) this or that, such and such
a person (or thing) ; loc. m. ,-wasmim
(game) 92,u. - comp. "-kale, 88,23;
"-gehe, 58,3. cp. amuka and ayaih'*).
asura. m. (-= sa.) an evil spirit,
demon; pi. the opponents of the gods;
nom. pi. /N^a, 59,24; ace. r^e,
59,25;
gen. o^anam, 60,i4; loc. ^esu, 60,i7.
**'-kaiifia,
f.
daughter ot the Asuras,
ace. rvaih (Sujatb) 54,7.
-
*"-bhava-
nam, n. the world of the A. 69,27.
astu, asmi. v. atthi.
assa', m. (sa. a^va) a horse; ace.
vam, 66,17;
pi. o^a, Db. 94; acc.pl,
rs^e,
44,11 ; maiigalasso, a horse of
state (v, mangala) 24,29; valahassa-,
a flying horse (t;.va]aha)21,34 (*'-yoni);
sigbasso a racer" (v. sigha) Dh. 29
(opp. abalassa a hack", v. a-bala).

^'-diita, m. a messenger on horseback,

68,31.
-
**'-pota, m. a foal, 2,i8 ("-ppa-
mana, mfn.) ;

**'-bhandaka, horse
trappings (saddle and bridle) 65,17.

"-ratana, n. (coll.) valuable horses,
24,19.

*-rajaH, m. 'king /f horses'
(Kanthaka) 65,i.

-sala,
f.
a stable
for borsep, 65,i7. cp. assatara below.
assa^ pot, 3. sg. v. attbi.
assa^ assa, pron. gen. v. ayarii.
assatara, m. (sa. aQvatara) a
mule; pi. ^R, Dh, 322.
assama, m. (sa, acjrama) the hut
of an ascetic; loc. N^e, 36,o,

"-pad
a,
n. a hermitage, a place where ascetics
have made their huts; aec. ^am, 36,6.
assava, mfn. (sa. a(;rava) com-
pliant, obedient;
f.
^a (gcpi) 104,33;
n, ^&m (cittaiii)
105,2; pi. ,>wa, 105,2S.
assada, w?. (sa. asvada) enjoy,
ment, delight; a delicacy; ace. ^aiQ
47,90 (opp. adinava") 104,i5.
""assadana,
f.
(cp, sa, asvadaiiai
n.) a delicacy, 104,u.
assasa, nt, (sa. S(;va8a) breathing,
inhaling; "-passaso, inhaling and
breathing forth,
80,89,
assaseti, vb, (sa, eatis. a-y'gvas)
to cause to take breath, to comfort,
to encourage (acc.)\ ger. -v^etva, 20,o.
40,39.
assu, n. (sa. acjru) a tear or coll.
tears; nom. sg. />^u, 82,5. 97,23; rwum,
89,14; instr. /^/una (akkbihi paggha-
rantena) 5,i4.

"-mukba, mfn.
with a tearful face, m, r^o (rodaifa)
Dh. 67,
aba, n. (sa. abar & aban) a day.
) at the end of comp. ek.aben' (instr.)
in the course of one day,
57,8; ekaba-
dviba'-ccayena, in a day or two,
32,24
(cp, accaya); ekabadviham (ace.) one
-or two days, 50,6; katipabara
(q.
v.)
a few days, 7,27 etc.; dviha-tiharii,
two or three days,
36,6; sattfiham,
seven days, 23,lO. 66,4.

In some
few cases we find -anba (fr. the weak
stem aban) v. pubbanba, sayanha.
*) as the first part of comp. 'abo'
(fr.
sa. abar) v. abo-ratta, aho-ratti.
abam, pron. 1. pers. (sa. abam)
'I'; nom. abam (abam, aban) 1,7. 2,9.
65,15; by contraction or elision : abam,
'bam, 1,21. 7,9. 104,2i; after the verb:
janeyyahaih, 94,3i ; labbami'ham,
108,25; patam' abam, 108,36.

ace
'
')
mam, 2,3. 13,i5 (man'ti)
;
')
mamam,
16,2. 47,10 (mamafi ca).
instr. (abl.)
8
ahimksra 36
mays, 3,1*. 4,e.
gen. (dat.) ) may-
)iam, 2,11-29. 3,9. 4,11 etc. *) mama,
1,17. 71,88 [mam') 72,jo (mama-y-idarii).
') mamam, 72,so. *) me, l,i9. 2,.
112,20 (m'); this form is also often
eubstituted for other cases :
~>
instr.
4,S3. 45,5. 66,23. 90,!!6.
abl. 72,i.

loc. mayi, 19,29.

pi. nom. ) mayaih,
1,8. 66,32 (^ sg.). ")
amhe, 21,3o.
-
ace. amhe, 4,i9. 73,5.

instr. (ahl.)
amhehi, 6,is. 74,i2.

gen. (dat.) *)
amhakaiii, 1,2*. 4,i. *) no, 11,3. 12,3.
56,33 (= sg.); substituted for itistr.
b4:,ib.
loc. amhesu, 4,ii.

Com-
bined w. pron, demonstr, es'ahaiii,
6r>,i9; ace. tam mam, 103,2;
gen.
tassa lie, 103. 3; w. j)ron. rel. pi.
ye mayaiii, 106,23; gen. {daf.) yesan
no, Dh. 200.
Constructions to be
noticed : na te ahari;, T am not among
tho.ie, 72,33; tumhe mam . . . janatha
(6c. pesakarasalam gaccbamanarii)
8b', is; mama rattindivam . . . na
jilnami (sc. maranabliavam) 88,22.
ep, next.
*abirakara, m. {ft: aham & \/kr,
su. ahamkara) the false view that there
is an Ego, the first of the three anu-
sayas
((.
v.), explained in the comm.
by 'ditthi'
(5.
v.); 94,ii : sabba-ahim-
kara
- mamirakara
-
mananusayanam
khaya. Some Mss, iiave here and in
parallel passages the reading ahaiiikara
( sa. cp. SN. Ill 32,1-3 (vol. I
p.
l32)), vtrhich generally means ^selfish-
ness, pride".
aho, indccl. (~= sa.) an exclama-
tion {w. nom. or a fuH\ sentence)
expressive of satisfaction or enjoyment,
42,17 (aho vata bho), 68,12 {r^ pufifia-
riaiii phalaih), 86,m (^ Buddlianara
katha minia acchanya), or of re-
proach, 59,21 (.^ andhabiTlasi).
ahoratta, m. (sa. ahor.atra) day
and night; "-anusikkhiji, mfn. study-
ing day and night, gen. pi. ^inam,
Dh. 226. cp. aha.
*ahoratti,
f.
(sa. *ahoratri) =
prec.
;
ace. sabbaiii r^iiii, through the
whole day and night, 107,25

Dh. 387.
1.
a, prp. (= sa.)
near to,
towards,
until
;
generally prefixed to verbs and
their derivatives, but
shortened to 'a'
before more consonants, e. g.
accha-
deti, assaseti, allapa,
etc.^
akamkhati, vb. (sa.
a.-\/k&nksh)
to wish, to desire (ace.); pr. 3. sg.
/>.-ati (pacchasamanam) 82,26;
part,
med. m. ^amano, 79,ii (if it should
80 wish"); ger. akamkha (viragam)
Dh. 343.
akaddhati, vb. (sa. a-\/krsh) to
draw to or away with one's self; ger.
/^itva (hanukattbikena, by the jaw-
bone) 40,18; 59,8.
akappa. m. (sa. akalpa) gestures,
manners; instr. <-wena, 49,8.
akara, m. ( sa.) plenty, multi-
tude; a mine; gantbakara, q. v.
akara, . ( sa.) form, appearance,
conditio!); sign, token, hint; manner,
way; anekakara, mfn. multiform (v.
an-eka);apanetabbakara-ppatta,
!/.
intolerable (v. ap.aneti); patanakara-
ppatta, mfn. being on the point of
falling out,
12,21; sabbakara-puri-
punna, /". altogether perfect,
10,20;
sabbakara-varOpeta. mfn. endowed
with every grace, 81,4 (cp. vara);
dvattimsakara, g, v.
;
chatakakara,
sign of hunger,
41,8 (v.
/(.); olokita-
k.arenOva (instr.), at the first sign of
her being looked at
(?)
87,25; agama-
nakivra, 41,8i (how he had come back);
annenfikiirena (instr.) in another way
(o: wrong)
91,32.
akaaa, m. (sa. akiiqa) the air,
sky; space; ace. rvaifa, 14,i6; instr.
^ena, through the air, 19, i7. 36,io;
abl, ^a. 33,6. ^ato, 32,ii; loe.
^d
11,19. 17,35. Dh. 264-6 (cp. bahira
& SBE. X,
p. 64 Note). -
O-carika.
mfn. going through the air,
36,35 (m.
~o). -
"-anaficayatana, n.
80,5 (v.h.).
akincaniia, w. (sa. akiiiicanya,
fr. a-kincana.
q. v.) want of any
possession,
nothingness,
"-ayatana, n.
the abode of nothingness,
non-existence,
37 Scikkhati
ace, wam, 80,7 j
"-
-samapatti, 80,8
akirati, vb. (sa. a-^kir) to eoatter
or sprinkle over (ace); get; ,%^itva
(paiilSUiii, filled them up with earth)
40,e; (padapaiiisiini upari muddhani,
the dust at his feet over its head)
77,8
;
pr. 3. sg. med, <^ate (rajaih') Dh, 313.
*akoteti, vb. {sa,
*a-)/kuii, cans,
cp, kotteti)
to beat, to trample in
(ace); ger. n^etm (pariisum)
40,0.
agacchati, vb. (sa. a-ygam &
ga) to go, come, approach, arrive; to
return, come back; pr, 3. sg, ,vati,
12,9; 1. sg. N/ami (padena) 98,8; 1,
pl, /x-ama, 23,i9;
imp.3.sg.
^atu,
4,83; 2. sg. ~a, 75,7; 3. pl, -vatha,
75,9. 76,85;

pot, 3, pl. <N/eyyum,
101,0 ;

fut. 3. sg. agacchissati, 15,o,
and agamissati, 22,87. Dh. 121; l.pl,
agamissama, 23,19;

aor, 3, sg.
agama, 18,34. agami, 57,u, aga, 114,8;
3. pl. agamittha, 39,8; 3, pl, aga-
miiiisu, 73,31 ;
part, vi, agacchanto
(maggarii) on the way, 28,18; 57,3a;
ace, -^^antarii, 2,3i; ace.
f.
rN./antim,
49,1
J
ger. agantva, 6,30, 7,5. 9,34.
10,8. 31,23; agamma (sa. agamya)
Dh. 87. 192
107.33. 61,i9. 110,28;
-
pp.
agata. q.
v,
agata, mfn. (=> sa.
pp. fr,
agac-
chati) ') come, arrived, returned; in,
.%/0, 4,24. 16,12; ace. (N.-am, 9,22;
fre.
quently used as finite tense : 9,27 ('vo),
67,33 etc. agato'smi, 98,2; agat'amhi
(/".) 73,18;
comp. mam tava santi-
karii agata-kale ganhahi (when I have
returned) 3,i7; "-velaya {loe.) when
he returned, 20,io; agatagata {m.pl,
rattbavasino) who from time to time
came,
18,8; '-bhava, m, coining, ar-
riving, coming near, ace, vBlh, 40,iT.
88,8; ""ttbana,
n, agatabbava
{cp. tbana) aco. /x<aih, 19,i8; '-matta,
mfn, at one's arrival, aco, m. tarn
>N/aih, 33,88; adhunagata, mfn. a
new-comer, 37,i6 {ep, adbuna); cira-
gata, mfn. long absent, m, 1^0 (na
ciragato
adbunagato?) 9,87.
-
*) occurred, related (in quotations)]
Mahapadane "-nayena in the man-
ner related in M." 63,12.

^) known
;
agatagania, mfn. {= sa,) acquainted
with the figamas
{q.
v.), m. pl, <^a,
109,20.

an-agata, q, v.
agama, m, { sa.) ') arrival.
*) knowledge, science, esp. a sacred
work containing traditional doctrine,
the five Nikuyas or Sutta-pitaka thus
called by the northern Buddhists (who,
however, know only fragments thereof);
"-pitakam (suttasammatam) 110,8

Sutta-pltaka,
agatagama, mfn, v,
above,
agamana, n, ( sa.) coming,
arriving, returning; ace. >^am, 22,88.
33,29. 87,6-86; "-bhava, wi. the having
arrived, aee. o./am, 9,i4; "-akara, way
of returning, 41,31
(3.
v.),
agami H, mfn. ( sa.) coming,
returning; v. sakad-agami/i.
agara, n. ( sa.) a house, v.
agarn, cp, an-agara.
ilghiita, m, { sa.) 'striking,
killing'; ill-will, malice; ^0 (Deva
duttassa Bhagavati) 74,82; "-niatta,
n. fN./ani pi nakilsi not so much as
en angry thought", 40,i {cp. matta').
acariya, n. (sa. acarya) u teacher;
<N/0, 16,23 (disapamokkho, brahmano);
'-antevasike {ace. pl.) a teacher and
his pupil, 32,21.

*acariya-bhaga,
m. a teachers fee, 64,24 (^o),

*aca
riya-vada, m, pl. r%,E, the doctrines
of old teachers,
113,27,

cp, afina-
tbacariyaka.
acara, m, (= sa,) good conduct,
morality; sllacaro, nvirtues", 43,S3;
sila-gunacaro, a holy life, 28,s4.
-
*acara-kusala, mfn, perfect in beha*
viour, m. /vo, Dh, 376.
--
an-acara,
.
g.
ti.
acikkhaii, vb. {sa, a-v/caksh)
to tell, communicate, explain, point
out (ace); to instruct {gen,)\ pot. 3,
sg. /%-eyya (maggaiii inulbassa) 69,i6;
- aor, 8. sg. ,^i (attham) 13,i4;
-
fut. 1. sg. ^issami (cittarucitam
tumbakam) 55,87;

imp. 2. sg. ^a,
(maggam no) 66,sa*,

part, m, i^&n-
acinati 38
to (karanBih) 37,8;

get. ^itva,
53,13. 56,34. 58,j (w. gen. -bhariyaya)
;
an-acikkhitva (tesam) without telling
them anything about it, 25,31.
acinati &acinati, vh, (sa. 5-\/ci,
-cinoti) to gather, accumulate; part.
. aoinain (^acinanto) Dh. 121-22
(thokathokam).
achanna, mfn. (sa. acchanna,
pp.
a-\/chad)

acchanna, pp.
accha-
deti
{q.
v.) covered ; m. bhasmachanno
(pavako) covered by ashes, 106,aa
---
Dh. 71.
*ajanna, nifn. (=- ajaniya, cp. sa.
ajaneya) of noble birth, v, puri-
sajanna.
*ajana, mfn. only in the comp,
dur-ajana, q. v.
ajanati, vb. (sa. a-\/jna) to un-
derstand, to perceive; pr. 3. pi. /^anti
(attham) 90,3o; aor. 3. sg. afinasi,
67,a. 65,ai. 87,a5; 68,ai {w. double
aa.); ger, aanaya, D.i. 275. 411;
cans, iinapeti, q.
-'. --
cp. afifia, /".,
ana, /"., dur-ajana, mfn.
ajaniya, mfn. (sa. ajaneya) of
noble birth, of good breed (as a horse);
m. pi. ^^Vi sindhava noble Sindhu
horf-es", Dh. 322.
iijiva. . ( so.) livelihood;
samma-iTjivo, the right way of suppor-
tii\g life, 67,4.
-
suddbajiva, mfn. &
BuddhtijiviH, mfn. (q.
t.).
ana,
f.
(sa. 'tjfia) ') order, com-
mand; ace. ,v.aih, il9,35;
-
*''-sam-
patna, mfti. a ithoritttive, ace. m. >^am
(purisam) 10,86.
-
-) sentence of death,
cap'ta] punishmen;; ^aih katva, hav-
ing passed sentence on (gen.) 42,7.

ci.
afiiia,
f.
anapeti, vb. (denom.
ft. ana, cp.
sa. ajfiapayati, ca:ts. a-\/jfia) to com-
mand, to give orders (ace.); imp. 2,
sg, <<^ehi (purise) 76,3; aor. 3. sg.
f^^esi (manusse) 75,i.
*atappa, n. (/"-.
a- \/lap, bj). *atapa,
m. sxertion) perseverance; .^.^aril kic-
cam you must make an effort", Dh.
276. cp, ottappa. ..
atapi H. mfn. (fr, atapa, sa. atapin)
ardent, strenuouB; used in
connection
with jhayin (3.
v.),
gen. m.
rvino
(brahmanassa)
66,ao; m. pi. ~ino,
Dh.
143."
atura, mfn.
( sa.)
Buffering,
ailing; ace. m. n^&
(arukftyam)
Dh.
147 ; loe. pi. r^esu
(manussesu)
Dh.
198.
an-atura. q.
v.
adana,
.( sa.) ) taking, seizing;
a-dinnadana (abl.) from taking
what
is not given to you 0; stealing, 81,22.
-
) affection, greed; O-patinissagga.
m. abandonment of affection, Dh. 89.
cpi. an-adtina, sadana.
11 day a, ger. v. adiyati.
adi. m. (= sa.) ) beginning, start-
ing-point; liom, tatrayam adi bhavati,
Dh. 376; adiiiikatva (dovarike, ace,
pi.) from (doorkeepers) and upwards,
68,21
(c]i, karoti); *adi-brabmacari-
yika, mfn.
belonging to the principles
or fundamentals of a religious life, n,
^.^aiil, 93,7-H.
^) This word is very
often used as the last part of com]).
expressing ,,et-ceterB, and so on, and
the like". ) sttbsf. pi. n. kasi-gora-
kkhadini, 21,3; naccadini, 65, i. etc,
instr. "-adibi, 18,28; 61,28 (anuehi);
loc. o-adisu. 64,29; rattin-divam-puD-
banbadisu, whether at night, day,
morning or at other times, 88,23; m.
pi. "-adayo, 6,11; amaccadayo, 102,s;
f.
gen.pl. kbattiyakannadinaiii, 47,15.
Such comp. occur also as the first part
of a greater comp., 6,7 (muggaradi-),
47,13 (nlluppaladi-), 66,22 (uyyanaki-
ladi-), 88,32 (aniccadi-vasena), 113,3o
(Sariputtadi-).
'') adj. n. sg. tandu-
ladi (nava(tbam) lll,3i; n.pl, o-adini
(.avudbani)
6,12; (punnani) 17,33;
instr, m. pi. "-adibi (phalarukkbebi)
2,20;
gen. n. pi. "-adinaiii (pbalanam)
1,14.

*) Similarly used, but uncom-
pounded after ti" (or ti evaiii) 21,4.
73,30 (n. pi. adini). In this way it
is to be found even as adj., (tarn
yeva) sassato loko" ti adina (instr.)
nayena puttharii pailbara, the question
asked in that way by the words ,.sas-
sato loko" etc.,
91,31.
39 SnubhSva
adicca, m. (^sa, aditya) the sun;
^0, 107,83 Dh. 387.
-
-patha,
t. the path of the bud, the eky, at-
mosphere; loc. /N^e, Dh. 17B.
~
*'-lBan-
dhu, m. a member of the Adicca*
family, uame of Gotama Buddha; instr,
~una. Dh.
p. 94, v. s.
*adinnava<, mfn. (sa, *a-dirna-
vat, fr. a-Y^df,
to split) one who has
torn asunder ; m. ^va (uarindo) W,
ace. (siliara), 112,3i.
iiditta, mfn. (sa. adipta,
pp.
5-
y/dip) set on fire, burning; m, t^o
(cakkhusamphasso) 70,so; n. <%^aih,
ib,\ m. pi, f^a (rasa) 70,8s.
-
"-geha-sadisa, mfn, like a burning
house, 65,11. (. pi. ova).
"-panna-
salam {ace.) a burning hut of leaves,
44,29.

"-pariyaya, n. name of a
chapter in Vinaya-Pitaka, the Fire-
SermoD, 71,is.
*adiyati, vb. {sa, a-\/da) to take,
seize; to accept, choose; to take along
with, carry off (ace); pr. 3, sg. o^ati
(adinnam) 97,u. Dh. 246. 409 (adi-
yate, med.); the formation adiyati
(adeti is also to be found), which
occurs only in comp, w. prp. a, upa
etc., is possibly an old denominative
form from ger. adaya (or perhaps we
have to suppose a weak form of the
root; confusion w, sa. adriyate may
also be admitted in some instances) cp.
dadati & upadiyati. ger. adaya,
often used almost like a prp. w. ace.
= with, together with etc, 2,4. 6,7.
12,88-29. 32,13. 48,30. 101,3. 106,8
-=
Dh. 49. Dh. 287 ; varam ~, choosing
the best, Dh. 268.

pp.
atta {sa.
atta) q. V, [The passive form is always
-diyati or -diyyati etc.]
adinava, .(= sa.) distress, mi-
sery, evil result, disadvantage, danger;
o.'O, 67,31 (the evils of life); ace.
/^.-am, 47,33-29 {opp. assada); 68,ao
(kamanam); 86,8 {opp. anisamsa).
-
""aDekadinava, mfn. full of dangers,
23,T.
adhipaoca, n. {sa, adbipatya,
fr, adhipati) BOTereignty, lordehip;
sabbalokadhipaccena {instr.) the
lordship over all worlds", Dh. 178.
anafioa, n, {sa. anantya, fr. an-
anta, q.v.) infinity; akasananca, the
infinity of space, "-ayatana, . the
abode (state af mind) of the infinity
of space, 80,6-fl; vinnananca, the in-
finity of 'consciousness, 80,6-7. (con-
tracted
fr, vinfiana
+
ananoa) cp,
ayatana.
anantarika or anantariya,
mfn, (or anantariya, n.
sa, anan-
tarya, n., immediate succession, fr.
an-antara, q. v.) immediately follow-
ing; *''-kamuia, n. a deed which will
bring retribution immediately (in this
life) (= anantare yeva attabhave
vipaccanakam kammaih, Ss.), ^aiii
(patbamam Devadattena upacitam)
76,5.

pancanantariya-kamma, n.
sg. {coll.) the five crimes that con-
stitute proximate karma", owam {ace.)
97,13;
such crimes are killing one's
father or mother, an Arhat or a Buddha;
cp. SBE. XX, 246.
ananda, m. { sa.)
*)
joy, plea-
sure; owo, Dh, 146.
*) Ananda,
m. nom. pr. the (younger) cousin of
Gotama Buddha, his favorite di-
sciple; (vO (ayasma) 77,i7. 90,38;
(bahussutanara [aggo]) 109,?; (ba-
hussuto) 109,18; voc. /x/a, ace. /s/arii,
77,16; gen, js.'&asa,, 90,23; "-savhaya,
m,
{q,
V.) A. _by name, ace. /N/am,
109,16.
^) *Ananda, m. nom, pr. of
a mythical fish, the king of the fishes;
ace. ^aih nama maccbam, 10,28;
"-maccham, 10,3.
*anapeti, vb. {caus. II fr. aneti,
q, V.) to cause to be brought or fetched;
ger. .vetva (Bodhisattam) 45,2S.
*ani8aihsa, m. {fr. *si'm-^qa.ms)
blessings, profit, advantage; ace, >vam
{w. loc. nekkhamme) 68,20; (vaclsu-
caritapatisamyuttam) 86,9 {opp. adi-
nava).

Bilanisamsa-jataka, the tale
of the blessings of virtue, 28,i.
""anubhaTa, m,
{fr, anu-bbara)
power, extraordinary ability, esp.
supernatural or magic power; ace.
Sneti 40
/vam, 37,18; hstr. ^ena, 16,8; m'
[ me] /^ena, il2,.^o; iddhanubhav-
ent, i7,afl (. iddhi); devata-", 17,25;
deva-", by the power of the gods,
63,38.

mahanvbhava. mfn. of ijreat
night, /N^o (Bhagp.va) 75,3o; gen,
^assa (rafino) 62,u.

''-sampanna,
mfn. posBessed uf magio power; ^aifa
(monikkhandbam) 36,2a.
aneti, vh, {so,
a-v/ni)
to bring,
to b.-ing bacit (ace); pr, 3. eg. ^eti,
6,19; 1. pi. rwema. 55,24; imp, 3. eg,
/ehi, \ll,8o; 2. pi. />.etha, 16,26.
57,1
;
pot, 1, sg. anaye (to reooveir)
31,35) aor, a, pi. (^esuiii, 24,ai; -"way-
imsu, 24,29; I. p^. anayimha (probably
incorrect for anayiniha) 18,23; hif.
~etuiii, 49,ai; ger, ~etva. 4,it, 6,t5.
20,!)o; pp.
iTnila. m. ,^o, 18,22. 22,29;
f.
->.a, 112,14; n, i^am, 49,so; 113,26
(idhanitarii extaDt here"); cans,
anapeti, q.
v.
.apajjati, vb. (sa. a-^/pad) to get
in, to fall into (ace); pr. 3. sg. ,^ati
(raetri causa /-vi) Dh. 309; aor. 2. fg.
ma apajji (vissasain) do not trust",
30,12 ; apadi, Dh. 272 (vissasa-mapadi);
1. sg. apadira, 94,2i (afinanam I am
at a loss"); 94,22 (saiumobarii I have
become greatly confused"); ger. /N^itva
(samvegam in deep emotion").
Span a. *m. (= sa.) a shop; ahl,
r^&,
49,5; loc, rve, 30,10.

Bubba-
gandhftpana, m., a perfumery shop,
ace, ->.ara, 48,3i.
- "-samipena {instr.'S
near the shop, 49,a.
- "-dvaraifa (ace.)
the entrance of the shop, 49,2a.
apatti,
f,
(= aa,) ')' misfortune.
^) fault, tranBgression, oflence; "-sa-
niantii bhanainano, lit. speaking from
the neighbourhood of .^ oi wheu he
is in danger of committing an offence
by the words he says", 83,4 {cp.
sarnanta).
apana, >t. (' sa.) drinking, ban-
quet, "-mandala, n. a banqueting
pavilion, 62,14.
.apucchati. vb, (sa. a-\/praclA
') to ask, to offer (^cp. pucchati). *)
to take leave, to bid farewell (id. ace.
per8.)\ ger. /N/itvS
(fajanam)
6,it;
(brahmanam) 9.84.
abadha,w. ( sa.)
pain,
sickness
;
-v-o (kharo) 78,2*;
ace. -x-am,
78,3o.
Dh. 138.
abharana, . ( sa)
decoration,
ornament.
- gabbabbarana-bbusita,
f.
{adj.) decorated with every
kind of
ornaments, 112,i.
abha88ara, mfn.
{sa, abhasvara)
Bhiniiig, bright; m.pl. ~a deva,
name
of a class of gods, Dh. 200.
abhati, J'ft. {sa. a-v/bha)
to shine;
pr. 3. sg. <%/ati (rattirh candima)
107,23
- Dh. 387.
*ama*, indecl. {cp. sa. ara) yes;
n,/ devai yea sire! 31,8;
>%/ bhante,
99,18; amati, 44,5.
- After a negative
question : no, 31,30 (aoia na sakkomi).
a ru a
*, mfn. raw, uncooked, unbaked,
unripe; n. ^am (pattaih) 104,8.

amakii, mfn. id. {v. next).
*amaka-susana, n. a cemetery
where the dead bodies are left unburned;
nom. n^am 65, lo; arc. />^am. 39,33.
amanteii, vb. {sa. a-y/mantr)
') to address, to call, speak to, tell,
command (acc); aor.3.sg. ^esi, 32,34.
44,22. 66,24. 80,1
;
ger. ^etva, 9,ii.
63,1. 63,3.
- 2) to bid farewell, to
take leave {w. gen.)
;
pr. 1, sg, /^^ayami
(vo) 80,1.
amisa, n. {aa, amisba) ') fleth,
meat, food.
') carnal lust, lokamisa,
n. the baits of the world";
vanta-
lokamisa, mfn, {q,
v.),
ayatana, n, { aa.) ') dwelling,
place, home, abode; arafina-", abode
in a forest, loc. ^e, 1,4. 3,3o.
-
*)
the six senses (v. salayataca) each
of which containing *) the organ of
sense {viz. cakkhu. sota, ghana, jivha,
kaya, niano) >) the contact with the
object of sense
(samphassa) <=) the
perception by means of the conscious*
ness (vinnana);
cakkhu-aampbassa-
vinnanfiyatanaiii, the sense of sight,
72,1$ 8ota-s, etc, 72,9. i. 15. 10. 17,
the sense of hearing etc,

') stage
(state of mind) of ecstasy or religious
41 Srama
meditation; akasanaiica-*, the abode
of infinity of space,
80,5; vifinanaiica-'*,
the abode of infinity of coneciousness
{cp. ananca) 80,6; akincaufia-"
(g.
v.),
fK/ of nothingness,
80,7; neva-sanna-
nasanna-"
(3.
v.), -%/ of neither per-
ception nor non-perception,
80,8,
ayati,
f.
(= sa.) the future; ace.
adv. ^ira, in the future, 75,2C. 95,n.
ayasa. mfn. ( sa.) made of iron
;
n. ^am (bandhanam) Dh. 345, cp,
ayas.
ayasma<, m{fn). {sa. uyushmat)
'possessed of long life', used in ad-
dressing or roentioning an older vene>
rable person, ef^p. an Arhat or Thera
(g.
V,, cp.
79,10);
m. nom. /s/ma, 77, 17.
96,s-u; voc. r^m&, 79,io; ace, ^man-
tarn, 77,15-16 ; instr, <vata, 96,S5: gen.
f^&io, 70,17 (tassa '^ato, without
nom. pr.)\ cp, ayu,
ayati, vh. (sa. a-\/ya) to come,
to return; imp. 1. pi. ayama, come!
let us go (in summoning a single or
more persons), 77,i6 (ayam' Ananda);
part, ayauta : an-ayanta, mfn. not
returning, loc. pi. /N^esu, 111,15,
ayu, n. {sa, ayu & ayus) life,
duration of life; nom. o/U, Dh.
109;
/>^um avasittham, the rest of his life-
time, 44,28; aec. /N.-uih, Dh, 135. cp.
ayasma< & next.
*ayuka. mfn. {fr,ay\i) living (at
the end of comp,), yavatayukam,
adv,
{q.
v.).
ayudha, n. (= sa., cp. avudba)
a weapon. -
naddha-pancayudha,
mfn.
equipped with the 5 weaponH
of war", m. ^o, lll,ie.
ayoga, m, (= sa.) employment,
occupation (ic. loe.); ^vO (adbicitte)
Dh. 185. (cp. Fausbm, Bern.
p. 36.)
aragga, v. ara^
arakkha, m. (sa. araksba) a guard,
protection; /x/O, 17,17;
ace. /x^ani (te
gahetva, protecting you) 17,i6; /x/am
(ga^bam) a close guard, 48,i5; r^O-m
tbapesi, 60,s6.
- "'arakkhittbi,
f,
a
woman on guard, loc. i^iyai, 49,88.

''^-manussa, m.
a
watchman, instr.
pi. <v^ebi (nirokase (liSne) 41,29.
-
*gabitarakkbn, mfn. carefully guarded,
loe. n. /v-e (bhavane) 41,28; m. pi,
f^a. (maya) 42,6.
araddha, mfn. {sa. arabdba,
pp,
arabhati,
q. v.) begun, undertaken.

**'-viriya, mfn. exerting one's

strength, energetic; ace. m. ^am,
Dh. 8; aee.pl. m. ^e (savake) 108,i9.
arabbba, ger.
{fr. arabhati, sa.
arabhya) having liegun; generally
used as prp. w. ace.
-= about, con-
cerning, 28,8. 84,28; santim ~, keep-
ing the tranquillity (of Nibbfina) in
view.
arabhati, vh. {sa, a-y/rabh) to
begin, to undertake {w, inf.)\ aor. 3.
sg. r>Aih\, 10,15.113,21; d, p^, /viihsu,
28,9;
- ger, arabbha
(g.
v.)
-
pp.
araddha, began, m. ^0, 17,2i;
f.
/x-a,
61,19;
part. gen. m. arabhato (vi-
riyarii dalham) Dh. 112 {cp. araddha-
viriya).
iirammaiia, n, (probably another
form for alambana, q. v.) base, sup-
port; object of sense or thought.

*buddharammana, mfn. having its
support in Buddha,
f,
i^a. piti
{q.
v.),
delightfully thinking on or putting
confidence in B., 28,8; ace. rwam pi-
tim, 28,6-9.
ara*,
f.
(= sa.) an awl, needle;
aragga, n. {sa. aragra), the point of
an awl or needle, loc. o/C, Dh. 401;
abl. o^a, Dh. 407. {cp. agga.)
ara^. adv. {sa. arat) far, far off;
Dh. 263 {w. abk asavakkhaya).
aradheti, ^6. {sa. a-\/radh, cans.)
*) to conciliate, propitiate (ace); aor,
3, sg. (x/esi (ranno cittam, won the
heart of the king") 96,27.
*) to gain,
achieve {aec); ellipt. to be done for;
pot. 3. sg. /x/aye (maggam) Dh.
281
;
aradhe

aradheyy& (w, abl. kakka-
^aka) 5,23,
a ram a, m. { sa.) a grove, a
pleasure garden, a monastery; loc. rwB,
(Anathapindikassa) 71,si; -rukkba-
cetyani, ^groves and sacred trees",
Db. 188 {cp, cetiya).
-
titthiyarama,
Briya 42
(:
the heretioB' grove, cce. >vain, 73,8.
-
paribbajaka,-', tbe grove of the
mendicant friars, abl. ^a, 29,s3.
ariya. mfn. (Dh.
208) v. ariya.
aruyha, arulha, v. arohati.
arogya, . ( sa.
fr. a-roga,
q. V.) health; arogya-parama labha,
health is the greatest profit, Dh. 204
(c^:. labha).
"aroceti, vb. (caus. a-\/ruc) to
tell, communicate, ncplain (aec, gen.
pers.)
;
to speak to, say to (gen.)
;
air. 3. sg. /x/esi, 6,23. 7,4. 62,4; 3. pi.
/^esuih, 8,2; <%/ayim8u, 73,28;
- imp.
3. sg. /x etu, 79,25; P. sg. r^ehi, 15,32.
98,3 (me rathaia);
-
ger. o^etva,
58,18; pp. arocita; tumhehi *-sannaya,
on account of your application to me,
25,18 {cp. saiina) caus. II. *aro-
capeti, to cause lo be told or annouu*
ced, to make known, publish; aor. 3.
sg. /x^apesi (manu88aaam)
8,6;
(Bha-
gavutc kalarii, ainounced the hour
for the n.eal)) 78,3;
-
ger. /x/Spetva
(rar.iio) 37, n.
aropeti, vb. (cans. II. a-y'ruh,
cp. arohati) ') to cause to ascend, to
cause to be placed (w. double ace),
to put on board; ger. ^/etva (taiii
mama pit^hirii) l,if ; (taiii [sc. navaih])
19,37. 29,4. (mancakam [sc. nam])
73,26 (having placed her on a hand-
barrov).
--
*) to cause co increase;
inf. return, comp. ^ etu-kama, mfn.,
instr. pi. r^ehi (avannam Grotamassa,
^wanting to bring disgrace upon G.")
74,12.
-
pp. aropita, undertaken, be-
gun
(?),
w. N/0 (satako) var. led.
(Colombo Ed.) 87,u.
1
arohati & aruhati (aruhati),
vb. [sa. a-^ruh) to ascend, mount,
to climb up on (aec); ger. ) aruyha
(ratham)
7,5;
(sayanam) 53,33. ')
a-
rohitva (suvanna-padukayo
,
putting
on his gilt slippers") 68,3,

pp.
arulha, ) having ascended, pi. rva
(manusaa) 76,2o; ace. m. sg. .^^am
katb.amaggam, the exposition of the
doctrine contained in [ace. saiigiti-
ttayaiii) 113,29. ') ascended (pass.);
tena o-narffya (gen.),
hip with Wm
on board, 24,i5.
- caiia. II.
Sropeti
(q.
v.).
alapati, vb. (sa. S-\/lap)
to ad-
dress, to speak to (ace,)',
pr. 3.
sg.
,^ati (theram) 86,28;
aor. 3.
pi.
o^iinsu, 73,3. cp.
aliapa.
alambati, vb. (sa. a-v/l*mb)
to
cling to, to lean upon, to support one a
self on; ger. r^iya. (panina
bhumim)
112,28.
a lam ban a, n. (
sa., cp. aram-
mana)
depending on, supporting; ob
ject of sense. *alambani,
f.
(adj.),
hanging down; rajju valambani,
like
a rope for clinging to 0: a weak sup-
port, 47,27.
a lam bar a, tn. (sa. adambara) a
sort of drum; ace. ^arii, 67,S9.
a lay a, m. (= sa.) ') house,
dwelling.

*) longing, desire; pi. i^h.
Dh. 411.
- an-alaya, ni.
(q.
v.),
-
') dissimulation, pretence; acc. gil'in'-
alayam katva, pretending to be ill,
49,23.
- cp, al]iyati._
Alavi,
f.
(sa. A^avi) o>i. pr.
of a town; acc. /x.-irii, 86,14. "-vasino
(pi.) the inhabitants of A. (cp. vasi).
alasiya, n. (sa. alasya) sloth,
want of energy; acc. ,-vara, Dh. 280.
alikhati, vb, (sa. a-\/likh) to
delineate, to paint; ger. -x^itva (sasa-
lakkhanaiii) 16, 17.
aliiigati, vb, (sa. a-\/ling) to
embrace; ger. o^itva (afmamannam)
49,11.
aloka, i. ( so.) light; instr.
^ena, 101,7 ; dipalokena, by the lamp-
light,
41,27 (cp. dipa*).
-
*aloka-
sandhi, m, a window, casement;
"-kannabhaga, 84,i9.
aloleti, vb. (sa. a-y/lud, catts.)
to stir up, to agitate, shake (acc);
ger. ^etvii (ghaiaiii) 56,28.
*alha, /.(?) a rope or cord
(?)
cp.
Mahratt.
adha (or adha); this word
is probably akin to ajhaka (or alha)
m. (-= sa. adhaka), ') a post to
which an animal is bound. *) a measure
of capacity. - *ajha-baddha,
mfn.
43
asava
(or alha
+ abaddha?) secured to a
post by a cord, 8peU-bound''(?), m,
/vo (naro) lll,io,
avajjati, vb. (sa,
a-\/vrj) ') to
reflect, consider, to think about (occ);
part. m. gen. /^antassa, 44,3s (pha-
lita-patubhavara)
;
part, nied, m,
/N/amano, 16,8.

*) to observe, main-
tain; part, (v-anto (attano silam) 15,i,
cans, V. next,
avajjeti, vh, (caus, Svajjati) to
turn over (ace.)
;
fut, 2, pi, -N/essatha
(imam (dadhigbataih)) 35,i8,
avattati, vb, (sa, a-y'vyt) tore-
turn; ger. ,>/itva (hinaya-") returning
to the world (cp. hina) 69,s7.
avaha, mfn. (= sa.) bringing,
producing; sukhavaha, mfn. bringing
happiness, n, ~am (cittaih guttam)
Db. 35; *hitavaha, mfn, id.,
f.
sabbaloka-hitavaha, 113,33.
*avata, m. (cp. sa. ava^a") a hole
in the ground; acc.pl. x/e (khanitva)
39,32. -mukha-vattiyam, 40,8 (v.
vatti).
avasa, m. ( sa.) *) dwelling,
living; ^baravasa, the household life,
ace. .^aih. 64,83; pi. sattavasa (nava)
the 9 forms of existence, 82,i8 (v.
satta ^)-

*) intercourse ; manussavasa-
karana , because I have had to do
with men" 112,10.

^) a convent (vi-
hara), loc. pi. <vesu, Dh, 73.
- dur-
avasa
(q.
v.).
avaba, m. (= sa^) marriage, giv-
ing a son away in marriage
(ppp.
vivaba, q. v.)\ ace. /vam, 65,2i.
"-maiigala, n. nuptial festival, loc.
/%^e, 112,15.
avi-karoti, vb. (sa. avisb-\/kr^
to reveal, disclose; part. m. /^.'kubbam
(rabokammam) 54,i7.
avijjhati, vb. (sa. a-\/vyadh) to
encompass, to mark the boundary of
(ace); ger. (used adverbially w, ace.
- all round) /x/itva (kbettam) 8,s.
avila, mfn. ( sa^ turbid, not
clear; an-avila, mfn, (q_.
v.).
avunati, vb, (sa, a-\/ve, but con-
founded* with a-yvr)
to string (as
beads); ger. ,>/itva (maccbe valliya)
14.23.
avudba, n, (sa. ayudha) weapon;
nom. rs^&m, 112,2o; ace. ovarii, 36,2?;
pi, <N/iini, 6,ia.
-
"-hattha, mfn. armed,
m, pi, r^R, 6,7.
- panfiavudba, the
weapon of knowledge, instr, )%/ena,
Dh. 40, A younger sanekritizised
form is ayudha (q.
v.),
*avuso, indecl. a voc, particle
used in addressing equals or inferiors :
friend, brotherl (also to more persons);
29,29. 76,6 (gacchavuso), 80,n. 90,2b.
*avusa-vada, m. addressing a per-
son by the word avuso, instr, /N.-ena,
79,7-9.
avuso is perhaps an old voc,
fr. sa, ayushmat (*Svu8u
fr.
ayush.
man ? Tr,), cp, ayasmai.
as a, m, (sa. aQa) food, eating;
patarasa, 8ayan]asa(3. v.) - an-asaka,
f,
fasting
(q,
v.).
asamkati, vb. (sa. a-v/(jank) to
doubt, fear, suspect; aor. 2. pi. <%/ittha
(ma afifiam kiflci, cp, afifia) 7,n.
asaraka,
/". (sa. a^aflka) suspicion;
kabam vo /^a, where does your su-
spicion point to ? 73,22.
asanga, m. (-= sa.) clinging to,
attachment; uttarasanga, m.
(q, v.).
asajja, ger. v. asidati.
asada. m. (= sa.) approaching,
attack ; naga-m-asado, approaching
an elephant (with 'm' euphonically
inserted) 77,3. cp, asidati.
as ana, n, (= sa.) a seat; ace.
/>./aiii, 22,28; instr. ^ena, 83,84; abl.
f^a, (utthaya-) 70,is; loc. ^e (pan-
fiatte) 68,ii; pi, ^ani, 61,25.
cp,
ekasana, paccbasana, silasana, sena-
sana (q.
v.).
as anna, mfn. ( sa.
pp. asidati,
q. V.) near; m. ,s,o (kalo) 63,7.

accasanna, mfn, too near (opp, ati-
dura, V. ati), loc, (adv.) ^e (gan-
tabbam) 83,2; n&tidiire naccasanne
gacchanto, 12,9.
asaya, m. (sa, agraya or a^aya),
*) refuge, shelter. ') meanlDg, intention.
-
nirasaya, mfn.
(q.
v.),
asava, m. (sa. asrava) probably
&rS
44
'foam, dirt'; sin, pasBion, desire {synon.
kilesa); pi. ^'i., Dh. 93. 25S. 292;
ahl. pi. /v/chi, 69,88. *^-lckhaya, m.
destruction of passiors, acc. >^aiil,
Dh. 272 ; ahl. ,&, Th. 253. -
khl-
nasava, mfn. having subdued the pas-
sions, pi. /^a, 109,3. Dh. 89.
-
an-
asava, mfn. (q,
v.) cp. SBE. X
p.
1314.
asii,
f.
(^sa. aiqa.)
i)
wish, desire;
pi. f^a, Dh. 410.
-
vantasa, mfn.
having renounced desires, m. />^0, Dh.
97 (cp. vanta).
- *) hope, expectation;
*-Cchedam a-katva, without relin-
quishing all hope, 42,18 (cp. cheda).
a sal ha, . (sa, ashadha)
name
of a month (JuneJuly), uttara-
salha, m, one cf the 27 lunar man-
sions (the 15th, rp. nakkhatta);
''-naki<liHttena, at the moon's conjunc-
tion in the second half of the month
Asulha. cp. next.
asalhi, f.(sa. ashadhi), the day of
full moon in the month Asuhia.

"-na-
kkhattaiil, the midsummer festival
(held on that day) 61,2.
asiriisati, vb. (ua. a-\/(;ariis) to
hcpe, trust; to strive; pot. 3, sg. med.
^eth(a), 42,16 (opp. nibbindati).
*a8itika, mfn. (fr. asiti) being
eighty years of ags; acc,
f.
i^&m
(narirh) 47,si.
iisidati, vb. (sa. a-\/8ad) to
approach; to attack, to lay hands on
(acc); ger. asajja Tselaih^ 104,i6.
-
avr, 2, sg, asado (nagara) 77,8.
-
pp.
asanna
(q.
t.) cp. asada.
asina, mfn. ( sa., part, yjm,
cp. acchati) sitiing; acc. I mi. rwam,
Dh, 227. 386 (8ettled'').
I
asjvisa, m. (so. aQivisha) a
Venomous serpent; ucc <N^am, 86,ts.
aha, vb, defec:. (^= sa.,,perf, y/&h)
tc say, speak (g'meially used in hi-
storical exposition with the significa-
tion of pret.)\ 5. .9^, aha,
76,6; con-
Wacted ; I6,i7 (evaha), 112,i8 (aha-
dissamane);
=-
pr 8. sg. (bays) 74,i;
w. acc, gatham aha 8,25; w. accpers,
2,28. 14^17. - 8. pi. ahu (panahu, say)
64,8. Dh. 346;
ahamsu,
4,i.
54,i
(bhastam balo'ti).
aharana, n. ( )
fetching;
dhanaharanatthaya,
in
order to fetch
the money,' 32,iT (cp,
attha*).
aharati, vb. (sa. a-Vhr)/)
*<>
bring, fetch, take along
with (acc);
pr, 3. sg. -^ati, 6,20;
- imp. 2. sg,
,v.a, 36,19. 60,20 (te hattham); 2. pi.
^atha, 41,16;
- pot, 2. sg,
^eyyasi,
87,12;
-
aor. 3. sg. '^i, 36,i8; 1. sg,
^iih. 29,1; 3. pi. ^imsu, 26,2;
- fut.
3. sg. r^issati, 35,o; 1. sg. .^issami,
48,10. 92,9
(take out); 3.
pi. ^issanti,
63,25;

ger. ^itva, 16,3. 32,io. 33,23.
41,3; pp. ahata; ahatahatam,
n.
(everything) brought, 67,6; ahata-dha-
naih, the money brought along from
home, 57,36;

pass, part, shariya-
mana, loc, an-ahariyamane (tasare)
87,15.
^) to tell, recite; aor, 8. sg,
r>j\ (atitam) 28,i7;
ger. ,^itva
(dhammadesanam) 29,ic; grd. ahari-
tabba, n. rvarii (suttam) 31,u.
iihara, m. (= sa.) food; acc.
ivam. 15,11; ahl, ix/ato (tumhehi
khaditabba-") 14,i9; loc, ~e, Dh. 93.
-
"-atthaya, for food, 16,so (cp,
attha *).

an-ahara, mfn,
being witli-
out nutriraenf, ,>^o (aggj) 95,8.

ahara-^thitika, mfn. living by food,
pi. -x-a (sabbe satta) 82,8.
iihindati, vb, (fr. a-\/hind, cp.
sa, ahindaka) to wander, roam through
(acc.) (to search for) ; imp, 2. pi,
~atha (nagaram) 73,29. 74,ii part.
-N.'anta, m. ,%^o (pavadino, in search
for dieputaute)
113,8.
a hit a, mfn. (-= sa.
pp, a-v/dha)
put on, added ; m, ^0 (gini, kind-
led") 104,22.
I.
*iagha, indecl., a particle of in-
vitation or permission : well! comet
etc.\
12,5.
ice'
iti
(q.
v.).
45
itthi
icchati, vb, (sa. -y/ish) to wish,
like, want; to Beek for (ace); pr. 3.
s(7. /vati, 34,8o; 3.sg.^a,si, 31,i6; 1.
sg. ~ami, 60,ii (w. inf.). 62,4
(iccham'aham) ;
pot. 3. sg. <ve,
Dh. 84; ^eyya, 79,u. Dh. 73;
-
part. nom. m. iccham (vanaro) 107,so;
part. med. icchamana. pi. >^si, 35,i8;
aor. 3. sg. icchi, 18,3o. 68,6 (na
icchi, refused); 1. sg. rwim, 42,i6;
- ger. <witva, 34,25;

pp.
i>,it&,
yathicchitarii, adv. according to one's
desire, 111,28 {cp, yatlia); icohiti-
cchitaiii, ace, n. nhatever she
wants", 88,4.
icoha,
f.
( sa.) wish, desire,
lust; Dh, 74; ace, ,%/aifa, 67,io.
-
-lobha-8amapanna, wfn. Dh. 264.
-
"-dosa, mfn,
^dBinaged by lust",
f.
/N^a (paja) Dh. 359 (cp. dosa').

yigaticcha, mfn. free trom lust, loc,
pi. r^esu, Dh, 359 (cp. vigata).
-
appiccha, mfn., yenicchakam, adv,
(q.
v.).
ijjhati, vb. (sa,
v/r^h)
to prosper,
succeed; pr. 3. sg. r^ati (pannavan*
tanaih kiriya) 57,6. ep. iddlii.
*iiijita, n. (cp. sa. ingita) motion,
emotion; n'attni BuddhaDam >vam,
Db. 255.
ittbaka, f.
(sa. isbtaka) a brick;
gen. pi. <%/anam, 91,9d.
itara, mfn. ( sa.) ') the other
(of two); m. n^o, 24,7. 43,22. lOl.i?;
f,
-N/S, (of two women) 46,lo. 59,
i;
(not of two women, but of two per-
sons mentioned) 47,8. 67,15,
-
*) se-
cond, next, following; instr. m. ^ena,
35,21;
pi.
f.
ace, itara (dve gatha)
13,30,
') other, pi. the rest; m. >^o
('taro jano, other people) 106,S4

Dh.
222; f.
>^b. paja, Dh.
85;
pi. m.
ace. itare (tayo) 14,i7.
cp, anna
& apara (para).
itaritara, mfn. (sa, itaretara)
whichsoever (whatsoever), the first
comer; instr. n, (adv,7) i^6n& (tut(bi
Bukha yS <v eDJoyment ii pleasant
whatever be the cause") Db. 331;
it
is questionable whether this word, in
Psli, can have the signification mu-
tual" or adv. nmutually", it seems
everywhere to mean which8oever"
;
the instr. o.-ena is probably governed
by
tuttbi, cp. Sn. v. 42 : santussamano
itaritarena.
iti, indecl. ( sa.) thus, in this
manner (usually shortened to 'ti' by
contraction or elision, and before vo-
wels sometimes taking the form ice-)
ti, ti,
*Itivuttaka, n. (fr, iti
+
vutta,
q,
V.) nom. pr. of a canonical Fuli
book, the fourth part of Khuddaka*
NikSyn, thus named, because every
chapter begins with the words 'vuttaril
hetara Bhagavata'; 109,88 (gath'*
udan'-itivuttakam) a part of 'navan-
garii Satthu-sasanam'.
ito, adv. (sa, itas) ') hence, from
hence; 77,4 (<v paraiii yato); 96,4
(>N/ katamam disam gato); ito c'ito
ca up and down", 36,2.
*) here,
to this place, in this direction; 5,5.
<
3) from this time, 33,i4. 87,7; <v pa-
tthaya,
henceforth, 6,i6; ./ dani pa-
tthaya,
id. 39,2.
- itoparam, adv.
later, afterwards (opp. ajja) 112,17.
cp. tatoparaiii.
ittara, mfn. (sa. itvara, but often
confounded with itara, q. v.) hasty,
inconstant; low, vile, ""-dassana, n.,
a hasty glance; instr. /vena, at first
sight, unconsiderately, 30,i2.
*itthatta, n. (sa. ittham
+
stiff.
-tva) this condition, the speaker's
own existence; dat. <-waya (n&param
/x-ayati pajanati, he understands that
there is nothing more for him in this
world, be has done with this world)
71,16.
itthi,
f.
(incidentally also 'thi',
sa, stri) a woman; /N/i(eka) 31,2; ace.
f>^\m, 31,22;
instr. ~iya, 48,25;
gen.
^iya, 31,9;
pi. '>^iyo, 46,9;
gen. pi,
>^inaiii, 46,9; thinam, 51,8i. ara
kkhittbiya, loc, a woman on guard,
49,86.
- janapadittbim, ace. a country-
woman, 30,28.

duggatitthim, a poor
woman, 48,i.

sabbitthiyo, pi. all
idam
46
women, 48,7.

*<*-kicca, . (cp. sa.
sirl'krta) sexual intercourse, <vaih
(.ICC.) 111,18.
-
*-kutta-
{q.
V.)
women's wiles, '21, i.

*<'-f!abbha,
m, a female ohilc, 6?,si.

Mola, mfn.
deeirous of women, 50,i8.

"-vesa,
m. disgrJBe of a woman,
58,31.
:dam, pron. n. (- sa.) v. ayam.
idani, adv. (sa. idanim) now;
3,1. 6,3. 29,3. 47,24 %^,i.
- When
uued without emphasit., this word
usually is shortened to 'dani'; 2,is.
3,u. 36,S6. 74,2i. 80,1. Dh. 236;
-
with a neaation ;= no more, no
longer; 41,8* (na dan'); 108,i8 (n'a-
tthi dani); cp. ito dani paftbaya,
59,2 (v. ito).
iddhi,
f.
{sa, fddhi)
magic or
supernatural pov/er; instr. /N^iya, Db.
176 (miraculously). -
iddhanubhava,
m. id., instr, .^ena, 27,25.

iddha-
bhisariikhara, m. an exercise of mira-
culous power, ace. r^&m, 68,35. cp,
ijjhati.
*iddhika, mfn. {fr. iddhi) only
in comp. w. maha : niahiddhiko, m,
of great miraculous power,
75,30
;
pi.
~a, 109,20.
iddhima^, mfn. {sa. j-ddhi-mat)
possessed of magical power; m. nam.
<%^ma (viya, like a person endowed
with magical power)
27,23.
i^dha, adv. (sa, iha, by contraction
or elision : idhtl-, -idlia, idh', 'dha)
1) hero, in this place; 7,7.36,35. 68,36.
86,82 (in the context); idh'eva, this
very moment, 49,so.

^) in this world;
107,26
-
Dh. 18. (opp. pecca); 103,88
(idha jivitaiii); Dh. 402 (idh'eva,
even in this existence). ^) here, to
this place; idhagata, mfn, 21,8. 103,13.
*)
unaccented (sometimes without
any pregnant meaning)
30,17 ('idha,
voili); 90,3( (idh'ekacce, 'occasion*
ally'); 105,i5;
_
106,6
Dh. 267;
tattha . . . idh'anita, brought thither
112,u; (tattha)idhapi, accordingly
(igitur), 112,15.
in da, m. (sa. indra) chief, lord,
king; r^o (devanan
Sakka) 80,26.
_ comp. ! janinda, w,,
king. 65,t
(voc. <^a, cp. jana).
- devinda.
.
the lord of.Devas (Sakka)
llO.n
(voc).
- narinda, m. a king, 7,i5
(voc. cp.
nara).
-
vanarinda,
m. a king of
monkeys (-= kapirajan);
voc. /x/a, l.is;
gen. o^assa, 2,20
(cp. vanara).
Ma-
hinda, m. nam. pr. (a. v.).
indakhila, m. (sa.
indrakila) a
threshold (ummiira);
"-iipama, mfn.
like a threshold, m, r^O, Dh. 96. (cp.
upama.)
indanila, m. (sa, indranila) a
sapphire; "-mani, (q.
v.) 28,s9.
indriya. m. (= sa.) sense, organ
of sense; pi, o^'fxm, Dh. 94;
loc. pi.
o/CSU, Dh. 7. "-^[Utti,
f.
watchfulnes8
over the senses", Dh. 375.
ima. base of the pron. demonstr.
V. ayam.
iva, indecl. (-= sa.) like, as if,
as it were; ) with an euphonical
letter inserted :kakkataka-m-iva, 6,22;
usabho-r-iva, 106,i9; cp. yad-iva,
Dh. 195.
'') contracted with a prec,
a : macchasseva, 61,3i ("-evodake)
;
bahutinasseva, 51,33; amitteneva, Dh.
66. 207. ") shortened to va
(q.
v.).
"*) by metathesis
viya
(q.
v.).
isi, m. (sa. rshi) a saint or sage,
an ascetic or hermit; **-pabbajjam
pabbajitva, 34,33 (having left the
world and become hermit, v. pabba-
jati); "-ppavedita, mfn. taught by thd
wises, ace. m. ,-warii (maggam) Dh.
281.
-
niahesi
(</.
v.).
Isipatana, n. nom. pr. (sa. j'shi-
patana) a foreut neiir Benares; uom.
r>^am (migadtiyo) 68,7; loc. ^e, 66,21.
issara, m. (sa. ipvara) master,
lord; (x/O, 11,lu.
issariya, n. (sa. aigvarya) lord-
ship, sovereignty, empire; r-^am (ace.)
60,13. Dh. 73.
*i88uki, mfn. (fr. issa = sa.
irsha, irshya, by contusion w. ussuka
(q.
V.) cp. sa. irshu, mfn.) envious;
nom, m, a^i (naro) Dh. 262.
47 ucca
I.
idisa, mfn. (ga. idj-^a) such; m.
/v-o pati) 64,16,
is a,
f.
(ea. isha) the pole of a
chariot or plough
; 98,4-7. "-mukhena,
by means of the pole, 60,ie (cp.
mukha).
U.
ukkaihsati, vb. (sa.
ut-v/krsh)
to raise, elevate; to praise; exto', exalt
(ace); pr, 3. sg. rvati (opp, apasa-
deli) 74,30.
u kk a
n
t h a t i , f6. {sa, utkantbate)
to be distressed, weary or disgusted
{sa. 'to raise the neck'
to long for,
sorrow for etc); pari. med. an-ukkan-
thaniana, i. i^o, 23,i9;
pp, .vita,
. /vo, 46,18.
ukkamana, n. (sa, utkramana)
going out, getting out; rathassa
"-ttbanam, n, room for a carriage to
pass another;
43,19.
*ukkainapeti, vb. (caus, 11. fr.
sa. ut-y/kram) to let (a carriage) drive
out of the way; imp, 2. sg. -^ehi
(ratham) 43,2o; ger, /^etva, 43,34.
ukkalapa, v. uklapa.
ukkara, . {sa. utkaia, cp. ut-
kara, uccara & avaskara) feeces, dung;
"-bhutni,
f.
a dunghill, loc, rwiyaifa,
18,31,
*ukkujjati, vb. (probably denom.
fr,
sa. kubja {cp. y/vibj, -y/kuc, kufic))
to set up what has been overturned,
or, to straightoD what has been
crooked
(?); J30^
3. sg. -vcyya (nikkuj-
jitam, uparimukbam kareyya, Comm.)
69,16. cp. nikkujjati.
ukkufika, mfn, {sa. utku^ka)
sitting on the hams; ^'-ppadbana, n.
the sitting motionless (as a kind of
ascetic exertion) /vam, Dh, 141 {cp.
padhana).
ukkhitta, mfn. {sa. utksbipta,
pp.
ukkhipati) raised, removed; *'-pa-
ligha, mfn. who has destroyed all
obstacles"; iicc. m, .vara, Dh. 398.
ukkhipati, vb. {sa. ut-v/kship)
to lift up, raise, reach out, draw up
{acc.y, part, .vanta, m. rwo,
42,8;
pi.
r^ii (jalaiii) 36,8a;
-
inf. .vitum (avu-
dbam) 36,27; (hattham) 39,33;
ger,
/vitva, 5,6. 12,31. 17,20 (givara), 23,3o
(supporting, khura-cakkaih). 40,28.
60,21, 61,10. 111,35 (asiiii).
pp,
ukkhitta,
q,
v. cans, II. *ukkbi-
papeti, to cause to be lifted up {ace.)
;
ger. ^etva (deviifa)
62,8;
(Sundaririi)
74,10.
*uklapa, mfn. dirty; m. .vO (deso)
82,33;
(sometimes written ukkalapa).
uggacchati, vb. {sa. ud-y/gam^
to come forth, to rise; pr, 3. sg. .vati,
27,3 (udakaih) ;
-
pp. uggata, ugga-
todakaih, n. the water that risep,
27,3-8; loc.
f.
-vSya (uniiya) 27,4;
-
pa^hamuggata, mfn, newly come out,
in spring, m, r^o (kaliro) 47,9. cp,
uggamana.
ugganhati, vb, {sa. ud-Y/grah)
to lift up; to acquire, to study, learn
(ace); pr. 3. sg. ,vati (sippain) 32,i2;
- aor. 3, sg. .vi (Pitakattayam) 1 13, is;
- ger, r^iUa, (sabbasippani) 45,27;
uggahetvana (Jinasasanam) 109,2s,
cp. uggahana,
uggamana, n, {sa. udgamanu)
rising, sunrise; abl. arun'-uggamaiia,
12,18 {v. aruna); suriy'-uggamana-
kale (loc.) at sunrise, 72,29.
uggahana, n. {sa. udgrahana)
lifting up; **'-rajjuka, m. a rope or
string for lifting, ace, 'vam, 14,83,
uggirati, vb. (sa. ud-y/gr") *) '"*
spit out. *) to draw (a sword); ger.
.vitva (avudhani) 6,12.
ugghoseti, vb. {sa. ud-yghush,
caus.) to cry out, exclaim, declare
aloud; aor. 8. sg. i^&yi, 114,2s.
ucca, mfn, ( sa.) high, lofty,
tall; loc. n. /ve (thane to a high
position") 76,11.
- compar. uccatara,
mfn. m, /vO, 3,i.
- ucca, adv. as the
first part of comp, v. below,
ucca-
vaca, mfn. q. v.
uccaya
48
uccaya, m.
( sa.) Ratherinfr,
accumulation
i
^o (papassa) Dh. 117.
cp. uccinati.
ucca, indech ( sa.) high, above,
upwards ; as the first part of comp. :
ucca-sayana, n, a high or honorable
seat or couch; "-mahasayana vera-
mani, one of the ten precepts, 81,26.
uccavaca, mfn. ( sa., dvandva-
comp. of ucca & avaca) high and low,
v-iriouB; ace. n. .vam (na . . . dass-
ayanti. never appear elated or de-
pressed") Dh. 83.
uccinati, vb. (sa. uc-y/ci) to
jather, collect; to choose, select; ger.
~itva (varam) 109,4.
-
uccaya, m.
(a-
v.).
ucchanga, m. {sa. utsanga) lap,
bosom; embrace; Ice, ,^e (me putto)
31,34; instr. ,^ena (pannam adaya)
57,18.
ucchindati, vb, (sa. uc-ydnd)
to cut out or off; imp. 2, sg. fs^a.
(sineharii) Dh, 285.
ucchinna, ii'fr. ( sa.; pp. uc-
chindati) cut off, ertti.pated; "-mula,
/. uprooted, (. .x^am (riipam Ta-
t.iagatassa) 95,ii.
ucchu, m. (sa. ikshu) sugar-cane;
ace. o/urii, 100,23.
uj
u,
'/.
(sa, rju) straight, upright;
right; aec. n. rwuii> (karoti medhavi)
Dh. 33.

*ujuka, mfn. id., ace. m.
~ain (matamanussarii thapapetva)
41,17.
ujju, mfn, ( iiju). -
ujju-gata,
mfn, righteous; toc.pl. ^esu, Dh. 108.
*ujjh.ana, n. (fr. ujjhayati) com-
plaining of, being offended
;'
*''-9afifiin,
fnfn, inolfned to be olendeJ, gen, m,
<>.ino, Dh. 263.
*ujjhayati, vb, (sa, *ud-\/dhyai)
to be irritated or offended, to mur-
mur, to complain of; pr, 3, pi, r.atli(a),
88,2c; aor,3,sg. <^i, 88,a.
ujjhita. mfn. ( sa.; \/ujjh) left,
abandoned; loc. n. r^asmiiii (samkara-
dhanasmim) Dh. B8.
utthahati & utthati, uttheti
(uttitthati), vb, (sa, ud-^stha.) to stand
up, rise (from, abl.) to spring;
to
climb
up (ace); to rouse
oneself, to
make ef-
forts; aor. B.sg. utthasi,
12,i; uWhaht,
32,81.50,20; 3. pi. ^ima\i
(SineruiiiJ,
60,9;
-
pot. 3. sg. uttitthe,
Dh. 168
{opp. pamajjeyya);
- imp^S. sg. uttnehi,
7,13.

part. med. utthahana;

an-uttha-
hano (who does not rouse
himself)
Dh. 280;
-
ger. ut^haya, 7,93. 61,5.
70,19 (asana); tad-utthaya,
because it
springs from it, 106,ie
= Dh, 240;
utthahitva (tato) 10,22.
-
pp.
utthita,
pi. -^a (asura) 60,3;
loc. sg^ m,^e
(suriye) 42,i.

caus, utthapeti, to
cause to stand up, awaken; to erect,
raise, construct; ger, /%^etva (navam)
23,4
(var. lect. for upatthapetva, cp,
corrections), cp. ut^hana.
utt
liana, n. (sa, utthana) ') stand-
ing up, rising; *''-kala, m. time to rise,
loc, z^amhi, Dh. 280.
-
")
yield,
revenues; sata-sahassut^hana, mfn,
yielding 100,000, ace. m. t^&m. (ga-
mavaram) 46,3.
-
*) effort, exertion
;
instr, f^m&, Dh. 25; an-u^thana
(3.
.)
utt^ianavaf, mfn, (sa, utthana-
vat) possessed of effort, zealous; gen,
m. rs. vato, Dh. 24.
*utthitatta, n. (fr, utthita, pp.
utthahati. sa, *utthita -{ tva, cp,
Utthita-ta) the state of having risen;
abl. r^a, (vijayante) 60,35.
u n li a , mfn. (sa. ushna) hot, warm
;
n. aec, ~am, 16,8. 83,20 (sc, udakam);
instr, ~ena, ib.; loc, .^e in a hot
place", 83,8-9; loc.
f.
<N.aya (valikaya)
97,33.

*<'-kara, m. signs of heat,
ace, i^&m, 1B,b,
utu, Ml. (sa, ftu) ') seasoc. *) a
woman's menstrual discharge, the mucus
etc. secreted at a woman's delivery;
aco. i^ura (givhapesum) 62,89.
uttatta, mfn.{sa, ut-t!ipta) healed,
glowing; shining; "-kanaka-sannibha,
mfn, like shining gold, m. ^o (kayo)
85,7. cp. ottappa.
uttama, mfn. ( sa.) highest,
extreme, principal; best, excellent;
m. rvo, 25,15; voc, i^a, 108,ii; ace.
49
udaya
m. n. ovarii (puccham)
91,15; (sara-
nam) 107,2i = Dh.
192; (dhamniam)
Dh. 115;
comp. uttamatthaih (aec.)
54,39 (an excellent thing), Dh. 386 (the
highest end"); uttaina-porisa, m. the
best or greatest man, ,>^o, Dh. 97
=
purisuttama, Dh. 78 {ace. pi, o^e);
"-yobbana-vilasa-, 47,i4; "-ratham,
63,4; "-rupa-dhara, mfn. 19,7; "-ve-
danam, 103,23.

uttamanga, n.
(=
sa.) the head; rv-am,
47,7; o^ruha,
mfn, (v, anga).
saQgamajuttama,
V. saQgama.
Sannatuttama, v, safi-
fiata.
uttara, mfn, ( sa.) ") upper,
higher^Buperior; uttaro^^ha, m. {sa,
uttaroshtha) the upper lip or jaw,
loc, <%^e, 13,19.

^) later, last {opp,
pubba); "-asalha. m. {sa. uttarasha-
dha,
f.)
a lunar mansion, the last half
of the month asalha
{q.
v.).
^)
northern; acc, />^am (disaiii)
96,5;
-disato {abl. from the North) 61,is;
*-dvara, n. the northern door or gate-
way, instr. ,%^ena, 66,3o; "-yavamaj-
jhaka, m, nom, pr, of a village or a
country district, acc, ^aib, 55, so.

an-uttara, mfn. {q.
v.), cp, Anguttara
& uttarasanga,
uttarati, vb, {sa, ut-\/tr) to step
out (of the water), to disembark
;
aor. 3. pi, .^.^imsu (nagarasamipe)
21,18; ger. -^itva, 84,2; pp.
uttinna,
^'-padaril (aec)
footsteps of those who
had gone out of the water
(?
perhaps
an error instead of otinna-padaih)
111,17.
uttarasanga, wi. ( sa.) the
upper robe; acc. /^am, 74,i9. 82,i8;
loc. pi, .^esu, 33,7.
*uttariin, adr. (cp. uttara)
further,
a^ain; 88,i8-i7-8i.
uttari-bhayeti, vb. {fr.
uttara
+
cans, ybhu) to devote onaself ospe*
oially to, or (perhaps better) to subdue
completely, pot. 3. ag, vuttari-bhavaye
(panca) rise above" Db. 370. cp,
Morris, JPTS. '87,ii6.
uttarottha, m. v, uttara.
uttana, mfn. ( sa.) lying on
li Oloiuijr.
the back; "-seyyaka, mfn. id. {cp. sa,
uttana-Qaya) m. ~o, 99,5.
uttinna, mfn. pp.
uttarati, q. v-.
uttit^hati, V, u^tbahati.
*Uttiya, m, nom. pr. of a wan-
dering ascetic; n.,0 (paribbajako)
89,19; voc. r^a,, 89,24; acc. (x/arii, 90,28;
gen. />^assa, 90,27.
utrasta, mfn, (a sanskritizised
form for uttasita, sa. uttrasta, fr,
ut-^tras) frightened, alarmed; m. <^o
(puriso) 75,17; acc. /v-am, 76,i9.
ud-, { sa.) pi'efix to verbs and
nouns ( up, out) variously assimi-
lated with a following consonant, but
before h sometimes taking the form
u {v. uhannati). cp, uttama, uttara.
uda, n. (= sa.) water (only in
comp.) : o-kumbho, m. a water-pot,
Dh. 121.

"-bindu, . a water-drop,
108,j; ''-bindu-nipatena {instr.) by
the falling of water-drops, Dh. 121.
udaka, n. ( sa.) water; nom.
acc. /N/aiii, 3,33. 6, is; abl. ,^ai, 16, ii;
o^ato, 11,31. 89,14; ioc. /%/e, l,ao; 51,3i
(niacchassevodake); .<amhi, 28,6.
-
uggatodakam the water thus sucked
away", 27,3.

khirodakena {instr.)
with milk-water, 36,35, 38,3 (khiro-
daka-). gandhodaka-, scented water,
38,3.
darudaka-, wood and water,
20,13,

padodakaiii, water for wash-
ing the feet, 83,6.

*mah6daka,
mfn.
abounding with water, deep,
f.
/x/ika
(Gafiga) 1,16.

mukhodakam, water
tor rinsing the mouth, 82,is.

sakkha-
rodaka-, sweet water,
38,3,

*''-kila,
f,
62,28 {q.
v.). - o-dhara,
f. (= sa.)
a gush or flow of water, pi. ,N.,a,
62,32.
- *<'-pariyanta, m. the edge of the water,
loc. i^e, 4,2.

*"-ppamana, . the
altitude of the water, >vam, 3,8.

*-8appa, m, a water-snake, acc, >x/am,
52.88.
cp. odaka, vodaka, sa-uduka.
/udagga, mfn. {sa. udagra)
i)
high, elevated. ') joyful, elated;
m,
fvO, 68,16.

"-citta, mfn. elated, acc.
m. t^&m, 68,88.
udapadi, v. uppajjati.
udaya, j. ( sa.) rising, origin;
ndara
50
''-vyajadi {ace.) origin and destruction,
beginning and en<j, Db. 113. 374.
-
cp. iianodaya.
udara, n. ( sa,) belly, atomach;
ace. /x<am, 41,26; toe. r\>e, 1,84.
udariya, . (sa. udarya) the sto-
mach; />^am, 82,4

97,2a. cp. so-
dariya.
udana, n. ( sa.
fr. ud-yan)
*) 'breathing upwards', heart's joy, a
song of joy, a solemn utterance; nom.
^am, 65,13; aee. ix-am, 42,i8. 64,i3.
66,19.

^'-vasena, 42,u {v. vasa).
-
*) worn, pr, of a buddhist canonical
work, a part of 'navangaiil Sfttthu-
sasanam', 109,88 (gath'-udan'-itivut-
takam).
iidaneti, v6. {sa. udanayati, rfe-
nom. fr. udana) to disclose (the joy
of one's heart); aor. 3. sg. r^&i\ (uda-
narii) 64,18. 66,19;

ger, ~etva,
42,18.
udahu, adv. interr. {sa. uta &
utaho) or (latin 'an', at the begin-
ning of the second part of a double
interrogation),
59,12 (without interr,
particle at the first part) ; 98,1 (kin
nu . . . udahu); 99,9 (so eva so,
udahu afino).
udireti, vb, (,;a. ud-\/ir, cans.)
to utter, speak; pot. 3. sg. <%/aye
(giram saccarii) Dh. 408. cp. ereti.
udumbara, m. {sa. udumbara
(udumbara)) name of a tree, Ficus
Glomernta; ,>.o, 2,ii; aec. ^aril, 1,26.
~
"-rukkha, m. ioe. r^e, 2,5.
*Udumbara,
f
nom. pr. name
of a queen, the mother of (Mahosadha
(Eodhisatta), 55,60 (~d'^vi).
udda, ni. {sa udra) a kind of
aquatic animal, nn otter; rvO, 14,io;
gen. />/as8a, ] 6,9.
udda pa, m. 's<:. udvapa
?)
the
foundation of a wfill, "-adini {v. adi)
91,18.

dalhuddipa, mfn. n. ^am
(nasaram) 90,ai
thirn-pakara-pa-
dam 91,20 {cp. dallia).
uddisati, vb, (sa. xid-^/diq) *) to
show, point out, declare; pot. 1. sg.
-veyyam (kam . . . whom should I
indicate (as my teacher)")
Dh. 353.
*) to explain, teach {cp.
next).
^uddisapeti. vb.
{eaus. 11.
ud-
disati) to cause to teach or give in-
struction; ger. .^etabba,
who is to be
called upon to give
instruction, m.
r^o, 84,6.
-
fut. return,
eomp. r^etu-
karaa, mfn.
wanting an
occasion to
give instruction, m. /^O, 84,6.
uddesa, . ( sa.) ) illustration,
enunciation. ') region, place. udde-
sika, mfn. (at the end of comp., cp.
sa. uddesaka) : solasa-vass'-uddesika,
f.
about sixteen years of age, 86,23.
uddham, adv. {sa. urdhvam") up-
wards; <%/ul]oketva, 76,2.
uddnam-
sota, mfn. {sa. urdhva-srotas) whose
stream of lite tends upwards, m. <^o,
Dh. 218.
uddhata, mfn. ( sa. fr. ud-
v'han)
lifted up; v. an-uddhata.
uddhana, n. {sa. uddhana, ud-
dhmiina) an oven, a fireplace; "-an-
taresu {loc. pi.) into the oven",
9,24
{cp, antara).
uddharati, vb, {sa. ud-^/hr) to
take out or up, to lift up, gather; pull
out, draw out, take away, remove
(ace); imp. 3. pi. ,-wath(a) (attanam
dugRa) Db. 327;

aor. 3. sg. ud-
dliari (marii arakena) 20,26;

ger.
^itva 14,23 (macche). 26, i. 34,6 (da-
runi). 40,30. 44,26 (phalitaiii);

grd.
^itabba, n. ^am (asanara) 82,22.
-
cans. V. next.
uddharapeti, vh. {catis, II. ud-
dharati) to raise, to cause to be pulled
up (out); ger. ^etva Tmiilani) 38,2.
u d dh um a yati, y?*.(sa. ud-;/dhma)
to swell; aor. 3. sg. ^ayi (galo) 13,ii.
unnadati, vb. {sa. ud-^'nad) to
cry out, roar, make a noise; aor. 3.
pi. ~imsu,
8,24.

cans, v. next.
^unnfideti, vb, {cans, unnadati)
to cause to resound, echo, ring {ace);
ger. o^qUR (vanaih) 34,8;

part,
mod, /N^ayaintina,
f,
/>.a (devatu; va-
naiii) 5,20.
*unuala, /". evildoing, arrogant,
insolent
(?);
gen. pi. ^anaiii {opp.
51
upatta
pamattanam) Dh. 292 {cp. the
expression ^akiccaih pana kayirati",
ib.).
up a, prp. ( sa.) prefixed to verbs
and nouns
->= nenr to, with (opp. apa).
upakaddhati, v6.(sa. upa-^krsh)
to draw towards; pr. 3. sg. <N^ati (ni-
rayaya lead8 to hell") Dh. 311.
upakarana, n. (= sa.) instru-
ment, implement; pi. tunnavaya-upa-
karanani, the implements of a tailor,
55,99.
upakara, i. ( sa.) help, use;
bahupakara, mfn, very useful, m. /vo
(sakuno) IS.is;

nir-upakara, mfn,
useless, m. r>iO (manusso) 35,3.
*upakulita. vifn. {fr. sa. *upa-
ykud {cp. ykut. kund)) half-burnt,
almost burnt up; m, ^o, 9,32.
upakkama. m. {sa. upakrama)
^) beginning. ^) mode of proceeding,
^) treating, cure, *) intervention, coo
peration, influence, action. v, an-
upakkamena, parilpakkamena.
upakkilesa, m. (sa, upaklega)
a bad (depraving) quality, depravity,
ace. pi. r^e (cetaso) 91,7.
upaga, mfn. (= sa.) approaching;
m. pi. jati-jar'-upaga (nara) under-
going (again and again) birth and
decay, Dh, 341.
upagaccbati, vfc. (sa.upa-v/gam)
to go near, to enter, approach (acc);
aor. 3. sg. >^gaflchi, 40,is, 62,i8;
upagami, v. upagaccbati;

inf.
/N^gantura, 8,22;
ger. upagamma;
an-upaganima, avoiding, 66,S8 =96,i7
;
-
pp. upagata, m. f^o (niddaifa,
fell
asleep)
65,2; au-upagato (dit^biga-
tani) has not adopted them, 93,98.

cp. upagaccbati.
upaghata, m. ( sa.) stroke,
violation, injury, damage; an-upa-
gbata, m.
(q.
v.).
upaghatin, /. ('=-sa.) injuring;
parupagbatiH, mfn. who strikes others,
m. r^l, Dh. 184.
upacara, m. ( sa.) proceeding,
practice, custom; m. 1^0 (sippassa,
it is the way of the craft") 65,7 ; acc.
/>^am karohi, go through the usual
custom'', 55,u.
upacita, mfn. ( sa. pp.
upa-
cinati, upa-^ci) heaped up, increased;
n. ,>.-am (kammam) 76,6.
*upaccaga, aor. 3. sg. (upMi-
gaccbati) (sa. *upa
+ ati-v/ga)
=
to escape, to pass, overcome (acc);
kbano ma ^ no moment should
escape" 108,6; sangam r^ (has over-
come, subdued") Dh. 412.
upajjhaya, m. {sa. upadhyaya)
a teacher, preceptor; /n^o, 82,23. 97,16;
gen. rvassa, 83,i; loc, rwambi, 82,i6.
upaUhapeti&(vapeti, vb. cans,
(sa. upa-\/8tha) *) to procure, provide
(acc); pot. 3. jj^ %/apeyyum (bbiaak-
karii) 92,8;
ger. /v-apetva (dhitirii)
41,27
(6ummoning his courage"); 23,
1
V, corrections. ') to ordain (acc);
inf. o^apetum, 81,i?;
grd. ^ape-
tabba, m. pi. <^a (samanera) 81,u.
upatthabati & upa^t^^^^i
(-tittbati), vb. {sa, upa-\/8tha) to
appear, to come near, to wait upon
(occ); part. m. <%.ttbahanto (Kosala-
rajanarii) 38,22;
aor. 3. sg. upa-
t^basi, appeared as, 23,98. 65,n;

pp.
upa^^bita, m. pi. (tam, have come
near to thee) Dh. 235. cans, v, above.
*upa(tbaka, m. {cp, sa, upa-
stbatar) a servant; acc, pi, r^e, 73,2s.
-
"-kula, M. />wam (Sariputtassa b
family devoted to the service of 8,")
81,n.
upatthana,
n. {sa, upastbana)
attendance, waiting on, help, service;
acc, />/am kuruniana, a waiting wo-
man, 49,13; tesam /ara gaochanto,
in order to help them, 35,2;
instr.
/vena (kim me evarupena raju/N.)
why should 1 serve such a king
?"
26,11,
upatthapeti, v, upattbapeti.
upaddba, mfn. {sa. upardha,
.)
half; m. r^o (loko) 90,22. cp. addba.
upatitt^ati, v. upa^thabati.
upatta, mfn. (sa.upasta, up-^as*)
cast down, thrown down; v. baritu-
.
patta.
npaddava 62
upaddava, m. {sa, upadrava)
attack; miafortua, calamity; nom,
corupaddavo, nttack from robbers,
42,s {cp, cora).

an-upaddava, mfn.
UJiinjured, Dh. 338
(q.
v.),

nir-
UT)addava, mfn. without mishap, 25,ao
(a.
t;.).
,
upadduta, mfn. (sa. upadruta,
pp.
upa-y'diu) anuoyed, oppressed;
m. ^0 (hatthihi) 35,u; n. -N^am vata
bho! how oppressive is it all", 65,n.

an -upddduta, mfn. not oppressed,

68,14 {q.
v.).
".p. upaddava.
upadhana, n. (-= sa.) the act
of placing upon
;
para-dukkh'-upadha-
nena {insfr.) by causing pain to
ethers", Dh. 291.
upadhareti, vb. (sa. cans, upa-
^/dhr) to consider, regard; to reflect
or nifiditate on; pr. 1, sg. -%^emi, 66,85;
pad. m. -^ento, b6,s9.
upadhi, . (=:= sa.) 'adding, addi-
tion' (increase, subttance?); pi. pas-
sions, affections (technically : the four
upadhis, viz. khandha, katna, kilesa,
kamnia, cp. SBE, X 96,
Note); pi.
~i, 105,89 (narassa nandana).

nir-
upadhi, mfn. free from all gerraa
(of renewed life)", ace. m. o^im. Dh.
418.
upanayhati, vh. (sa. upa-y/nah)
to tie or bind to, to put on; pr. 3, pi.
upanay(i)lianti (ye tam
~)
who
harbour such thoughts", Dh. 3
4.
upanameti, vb. (sa. cans, upa-
\/naiD) to reach, hand to; to offer,
present; ger. viHva (tassa blieriifai
36,13;
part, gen,
f.
-^entiya (tassa)
89,5;
grd. ^etab!ja, m[ rvo. 83, 13.
upanikkhipat:, vb. (sa, tipa*
uih-y/kehip) to throw, cast down; to
place (down before), to procure; grd,
rvkhipitabba, n, rs^arii, 83,6.
*upan)blia. mfn. (sa. *upa -\-
nibha, cp. sannibha) almo.st like;
f,
veluriya-vanli'-upanibha
(fiiva)
re-
sembling tlid colour of lapis-laEuli,
li),lU.
upanisa,
f.
(sa. upaiiisbad) the
secret art of doing or obtaining eome-
thing; labhupanisa, mfn. (?)
le/8
to wealth",
f.
^a
(sc,
patipada
i*)
Dh. 76.
*upani88aya,
prp.
(ger. sa. upa-
ni-v/?ri)
near to (ace);
Rajagaham
,^, 84,26.
upanita-vaya,/>i.
(sa-upamta
(brought near, upa-v/ni) +
vayas)
whose life has come to an end ;
m. r\.>0,
Dh. 237 (cp. vayas).
upapajjati, vb. (sa. upa-VP^'^)
to approach, obtain; to appear: to bo
produced, esp. to be born again; pr. 3.
sg. ^ati, 94,14; 3. pi. ~anti (w. ace.
Rabbhaii, nirayarii), Dh. 126; 3. pi.
mod. upapajjare (nirayara) Dh. 307.

pp.
upapanna, q. v.
upapatti.
f.
(=- sa.) appearing,
the being born again; acc, t^\va. (satta-
nam) Dh,4;9.
upapanna, mfn. (=
sa.,
pp.
upapajjati) having approached, reached,
obtained ; acc, m. jati-mant'-iipapan-
nam (brahnianarii) possessed cf high
birth and holy wisdom, 30,9.
up am a, mfn.
(= a., at the end
oi comp.) like, resembling; aggi-sikh'-
upama, m, o^o (ayogulo) like flaring
fire-, 107,1
= Dh. 308;
-
indakhil'-
iipaiua. Dh. 95 ; kunibli'-fipama. Dh.
40; nagar'-upania, Dh.
40; phen'-
ilpaiua, Dh.
46; riijarath'-fipama,
Dh. 171 (v. h.), cp. next.
upania,
f.
(= sa.) resemblance,
comparison; a simile, example; acc,
~am (te karissami) 90,89; attanarii
/^aiii katvil, supposing that it is your
case, Dh. 129;

loc, ^ayam (bhasl-
tassa Htthaiii) 90,b.
At the end of
comp. ; upmiiu. mfn. (q,
v.), cp,
upanimu.
uparava, m, ( sa.) noise (or
bustle);
,x,o (rajuBgane attattbava)
42,30.
uparajaH, m. ( sa.) a viceroy;
uoiti. ^ii, 45,3T. cp. oparajja, .
upari, indccl, (=^ sa.) ^) prp.
=
above, over, upon, against; ) 10. ge.
aiifiassa
^, 7,9; coraranno
^, 40,7;
'') w. loc.
arakkhitthiya ~, 60,i;
53 upahata
^niuddhani, 77,8.

^)adv.= further,
moreover;
47,i7,

*) comp,
"-pasada-
vara-tala-gata,
f.
having aBcended
to the roof of the palace",
64,i2; cp,
next & uparima, w/m,
uparibhaga, wi.
(= sa.) the
upper part or portion of something;
loc. uparibhage (prp, w, gen.) =
above, 13,2S (tassa .v), cp, uparima,
*uparima, mfn.
{fr. upari) upper,
most, topmost; -bhaga, .

upari-
bhaga; loc, {prp. w, gen.) ,ve (raniio)
above, 40,95.
upaladdhi,
f.
(m. upalabdhi)
supposition, false opinion; sattilpa-
laddhi
(g.
v.) 91,i3-38.
upalabhati, vb. {sa. upa-\/labh)
to find, to perceive; pass, upalabbhati,
pr. 3. sg. iB to bo found",
97,3. (u'upa-
labbhati) 97,7.

upaladdhi,
f. {q.
v.),
upalitta, mfn. {sa, upalipta,
pp.
upa-\/lip) besmeared, anointed;
an-
upalitta, mfn. {q,
v,).
upavana, . (= sa.) a small
forest, a grove, garden; "-arafifiesu
{loc.pl. dvandva-C07np.) , in the parks
and in the woods", 73,31.
up a vis a ti, (or upavisati) vb. {sa.
upa-^vio) to sit down; aor. 3. sg,
upavisi {w. ace. rukkhamiilam) 110,29.
*upa8amva8ati, vb. {sa. *upa-
sam-y'vas) to live together with, to
keep company with {acc.)
;
pot, 2, sg.
^vase (Sakharii) 7,33,
upasamhita, mfn. ( sa.,
pp.
upa-sam-Y/dha) connected with, ac-
companied by ; sacc'-Qpasambita, mfn,
true, n. /N/am, 9,3i.
upasagga, m., v. upassagga.
/upasamkamati, vb. {sa. upa-
8am-\/kraui) to go to, come near,
approach (acc); pr. 3. pi. /x/anti,
21,;

pot. 1. sg. r^eyy&m, 71,87;
-
aor. f\/\, 68,2;

inf. /vitum, 8,19;
-
ger. /^itva, 6,14. 19,J8;

pp.
m,
<x/kanto (idh') 75,2s.
upasanta, mfn. {sa. upa^anta,
pp. upa-VQam, cp, upa-sammati)
calm, tranquil; m. rvO, Db. 201. 378;
gen. va8sa, Dh. 96.
upusama, >. ( sa.) becoming
quiet, tranquillity oi mind
;
gen. o/assa,
Dh. 206; dat. /%/aya (saiiivattati)
66,29. 93,8; dukkh'-vipasama-, quiet-
ing of pain", 107,8o
Dh. 191 ("-gti-
minaih maggam); nekkhamm'-iipa-
same, loc. in the repose of retirement
(from this world)", Dh. 181; vitakk'-
upasame, loc. in quieting doubts",
Dh. 360; sariikhar'-upasamaiii, acc.
cessation of existence, Dh. 368,
*upa8ampada,
f.
(/r. upa-sam-
j/pad) ') taking, acquiring; Dh. 183.
^) acquiring a priest's order, ordination
of a priest; 70,i7. 97,ie; acc. <%/am,
70,15,
-
laddha-pabbajj'-flpasampada,
mfn, having obtained admission to the
order and ordination, m, /^o, 89,ie
{cp. pabbajja).
upasammati, vb. {sa. upa-Qam-
yati, \/(;ain) to become quiet; pr.S.sg.
~ati,Dh.4. (tes'upasammati =
tesaih
upa-"), Dh.
100; pp. upasanta
{q.
v.),
cp, upasama.
upasussati, vb. {sa. upa-y/QU8h)
to dry up (by degress); pot, 3, sg.
<vaye (n'llpa-") 103,io.
upasevati, vb, {sa. upa-y'sev)
to frequent, visit; to serve, worship;
to have sexual intercourse with (ncc);
pr. 3. sg. ^ati, (afifiam) 9,38.
upaseviu, mfn. {-~ sa.) serving,
worshipping; devoted to, coveting; m.
para-darupasevi, who covets his
neighbours wife", Dh. 309.
upassagga, m. (> upasagga,
sa, upasarga) an accident, misfortune;
acc. f^&m {var. upasagpaih) Dh. 139.
upassattha, mfn, {sa, upasi'shfa,
pp. upa-y'srj) afflicted, plagued; n.
<^am Tata bhol how stifling is it all!"
65,18. 68,19.

an-upassattha, mfn,
{q.
V,).
upahannati, vb. pass. {sa. upa-
V'haD,
pass.) to be afflicted, oppressed;
pr. 3. sg. /x/ati (oittarii)
97,86; pp. v.
next.
upahata, mfn. {sa.
pp. upa-ylian)
struck, beaten ; injured, afflicted, pained
;
m. fs>0 (kamso, nbroken"), Dh. 134.
Upahfira 54
upahara, m. ( sa.) ') receiving,
acquiring. ') offering; present, obla-
tion; an-upahara, i.
(q,
v.).
upagaccliati, v6. (sa, upa-\/gain)
to come near, approach (ace); to re-
turn; aor. 3, sg. ,%/ganchi, 112,r,
/>.^gami, 103,4. 112,24. 114,32;

pp.
upagata, m. ,>^o, ru8hed at her",
111,92.
up ad ana, n, ( sa.) ') taking,
grasping, clinging to existence, the 9th
link of the paticcasamuppada {q.
v.),
originating with tanha, 66,9 (tanha-
paccaya ,>,arii) and causing bhava
(^paccaya bhav \ ib.). pane' upa-
dana-kkhandha (m. pi.) the fivefold
clinging to existence", 67,ii (v. khan-
dlia).

upadiinii-nirodha, vi. 66,lo
(cp. corrections).

upay'-upadana,
96,10-11 (q.vX
^)fuei; tina-katth'-
upadanarii (a ?c.), the fuel of grass
and wood, 94,30. cp. next.
upadiyati, tb. (sa. upa-\/d
a)
*)
to take with, include, comprise, -) to
grasp at, cling to the .vorld; pr. 3. sg.
'^diyati (uoilyupadanaiii, q.v.) 96, is;
- part. med. upaJiyana. vi. an-upa-
C'iyano, cirinp for nothing" Dh. 20
(cp. S;1E. X,
8.V,

gei: upadaya
[uftkjn used as prp.
^^
including, on
account of, in ::oniparison with, etc.]',
nn-upadaya, having become free from
attaclimeiit, 69,93: Dh, 89 (rata), 414
(nibbuto); anupadiiya is sometimes
shortened to an^pada (adv.)
-^
abso-
lutely, completely, 94,i2 (vimutto).
[The passive form is upadiyati or
up.'id;yyati, rp. adiyati;]
upaya. m. (=' sa,)' means, expe-
dient, Way;
^o l,io. 43,2g; insir,
/v-ena, by some means or other,
25,35.
26,10. 33,23 = eken' upayena, 4,i;
imina (eten') upayeTta, by these means,
65,8, 58,23; tett'eva (eten'eva) upa-
yena, in the same way,
2,2i,
23,23;
vena tena upayena. anyhow, at any
pjj^,
1,9; an-upayena, by misguided
niedns",
34,i7-2o.
-
*upaya-kusala,
mfn. skilful, clever; ).
^0, 25,u. 40,ic.
-
"^upayupadana, n. (cC- m. pi.) seems
to denote the coveting
and
grasping of
(wordly things),
ace. ~am
(na upetl
na
upadiyati)
96,ii;
upayupadana-
bhinivesa-nibandho
{adj.
ayara loko
yebhuyyena)
96,io 0:
(upon the whole
this existence is only) a chain of cove-
ting, grasping, and
clinging
to (the
world), cp.
abhinivesa.
*upaya8a, w. {cp> sa. ayasa)
despair; pi. {dvandva
comp.) ~a,
66,11-17; instr. pi. >^eh\, 70,3o.
- sa-
upiiyasa, mfn.
coupled with despair,
. /-waiii. 94,2.
Upall, . (-= sa.) nom.pr. of a
thera; "-pandito (aggo vinaye) 109,:;
ace. r^\m, i09,i,v, ^-thero satima,
109,18.
upavisi, V. upa-visati.
upasaka, n. (= sa.) a faithful
layman, a lay disciple of Buddha; voc.
r/a, 28,14; ace. ->.aiii, 28,3, 69,2o; pi.
^a, 28,15.
upiihana,
f.
{sa. upanah) a shoe,
sandal; ace. pi. ,>.a, 82,i7.
upeta, mfn. {= sa.\
pp. fr, next)
who has arrived at, entered into; pos-
sessed of, endowed with {tv, ace, or
instr, or at the end of comp,); nt. /x/O
ralasiyara, full of sloth") Dh. 280;
(daniasaccena) Dh. 10 {opp. apeto);
- piiiiupeta, mfn, lifelong, v. pana;
vanna-gandha-ras'upeta.wi/'n. endowed
with beauty, odour, and flavour, ni.
-^0 (ambo) 37,3o; sabbiikaravar'tipeta,
mfn., V. akiira.
upeti, vb. {sa. upa-\/i) to go to,
approach, enter into {acc.)\ abs. to fit
the case; pr, 3. sg. />^eti (nirayam)
74,1; (upayupadanaiii) 96,i2; (gab-
bham. to the born) Dh, 326; na
upeti,
94,14 (it would not fit the
case")
;
pr, 1. pi. ^ema (saranam taiii,
take reluge in thee) 10.5,si;
-
fut. 2.
sg. upehisi (jatijaram) Dh. 238
=-
348; 1. sg. upessam (gabbhaseyyam)
105,20; - ger. upecca, 110,3o;
-
pp.
upeta,
q. v. {cp. upaya).
uposatha. in. {sa, upavasatba)
fast, fast-duy; holy day, sabbath (oc-
curring four times in the month), ,^0,
65 ubbayattha
14,17
**>-divaso, 14,i6; maha-**,
22,20;
punnamuposatbadivaso, 22,i
(the fuUraoon-boliday); acc. ^am,
22,20. '"-kanima, n. the fast-day ser-
vice, notn. acc. -vam, 14,13. 22,i6,
*0-angani (pi.) the holy day vows,
61,7 (cp, Sp, Hardy, Eastern Mona-
chisni).
uposathika, mfn.{fr. uposatha)
one who observes the sabbath, fasting;
m. pi. f^a, 14,19.
uppajjati, vb, (sa. ut-\/pad) to
arise, originate, begin, appear; to be
be produced, to be found; pr. 3, sg,
i^&ti, 19,1 (yava-N^, until be appeared);
25,32; 27,4 (saddo); 35,i2 (me duk-
khaih, I am annoyed) ; 63,10 (me
bhayam, I fear); 70,27 (-paccaya,
from); 96,13; 99,2
(is born); part,
med. ,>.'mana, n. dukkham uppajja-
manam uppajjati, whenever something
arises, then it is pain that arises,
96,13;
aor. 3. sg. udapadi, 8,9, 68,26,
78,31 ; uppajji, 26,2i. 46,i. 78,24. 89,io;

ger, rwitva, having been produced,

80,29;
-
pp.
uppanna, q.v.; - caus.
uppadeti, g.
v. (cp.- upapajjati &
next),
uppatati, vb. (sa. ut-y'pat) to
fly up, leap up; to rise, ascend; aor.
3. sg. uppati (akase) ll,i9; - ger,
^itva, 2,s-2i. 21,36. 36,24; -pp. o/ita.
m. 'X'O, 3,80
; acc, rvam (kodham)
106,33
-= Dh. 222,
u
p
p
a 1 1 i
,
/". (sa. utpatti
;
fr. uppaj-
jati) arising, origin; thanuppatti, 3.
v,
uppada, m. v. uppada.
uppanna, mfn, {pp.
uppajjati,
sa, utpanna) arisen, produced, born;
m. ^o, 1,23. 2,30 (dohalo); 42,5 (coru-
paddavo"); 62,24 (putto); loc, m. rve
(labhasankare) 72,28.
uppala, n. {sa. utpala) a lotus-
flower, cap. the blue lotus; <N/am, Dh.
55;
niluppald.di-kuBuma-, 47,i8.
Uppalavanna, m. {aa, *Utpa-
lavar^a) nom, pr. of a deva in Sakka's
heaven; gen. >vasBa (devasse,) 110,i7.
uppada, m. (sa. utpada)
arising,
appearance, coming into cxigteooe,
birlb; <%^o (Buddbanam) Dh. 194;
182 (metri causa : uppado); abl. r^a,
(phalitas8') 44,8i;
-
*uppada-vaya-
dhammiH, mfn, subjected to genesis
and destruction, vi, pi. i^ino (sam-
khara) 80,39.
-
anuppadadhamma,
tnfn, {v. an-uppada, - Buddhuppada,
m,
{q.
v.).
uppadeti, vb. {caus. uppajjati,
sa, utpadayati) to give rise to, to con-
ceive, feel; to bring forward, produce,
obtain, gain (acc); aor, 3, sg. owesi
(ruciiii tayi, fixed her choice on you")
10,19; (visarii satasabassarii, gained
two millions") 23,a;
57,9;
(ruhirarii,
made to bleed") 76,i; 3, sg. <N.esi
(id.) 76,4;
- ger, N^etva (dohalam,
having conceived a longing for {loc.))
1,6. 2,28; (karunfiam, felt compassion
with" (loc,)) 16,31
;
(rucim pabbajjaya)
64,2;
(avannaiii Gotamassa, bring-
ing reproach on G.") 72,32;

pp.
uppadita, n. -%/am (ruhirarii) 76,7;
"-dhanarii (acc), the money which be
had earned,
67,35.
ubbigga, mfn. {sa. udvigna;
pp.
ubbijjati, sa, ud-\/vij) frightened,
anxious; m, i\,,o, 75,17; acc. ^arii,
76,18.
*ubbedha, m. {cp. sa. udviddha,
mfn. & vedha, m. depth) height;
yojana-sahass'-ubbedha. mfn. 1000
leagues high, tn, r^o, 60,24.
ubbhata, mfn, {sa. udbhrta,
pp.
ud-v/bhr) carried away or out, drawn
up; m. c^, fvarijo okamokata) Dh.
34;
pi. o^a (maccba udaka tbalarii)
16,14 {cp. uddharitva, 14,23).
ubbhijjati, vb, {pass, ubbbin-
dati, sa. ud-\/bhid) to break out, to
sprout; ger, ubbhijja (titthati Btand8
sprouting" (lata)) Dh. 340.
ubhaya, mfn, (= sa,) both; inatr.
m, .vena (saiifiamena, on account of
both sorts of abstinence : abstinence
and non-abstinence) 85,i9; n, /vaiii,
adv, both, Dh. 404 (o'ilbbayam)
;
comp. ubhaya-nagara-yasinaiii {gen,
pi.) 62,9.
ubhayattba, adv,{sa. ubhayatra)
ubho 56
>n both places, in both cases; 107,te
Ph. 15-18.
ubho, mfn. pi. (so. ubhau) both;
m. ubho pi, 5,i2. 43,i8; ubho pi te,
74,?
Do. 306; ubho (gihi pabba-
jita) Dh. 74; n. ubho both sidea",
Dh. 269; ace. . ubho (ante) 66,)i8
-=
%,i7; ubho sangum (pufinaii ca
papafl ca) Dh. 412, cp. sanga (Tr.
F. M. p. 82)
; ubho (attham anatthan
ca) Dh. 266; inslr. m. ubhohi (hat-
thehi) 27,19; gen. nin. ubhinnam,
43,s9. 68,9; loc. mn. ubhosu (passesu)
40,5.
urn mara, m. (a. umbara, cp.
mahratt, umbara) a threshold {cp,
indakhila); loc. '^e, 65,is.
ummujjati, vb. (sa. ud-\/majj)
to emerge; pr. 3, pi. ^anti, 26,26.

ummujja-niinujja, i(?) emerging and
diving; ace. ^arii karonti (udake)
26,23 (cp. sa. unmrjavamrja).
uyyiiti, vb. (sa. ud-y'ya) to go
out (away); imp. 2. sj. ,^yahi (magga,
make way!) 44,8-io.
uyyana, n, (sa, udyana) a park,
a (royal) garden; UQC. .^^am, 6,17;
gen, .^assa, 37,is; loc. ^e, 6,4. 36,35)
Makhadev'-ambavan'-", 45,7.
-
-k-
bhimukha, tnfn. turned towards the
garden, m. .^0, 63,6.
- *''-kila &
-Idlika, q. V, -
"-pale, m, a garde-
ner, ^o, 37,11; lice. fN^am, 37,8-17;
gen. o^assa, 37, 11.
-
"-piilaka, m.
id. gen. ^o.si\ 38,5.
-
*''-bhumi,
/'.
the garden-ground, ace. ^im,
63,2.
uyyufijati, vb, (so. ud-^yuj) to
go away, depart, leave one's house
and family; pr. 3. pi. ix/anti (traced
only once) Dh. 91.

cans, uyyojeti
(q.
V.) cp. next,
uyyoga, m. (sa. udyoga) depar-
ture; "-mukhe, at the threshold of
deiitb, Dh. .135 (cp. tuukha).
'uyycjet;, t'6. (cans, uyyufijati,
sa. udyojayati), to sesid away, to send
cut for some purpose, to take leave of
(ace); aor, 3. sg. -wes:, 19,22. 61,1.
69,22
J
- ger, ,-vetva, 43,i8.
ura & ura,
. (
uras, .)
the
breast; loc, ^e,
23,8i. 89,7.
(cp. orasa.)
uracchada,
m. (sa. ura^chada),
a breastplate,
armour;
o.pasadhanam
(q.
V.) a splendid
armour, 23,32.
Uruvela,
f.
(sa. Uruvitva)
now.
pr. of a town in the Magadha country,
near the river Neranjara; loc. />^ayam,
66,2.
ulumpa, m. (sa. udupa)
a raft,
a float; ^acc. /s.-am, 23,13.
uluka, m. ( sa.) an owl; 0..0,
11,19; ace. o^aiii, 11,2;
gen. ,>^assa,
11,10.
- o.jataka. n. 10,25 f.
*ulloka, m. (fr.
next) perceiving,
observing, sight; abl. i-^bl pa^bamam,
as soon as it is seen, 84,i8.
*ulloketi. vb. (sa. *ut -|- \/lok)
to look at, look up; aor. 3. sg. o.'Csi
(iikasarii) 33,5; (Bliagavantaih) 69,33;
- ger. ,%^etva (uddham) 76,a;

pp.
<N^ita, loc. a6s. akase -^e, 32, 11.
usabha', m. (sa. rshabba) a bull;
rv/O, 105,i2-iB| ace, ~am (the manly")
Dh. 422,
*u8abha*, ., a certain measure
of length 20 yatthi (q.
v.), about
70 meters; atthiisabha-matta, mfn,,,
n. <^&m tlianam, a space of eight
usabhas, 27,27. (cp. yojana.)
usira, n. (sa. U(;ira) the root of
a fragrant grass (birana, q. v,)\
*"
attha, mfn, wanting usira, m, x,o,
108,1 - Dh. 337. (cp. attha'
(2)).
U8U, t(&
f.)
(sa. ishu) an arrow.
- usu-k.ara, m. (sa. ishu-kara) an
arrow-maker, a fletcher; rvo, Dh. 33;
pi. ^a, 106,27 Dh. 80. 145.
usuyyati, v6. i/ewom. (sd. asuyati,
fr. usuya, usuyya (= sa. asiiya)
envy, jealousy) to envy, to be jealous;
part. m. usuyyarii, 14,4 (an-usuyyanit
not envying).
*us8aBkiH,
mfn. (fr. sa, ut
-|-
y^amk) distrustful, anxious; m. o^i,
75,17; ace. ^im, 75,i8.
*u8sada,i. (probably /'r.ut-y^8ad)
') abundance, swelling, tumor. *) name
of a certain hell ; "-nirayo, 23,26. (cp,
sa. ud-y'chad <& next).
67 eka
ussanna,
mfn. {sa. utsanna,
pp.
ut-\/sad) extensive, abundant
; n. ,>^am
(suvannam, ttbundance of gold")
26,9.
(cp. sa. ucchanna).
ussava, m. (sa, utsava) feast,
merriment; ,^^0 maha, 112,i5.
ussahati, vb. {sa. ut-\/sah) to be
able to, to dare, venture (w. inf.);
to bear, endure; pr. 3. sg, ^ati 50,3.
81,17. 83,31.
ussapeti, vh. {sa. ucchrapayati,
cans. ud-\/(jri) to raise, to lift up
(occ); ger. /%^etva (sondam), 76,2i.
ussareti, vh. {sa. ut-sarayati,
caus, ut-y'sr) to cause to go away;
ger. o/etva (caturaflgulaiii kannam
.N^etva civaram samharitabbam, the
robe ought to be folded up so that
a corner of four inches more is hang-
ing over) 83,10 (ciJ.SBE.XIII.
p. 156).
ussisaka, n. {sa. uccbirshaka)
a head-pillow, a bed's head; loc, >ve,
41,16.
ussuka, mfn. (sa. utsuka) zealous,
desirous, eager for, longing for, greedy;
loc. pi. <N^esu an-ussuka {pi.) free
from greed among the greedy", Dh,
199; n. o^am (na Tatbagatassa hoti,
T. does not care about it, lays no
stress upon that) 91,3. {cp. ossukka.)
*U88uta, mfn.
-=
avassuta
{q.
v.).
-
an-u68uta, mfn. {q.
v.).
U.
uka,
f.
{sa. yuka) a louse; ace.
pi. .x/a (vioinanti, rafino sise, being
about to louse the king's head) 46,2fi.
una, mfn. (= sa.) wanting, defi-
cient, less than, minus {w. instr.); n.
^am (dvihi /^am purisa-sabassaih
o: 998 men = 600
+
250
+
126
+
62 4- 31
-f
16
+
8 +
4 + 2,
who
had Buccessively been killed by their
comrades) 34,9;
loc. pi. f^^eaa (eken'
unesu paficasu attabhava-satesu,
in
500 existences but one) 17,7;
comp,
ekanavisati {q.
v.).
umi,
f.
{<& m.) {sa. urmi) a wave;
loc. />/iya uggataya, when the wave
rises, 27,3.
ilru, in. ( sa.) the thigh; loo,
-N.'Umhi, 29,87.
ubafinati, vb. {pass, uhanati,
uha'nti, sa. ud-|/han) to become de-
stroyed, disordered, soiled ; aor. 3. sg.
ma viharo rajena uhaiiiii, in order
that the vihara may nit become dusty",
84,28;
-
pp.
uhata, destroyed, v, an-
ubata {cp. (an-)uddhata).
E.
eka, mfn. {num. & pron, indef,
sa.) ') one; n. ^arii, 56,is. 82,8
(ekan); gen. ^assa, 56,i6; instr. m.
<N./ena, 81,u; eken' unesu, 17,7 {v,
una).
*) only, single, that one only;
j. <N.o (elako) 30,5; ace. />/am (dhani-
mam) 106,
14;
(attanam, oneself only)
107,4; gen. ->.;assa (elakassa)
17,6;
n. aec. ->^am (palitaih) 46,87 ; -
camp.
ekaparadham, 47,8 {v. aparadba);
eka-panam, 27,23; eka-puttako,
23,6;
eka-purisik.a,
f.
{v. separately)
;
eka-
ntaccham pi na, not one single fish,
4,85; eka-vacanena {instr.), lit. at
the word once spoken 0: directly,
immediately, 57,8i; -
eka-ratti-vasa,
mfn.
abiding for one night, m. /^^o,
104,34;

eka-dvara, mfn. having
only one gateway, n. /N^aih (nagaram)
90,31. 91,83;

eka-samgabita, mfn.
unified, m. pi. /^a, 99,io.

^) united
continual; comp. eka-pallankena (ms^r.
V. pallanka) 66,4; eka-ppaharen'eva,
with one blow, with one voice,
27,14.
40.10. 74,6 {cp. pahara); eka-phali-
phullam, 62,11 {v,
/.); eka-viravam,
60.11.
*) the same, one and the same;
eka-divase {loc.) 46,84.

*) alone,
solitary; ace. m. ^am, 106,i3 =
Dh.
395;
gen. ^assa, Dh.
330; ekacara
{q.
v.),

*) some
(. . . or other),
one
or other, a certain
;
pi. some
; m.
<^o
(upayo) 1,10; (bako) 4,i;
(Vijayo)
okaihsa
58
110,88; ace. />.am (udumbaraih) l,e;
instr. >%^ena (eken' upayena) 46,2*;
Ice, m. n. /x-asmiih, 3,80. 8,20; ekas-
mim samaye, once upon a time, 30,28

ekaih samayarh, 66,23; eomp. eka-

divasam (ace), one day, 6,8i. 13,22;
eka-bhikkhussa (^CM.), 79,i7; pi.
m. eke, 77,i3. 104,i.
-
') in the same
sense used as an indefinite article
-=-
a, an; m. ~o (s';msumaro)
1,5;
(di-
pako) 2,19; a::c. /^arii (assarii) 65,ie;
gen,
f.
ekissa. 6,32; comp. eka-pali-
taii, 46,53; oka-mi.^am (ace.) 6,19;
eka-gandhakutiyara {loc.) 73, u.
- *)
rCjOeated or corresponding w. anfia or
dutiya = tlie ono . . . tlie other ; m.
eko . . . eko, 33,84-25; instr. ekena . . .
ekena. 83,17; comp, eka-divasam . .
.
eka-divasam, 6,25-26; gen. ekassa . .
.
annassa, 7.; eko . . . dutiyo (anto)
S6,i6. {cp. an-eka, ekamsa etc.)
ekftirsa, ') mfn. (sa. ekaiii^a)
wit'i on bhoulder, belonging to one
Bhoulder', only constructed with ci-
vara or uttarasafigB, ace. m. rvam
uttarasaiigam karitva, arranging the
upper robe over one rhoulder, 74,le.
82,18.
^) m. (sa.' ekamsa) one part,
totality
(?);
nom. ^0 (tava jivitam
only one part of thee is life" (Fsb.),
but perhaps we have to read ekaiiise
(adv.)) 103,0; instr. ekamsena, adv.
(( loc, ekaihse, adv.) = in whole,
upon the whole, entirely, totally, ab-
solutely, undoubtedly, inevitably, 6,31.
86,3 (cp. ariisa).
'
ekaka, mfn, (= sa,) single, alone,
solitary; in, ^0 va (quite alone)
33,31;
ace. m, r^am, 22 28;
ace,
jf,
ekikam,
31,20.
"ekagbana, mfn. {sa. *eka
-f-
ghana) compact, boIIj, hard; mi. n./0
(selo) 106,29
-=-
Dh, 81.
ekacara, Mfn, (= sa.) wandering
or living alone, solitary; i. ^o, 2,19;
ace. rvam, Dh, 37.
*ekacariya,
f,
(sa. *eka -4- car-
ya) walking alone; ace. nwam, Dh.
61 (metri causa read : ekacaryarii).
ekacca, uifn.
(Jr,
sa. ekatara,
*ekatra, ekatya, cp. Tr. PM, p.
56)
one of two, a single; pi.
some
(
. .
.
others); m.pl. ^e, 18,4
(vanija),
90,29
(viflfiu purisa);
repeated :
22,&-e\ pi.
f.
(vS, 65,s-T.
ekato, adv. {sa, ekatas) ')
on the
one side (on the other side), 14,8.
27,4.
-
*) together; at once,
simultane-
ously; rwvasanta, 14,io;
.^sannipatati,
14,13. 72,29; tena saddhim >^, 45,25;
kena saddbim ^ butva
(by help of
whom?) 72,32;

tini pi ~ inadditva,
57,28;
vacayimsu pottbakattayam .^,
114,19.
ek an tarn (&
ekantena), adv. {sa.
ekantaiii) absolutely, exclusively, at
any rate, always; ^ nindito, Dh. 228.
{cp. ekamsena.)
*eka-purisika,
f.
{adj.) {fr. eka
-|- purisa) true to one man; ace. ^am,
48,16; instr, r^aya (ittbiya), 48,35.
*ekamantam, adv. {fr. eka -j"
anta) on one side, apart, aside; by
one's side, near; ,x/ nisidi, 28,u. 35,3.
68,17; /s< tbatvS, 49,7;
.> atthasi,
87,3(;
n^ karitva {ace. laid aside) 75.20;
~ nikkbipitabbam (civararii) 83,29.
*ekarajja. n. {sa. *eka 4- rajya)
sole sovereignty; instr. <^ena, Dh,
178.
*ekavaciya, n. {sa, *eka -\- va-
cya) a single remark or objection,
private opinion; ace. o/am, 11, 11.
ekavaraih. adv. (= sa.) once;
50,10 {cp. vara).
ekavisam & ekavisati, num.
{sa. eka-vim^atli]) twenty.
ekavi-
satima, mfn. {sa. ekaviriiQatama) the
21th; m. ^0 (vaggo) Dh. 305.
""ekasadisa, mfn. {sa. *eka -{-
sadi'Qa) fully alike or resembling,
identical; pi, ^a (mataputta) 49,8.
*ekaseyya, /'.
{sa. *eka
+
?ayya)
lying, sleeping alone; ace. {adv.) f^a.m
(eko caram) Dh. 305.
ekadasa, num. {sa. ekada(ja)
eleven.
ekadasama, mfn. {sa. eka-
dacj-ama) the eleventh; m. ,n^o (vaggo)
Dh. 156.
ekayalia, n. ( sa.) a narrow
59 ettha
way, the only way to" salvation;
mfn.
leading to salvation, . r^o (maggo)
113,19.
*ekasana, n. {sa. *eka
+
asana)
sitting, living alone; ace. {adv.) r^aiOi
(eko caram) Dh. 305.
ekaha, n. {sa. ekaha[n]) one day,
V. alia ; mfn. lasting one day, n, /^am
(jivitara) Db. 110.
ekika,
f.
v. ekaka,
ekiinavisati, num. {sa. ekona-
virii<;ati) nineteen.
ekunavisatima,
mfn. the 19th, wt. rvO (vaggo) Dh.
272.
ekeka, mfn. {sa, ekaika) one by
one, several, each; acc. rvaiii, 4,8-34;
w. loc. i^&m (amhesu) 4,ii.
ekekaso, adv. {sa. ekaika^as)
one by one, severally, lll,u.
*eja,
f.
{fr,
\/ei)
lust, desire,
craving; an-eja, >/>(.
{q.
v.).
etaih, pron. dcmonstr, n. nom. acc.
{sa. etad), 8,27 etc.; etan, 1,21. 16,ii;
etad (the original form, used in some
cases of Sandhi before a word begin-
ning with a vowel) 3,3, 23,a. 64,io
(etad-ahosi), 68,13 (etad-avoca), 103,13
(etad-abravi), Dh. 390;
m. esa
{sa. eshas) 1,8. 3.u; 6,1 etc. eso (with
more emphasis) 59,3; 114,6;

f.
esa
{sa. esha) 31,6. 87,28, 103,3i; acc.
(/".) etarii, 24,24 etc. ;
instr. m{n.^
etena, 4,24. 33,u (eten'); -r/en^ {dat.)
m{n.) etassa, 1,7. 11,6; f.
etissa, 55,5;
-
pi. n. etani, 2,i
;
pi. m. {nom. acc.)
ete, 3,26. 5,9 etc.;
f.
eta, 21,31;
-
gen. {dat.) etesaih, 7,i7. 60,i3. 102,6;
-
instr. {all.) etehi, 2,io. Otherwise
the declension is that of tarn
{q.
v.).
-
') this, this here (what is nearest
to the speaker) 33,ii.
- ^) referring
to the preceeding, 66,i8, 103,8i. 107,2i.
-
') referring to the following, 3,30.
23,8.
-
*) = Buob, like that, 81,6;
no h'etam ,not so", 70,s.
- *) com-
bined w. other pron, (with an empha-
sis) : es'abaih, 69,i9;
sometimes plainly
constmcted with the 1. pers. of the
verb., esa te sisaih chinditva bhii-
miyaih kbipissami, 6,12; esa mufijam
parihare, 103,33;

ete te ubho ante,
96,17.

esa ya rati, 47,27,

cp.
ayarii (idaiii), enaiii.
etarahi, adv. {sa. etarhi) now,
at picHfnt;
29,30. 30,24. 56, 11 {opp.
atitfi' '^ite, cp. Dh.
228), 94,23. 99,5.
- c]'
'
rahi, carahi.
etailisa, mfn. {sa. etadr^a) such,
of this kind; m, /n^o, 44,3. 80,24. 85,20,
cp. tadisa.
eti, vb. {sa. a-y/i) to go, to come,
go to, reach (acc); to come back,
return; pr. 3. sg. eti (to. acc, catu-
bhagaiii, is worth) Dh. 108; (pativa-
taiifa) Dh, 64; 1. sg. emi, 108,28; 3.
pi. enti (return) 56,i8;
imp. 2. sg,
ehi, 1,1ft. 9,21. 67,31. 68,i4. 108,38; 2,
pi. etha, 21,80. 73,2i; Dh. 171;
-
fut. 3. sg. essati, 66,20; Dh. 369;
ehiti, 12,6; 2. sg. essasi, 56, 20; ehisi,
Dh. 236. 369; 1. sg. essami, 56,3o;
3. pi. essanti, Dh. 86; part, enta,
loc. abs. ente (udake), 56,2i ; an-ente,
ib.
cp. yati.
etta, mfn. v. ettaka,
*ettaka, mfn, {fr, *etavataka,
cp, sa. iyattaka, Tr. PM. p. 80) so
great, so much; pi. so many; acc. m.
~am (kalarii, all this time)
46,33;
(allapasallaparii) 66,22; n. ettaiii
(contracted fr. ettakaiii) Dh. 196
(im' ettarii punfiaiii); instr. n. ^enapi.
notwithstanding this,
39,4; pi. m. ^a
(tumhe, all of you)
88,25; (pana)
90,35;
instr. n. /^.-ehi (ratanehi) 27,29;
gen, m. /v.anaiia (all these) 10,i2. 30,5,
54,14, cp. next.
*ettavata, adv. (/V, etta
ettaka,
cp, kittaka & kittavata) thus, so far,
to that extent : rv sammadi^^hi hoti,
96,16.
*etto, adv. {fr, etaih, through
*etato ? cp. ito, tato) from thence,
hence; over there; 104,i5; 87,38; 6,5
{opp, ito).
ettha, adv, {sa, atra > *attha,
phonetically influenced by etaih, cp.
etta etc, above) ^) here, in this place;
86,9. 88,29
Dh. 174 (in this
world); 104,i {-^ pagajba o: saiigame;
etha 60
Fausb0ll, SEE, X
p.
70 t plunged
into this world
?)
; etth'eva this
very Koment, 46,j. 66,25.
*) there,
in that place; 3,5>ia-32. 65,u. 112,24;
ettha ce te mane atthi, 72,2i (ettha
refers both to yam vadanti and to
ye vadanti ; if your mind inclines to
that about which people eay it is
mine", or to those who say so, then
you shall not escape me). ') there,
to that place; 2,8 (^ nelii maiii).
-
'')
in this case, in this matter, in that
particular; 37,7. 73,7. 79,90. 91,1. 94,2i.
96,15.

If attha

atra cnn be traced

In the Pali texts (it is found in Abhi-
dhrina), then \ve could possibly take
'ttha in the phrane : kaya nu'ttha
bhikkhave etarahi kathaya sanni-
sinna in the sense of here'' ; but
attha is more likely pf. 2. pi. of the
veib atthi
{q.
v.) 29,so. 31,23.
etlia, imp. 2. pi, v. eti.
edhati, vh. {sa. |/edh) to prosper,
to succeed in
;
pr, 3.
Sff.
rvati (su-
khaiii) Dh. 193; w. instr, (nikatya
sufiham
~)
5,ai.
enaiii, pron. demonntr. (sa, ena,
substituted for etam, as narii {q.
v.)
for taiiil this, that, it; ace. m. tam
enaiii (nthe same", that person in
question) 100,12; aoc.
f.
tam ena
(rae'ri causa for enarii) 47,21
; ace, n,
enarii, Dh. 118. 5.13.
anta, mfn. (part.) v. eti.
Eravan a, m, nom, pr. {sa, Aira-
Vana) name of Sakka's elephant; "-pa-
tibhaga, mfn. equal to E., gen, r^aBsa,
45,io. 1
ereti, vh. ( ireti, cails. \/ir, sa.
irayati) ';o move, to raise one'n voice;
pr. 2. sg. /N^esi (sace n'eresi attanam)
Dh. 134 (cp. Tr. PM.
p. 76; Morris,
JPTS. '87.
p. 146).
elaka, m. {sa. edaka) a ram, a
goat;
^0, 16,27. 29,26; voc, r^tt, 17,i8;
ace, /^am, 16,34; instr. r^ena, 17,
19;
gen, pi, rvanam, 29,24 {cp. menda).
eva, indecl. ( sa.) just, even,
only (mostly used to strengthen or
limit the idea of a preceediog word
and consequently to be
rendered
diffe-
rently according to its
different
construc-
tions).
Besides eva
we find
also the
forms yeva and fleva,
but
their use
in the texts is not strictly
conformable
to phonetical
principles. ^) eva :
phala-
phalarii tam eva
(those
fruits) 2,7;
sariram eva (it is true)_2,8;
attano
. . . eva (his own) 2,i6;
agacchantam
eva
(as soon as) 2,si;
ten'eva
(the
same) 2,2i; eten'eva, 23,32;
so eva
(id. opp. afifio) 99,2;
tasb'eva, 11,25
\id.)\ tass'eva (to him alone) 37,is;
tath'eva
(likewise) 2,25. 106,28;
tatth'-
eva
(on that very spot, that very
moment) 3,6. 9,3 etc.\ aham eva (just
1)
29,19. 51,8;
imam eva {id.) 66,20;
'ti . . . eva (just therefore) 47,4; ekam
eva (only) l2,2o; gunakatham eva
(id.) 43,7, cp. 49,1;
'
ujjhayath'eva
{id) 88,26; kocid-eva (only few)
88,34,
but 99,17 (gauz beliebig"); yen' eva
(by which verily) 96,27; ajj' eva (this
very day) 65,i3; atth' eva kahapane
(again, as before) 24,33, cp, 86,25-27
(oonstantly); but, on the contrary:
96,18-15; 74,30 (Sariputta-Moggalla-
nc'va); eva . . . pana (/Kcv-de) 88,22-23,
These examples, indiscriminately cho-
sen, may easily be increased by others,

^) yeva, most frequently after words

ending with palatal vowels (e, i, i),
but also often after m and even after
a, 0, u. ) after e : l,u. 7, 10. 9,3. 12,8
etc. >) after i (i) :
31 ,26. 39,7. 86,2; 66,20.
) after rii : 10,ai. 17,ie-2i. 23,20. 28.33.
etc. ^) after a : 21,12. 43,39. 48,34.
) after : 43,i5 50,3t. 88,i7. 97,30.
') after u : 22,7.
-
') neva, only after
words ending with m, which often,
through assimilation, is altered to n !
tvarii fleva, 28,i4. 54,32. 77,6; itthi-
naiii neva,
48,33; passantanam neva,
64,14; tan fleva.
6,10; tasmifi neva,
46,14; ahan fleva, 99,io.
-
*) After
long vowels eva is very often (by eli-
sion of e) shortened to va (v. h.).

*) eva- as the first part of comp. -riipa,
mfn.
{q.
v.), identical with
evam {v,
next).
61 ogha
evam, adv.
( sa.) thus, in this
way; ) thus (as follows) : l,is. 3,i6
(evam aha); 66,83, 93,2i (evarii me
sutam thu8 I have heard") ; ")
thus
(as mentioDed before) :
3,38. 4,29. 6,38.
7,16 etc; evarii hoti,
66,u; evaih
passarii^
71,*; yadi evaih (if so) 5,i6;
evaiii janahi (thu8 I declare thee")
72,33; evaiii bhante (yes) 76,i4-, evam
eva (even so) 91,8. 68,35 (corresp.
w,
seyyatha); na evam (not so, corresp.
w, yatha) 62,86; evam ete (only in
this way and only those)
91,8; evaih
= therefore, referring to a preo. part.
denoting the cause (adinavaih sam-
passamano. because you consider it
dangerous) 93,39.
*evam-gotta, mfn. (sa. *evarii
+
gotra) belonging to that family;
m. o^o, 92,12.
evarii-nama, mfn, (sa, evain-
naman) having that name; m, ^,
92,12.
*evam-ditthi, mfn, (so. *evarii
+ dfshti) having that view; m, /N^i,
93,37-31.
evarupa, mfn. (sa. evaihruna)
') such, like that; n. /N^arii 51,28; ma
>N^aiTi karittha (ndo not do the like
again")
39,2; (mukbarii) 11,6; (pa-
pakammaih) 51,7;
abl, ^a, 16,28;
loc. m. <%/e, 41,85; instr,
f,
%^aya rat-
tiya (in the dead of night)
41,88;
loc.
f.
<x/ayam (parisayarii) 87,35.
-
") of such a form, beauty or virtue;
i. ~o, (nianavo) 19,ii; ace. <v.arii
(matugamarii) 61,2o; .^.-arii (attabha-
varil, such a handsome figure")
64,16.
esa, pron. (sa. esha) this; m. esa
& eso,
f.
esa, v. etam,
esati, vb. (sa. a-\/ish) to seek,
search, to strive to obtain; part. m.
med. esano (sukhaih) Dh. 131. 132.
cp. gavesati, gavesaka d^ next.
esin, mfn. (sa. esbin) seeking,
desiring; v. dbaneslH, sukbesi/i; cp.
gavesin <^ prec,
essati, fut. v. eti.
ebi, ebiti, etc. v, eti.
O.
0,
indecl. --
ava
(q.
v.).
oka*, . (na. oka, m. & okas, .)
house, dwellinij-place, home, asylum;
abl, i^ai, Dh. 87; repeated ; okam-
okaiii (ace.) jabanti, they leave their
house and home", Dh. 91 (cp. next).
an-oka, q. v.
oka*, n, (contracted
fr. udaka or
odaka, q, v.) water; okamokata
ubbbato (varijo) o; oka-m-okato,
with m inserted, abl, from his watery
house", Dh. 34 (cp. oka').
*okara, m.
(fr, ava-\/kr) cp. sa.
apakara) worthlessness; ace. rx/aiii
(kamanarii the vanity of desires")
68,30. cp. vokara.
okasa (or avakasa), m. (sa. ava*
ka(ja) *)
place, room; ace. i^a.m (debi,
give place)
43,2*; loc. /x/e, (amukas-
mim, at such and such a place)
75,6;
yamb' okase (. . . tattba) 108,36.
-
') occassion, opportunity, permission
;
ace. ^arii (dento) 40,i7; vaiii (la-
bhati) 87,19; loc, abs, rvo laddhe,
87,90 ;
-
katokasa, mfn. having got
the opportunity or one's permission;
m. pi. ^a (maya, you have my
leave") 49,34;
-
hatavakilsa, mfn,
(q.
v.) cp, an-avakiisa, nir-okasa.
okkamati, vb. (sa. ava-ykram)
to go down, to descend, to enter into
;
aor. 3. sg. okkami (niddam, fell as-
leep) 35,28; nidda okkami (Yasassa)
id. 67,36;
- part.
f.
med, rwmana
(niddam) 61,9;
- ger, ^itva (id.)
22,25;
-
pp,
okkanta : an-okkanta-
mattaiii, ace, m, adj. (before he has
passed (the boundary of the kingdom,
rajja-simarii)) 39,i6.
ogadba, mfn. ( ogalha, so.
avagadha, fr. ava-\/gab, confounded
with |/gadb?) immersed, plunged into;
antogadba
(q,
v.) & amatogadha
(v. a-mata).
Ogba, m. ( sa.) stream, torrent,
flood ; /^o, Dh. 25. ace. i^&va (vineyya
having overcome the torrent of pas-
iioDB") 104,8o;
- ""O-tini^a, mfn. saved
ojita
62
from the flood", m. <x,o, Dh. 370;
-
mahogha, m. (sa. mahaugha, mfn.)
a mighty flood, inundation; 0..0, Dh.
47. 287; ace. o^am, 35,io; '-sadisa,
mfn. like a mighty flood, too. m, rK>e
(labhafakkSre) 72,i7.
ojita, mfn. (sa. ava-jita,
pp.
ava-
yjj)
won, conquered, recovered; *oji-
tatta, mfn.
(fr.
atta;-) whose life is
secured, instr. >/ena, 65,8. cp. ava-
jiyati.
ottha, m. (sa. oshiha) a lip ("or
jaw); loc. adharotthe ca uttaro^pe
ca (between his lower and upper jaw)
13,19; - vaiiikottliO't
/" (cp- *'*
vakroshthi) whoBe jaw is wrenched"
m. f^o, 54,20 (v. variika).
"oddoti, vb. {fr. ava- or ud-
+
yda (to bind) or -y/dha ?)
to tet up,
arrange (as snares etc.); ger. ,^etva
(pasam) having laid a snare, 11,39.
onamati (or onamati), vh. (sa.
ava-\/naiii) to bow down, bend down;
ger. <x/itva, 62,is.
otata, mfn. (sa. axutata, pp.
ava-
y/taii) overspread, covered; maluva
salam iv'otatam (ace. m.) &% a
creeper (does with) the tree which it
surrounds" Dh. 162.
otarati, vb. (sa, ava-\/tr) to de-
ecend (from : abl., upon : ace. or loc);
aor. 3. sg. otari (rukkha) 12,32;
(ukkurabhiimiyuiii, loc.) 18,3i; (nadiiii)
,?8,;; (pSeadatalatc) 66^04;
- part.
M. ,^auto, 62,87;
- ^er. ^itva (sariiiii)
6,10;
-
pp. otinna, m. pi, r.a (na-
vaya bhumiiii) ^landed", 112,a7;
-
caits, otateti
(q.
v.) cp. ot^ra.
otapeti, vb. cans, (sa. ava-ytap)
to dry, evaporate (as clothes); grd.
^..etabba, n. /v-arii (civaraiii) 83,b.
otara, m. (sa. avata"a) 'descent,
poi;it of attack (for temptations)',
olVmtt), fault; aco, o.^aiii. 104,ia,
otiireti, vb. (raus. otarati)
*)
'to
cause to descend', taku down, set down
(ace); imp. 2. pi. ,^etha, 41,s;
-
aor, 3. sg. ^efi, 56,s^;

ger. .^etva,
8,17. 33,Hi.. 40,0.
^
") to lay down.
uxpc.xf, uxplaliij nor, !l, ng. o-omi
(sakam mataA) ll3,i;
- imp. 2.
tg.
is^e\A (sakam vadam)
113,1*.
ottappa,
n. (fr. apa-V^rap,
o.
apatrapya >
apatrapa
(Tr.); this
iBtyraology must be preferred to that
of Childers : -^auttapya >
uttapa,
ut
+
Vtap)
tact, decency (in behavi-
our), conscientiousness; rx/am (bahi-
ddhasamuttbanam, q.
v.) 10,i7.

birottappa, n. & bhinnahirottappa,
mfn.
V. hiri; cp, SBE. XI.
p. 8 &
Dhamma-Sangani, transl. by Caroline
Bhys Davids,
p. 20.
ottbarati, vb,, & ottbata, pp.
V, avattbarati.
odaka, m. ( udaka, sa, audaka,
odaka, mfn,)
water; /N^arii (sitam)
15,36.
-
un-odaka, mfn. (q.
v.),
-
kbirodaka, gandbodaka, e^c.v.udaka.
odana, m. (c& n.) ( sa.) rice,
boiled rice; pakkodana, mfn.
one who
has his rice boiled, m. rs^O, 104,31
(cp. pakka). Suddbodana, nam, pr,
(q.
v.),
onaddba. mfn, (pp.
ava-ynab,
sa. avanaddha) covered, enveloped,
surrounded ; m. pi. o^a. 37,21 (sa-
kbabi sakba), Dh. 146 (andbakar-
ena).
op am ma, . (fr. upama, sa, au-
pamya) a Bimile, an example; ace.
~am (karohi Rive an illuetration")
99,1); ijunditubliavassa "-attluiiii, in
order to give an example of prudence,
91,21.
oparajja, n. (fr, uparajaH, sa.
*aupariijya) viceroyalty; ace. ,^uiii
(katva, ruling as viceroy)
44,21.
opayika, mfn. v. tad-upika.
""opateti, vb. (fr. ava-y'pat) 'to
throw down', to interpose, insert; na
. . . bbanamilnasBa antarantara katba
opatetabba (grd.
f.)
let him not be
iiitiTiuptt'd, 83,4.
*opuntiti, vb. (^ avapurati, fr.
sa. apa-\/vr
(?)
but probably con-
founded with
v'pii)
to uncover, lay
bare
(?
opp, chadeti) or to scatter,
dlnperioi; pr, 3. sg. /^iiti (parcsnrii
viijjiuii rv yatbit )>liuHitiii, thu fuulu
63 ovadati
of others like chaff)
106,i7
~
Dh. 262.
cp. Tr, PM.
p. 63; Childers, JRAS.
1871; Morris. JPTS. '87.
p. 153;
avapurapeti & avunati above.
obhagga, mfn. (so. avabhagna,
pp. ava-ybhafij) broken, bent down;
"-sarira, mfn. 63,9 (ace. m. ^&m).
obhasa, m. (sa. avabhasa) splen-
dour, radiance; ace, ^am (niuncanto)
26,4.
obhasatl, vb, (sa.
ava-\/bhas)
*) to shine forth, to gleam; part, m,
ace, (N^antarii, 26,
12;
part, med, .-wma-
narii (samuddain) 26,i8.
-
') to light
up, illuminiite (ace); pr, 3, sg, med.
<vate (sabba disa) 86,4
-
cans,
obhaseti, 85,g.
*obhoga, wj.
(fr. ava-ybhuj.
*avabhoga) a curve or fold, the part
of a cloth where it is folded (perhaps
the inner side of the fold, opp. bhoga);
loc. /ve, 83,11. cp. Morris, Academy
1882 (July 8.
p. 33) and SBE. XIII,
p. 156.
omasati, vb. (sa, ava-y'mr?) to
touch; to prick, pierce; to gnaw off,
gnaw all over (eating only a little);
pr. 3. sg. />.anti (gavo bahutinassa
varam varam) 51,3s; = khadanti,
52,3.
omuncati, vb. (sa. ava'-Y/muc)
to loosen, take off (ace); gcr. ^itva
(muttaharaib)
64,95; (upahana) 82,u.
ora-, (sa. avara, fr. ava) 'inferior',
on this side; v, oraparam, orima &
next.
orato, adv, (sa. avaratas) on this
side (turned towards the subject);
2,22
(w. gen. dipakassa); 21,i6 (opp, pa-
rato); 83,2i (opp. parato).
*oraparam, adv.
(fr. sa. avara
+
para) from one side to the other;
108,26. This word is acc. of the
dvandva-comp, ora-para, n. this
and the further shore, and consequently
it means to both shores" 0: to and
fro (cp. aparaparam, v. apara).
orasa, mfn. (aa. aurasa, fr. uras)
own, produced by one's self, legitimate
;
acc, m. fv&m (puttam) 20,S6.
*orima, mfn. (fr. ora) being on
this side (nearest to the subject);
Mirato, abl. from this bank (of the
river) 2,2i (v, lira).
oruyha, ger, & oropeti, cans,
V, next,
orohati, vb, (sa. ava-y/ruh) to
descend (from abl.); pr. 3, sg. /x/ati
(pasada) 67,3i; ger. /vitva (caiikama
nleft") 68,10
;
(suvannapadukahi put
off")
68,16; oruyha "(tato) 61,i8.
-
caus, II, oropeti (sa, avaropayati)
to let down, to put away; ger, /vCtva
(soijqiftm) 76,35.
olambati, vb. (sa, ava-y/lainb)
to hang down, to be suspended, to
hang (on, loc.); pr. 3. pi, ^anti
(udumbare)
2,2; part, n, ^antara
(sc, hadayam) 2,i.
*olarika^ mfn. (fr, ulara, sa.
udara, ""audarika^ large, gross; mate-
rial, corporeal (of a rather consi-
derable greatness
?);
m. pi, x/a (pana)
91,1.
*olubbha, ger. (sa. *avalabhya,
\/labh, but pr. olubbhati (a younger
formation) agrees with ava-y'lubh)
clutching, taking hold of, leaning on
(w. ace. or loc.) : avata-mukhavatti-
yam ^, 40,28. cp. Morris, JPTS.
'87.
p. 156.
oloketi, vb. (sa, ava-y/lok) to
look; to look at, regard, observe,
watch; to look for, search for (w,
acc); part, med, ,%/ento, 6,i8. 12,25.
87,26; 64,5. 86,28 (lokam, observing
the world); 33,2b (waiting for);
36,8
(olokento tam disva);
f.
~enti,
10,9;
pi. loc. m. /x/entesu (tumhesu) 50,ia;
part, med, pi. %./ayamana, 11,2;

pot, J3, pi. weyyatha, 9,i8;
ftU. 1.
sg. />^e8sami, 46,i;
aor. 3. sg. r^esi,
19,14. 87,24;
ger. ,x/etva, 3,i. 14,i6.
42,10. 65,31 ;

pp.
<N/ita, m. pi. ^ita,
11,7; "-akareneva, 87,25 (v. akara);
^-sannaneneva, 87,32 (v. sannana).
ovadati, vb. (sa, ava-^vad) to
exhort, admonish (acc); pr. 2. sg,
/>^a8i (mam) 9,>8;
part. m. <x<anto
(attanam) 46,8i;
f,
<^antl (cp. oor-
ovSda 64
rections) 7,8;

pot. 3. sg. .x/eyya,
Dh. 77: nor. 3. sg. ovadi, 40,8;
-
inf. o/itum, 81,i7;

ger. rvitva,
8,11 ;

grd. m. ,>itabbo, 79,i6.
ovada, m. (sa. avavada)" instruc-
tion, admonition; nom. o^o (Bodhi-
sattato laddha-'} 8,u; ace. >^&m
dadatnano, VJi,tb; 'vam datva, 7,3b.
44,.3; <x/am den to, 85,S4;

ovSda-
vasena ,,by way of admonition", I4,i8;
-
rajovada-jataka. 42,8o.
osakkati, vh. (sa. apa-\/8rp) to
draw back, give way; -o go back
>=
to be reduced; pr. 3. sg. o^ati (metri
causa : avasakkati, read : osakkati)
SOjis; pari', ace. m. ->^antam, 30,*;
part. med. ace. m. /s^manam (vaiiisam)
46,17;
aor. 3. ig. osakki, 29,a6. cp.
1r. PM.
p. 60,
osana, n, {sa. avaeana) end; v,
avasana.
osidati, vb. {sa. ava-\/sad) to
Bink (into, loc); aor. 3. pi. <x/ii8u
(udakambi) 28,?;

inf. ^itum,
28,8;

ger. rwltva, 36,85.
caus. II.
osidapeti, to cauee vo aiuk; pr. 2, sg.
o^esi (udake maiii), l,!i; aor. 3. sg.
rwesi, 1,90 ;
fut. 3. pi. />^e88anti (na-
vaiii) 25,34.
ossukka, n. {sa. Eutsukya) eager-
ness, desire, longing for; appossukka,
mfn. {q.
v.) cp. ussuka.
*obari>i, mfn. {sa. *ava-barin,
fr. ava-yhj-) dragging down; n. ^inam
(bandhanam) Dh. 346. cp. avaharati.
ohareti, vb. {caus. avaharati) to
cause to be taken away, remove; grd.
n. ^etabbam, 84, is.
ohita. mfn. {sa. avahi^a,
pp.
ava-
ydha) put down, placed iuto; turned
downwards, downcast; m. r>jO, Dh.
160.

*ohita-80ta, mfn. with atten-
tive curs
",
. pZ. ^a (bhikkhii dham-
iDiiiii sunanti) 7},u.

*ohita-mukba,
mfii. with downcast face, m. /^o, 64,80
(with ji metri causa, cp. Notes).
*ohinaka, mfn. {fr. obina, sa.
avabina,
pp. ava-^/ba)
'
remaining,
left; ace. m. pi, fwC, 22,io.
K.
ka-,
base oi pron. interr, m. ko,
f.
ka ete. v, kim.
kamsa, m{<t
.)
{sa. kaiiisa &
kaihsya) a basin made of bell-metal
and used like a drum or gong; %^0
(upahato) Dh. 134.
kakkataka,
m. {sa. karkataka)
a crab; rwO, 4,9s; voc. <%/a, 4,86 ;
ahl,
i^ti, 5,88.
kakkasa, mfn.
{sa. karkapa)
rough, harsh, cruel, violent; a-kakkasa,
mfn. {q.
v.).
*kakkareti, vb. {cans. sa. khat-
Y'kf,
cp. kat-;/kr) to cough up, hawk
up; ger. -^etva (ambapbalam) 37,25.
kakkhala, mfn.
(also written
,^ala, sa. kakkhala & karkara^ hard
;
fierce, cruel ; instr. m. pi, ^elii (yak-
khehi) 41,3i.
kamka, m. (= sa.) a certain bird,
a heron (or a vulture, Burnell: Ind.
Stud, XIII,
264);
gen. ,%,a8sa, 92,90.
kamkhati, vb. {sa. ykanksh) to
doubt; pr. 3, sg. i^^ati, 96,u.
kamkba,
f.
{sa. kauksha) doubt;
nom. sg. ,>/a, 79,1?; nom, pi. i^a,
66,21.
*kacavara, m. {ep. sa, kaccara
& kavara, mahratt. kacara) sweepings;
ace. rvam, 50,2.
-
"-cbaddana-paccbi,
f.
a basket for removing of sweepings,
48,3*.
--
mala-kacavara-, a dust-heap,
73,20 (o-antara),
Kaccayana, m, (contracted :
Kaccana. sa. Katyayana) nom.propr.
of a thera, one of Buddha's chief di-
sciples; voc. rva,
96,6; Kaccano
([aggo] vibbajjanainbi) 109,io,
-
*Kaccayana-gotta, m, (sa, "-gotra)
'member of the K.-faraily', name of
the same person, also often called
Maba- Kaccayana; ,>^o (ayasma)
96,9.
kacci, indecl. {sa. kac-cid) a
particle of interrogation (latin : nuni,
nonne) 28,13; often combined with nu
and sometimes so that the old form
kaccici is preserved by sandhi : kaccin-
6ft kannakita
nu, 9,28", kacci nu kho (should it
really be V) 3,5. cp. kiih, kinci etc,
kaccha', mfn. (sa. kiiccha, fr.
kaccha, or = *kakshya. fr. kaksha
?)
growing wild, or made of a plant
that grows wild (Tr.), grown in the
water, on marshy ground
(?);
n, .%^aih
(kandam) 92,i8 {opp. ropima, g. v.)
cp. next,
kaccha*, m. ') (sa. kaksha) arm-
pit; abl. ^a. 10'l,i7; loc, ,e, 67,90.

*) (sa. kaccha) a meadow, gwamp,

fen, marshy ground ; loc. ^e (rujha-
tine abounding with grass") 104,97.
kacchapa, m. ( sa.) a torfoise;
f>.,o, 11,86; ace, /am, ll,8i; voc, <va,
12,5;
instr. ^ena, 12,!o; gen, ^s^assa,
12,96. cp. kaccha''.
k an can a, n. (sa. kancana) gold;
"-patta-sadisa, mfn. like a plate of
gold, 46,31 ;
"-pallaihke, loc. on a
throne of gold,
42,9;
- "-riipaka-, a
golden statue, 47,u.
kanna,
f.
(sa. kanya) a girl,
virgin; daughter; asura-", 54,7 (-x/am,
occ); khattiya-", 64,ii. 47,iis; deva-,
64,30 (>v>a, pi. ncelestial nymphs"),
kata
kata
(q.
v.).
kaiacohu, m.(?) {sa. katacchu,
f. ?)
a ladle, a spoon ; suvanna-", a
golden spoon, ace, <^um, 53,39.
katuka, mfn. (>= sa.) bitter, of
a sharp, unpleasant taste; "-pphala,
*) n. a bitter fruit (or perhaps name
of a certain plant) 73,ii (-katuka-
pphaladini, cp. phala); *) mfn.
with
bitter fruit, 37,31 {m, ^0 ambo)
;
Dh. 66 (w. rwam, kammam).
- *ka-
tuka-pabhedana, adj. having pungent
juice (flowing from the temples, as
elephants), m. <^o (kunjaro) Dh. 324.
ka(tha, n. (sa. kashtha) a piece
of wood, stick; wood in general;
-
tina-katth'-upadanam,
94,3o. - dan-
ta-^ n. a small piece of wood for
cleaoiDg the teeth, a tooth-pick; >%/ain,
82,18.
-
kattha-maya, mfn., made of
or consisting of wood, is/& (vana)
48,6, cp. vana, n.
katthaka,
m. (sa. kashthaka,
FUI Oinuaj,
m. & n.) a kind of plant (probably a
certain reed); gen. />.'assa, Dh. 164.
kathala, n. (sa. kathalya & ka-
thalla) gravel; sakkhara-kathala-vai'
lika, pi. 97,35.
kathalika (or kathalika), v,
(pada-)kathalika.
kathina, mfn. ( sa.) hard, cruel;
f.
pi. -v^a, 51,34;
(-= thaddha-hadaya,
hardhearted) 52,n.
kaddhati, vb. (sa. y/krsh, kar-
shati) to draw, drag, pull (ace); part,
m, pi, .vanta (matamanussam pade
Rahetva) 40,38;
- aor, 3, sg, kaddhi
(vemara) 89,7; 3, pi, ^iiiisu, 59,e;
-
inf. o/iturii, 59,8;
- ger. ^itvS
(lekhaih) 69,7; kaddhitva kaddhitva,
by constantly sucking up, 27,i.

pass,
kaddhiyati, part. m. <s^iyamano, 59,io.
- cp. kasati, a-kaddhati, upa-kad-
dhati & (sam)uk-kamsati.
kanika,
f.
(= sa.) 'a small par-
ticle', meal or flour (of rice)? instr.
pi. rx/ahi (piivam pacitva) 57,3i. cp,
tandula.
kantaka, m. (= sa.) a thorn, a
flsh-bone; instt. mandu-kantakena,
37,6 (v. mandu); ace. pi, /ve, 4,99.
-
**'-ra9i, 5,8 (v, h.).
kan(ha, m. ( sa.) the neck;
loc. ts.'S, 16,95; abl, .>^to, 64,95.

kasava-", mfn, Dh. 307
(q,
v.).
kanda, . dr n. (sa, kanda &
khanda) ') a part, portion (esp. of a
book); ace. ^am (Dhammasanganiya,
Atthasalinim) 113,93,
- *) an arrow
or the shaft of an arrow; acc. rvaiil,
92,18; instr. o..ena, 6,24.
kanna, m. (sa, karna) ') the ear;
acc, .N/am, 22,34.
-
pahattha-kanna-
vala, mfn, 76,9i
(q.
v.). *) a corner
(oi a room or of clothes); acc. '%/am
(caturangulam) 83,io
;
gehassa kanna-
kannehi (abl.pl.) in the house from
top to bottom",
49,38 ; -kanna-bhaga
(m. pi.) the corner of the room",
84,10.
cp. kannika, kalaka^ni.
kannakita, mfn. (a. karnakita,
fr. karnaka) dirty, musty (on account
of mould or rust etc.)
; f.
nuvi (bhitti)
KenniMDundA 66
84,o; (bbumi) 84,m. cp. Vin. II, 115,i
fr. b^ III, 198,5.
*KannainundR, m. nom. pr. of
a certain (mythical) lake; "-daha, m.
abl. />^to, 36,31.
kannika,
/". (as first part of cotnp.
also kannika-, sa. karnika) 'an ear-
ring'; the pericarp of a lotus; *pup-
pba-kannika-sadisa, mfn. fair as the
openinpr bud of a lotus", ace. m. ^am
(puttaiii) 7,29.
kanha*, wi/m. (sa. krshna) black,
dark; metaph, -baf.' ; ace, m. /^am
(dhammaih, opp. sukka) Dh. 87.
Kanha*, m. (sa. Krslina) nom,
pr, a name of Mara
(q,
v.) the black
one"; gen, o/rtssti, 103,oi.
kata, mfn. (sometinies also written
kata, pp. karoti; sa. krta, \/kr) done,
made, performed, prepared etc.; ')
Used as finite tensn ; m, <^o, ll.io;
. S!6,? (ratho); n. >N.aiii, 1,24. 3,23. 107,27
-=
Dh. 18; Dh. 74 (kata katarii).

*) adj. as the first part of eomp.

(w. instr. of the agens) : kata-kam-
maiii, 17,4. 86,2; kata-parakkamena,
12,8; kata-papaiii, I7,i7; kata-papa-
kammaiii, 73,27 etc,
') subst. n.gen.
/N^assa a-ppatikiirakam
(q,
v.) 14,i;
t;atakataiii, n. what has been committed
(,nd omitted, D;i, 50.
*) as the last
part of adj,-co)i'p. : aii-a-bhava-kata,
a-vatthu-kata, >/. v.
;
kala-kata, dead,
22,16 (v. kala, cp, kalaiu karoti);
ka}a-vanna-icata, blacked, 84,3i {opp.
a-kata, not prripr.red, not blacked,
84,2a); Cjtta-katP. variegated, Dh. 147
{cp. citta*); pi>rikaniraa-kata, pre-
pared : Ijlkna-*',
6,28; gtruka-", 84,2o;
vatta-kata, open,
6,13; sayaiii-kata,
made by one's self, Dh.
347; cp.
a-kata, dukkata (fr dukkata), sukala
(or sukala).

*) as the first part of
adj.-comp., V, kata-kicca etc, below,
kats.-;<icca,
~nfn. {sa. krta-krtya)
one who has done his duty, dutiful
;
ace. m. ,>^aiii, Dh,
386; instr, pi,
'>^ehi (tberebi) 109,ii;,
katafiflii, mfn. {sa. krta-jfia)
grateful;
a-katafinuii; {ucc, m. [sc.
na seveyya]
nirattba
tassa sevana)
ingrate, 14,i.
katannuta, f.
(o- krtajnata)
gratitude; 14,2.
kata-pufina.
mfn.
{sa. kfta-
punya) one who has done good (nie-
ritorious) works,
virtuous; m, /^O.
107,26
Dh. 18; ace. r^&m, Dh.
220.
kata ma. mfn.
pron. interr, (
sa,; fr.
the base ka-. v. kiih) who,
which (of two or many) ; m. ->^o (ayam
samuddo) 26,2?; /-^o ettba Nagaseno,
97,18; aec. />^am
(whom of three) 31,16;
m. pi. o-e dve (anta) 66,25;

f.
r^a.,
66,80 ; ace. -%^am disam, in which di-
rection, 95,4,
*kata-mafigala-8akkara,n/n.
festively prepared
; f.
loc. sg. <^aya
(bhiimiya) 61,25. cp. mafigala, sak-
kara.
kata-viriya, mfn.{sa. krta-virya)
energetic; gen. m. o^assa. 42,i3.
kati, pron. interr. (= sa.\ nom.
aec. mfn. kati. instr. abl. /^ihi, gen.
.-winnam) how many; o^ na kho amlia-
karii sikkbapadani {n. pi.) 81,i9. cp.
next.
katipaya, mfn. (=- sa.) so many,
a certain number, some (latin aliquot);
instr. m. pi. rwebi (paharehi) 66,7.
*katipaham, adv.
{fr, katipaya
-\- alia/i. by elision of
y)
a few days,
7,27. 36,15. 112,24 (vaaitva); 67,17
(vasi). -
katipabaccayena, a few days
later,
49,22 (c. accaya).
*katoka8a. mfn. [sa. *krta -|-
avakai^a] who has got opportunity or
permission, v. okasa.
kattabba, grd., v, karoti.
k at tar, . {sa. kartr) *) a doer,
maker; nom. katta (kammanarii)
97,13.

*) a benefactor; v, a-katta)".
kattjirika (or kattari),
f,
{sa.
kartari,
f.)
scissors; instr. ^kaya,
6,17.
kattha, adv. interr. (by assimila-
tion
fr. kuttha, sa. kutra) where,
where-in, where-to, wherefore? ov aiii-
hebi sikkbitabbam, 81,i9 (iu what
67
kanaka
kasniim atthe); -^ gamissasi, 87,36
-=
kaliaiii gacchasi, 88,5.

*kattha-
vasika, mfn. living where ? m. pi.
tuuihe ~a, 21,8.
cp. kuto.
katthaci, adv. {sa, kutra-cid)
somewhere; 62,i2.
katva, katvana, ger., v. karoti.
kathaiii, adv, interr. ( sa.)
how? 1,17, 4,38. Il,t7 etc. katham
nama, how then?
41,30.
kathamkatha, /".
(= sa., cp.sa.
kathamkathika, fr. katham) doubt,
uncertainty.
vigata-kathamkatha,
mfn, free from doubt; m. /vO, 69.18,
- a-kathaihkatbii, mfn, id.
(y,
h!),
*kathalika, n. (= ka^hahka
/".
?)
probably a foot-stool, or another im-
plement, used by washing the feet (a
towel? Rh, Davids & Oldenberg, 8BE,
XIII,
92);
nom, pada-katbalikam,
83,6 {cp. the foil, quotation : imesaiii
yeva padanam candimasuriye pada-
ka^balikam katva nisldim, Fs. on MN.
ch. 77; kathalikam (ace.) v. Dham-
roapndatthakatha (Colombo '98) p. 161,6
fr. b.).
katha,
f.
(-= sa.) ') speech, talk,
words; nom, r^a,, 24,33, 83,4. 86,24
(Buddhanam acchariya); ace, /N.-aiii,
4,18. 33,4. 73,9. 89,20 (sammodaniyam,
q. v.);

gima-katha,
f.
praise; loc,
-N/Sya, 31,23;
sarambha-katha,
f.
angry speech, Db. 133.

') speaking
about, conversation ; ace, (x/aih (sam-
uttbapesum) 29,28; loc, />.'aya, 29,3i.
31,24;

*katba-8allapa, m. conversa-
tion, instr. /v^ena, 94,22;

***-samut-
^hapana, n, starting a conversation,
64,10 (**-attbam).
') exposition, ex-
planation; dfaanimi katba, a sermon,
religious discourse, inntr, dbammiya
/N^aya. 71,s;

attba-katba, anama-
tagga-katba, anupubbi-katba, dana-**,
sagga-*, sila- (g.
v.);
cp. Dbatu-katba
& next,
""katba-magga, m, {sa, ""katba
-{- marga) way or method of exposi>
tioD, explanation; ace, /^am, 113,80.
*Katba-Tatthu, n. {sa, katba
-f-
vaBtu)
nom. pr., name of a cano>
nical Pali-book, the 5th part of the
Abhidharonia-pitaka; 102,19.
kathika, mfn. {== sa.) a speaker,
narrator; dhamma-Katbika, q, v.
katbitaiW/w. (pp.
katheti) spoken,
told, answered, pointed out; m. r^O
fpucchitapanbo) 88,24; ace.
f.
/^am
(gatbam) 102,24; n. /x/am, 88,26; m.
pi. <^a (guna) 44,5;

taya katbita-
maggena, 66,34.
*katbiH, mfn, {fr, katba) at the
end of comp. kathika, v. vicitra-
katbin,
katheti, v6. (a. ^/katb, katbayati)
to tell, say, speak of {acc.)\ to spuak
with (saddhiih); to mean; refer to
{acc,)\ pr, 3, sg. (^eti, 24,27. 31,7. 88,4;
,9, s^. <^esi, 49,26; i, s^, <^emi, 85,28;
5, p^/venti, 9,8o; part, m, N/ento,
3,6;
instr, ,x/entena, 1,24; gen, rs^en-
ta88(a), 20,28. 30,14;
part, med,
f.
^ayamana (gunam, praising) 29,9;
imp. 2. sg. .^.-ebi, 64,82;
pot. 2.
sg, /N^eyyasi, 49,28;

fut, 1. sg, /^^es-
bami, 26,33;
- aor. 3. sg. />/e8i, 12,i9.
68,19 (anupubbikatbam);
inf.
(x/etum, 49,27. 66,17;
ger. r^eUa.
(ranno gune) 42,4; a-katbetva, 49,2?;
-
pp.
kathita
{q.
v.),
kadariya, mfn, {sa. kad-arya)
'not liberal', mean, niggardly, avari-
cious; ace. m. /N,'am (danena jine)
44,9
"=
Db. 223; m. pi. ^a, Dh. 177.
kadali,
f.
{sa, kandali & kadal!)
^) a sort of deer; ') a flag, banner;
^) the plantain or banana tree (Musa
sapienturo); -punna-gbata-, 62,6.
kada, adv, interr, ( sa.) when?
cp.
next,
kadaci, adv, {sa, kadacid) ^)
sometimes, 6,19, *)
perhaps, 55,s4, cp.
kudacanam.
kaddama,ff}. (sa. kardama) mud,
mire, dirt; '*-makkbita, mfn, mud-
stained (<vebi padebi) 71,29; apeta-
kaddama, mfn. Dh. 95.
kanaka, n, { sa.) gold; *"'-vi-
mana, n. a golden palace; rwam, 61,11^;
loc, /%>e, 23,18.
-
uttatta-kanaka'san-
nibba, mfn. 85,t.
a*
kanittha 68
kaniUha, mfn. (sa. kanisHha)
the yoangeBt, /onger born ; m. a younger
brc'her or the foungest son (opp.
jettha(ka)); /vo, 35,81. B6,o; gen.
/vassa, 36,18;

'-bhatfi, 9,?; jet-
thaka-kanitthe (ace. pi.) an elder
and a younger brother, 32,i.
ka-
flittka-bhagini,
f,
a younger sigter,
indr. /viya, 66,86 (cp. bhagini).
kantati, vb. (sa. j/krt, krnatti)
to spiij; part.
f.
n^anti (tapasi) ill,6.
kantara, n. (c^ m.) {sa. kantara)
a forest, wilderneaa; a difficult road;
dittlii-kantaram, 94,i (q.
v.).
Kanthaka, tn. (so. Kanthaka)
nom. pr. of the horse of Bodhisatta
(Siddhattha); ace. .^am, 65,i9-2o.
kandati, vb. {sa. \/krand) to cry,
weep; pr, 3. sg. /v-ati, 30,i9; aor, 2,
sg. mU. kandi, Dh. 371;
ger. -N/itva,
49,10 (~ roditva).
kapanu, mfn. {sa, krpana),
mise-
rable, poor; "-addliika, 88,u (q.
v.),
kapala, . ( sa.) a shell, the
skull; a howl or pan; tatta-kapale,
loc. on a hot plate", 11,7,
kapi, tn. (= sa.) an ape, monkey;
108,M.
-
*-yoni,
f.
1,3, 2,n {v. h.).

*''-rajan, m. 1,7 {v. h.).

kapi la, mfn. ( sa.) brown,
tawuy, reddish; "-ga/i, 61,28.
Kapilavatthu, n. {sa. Kapila-
Vastu) nom. pr. of a town in which
Gotnma Buddha was born (within the
frontier of Nepal, cp. JRA8. 1897 &
1898);
abl. c.-uto, 62,5;
loc. ,x/U9mim,
81,7; "-nagare, 61,8.
kappa, (sa. kelpa) ') age, any
one of the ajeb cf the wbrld; acc
Bakala-kappaifa, throughout the whole
kalpa, 16,15; loc. patbama-kappe, in
remote antiquity, 10,2,

^) mfn, (at
t'le end of comp.) almost like or equal
to; m. pi. Satthu-kappa, similar to
the Matter, 109,?7.
-
cp. kappatthiya,
kappika.
kappaka, m. (sa. kalpaka) a
barber; r^.-o, 44,33; voc, ^v-a, acc, (^am,
44,22.
*kappattbiya (& -x-ika), mfn.
{sa. *kalpa-8tha,
re. suff.
-ka)
lasting
for a whole kalpa;
'-rukkha, 69,89.
kappana,
f.
{sa. kalpana)
'pre-
paring,
arranging', esp.
oaparlsoning
of a horse or an elephant,
tightening
of the saddle-girth; ^& (atigalha)
65,21-88.
kappara, n. {sa. kurpara) the
elbow, the forearm; instr. ^ena (sise
pahari) 60,i9, 51,i.
kappika, mfn.
{sa. kalpaka, &
.>/ika) at the end of comp. = belong-
ing to a certain kalpa : pathama-
kappika, m. pi. the first people of
this kalpa
{q.
v.) 10,25;
pathama-
kappikato, abl. n.
(?)
from the be-
ginning of this world, 4,io.
kappura, m. & n. {sa. karpiira)
camphor; -kappura-, 48,9o. 73,ii.
kappeti, vb, cans. {sa. \/k\p,
kalpayati) ') to arrange, prepare;
imp. 3. sg, -%/ehi (assaiii njsaddle")
66,17;

inf. rweturil (id,) 66,8o;
-
aor. 3. sg, -^esi (id,) ib. {cp. kap-
pana); vasam ^ (lived") 1,*. 2,2<i
{pr. 3, sg. kappeti) 11,25. 35,87; 3.
pi, rvesum, 34,n8; jivikaiii .>/esi (got
livelihood") 8,15;

seyyarii ^eti, to
lie, to sleep, 46,2J (ekako va);

pass. part. m. rviyamano (whilst he
was beiui? saddl^jd) 65,21.

*) to trim,
to cut off; part. m. N.ento (kattari-
kaya kumudanalara) 5,i8;
gei:
o.-etva (givarii) ib, cp. kappaka, m.
kamati, vb. {sa. ykram) to walk,
to go; intens. cankaniati,
q. v.
kabala, m. (sa. kavala) a mouth-
ful, morsel; acc. ,N.am (na bhufijati,
kuiijaro baddho) Dh. 324.
kampati, vb. {sa. \/kamp) to
tremble; part, m. rvamano, 36,8.
kambala, m. (
n. ( sa.) a
woollen cloth or blanket;
*''-ratana,
w. ^precious
ruft", 26,b {acc. rv-arii
mabaggham). -
ratta-", scarlet cloth,
6,27. -
pandu-",
16,8 ("-silasanaiii)
q. V.
kamma
(& kumman) n. {sa.
karinan), nom. acc. sg. ^arii & .-^a.
1) what has been lone, deed, act; nom.
69 karuna
^aiii, Dh.
67; ^a, Dh.
96; ace.
rwEih, 51,19. 73,30.
raho-kammaih,
54,17 (what is to bo done in secret).
- ^) doing, action, work, labour;
6,i6;
- *kamma-ccheda, tn, interruption
of one's labour, 6,i;
karana-kam-
maril, 9,13 (what she is doing); ~
pana-vadha-o, 60,i3 (killing of living
beings);
papa-**, 9,i8 (wickedness,
cp. papa);
vicakkhu-kammaya,
dat, in order to make (him) perplexed,
71,87;

mulena n^am n'attbi, 67,4
(ttgratis* or tbere is no need of
money"?); duty, errand; Dh.
217;
kena kammena (instr.)
21,8; uposa-
tha-*, 14,13
(q.
v.);
business, occu-
pation, vocation; kasi-kamma, agri-
culture, tillage,
8,15 (inatr, /^ena);-
tuQiia-kamma, trade of a tailor,
57,8;
niyyamaka-kamma, a mariner's
vocation, 24,i4.

*)
(in the dogmatics)
good or bad deed, past deeds, esp. the
influence of past deeds on one's future
destiny merit, deserts, karma; ix/aiti,
24,1. 100,8; instr. .>^ena, 100,6; gen.
(N/assa (vipiikavasena) 84,aa; abl.pl.
/%..ehi (papakehi)
100,8; gen. pi.
<^anam, 97,n; attano pubba-kam-
marii. 16,87 = attana kata-kanimaiii,
17,4 (his own past deeds); papa-
kamma (abl.) Dh. 127; saka-kani-
mani (n. pi.) one's own deeds, 106,20
-= Dh. 240; anantarika-*', 76,5 (q.
v.);
yatha-kammaiii , adv.
(q.
v.);
-
^kamma-kilit^ha, n, evil karma, opp.
*kamma-vi8uddhi,
f.
good karma,
Dh. 16. 16;

kanima-patha. . way
of action, ace. pi. f^e (tayo) Dh. 281.
)
mfn. at the end of comp. nihina-
kamma, suci-kamma
(9.
v.). -
danda-
kamma, parikammakata ^ next,
kamma-kara, m, (sa. karma-
kara) a labourer, a servant ; /wO (nS-
vikanam) a sailor's drudge", 36,80.
"'kamma-karana,
f.
(cp. sa.
karana) punishment, pain, torture;
^'-anubhavanattbanam, 23,tT (v. A.).
kammaja, mfn. {sa. karma-ja)
'caused by karma', inborn.
*"-vata,
m, pi. pains, birth-throes; assa r^
calimsu (came upon her) 62,i. (cp.
vata).
kammanta, m, (sa. karonanta)
action, work, business; saimma-kain-
manto, right conduct,
67,4.
kammara, m. (sa. karmara) a
smith (blacksmith or goldsmith); t^o,
Dh.
239; grcw.rvassa, 78,29.
- "''-putta,
m. by family a smith, <n/0, 77,80.

**'-8andasa, m, a smith's tongs; instr,
<vena, 6,a.
k a mmin, mfn. (sa, karmin) acting
(only at the end of comp.); m. pi,
papa-kammino, evil-doers (upapaj-
janti nirayam) Dh. 126.
kayirati, kayira (kayra) etc,
V, karoti.
kara, mfn, ( sa.) doing, making;
V. anta-kara, takkara, dukkara, pa-
bham-kara, vacana-kara, su-kara.
karana', mf(i)n. ( sa.) making,
effecting, causing; cakkhu- n^\
(pati-
pada) leading to insight, 66,90; fiana-
>vi (id.) leading to wisdom, ib.
karana*, n. (= sa.) the act of
making; *''-kammam, 9,i3 (w. /.);
a-karana, n. avoiding
(q.
v.)\ cp,
dvidha-", vak-", vohara-**.
karana,
f.
(cp, sa. karana), v,
kair.raa-karana.
karaniya, n. (grd. karoti, = sa.^
'to be done', duty, buRiness; katam
/>^am, the duty is fulfilled", 71,i6;
instr, kenacid-eva rviyena on some
business", 32,i9.
karandaka, m. (= sa.) a basket
of hurdle-work; *jaia-karandaka, m,
probably a fence or enclosure of net-
work, used as a sort of bathing-house
in the river (Tr.), loc. .v/e kilantassa,
36^80 (oaBting nets and weels in the
river for sport" ? Fau8b0U, Five .Tat.
p. 27).
karavira, m. ( sa.) name of a
fragrant plant, Oleander;
"""-patta, n,
name of a sort of arrow, f^aoi, 92,94
(cp, patta').
karisa, n. (sa, karisba) feces;
f^&m, 82,4

97,99.
karuna, mfn. ( sa.) ^) miserable,
karunS 70
pitiable, v. ati-karuna. *) compaa-
tiionate ; ace.
f.
/N^am (vacam), 103,4.
cp. karufifia, nikkarunata S next.
karuna,
f
( sa.) pity, com-
paggion, mercy
^
tnsir. >N/aya, 22,2.
karoti, vi. {sa.
Y/kr)
) w. ace.
to do, make, perform, accomplish,
finish, esp. kalaih <%.., to die
(q. .);
to execute (vacanaril); to effect, pro-
duce, 6,3. 47,4, 89,6. etc, very often
periphrastioally : kopaiil -^j 40,7 fto
become angry); satim >., 63,i8 (to
think of); sannam .x/, 6,7 (to imagine)
etc.; to put, place, direct, 6,io. 15,sa.
6C,i9. 66,15. 71,38. 83,11- ji; to treat,
67,36.
^) w, double ace. to make
(adj.) 73,6; to elect (subst.) 10,8.
-
^) w. adv. to act. tehave, 58,5; to
manage, irrauge, 1 J,3.

The usual
preiant foimation ii karoti, but besides
th B we fiud kubbati (I. sg. also
kuQimi), aud even ^karati must be
supposed as base for certain forms of
part., imper., pot. (kayirati is found
at the grammarians) ; 8. sg, o/Oti
(ttitli' eva) 2.a5; 2. sg. .>..osi (sannam)
B,7. (papakammam) 9,3o; 1. sg. i^omx
^evKrCpsMi),

fut.) 61,98; nao./, 74,i
{l did not do it); 1. pi, ,%.-oma, 4,7.
60,13 (-= fiit.y,
--
pr. med. 3. sg.
kurute (vasara, subdues) Dh. 48.
(piyam) Dh. 217.
-
part. ) m. ka-
ronto (voharam) 8,ib. (sotthira) 54,3i
;
loc. o^e, 19,89, (viriyam akaronte)
42,11 ; ace, pi. ,%/e, 21,3; gen. sg.
karoto, Dh.
116; ace.
f.
.x/im (ana-
caram) 62,3i; pi. <N/iyo (kalaham)
59,3. ') gen. sg. m. kubbato, 13,88.
Dh. 5162; med. *) kubbana, ace.
t)i. ^&m, Dh. 217. ") kurumana,
f.
.x^a, 49,13. 89,6
;
pi.
f.
ix/a, 61,88. ") m.
karaih, Dh. 136. imp. ) 2. sg.
karohi, 19,28. 73,9. 86,i; 2. pi. -x^otha
(mama vacanarii) 32,35. 76,6. 108,6;
3. pi. /xontu, 8,7.
) 2. sg. kara, 22,i6.
- pot. ) 3. sg. kareyya (kalam)
92,6;
2. sg. ^eyyasi, 16,34. 36,8 (aggiih).
86,3 (papam); 1. sg, /x/eyyam, 16,ia;
5. pi. -x^eyyum, 17,2g; 2. pi. -x-eyyatha,
4,8. ^) 3. sg. kare, Dh. 42

43; 3.
pi.
(?)
48,7
(perhaps we have here an
old form of pr. 3. pi. med., ep. Kuhn,
Beitr. p. 94;
but kar6
is also pr. 1.
sg. med.

karomi,
J5t. II 138,i8.).
0) 3. sg. kayira {fr.
*karyat),
Dh. 42.
53. 106. 117. 159 (kayra); 3. sg. med.
kayiratha, Dh. 25. 117. 313 (kayra-
tha).
"*) 2. pi. kubbetha,
29,ii. -
fut. ) 5. s^. karissati (mukham) 11,".
(satim) 63,18; 2. sg, rwissasi, 16,si
( imper.), 77,6 (id.), 64,b3 (cp. the
use of fut. bhavissati. v. bhavati);
1. sp. fx/issami, 9,2i. 12,8. 47,4 (lo-
bharii iuiassa); 3. pi. .-wissanti, 4,6.
7,15; 2. pi. ^issatha, Dh. 276.
")
ka-
hami & kassami etc.; 2. sg, kahasi,
103,7 (pufiriani), Dh. 164 (geham).
-
aor, ) 3-2. sg. akasi, 19,33. 67,26.
60,19. 86,1 ; 1. sg. akas' aham, 108,3o;
3. pi. akamsu (siham rajanam) 10,3.
13,8. 21,83. 109,5.
>)
3. sg. akari, 80,33.
85,5
(= akasi, 86,13); 3. sg. ma kari,
63,8; 1. sg. karim, 47,4 (karin ti);
3. pi. karimsu, 10,87. 24,i2 (namam
assa). 68,5; 2. pi. ma evariipaiii
karittha, 39,2. ) 3, sg. aka (Visud-
dhimaggaiii nama, composed) 114,ia;
i. jsZ. med. akarani base, 13,36.
-
inf.
katum, 11,8. 27,16. 61, u etc. - ger,
) katva, 4,36 (givam sugahitam).
6,2-10. 40,84 (dalham /^, with a strong
grasp).
68,12 (kusulam z^^, sc. taya).
66,15 (ummare sisaiii). 82,9i (nicam
^,
holding down);
a-katva, 24,i7.
34,3. 40,7. 42,13; adirii-katva, v. adi.
'')katvana, 112,5. ") karitva, 42,i8.
71,88 (nangalam khandhe,

having
shouldered").
73,6. 74,i9; vasim ^.
q.
V. (cp. sakkaccam). -
pass, kayi-
rati, Dh. 292 (- kayrati).
-
pp.
kata, mfn.
(q.
v.). - grd. ) kattabba,
mfn. what is to be done ; n. ovarii (sa-
hayassa, a friend's part") 12,s4. (vi-
riyam) 42,18. 54,13. Dh.
63; O-kicca
(v. h.)
;
o-yutta.
mfn. what ought to be
done, n. ,x.am,
64,39. >)
katabba. mfn.;
m. .^0 (saiiisaggo)
29,7; n. ^am (kin
nu kho -X.)
11,39; . ^0 (brahma-
dando, to be imposed)
79,i3; "^-yut-
takam (etesarii
karissanti, shall do
71 kasSva
for them) 39,S4. ") kicca, mfn, (v.
separately). ^) kariya, mfn.; a-kari-
yam, n. 106,i5 Dh. 176. ) kayira,
mfn. (= kariya, fr. sa. karya); n.
<v an ce, Dh. 313. *) karaniya, mfn,
(v. separately). - cans, kareti
(q.
v.).
- atthi-". alam-**, avi-", manasi-**,
sacchi-karoti (v, h.), cp. kattar,
kamma, kara, karana, kara(ka),
karana, kariw, kiriya.
*Kalandaka-nivapa, m. nom.
pr, of a garden at Veluvana near Bs-
jagaha (lit. 'an offering to the squirrels',
Sp. H. Man."
198);
ioc. -^e, 84,87.
kalala, n. (= sa.) *) the embryo
a short time after conception; gen,
(vftssa, 99,10,

*) mud, mire; ace,
/vaiii, 46,93; loc. kaina-kalale, iD the
mud of desire", ib.; gutha-kalale
(nimugga-gamasukaro) in the dung-
bill-pool, ib,
kalaha, m. ( sa.) strife, quarrel;
ace, /x/aih (karontiyo) 59,8; ^aih
(afinamannam karonti) 74,5. -*-sadda,
m. brawl, ace. <^aiii, 59,i.
kala,
f.
( aa.) ) a part, portion
{esp, the sixteenth part of the moon's
diameter), acc, >vam (sojasiiu, a six-
tepnth part) Dh, 70,

*) any rae-
chiinical or fine art, 113,8 (vijja-sippa-
kala-vedi).
kalapa, m. ( sa.) *) a bundle;
aec. daru-kalapaih (sisena adaya) a la adaya)
bundle of fire-wood, 67
quiver; aec. dhanu-kalapam,
bow and
quiver, 75,15,
kali, m. (= sa.) the unlucky
die, loss at game, misfortune; sin,
vice; n'atthi dosasamo <%/, Dh. 202
( in? cp. SBE. X, 55);
aec. /vim
(the bad die), 106,i8
Dh. 262
[kali, opp. ka^a (sa. kyta) v. Jat. VI,
228,19. 282,17. 367,i].
""kalifigara, m. & n. (also spelt
with
},
Burm. read, kaliiikara) *) a
log of wood (explained by comm, by
katthakhanda,
khanu); n. ..arii (nir-
attham) Dh. 41 (cp. Thi. 468,
MN.
I, 449,i).

)
(sa. kadaagara & ka-
dafikara)
straw, chafif (Abidb. 453).
kali r a,
, (sa. karira) the top-
sprout of a plant; ^o (pa^hamuggato)
47,9.
kalyana, mfn. ( sa.) beautiful,
good ; loc. n, ./e, Dh. 116 (opp. papa);
acc. m. pi. ^e (mitte, opp. papake
mitte) Dh. 78. 376.
-
*0-riipa, mfn,
beautiful, m, ^o (catuppado) 30,8.
Kalyani,
f.
(^ sa.) nom. pr.
of a river in Ceylon; acc. <%/im, 21,16.
kalla, mfn. (sa. kalya) healthy,
salutary; able, clever; ready, prepared,
perfect; n. <x/am (kalian nu kho tad
abhinandituih) 97,6; m. kallo si
bhante, 99,85.

*''-citta, mfn. whose
mind is prepared, ace. m. ^arii, 68,i,
kavata, n. (sa. id. & kapata) a
door (not the aperture, dvara, q. v.,
but that by which the aperture could
be closed, cp, SBE. XX, 160).
-
*''-pi(tha, n. the backside of the door
(door & doorpost", SBE. XIII,
169),
ace. ~arii, 84,i2 (cp. pittha & Vin,
J, 368,9; SBE, XX, 106),
kasa^a, mfn. (probably by meta-
thesis fr, sa. sakata, which also is
found in the mss., cp, sa. Qata &
kash^a) bad, vile, nasty; a certain
taste : sour, bitter, acrid, or : insipid,
tasteless = niroja, niyyusa; subst,
m. fault, vice; bitter juice, sediment,
dregs
(?);

kasata-phalani (n. pi.)
1,18;

nimba-kasatam (acc.) bitter
nimba-juice, 37,25.
kasati, vb. (sa.
v^kysh, krshati,
cp. kaddhati & (sam)ukkaihBati) to
plough; pr. 3. sg. i^&ii, 56,i6; 3, pi.
rwanti, 30,99. cp, kasi, kassaka <&
next.
*kasana, n. (fr, kasati, sa. kar-
shana) the act of ploughing; o/am,
66,16. "-tthanam,
n. the place where
one is ploughing, 56,i.
kasa,
f.
(sa. ka^a) a whip; acc.
kasam-iva (= kasam viya) Dh.
143;
acc, pi. rwa, 55,u;
instr, pi, .vahi,
77,w.

"""-nivittha, mfn, touched by
the whip, m, <^o (asso) Dh, 143
>>.
kasava, m. <^ n. (sa, kasbaya)
dirt, impurity; fault, ain.
vanta-
kasi 72
kasava, nifn, one who haa thrown
away Bin, m. ,v^[o] Dh. 10.

a-nik-
kasava
{q.
v.), cp, kasava.
kasi,
f,
{sa. krshi) ploughing,
agriculture; "-kamma, n. id; instr,
r^ensL, 8,16.

"-gorakkhadini, 21,8
(ploughing, tending cattle
&).
kasma, adv. why? (pron, interf.
abl.) V. kim.
kassaka, m. {sa. karsbaka &
krshaka) a ploughman, farmer; pi.
/%.a, 31,1.

*''-kula, n. the family of
a farmer, loc, r^e, 8,i4.

"-vanna,
m. the appearance of a ploughman,
ace. /varii, 71,27.
Kassapa, . {sa. Ka^yapa) ')
nom. pr. of the Buddha before Gotnma;
gen. ^assa (Bhagavato) 84,28. "-da-
sabala, gen, -x/assa, 22,is. "-saimna-
sambuddha, 28,i8.
^) nom. pr. of
a thera, one of Buddha's great disciples,
president of the first council; /^O
(dautavadanarii a^gc) 109,6;
= Ma-
hakaasapathero, lC9,i7.

^JKumara-
kassapa, q. v,
*kahaiii, adv. inlerr. {cp. kattha,
kubirii & sa, kuha) where? whereto?
1,25 (/^ thapetha). 21,8(gacchi8satha),
34,1'j (kahan nu khoV 49,6 ^,>^ ga-
tasi), 73,13 (gacchasi), 88,6 (id.

kattha gamissasi, 87,9e).
kabapana, m, (c^ n,) {sa. kar*
shapana) a certain wfight of gold,
silver or copper a ooio, a piece of
money, monej in general; iustr, o^ena,
18,: o; ace. pi, <%.e (attba) 24,sb;
dhuttiiDarii >we dalva, hiring some
villains, ?3,t9; initr. pi. r^ehi (suram
p'vanta) 74,4.

''''-vassa,'^. a shower
ol money, instr. .^ena, Dh. 186.

"-satarii, n. 100 k.s, 18,i3.

"-sa-
hassena {instr. n.) 1000 k.s, 67,8s.
k.a, pron. interr,
f,,
v, kiiii.
kska, m, ( sa.) a crow; iv/O,
11,5. 18,16; ace. /vam, 18,8.

''"-sisa,
mfn. having a head like a crow, nt,
fs/O. 21,SI.

*''sura, ni. a crow hero",
designation of a cowardly or impudent
fel'ow, instr. ^ena, Dh. 244.

disa-
kaka, m, q. v.
kakaochati,
vb.
onomat.^
to
snore; part,
f.
pt. o^antiyo, 65,6.
This word is said to be akin to ^kas,
to cough, cp. Faushell,
Bein. 1888,
p. 38 (44),
but Kern
and Trenckner
derive it from ^krath, v. Mil. 85,sf
Note.
kaka,
indecl. (= so.),
caw, caw".
onomat, fr.
the cawing of a crow,
18,30.
kaja, m, {sa. kaca) a yoke to
support burdens; v, khari-kaja.
kana, mfn. { sa.) one-eyed,
blind of one eye; "-maha-macchaiii,
ace. m. 4,16.
katabba, grd. & katum,
/".,
V. karoti.
kiipotaka, mfn, {sa, kapota &
kapotaka) pigeon-coloured, grey, white
;
n. pi, /^iini (attbini) Dh. 149.
kama, m. (> sa.) ) wish, desire;
most frequently pi.
=
desires, (sen-
sual) pleasures, (sensual) love; acc.
{adv.) r^&m, q. v.\ abl. ^Siio (jayati
soko) Dh.
215;
pi. o^a, 20,i7. 45,5
fmanusaka, opp. dibba-kame, acc.
(ib.));
103,35 (te [Marassa] pathama
senjl); acc.pl. ,>.e, 46,is. 69,27. 103,24.
Dh. 88. 383. 415; instr. sabba-kam-
ehi, 61,29; gen. .>^anam, 68,20; loc,
rwcsu, 47,29. 62,24 (atittarii), Dh. 48
(id); 66,9 (viratto); 97,n (miccha
carati, , commits immorality"); Dh.
186 (titti) 218. 401.
-
^o-kalala {v,
h.),
*''-tanba. thirst for pleasure,
67,14 (in the series : kama-, bhava-,
vibbava-).
*kama-rati {dvandva
comp.), love and lust; "-santhava,
Ml. familiarity with rv, acC, ^&n\, Dh.
27.
yattha-kama(m), g.w.

kama-
kama, etc v. below.
*) mfn. (at the
end of comp.) desiring, longing for,
intending;
a-kama,
mfn. {q. v.);
sukha-kama,
mfn. longing for happi-
ness, n. pi. rwani
(bbutani) Dh. 131;
very frequently comp. w. inf. in tu- :
aropetu-,
74,i2. uddisapetu-", 84,6.
khadapetu-o,
1,23. kbaditu-o,
1,7. 4,ii.
gaiihitu-'',_
66,10. _gantu-o,
4,i8. 22,2.
60,9 (brahmanam
paharitva r^o,
73 kfirana
kama- is here logically to be com-
bined with paharitva). caritu-o,
36,io.
jivitu-o, Dh. 123.
daUbu-, 19,ia.
(datu-^ V.
a-datu-kamata). nahay-
itu-", 83,24. nikkhamitu-",
65,i6.
paripucchitu-**, 84,7. pavisitu-",
82,34.
83,87. paharitu-",
29,85. bhunjitu-",
83,18, maretu-", 9,2o. vaiicetu-",
5,j.
51,16. sotu-", 87,13.
kamaiii, adv. (ace. sg. fr, kama,
=a.) willingly, readily, with pleasure;
r%, cajaina asuresu panam, 60,i7.
kama-kama, mfn. ( sa.) desi-
10U8 of lu8t, having desires; m, pi,
na 'va (lapayacti santo) Dh. 83.
*kama-gaveBi,
mfn, looking
for pleasures; m, pi, ivino, Dh. 99.
kama-guna, m. {== sa.) passion,
affection; object of sensie, pi. the pas-
sions, taken as five different kinds,
according to tlie five external senses;
ace. pi. r^e, Dh. 371; instr. pi. o^ehi
(pancahi samappitassa) 67,85.
*kamata,
f.
{cp. kama, *))
in-
clination to; comp. w. inf. in tu- :
kilitu-** (salavana-kijam, deviya uda-
padi) 62,16. cp. a-datu-kamata, 16,i4.
*kama-bhava, >., v, kama-
bhava.
*kama-8ukha, n. sensual plea-
sure, the pleasure of love; aec. r^&va
(pahaya) 47,s8
Dh. 34647.
-
*kamasukh'allika, mfn,
(?),
"-anuyoga,
mfn. 66,80 (v. h,).
*kamabhava,. ( kama-bhava,
with a lengthened metri causa) ') sen-
sual existence in one of the eleven
Karaalokas, *) rise or origin of lust;
"-parikkhina, mfn,
one in whom lust
can rise no more, ace, m, /vam, Dh,
415 (in whom all concupiscence is
extinct"), cp, tanha-bhava, nandi-
bbava.
kaya, m, ( sa.) the body; -n.o,
70,88. 107,6
= Dh. 41;
gen, ^^assa,
7,88 ; itistr. />^ena (safifiato) 84,89;
(samvuto) Dh. 231234 (in the
series : kayena, vacaya, manasa);
/wena dhammam passati, nsees the
law bodily", Dh. 259 (cp. 8BE. X,
65); loe, fvasmim, 71,io; ace. pi, r^e,
112,80.

aru-kaya, m, or mfn.
(?)
V, h.

santa-kiiya, mfn. whose body
is quieted, m. r^o, Dh. 378. *''-gata,
adj.
f,
directed to the body (sati,
q. V.) Dh. 293.
-
*-duccarita, n,
the bad deeds of the body, ace. <^am,
Dh. 231.
*-ppakopa, m, bodily
anger, acc, /^aiii, Dh. 231,
"J-ban-
dhana, , a girdle, /v-am, 82,85.

*''-vififiana, n. body-consciousness, the
sense of touch, rw-am (dukkha-saha-
gataih, a painful perception) 98,i.
~-
""o-samphassa-viilAa^&yatana, n. the
sense of touch, <N/aih, 72,ia (ep, aya-
taua).
kSyika, mfn, ( aa.) belonging
to or oouoerning the body; instr,
m, >%/ena (safifiamena, samvarena)
86,17-18.
kura, mfn, ( sa.) doing, making
(at the end of eomp.), v, andha-",
abim-", unha-**, usu-", mamim-",
sadhu-**, cp. purekkhara, sakkara.
karaka, m(fn). doing, making;
a maker, doer (at the end of eomp,),
V, ku^atta-', gaha-**, pesuftna-",
bhatta-", sassa-", sasana-".
karana, n, ( sa.) *) cause,
reason, motive (means) ; nom. <%^am,
3,1. 7,4. 29,1 (taiii f^&ra, that is why).
37,7. pabbajja-" (tumhakaib), 46,9;
acc, N/am (imam, the cause of that)
15,9. <N/am katvii, giving as cause,
85,84;
instr, kena >vena, for what
reason? 16,8s. 100,i7; kin te mama
hasita-karanena, what is that to
you why I laugh", 53,84; a-kara-
nena, q, v.; dbl. i^a,, often in comp.
w, kiifa-o, why?
9,8o. 28,84. 53,84;
manussavasa-karana, becauBe 1 have
had to do with men", 112,io.
*)
event, afi'air, the state of the case,
circumstance, fact; acc, /vam (asal-
lakkbetva) 3,i8; (sutva) 24,88; (natva)
35,1
; kinoi (x/am ajananto, unsuspect-
ing, 50,17.

') doing, making (at the
end of comp.; sometimes written
-ka-
rana); asanta-paggaha-^ 29,87 (v.
a-santa).
<SranS 74
(accX to
(ace), to
karana, f. ( sa.) pnniBhment,
paio, torture (in comp, often shortened
to kardns-); '"kanna-ghara, n. dt m.
houBe of ^rment, loc. is^e, 21,i5. cp.
(kamnua-) karanf..
kSrin, mfn, (;.= ,o.) doing, mak-
ing (at the end of comp.), v. nisamma-^
papa-", satacca-".
kariya, mfn. (sa. kirya) grd. v.
karoti & a-kariya.
karufina, n. (/V. karuna, sa.
karunyp,) compasBion ; ace. <%^am (w,
loc. brshmane) '.6,8i; instr. /^/Cna
(tayi) 17,13. 68,14. cp. karuna.
k are tar, m. (sa. karayitr) one
wlio CHUseB somethini; to be done;
wow. sg. o^ta (kamtnanam) 97,13,
ep. kattar.
kareti, vb. {caus. karoti, sa.
karayati) to cause to do or to be done
to cause another {ace.) to be
cause another (ace.) to per*
form (acc);
periphrastically : rajjam
fs,, to reign, to be king (cp. karoti :
rajjam karotha,
42,6);
part. loc. m.
rvente (rajjara) l,a; part. med. loc.
m. karayamane (id.) 5,S4;
imp. 2.
sg. ^ebi (id.) 47,io;
aor. 3. sg.
fvesi (rajjam) 19,6; (mangalam) 58,ao;
a-karayi (yakkhiiii sapatham) 111,89;
ger. /^etva (danaspla) 88,13; (pu-
rohitam rajanara) 4i),i6; (abhisekam,
q. V.) 36,29.
subst. karetar, m. (v,
h.)', cp, kakkareti.
kiTla, tw. ( sa.) time, space or
point of time, right or proper time;
death (in the plirase : kalaih karoti,
to die); worn, r^o bhante! the time
has come, sir! 78,s; abhisambujjbana-
kalo, 63,7; nekkhaimia-kalo, 45,6;
a?r. ^aih (arocripesi) 78,a; '>.'am
(nkiiri, died) 80,!iii; /N/arii (kiitvii) 34,S8.
B'tfiio (c)), ktila-kiita, ktilu-kiriyii);
gen, o^asHa (ass'eva, betimeH)
82,1?;
ubl. o^ato, comp. tass' agata-kalato
pa^^haya, froiii tlie day of his com-
iDK", 18,99; GotaniaBsa uppaima-
kalato pa1;thaya, 72,8o; tassa nikkban-
ta-", y,jft; loc, kiiln (or ktiliiinlii) in
time, seasonably (opp, vikale) 9,12;
kale gacchante,
in the
course of time,
14,18. 102,4;
tasmin
kSle, 2,6;
pac-
chime kale,
in the hour of death,
86,18;
hemantike kale,
in the winter-
time, 100,24;
very
frequently in comp.
w. verbal nouns or pp. '. rajabhiseka-",
11,;
8uriyuggamana-, 72,2_9;
maha-
janassa nagaram
pavisana-kale,
73,i3;
dhitu marana-kale, 89,i3; tava san-
tikam
agata-kale (mam ganhahi)
3,17;
asuka-kale, 88,23 (v. h.)\ utthana-
kalamhi
(time to rise) I)h. 280.
-
kalantarena (=- sa.), v. antara.
-
kalika. mfn. (q.
v.).
- a-kala, m.
(=
sa.) wrong time; *''-pupphani
(n. pi.) flowers out of season, 37,18;
**'-vatam, n. unseasonable wind (con*
trary wind?) 25,si.
kala (or kala), mfn. (sa. kala)
black; m. ^o (puriso) 92,i3; n. pi.
^ani (kesani) 47,1.

-pasana-, a
black rock, 24,9i.

*-vanna-kata,
mfn,
blacked,
f.
r^& (bhumi) 84,9i.
cp. next & kala-kanni.
kalaka, mfn. (sa. kalaka) black;
subst. n.
(?)
dirt, speck, stain : *apa-
gata-kalaka, mfn. free from dirt or
black specks, n. rvaih (vattbaiii
suddham) 68,25.
kala-kanni,
f.
(sa. kala-karni)
ill luck, misfortune; a fatal or ill-
boding person or thing, a fury;
-
*~i-8akuna, m. a bird of ill omen,
instr. ^ena., 12,io;

*vi-9alaka,
f.
the lot which points out the guilty
or fatal person,
23,11.
*kala-kata, mfn. ( kata-kala,
sa, *kala-krta, cp, kala-gata) dead;
ace, m, >\^&m, a dead person,
63,25;
loc, /"ve (pitari) 22,i5.
kala-kiriya,
f.
(sa, kala-kriya>
death;
putbujjana-killakiriyam (ace.)
katvil, hnving liiud llkn common people,
87,29.
kala, /*.
(sa. kala) name of a certain
plant, tt climbing or creeping plant
( kala-valli, Comm.); *-pavala,
f.
u tender stalk (said of a tender maiden),
47,20.
killika, mfn. ( sa.) 'depending
76 kicca
on time', future o: which will not come
before long (opp.
sandit^hika, MN.
I 474,6. SN. I
117,86); n. ma ~am
anudhavi, 47,io (cp.
bhavitabbam
ev'etarii kathesi, 47,ii).
kasava,
mfn. (sa. kashaya, cp.
kasava) yellow, dark-yellow;
n. the
yellow robe of the Buddhist monks;
ace. ^am (vattham), Dh. 9
10.
-
***-kantha, mfn. 'yellow-necked', wea-
ring the yellow robe; m. pi. ^a, Dh.
307^
{cp. SBE. X. 6 Note.)
Kasi, m. (pi.) (sa, Kagi) nom.
pr, of a country and its people, whose
cipital was Benares
(Baranasi,
q. v.)
;
^-rattha, n. the kingdom of K., ace.
-x,_aiii, 38,21 ; Ice. ^e, 34,3i; "-rattha-
vasi-manusso. m. a man from K. 35,8.
Kasika, mfn. (sa. Kagika) com-
ing from Kasi or Benares; "-vattha,
n, Benares-cloth, a sort of fine cotton
cloth; Joe. o^e, 62,29 (cp, Fick, Soc.
Glied.
p. 176).
k i rii *, pron. interr. n. (= sa.)
what?
mf, ko, ka, who? which?

kiih, ) MOW. n. 13,i3 (-x-dukkham);
16,11 (kiih nam' etaih); 93,9 (kin ca,
and what?); constructed ;, ^en. |jers.
<t instr. rei = what is one {gen.)
to do with {instr. ") : 31,si (kin te bha-
tara); 32,82 (kim me dukkhena);
49,14. 53,84. 69,25. 79,31. 106,io etc., or
only w. instr. 20,29. lll,2o; eomp.
""kiihsaddo nam'esa, ,what sort of
noise is this", 60,9; kimsaddo iti
(apucchi) 112,8; kiriikarana
{ahl.)
why?
9,20 ; kinnama, mfn. (q.
v.Y,
kimattham & kimatthaya, v. attha );
- '') ace. n, kim (cintento) 4,8
;
(ka-
rissanti) 7,i8; (karomi) 55,6;
(mafi-
flasi) 69,84; kin'ti vyakareyyasi, 95,8;
-
) kirfi (adv.) V. below. m. nom.
ko (si tvaiii) 3,ij; (janati) 13,i7;
(ettha) 65,14; (pan' ettha Nagaseno)
97,81 ;
(^ nu dipo) 110,8i; (/%/
nu
liaso) Dh. 146;
- aec. kaiii, 25,i8.
Dh. 363.

f.
nom. ka (nama tvam)
56,10.
instr,
)
(w.) n, kena, 16,ss.
35,5. 70,28;
>) adv. why? 22,8. 54,27.
-
instr. {etc.)
f.
kaya, 29,8o (katbaya).

gen. m. ) kassa, 98,i3;

'') kissa,
36,38 (phalarii, scil. rukkhassa).

gen. n. {adv.) kissa, why? 101,6,

abl, n. {adv.) kasma, why? 7,7. 87,28.
As to the rest the declension is that
of tarii and other pronouns, e. g, instr,
pi. m. kehi, 74,9. An old neuter form
kad- has been preserved in kac-ci &
kad-ariya
{q.
v.). kiii carahi, ko
carahi, v. carahi.
cp. kiiica, kifi-
cana, kincapi, kinci, koci etc.
kim*, adv. interr.
{
prec.\ in its
different meanings often combined with
other particles).
i)
how? 1,8 (kin
ti); 70,94 (kin ca sabbam adittam);
74.28 (Icim pana, how much less");
86.29 (kin nu kho bhavissati, how is
she now, I wonder?); 87,13 (kin nu
kho); Dh. 146 (kim anando).
- )
why? 1,14. 3,8. 85,32. 88,4 (kim
nama, why then?).
^) interr. particle
(introductory of a full sentence) : ) =
latin -ne, num\ kiiii janasi, do you
know?
113,11 ; kim so sabbarattiiii
dipeyya {pot.) 99,i8; kim bhavissati,
Dh. 264; kin nu kho. 38,27 {w. pot.
siya, should be possibly be?); 89,22,
97,18; kirii pana (by putting forth a
second question) 89,25. 97,26; kim pana
(expressive of astonishment) 44,4.
'')
latin nonne {w. foil, 'na'); kin
te . . . na va^tati, had you not better, . .?
1,15; kim na passasi, lll,i9; kin ca
lohitam n'upasussaye {pot.) 103,i9.
') kim . . . na . , . (disjunctive,

utrum , . an), 9,24 (kim mata vo ana-
caram karoti na karotiti).

*) used
as a mere interjection, by calling one's
attention to a question (without full
sentence)
now I look here! hallohl
8,11 fkim bho vSnarindal); 73,i6 (kim
Sundari, kaham gat&si).
kicca, ^) mfn, {gra, karoti, sa,
kftya)
to be done or made; n, <^am
(atappam) Dh. 276 ; kiccaih, a-kiccam,
Db. 292; kiooclkicca, loc. pi, /^esu,
Dh. 74.
*) n. duty, service, kindness
;
buBiness, purpose, cause, motive, use,
need ; nom. tumbakam vioasena rvam
n'atthi, tbei'e is no need for" {instr,)
kiccha 76
55,7 ; ace. i^am, 13,s6 (gervice); sa-
kicca-ppasuta, mfn. intent upon one's
own businegs, m. pi. /N/a, 86,88; kat-
tabba-kicca, . pi. ,,the objects of
one's mission", loc. i^esu, 114,8i.

itthi-", kata-o, kilamana-", bhatta-",
q.
V.
kiccha, mfn. (sa. krcchra) pain-
ful, attended with pain or labour ; m.
f^o (Buddhanam uppado) Dh. 182;
n. /v-aifa (saddbammasavanam) ib.
kiiica, n, pron. indef. ( sa. cp.
kind) auything; afiiiarii kinoa yathi-
cchiteii), whatever else you might wish,
111,28.
kiflcaDa(m), h. p.-on. indef. (sa.
kira-cana) anything; na .-vaiii,
nothing,
Dh. 200. 421.
-
a-kiiicana, mfn.
(q.
v.).

cp. akincanna, n. & ea-
kincana, wt/w.
kiiicapi, indecL ( sa.) certainly,
although, in spite df; ^ na janati {w.
/bW.pana) 63,3i ; rw 8 J evam vadeyya,
100,M (in spite of what he might
say").
kiiici, *) w. pron. indef. (sa. kirii-
cid) something, anything (whatever);
w, foil, negation
nothing; nom.
yajb kinci . . . sabbarii taiii (whatso-
ever) 68,87;
adj. r^ ditthigataih, 94,6;
ace. api kiiici labhamase (any reward)
13,28; ai.fiaiii ^ (v, h.) 7,ii; ma kinci
vadetha, 66,26; <^ Yattura na visahati,
87,21 1 adj. na kiftoi paparii, 104,34;
na . . . anumuttaiii r>.^ dubbbasitaih
padam (not even thu smallest) 110,12;
instr, kenaci, 73,4; kenacid-eva
(karaniyena) 32,13;
loc. kismici, Dh.
74.

*) adv. altogetter, u), foil,
negation
not at all; sace kiiici
aharam labheyyam, 16,ii; na kinci
abhavissa, 42,11; >^ karanaiii a-ja-
nanto, 60,17.

koci, m. (v. h.) cp,
kacci & kinca above.
kinati, vb. (sa. \/kri) to buy;
pr. 1. sg. ^ami (dadhim tava hat-
thato) 101,29 ( I did not buy);
ger. kinitva, 101,26.
kitava, m. (= sa.) a gamester,
gambler; kitavasatbo, a fraudulent
gambler, 106,i8
- Dh. 252,
which
probably ought to be
written
kitava
satho,
kitava
being
nom. (
sa.
kitavaA)
after the
analogy
of words
ending with -va<
(Tr. cp.
Jfit. VI,
228,19 : kitava
sikkhito
yatha,
m both
instances
before 's';
gen.
^assa,
SN.
I, 24,4
- Vin. Ill, 90.)
The Comm.
takes kitava
kitavaya,
but Weber
(Ind. Str. I, 168)
and Max
Miiller
(8BE. X, 63)
take it for an abl.

vor dem
Spielgepner, from the player.
*kittaka, mfn.
(formed after the
analogy of ettaka etc. Tr. PM.
p.
80, cp. sa. kiyat),
how much? how
many? n. -^aiii pacanii,
how much
have I to cook? 67,10. cp. next.
*kittavata, adv. (cp. ettavata &
prec), how far? to what extent? 96,5.
kinnara, m. (= sa.) a kind of
mythical being, a male fairy,
f.
/^i;
the kinnaras are of extraordinary
beauty, celebrated dancers and musi-
cians (cp. Jat. IV, 262 & 438).
-
""-lilha,
f.
the grace of a kinnara,
instr. ~aya, 49,12.
kinnama, mfn. (sa. kim-naman)
having what name; m. r^o 3i bhante,
what is your name? 96,20.
kipillika, m, (sa. pipllika, cp.
pipilika) an ant; pi. /x-a, 60,1.
kimattham & kimattbaya, v.
kiiii & attha ^).
kira, adv. (enelit,
sa, kila)
indeed, really, probably; namely, often
to be rendered by you know", you
see"; we hear", it is said"; or in-
dicating what the subject concludes
from facts mentioned or imagined;

87,6 ; evam kir', 40,3, 61,86; saccara
kir' evam, 64,i6; na kir', 31,6;
ex-
pressive of astonishment : 64,i8;
in
interrogative sentences : 61,7. 68,15.
69,7 (kiraham); after a question : 32,i7.
87,28;
-
3,2. 18,5. 23,26. 29,22. 32,9;
-
8,8. 11,10. 31,8. 39,14. 64,18. 60,2.
61,2-9. 72,27;

ayam pi kira r.^ja
yeva, 43,25.
kiriya, /". (sa. kriyii) doing; work,
undertaking; nom. rwS (pannavanta-
77 kiva
nam i.i.ihati) 57,6, -
anta-, kala-o,
sacca-", q. V.
kilanta,
pp. v. next,
kilamati, vb. (sa. yklain) to
grow weary, to become tired, to be
troubled or exhausted;
pr. 3. pi,
.anti, 6,si; 1. pi. kimattham .>^ama
(why weary ourselves)
66,; irnper. 3.
pi. /*^antu, 60,iJ,
pp. kilanta, m.
pi. f^si, 112,28. cp. next.
kilamatha, m, (sa. klamatha)
fatigue, exhaustion, suffering; inatr,
appa-kilamathena, 28,is (v, h.).
-
atta-o (v. h.)
*kilamana, n.
prec,
o-kic-
caiii (n'attbi aiifiesam, nDone shall
suffer") 39,16 {cp. kicca).
kill tt ha, mfn.
{pp.
y/kWq, sa.
klishta), impure, dirty; n. impurity;
^kamma-kilittham, evil karma {opp.
o-visuddhi) Dh. 15, cp. kilissati &
kilesa.
kilinna, mfn.
{pp.
^klid, sa.
klinna), moistened, wet; lala-kilinna-
gatta, adj. 65,s.
kilissati, vb. {sa. \/k\\q) ) to be
tormented, feel pain, suffer; pot, 3. sg.
/veyya, Dh. 168.
^) to be impure
(through sin);
pp. kilitt'ia (9-
''O <^P'
next.*
kilesa, m. {sa, klega) pain; de-
pravity, passion ; acc. pi. i^o (jabitum^
44,31 ; ioc.i)?. /ve8u(virattaniana8a88a)
64,19-39; sabba-kilesa-darathesu {loc.
pi.) all passions and torments", 64,8i;
kilesa-vasena, under the influence of
passion", passionately, 20,ii; *''-rati,
f.
sensual pleasure, love, acc. <vim,
46,18; instr, (viya, 63,84. 73,i8.
-
*citta-kle8a, m. { *-kilesa),
depra-
vity of mind, abl, pi. <x/ehi, Dh. 88.
kiloma&kilomaka,M.(so.kloma
& kloman) any kind of membrana-
ceous tissue, esp. the peritoneum,
abdomen or paunch; nom. <^kam,
82,8

97,i {cp. J5t. IV, 292,18.
Ill,
49,s-u).
kisa, mfn.
{sa. kiqa.)
lean, ema-
ciated; m, <vo (tyam asi) 108,s;
aoo.
^am, 106,19
Dh. 395.
*Ki8agotaini,
f.
nom. pr. of a
theri, a relative of Ootama; nom. /^i
(khattiyakaiina) 64,ii; gen. {dat.)
rviya, 64,25.
kismici, loc. sg. n., v. kiilci,
kissa, ^) gen. pron. interr. ^) adv.
why, 101,6. V. kim'.
kidisa, mfn. {sa. kidrQa) of what
kind? what like? m. vO (silacaro)
43,83 ; n. rwarii (kammam) 85,ia.
kija'ti, vb. {sa, ykrid) to play,
to sport, to amuse one's self in or by
(w, loc. or acc. of the name of the play,
very often a comp, ending with -kija,
q, V.)-, pr, 3, sg. i^kH (jutarii Tam-
barajena saddhim, plays at dice) 19,io.
48,b; (nakkhattam, enjoys the festival)
61,8; 1. pi, /s.-ama, 48,22; part, m,
rvanto,
48,5;
gen. ^antassa {w. loc.
jala-karandake, q.
v.) 36,3o; part,
med. m. ^ amaiio, 7,29;
aor. 3.
sg. klli (raiiiia saddhim) 48,8i
;
(pok-
kharaniyam udaka-kilam, amused
himself in the lotus tank)
52,28;

inf. (N/itura (jiitam) 20,*; comp. kilitu-
k.amata,
f.
62,i5.
cans, kilapeti
{q.
v.\\ cp. next & kila, kilika.
kilana, n. {sa. kridana) playing;
*>-kiile (amhakarii pokkharaniyarii)
63,0
;
jiita-kUana-, playing at dice,
ao.ti.
kijii,
f.
{sa. krida), play, sport,
amusement; frequently last part of
comp. (object of the verb kilati) :
udaka-kilam kill (amused himself by
bathing) 62,28; uyyana-kiladi-gamana,
n. riding in the park etc. 66,22; ku-
mara-kilam [sc. kilitva] 44,2o {v. h.);
nakkhatta-kilam (anubnavamana, the
festivities) 61,5; salavana-", 62,i5.
kilapeti, vb, {caus. II. kilati)
to cause to play, to play with (acc);
ger, ./etva (tarn, sc. darakam) 68,38.
*kilika,
f.
{dimin, fr. kija)
pleasure, excursion; acc. uyyana-kili-
kam gacchanto (taking a walk in the
park) 52,18.
*kiva, indeol. (eorrel. of yava, cp.
aa, kiyat & ved. kivat) how much?
(quanto), w. foil, pi
how much
ku- 78
soever (quamvie) ;
-
'-mahanta, mfn,
how great, ace. n. <vam pi (pSpakam-
mam) 51,11.
ku-, indecl. ( na.) prefix, im-
plying deterioration, contempt etc.
(originally pron. base, cp. kuto).

Kii-samudda, m, the dreadful or fatal
Bea,
^0, 20,16. (cp. kim, kimsadda).
kukku^a, m. (^ sa.) a cock;
paiijare pakkhitta-kukkuto, a cock
in a cage, 46,2o.
kucchi, m. &
f.
(sa. kukshi, m.)
the belly, womb, uterus; acc, <^im,
61,2i; dbl. matu-kucchito, 62,9b;
ahl. m. />.imha, 42,23;
loc. m. x/is-
mim, 38,9; .^..imJii, 61,8i;
inHtr.
f.
/viya (parihariiva) 62,a;
loc,
f.
/x/iyam (pakkhipitvi, even if you
had her inside you") 50,84.
kujjhati, vh. (so, ykrudh) to be-
come angry; pot. 3.sg. na kujjheyya,
Dh. 224; aor. 2. pi. ma mayham
.>.^ittha, 19,31
;
ger, ,^itva, 33,ie; a-
kujjhitva, 67,25. -pp. kuddha
(g.
v.),
cp. kujjhana, kodha.
*kujjhai. a, n. becoming angry.

"-sila, mfn. prot.e to anger, irascible;

f.
pi. <%.a, 52,6.
kufljara, m. (-- sa.) an elephant;
voc. -^a, 77,3-4; pi. r^a, Dh. 322.
kuti
(&
kuti),
f.
(sa. kuti) a hut,
ahouoe; nom. r^i (channa) 104,22-25;
Zoc. />^iyam, 14,i; (eka-)gaiidha-kuti-
yaiii
(q.
v.) 73,i7.
ku^umba, n. (= sa.) household,
iamiiy; acc. ->>aiii (vicarenti) 22,i5;
(santhapetum) 66,e.
kutumbik t, m. ( so. cp. ku-
trtnbin) a householder, 'paterfamilias
(tsp, of the miduie class, cp. Fick, Soo.
61. 166); *nahapi'.a-'', m. 28,ib (v. h.).
k una pa, n. ( sa.) a corpse, a
dead body
; vippKviddhf-naiia-kunapa-
bharita, mfn. 65,io.
kundala, w, ( sa.) a ring, ear-
ring or bracelet; loc. pi. mani-kun-
dalesa, precious ston^is and rings,
i)h. 345.
kundika;
f.
(-=- sa.) the water-
pot of au ascotic; loc. ix/ayaiii, 110,38.
kuto, adv. interr.
(sa. kutas, ep.
ku-) *) whence? from
where? 21,8.
55,8. 59,. 87,85.
-
*)
how much less?
(latin nedum) : na 8oko kuto bhayam
(neither
--
nor) Dh. 212.
- a-kuto-
bhaya, mfn. (q.
v.).
*kutta, n.
(?)
at the end of comp.

acting or performing the part of

(?).

itthi-kutta-
^women's wiles", 21,i3.
(kutta is explained in the commen-
taries by -katam or kiriya, and is
synon, w. kutti.
/". (sa. krti
?)
;
accord-
ingly it is possibly derived from sa.
suff.
krt).
kudacanaih, adv. (sa. kadScana)
ever, at any time; w. negation
=-
never at any time; na <-/, 106,8

Dh.
6; ma -^, 106,J5
Dh. 210.
cp. kadaci.
kuddha, mfn. (sa. kruddha,
pp.
y'krudh, v. kujjhati) angry; m. <%.o,
67,28; instr. ,%.ena, 11,?; gen. /N/assa,
11,6.

a-kuddha, mfn. (q.
v.); cp.
kodha.
k u
p
i t a , mfn. (= sa.
; pp.
kuppati,
^kup) offended; angry; . /^^o, 74,30.
cp. kopa.
kubbato, kubbanam, kubbe-
tha, V. karoti.
kuniara, m. ( sa.) a son, a
young roan, prince; *"-kilam [katva]
(having amused himself as prince, cp.
kila) 44,20; *-panha, n. the novice's
questions, 82,i4; deva-kumara, a son
of a god, /%/ vanni/i, mfn. 46,26 (v. h.).

kuniara is often used as last part

of u worn. pr.
younger, junior, v,
Ajatasattu-, Brahmadatta-, Siddha-
ttha-, Silava-, Supparaka-, Susinm-.
cp. kumari.
*Kumara-ka8sapa, m. mm. pr.
of a thera; -wO (vicitrakathi) 109,9.
kumari.
f.
(^ sa.) a young girl;
acc. r^^im (daharim) 47, 19. cp. ku-
mara. - dimin. kumarika,
f.
(^ sa.)
id. r^si, 86,36. 112,14; voc. .^e, 87,35;
acc. o.-arii, 48,19; instr, N.-aya, 86,30.
kumuda, n. (= sa.) the white
lotus; acc. ^&m. (saradikam) Dh. 286.
**'-na}a, m. a lotus-stalk, acc, rwam,
79
kuhim
5,18.

"-patta-vanna,
mfn. having
the colour of the petals of the white
lotus, ace,
ph ~e (maBgala-sindhave")
63,4.
kumbha, m.
(= sa.) *) a jar,
pitcher; *-'upama, mfn. like a jar
(fragile), acc. /v^am (kayaiii) Dh.
40;
uda-", l. a water-pot,
,>^o, Dh. 121.
*) one of the frontal globes of an ele-
phant; acc. -%.am (hatthissa) 77,i,
kumbhila, m. {sa. kumbhira) a
crocodile (of the Ganges); /vO, 2,a6,
108,27 (ruddadassano); gen. pi, Ha-
naro, 3,17.

*-raja, m. I,i8 (voc.)
cp. raja /I.
kuru&ga, m. (sa, kuranga) a kind
of antelope; *<'-miga, m. the k.-deer,
f>^o, 11,24; ~jataka, p.
11
13.
kurute, kurumana, v, karoti.
kula, n. (= sa.) a family, house-
hold; class or caste in general (v. Fick,
Soc. 61. 22, cp. jati), and more espe*
cially designation of a family of the
numerous castes of the middle class
(merchants and tradesmen, v. kula-
dhitar & "-putta below); nom. tam
kulam, Dh.
193; jati-gotta-kula-pa-
desa, m. 43,8o (v. h.); para-kulesu
(loc. pi.) among other people", Dh.
73; raja-kula, n. the king's palace,
acc. rv&m (pavisitva) 68,17; abl. <x/ato,
48,16; loc. ^e, 53,8o.

kassaka-",
8,1s; vanija-'', 30,s; purana-settbi-",
66,81 (v. /.). cp. upaUhaka-", 81,11.
kulin, mfn. (g.
v.).
kula-dhitar,
/". (sa. kula-duhitr)
the daughter of a respectable family
(esp, of the middle class); acc, <varari),
87,18. cp. next.
kula-putta, m. (so. kula-putra)
a young man of respectable family
(esp. of the middle class, cp. Fick,
Soc, Gl.
164);
~o (setthi-putto)
67,21 ; acc. t^am, 68,10;
gen. -N/assa,
67,25.
^kula-santaka, mfn.
belonging
to one's family; acc, m. >v<am (naga-
ram), 62,4.
""k u 1 a 1 a , m. {cp. sa. kurara&krura)
a hawk or falcon; gen. rvassa, 92,20,
kulavaka, n. (sa. kulaya, m.
+
-ka) a nest; ,>^ka,
f.
(or pi.?) brood
of birds (= supanna-potaka, Comni.)
60,16 (cp. SN. I,"
p, 8,1 flf.) viku-
lava, mfn. (q.
v.Y
kulin, mfn. ( sa.) belonging to
a noble family; *a-kuli, of base ex-
tractiou, 102,4
(q.
v.).
*Kuveni,
f,
nom. pr. of a female
yakkha; o/i nama yakkhini, 111,5.
kusa, m. (sa. kuQa) the Kusa-graas
(Poa CynoBuroides); 1^0, 26,2o;
Dh.
311 (duggabito hattham auukantati^
;
nila-kusa-tina, m. dark K.-grass, ^am,
26,18.
kusagga, n. (sa. kugagra) the
sharp point of a blade of Kusa-grass;
instr. /N^ena (bhuiijetha bhojanam,
like an ascetic) Db. 70.
Kusamala, m.
(?)
nom. pr. of
an ocean; acc. ovarii (nama samuddam)
26,19.
= Kusamalin, m.
(?),
26,22
(^
maliti vuccati), cp, Aggimala.
kusamudda, m, v. ku-.
kusala, mfn. (sa. kuQala) good,
right; clever, skilful; m. />/0, Dh, 44;
n. ovarii, 4,82 (sace . .
.,
icc-etam ku-
salam); acara-kusala, mfn.
perfect in
behaviour, m. r^o,,i>h.
376;
para-
ppavada-**, skilled in disputation, m.
0^0, 110,9;
^e. j?Z. kusala-kusalanam
kammanaiii, good and bad deeds, 97,is.

subst. n, a good thing, good things,

good deeds, merit; nom, /^am, 97,12;
>vBm bahum, Dh. 63; acc. /warn
katva, 58,12 ; instr, <s/ena, Dh. 173;
gen, .vassa, Dh. 183.
- a-kusala,
.
mfn. (q,
v.).
Kusinara,
f.
(sa. Ku^inagara)
nom. pr. of a town in Northern India,
the capital of the Mallas, where Buddha
died; ,^a, 78,27; acc.^f^&m nagaram,
78,82.
kusita, mfn. (sd, kusida) idle,
lazy; m. ~o (synon. ^inaviriyo) Dh,
112. 280; acc, ~am, Db. ,7. cp.
kosajja.
kusuma, n. (= sa.) a flower;
mluppaladi-kusuma-dama-, 47,is,
'*'kuhiiu, adv. interr, (cp. kabam
kuhiSoi 80
& ^a. kuha) *) wheret<t? /^ me puttam
neoi,
59,1 ; >^ gantva, 72,i.
- *) where?
46,5 (/>^ me rna'a); 94,i8 (. upa-
paijati),
*kuhinci, aiiv, f/r. last, cp. sa.
kuhaoid) to aiy placr;; na ix/. nowhere,
Dl). 180.
ku^a', mfn. ('- sa.) false, deceit-
fu'.
*kutaUa, m. false suit (cp.
a.\i\&^)\ "-karaka, m. a false suitor,
pi. /va, 42,29.
ku^a*, m. & n. ( 8a.) summit,
ueak; kala-pasana-kuta-vanna, w/n.
24,21
;
gaha-kutam,. M. Dh. 154;
pab-
bata-kuta, m. pi. 75,8c. cp. Gijjha-
kuta.
kupa^, m. (^= sa.) a^hole, loma*
kupa, m. a pore of the shia; "-mattam
pi, 16,10
{y.
matta').
kupa* & kupaks,, m. (=
sa.)
the mast of a ship; kilpagge, on the
top of the mast, 18,6 (v. agga); pi.
kupaka (tayo) 28,s9.
kula, n. (= sa.) the bank of a
river; loc. nadi-kule, 108,24;
para-
kule, on the opposite ba'nk, 108,19.

paihsu-kula, n, {v. h.).
kedara, . (=^ sa.) a field; instr.
pi. ^ehi, 66,30.
kevala, mfn, ( sa.) ') alone,
only. *) whole, entire, all; ace, m,
/N^arii (dhammam) 109,9&;
gen, .x^assa
(dukkhakkhandassa) 66,ii-i7.
kevalam, adv. (= sa.) only,
merely; if only; 88,a; 11,is.
kesa, m, & n. {sa. kepa fn.) the
hair of the head; ace. rs.<am (ekam)
46,28; pi. m. -^a, 63,ii. 82,2. 97,i8;
pi. n, nwiini (kalani) 47,i; gen. /s^a-
nam, 44,24; loc. ^esu (gahetva, by
the hair) 111,24.

palita-kesa, mfn.
63,9; muiija-kesa, mfn. 21,85; hata-
hata-kesa, nfn. 71,?
(g.
v.) cp, vi-
kesika.
ko, pron. intetr, m., v. kim.
koci(d), pron. indef. m. (subst.
or adj. sa. ka?.-cid) [n. kinci,
q.
v.] some, any, anybody; w. negation
= nobody; koci (agunavadi) 43,5;
kooid eva, only some few, 88,94;
kooid eva satto,
id. 89,i;
kooid eva
puriso,
some man or other, 99,it.
100,11;
koci (puriso)
few
persons =
nobody, Dh. 143
;
-
na koci,
nobody,
8,3. 72,81; koci na, 18,29;
ma koci,
68,8;
koci kinci vattum
na visahati,
87,2i;
-
ace. kanci
(a-passitva, a-
disva) 13,6. 42,3i. 43,6;
ma ~,
Dh.
133;
-
instr. kenaci (asucina) a-mak-
khito, 62,29; ~ (na sakka puilnam
samkhatum)
Dh. 196;
- gen. kassaci
(pi na) 17,18;
->/ an-agamanabhavam,
40,11; na ~, 66,95. 106,8;
-combined
w. other pron. : na aniio koci, nobody
else, 61,8. yo koci (samano) which-
soever, 110,8;
pi. ye keci pana . . . te
sabbe, 91,
1;
ye keci pathavitthita.
any earthly being", 110,ii.
*koiica^, nt. or .
(?)
name of a
certain sound, a cry, roar, esp, the
roaring or trumpeting of an elephant
(also written kunca
(&
kufija) cp,
V'kuc & v^kvij
& kuiijara; Jat. VI,
681,18. V, 49,16. VI,
638,8); konca-
nada, m. the trumpeting of an ele
phant, ace. r^'Am naditva, 61,i9.
kofica^ m. (sa. kraunca) a kind
of heron; pi. jinna-koncii, old herons,
Dh. 166.
ko^i,
f.
(= sa.) ^) end, top, point;
loc. ,M..iyam thito. last, 17,8.
-
*atthi-
koti, the end of a bone, acC. rwim,
13,20.

vema-**, the part of a loom
that is moved, loc. .^iyaiil, 89,6.

^) the highest number
(10 millions);
asiti-koti-vibhava, mfn.
(g.
v.).
ko^eti. vb. (sa.
Vkutt)
to crush,
pound, grind; ger. ,-vetva (tandule)
57,20. (cp. akoteti).
*kottha(ka)S m. (Birm. read,
ko^taka, which is probably the true
spelling, cp. kotteti) a certain bird.,
a woodpecker, v, rukkha-kotthaka
(cp. Jat. Vr,
639,9; Ind. Stud. Ill,
128; Five Jat.
p. 36).
kotthaka*, m. n. {sa. ko8hta(ka))
a surrounding wall, any enclosed space,
reservoir, receptacle for, store-room;
dvara-kotthaka, 48,S2 {v. h.).
*kotth.nsa, w(. a part, portion;
81
khanti
ace, ovarii (ekam, one half part)
58,a;
pi. r\^a. (dve, two companies)
33,2o;
ib, so (-= two portions); ace, pi. ^e,
41,18.
Kotthita, m. nom.pr. of a thera;
/S.0 (patisambhida [aggo]) 109,io.
kodanda, i,
(= sa.) a kind of
bow; rw.0, 92,15.
kodba, . {sa, krodha) anger;
ace. n^&m, 44,8, 106,83 = Dh. 222.
-
a-kkodha, m. mildness
(g,
v.).
-
kodha-vagga, m. the XVIlth chapter
of Dh. cp. kujjhati.
kodhana, mfn. {sa. krodhana)
angry.
a-kkodhana, mfn, free from
auger
{q,
v.).
kopa, m, {= sa.) anger; ace,
's.am akatva, without getting angry
{opp. metta) 40,7. cp. kupita.
kolahala, m. (= sa.) uproar,
turmoil ; ace, ^am (katva) 73,2a.
kovida, mfn, {= sa.) skilled,
learned in {gen, or comp.)\ ace. m.
o^am (maggatnaggassa) Dh. 403;
Sambuddha-mata-^ (saihgham) ex-
perienced in the doctrines of Buddha,
114,13; uirutti-pada-kovida, Dh, 352.
(3.
f.).
kosajja, n. {sa, kausidya; cp,
kusita) indolence, sloth; /v^aib, Dh.
241.
Kosala, m. (= sa.) mm. pr. of
a people and its country (north of the
Ganges).

"-rattha,
.w. the kingdom
of K. loc. rs/e, 30,89.
"-raja, m. the
king of K.
43,16;
gen. -raniio, 31,i.
-
"-rajja-samiko,
id. 43,s.
kosiya, m. {sa. kaugika) an owl
(= ulnka); x/0, ll,io.
klesa, V. kilesa.
Kh.
kbagga, m. {sa. kbadga)
a sword;
ace. /vam (gahetva) 33,4;
"-talena,
with the flat of the sword, 41,se.
-
ma&gala-**, a sword of state, ace,
<wuu, 41,18.
FUi OlMHIJT'
*kha.jjopanaka, >. (akin to sa.
khajyotis, khadyota etc.) a firefly;
"-sadisa, m. pi. like fireflies, 72,S9.
k b a n a . i. (so. kshana) ') an instant,
moment, the ripht moment, ^o, 108,
o
(ma upaccaga); ace. tarn kbanarii
yeva, just at that moment, iustautly,
17,81. 32,30. 63,18; loc. tasmiiii khane,
by this time, 12,8o; khane khane, from
time to time, Dh. 239; comp. w. vb,
nouns orpart, : vanditva (hita-kkbane,
87,88; khanatita, mfn. who allows the
right moment to pass, pi. <^&, 108,7.
') leisure, state of rest; ace, ovarii
parara, llO.is {synon, santi).
kbanati, vb, {sa, ykban) to dig,
dig up; pr. 3. sg. /N^ati (mulaiii) Db.
247; imp, 2. pi. <N/atha (do.) 108,*;
ger. /^itva (avate) 39,32. This verb is
sometimes written kbanati, cp. Olden'
berg, KZ. XXV
(1881) p. 326.
khanda, *). n, (= sa.) a piece,
fragment, section of a book; n, puva-
khandam, a morsel of cake, 63,i8.

') mfn, broken ; **'-danta, mfn, bro-
ken-toothed", acc. m. >vam, 63,8.
khandeti, vb, {denom. fr. prec.,
sa. khandayati) to break, to inter-
rupt;
to renounce, to remit (acc);
ger, yetanam <%/etva (in stead oi),
19,85.
kbattiya, .
f.
{snbst, <& adj..,
sa. kshatriya) one who belongs to the
warrior (or royal) caste; (>wO, 92,io.
107,21
= Db. 387; rajano khattiye
{ace. pi.), valiant kings", Dh. 294.

'"-kanfia,
f,
a maid of that caste,
64,11 ; /v/adinara, 47,i5.

*"-sukhu-
mala, m. a delicate prince", 97,33.
k hat turn, indecl. {sa. krtvas) a
suffix of numeral adverbs, implying
multiplication (ntiraes"); v, ti-kkhat-
turh.
kbanati, vb., v. kbanati.
khanti,
f.
{sa. kshanti)
')
patience,
forbearance, forgiveness; "-mettanud-
daya-sampanno, 7,i8. 38,i5; nom,
khanti, Dh. 184.
-
*-bala, mfn,
whose strength is patience, acc. m,
fs^&m, Dh. 399. cp. khamati.

*)
6
khandha
acqniesoing in, belief, faith, v. afifia-
khantika, mfn.
khandha, m. (sa. skandha) ')the
shoulder; loc. /v-e ^karitva) 71,28;
(-varanassa) 46,si; hatthi-", on the
back of an elephant,
102,J3.

*) a
stem, a mass, multitude ; v. aggi-kkhan-
dha, mani-kkhandha.
') in the dog-
matics :
)
aggregation ; dukkha-kkban-
dha. aggregation of misery, ace. rv&m,
108,i!; gen. r^a,8S& (samudayo, niro-
dho) 66,11-18;
'') pi. ^a, the five
constituent elements of a human being,
viz. rupa, vedana, saiina, saihkhara,
vinfiana
{q.
v.) 94,8-io. 96,9. i6. i8. 19;
99,97 (in one comp.)) paflc' upadana-
kkbandha, the fivefold clinging to
existence",
67,ii. 82,ioi loc, kwCSU,
98,31 (santesu, </.
.);
gen. .>.^anam,
Dh. 374 (udayE,vyayaih);

*khan-
dha-disa, mfn. '.ike the elements of
the body, pi, ,>,h (dikkhil, q. v.) Dh.
205J.
kliamati, v?. (sc;. i/ksham)
*)tobe
patient, 'Endure; to forgive anything
((icc.)i imp. 2. &g. kbarna (ekapara-
dham) 47,8.
*)
to b fit, to seem
good to (gen.); yatha te khanieyya
(pot, 3. sg. a8 may seem good to
you") 94,98.

cans, v, next, (cp,
khaflti,
f,)
khainapeti, vb, {cans. II. kha-
TOati) to propitiate, conciliate; to ask
onu's (t/m.) pardon
: ger. /^etvfi (rS-
janaih) 41,96.
khaya, n, (aa. kshaya) loss, de-
struction, extinction; ace. <^&m. (tan-
hanam) Dh. 154; a^l, f^a. (sabba-
mannitanam etc.) 94,i2.

asava-
kkhaya, jati-", jivita-" {v. h.)\ tanha-
kkhaya (v. tanha) cp. khiyati.
kbara', mfn. (= sa.) hard, rough,
sharp, painful; m. ^o (abadho) 78,2i;
/'. pi, rwa (vedana) 13,i3
;
(sakkhara-
kathala-valika) 97,35.
khara*, m. (= sa.) a donkey
(=
gadrabha), a mule.
*"-putta, m. a
derisive name of a sindhava
(q, .),
64,19 (voc); Khara-putta-jataka, n.
p.
62 ff.
khalu, indecl. (=
sa.,
generally
contracted tokho, q.v.)
indeed,
surely;
111,18.
khanu(ka), v,
khanuka.
khadaka, m. (=
sa,)
an eater,
eating (at the end of eomp,) ;
instr. pi.
lohita-mam8a-kbadakehi,_41,94.
khadati, 6. (sa. ykhad)
i)
to eat.
) to chew (e. g,
tambulam),
to gnaw
(asunder), to grind one's teeth (dante).
*) to destroy.

pr, 3, sg, ^ati, 13.S3
rvana-mahisam) ; 106,19 = Dh. 240
(destroys); 1. sg, n^ami, 13,i6 (== ftit,);
3, pi, r^aati (sassani^ 7,86;
imp,
3. sg, kliada (puvaifa) 67,36; 2. pi,
/vatha, 6,10 (maiiisath), 21,s (kha-
daniyam); part, gen. m, (^antassa,
53,18; f.
pi. /^antiyo (dante) 66,6;
-
pot. 3. sg. ciram khadeyya (might long
have eaten) 9,i; 2. sg. .^eyyasi, 13,15;
2. pi. rveyyatha, 14,2o;

fiit. 1. sg.
rvissami, 4,2-12; 8. pi. .^issanti, 21,3o;
aor, 3, pi, /x/iifasu, 22,ii;

inf.
rvitum, 1,16. 12,7 (camma-varattam)
;
- ger. ^itva, 2,21 (phalani); 41, i4
(tambulam).

grd. ) khaditabba;
tumhehi khaditabbaharato datva,
giving food from your own table",
14,19;
*>)
kbadauiya
(q.
v.);

pp.
kbadita
(q.
v.);

cans, khadapeti
(q.
V.) cp. khadaka, .
khadaniya, n. (sa, khadaniya,
grd,
fr, khadati) hard or solid food
(opp. bhojaniya, q, v.)\ ace. ^aiii
(khadantassa) 63,
u
; 78,i; khadaniya-
bhojaniyam, 18,8o.
khadita, mfn,
(pp.
khadati)
eaten, gnawed asunder; m. pi. ^a
(inaccha)
6,9; f,
pi. ,N.a (varatta)
12,20.

*''-tthana, n. eating-place,
ace. r^&m,
62,.
*khanuka, m. (often written klia-
nuka, fr. khanu or khanu (^/kshan?)
cp. Prakr. khanu, sa. sthanu, Tr. PM.
68. Note
6, Pischel, Gr."
309.) a
stump or trunk; loc. ^e, 12,25.
khayati, vb. (pass, ^khyii. sa,
khyayate) to seem to be (nom.), to
have the aspect of, to appear as (viya)
;
pr, 3. sg. r^ati (uccataro) 3,i; part.
83 Khuddaka-Pa^hs
med. (x-mana, ace, i. ^am (veluva-
narh viya)
26,25; aor. 3. pi. rJimsn
(aditta-geha-sadisa viya) 65,ii.
khari.
f.
(= sa.) a certain measure
of capacity (of grain etc.); the provi-
sions of an ascetic, worn by means of
a yoke (*khari-kaja, m. (or -kaca, cp.
sa. kaca)) = *khari-bhara, m. 30,i7
(vattito -^o) cp. 8BE, XIII, 132.
khitta, mfn,
(pp,
khipati, sa.
kshipta) thrown, cast; . (n/O (rajo
pativgtam) Dh. 125. ratti-khitta,
shot by night, m, pi, ,vg (sara) Dh.
304.
khipati, vb. (sa. ykship) to throw,
cast; pr, 3. sg. <vati (pasake) 48,b;
(dajbain da^hassa, to repel force by
force)
44,1 ;

fut, 1. sg, <vi88ami
(bhumiyam sisam te) 5,u;

aor, 3,
sg, kliipi (khuracakkam tassa sise)
24,4; 111,13-14; 3, pi, rwimsu (tam
samudde) 23,u;
ger. /x/itva, 69,S2;
-
pp. khitta
(q.
v.);
cans, khepeti
& khipapeti
(q,
v.) ep, khipana,
kbepa.
*khipana, n. (fr. khipati) the
act of throwing or the state of being
thrown; raiifia (instr.) pasaka-khi-
pana-kale, when the king was throwing
the dice, 48,ts.
*khipapeti, vb. (caus, II, khi-
pati) to cause to be thrown or cast;
aor. 3. sg. r^eai (a6ure Sineru-papate)
69,26;
ger. <wetva (jalam, flowered a
net") 26,1.
khippam, adv, (sa, kshipram)
quickly; 27,i7. Dh. 137.
khila, m. (= sa.) stubbornness,
obduracy; vigata-khila, mfn. free from
stubbornness, m, <^o, 104,24.
khina, mfn. (sa. kshlna; pp.
khiyati) destroyed; exhausted, sub-
dued; n. .>.aih (mayham kammam)
24,1 ; f.
/v-a (jati) 71,i6.
- khinusava,
mfn.
having subdued the passions (v.
asava).

**'-iEaccha, mfn.
without
fishes, loc. n. /s^e (pallale) Db. 165.
khiyati, vb, (pass. \/kshi, sa,
kshiyate) to perish, to waste away;
part, med. (vmana, loc, pi, n, ^esu
fmamsesu) 103,2i; fut. 8. sg, n^ieanti
(dhanam) 48,ii. -
pp. khina, v. above,
subst. m. khaya, q. v. (cp. khepeti).
khira, n. (sa. kshira) milk; nom.
ace. /vam, 26,ti-i3; (matu >x/) 24,82;
(duyhamanam) 99,28; 106,2i = Dh.
71;

*duddha-khira, mfn. one who
has milked, 104,21 (m. 1^0).

khiro-
daka, , milk-water (v. udaka).

*-ghata, m. a pot of milk, ace. //am,
101,26.
-
*"-paka, mfn, drinking milk,
uoking, m. rvO (vaccho matari) Dh.
284 (var, khira-pano). "-paiiiriiw,
m, (sa. kshira-par^in) name of a tree
whose leaves contain a milky sap,
Galotropis gigantea, gen, t^\no, 92,iT.
khila, m. (sa, kila & khila) a
pin, stake, post; pi, /va (nikbata)
106,17. inda-khila, q. v,
khuda,
/*.
(sa, kshudh & kshudha)
hunger; v. khuppipasa.
khudda & khuddaka, mfn, (sa,
kshudra(ka)) small, little, low; trifling,
insignificant
;
gen. masc. rwkassa (mata,
mother of the little child) 99,n.

comp,
-niancaka, m. a small or low bed,
loc, i^e, 42,1; repeated in a dvandva-
comp, U), anu inserted : khuddanu-
khuddakani (n. pi,) sikkbapadani
samuhantu (saihgho), the order may
in the course of time abolish some
precepts or other that are of minor
consequence, 79,i2.
*Khudda(ka)-Nikaya, m. name
of a collection of canonical books (the
fifth of the five KikSyas) comprising
the foil, books : Khuddaka-Patha,
Dhammapada, (Udana), (Itivuttaka),
Sutta-Nipata, (Vimana-Vatthu),
(Peta-Vatthu) Thera-Gatha, Theri-
Gatha, Jataka, (Niddesa),
(Pati-
sambhida-Magga), (Apadana), (Bud-
dha-Vamsa), Cariya-Pitaka. Spe-
cimens of these books are found in
the Reader, except those put within
parentheses. The name Khuddaka-
Nikaya is probably due to the title
of its first section, viz.
Khuddaka-
PStha; nom, Khuddanikayo, 102,ie.
*Khuddaka-Patha, m, name
6
khappipSBB 84
of the fltat section of Khuddaka-NikSya;
Bpeoime&B thereof
p,
82,'i-u.
k h u
p
p
i
p
S B a,
/". (sa. kshut-pipSsS,
cp. khuda) hunger and thlrit; >vu
(tatiya sena MSrassaJ 103,80. *<*-ftbhi-
bhuta, mfn., v. abhiuhavati.
khura, m. (sa. khura & kshura)
*) the hoof of an animal. *) a razor;
*''-cakka, n. a wheel sharp as a razor,
nom, ace. ,^am, 23,3o-s6;

*khura-
nasa, mfn. {cp. $a. khura-nasa) having
R nose like a razor, m. pi. ^a (maccha)
25,23; "-nasika, mfn. id. pi, /^a (ma-
nussa) 26,26. cp. next.
khurappa. . {sa. khurapra &
kshurapra) a kind of arrow; ace, ^aiii,
92,33.
*Khuramala, .(?)
name of an
ocean ; '-saraudda, tK. 25,82 {ace. o^aih).
- *Khurainali(n), m.
(?)
id. 26,si
{cp. Aggimala).
khetta, n, {aa. kshetra) a field;
r^&m, 100,87 (daddham); ace. ^aih,
8,7; 100,86 (daneyya); pi. o^ani (tina-
dosani) Dh. 366; loc. r^esu,
8,9;
sali-yava-khettesu, 8,i8.

*khetta-
gopaka, m, a field-watcher; gen.
<-..^assa, 14,2s,

khet'.a-pala, i. id.
gen, ~assa, 16,ii.

"-rakkbaka, m.
(.sa. kshetra-raksha) id. pi. ^a, 8,18.
'-
*'*-samika, m. the owner of the field.
rs/O, 100,86.
khepa, m, {sa. kshepa, cp. khi-
pati) 'throwing, casting'; loss; *citta-
kkhepa, m. {cp. sa. mana^i-kshepa)
;o88 of mind, perplexity; ace. (%/aiii,
Dh. 138,
khepeti, t)6, (caws. khipati,\/k8hip)
*) to throw ftvay, to do away with
(act'.). ^) to puss or -vhile away (kSluifa,
ayuih etc.]
;
ger. .%.etva (dighnm
addhar.am), having grown old
(?)
Of long time after, 44,21-23. In
this sense TretiCkner takes it =
sa,
kshapayati, ykshi, PM. 76,s8. {cp,
khiyati.)
khema, m,''n. {sa. Ifshema) safe,
giving tranquillity, security
& happi-
ness; n. rx^am. (saranaih)
107,3i
=
Dh. 18992. - siibst, w., safety,
tranquillity,
happiness fof NibbBna);
yoga-kkhema,
n. {v. fc.).
khemin, mfn.
{sa. kshemm)
en-
Joying
security or peace; m. is^l, Dh.
258.
, , ,
khe|a
(or khela),
m, {sa. kheta,
cp. kshveda)
phlegm, saliva; /n/O,
82,5
=
97,28;
instr, ^ena, 57,2*.
-
paggharita-", mfn.
with trickling
phlegm",
f
pi. -x/a, 66,5.
- *<'-mal-
laka, m. a spitting-box, nwO, 84,i5.
-
vi-kkhe}ika, mfn, {q.
v.) cp, lala
& next.
*khelapaka,
m. (t>ar. khelasika,
fr.
khela
+
\/ap or a-\/pa) lit. 'whose
teeth water', or 'eating spittle' 0: a
covetous person or a lick-spittle
(?),
used as a term of abuse of Devadatta;
gen. -^assa, 74,28. <'-vada, m. use of
the abusive term khelapaka, calling
one by that name; instr. ,^ vadena,
74,29. {cp. 8BE. XX, 239; Dhp.
(1855)
p. 143.)
klio, adv. (before vowels sometimes
khv'-, sa, khalu) an enclitic particle
of ascertainment or emphasis : indeed,
verily, truly; kho 'ti avadharanani,
85,34; abhabbo o.., 69,37; pasada /n^,
79,39; avyakatam .-v, 89,23;

after
pron, : mayhaiii f^,
2,29; ete <x/, 66,28;
idara ow,
67,8; so ca rw, 61,31 (et
quidem); yo ~ evam vadeyya, 92,2;
-
after a negation : na <^, 28,i4; no
ca khv'assa, 90,35; ma rw, 32,26;
ma h'evam rv, 90,24;

combined w.
foil, panaina sakka kho pana, 7,8;
na .-V pana, 9,31. 79,4; api ca kho
pana,
32,25; yatha ^ pana, 79,6; siya
~ pana;
79,3;

following other par-
ticles (atha, pi etc.) esp. in historical
exposition = now, now further ; atha
kho, 66,3. 76,9. 89,19; tatra kho, 66,24;
tapi kho,
22,10; te pi kho, 74,4; Bo-
dhisatto pi kho, 34,i; api ca kho,
97,1 ; evam bhante ti kho, 76,i4;
-
in interr.
sentences (after nu) i kin
nu kho,
1,81. 89,33; kacci nu ^, 3,5;
atthi nu rv, 14,36: kahan nu ^, 34,ii.
{cp, kluilu.)
85 ganhati
ga, Mi/V.
(= sa., only at the end
of comp.) going; v. atiga, anuga,
dugga, paraga.
tranga,
f.
(= sa.) nom. pr., the
river GaDges; l.ie; ace. ,^am (adho
-x/,
q,y.)
14,s4; loc. ~aya,
1,5; para-
Gafigaya. on the other side of the G.,
1,14; *"-nivattane, loc, in a curve
of the river,
1,4.
gacchati, vb. (sa.
Vgam)
to ro,
to move, start, go away ; to go to (w.
acc. or adv. (tattha etc, or santikam
w. gen.); gahetva r%., to go away with;
- pr. 3.
sff. /vati, 6,8 (migavam);
6,3t (gahetva); 7,8o (santikaih^; 47,>o
etc.; 3.sg.>s^m, 1,17 (=/"M^); 88,14
(gacchasUi janatha, you know where
1 am going); 1, sg. /N^ami, l.aa. 9,ii.
69,10 (Bhagavantam saranaih); 78,39
(^am'aham); 5. pi. rvanti, 19,4;
104,9 (yena, sc. maggena); 1. pi.
/vaina (let us go) 39,i4;
part. m.
-x/anto, 9,11. 34,4 (on his way); acc.
o^antaih, 2,97; loc. ^ante (kale) 14,i5.
102,4; f.
fwanti, 49,8;
m. pi. r^anta,
6,14;
gen. m. pi. o^antanam, 9,i6;
part. med.
f.
o^amana, 87,33; f.
pi.
(id.)
23,18;
imp. 2. sg. ) gaccha,
2,13. 7,1 (/x<tvam); 75,6 (gacchavuso);
'') gacchahi, 4,i9. 6,35; 2. pi. ~atha,
4,15. 8,3;
pot. 3. sg. <x/eyya (naga-
raih pattharitva (would spread
through the town") 66,84;
parinamam
<N^ (yassa), could be digested (by) 78,i7;
2. sg. rweyyasi, 7,39;

fut. ) 3. sg,
gamissati, 58,i4; 2. sg. *vasi, 7,96.
77,. 87,86; 1. sg. /%^aini, l,i7.
4,36j
23,7 (/%/ain'eva); 101,97 (sve gahetva
f^ I will come to-morrow and take
if); 3, pi, ^anti, 104,io; l.pl. ^ama,
6,88. 22,4;
- >) 2. pi. gacchissatha,
21,8;
aor. ) 3. sg. a-gama (na-
bhasa-) lll,r,
- >") 8. sg. a-gamasi,
2,4. 87,94; 3. pi. a-gamaiii8u, 8,30.
23,90
; -
')2, sg. ma garni, 23,7; 2.
pi, ma gamittha, 39,i7;

*) 3. sg.
a-gancbi (naganchi, 20,8o, probably
from a-gacchati, q. v.) cp. Tr. PM.
p.
71 74;
-
inf. ganturii, 35,3. 62,5;
comp. gantu-kama, mfn.
desiring to
go; m. /s/O, 50,0 (cp. kama); pi. >x<a,
4,18;- (/er. gantva, l,i3. 89,7
(moving);
104,10; a-gantva (not going) 39,(i.
42,27;
grd. gantabba, mfn, r^am
(n.) 83,2; pp. gala (v. h.) cp. ga,
gati, gama, gamana, gamika, garaiH.
gana, >. (= sa.) a flock, com-
pany, multitude, number, (herd, swarm);
mostly at the end of comp, amacca-**,
39,28;
go-gane (acc.
p?.) 21,4; dasi-",
21,1; deva-ganena(ms<r.) 60,93; dvija-
gana (nom. pi.) 7,ao;

bhamara-
ga^a (do.) 62,19; miga-ganam (acc)
6,11 1 saku^a-gapa (pi.) 10,7. cp. next.
gani)i, mfn. (= sa.) one who has
attendants; m. uaha-gam, a great
teacher, 109,i7 (Anuruddlio); m. pi,
gani (thera), teachers, 109,8i.
ganeti, vb. (sa. \/gan) to count,
number, reckon
;
part. m. sg, ganayaiil
(gavo) Dh. 19.
*ganthika,
f. (fr,
sa. granthi,
m.) a knot, tie; acc. >^&m (patimun-
citva) 82,28. cp. gandika.
ganda, m. (= sa.) ') the cheek.
*) a boil, pimple ; a bump ; ^0 (ut^hahi)
60,20.
*g a n d i k ii
,
/". (or gandi, also written
ganthi & ganthika, cp. sa. gandi(ka))
a block; dhainma-gandika,
f.
a block
for execution, shambles; loc. rs^&ya.
(sisaih thapetva) 6,27; "-tthana. n.
the place of execution, loc. o.^e, 6,25.
ganbati (& ganhati), (sa. ^grah)
to take, seize (acc.)
;
to catch, capture,
14,94. 32,90. 39,15;
to acquire, obtain,
get, 33,9,->. 52,17. 55,16; to take pos-
session of, to conquer, win, 35,i9. 39,8.
59,89;
to keep, retain, 33,9. 49,9i;
to receive, adopt, 113,18; to assume,
put on, 58,16; to follow, obey, 9,ie.
52,83; to choose, 10,8-96; to take upon
one's self, 7,ip. 17,i6,

pr. 2. pi,
ganhatha, 33,s; 1. pi. /s/ama (let us
capture) 39,i6;

part. m. ganbanto
(macche) 14,24; (gocaram, seeking
food) 62,17; acc.
f.
.N/antim (attano
vacanam a>ganhautiin, disobeying)
ganhSpeti 86
52,8s;
imp, 2. ig. ganha,
1,(
gan-
hahi, 3,ir; 3. 8g. r^&tu, 10,8. 102,8;
3. pi. />^atha (niulena, buy it) 18,io;
3. pi. ^antu, 39,17;

pot. 8. ag,
ganheyya, 12,8s;
:'.
sg. />.fiyyara, 33,82;
-
fut. ) 1. sg, gf.nessami, 39,8;
>) 5.
sg. ganhissati, 65,8; 2. sg, .^issasi,
4,28. 2ij,32; 1. sg. x<ii8aaii, 2,3i. 29,4.
39,u. b5,2; l.pl. .x^iisama, 6,8. 36,22;
-
or. ) 3, 5^. aggahi,
118,ii
8. pi.
oggahum, 114,3o;
'') 3. sg. aggahesi,
62)19; ") 5. sg. ganhi Ojatisandhim.
was born) 6,S5; (manavikam hatthe)
51,21 ; 40,19. 59,2; 2. sg. ganhi, 69,2o;
.*. pi. fviifasu, 18,2P,
22,6. 33,8; 2. pi.
^iUha. 18,93. 33,1 ;

inf. ) gahetura
(sa. grahitum) 4,34. 36,8; ') ganhiturii,
1,9. 13,u (gocararh, lo est); - ger. )
gahatva (so. grhitva) 1,23. 4,8. 15. 98.
7,<o (tassa santaksih mai-anam); 8,20
(nivasam); 12,8; IT.ic (arakkhara
(te, gen.) to guard);
22,32; 24,2?
(hatthim ~ agate, those who had
brought the elephant); '') ganhitva,
4,19; pass, (gayhati), part, gayha-
mana; >>i/ka, mfn. being captured,
loc, pi. rvesu (vat^akesu) 88,34;
-
pp.
galiita & gahita (v. h.).

caus.
V. ganhapeti & galiapeti. cp. gaha",
gahana, gaha, gahin.
ganhapeti, vb.(caus. 7/. ganliati)
to cause to be taken or beized; to pro*
cure (ace.)', part. m. ^x-ento (akala-
phalani) 37,le; ger. ,>.etva, 39,3o. cp,
giihapeti.
gat a, tnfn. (pp. gacchati) gone
(away), arrived at, directed towards,
fallen into (ace. or comp.), pften used
as finite tense = went, ha^ gone; wi.
gato, 2,15. 3,28; f.
^fi (kahaih gatfisi)
49,e ; upari - pasada -
vara- tala - gata,
ascended on, 64,i2; n, r^&m (patitva
o., fell away) 13,2o; sitbst. n. gatam
=^ ganianaiii, 51,31. 62,i; instr. .ena
(kin te anfiattlia <%. nwhy go else-
where for thatV")
49, ib; loe, m. ,>..e
(suriye atthaiii) J2,29; m. pi, ,^5,
26,3. 109,3 (gunaggatarfi,
^. v.)\ loc,
pl. ^esu (pannitthitiiii, fuUfllled)
1 14,31 ;

gata-tthfina, n, ==
gata-
bhava, 19,i8 (y.
thana);
gata-gata-
t^hane (loc.) wherever he went, 8,it;
gata-gata-kaie,
whenever
he
went,
20,4.

comp. V.
addha-gata,
74,i
(cp. gataddhin
below); ujju-,
Dh.
108;
kaya-o, Dh. 293; ditthi-",
90,95;
nitthafl-gata.
Dh. 361 {v. nittha, f.);
para-o, 104,3o; parami-".
109,si;
Buddha-o, Dh. 296;
vi8amkhara-<*,
Dh. 154.
-
a-gata, mfn.
not gone to.
not yet frequented ; ace.
f.
-N/aril disarii
(Nibbana) Dh. 323;
purisantararii
a-gatam matugamam a maid that
has not seen another man", 48,ii. cp.
duggata. -saha-gata, su-gata, sugatin.
*gataddhiH, mfn. (cp. sa. gata-
dhvan) one who has finished his jour-
ney (= addha-gata. v, addhan);
gen. m, rwino, Dh. 90.
gati,
f.
(= sa.) going, moving;
course, way, esp. the course of fate
(the five gatis are the several modes
of receiving existence after death, viz.
in hell, among animals, petaa, men, or
devas, cp, next)\ nom. /^i (sakunta-
naiii ak.^se) Db.
92 ; atta hi attano
gati, Dh. 380 (refuge); gati papika.
the evil way (hell) Dh. 310; ace.
/viiii, Dh. 420.

a-gati,
f.
not ad-
mission; ^ tava tattha, there you
cannot come, 72,8.

variika-gati.
adj.
f,
48,0 (v. h.). cp. duggati, su-
gati (suggati).
gatika, mfn. (sa, gatika, n.) at
the end of comp. = having a certain
gati
(q.
v.); niyata-", mfn. whose
path is certain,
f,
^a, 87,30 ; a-niyata-",
87,29 {v. h.).
gatta, . (sa, gatra) the body;
ace. f^&m,
84,9; abl. />^ato, 84,8.
-
lala-kilinna-,
mfn. 66,6 {v. h.).
gadrabha,i. (sa. gardabha) an
ass, donkey; r^o.
8,24; ace, rwam.
8,17; gen. -^assa,
16.; gen.pl. <vaDam,
113,11 ;

*"-bharaka, m. goods car-
ried by a donkey; instr. ,>.ena, 8,i6.
-
*"-bhava, wi. the being an ass (cp,
bluTva), ace. ,>^ari), 8,25.
-
*0-rava
(or -lava) m. the braying of an ass;
ace. ^am,
8,25; instr.
-ravena, 113,io.
87 gamana
gantabba, gantu-,
ganturii,
gantva, v. gacchati.
gantha, m. {sa.
grantha) >) a
band, fetter;
j3?.,>^a, fetters (o: desires)
Dh.
211; sabba-gantha-ppahina,
nifn. who has thrown off all fetters",
gen. m. ^assa, Dh. 90. -
^) coraposi-
tioD, text, book ; often opp. to
attba :
abl. r^ato attbato, 114,80 {cp. attba
'^).
*Ganthakara, m. (sa.
*grantha
+
akara, lit, a mine of books) nom.
pr. of a vihsra at Anuradhapura in
Ceylon; loc. <v^e, 114,86,
gandha, m.
(= so.) odour, scent,
perfume; /n^o. 20,i6; Dh.
66; pi.
^&,
70,31 ;
acc.pl. <%.e, 41,5. 63,86; instr,
o.-ehi. 33,3; /oc. /x-esu,
71,9;

maccha-
gandbam {ace.) scent of fish, 14,s5;
catu-jati-, the four kinds of scent,
41,5;
o-dhupa-,
48,30 ; "-maladini,
49,14; "-cunnam, 53,86; mala-", 61,4.
73,11; vanna-", 106,8. 37,3o;
-
*(sabba-)gandb'apana, m, a perfu-
mery shop, 48,31 ;

gandhodaka, n.
Ecented water, instr. >N^ena, 20,8
(dibba-); 38,8;

"-kuti,
f.
v. sepa-
rately
;
O-jata, n, a sort of perfume
;
gen. pi, f^&n&m, Dh. 66;

Mela, n.
scented oil; instr, ,^ena, 37,3; "-tela-
ppadipa, 66,8. *''-paiicangulika
(v. /*.);

dibba-gandha-puppha, .
a flower of heavenly perfume; instr.
pi. /v/Cbi, 20,9.
puppba-", sila-",
suci-"
(3.
V.) cp. su-gandha, a-gan-
dbaka, sa-gandhaka & gandhi.
gandha-kuti,
f.
(sa, "-kuti) 'a
perfumed house or room', name of a
room or house occupied by Buddha,
esp. that made for him by Anutha-
pindika in Jetavana; Gotamassa in/-
satnipe, 73,3o; Gotameoa saddbim
eka-gandha-kutiyam (loc.) vasitva,
dwelling in private with G., 73,i4-i7
(cp. eka*-). (cp. .Tat. I, 92,98. Ind.
Ant. XIV, 140. ZDMG. XL, 65.)
gandbabba, m. (sa. gandharva)
') a Gandharva or heavenly muBieian;
<%^o, Dh. 105;
o-manusa, pi. Gan-
dharvas & men, Dh. 420.
- *) a singer
or musician in general; /vO, 19,to;
ace. -waiii, 19,3i.

^) n.
(?)
(sa. gan-
dharva) music, song; ace. />^am (ka-
roti) 19,80-28.
gandhiji, mfn. (= sa.) fragrant,
odoriferous;
f.
candana-gandhini,
having a scent of sandal wood,
20,34.
gabbha, m. (sa. garbha) *) em-
bryo, foetus, child; <x/0 (kuccbimbi
patit^hito) 61,31 ; ittbi-gabbbo, a
female child, ib.; purisa-gabbbo, a
main child, ib.] paripunna-gabbha,
aclj,
f.
ready to be delivered,
62,3;

*gabbha-parihara, m. 'protection of
the embryo', a certain ceremony per-
formed when a woman became preg-
nant; laddha-", mfn, duly protected
while being in the womb, m. >x/0,
42,88 (cp. paribarati);

*gabbba-
vutthana, n. delivery; ,x/aril, 62,8i.
-
*) the womb (cp. kucchi) ; ace. ^ara
(upeti, to be born) Dh.
325; (upa-
pajjanti, are born again) Dh. 126;
abl. o^ato (pa^thaya) 48,i3. 50,32;
-
gabbha-seyya,
f.
the womb, ace. /x<am
(upessaril) 105,8o.

') the interior of
anything; loc. gabbbe, at the end of
comp. : afSgara-", amid the flame,
15,83.
*) a bed-chamber, any interior cham-
ber; ace. /%..arii, 63,8; loc. anto-gabbbe,
66,28; gabbba-dvara, n. the door of
the bed-chamber, >^aiil, 66,27;

sayana-", airi-" (v. h.) cp, next.
gabbhini,
f.
(^adj, sa, garbhini)
pregnant; ace, ,>^iin (duggatitthim)
48,17; "-migi,
f.
6,32.
gam a, (at the end of comp, =i
sa.) ^)mfn. going, able to go; v. du-
rangama, mano-pubbangama, veba-
saiigama. ^) m. going, course; v,
atthagama, attbaagama.
gamana, n. (= sa.) going (to or
away); ^aiii (= gatara) 62,i; ace.
'%.'am(na labhami) lOS.ss; instr. <^en&
(saggassa) Dh.
178;
^oc.
uyyanaki-
l&di-gamane, 65,88; nibbana-gamana,
mfn. leading to Nibbana, aoc. m. ^am
(maggam) Dh. 289;
-
'O-antaraya,
m. <^o (me, hindrance to ny depar-
ture) 65,38 ;
- *'*-bhava, m. the having
departed, going away, aec, /x>am (afi-
gatnl 88
flassa purisassa) 9,i;
~
*''-niagga,
tn. way; afiflo me vo n'atthi, 3,i4;
loc. tassa <N/e, along his way, 60,a.
garni, gamitths, gamissati,
etc. V. gacchati.
gambhira, mfn. (o. gabhira &
gambhira) deep, profound; difficult
to be perceived; m. <%/0 (dhammo)
94,24; (Tathagato) 95,i2;
-
"-gho-
satta, n. {sa. *'*-ghoshatva) 'the having
a deep voice', the being profound in
predication; a.W. <N/a, or, account of
his profundity (elo<;uence?) in prea-
ching the law, 11S,!0;
*''-paiina,
mfn, one whose knowledge is deep,
ore. m. s/am, Dh. 403.
gamma, mfn. {sa, gramya, cp.
giima) 'relating to villages', relating
to common people or to sensual plea-
sures, mean, sensual; m, <x/0 (anto)
66,26.
Gay a,
/".
(= sa.) nom. pr, of a
city in Behar; lor. ^ayam (viharati)
70,23.
Gayasisa, n, (ja. Gaya^irsha)
nom. pr. of e mouncain near Gaya;
nom, ry^aih, 70,21; liic, -%^e, 70,23.
*i?ayharaana ca, mfn. v, gan-
hgti, pass.
garahati, vb. (sa. \/garh) to re-
proach, blame;
pp.
garahita, m. rvO
(pamado, is blanied) Dh. 30 (gar-
hito),
garu, mfn. ('sa. guru) heavy; valu-
able; reverend; m. pi. >/U, 109,27.
cp, garavi:. c& nexi,
garuka, mfn. (sn, guruka) heavy,
hard, serioua; ace. m, (v-ari (abadhaifa)
Dh. 138; (dandarii) Dh. 310.
gar hit a, v, garahati.
gala, 'H. (=^ sa.) the throat, neck;
rwo, 13,11; all. o^ato (patthaya) 85,3o;
loc. ^e, 13,11 ;
*"-pariyosana, mfn.
forming the end of the throat, n. (^am
(mukhatundakarii) 18,7;

*''-ppa-
mana, mfn. going up to the neck,
ace. m. pi. ~e (avate) 39,33.
galati, vh. {sa. \/gal) to drip;
part, galanta, mfn. dripping, n. ovarii
(lohitaih) 23,32.
gava-,
base of the
eubst. tn.
f.
go,
a bull, cow;
sometimes
used ia
comp. {v. below).
gavampati,
m. (fr.
go,
gen. pi.
+
pati, sa. gavampati)
'lord of cows
,
a bull; 105,12
(usabho
>^pati).
*g a v e 8 a k a , w/w. (/r. wea;<)
seeking,
searching; a-guna-", mfn.
43,i6 (v.h.).
gavesati, vb, {sa. gaveshate)
to seek, search for (acc);
part. m.
/^anto (nibbanam) 64,23;
Dh. 163;
fut. 2. pi. -^essatha, Dh. 146; inf,
^itum, 64,2
1
; adj. gavesaka, gavesin
(2-
v.).
gavesi)!, mfn.
{sa. gaveshin)
seeking, locking for (at the end of
comp.);
kama-o, Dh. 99;
para-, Db.
366;
8Uoi-o, Dh. 246.
gaha', n. {sa. grha, cp. geha &
ghara) a house; loc. /^e (the lay-
man's life") 47,36.

gaha-karaka
etc, V. below, cp. gihi.
gaha^ mfn. {sa. graha) seizing,
holding (at the end of comp.), v, aih-
kusa-ggaha.
gaha-karaka, m. {sa. grha-ka*
raka) 'a house builder', metaph. the
cause of existence; acc. fx^am, Dh.
163 fComm.imassa attabhava-gehassa
karaKHiii tanhavaddhakim); vac. r^a,
ib. 154. {cp^ SBE.' X. p. 43.)
""gaha-ku^a, n. {sa. *grha-kuta)
the peak of a house, roof, ridge ; /-vatu,
Dh. 154 (ridge-pole", SEE. X, 42).
gahattha, m, {sa, grha-stha) a
householder, one who leads a layman's
life; inatr. pi. rwehi, Db. 404 {opp.
an-agara).
gahana, n, {sa, grahana) seizing,
catching, getting; grip, hold; ,N.,am
(ambakaiii su-gahanarii, w6 have
got a very tight grip")
4,35; *'-atthaya,
3,6 {v. attha^); ajjhasaya-gahana-
ttharii, 11,4 {v. h.);
dariidaka-",
20,13;

nama-gahana-divase,
38,9;
- maccha-",
25,35;

hattha-", 51,u.
gahana, n.
(= sa.) an impervious
wood or thicket, abyss ; metaph. im-
purities; ovarii (abbhantaran te) 106,u
= Dh.
394; dittbi-", a jungle of
89 gKha
theories or heresy,
94,i ;
*-tthana,
, a place or lair in the jungle, abl,
.N^ato,
6,12 ; loc, /^e, 33,ai,
gahapati, wi.
(& gahapatika. sa,
gfhapati) a householder,
esp. designa-
tion of a man of higher rank within
the third caste (cp.
kutumbika);
setthi /^, 68,31
;
gen. /x-jssa,
69,9;
brahmana -
gabapatikesu {loc, pi,
dvandva comp.)
7,85; amaoca-brah'
nana-Rahapatike {ace. pi, v. amacca)
42,2. cp. Fick, Soo. Gl.
p. 166.
gahita & gabita, mfn,
{pp
ganhati, sa. g^hlta) seized, taken
captured; m. ^o (hatthe)
23,9;
pi
<va (-1-) 111,18; n. pi. galiita-gahi'
taoi turiyani, the various instruments
which they held in their hands, 65,8
- *-arakkha, mfn. carefully guarded
{v. /.);
M. a grasp, tug; *<'-nimit-
tena, by a tug {v. nimitta) 89,7;
-
dalha-", duggahita, su-gahita
{q.
v.).
gahetum, gabetva, gahessa-
mi. V. ganhati.
gatha,
f.
(= sa.) a verse, stanza;
f^sL (catuppadika) 102,22; ace. r^afix,
3,85; osana-^, the final stauza, 27,8i;
instr. />^aya, 42,i8; anantara-gatbaya,
in the stanza next following,
26,7;
pi.
fs^a (satarii) Dh. 102; ace, pi, ~a,
2,9. 103,11 ; ->.ayo, 80,8o; instr. pi.
<vabi, 77,8;

comp. (also shortened
to gatba-) : *-iiva8ane, after the
stanza has been ended, 87,
i
;
'"-pada,
n. a word of a gathu, -%,am (ekara)
Dh. 101
; gath'-udan'-itivuttukaifa
(parts of navaiigaiia Satthu-sasanara)
109,38
; -
*gatha-dvayam,
two gSthss,
47,23-29; 114,9 (gatba-);
- catuppa-
dika-gatha-jananaka,
m. 102,87.
-
Thera-o, Theri-gatba (g.
v.).
gam a (&
gamaka), m. {sa. gra-
ina(ka)) a village; acc. ^am, 82,2$;
luddassa vasana-", 12,8;
gen.
^&s^i^_
96,81
; loc. rv-e, 67,7
(sakala-); 32, n
(gamake); -^ambi, 111,*;
- *''-jana,
m. the people of the v., 101,5 (^o);

purana-gama-tthana,
n. a ruined
v., 35,sa (loc. -x-e);
- "-daraka (wi.
pi.) the village boys, 52,i7;
-*Mvare
{loc.) before a v., 8,8o;
- *-vara, m.
the best of villages, an excellent v.,
acc. t^&m datva, 45,8;
- "-vasin, w.
the inhabitant of a v., pi. i%/ino, 8,23-aa;
-
*''-satnipe, near a v. 33,88 ;
- "svi'
kara, m. a village pig, <^o, 46,3
(gStha-kalale nimugga-).
- dvara-",
-
.)
nigama.
paccanta-", matii-" (v. h.) cp, gamma,
gamika, mfn, {e. c. = sa.) going,
wandering, travelling; m. a traveller;
pi. ^a, (Jambudipa-, nPf^^Bengeri
for India") 28,3j.
g5mii, mfn, (c. o.
==
sa.) going,
leading to; acc. m. rvinaiii (dukkh''
upasama-", maggaih') 107,>o
= Dh.
191; f.
^ini (dukkba-nirodba-,
pa^ipada) 67.i7.
-
apaya-, nibbana-",
para-" {q.
v.),
gayati, vb. {sa.
Vgai)
to sing;
recite; pr. 3. pi, -x^anti, 77,
u;
part,
m. /N^anto. 48,8;
ger. ,%^itva, 48,83;
pp.
gita
{q.
v) cp. gatba, geyya.
garava, >. & n. {fr. garu, sa.
gaurava, n.) venerableness; reverence,
respect; Satthu-garavena {instr.) out
of respect to the teacher, 79,24.
galba, mfn. {sa. gadha,,
pp. Vgab,
as to the signification confounded
with -y/gadh) tight, close, fast; acc.
m. ovarii (arakkharii) 48,i5; *''-pale-
pana, mfn, thickly smeared, 92,7
(fx^ena sallena);
- *-bandbana, mfn,
firmly tied down, acc. m. jam (ban-
dbitva) 39,31 ;
- ati-galha, mfn.
{q.
V.)
-
galbaiii, galhakarii, adv. tightly,
49,6; 40,19.
*gavi,
f.
(a younger form of go,
pi. gavo) a cow; kapila-gavi-dana,
n, a gift of tawny cows (to Brahmans),
61,28.
gavuta, n. {sa. gavyiita) a mea-
sure of length, a quarter of a yojana
{q.
V.) = 80 usabhas (about 5,6 Kilo-
metres); ti- gavuta-ppamana, mfn.
having an extent of three gSvutas, loc,
(x-e (padese) 63,83.
gavo, V. go.
gab a, mfn. {e.s.sa. graha) seizing,
holding; v. rasmi-ggaba, m. 106,84.
gahSpeti 90
gEhapeti, vb. (eaus. II. ga^hati)
to canoe to take; to cause to be taken,
seized or feiahed; to remove (ace);
aor, 8. pi. o^esum (utuA sarire) t2,s;
ger. ^etva, 16,4. 21,i. 55,i4; 59,8
(darakaih matara padosu); w. double
ace. tnahajanam tava kathaih <vetTa
(having caused people it believe your
words') 73,9. cp, ganhapeti.
gafiiN, mfn. (e. c. sa. grilliin)
grasping after; m. piya-ggahi, Dli.
209.
gijjha, w. (sa. grdhra, cp. grdhya)
B vulture;, gen, r^ansa, 93,i9.
GijjhakO(a,j. (sa. Grdhra-kuta)
'tiie Vulture'* Peak', nom, pr. of a
mountain near Rajagaha ; ace. /xiaih
(pabbatam) 76,8t; gen. -vassa, 76,83;
loc. ,x/e (RiTjagahp.-samipe) 84,8ii
giiii. m.
'(
ukkI,
hh. ngni) firo;
nom, (x-i (Sliito, niltbut"') 104,iiii-ii5.
giiiiliii, {ill.) (bu. griHliiiiii) thii iiot
Benson, summer; loe. pi. hsmunta-gitn-
hisu (metri causa for -gimhesu?) in
winter and summer; Dh. 286. cp,
next,
*g i mh 1 k a , mfn, {fr, prec) relating
to tliu summer, made for the summer;
w. <N,o (pilsiido) 67,113.
gira, n. & gira.
f.
(sa. gir,
f.)
speech, words; nom. ovarii (subhanam)
9,31
; aec.
f.
<^am (saccam . . . yaya)
Dh. 408.
giri, m, (= sa^ a mountain; i>.
Nalagiri.
gilati, &. {&a, \/gf) to swallow,
devour; aor. 2. sg. (ma) gili (loha-
gulam) Dh. 371.
gilana, mfn. {sa. glana) sick, ill;
f.
-^.a, 46,6; m. pi. />^a, 6,m
;
- *"'-alaya,
m {v. h,);
- '*-paccaya-ihesajja-, me-
dicine for the help of tiie sick, 97,8.
gibiii, w. (sa. grbin)
a householder,
one who leadn a domestic life; nom.
pi gibi (laymen,
)pp. pabbajita) Dh.
74. cp. paha, ge'ia,
git a, mfn.
(r= ,ia.,
pp.
gayati,
yi^ai)
BUDg, recivcd, arc. m. /vain
(kathamaggarii, Saripu itadi-", pro-
pounded by S. and others) 113,30.

n. singing, song; *0-rava,
w.
sound
of
song, ace. -^am, 112,7;
- *-8adda,^
m. id. ;v-o (madhura-)
23,b;
- *-8sara,
m. id. aec. .^am, 19,82;
- dvandva-
comp. nacca-gita-,
64,e. 81,4.
-
juta-o, 48,8 {q.
v.),
giva,
f,
{sa. griva)
the
nsoic,
throat; 10,i9; aec, /^aifa, 4,83;
(ukkhi-
pitva) 40,17. 87,4;
loc. <vaya. i4,3.
40,18.
111,b; 17,4
(paBarita-);
-
mani-vanna-", mfn.
with a neck of
jewelled sheen", aec. m. .-^aib (morath)
10.9.
guna, m. {=
sa.) kind, quality;
good quality, advantage; virtue, merit;
^0. 16,111 ; ace. o^niii, 29,9. 30,a. 41,88;
abl. -^ato,
(as though they were
virtues") 43,3i; pi, 'v-a, 41,3*;
ace.
pi. ^e, 42,4;
pabbajita-gune, 63,38;
Huddliii-%.., 28, in; lor.pl. .cm (vat-
tJHHiiiiii, to live a good life) 43,
t;
-
Hila-guiiflciiro, 28,111 {'J.v.),-
*"-kiithii,
f,
praise, 31,3 {loc. .^^ayu); 43,6 {ace,
^arii);

anta-", kama-**, mala-
{q.
V.) cp. a-guna, sa-guna.
*gunaggata,
f.
{sa. *guniigrata)
the state of having the best qualities,
perfection; ace. o^um (gatii) 109,3.
gutta, mfn. {sa. gupta) guarded,
protected; wi. .^0 (dliaminassa
=
dhamma-gutto, law-protected, one who
is well-guarded with respect to the
law) Dh. 257 {cp. iirartbikassa bhin-
no, Jst. I 317,31 and the curious
rending udarassa pbaletva, Jfit. Ill
297,37, o: udaraiii assa
(?).
Otherwise
Fausbell & M. Mull'
'
who take
gutta = sa. goptr (gunrdian of the
law")), n. .^am" (cittam) Dh.
36;
(nagararii) Dh. 315. -
atta-"
{q.
v.)
cp. gopeti & next,
gutti,
f
{sa. gupti) guarding,
protecting, protection; nom. indriya-
gutti, Dh. 376 {v. h.),
gumba, m. (so. gulma) a bush;
a thicket, jungle; the lair of an animal
in a thicket;
rukkha-gumbadayo {pi.
V. adi) 6,11 ; loc. ^e, 11,24. 15,4;
pasanapittharii nissaya jata-", 17,so;
nivasa-**, vaaana-", sayana-", the
91 gopeti
thicket where one is
dwelling,
14 15,
87-33 ; vana-",
16,i8.
gula, m. {sa. guda) a globe, ball;
ayo-gulo, 107,1
(3.
v.) =
loha-,
Dh.
371; mani-, a jewel, pearl,
6,26.
18,7.
guha,
f. (= sa.) a hiding-place,
cave; the heart;
-8aya,
mfn. being
hiding in the heart, n. ^am (cittaih)
Dh.^7. cp.
Sattapanna-guha,
109,si.
gu, mfn. (e. c.
="
sa.) going;
v,
addha-gu, para-gu.
gutha, i.
.(= sa.) faces, dung;
*-kalala, . 46,33
(q.
v.).
geyya, n. {sa. geya) a certain
kind of the holy scriptures
(navaiigam
Satthu-sasanam) mixed prose and
verse; ^am, 109,38.
geruka, n. & geruka,
f.
(sa,
gairika, pwka) red chalk; "(N.a-pari-
kammakata, wfn. ^coated with red
chalk",
f.
^a (bhitti) 84,i9.
geha, n. (= sa.) a house; nom,
f^&m,
48,31 ; ace. .^am (home) 8,29.
13,6; abl. ^a, 3B,2; .v-ato (pesakara-")
88,6;
loc. -N^e, 41,28; asuka-", 68,3;
^-patana-, falling of the house, 19,i6;
aditta-geha-sadisa, tnfn. 66,u
(9.
v.)
cp. gaha, gihin,
go, m.
f,
(= sa.) an ox, cow; pi,
cattle; gen. gavassa, 92,2i; nom. pi.
gavo, 61,33. 104,27; instr. gohi, 105,28;
gen. gavam, v. gavampati. cp. gave-
sati, gavl & next.
gogana, m, (= sa.) a herd of
cattle; acc. pi. i^e, 21,4.
go car a, m. (= sa.) *)
pasture-
ground, hunting-ground; pasture, food;
nom, n^o (mando) 4,5;
acc. >/ain,
13,11; Dh. 136;
-
*'-tthana,
n. id.
14,11 (loc. -^e);
- *<'-pa8uta, mfn.
intent on seeking food, m. r\^0, 13,13;
- jala-o,
mfn. 1,8 & thala-', mfn. ib.
(q.
v.).

*) sphere of perception,
object of sense; />/0, Dh. 92;
loo. r^/Q
(ariyanam) Dh, 22;
- ananta-", mfn.
Dh. 179 (v. an-anta);
miccha-
samkappa-", mfn, & samma-saih-
kappa-, mfn.
Dh. 1112 (v. h.).
Gotarn a, m. (sa. Gautama) nom.
pr. of Gotama Buddha, by non-Bud-
dhists mentioned as samano Gotatno,
7 1,2s. 93,30 etc., and adressed as
bhavaih Gotamo (nom. in stead of
the pron. of the second person) 93,27,
or bho Gotama! (voc.) 89,22; instr.
bhota Gotamena, 90,i6. His mother
was Maya : Maya janayi Gotamaiii,
108,91, his father Suddhodana
(64,5),
and his son Rahula
(64,7).

maha-
Gotama-buddho, 87,7.

*Gotama-
savaka, m. pi, the disciples of G.
Dh.
296; gen. ix-anam, 74,i8. cp.
Bhagavai!, Sattha)*, Sugata.
Got ami,
f.
(sa. Gautami) nom,
pr., V. Mabapajapatl.
gotta, n. (sa. gotra) family, race
(more comprehensive than 'kula', but
not so extensive as 'jati') ; instr. >N/ena,
by family, 106,8 = Dh. 393; 79,9
(by the family name) ;

evaih-gotta,
mfn. 92,12
(q.
v.) ;

jati-gotta-kula-,
43,30,
- cp. Kaocayana-gotta, Vaccha-
gotta.
*godharani,
f.
(adj.) being able
to be paired (said of a young cow)
or : being with calf
(?);
pi. <viyo (pa-
veniyo) 106,ii-ii.
god ha,
f.
(= sa.) a kind of great
lizard (which is eaten by poor people);
nom. sg. ^a,, 15,2o; acc. ^am, 14,30-32.
gopa, m. (= sa.) a cowherd,
herdsman; rvO, 104,20 ; Dh, 19, cp,
gopi,
f.
gopaka, m. (e, c. = sa.) a guar*
dian; v. khetta-gopaka.
gopanasi,
f.
(= sa.) the wood
of a thatch; "-bnogga-sama, mfn.
bent like rafter-tree", acc.
f.
ivaril
(narim) 47,22.
gopala(ka), m. (= sa.) a cow-
herd; /x/lo, Dh. 136; gen, rwlakassa,
101,2s.
gopi,
f.
(= sa.) a herdsman's
wife; 104,38. 105,2S. cp. gopa, m.
gopeti, &. (sa, gopayati) to guard,
protect; pot. 3. sg. (med. or imp. S.pl.)
<vetha (attanam^ Dh. 315; pp. gopita,
mfn. 68,18 (raklcbita-gopita-vattnu).
op, gutta.
gumfka 1
""gomika, m. (cp. sa. gomin) the
owaor of cowb; /w6, 105,(8.
gorakkba,
f.
{sa. goraksha)
oow-keepliD^, tending cattle; kasi-go-
rakkhA.dini, 21,3.
!h.
ghacca (gid. = fo. ghatya?^
to
be killfid or riestruot^d ; mula-goac*
cam, adv.
(q.
v.) cp. ghateti.
*ghafl6a, n. (/r. su. ghana, cp.
hatya & ghatya) Itilling, degtruction;
atti-ghafifia
{q.
v.).
ghata, m. (= sa.) a jar, pot;
ace. wam, 16,s9; kadali-punna-gbata-,
pSantaintreeB set in pots, 62,6; **'-ppa-
niSna, mfn, as largo aa a waterpot;
n. -i^am (ambapakkaih) 36,38; khira-",
dadhi-**, yasu-", q. v,
ghateti, vb. {sa. ghatayati, Vshat)
to connect, unite; gir. vetva (anu-
saudhim, q.v.) 32,5; .-wetva (vamsarii
osakkamanam, to restore) 46,i7.
ghata, w. {sa. ghrta) clarified
butter; ace. f>/aiii, 99,aa.
ghana, ') mfn, (== sa.) compact,
bard, firm, dense, thick; ace. r^tim
(pamsum akotetva) 40,6; "-sa^aka,
m. a thick cloth; acc r^aih, 50,ta;
ekaghana, mfn, (q,
v.),
*) . (=
sa.) the loetuB at ti oertaia stage (the
last before birth?); pen, r^asssi, 99,u.
ghara, n, {sa.
grha;
cp, gaha &
geha) a house; noni. ^am, 101,s;
ace, rvam, 56,28; abl. .%^ato, 48,30;
loc. o^e, 23,6. 48,18 (/v/e karissami,
.,to keep under lock in the house");
pi. ^a (= gharani) Dh. 241. 302;

'-dvara, n. a housj-door; loc, rve,

27,27;

"-avasa, m. {v. h.).
ka-
rana-" {v. karana);
-
nati-", q. v,

cp. jantaghara, sayanighara; Maha-
padnana-ghara.
ghasa, m. (= sa.) an eater; v.
mahagghasa.
ghana, v. ghana.
ghata, m. (= sa.) ki'.liug, murder;
pantba-ghata, m. 32,i5
{q,
v.).
ghataka, mfn. (=
sa.)
killing,
murderer; manussa-",
76,9 (g.
v.).
*ghatitatta,
n. {fr.
ghatita, pp.
ghateti; sa.
*ghatitatva)
the having
killed; abl. ~a
(because I
had killed)
17,7.
ghatiM, mfn. (=
sa.)
killing,
murderer; pana-ghati,
m. 17,29
{q.v.).
ghateti, "v6. {caus. -v/han,
gha-
tayati; cp. hanti)
to cause to be killed;
to slay, kill, slaughter (ace); pr. 3.
sg. -^eti, Dh. 405;
imp. 2. sg. ~ehi
(yakkhe) 112,n; ghataya, 112,i9;
pot. 3. sg, f^aye, Dh. 129; 1, sg.
o^eyyam, 33,s8; fitt. 1. sg. ^e8sami,
112,18; 3. pi. ."vessanti, ll2,io; aor.
3. sg. aghatayi, 112,8i; 3. pi. gha-
tayiifasu (aniiamauiiam) 33,23;
ger,
^etva, 16,3o; ghatiya (sabbe yakkhe
ca ~) 112,9,
is probably a modern
formation {cp, cintiya, fr.
cinteti)
which however more likely ought to
be corrected thus : sabbe yakkha ca
ghatiya {m, pi, grd., sa. ghatya).
cp, ghacca, ghata etc.
ghana, n. {sa. ghrana) smelling,
the nose (as the organ of smelling, cp,
nasa); ovarii, 70,9i; instr. -^ena (spelt
ghanena) Dh. 360; loc. <%^a8mirii,
71,8.

"-samphassa-vinnanayata-
nam, the sense of smelling, 72,i2 {v,
ayatana).
ghayati, vb, {sa, \/ghra) to smell,
scent; ger, />/itva (macoha-gandhaiii)
14,95. ghana, n,
{q.
v.).
ghuUlia, mfn. (sa. ghushta, pp.
ygnush; cp. ghoseti) proclaimed; n.
/vaiii (asalhi-nakkhattatfa ^ ahosi)
61,2.
ghosa, . {sa. ghosha) sound
(of speech etc.) v. Buddha-ghosa.
*ghosatta, n. {fr. prec.\ sa.
*gh08hatva; only e. c.) the having a
certain sound;
gambhira-", 113,20
(t;. h.).
ghosavaf, mfn. {sa. ghoshavat)
sounding, roaring; m. rx,ya. (kusam-
uddo) 20,16.
ghoseti, vb, {$a. ghoshayati,
caus. yghush) to cry aloud, pro-
93 catu
claim; aor. 3. sg.
^esi,
28,3i; ger,
^etva (tikkhattuih)
14,6, cp. ghu-
ttba, ghosa, etc.
C,
o', *) = ti (after preo,
-i and be-
fore a vowel
; sa.
-ty-) 74,i
;
*) by
elision = ca or co (v, h,),
ca, ind, encUt. (= sa.), by elisioD
and contraction before vowels : c' or
ca-, *) and; also (connecting two
words, whole senteuces, or parts of
sentences) : attham anatthan ca, Dh.
266; after a dvandva-comp. pubba-
parani ca, Dh.
362; c'ettha,
3,8>;
c'assa, 6,30 ; only after the third or
fourth word of a series ;2,io; 114,2i;
after the third and second word:
4,5;
tato . . . ca (also) 102,5; in hiBtoriciil
exposition : tada ca, now at that time,
19,24.

*) ca . . . ca, both , , . and,
3,2. 7,13 etc. ; c'eva . . . ca, 16,32. 18,i4.
30,8. 63,io; 107,17 (thrice); connecting
whole sentences (or parts of sentences) :
'ti sanipaticchitva . . . 'ti ca vutte,
l,io; 42,12 etc.; yo cayarii . . . yo
cayarii. 66,86; hoti ca na ca hoti,
89,30 ; api ca . . . api ca kho, 96,3i
(v. api); anacoluthic ca . . . ca, 112,9
(but see corrections).

') = but, 9,2,
18,34, 108,1 (yo c'etam); often after
a negation : 2,i2. Dh, 54, 190. 256,
-
*) sometimes = ce, if
{q.
v.) : 96,n
(tan c'ayam). cp. kinca,
cakka, n. (sa. cakra) a wheel;
pi. /v-ani, 98,8.
khura-", n, (v. /.).
cakkavattin, m. (sa. cakra-var-
tin) a sovereign of the world, universal
monarch; worn, sg. Ji (raja) 61,82.
cakkavala. m. (sa. cakra-vala
& -Tada) a mythical range of moun-
tains supposed to encircle the world;
pi, worlds or spheres (thus encircled)
of which an infinite number ii>iupposed
to exist through the space; abl, pi.
vehi (afl&ebi, from other' worlds)
60,o.
cakkhu, n. (sa. oaksbus) the eye;
sight, insight (esp, e, c); nom. sg.
fvuih, 70,25. 71,32; instr, i^unsi, Dh,
360; loc. <N.u8miiTi,
7),5;
pi. /viini,
24,16;
dibba-", , supernatural vision,
loc, ^umhi, 109,8;

dhamma-", n.
knowledge of the truth, nom. ^uiii,
68,26;
pafifia-**, n. intellectual fa-
culty, nom. *vuiii,
88,27; gen. ^uno,
88,81 ; -**'-karani, adj.
f.
v. karana*;
- o-vififiana, . & *-8ampbas8a, m,
(v, h.)\ **'-8anjpba88a-vinfianfi,yata-
naih, the sense of sight, 72,i (cp.
ayatana). vioakkbu-kamma,
q, v.
cakkbuma^ mfn. (sa, caksbu8b>
mat) having eyes, seeing, clear-sighted
;
m, sg. rvtna, Dh, 273; voc. i^ma,
(Buddha)
106,24; pi, (v/anto, 69,i7.
88,28.
cankama, m. (sa. caQkrama, m,
& (x<a,
f.)
walking about; the place
where one is walking, esp, a covered
walk or portico; abl. <N/a (orobitva)
68,10.
caflkamati, vb. (intens.
v^kram,
sa, caiSkramyate) to walk about, walk
up and down; pr, 3, sg. ivati, 68,9,
75,33.
'''oamgota(ka), m. a casket, box;
ike,
casket, 102,24.
suvanna-camgotake, loc, in a golden
cajati, vb. (sa. \/tyaj) to leave,
abandon, give up, offer; pr, 1, pi.
>v>ama (asuresu panam) 60,i7; pot,
3. sg. caje (mattksukbam) Dh. 290,
cp, caga.
can da, mfn. (= sa.) fierce, violent,
passionate; m. ^0 (battbi) 76,8,
catasso,
f.
pi, v. catu.
catu (in comp, also catur) base
of the numeral pi. m, cattaro, caturo,
f.
catasso, n. cattari (sa, catvaras
(ace, caturas), catasras, catvari) =:
four; nom. m, cattaro, 14,io; Dh. 109;
caturo, 3,26;
Dh. 273; ace, cattaro,
25,11. 45,1s; instr, rs^uhS,
3,23;
gen.
(vunnam, 89,u;

f.
oata880, 38,ta
(dSnasSla);
-
n. cattSri, 61,6. 83,9;
loo, /vU8U, 88,12. 86,st. 91,7. The
inatr, dt loo, >vubi, kJSam. are very
catuttha
94
frequently spelt <vuhi, r^usu; the base
catur is catur- in comp. w. foil,
vowel, before cons, the r drops through
assimilation, e. g. oatuddasa {sa. ca-
tur-da^a) which generally (through
elision of t) is shortened to cuddasa
{q.
v.).
catu-jati-gaadha-, the four
kinds of scent,
41,6 {cp. corrections).
~
catuttha, mfn. (v. h. etc.),
catuttha, mfn, (sa, caturtha)
the fourth ; m. loc. f^e (vare) 58,7
; f.
/vS & />^i; notn.
f.
o^i (sena) 103,86;
ace. .vam (gatham) 15,9s; n. r^&m
(adv. = the fourth time) 88,85,

-jjbana, 80,4 [v. jharia).
r^catuddisai adv. (abl. loc. sg.
=
aya, or ace. pi. ? cp. sa. catur-dipaih)
in or towards the four quarters (of
the horizon); 68,8i (assadiite uyyo-
jetva). cp. disa.
catu-dvara, mfn. (sa, catur-
dvara) having 4 doors or gates; n.
r^&m (nugaraih) 23,8e; *>-iataka, p. 22.
*catu-pari8a,
/'. (sa. *catu8h-
parishad) the fourfold assembly, sc.
of male and feiaale bhikkhus and
apSsakaR; catupf risa-majjhe, amidst
of an assembly (thus cumpounded) 86,6.
catuppada, m. [sa. catushpada)
a quadruped; />,o, 3D,8; pi. /^^a, 7,is.
catuppadaka, mfn. (sa. catush-
padaka) consisting cf four parts;
f.
<N.'ika gatha, a fom-line stanza,
102,88;
catuppadika-gatba-jananaka, m. one
rho remembers o.ie sickle four^line
ftanaa (of the ho'y scriptures), aco,
n^aril, 102,87.
c a t u

b h a g
a , m. (5a. caturbhaga),
the fojr'.h part, quarter ; aco, rs/&m
eti, is worth a quar*,er, Dh. 108.
catur-aHgiH, mfn. (= sa.)
'having four limbs', comprising four
parts;
f.
iN/ini (sena) an army consist*
iiig of elephants, chariots, cavalry,
and infantry, 36,83; instr. rs^iniya
senaya, 36,i4. (ep. Jat. VI,
275,25.^
catur-angula, mfn, (= sa.)
four fingers or four inches broad; n.
/vaih kannam (ussaretva, v. ussareti)
83,10.
caturasiti,
num.
f.
(sa. oatur-
a<;iti)
=
84;
o-vassa-sahassani,
84,000 years, 44,o.
(cp.
asiti.)
catu-visati.
num.
f.
(sa. catur-
viriKjati)
= 24.
- catu-visati
ma, mfn.
the 24'"; m. .,o (vaggo)
Dh. XXIV.
catu-8atthi>
num.
f.
(sa, catuft-
shashti)
=
64;
-matta, mfn.
(sa.
-matra) being 64 in number; ace.
m. pi, ~e, 61,88.
cattari, cattaro, v. catu.
cana & canam, indecl. (sa. cana)
a suffix added to interrogatives, mak-
ing them indefinite; v. kincana, ku-
dacannm;
shortened to ca, v. kiflca.
can da, m. (sa. candraj
the moon;
ace. />/am, 14,i6; -"-manaala, n, the
moon-disc; /N/am, 32,si; loc. r^e, 16,le;

punna-", m. 'the full-moon; ace,

r^&m, 42,3; -mukha, mfn.
with a
face like the full-moon, m. i^O (Go-
tamabuddho) 87,e. cp. candiraa.
candana, m. dt n. (= sa.) san-
dal-tree or -wood; n, <%/am, Dh. 64

65;

*"-gandhin, mfn. having a
scent of sandal wood;
f.
^\m, 20,94;

'"-vilepana, n. perfumed powder

of sandal wood, ^am, 23,ss.
tagara-
candani/i, mfn. (q.
v.).
candima,
f. (?)
or candimas,
m. (sa. candramas, m. & candrima,
f
cp. piirnima) the moon; nom. .>^nia,
107,88. Dh. 172. 208. 382. 387. cp.
Cauda.
capala, mfn. (= sa.) trembling,
unsteady; ft. ,>.arii (cittoifi) Dh. 33.
caniara, m. (= sa.) a kind of
ox, the Yak; gen, o^assa (valadhi)
5,88,
camma, n. (sa, carman) ') skin,
leather; nom. o^am,
29,98; siha-", a
lion's skin,
8,8g; instr. fs^ena,
8,18;
-jataka, p. 8;
-
*"-varatta,
f
a
leather-thong, ace, rvaifa,
12,7;

*''-8ataka, m, an ascetic weaving
clothes of skin; acc, r^snh (nama
paribbajakaih) 29,99; "-jataka, ib.
-
*) a shield; asi-cammarii, sword and
shield, 76,15.
car a, mfn. (= sa.) going, wan*
96 cSti
dering; v. eka-cara,
saddhim-cara.
(cp. gocara.)
carana, n, (= sa.) acting, be-
haviour; good conduct, virtue; sani-
panna-viija-carana,
mfn, Dh, 144
(r. /..).
carati, vb. (sa. ^car) *) to go,
walk, wander about (w. ace. carikam)
travel; dwell, live, *) to behave, con.
duct one's self; to practise, exercise,
commit (ace, dhammam, anacaram
etc.). pr. 3. sg. <^ati (gocaram
ga^hanto) 52,it; (viravanti) 53,8i;
(kamesu miccha rv, comroitB immora-
lity)
97,11 ; 3. sg. -x-asi, l,i4; 1. sg.
<^&tni (sabbaloke) 105,e; (gaveBanto
>v, I am looking for) 64,i8; 3. pi.
/s.^anti, 104,7; 1. pi. med. caramase,
105,85;
part, m. ) cararii (mom.)
travelling, Dh. 61 (carafi ce); Dh.
306 (eko
/%.-);
gen. m. carato, 103,8;
*>) o/anto (dhammam, walking in
righteousness)
7,25; (samam, q. v.)
7,26; (bhikkbaya f^, wandering about
for alms)
29,24;
f.
aec. -N/antim, 47,82;
gen. pi. /N^antanam (amhakaib) l,2s;
part. med. m. caramano (carikam,
wandering)
81,8;

imp. 2. sg. cara
(dhammam) 7,2i; 47,s (cara, with
a metri causa); (brabmacariyam,
lead a holy life) 70,i6;
pot. 3. sg.
) care (game, dwell) 106,3 = Dh.
49;
(eko ~)
Dh.
329;
(nanneaam
pibayam oj, let him not envy others)
Dh.
365;
(dbammam sucaritam ^,
practise virtue) Dh. 168; (kayena
sucaritam ^)
Dh. 231;
") careyya
(samam) Dh. 142; Dh. 328;
-
fut.
1. sg. carissami, 92,8;
aor. 3. sg.
) a-cari (carikam) Dh. 326; '')cari
(anacaram) 9,i5;
inf. caritum;
comp. o/itu-kama, mfn.
wanting to
go (w. <N.'0, akasena, through the air)
36,10
;

ger. /vitva, 2,82. 61,is. 86,6
(pindaya); a-caritva, Dh. 155;
-
pp.
V. carita & cinna;
caus. II.
carapeti (q.
v.) cp. cara, carana,
cariya; caraka, carika, cari.
carahi, indecl. = tarabi (aa.
tarbi)
combined esp. to. interrogativea,
and also other pron. & adv. = then,
in that case; kiiS ^, 90,i6; ko />.-, 97,7.
The change of t into c is probably
due to the frequent combination with
interrogatives (analogy of kinca, kiiici,
koci etc.) cp. etarabi.*
carapeti, vb. (caus, II. carati)
to cause to move; bbei^ilii n.', to beat
the drum; ger. .^..etva, 42,2. 102,26.
carita, n. (= sa.] fr, carati)
acting, behaviour, conduct; living;
ekassa caritarii, living alone, Dh. 330,
-
duccarita, sucarita
(q.
v.).
carima, mfn. (sa. carama) aub.
sequent, last (opp. pubba); a-carima,
mfn, (q.
v,) cp, a-pubba.
cariya, . & cariya,
f.
^mostly
e. c. ; sa. carya & carya) wanaering;
conduct;
eka-*",
f
(v, h,)\

kapi-
raja-", n. a chapter of Oariya-pitaka
(q.
V.) 108,28;

nagga-,
f.
naked-
ness, Dh. 141 ;
-
brahma-*, n. (v.h.),
-
sama-, n. (v. h.).
Cariya-pitaka, n. nom. pr.
name of the last book of Khuddaka-
nikaya; specimen thereof 108,28 ff.
cala, mfn. (= sa.) moving, trem-
bling, unsteady; a-cala, nic-cala
(.;. ;..)
oalati, vb. (sa, ^/cal) to be moved;
to tremble, to be agitated, excited,
confused, or frightened;
fut. 3. pi,
<x/issanti (maccba) 19,29; aor. 3. pi,
'>.'imsu, 19,33; assa kammajavata ./,
62,18
(came upon her). -
cala, calana,
cala
(q.
v.).
calana, n, (= sa.) trembling,
excitement; /x/aiii (maccbanam) 19,8i.
cavati, vb. (sa.
V^y")
*** ^*"
fall away, disappear; to die, esp. to
pass (through re-birth) from any^ exi-
stence into another; ger. <K<itva (tato)
84,81
; pp. cuta
(q.
v.); caus, caveti
(q.
v.) cp. cuti.

caga, m. (fr. cajati; sa. tyaga)
leaving, abandoning, giving up; re-
signing, devotednesB, self-sacrifice;
f^o (tanbaya) 67,i6; abl. <^a, 94,ii;
gen, .^.^assa, 29,io.
'''ca^i, /.,
a vessel, jar, waterpot;
(Spa 96
madhu-*, a honey-jaT, 63,Jo. cp. Hindi
cjita.
capa, m. & n, (a.-
sa^ a particular
kind of bow (dhanu); nom. m. ,^0,
92,15, abl. ^ato, Dh. 820 (metri
cause capato); pi. capa (atikhi^a,
q.
V.) Dh. 156..
Cftra(ka) & carika, mfn. (e. c.
= sa.) wandering abcut; v, vana-
caraka, akasa-carika.
*cariku,
f. {fr. \/c&r) wandering;
ace. rvaiii carati, to wander about
(said of the mendicant friars) 81,8.
Dh. 326 ; ,^aiii pakkami (yena Gaya-
sisam tena, went forth to G. ; other-
wise w. ace, Vin. I, 80,9) 70,ai.
cariij, mfn.' (t. c. = so.) wan
dering, living; "v. atidhona-", anu-
dliamma-**, dhamma-", bala-saiigata-'*,
brahma-", pamatta-*', safinata-".
cala, m. { sa..) moving, trem-
bling; v. bliumi-".
caveti, vh. (caus, cavati; sa,
cyavayati) to cause to fall (occ); to
drive away from {abl.)\ aor, 3. sg.
a-cavayi (ma mam t^ana rv, that
he may not drive me away from my
place) 104,4.
ci, ind. {sa, cid) suffix to inter-
rogativea, rendering them indefinite;
V. kacci, kadaci, kinci, koci; cp, ca,
cana(m).
oinna, ^) mfn, (pp.
carati; sa,
citna) that has been wandered over;
practised, performed ; cinna-tthane
yeva, in this old familiar place",
1.14.

*) n. deed, good deed; v. sam-
mukha-".
citaka, m. & 'litaka,
f,
(sa.
cita, citika) a Leap, pile; a funeral
pile, pyre; ace, <>.am, 34,8. cp, cetiya,
ciyati (y/ci).
citta^, n, {= sa.) thinking,
thought, intention; mina, heart; nom.
.>.am (pabbagiiya rami) 65,is; ace.
->.am, 96,27; instr. ^eua. (mettena)
76,j4; 80,34; pi. ^ani, 71,is. Very
often used at the end of adj. comp.,
V. an-avatthita
",
an-avassuta-",
u(Jagga-, kalla-', thita-o, tu^tha-o.
duttha-,
namita-o, nana-S
patibad-
dha-, pamudita-,
pasanna-',
mudu-
,
metta-, vadhaka-,
vinivarana-",
vimutta-o, viratta-".
santa-",
su-
patitthita-",
suddha-";
- sacitta,
n,
(sa. sva-citta)
one's own thought or
mind, ace. ^am. Dh. 327;
"-pariyo-
dapana, Dh. 183 (v. h,) cp. 8a-.
-
citta-k(i)le8a etc.
(q.
v) cp, cinteti,
citta & oitra, mfn. (sa. citra)
variegated, manifold; bright, brilliant,
excellent; ace, m. r^&Ai (imam lokam)
Dh. 171; 8U-citta, mfn.
very brilliant;
m. pi, ^a (rajaratha)
Dh. 151;

*citra-pekkhuna, mfn,
having a varie-
gated tail; ace. m. ^am (moram)
10,10. cp, ati-citra, vi-citra; citta-
kata etc,
*cittakata, mfn. (fr, citta^
-f-
kata) adorned, decorated, dressed up;
ace. ,-^am (bimbam) Dh. 147.
*cittak(i)lesa, m, (fr, citta')
V, kilesa.
"cittakkhepa, m, (fr, citta*) v.
khepa.
Cittapatali,
f
(fr. citta*
-f-
patali) nom. pr. 'the pied trumpet-
flower
,
name of a tree (kappa^thiya-
rukkha) in the world of Asuras, 69,29;
loc. pwiya, ib.
*cittarucita, mfn, (fr. citta'
-f-
rucita) being after one's heart;
ace. m. ^aiii (samikam) 10,5.
*Cittalata,
/".
(fr, citta*
-f*
lata)
nom. pr, of Sakka's garden; *'-vana-
sadisa, mfn, equal to the C. -grove in
SSakka's heaven, 62,14.
*cittavagga, m. (fr, citta^
+
vagga) name of the third chapter in
Dhammapada.
citra, mfn. (= sa.), v, citta*.
cintana, n. (= sa.) thinking,
reflecting; care.
'^
*cintanaka, mfn.
thinking for, taking care of; maccba-
nam "-bako, 4,io.
cinteti, vh. (sa. y'eint.) to think,
reflect; to care for (gen.); pr. 2. sg.
/^^esi (amhakaih)
4,*;
part. m. o..ento
(nisidi)
4,3;
(tumbakam)
4,4; aor.
97
sdeti
5. sg. ^esi, 3,a; 2. sg. ma cintayi
(etarii nissaya) don't worry yourself",
49,31 ; 61,30 (be not anxious);
3. pi.
~e8Uiii,
6,3; ger. *) ^etva, 3,n;
>)
cintiya, 111,is. 112,n.
-
cintana
(g.
V.) cp. oitta
', cetas.
cira, mfn.
{^
sa.) long, lasting
a long time; ace. m. ^aiii (addhauam)
110,5;

n. adv. ciraiii, long, for a
long time; 9,i ; 23,34 (long enough);
69,83 (^jiva); Dh.
248;
-
dat. adv.
ciraya, id. Dh. 342;

*ciragata,
mfn, V. agata;
cira-ppavasin, mfn.
long absent; ace rt. ^vasiih (purisam),
Dh. 219;

a-cira, mfn, (g. v.) cp,
next,
cirassam, adv. {sa. cirasya, gen.)
after a long time, at last; -^ vata bho
nago nagena samgamessati, at last
we shall see an elephant (sc. of men)
that can fight a fight with (this) ele-
phanti 76,33; na cirass'eva or naci-
rass'eva, shortly after, until in no
long time, 23,3. 89,i6.
ciyati, vb. {pass, cinati, sa. y'ci)
to be gathered, heaped up, acquired,
constructed; pras. 3. sg. ciyate (=
sa.) 103,9 (pahutaifa (te) ^ puiifiam).
civara, n. {^=^ sa.) the robe of
a Buddhist monk; nom, 'x.am, 83,s;
ace, 83,ao; patta-civaram, bowl and
robe, 76,16; civara-" 97,8;
- "-rajju,
f.
a rope for hanging up a robe, ace.
/N^um, 83,91
; - *-vaihsa, m, a bamboo
peg for hanging up a robe, aec, i^&va,
83,30.
cunna, *) mfn, {sa. carna) pul-
verised, grinded, crushed; cunna-
vicunna, mfn,
severely hurtaA or in-
jured, ". ovarii (hadayam) 1,86.
- *)
n. aromatic powder; /x/am, 83,s7;
gandba-,
id. 63,i6; gandba-dbupa-
cunna-, 48,8o.
ciita, mfn. {pp.
cavati; sa. cyuta)
fallen; having died or passed from
one existence into another; m. i^o
(tato) 46,i.
-
a-couto, mfn. {q.
v.).
cuti,
f.
{sa. cyuti) falling down;
destructioD; ace. '^im (sattanam) Dh.
419 {opp, upapatti).
TkU Olottary.
cuddasa, num. (contracted fr.
catuddassa {v. catu); sa. catur-daga)
=
14;

cuddasama, mfn. the
14*'',
m. ^0 (vaggo) Dh. XIV.
*Cunda, m. nom. pr, of a smith
(kammaraputta) in Pavu, whom
Buddha visited before his death; nom.
^0, 77,so; ace, n..am, 77,24;
gen.
-x^assa, 77,20.
oe, ind. {sa. ced) if; most frequently
combined with other particles {v, sace,
noce, yance) and never found at the
beginning of a sentence; ettba ce te
mano atthi, 72,8i; tan c'ayam, 96,
u
(cp. ca); attha ce patthayasi, 104,3a
sg.; punfian ce puriso kayira, Dh. 118;
passe ce vipularii sukham, Dh. 290;
yan ce vinnu pasaihsanti . . , ko tarn
etc, (si quern , .
.,
quis eum . . .)
Dh.
229; yan ce = than if, 107,3. Dh.
106, V, yance;

api ce or pi ce,
even if; sakalo pi ce . . . (n'eva) 16,i3;
alamkato ce pi, Dh. 142 = alamkato
pi ce or : sace alamkato pi ;
ti ce
(in commentaries = if you ask so)
83,39 (kirn idan ti oe ti aba = viz.
with the following words; cp, cor*
rections),
ce^a & cetaka, m. (= sa.) a
servant, slave; aec. pi. ^ke, 55,13.
cetas, Ml. w.
(?)
(= sa.) mind,
thought; instr. ,>^asa (vippasannena)
Dh.
79;
gen. -^aso, 80,35. 91,6. 96,i3;
sabba-cetaso, gen. adv. with all one's
mind, 71,a ('^samannaharitva dham-
mam sunanti). - an-anvahata-cetasa,
mfn. (g.
v.).
Ceta, m, pi, {sa, Cedi) nom, pr.
of a people and its country, south of
the Ganges; >^R, 34,si. cp, next.
Oetiya*-rattba, n, {cp, sa,
Cedika)
= prec; ace. f^a,m, 32,ii.
cetiya^ n. {sa. caitya) a sepulchral
monument, sanctuary, temple, place of
worship; loc. rwe TAggafave) 86,1a;
pi. -N/ani, Dh. 188 (arama-rukkha-*').
codeti, vb. {sa. codayati, cans.
ycud) to exhort, correct, punish, re-
prove; to request, ask; imp. 2, sg.
oodaya, Dh. 379 (coday' attanam,
cors 98
sifncn. patimaso, ib. & safifiSmaya,
380); pp.
m. oodito, 113,i4.
cora, m. {sa. cora. & caura) a
thief, robber; ace, <^arii, 36,sa; pi.
^a, 30,3o; ace. pi. f^e^ ib. ;
payut-
taka-, pesanaka-^ (v. h.).
cora-
rajan, m. gen. /v.r8Bfio (the ruffianly
king") 39,35;

corupaddava, tn.
attask from robbers, ^0, 42,5.
cori,
f.
{sa. con & cauri) a female
thief; as adj,
= f.hievis.i, deceitful
;
pi. r^iyo, 61,f4. 52,; (=
prodigal,
extravagant?); gen. pi. /%/inam (thi-
narii) 51,30;

daraka-**,
f.
a female
kidncpper, ace, .%^im, 5P,i5.
cclaka, m. {sa co-ia(ka) & cola*
(ka)) cloth, rag, eep. i rubbing-cloth
or mop; ace, /%^ain, 84,20.
h.
cha, :nfn. (mom;, ccc. pi.) num.
{sa. shaeh (shat))
^
6; 38,i8. 82,n;
the declination is : instc. abl. chahi,
gen. dat. channam; loc. chasu or
chassu. cp. next & chattimsati,
chabbanna, chabbisati, cbalabhinna,
sa^thi, solasa.
chattha, mfn. {sa. shashtha) the
sixth;
f.
/>^a (seoa) 103,7.
chaUhfinifl'* w'/"-
{^^-
shash-
thama)
prec.\ ace.
f,
^aih (ga-
thaih) 54,8S.
chaddana, n. (sa. cbardana)
throwing away, ejecting; kaoavara-',
V. h.
,
chaddapeti, vb. {cans.
1^1.
y/chtd)
to cause to be tbrcwn away; aor. 3.
sg. f^tai (appagghabhandam) cast
overboard, 26,8,
chaddeti, vb, {sa. chafdayati,
cutis. \/cbrd) to flingf, throw away,
eject, vomit; to leave, quit, expose,
reject {ace.); pr. 3. sg. />^eti (kaca-
varam, tassa upari) 60,2;
part. m.
pi. r^enta (matamanussam amaka-
susane) 40,3i ; aor. 3. sg. ,>..e8i, 60,i
;
3. pi. ^esum, 40,3a; ger, ^etva
(brahmanaih magge)
33,i;
(sinvi
bbavaA)' 47,88;
52,8-4
(rejecting);
64,83 (gharavasam) ; 86,i
(aBivisam
dandakena); grd. ,%^etabba, n. >^&m
(samkaram) 84,84;
o-bhavam papuni,
42,32
(wa8 deserted", cp. bhava).
-
eatis. II. chaddapeti {q.
v.) cp. chad-
dana, n.
c halt a, n. {sa, chattra) a parasol,
umbrella, canopy (ensign of royal
power); gen. seta-cchattassa hettha,
under a white canopy, 42,8. cp. cha-
deti (v/chad)
etc.
chattimsati,
f.
num. {sa. shat-
triiiKjat) thirty-six; Dh. 339 (^ti
sota).
chadana, n. (= sa.) a thatch,
roof; loc. pi, o^esu (arulha) 76,89.
chad da, n. {sa. chadman
?)
a
thatch, roof (Abhidhana.); only in the
comp. vivatta-cchadda
(3.
v.).
chanda, m. (= sa.) delight, wish,
will, desire; ace. rwam (na tamhi .>^
kayiratba, let him not delight in it)
Db. 117; chandadi-vasena, according
to one's will etc. (by chandadi is
probably meant chanda, dosa, moba,
bhaya. or the four wrong courses
(modes of proceeding, agati)) 42,27 {v.
vasa); - *cbanda-jata, >/. in whom
desire has sprung up, m. r^o (anak-
khate) Dh. 218.
clianna', mfn. (=^ sa..,pp.
Y/chad,
cp. chadeti) covered, thatched;
f,
,%.a
(ku^i) 104,88 {opp. viva(a).

due-
channa, mfn. & succhaona, mfn. {q.
v.).
*Channa*, m, ') nom. pr. of
Buddha's servant; .%.o, 66,15; ace.
-x/arh, 66,26.
*) nom. pr. of a certain
bhikkhu; ,-wO, 79,14;
gen. ,^a8sa, 79,12.
*cbabbanna, mfn. {fr, cha
+
vanna; sa. *8had-varna) six-coloured;
gen. pi. ^anam (ramsinam, the six-
coloured rays of lij^ht emitted from
Buddha's body) 87,33.
chabbisati,
f.
num. {sa. shad-
vimQati) =
26; A^ti vagga, Dh.
p.
94, V. 3. chabbisatima, mfn. the
26'"; ^0 (vaggo) Dh. XXVI.
cbajabhiniia, mfn. {fr, cha
+
99
J
abhinna, sa. shad-abhijna) posgesBed
of the six abhijoas, v. abhiniia.
chava, ') . . (so. (java) a corpse,
dead body, ~ *) mfn, low, vile, con-
temptible; gen. m, .N^assa (khejapa-
kassa) 74,88.
chavi,
/".
(= sa.) skin, colour,
splendour; *chavi-vanna, m. beauty;
ace. ^am, 18,6;

*chavi-8anthana,
n. the appearance of the skin; loo.
>N/e, 85,sa (vaijinasaddo idha >v va
daUbabbo, the word va^na ia here to
be underitood as oomplexioo);-
man-
gura-cchavi, mfn.
(q.
v.) cp, anu-
cohavika, mfn.
ohata, mfn. (= sa., cp, sa. psata)
emaciated, hungry; m. pi. r\,si, lll,8i
(cp. Pischel, Gr. d. Prakr. 8pr.

328
& next.)
*chataka, n. (fr. prec.) hunger;
"-akara, . sign of hunger; ace. />^am
(dassesi, gave them to understand
that he was hungry) 41,8,
chadeti, vb. (sa. cbadayati, caus.
ycbad) to cover, hide (ace); pr. 3.
sg. ^eti (attano vajjani) 106,i8
=
Dh. 262; aor. 3. pi. ^esuih (devata
pottbakaih, rendered the book invisible)
114,16. cp, cbatta, chadana, channa.
chaya,
f,
(= sa.) shade, shadow;
nom. o^a (anapayini) Dh.
2;
gen.
rwSya (abhavena, on account of the
absence of shadow (sign of being a
Yakkba) 69,u;
- *8ita-cchaya, mfn.
chijjati, vb, {pass, chindati,
V'chid)
to be cut off, to be split, torn,
destroyed; pr. 3, sg, <v^ati (vanatho^
Dh. 284 ; 3. pi. /M^anti (hatthapada)
99,13;
ger, ~itva 17,S3;
repeated : 60,7
(being mowed down everywhere);
pp.
cbinna (q.
v.),
cbidda, n, (sa. chidra) a hole,
leak; fault, defect; accbiddavutti, v.
a-ccbidda, mfn.
chindati (&
a-cchindati), vb.
(sa. ;/cbid & a-v/cchid)
to cut off; to
tear, split, cleave, destroy (acc); imp.
2. sg. chinda (pasam) 12,i; 2. pi,
^atha, Db. 283;
-pot, 3. sg. chinde,
Dh. 370;
-
fut. 3. sg. checchati, Dh.
350 (esa-ccbeccbati, probably fr.
a-cchindati);
- aor. 3. sg, acchidda
(= acchida, B. acchindi, fr.
chindati
or a-ccbindati) Dh. 3,51 ;
-
inf. cbet-
turii, 105,18;
- ger. )chinditva(givain)
4,33;
(sisam)
6,19;
(dvidha /,
to cut
in two) 33,18; a-chinditva (vissasaih,
,in unbroken amity")
13,7 ;
- ) cbetva,
33,!ii. 105,19; Dh. 283. 369;
-
<')chet-
vana, 47,a8; Dh. 346;
caus. II.
obindapeti, pass, chijjati, pp. chinna
(q,
V.) cp, ohidda, cheda.
ohindSpeti, vb. (caus. II. chin-
dati) to cause to be cut off, to let be
removed (acc); ger. .%/etva, 36,ie. 38,i.
chinna, mfn. (== sa,, pp,
^'chid^
cut down, torn, split; m. /s^-o (rukkho)
Dh. 338; aee, o.-arii, 34,b; m. ^am.
(musika-cchinnam tbanaih) 26,7;
chinna-pasibbaka, 13,5; chinna-tata-,
a sheer precipice, 27,3; chinna-tthana,
n. a crack, fissure, 91,30 ; vata-ccbinna,
mfn.
driven away by the wind, *-vala-
haka, m, 40,28 (v. h.).
chuddha, mfn. (sa, kshubdha,
y/kshubb) thrown away, rejected; m.
,-wO (kayo) Db. 41 (Coram. = apa-
viddho; cp. Jat. V, 302,4. 303,4
=
chaddita). Fausbell (Bern. p. 19) &
Trenehner (Mil.
p. 42223) refer it
to ^/kshiv =
v'shtbiv; cp. Pischel, Gr.
d. Prakr. Spr.

66 & 120. v. ia\\hx-
bhati & nuttbubhati beloxo.
cheka, mfn, (= sa.) clever,
shrewd ; skilful, skilled in (loc.)
;
instr.
m. /x^ena (sakunikena) 88,33; nom.
/%/0 (aiSga-vijjaya) 48,i6.
checchati, cbetva, chetvana,
chettum, v, chindati.
cheda, m. (= sa.) cutting off;
interruption, abandonment; asa-cchedat
m., kamma-", m., sandhi-, mfn.,
sisa-', m. (v. h.).
J.
ja, mfn. (e. c. = sa,) born; v,
atta-ja, daru-", dvija (dija), pabba-",
- 7*
jagati 100
yoni-", varl-', SihabShu-narinda-".
op. jayati.
jagati,
f.
(= 8a.) the earth,
world; ""jagati-ppadesa, m. a Bpot In
the world, /vO, Dh. 127.
jacca, instr. ~ jatiya, v. jSti.
jaggati, vb, = jagarati
{q,
v.),
jajjara, mfn. (sa. jarjara) infirm
from age, decayed, old
;
jara-", mfn.
{v. h.) cp, jara etc.
jafifia, mfn. {sa. janya) 'to be
born or produced', charming, excellent
(?
cp. MN. I
p. 528, ad p. 29,19);
V. a-jafifia & purisajafina.
janna, pot. v. janati.
jata,
f.
(^ sa.) the platted or
m<itted hair (of an afcelic); Dh. 141;
instr, pi. ^E.hi, 106,8
= Dh. 393.
cp. next.
jatila, m. (= sa.) an ascetic
(wearing matted hair) ; instr. pi.
puriina-jatilehi (who had been Ja^tlas
before) '70,>.
jana, m. (- so.) people {ooll.
aoroetimei conatructed u>. pi, of the
V'drb), pi. men, prrsoni; nom, rvO,
106,31
Dh. 222; Dh. 249 (w. pi.
dadanti); bahu-jano, many people,
a multitude of people, the vulgar,
88,38; bahujiano, ici. Dh. 320; maha-
jano, id.
17,23; niahajana-tnajjhe,
before iA\ the people, 51,lo; loka-
niiihajano loko
(q.
v.) 88,31 ; ace.
jinam (aunam b.ihukaA) 108,i9;
luaha-janam, fe8,6; jen. janassa.
110,16; maha-janassa, 73,i8. 87,3;
ioc. tuaha-jane (among men) 114,i5;
>-
pi. dve jana, 6,33. 37,l6; gen. pi.
tinnaiii jananam, 14,ia; -gama-jana,
puthujjana (v. h.) cp. janapada,
janifidti.
janana, mfn. {e. c.
'=
aa.) pro-
ducing, causing; bhaya-**, mfn. terrific;
m. ~o (saddo) 27,4.
janapada, m. ( sa.) ') an in-
habited country, thfl country (opp.
the town), the continent; ace. pwaifa,
22,3 {opp. Tambapannadipa) ; 43,io
{opp. nagara);
rattha-janapada-va-
sino, m. pi. the country people of
the kingdom", i02,s. - *)
a ntio
tribe; subjects, cp. janapada.
janinda, m. {fr.
jana +
inda;
sa. janendra) a sovereign, king; voc.
^B,, 47,10 (janinda'ti); 55,i.
janeti, vb. {cans. Vjan,
sa. ja-
nayati, cp. jayati) to bear, bring
forth (ace); aor. 3. sg. j&myi (Maya
Gotamara). 108,2i. cp. jana, janana.
*jantaghara, n. a bathing place
for hot sitting baths; nom. acc. r^&m,
83,27-31 ; all. ^.a, 83,85;
Ioc. ^e, 83,34;
"-pitha, n. the chair belonging to the
jant.^ghara, acc. o^aiii, 83,38. The
etymology of this word is not clear;
Bilhler {&
Oldenberg) take it = sa.
yantra-grha (an oil-mill) KZ. XXV
(1881) p. 325, but the prakritizising
of ya (into ja) is upon the whole very
questionable and esp, in this case, be*
cause yanta {sa. yantra) frequently
occurs in Pftli-texts. E, Hardy, (Deut-
sche Lltt. Zeit. 1902 p. 339) refers
to sa. jentaka (a dry hot bath) the
etymology, of which is likewise un-
known, cp, 8BE. Xm p. 167.
jantu, W(, ( sa.) a creature,
man, person; nom. r^n, Dh, 107; acc,
.^um, 106,13
= Dh.
395;
gen. .-vuno,
106,11
= Dh. 176; Dh. 105. 341.
janibu,
f
n. (-= sa.) ')
f.
the
rose apple tree (Eugenia). *) n, the
fruit of the Jambu tree; instr, pi.
<N.uhi, 2,10.
Jambudipa, m, {sa, Jambu-
dvipa, the central one of the seven
continents = the known world) mow.
pr, of India {sa. Bharata-varsha)
;
acc, rwarii, 114,38; Ioc. sakala-Jam-
budipe,
39,11. 98,i3; *o.gamika, mfn.
{v. h.).
jambonada, n. (so. jambunada)
a kind of gold (from the Jambii river);
gen. ^assa (nekkhaih) Dh. 230.
jam ma, mfn. {sa. jalma) ') con-
temptible,
poor, miserable; m. .>0
(gadrabho)
8,38. -) cruel, fierce;
f.
^'i (tanha)
107,3i; acc. ^iih, 108,i.
jay a, m.
{= sa.) victory; jaya-
parajaya, . victory and defeat, acc.
101 jataka
/^am, Dh. 201. -
jayaih (Dh.
201)
part. ., V. (jinati
&)
jeti.
jara, mfn. (only as first part of
comp. = sa. jarat) old (an epithet
implying contempt or vexation);
jara-
Sakko,^ 59,31. cp. jirati, jinna <t next.
jara.
f,
(-= sa.) old age, decre-
pitude, decay; nom.
^a, 63,i3.
67,8;
instr. ^aya. 70,89;
-
*-jajjara, m.
a decrepit old man; ace. ,>.am,
63,8;
- *jarappatta {sa. *jara-prapta) mfn.
decrepit, decayed; gen.
f.
pi. <>^a,n&m.
47,15;

"-maranaih, w. old age and
death, 66,io-i6; -
jati-jara, /"., jati-
jarupaga, mfn., yava-jara, adv. (v.h.).
- Jara-vagga, m, the U*"" chapter
of Dh.
jala, n. (= aa.) water; instr,
/^ena, 110,a!i; loo, />,e (aaniattho.
q. V.) 4,ii; -
*''-gocara, mfn. living
in the water; w, pi, ^a, 1,8;
-
thala-
jala-, 19,28, lona-jala-, 24,i6 (v. h.),
jalati, vh. (sa.
VJ^^O
* bum,
shine; pr, 3. sg. ^ati (aggi) 94,3o;
part. loc. pi. .^.antesu (padipesu),
65,18; pot. 3. sg. ^eyya, 94,s9; aor.
3. sg, a-jali, 95,7 ; cans, jaleti & jaleti
jaleti, vb. (cans. fr. prec.) to set
on fire, light, kindle (ace); ger,
-^etva (aggirii) 100,34. cp. jaleti.
Java, mfn, (= sa.) quick; Java-
sakuna-jataka, n. (the tale of the
dexterous bird) 13,8 (if not Java
is
the name of a bird; Trenckner refers
to sa. cavya
= vaca, but this seems
not to agree with rukkha-koUhaka,
13,10,
which is = sa. Qatapattra.
Jutakamala p.
235,2o).
- m. speed;
instr. />^ena, quickly, 23,u.
jaha, mfn. (e. c. = sa.) leaving,
abandoning; v, sabbafijaha. cp. next.
jahati (&
jahati), vb. (=
sa.
y/h&) to leave, abandon (acc); pr. 3.
pi. /N..anti (okamokam)
Db. 91
;
pot.
3. ^. jahe,
Dh. 221. 370 (cp. vippa-
jaheyya);
1. sg. jaheyyam (rajjam)
8,s; fat.
3.
s^r. jahissati (attanam,
will loose his life) 54,so; inf
jahitum,
44,81. 46,34;
ger. hitva (abalassam,
leaving behind) Dh.
29;
(kame) Dh.
88; Dh. 91. 231. 417; pp.
hina (v.
h.)
;
cans, hapeti, pass, hayati (q.
v.)
cp, jaha, mfn.
jagarati (& jaggati), vb. (sa,
y/jiigr) to be awake; part. gen. m,
<N/ato, 107,9 = Dh.
60;
part, med.
jagarainana, gen. pi. rwanaih (sada
/x-, ever watchful) Dh. 226. cp, pa^i-
jaggati & bahujagara,
jata, *) mfn. (^^ sa.
pp.
y/jsLiij cp.
jayati & janeti)born, grown, produced;
become (in this sense often used as
finite tense); m. f^o, 18,28. 34,2<. 45,24.
113,s; instr. f^ena (maooona) Db.
53;
gen. <vaB8a (nsvery one that ii
born") 63,13; loc. /ve (varanarukkhe)
4,9t; o-ainhi (atthan)hi) Dh. 331;
f,
r^a,
28,8; acc. ^am, Dh. 340;
Yakkhini jatftsi (you have been born
a Yakkhini) 59,2i; n. >v^am, 31,>i.
49,84; m. pi. ^a (danta) 12,8t; n.
pi. fN^ani (kesani, sisamhi) 47,
i;
camp, piti-somanassa-jata, adj.
f.
filled with pleasure and satisfaction,
64,13; pasanapittham nissaya jata-
(gumbe) 17,2o;
*jata-divasa, m.
birthday, loc. f^e, 24,3i. 45,2i;

chaiida-", mfn., sayam-", mfn. (q.
v.).

'')
n. a kind, sort; gandha-" (v. h.)
cp. jatarupa & next.
jataka, ') mfn. (=: sa.) born; m.
a child; nahapitassa /vo, 25,lo (a
bastard).

^) n. ) nom. pr. name of
a Pali work, the
10""
section of the
Khuddaka-nikSya; acc. r^&m, 102,i6;
loc. ^e, 102,8o; com^}, jatak'-abbbuta-
vedallaih (parts of the navafigaifa
Satthusasanaih) 109,34. The Jataka
is the Book of Birth-Stories, containing
547 tales of the anterior existences
of Gotama Buddha (jatakani) and an
introduction (nidana-katba) about the
legendary history of the Buddhas; cp.
L. Feer, ]^tude sur les Jfitakae, lAs.
(1875)
sir. 7. vol. V-Vl; a useful
bibliography is given by H. Wemel,
JRAS. 1893, p. 351. Specimens are
found
p.
1-60, 72-74; of NidSna-
katha p. 61-65. - *>) a tale of the
jatariipa
102
Jataka-book, consisting of two chief
parJ^s, viz. paccuppanna-vatthu (story
of the present) generally in prose only,
and atlta-vatthu (story of the pastj
in mixed prose and verses (gatba)
together with a verbal commentary
(atthavannana Dr atthakatha) ; the
tale concludes in a short summary
(samodhana, identification of the ac-
tora ;n t)ie atita-vatthu). Jataka-tales
are also found in Cariya-pitaka,
Buddba-vamsa and passim in other
holy scriptures (cp. Bhys Davids,
Buddhist Birth Stories, Introd.), with
the northern Buddhists in Maha-vastu,
Jataka-mala, Divyavadana, Avadana-
Qataka etc.
;
numerous scenes of Jataka*
tales are figured on the Bharhut-Stupa,
Boro-Boedoer, and Mangala Cheti Da-
gaba (cp. the notes of Pafrt 1). Spe-
cimens of Jatakas in their whole ex-
tent (without commentary) are found
p.
28-32, a little proof of the verbal
commentary
p. 52,1-7. />^aiii samo-
dhanesi (identifijd the birth") 29,x6.
30,24, 32j5.
jatarupa, n. (= sa.) gold; jata-
riipa-rajata-patiggahana, n. accepting
gold and silver, abl. ^a, 81,26.
jati.
f.
{=^ sa.) ') birth, re-birth,
(former) existence; nom. /^i, 66,lo.
67,8;
instr. rviya (or jacca, v. helotoS
70,99
;
gen, /N/iya, 63,i3; loc. rwiyam
(atita-**) 86,12;

"-kkhaya, m. end
of births, ac:. .^jair, Dh. 423;
-
^'-jara,
f.
birth and decty, ace. /^aih,
Dh. 238. 348; "-ja.-'-upaga, mfn. {v.
upaga);

^'-nirodha, m, cessation
of births, ^0, 66,16; ahl.\ /N^a, ib.;
-
***-marana,
^asaa, 1
05,26
;
-saicsara, n. the revolution of
being, 108,i8;

*-8ambhava, m.
existence, 17,38;

**-s8ara- {sa. jati-
SDiara), remembering one's former
existences; """-iiaaa, n. the power of
remembering one s former existences,
instr. ^ena, 17,4 ;
-
i)anca-jati-satani
{are. through 500 births =
600 times)
17,10. - ^; age
j ms^r. jacca=:jatiya, by
-
*'*-paccaya {v. h.)
;
n. birth and death, gen.
=)_
age, 47,ji.
-
*) caste; ace, /x/im, lll,ti
(mama jatin ti, my royal lineage);
instr. jacca, by caste, 106,9
Dh.
393
; -
"-gotta-kula-padesa,
m. posi-
tion with regard to caste, race and
family, ace. r^am, 43,so;
-mant'-
upapanna, mfn. (v, upapanna). ep.
Fiek, 80c. Glied.
p. 22.
- *) kind,
sort; catu-jati-gandha, m. (v, catu,
cp. jata, n.).
jatu, adv. ( sa.) at all, ever
(generally explained by ekamBe(Da)
or kadaoi); tasu ko -v vissase, 61,i.
*janana, n. (nom. act. fr. jaDati)
knowing, knowledge; *'-manta, m. a
spell of knowledge, ace, .<am, 63,36;
sabba-ruta-janana-manta, m. 63,i4
{v. rata).
*jananaka, mfn. (fr.pree.) know-
ing, a knower; catuppadika-gatba-",
V. catuppadaka, 102,27.
janapada, mfn. ( sa.) living in
in the country; m. pi. country-people;
ace. pi. ,^e, 6,2 (negama-"); -
*jana-
paditthi,
f.
a country-woman, ace,
nwim, 30,28.
janati, vb. {sa. \/jna) to know,
understand, learn (ace); perceive, ob*
serve; recognize; be aware, fiod (find
out); experience (suffer); pr. 3, sg.
-Np-ati (ko ->. kim karissati) 13,i7:
30,6. 32,9. 72,24. 102,25; 2. sg. .^asi,
6,11; 1. sg. .>.,ami, 41,s3. 61,io. 87,S6.
92,io; 1. sg. med. jane, 113,i; 2. pi.
o^atha,
59,16; 3. pi. r^anti, 61,35.
69,30. 104,2;
- part.
) (janam) gen.
m. janato, Dh^
384; a-janato (te)
101,30; >>)!,
jananto,
67,3; pi. ^a
(nama naheaum, no one knew) 19,i9;
a-jananto, not knowing, unaware, un-
suspecting,
5,1.
50,17; pi. ^a, 21,6;
/".
j-^anti,
67,24;
*=)
med. pi. m. jana-
mana,
17,28;

imp. 2. sg. janahi,
46^8. 72,23 (evam); Dh.
248; 2. pi.
-^.atha (find out)
74,8;

pot. ) 2.
sg. janeyyasi,
94,29; 1. sg. janeyya
(^ahaiii) 94,3i; 3. pi. ^eyyum, 17,s8;
2. pi.
^eyyatha, 9,i4; ") 3. sg. jaftna,
Dh.
157. 352;
-
fut. 3. sg. ^issati,
66,8; 2. sg.
^issasi (tuyham pattam.
103 jiva
suffer)
6,35; 1. sg. ^issami (paccha,
see to it afterwards)
15,ig-,

aor. ) 3.
sg. afinasi, v. ajanati; >)
5. pL ja-
nimsu (tarn karanam)
37,8;
-
ger. )
fiatva, 3,20. 8,95. 12,9-86.
33,5. 34,u
(sabbam)._Dh. 12. 22 etc.;
>;) janitva,
50,31
;
_a-janitva, 63,i; -pass, fiayati,
pp.
fiata, caus. iiapeti & janapeti
{q.
V.) cp. nana, iiataka, iiati, -fiiiu,
& janana(ka).
janapeti, vh. {cans, II. janati)
to let know, to inform any one (occ);
imp. a. sg. />/ehi (nam)
65,23; ger.
*>^etva (tam) ib, cp. fiapeti.
jani,
f.
(sa. jyani; fr. japeti,
Vjya)
*) I08B (of property), amercement. *)
growing old, infirmity; ace, ^vim, Dh.
138.
jayati, vb. (=- sa.
\/Jin) * ^
born; pr. 3. sg. ^ati, Db. 193; o.ati,
Dh. 212 foil. Dh. 282 foil. (birm.
read, ^te); pot. 3. sg. med. ->.etha,
Dh. 58; aor. 3. sg. jayi, 46,82; pp.
jata, ^rd. janna (v. h.y, caus. janeti
(2.
V.) cp. jataka, jati, jana etc.
jar a, m. ( sa.) a paramour, lover;
ace, rwam, 51, 1.
jala, n. ( sa.) a net, snare;
cob-web; wire-net, lattice; ace, /aih
(khipapetva) 26,i; Dh. 347 (cob-web);
antojalam, 88,35 {v. anto) ; suvanna-**,
a golden net, 62,23;
instr. .>/ena, 88,3*;
62,23 (savanna-"); 88,35 (Mara-");
abl. ^ato (muccati) 88,34; "-mutto
(sakunto) 88,30;
- *nana-jala, n. the
limits of one's perception; gen. o^assa
(anto pavittham disva, calling her
into his mind) 86,28;
- *-karandaka,
m. (v. h.).
jali'J, mfn. ( sa.) 'having a net',
ensnaring, deceptive, fascinating
; f.
,^ini (tanha) Dh. 180.
jaleti, vb, {caus, jalati) to cause
to burn or shine (occ); pr. 3, pi,
enti (dipara) 37, (cp. jaleti}.
ji, mfn.
(e. c.
sa, jit) winning,
victorious; v, BaBgamaji {cp, jinati).
jigaccha,/'.(sa.jighat8a)
hunger;
Dh. 203
(var. B. digaccha).
jinn a, mfn, (pi.jirati; a. jxrna)
old, decayed ; >. ^0, 74,20 ; ace. i^&m
(purisam) 63,i5;

"-konca, w. pi.
Dh. 156.
- mogha-o, m. Dh. 260
(v. h.) cp. parijinna.
jinnaka, mfn. (sa. jirnaka) old,
worn out; n, pi. ^ani (pilotikani)
57,5.
jita, mfn.
(pp.
jeti & jinati; =
sa.) conquered; atta jitaiii. seyyo
(n one's own self conquered is better")
Dh, 104 (where jitam is an old
nasalized form instead of m. jito, cp.
Dhpd.
(1856) p. 287; Knhn, Beitr.
p. 59);
ace. m. f^&m (Maraiii) Dh.
40;
siihst. n. victory; Dh. 179;
ace. ~am, Dh. 105 (opp. apajitaih).
Jina, m. (= sa.) 'victor', epithet
of the Buddha; "-sasana, n. the doc-
trine of Buddha; ace. i^&m (navaSgam)
109,22 ( Satthu-sasanam, 109,32);
loe, -we, 109,6.
jinati (& jeti, q. v.) vb. (sa. ^/jya
&
y/ii)
to win ; to conquer, overcome
(ace); pr. 3. sg. .x/nati (niccam)
48,9; Dh. 354 (sabbadanam, exceeds);
103,32 (nam);

pot. 3. sg. jine
(kodhara) 44,8; 107,s = Dh. 103;
aor. 3. sg. a-jini, Dh.
3;
pass, jiyati,
V. parajiyati.
jiya,
f.
(sa, jya) a bow-string; ace,
rv&m, 92,iG.
jivha,
f.
(sa. jihva) the tongue;
70,31. Dh. 65; instr. -^aya, Dh. 360;
loc, /x^aya, 71,9;

"-samphassa-vin-
iianayatanam, 72,15, the sense of taste
(cp. ayatana).
jiyati, vb, *) = jirati
(q.
v.)
-
*) pass, jinati & jeti, v. parajiyati.
jirati, vb. (sa.
yjf,
jiryati) to
grow old, become decrepit; pr. 3. sg.
-wati, Dh. 152; 3. pi. /x.anti, Dh.
161 (are destroyed);
pp. jinaa,
(q.
v.)
op, jara, jara, iajjara.
jiva, m, n, (= sa.\ ') n. life, aoul;
nom, ^aiii, 89,ta-i9 (opp. sariraib);
ace, <N/ain, 103,it; -
yavajivam, adv.
all the life long, l3,T. Dh.
^64;
-
dujjiva, sujiva, mfn, (q,
v,).
) m.
a living being; Moka, m. living beings;
<^0, 47,17,
jivati 104
jivati, vb. (sa.
Vjiv)
to live; to
iiv<( by, Bubsisv. on (nissiiya); pr. 2.
sg. .^asi, 13,89; 1. sg. med. (or pot.)
jive, 103,31 ; 1. pi. /v-ama, Dh. 197;
part. m. juram, 103,7;
f.
med. jiva-
mana, 31,i7; pot. 3. sg. jive, Dh. 110
{1. sg. 103,34
?)
; imp. 2. sg. jiva
(cirrm)
69,3; jiva bho, 103,7; fut.
1. sg. /viissami (rajauaih nissaya in
th.^ king's service") !:4,i8; inf. ^ituril
(asakkonta) 39,
i;
jivitu-kama, mfn.
loving life, m. i>^o, Dh. 123. cp. jiva,
jivika, jivita, jimh.
jivika,
f.
(=i--'sa.) livelihood; ace.
n^aih (kappeii, kasikammena) 8,is.
jivits, n. (= sa.) life; mow. /N^arii,
86,
'v5; aC'^. <^am, 4,33; abl. o.a, 76,3;

"-kkhaya, m., dmtb ; ace. ^Siva, 4,28;

*'*-dana, n. sa/ing one's life; ace.

ovarii (dassami) 12,26 ; 42,i2.
-
*<*-pa-
tilabha, m. rescue, escape, <x/0, 42,lo;

*''-pariyosana, n. thb end of life,

ioc. .\.e, 34,29;

"'^-saiiikhaya, m.
=
jivita-kkhaya; Ioc. />.amhi, Dh. 331.
jivin, >/. (e. c.
= sa.) living,
V. dhamma-jivi/i.
juti,
f.
(sa. dyuti) splendour;

*jutin-dhara, mfn. bright, splendid;
m. pi, rs^a, (pakkbi) or voe. n^a,
(?)
11,14;

jutima^, mfn. (= sa.) id.,
m. pi. ^inanto, Dh. 85, cp. jotati.
juhati & juhati, vb. (sa. \/hu,
junoti) to offer; to sacrifice to, wor-
ship (ace); part. gen. m, jiihato
(aggihuttam)
103,8; pp. huta (q.v.).
juta, M.
((& m.
?)
(sa, dyuta)
game at dice; act. rvait, kijati, plays
at dice, 19,io. 48,5;

*-gita, n, a
verse sung for luck in game; ace. /ara
(gayanto) 48,8; 60,29;

"-mandala,
n. a game-chamber or dicing-table;
ace. ^am, 19,i!.; 60,28.
juhati, vb. =:
juhati
{q.
v.).
je^tha, mf(n). (sa. jyeshtha) first,
chief; first born, eldijr brother or sister;
m. gen, (dat.) ,>.as3a (yakkhassa)
112,13; niyyaraaka-",
24,
jo; "^-putta,
m. ace. ^aih, 45,3; "-bhata, 34,33;
''-yakkhini,
f. 21,21; "-vanija, m.ace.
f^am, ib.
*jetthaka, mf(n).
pree.\ m.
niyyainaka-jetihako, 24,i4;
"-kanitthe,
ace. pi. m. two brothers, 32,si (cp.
kanittha); "-tapasa. m. ace. ovarii,
36,2;
"-bhatika, m. ace. /^aiii, 32,Ji.
Jetavana, n. nom.pr. of a garden
near Savatthi, bought from prince Jeta
(a son of Pasenadi) by
Anathapindika,
who built a monastery there and pre-
sented it to Buddha (Jat. I p. 92.
II, 216);
aec. o^ain, 86,20;
abl. -^^a,
87.3; Ioc. r^e, 28,2;
"-abhimukhi,
f
73,13 (v. abhimukha);
- "-magga,
m. the road from J., ace. >^aifa, 73, is.
jeti,v&. (sa. jayati,
v/ji ;
cp. jinati)
to win; to conquer, overcome, exceed
(acc.);pr. 3. S51, jeti (sadhum sadhuna)
pay8 good with goodness",
44,2;
part,
m. jayaiii (the victor) Dh. 201
;
pot.
3. sg. jeyya (jeyya-m-attanarii, con*
quers himself) 107,4 = Dh.
103; ger.
jetva, 103,32; pp. jita (v. h.) cp. jaya,
m. ji, mfn. & Jina, m.
jotati, vb. (sa. dyotate, \/dyut)
to shine; part. m. -x-anto (manirata-
naiii viya) 62.3o, cp. juti,
f.
Jh.
jhana, n. (sa. dhyana) abstract
religious meditation, ecstasy, divided
into four stages, through which the
mind comes into a state of complete
indifference;
mm. .vaifa, Dh. 372;
ace. palfhama-, dutiya-, tatiya-, ca-
tuttha-jjhanaifa, 80,s-8; abl, <^a., ib.;
Ioc. a-parihina-jjhane, 46,is;
-
*jha-
nabhififia,
f
(v, abhifina); -
*<'-pa-
suta, mfn. given to meditation, m. pi.
^a., Dh.
181;

*samadhi-jhana,
n. the ecstasy of self-concentration,
ace. rvam,
109,2i.
jhapeti, vb. (eaus. jhayati') to
burn, set on fire (ace); pr, 2. sg,
^esi (gamam)
101,6; 1. sg, ^emi
(naham khettam ,-v, I did not set the
field on fire)
100,28; pot. 3. sg. ~eyya,
101,4; aor. 3. sg, /^esi (ayarii aggi
105 ^hapSpeti
ma maiii ->.) 51,is; ger. -x/etva,
34,6;
pp.
jhapita, i. ^o (gamo) 101,8.
j
h ay ati
S
v6. {sa,
kshayati.Vkshai)
) to. burn (intr.); pr, 3. sg, ^ati,
65,28; 3. pi. o^anti,
65,8; pari, med,
^^mana, m. >^o, n. <^ari), 101,4.

*) to waste away, dry up, to be
emaciated, perish; pr, 3. pi, .^..anti,
Dh. 156. cp, Bollimsen, ZDMG,
XVIII,
834; TTefccr, Ind.Str. I, 143;
Pischel, Gramra.
326. Fausbell,
Dhpd.
(1866) p. 323 refers to ^jya.
Trenckner to y'dah {cp, PM.
p. 66,15),
but jhama, mfn. (burnt, scorched)
must be identical with sa. ksharua.
-
cans, jhapeti (sa. kshapayati) v. h.
jhSyati*, vft. (so. dhyayati.ydhyai)
to contemplate, meditate; part, m, *)
ace. %^antam, 103,8; 106,is = Dh.
395;
gen, /v-ato, 66,o; a-jhayato,
Dh. 372;
-
*) nom. ^anto, Dh. 27;
- iinp. 2. sg. jhaya, Dh. 371. jhana,
n.
(3.
V.) cp, next.
jhayi, mfn, (sa. dhyayin) re-
flecting, thoughtful, absorbed in medita-
tion; nom. m. ^i (brahmono) 107,8i
= Dh. 387; ace. ~im, Dh. 386;
gen. x/ino, Dh. 110; m. pi. /x-iuo,
Dh. 23. 276.
N.
natta, . (sa. jnatra) the intellec-
tual faculty; nom. ^am (balassa
jayati) Dh^ 72. (cp. Dhpd. (1855)
p.
262 = jananabhava; it can hardly
be sa. jnapta, Max Miiller, SBE. X,
p. 22; fiatte (loc.) Jat. V, 26,6 &
486,13 (= santike. near) stands for
nante. sa. ny-ante).
11 at V
a,
ger. v. janati.
nana, n. (so. jnana)
understanding,
knowledge, intelligence; nom. i^aih,
71,15; 79,80 (opp. pasada); 90,35 (assa
evam <^ hoti, he reasons that)
; 96,1*
;
instr. -%/ena (sekhena) 69,8*;
jatis-
sara-", 17,4;
-'O-karana, />., "-jala,
n.
(g.
V.) ;
**-8ainpanna, mfn,
full
of intelligence, m. .vO, 24,i4;
a-nn_ana, n. (v. h.).
*Nanodaya, . (^sa. jnana
+
udaya) nom. pr. of a work by Buddha-
ghosa; acc. i%/&m (nama pakaranam)
113,28.
nata, mfn
(pp.
janati; sa. jnata)
known; pi. m. /va (guna) 41,34;
gen,
/x>anaiii, 90,33. a-iinata & a-nnataka,
mfn. (v.
/,),
*fiataka, m. (fr. *iiatika, cp. sa.
jflati & next) a relative, kinsman; pi.
/va, Dh. 43;
raja-o,
76,it. (op. Tr,
PM. p. 76,1.)
fiati, m, (sa, jfiati) a relative,
kinsman; pi, nom, <v!, Dh. 204; instr,
/villi, 11,10;
gen, ^inam, Dh. 139.
207 ; loc, /visu, Dh. 288 ; iiati-mitta-
etc. 47,31 ; fiati-mitta, m. pi. kinsmen
and friends, Dh. 219;

*"'-gharam,
home to her relatives", 62,3;

'-8a-
lohita, m. pi. 92,8 (v, h.),
napeti, vb. (cans, janati, sa.
jnapayati) to make known, explain
;
part. m. vento (iti .v) 9,3o. cp.
janapeti.
naya, m. (sa. nyaya) *) method;
*) right manner, fitness; the right path
(= ariyo atthangiko maggo,
67,3);
gen. /^assa (adhigamaya) 90,i8 (cp.
Tr. PM. 58,15).
nayati, vb. (pass, janati^ to be
called, named
;
pr. 3. sg, .^ati (katbam
bhadanto /v) 96,2o; 1. sg. .^ami,
(Nagaseno ti -v) 96,3o.
n e V a , indecl. (after a nasal
=
yeva),
V. eva').
"-finii, /M.(e.c.,sa.jfla) knowing;
V. a-katannO, mattaiinu; cp. viiinii.
Th.
thatva, ger., v. tit(hati.
ibapapeti,t)&. (caus. II. tifthati)
to cause to stand, to cause to be placed;
ger. /^etva (matamanussam ujukam,
setting the dead body upright)
41,it;
102,14.
thapita
106
thapita, mfn.
{pp.
thapeti; cp.
aa, stbapita) placed; left at one's
disposal, prepared for; mukhe ^bapita-
matta (yagu, as soon as It bad come
into her nioath)
57,82 (cp. matta*);
*'-vasita-udakani, 41,s; like ^bita this
word is ofteo combined with a pre-
ceeding ger. : saihbaritTa ^hapite (sii-
take, ace, m. pi., the clothes that were
lying folded up) 41,4.
thapeti, vb, {caus. tit^hati; sa,
stbapayati) 'to cause to stand', to
place, set, lay {ace. db loc.)\ to fix,
make firm {acc.)\ to appoint (to any
office, loc.)
;
to place aside, save, except
(ace); pr. 3. so. kim ^bapesi (why do
you except her?) 50,3i ; 2. pi. o^etba,
l,2o;
imp. 2. sg. ^x-ehi, 44,26;
-
aor, 3, eg. (vssi, 6,i7. 76,8; 3. pi.
'^eiiuib, 16,27;

inf. ^etuiii (nica-
thaniyaifa ucce ^baue) 76,
n;
ger.
~etva, *) 6,27. 9,10 (te putta-ithane)
;
13,19; (pitu yagum rw, having saved
a portion for her father)
56,3i ; 57,33.
65,90-31 ; 87,27 (laid aside); (cittam
idam .^, making firm) Dh. 40; a-
thapetva (hattbe) 56,27;

^) used
likfi a prp. to. ace. (oefore or after)

except, but; ekam eva vaddbarii

^, 12,20 ; /^ mam (except me) 27,is;
^v mama manavi)..am, 48,24; tumhe
^v^, 61,9; Savatthi-vaaino
'^i
73,32;

ijrd.
) (hapetubba,
"
yuttakam {ace.
m., raja-ttliane) ll,i; - )
thapaniyara
(paiiham, ace. m., a question not to
be isked) 91,si; pp. thapita {q.
v.)
cp. tbapapeti.
(bassati. fut., v. tittdati.
tbahati &thati, vb.
tittbati;
V. nttbahati, adhi^tbati.
^b. ana, n. {sa. stbana) ')
place,
spot, locality, dwelling-place; nam.
/vara, 85,7; abl. ->.a, 104,4; loc. ,%/e,
17,24; cinna-ttbane, l.t4 {v. h.);
pbasuka-", 35,26; a-vijjamana-", 18,l^
{v. vijjati) loe.pl. saka-saka-tthanesu,
22,9; paiicasu ^esu, 30,2?;

apa-
gata-", 91,29 (g.
v.);
arafina-".
32,14;
- gala-", gata-gata-", gabana-
{q.
V.)
chinna-" (-= vivara) 91,ho;
-
dhamma-gandika-", 6,
{v. gan-
dika);
-
nivesana-", 2,i6;
- purana-
gama-", 36,2 {v. gama) ;
- yujjhana-',
29,2*;
-
vasana-", 2,m. ^.i. - *)
place or room for; rathassa
ukkamana-
t^hanam, 43,i.

*) space, extent;
aec. ^aifa (yojanamattaiii) 6,9; (attbu-
sabbamattaiil) 27,27.
- *) case, circum-
stance, point, occasion; loc.pl. catusu
(N^esu, 86,82.

*) state, condition (e.
c.
= bbava); ace. <x/am, Dh. 137;
aec. pi. /%^ani (cattari) Dh. 309;
-
agata-tthanam va gata-tthanam
va (her coming or going) 19,is;

loc. {e. c.)
= instead of : putta-ttbane,
9,9.
*") position, office, rank; loc.
raja-tthane, ll,i; ucce thane, 76, it
{ep. nica-thaniya, mfn.).

') cause,
object, thing, means {e. c, ^= things
that serve to or cause); instr. pi.
tihijhanehi, Dh. 224. 391 ; O-pamada-
ttbana, abl. (veramam, which cause
indifi'erence) 81,23; "-vibbusana-ttbana
{id. which serve to decoration etc.)
81,28.

a-t^bana, .
(g.
v.) cp. next.
(baniya (or ^bauiya) mfn. {sa.
sthanika & sthaniya) e. c. = having
a certain position; v. nica-thaniya.
*tbanuppatti(ka), mfn. {fr.
thana
+
uppatti) 'arisen on the spot',
immediate; (or : resulting from one's
office (o; practice or competence?));
instr.
f.
^iya (medhaya samanna-
gato, comm. on 'medbavi') 91,27. cp.
Jat. VI, 304,18 & 308,23.
tbita, mfn.
{pp.
ti^tbati; sa. stbita)
standing; i. .^0 (dipake)
2,32; (ko-
tiyam, q.
v.)
17,8; kiinattbam .^^o'si,
why do you stand there?
16,it; aec.
(^arii,
66,19; loc. .^^e (saraih nissaya)
3.3i; aec. m. pi. <^e (mige)
6,8; often
combined with a preceeding ger. {cp,
tbapita) : nahatva .-wassa, gen. m. sg.
(when he had finished his bathing)
41,3; nivasetva
^, 41,4 etc,\ also
comp. w. kale, khaiie : 41,7-14; 87,35;
darakam gahetva o^a,
f.
(she who
has taken the child)
59,i4; ,^puriso,
86,21 (like a man who, having seen a
snake from afar, has cast it away by
107
tam
means of a stick). -
*o.oitta,
mfn.
whose mind is firm or constant,
gen.
m. ^assa,
80,32; -
pathavi-o,
yattha-",
mfn.
(g.
v.).
*thitaka,
/>!.(=
prcc.)standing;
m. r^o
(pade pasaretva)
62,38; 65,3i.
thiti,
f.
(sa.
sthiti), 'standing,
remaining';
continuance,
steadfastness:
Db. 147.
*thitika, mfn. (e. c, fr. prec.)
standing, remaining,
lasting; existing
or living by, depending on ; v. ahara-**.
-ttlia, mfn. (e. c. = sa.
stha)
standing; v.
gahat^ha, dhamma-o,
nava-o,
pabbata-, bhaya-o,
samipa-".
cp.
kappatthiya.
D.

dayhati, vb., pass, dahati

(g.
v.).
dasati. vb. (sa. dahati, Y^damc)
to bite
;
part. ace. m. (rned.)
-%/manam
(givaya) 40,i8; inf. ^ituih, 40,i7;
ger. ,x/itva,
4,88; 14,J7 (valliyam);
35,24 (manikkhandham mukhena).
cp, sandasa,
dahati, vb. (sa. dahati, Y^dah)
to burn (trans.); pr. 3. sg. /^ati
(agarani) Dh. 140; part, nom. m.
dahani, Dh.
31 ; nom, n, rwantam
(papam kammam) 106,2a = Db. 71;
pot. 3. sg. r^eyya (khettam) 100,26;
pp. da^dha (always spelt with initial
*d', which occurs also in the other
forms) V. aggi'da^^ha; pass, 4ayhati
(sa. dahyate & fs,i\)\part, m, ^mSno,
Db. 371. cp, next, (Pisohel, Or.
222.)
daha, m, (sa, daha) burning,
hat; V, anto-(j[aba.
T.
tam^, pron. demonstr. (sa. tad),
n. tam, 13,S9. 22,si etc.; by sandhi :
tam, 26,16 (tam pi); 97,28 (tam abam);
tan t'aham, 85,85; tafi fieva, 5,io;
the older form tad is also to be found
before vowels : tad avasari,
81,9; tad
eva, 91,10; tad abhinanditum,
97,5;
tad ajj'aham foittam) Dh.
326, and
in some comp. (v. below; cp. takkara);
- m. so or sa : l,i8. 2,4. 7,9 (sv-aham
= 80aham); 106,7. 107,4. 114,8 c<c.;
- /".
sa : 2,27 etc, ; except the nom.
sg, the declension is a regular pron.
inflexion of the base ta- : ace. m. tam,
1,8. 5,1
; f.
tam, 68,17;

instr. m. n.
tena, 1,9. 2,24 (ten'eva); 50,i;
f.
taya,
19,19;
- gen. (dat.) m. n. tassa, l,6-ii
etc;
f.
tassa, 2,i9. 7,io etc,

abl.
m. n. tasma, 17,ii; tamha, 14,4.
108,2 ;
loc. m. n. tasmirii, 2,82 etc.;
tamhi, Dh.
117;
-
plur. m. nom, ace,
te, 3,24. 21,!)o etc.;
f,
nom. ace, ta,
20,33. 59,3-4; instr. m. n. tehi,
25,28;
f.
tahi,
21,6;

gen. m. n,
tesam, 4,i7 etc. Dh. 4 (tes'); /".
tasam,
21,17;
loc, m, n. tesu, 14,2i
; f.
tasu, 61,4.
') = it, that, this; m.
he;
f,
she; (subst, & adj.) : 25,97. 29,27.
58,17 etc, ') corresponding to. prec,
pron. rel. (cp, yam) ; 68,23 (ya . . .
tam) ; 84,7-8 (yasmim
... so) ; 99,8o
;
107,4; and sometimes combined w,
pron, rel, in the sense of a pron,
indef. = whichsoever, whatsoever; n,
yan tam, Dh. 42 (quicquid); instr,
yena tena upayena,
1,9;
pi, m, ye
te manuBsa, 76,3o. ') repeated :
ace, m. tam tarn (bhaccam, each)
112,23; loc. m. pi. tesu tesu (kathen-
tesu, all of them constantly)
49,9;
tuiii jivam tadi sarlraiii (= the same,
opp, aflAam . . . afifiam) 89,98.

*)
emphatically, *) before subst. or nom.
pr. : tassa sS bhariya, 2,87 ; ayam
kbo sa majjhima patipada,
67,5;
80 Kassapo, 109,6;
>)
before pron.
1. pers. : sv'aham,
7,9; aco. tam mam,
103,9;
gen. tassa me, 103,88;

)
before pron, 2. pers. : tassa te, 97,84;
cp. so karobi, Dh. 236.
-
') pleonasti-
cally : m, pi. te (pamatta) 77,5 (or
corr. w, a prec. ye that has dropped).
- *) several cases are used adverbi-
ally : tam (ace, w.), tena (instr. n,),
tarit 108
tasma {abl. n.) v. neparatety.

')
comp. t. tud-, takkara, tam-namaka.
Jam*, adv. (by iianclhi
tad
= tam',
ace. .) ') = there, to that place :
tad avasari (corr. to. yena = where)
77,is. 81,9.

*) = DOW, then, in that
case; thereafter; tad eva (^corr. w,
yad evaj 91,io; tam kira inanfiasi,
94,29. 09,4; tam aham, 97,e. 98,io;
tam eaarfi, 47,i!i. 100,is.
*) there-
fore; tail c'ayam, 96,i:.
tam*, pron. 3. pcrs. acc,\ v, tvaifa.
takka, m. {sa. tarka) reasoniDg,
speculation; v. a-takkavacara, mfn.
takkara, mfn, {sa. tat-kara)
doing that; m. rs.,0 (naro) Dh. 19.
Takkasila,
f.
{sa. Taksbagila)
nom. pr, of a city in the Gandhara-
country {TdBi^a in Panjab) ; ace.
^am, 42,25; loc, ^aya, 46,ac.
takkola(ka), n. {sa. kakkola,
cp. takkola) a sort of perfume, Bdel-
lium; tambiila-takkolakfidiDi, 49,i6.
tagara, n. (= sa.) a kind of tree
and a sort of perfume or fragrant
powder prepared from it; ,-,aih, Db.
56;

**-candani, mfn, prepared
from Tagara and Candaua
{q.
v.)\ m.
^i (gandho) Dh. hC;
"-mallika,
Tagara and Mallikri
{q.
v.) Dh. 54
{cp, SBE. X p. 18).
taca & taoa, >. d)- m. (sa. tvac.
tvaca,
f.
& tvaca {comp. -tvacas)
.)
) skin ; num. ^0, 82,8
97,80, ^) bark
;
"-papa^ika, pi.
f,
looe shreds of
bark", 95,22; e.pagata-", mfn,
free from
thiit, III. >^o (salaiukkho) 95,23-24.
ta';chaka, i. {sa. taksbaka) a
carpenter; pi, i^a,, 106,28
=-
Dh. 80.
tajiita. mfn, {sa. tarjita,
pp.
tajjeti) frightened; .^?. ^a (marana-
bhayena, struck with horror of death)
6,21 j
marana-bbaya-tajjito, i. 5,u;
bhaya-tajjita, m, pi. (^driven by fear")
Db. 188.
tajjeti, vb, {sa. tarjayati, Vtarj)
to threaten, frighten, scare; ger, %^etva
(niraya-bhayena) 17,3o.
tata, m. (=- sa.) a shore, bank,
slope; precipice; chintia-",
!>
precipice; 27,t.
tandula. m. ( sa.)
rice-grain;
ace. /^am, 67,i8; pi, --vS, 16,i; ace.
pi. ^e, 33,25. 67,20 ; instr.pl. mula-
tandulehi. the roost
coarse-grained
rice,, 57,2o; majjhima-",
the middle-
sort of the rice, ib., opp. kanika,
the
finest grains or flour, 67,i;
tan-
duiadi, adj. n. (navatiham)
consisting
of rice etc. 111,si; tila-tandultldayo,
16,6.
tan ha,
f,
(rarely tasina, sa,
tfshna)
'thirst', desire, craving; <N..a
(vedana-paccaya , originating from
vedana and causing upadana, q. v.)
67,13; 107,29; Dh. 180; catuttbi
(sena Marassa) 103,26; ace. -%.am,
108,1
;
gen. -N.^aya, 67,is. 108,4; abl.
^aya, Dh. 216; gen. pi. .>..anam
(khayam) desires, Dh. 154;
- *-anu-
aaya, m. the attachment to desires,
loc. -wC, Dh. 338;

tanhakkhaya,
(. (tanha -|- khaya) destruction of
desire, loc. >^e, Dh.
353
; '>,rata,
mfn, delighting in tliat, . ^o, Dh.
187;
- o-bhava-, Dh. 416 {cp. kama-
bhava);

**'-vasika, mfn. being in
the power of desires, enslaved by
desire, m. ^o, 23,20;

"-vagga, m,
the XXIV"' chapter of Dh. ; - kama-O,
bhava-", vibhava-tanha,
f,
67,
u;
hetu-,
/: 108,18 {v. h.)\
-
vita-tanha,
mfn. who is without desire. Dh. 351
-62 ((. rvo). cp, pipasa.
tatiya, mfn. {sa. tftiya) the third:
acc.f, ^am, ll,i5; Dh. 309 (tatiyaiii):
loc. m, o^e (vare, for the third time)
114,17; ace. n. adv, ^aih, thirdly,
for the third time, 74,2.'i. 79,22 (-^am
pi kho); yava-tatiyaiii, up to the
third time,
3,7 {cp,
102,26);
-
"-jjhana,
n. 80,4 {v, jhana);
o-savana,
f.
{v. h.) cp. addhatiya,
addhateyya,
& ti^ (tayo, tini).
tato, adv, {sa. tatas) *) thence,
from that place;
2,23. 3,2i; -^ yeva,
from the same source,
101,13.
*) there-
upon, then, afterwards, further; 6,18
{^ patthaya,
q. v.);
63,i4 (^ va);
109
tad-uUhaya
101,16. 103,16; Dh, 42
(papiyo
^)]
tato tato {corr. u>. yato yato, as soon
as, the more ... the more)
Dh. 390.
- 3) for that reason;
112,3o (corr. w,
yato).
tatoparam, ady. (so.
tata/jparam
& tato 'param) then,
afterwards, im-
mediately after;
55,i5 (cp,
itoparaiii,
para & apara).
tatta, mfn. (sa.
tapta;i)p. tapati)
heated, hot, red-hot;
w. (vO
(ayogulo)
107,1 ^_ Dh.
308; loc.
f.
^aya
fbhumiya) 97,84;
-
o.jjapala,
m.
(v. /.).
tattato, adv. (sa. tattvafas,
fr,
tattva) accordinpr to the truth, really,
accurately ; r>^ ajanitva, not knowing
the truth", 63,i.
tattha
(& tatra, v. next) adv.
(sa. tatra) ') there, on that (this)
place; 2,23-25, etc.; 108,27 (tatth');
tatth'eva, *) on the same place, 3,6.
12.24,
) on that very spot, straightway,
72.25. 104,18;

tattha tattha, here
and there, 21,3; yattha . , . tattha,
72,7-8 ; tattha idbapi, hoth there and
here, 11 2,is;
very frequently used
at the begin of commentaries : 85,
n-
17-27.
*) there, to that place; l,i5
(^
gantva) l,i7. 2,4;
lll,u; tatth'-
eva, to the same place, 58,is; tattha
tatth'eva (bhijjissama, in all direc-
tions) 11,8.
') then, therefore, thence;
Dh. 249; 112,16 (tattha saddo'yam).
tatra, adv. ( prec.) 110,2i;
tatr'assa, 73,23. 90,.s2; tatrapi, 43,8-9;
tatrayam, 82,i7; tatra kho, 66,24.
70,23;
- tatra-tatrabhinandi, mfn.
67,13 (v. abbinandin).
tatha, adv. (= sa.) so, thus;
tath'eva, in the same way, likewise,
2,25. 39,5. 105,28; 44,20 (id. without
eva); tatha ... c'eva ... ca, 10,8o;
tatha . . . ca . . . na, nor, 113,7;
often
corr. w. yatha, so . . . that, 12,s-8;
Dh. 282;
yatha . . . tath'eva, as . .
.
0 alio, 6,9;
corr, w. yena, . . .
that,
77,6. comp., V. next,
Tatha-gata, m. ( sa.) 'who
comes and goes in the aame way' [as
Ihe Buddhas], probably orig. a designa-
tion of an Arhat, afterwards esp. of Go-
tama Buddha (as Sammasainbuddha,
while still living as a human being,
preaching the truth), used in the holy
scriptures when Buddha is represented
as speaking of himself in the third
person; hence pi. r^a. appellatively =
the Buddhas {cp. the most important
note by Bhijs Davids & Oldenhwg,
8BE. XIII,
p. 82; E. St'nart, JRA8.
1898 p. 866; E. Chalmers, ib.
p. 103;
BUhtlhigk, Ber. d. Sachs. Ges. 1898
p. 78; Dbammasaiigani, transl.
p. 294).
- nom. 0^0, 80,25. 94,io; hoti /^o
parammarana, does T. exist after
death?
89,29; rOpasamkhavimutto
T-o, gambhiro appameyyo duppa-
riyogaho seyyatha pi mahasamuddo,
95,12 ; ace. fs^Sim, 76,27 ; instr. ^en&,
66,39. 94,8; gen. ^assa, 76,4. 94,7.
110,2ti; pi. -vS (anupakkamena %/
parinibbayanti) 76,28; aggadhamma
~a, 109,28 (v. h., otherwise Geiger,
Dipavamsa u. Mahuvaibsa, 1905, p. 5);
akkhataro ^vS, Dh. 276 (the "iD.s are
only preachers); nippapanca 'va, Dh.
254 (free from vanity").
tatba-bhava, m, (= sa.) the
being so; ace. /v^aih (fiatva) 3,so.
/tatba-riipa, mfn. (= sa.) such,
like that; pregnantly = so great, im-
portant, etc.
;
ace. m. <N.am, 68,35 {w.
foil, yatha); gen. m. /-^assa, Dh. 105;
gen.
f.
/^aya (parisaya) 87,34. {cp.
eva-rupa).
tad-, pron. demonstr. w., used by
sandhi instead of tam (v. tam
*'^)
&
comp. {v. tad-anurupa, tad-utfbaya,
tad-ilpika).
*tad-anurupa, mfn. conformable,
suitable to that; ace, n, r^&m (vyau-
janam) 57,2i.
tada, adv, (== sa.) at that time,
then ;
1,6
; 29,i8. 3'0,2i (cp. tena sam-
ayena, 32,6); tad&si, 81,t (= tada
asi).
tad-utthaya, {fr. ger,
utthahati)
= having sprung from that, 106,i
= Dh. 240; tad- stands possibly for
tad-upika 110
tat' (Comm. tato utthahitvS, Bhpd,
(1866) p. 870).
*tad-upika (or '-Spiya) mfn.
(fr, tad-
+
opiiyika = . aupayika)
conibrmable, suitable to that, answer*
ing;
f.
^S, (pafiiia) 2,i2. (Trenckner,
PM. p. 78, takes it =-
sa. *tadopya,
fr. a
T-
\/vap).
tanaya, m. (= sa.) a son; nom.
raja-tanayo, 112,* (a prince).
tanu, mfn. (= sa.) thin, little,
small; *<'-bhuta, mfn. id.; '*-soka,
mfto. whose mind has been relieved,
light-hearted, comforted, n. o^o, 89,is.
cp, su-tanu.
tanuKa, nfn. (=^ sa.) = prec.\
M. vO (tanuk' ettlie vipassati, few
only) 83,2f = Dh. 174; 88,82 (= na
bahujano).
tanti,
f.
(= '\a,) a string (of a
luto); *''-ssara, m, the sound of the
strings; instr. ^ena, 19,82 {cp. sara').
tantu(ka), w. (= sa) a thread;
tftsara-"
(g.
v., cp. correitions).
tandila, mfn. (sa. tandrita; fr,
tandi, drowsiness, lassitude, sloth, =
sa. tandra & tandrl) only comp. w.
the negative p:'efix a- {v. h.) cp.
dandha.
tam-namika, mfn. (sa. tan-na-
mika) named thus;
f.
tvii.E, 56,ii.
tapa, m. & tapas, n. {sa. tapas,
n.) ') religious austerities, penance,
devotion; nom, rwO (sukho) Dh. 194;
rvO (paramaiii) Dh. 184.
-
*) virtue,
chastity; ^o (bbinno, manavikSya)
50,82;
gen, ^vassa, 60,29. cp, tapasa,
tapasi.
I
tapati, vb, (a, \/tap) ') to shine
(as the sun), to be bright; pr. 3, sg.
-^ati, 107,23-21 = Dh. 387.

) to
burn = to cause pain or repentance;
paccha tapati dukkatam, Dh. 314.

pp.
tatta, pass, tappati
(q.
v.) cp,
tapa etc.
tappati, vb,
*)
(^tass. tapati ; sa,
tapyate) to be burnt, tormented ; to
suffer; pr. 3. sg. ^ati, Dh. 17. 136
(sehi kammehi dummedho).

*) (sa.
Y^trp)
to be satisfied
or weary; pp,
titta {v. h,, cp. titti.)
tamba, mfn.
(sa, tfimra)
red,
copper-coloured;
"-bhunai-,
112,i9;

tamba-panni, 112,2,
ie
probably a
pun (=
tamba-panayo,
adj. m, pi,
with red hands, c^). pani)
in order to
make the etymology of the nom. pr.
Tambapanni to agree with the tale.
Tamba, m, nom. pr, of a king;
voc, ^&. 20,17; ^raja, 19,8;
instr,
/>^rajena, 19,io.
Tambapanni,
f.
(sa. Tamra-
parni) nom, pr, of a city in Ceylon
and of the island itself, 1 12,30 ; acc,
^iih
"-nagaraiii, 112,21-25;
-
"i-dipa, m. the island C, loc. /n/C,
20,32;
-
"i-sara, m, n. a lake in C,
loc. 'oC, 21,3. cp. Lanka.
tambula, n. (sa. tambula) betel
or betel-leaves (to chew after the meal);
acc, <>,arii, 41,u;
"-takkolakadini,
49,10;
-
"""-pasibbaka, m, a betel-sack;
loc. ^e, 57,33.
taya, w. (sa. traya) a triad; e. e,
-ttaya, v. Pitaka-", potthaka-, SaiS-
giti-o.
tayo, ntim, mf. (sa, trayas) v, ti*.
tarati, vb.
') (sa. y'tr, tarati) to
cross over (acc); aor, 2, sg. atari
(samuddam) 20,i9; pp,
tinna
(g.
r.)
cp. 8u-duttara, mfn.

*)
(sa. ytvar)
to make haste; v. abhi-ttharati.
tarahi, adv, (sa, tarbi) then, at
that time; 74,bi; cp, carahi & etarabi.
taruna, mfn, (= sa.) young,
tender; new, fresh; m. /^o, 46,22.
99,1;
f.
r^\ (darika) 101,19; taruna-
kale yeva, , while (they were) yet quite
young,
9,8; "-daoba-tina, n, young
Kusa-grass, 16,iT.
'taro, v, itara.
tala, n. (= sa.) level, surface,
bottom; side, end, flat, tool etc. \ loc.
imasmirh .^e, on this side, 35,i3;
pathavi-0,28,7; pasana-",
10,7; bheri-^
35,21; Manosila-", 61,
n;
mahi-",
113,21; hetthima-", on the lowest
level,
59,27;

instr, khagga-talena,
with the flat of the sword,
41,26;

Ill tSvatfi
abl, pasada-talato, down from the
palace,
65,34;
pasadavara-tala-,
the roof of the palace,
64,i9;

maha-
tala, n. (v. h.),
tasa, mfn. {sa. trasa) moving,
trembling; feeble; loc, pi, ^esu
(bhutesu) Dh. 405 (opp. thavara).
tasati, vb. {sa, ytras) to tremble,
to be afraid of (gen.)
;
pr, 3. sg. r^&nti
(dandassa) Dh.
129; tasa. mfn. {q,v.).
tasara, m, (so. id, & trasara) a
shuttle; ace. <vam (vaddhetva) 87,ia;
- *"-tantuka, m. 87,n {v. corrections);
- *"-pacchi,
f.
a basket or box with
a Bhuttle,_89,6; ace. /vim, 87,7. 89,8.
tasina,
f.
(= tanlia, q. v.; sa.
trshna) ace. /vara, Dh. 343; instr,
fvaya, ib.
tasita, mfn.
(pp.
tasati; sa.
trasta) trembling, frightened; m. pi.
bhita-tasita, 27,5.
tasma, adv. (abl. n. pron. taiii;
sa, tasmat) on that account, therefore;
12,35. 86,22. 110,25. Dh. 211 etc.;
.N/hi, Dh. 366;
-
tasma ti ha, 'there-
fore just so', accordingly (pointing to
the following) 93,2.
*tahim (or *taham), adv. (formed
after the analogy of kuhim, kaham)
= there, thither; 112,25 (^
vasi);
114,18 (-x- santhapesuih).
tana, n. (sa, trana)
protection;
dat, /vaya (na santi putta, are no
help") Dh. 288.
tSijata,
f.
(fr.
tana w. suff. -ta)
protection; Dh. 288.
tata, m. (= sa.) a father; voc,
tata & pi. tata is very frequently used
as a term of affection to one or more
persons (esp. to younger or inferior
persons)
-
friend, my dear etc.; tata,
9,21. 16,82. 69,81 (tataYasa); to two
persons : 9,i ; -
tata, 16,24. 26,i8. 38,88.
tadi, adj. m. (sa. tadr^) such,
like that; often pregnantly said of
Buddha's holy disciples ('like him')
and even of the Buddha himself; gen.
m. ,vino, Dh. 94. 95. 96; 80,.
tadisa, mfn,
(aa. tadr^a)
such,
like thftt; m. <vO, 7,ii. 56,i; 86,ie
(vanno); ace. .^am, Dh. 76. 208;
aoc. m, pi, ,ve, Dh. 196. cp. etadisa.
tapasa, m. ( sa.) a hermit,
ascetic; ^o,
36,6; panduroga-", 35,4
(v. h.); ace. jetthaka-tapasam, 36,8;
gen. r^assa, 36,7.
tapasi,
f.
( sa.) a female ascetic;
111,6; ace, .^im, 111,7.
tala, m. (= sa.) the Palmyra or
fan-palm; "-vanta, n. (sa, "-vfnta),
the leaf of P. used as a fan; loe, pi,
'wesu (mani-, upon jewelled fans")
41,
a;

'-vana, n, ( sa,) a grove
of P.'trees; ace, -vara, 60,7;
-
*tala-
vatthukata, mfn. ( tala
+
a-vatthu-
kata) npulled out of the ground like
a P.", n, .vaiii (rGpaiii Tathagatassa)
95,11.
taleti, vb. (sa. tadayati,
Y/tad)
to beat, strike (acc); ger. ivetva,
61,21.
tava, adv. (before vowels sometimes
tavad- ; sa. tavat) ') so much (before
adj.); <v mahato, 10,u.
*
) so
long, until; pato va ^, until to-mor<
row,
15,16; ajjapi <>/ na, never befoie
to-day, 10,18; often corr. w, yava :
33,21 ; 102,3, Dh. 284; na /v, . . . yava
ua. not
, . , until, 92,2.
*") mean-
while, 37,22.

") now, first (w. fut.) :
vlmamsissami /, 3,6. 38,3i; 41,a,
65,26;
likewise w, pr. 1. sg, 55,25.
'') tavad-eva, at once, immediately,
straightway; 7,s. 23,i4. 33,6. 62,i. 64,2o.
105,11.

') well, indeed, really; well
and good, be it then (often w. imp,
or fut.) 7,18-21. 44,6; w. foil, pana :
aham <>/,,, ayam pana (quidem, ^ev)
17,10 ;

yasma taya ^v ditiham,
tasma . . 8&,3i
;
yakkhini r^ janati,
111,81.
^) emphatically in exhorta-
tions (w, imp.) : ehi (v, 9,22; tittba
<v, 11,6;
gaccha <^, 19,2i; tarn tava
me detha, 22,si ; adhivasehi ^v, 53,26
;
kathehi ^v, 64,82. cp. next,
*tavataka, mfn. (fr. prec.) so
much; pi. so many; ace, pi, m. >ve
(corr. w. yavatake) 81,i8.
tavata, adv. ( sa, tSvata, inatr.)
*) 10 long; 110,5 (corr, w, yava).
-
t&Tatimsa 112
*) on that account, for that reason;
106,5 (na tavata, sell, yavata bhik-
khate pare = Dh.
266).
tavatimsa-", *) mmw. (sa. trayas-
trim^at) 33, only at the beginning of
comp, ^= the 33 gods, whose chief is
Sakka (while the vtum. 33 always is
tettimsa)-, *<'-bhavana, n. Sakka's
devaloka on the mount Sineru (Meru),
loc. r^e,
59,21
;
*"'-devaloka-ppa-
mana, mfn,
equal in extent to the
realm of the Thirty-tree", . .^am,
59,28.
-
*) mfn. id., frequently m. pi.
-^a (deva). cp, Pis:hel, Gr.

254
& tirasa below.
ti
'
, indecl. (sa. iti) thus, so ;
besides
ti we also meet with the full form iti
which is contracted to -iti with a prec.
i, 1,16-17, and before a vowel is changed
into ice', 4,82;
but generally the first
i drops by elision, and a prec. short
vowel (a, u) is lengthened, 1,9-18-19
etv.f while prec. lii is changed into
n, l,;i-2i. 3,1 etc.; instead of the final
i we find also
y
; ty'aha, lll.ao (=
c' after prec, i : nt, karomi c'alia,
74,1
= Dh. 306) and even v : tv'eva,
42,24. 00,25, or the i drops before
e : r/eva, 32,i8.
- ') The full form
iti is used ) at the beginning of a sen-
teuce = thus, in this manner (as told
before) 30,23. 47,2s. 88,2. 110,33. Il2,ii.
Dh. 62. 74. 186. 286; dittham h'etam
Tathagatena : ici rupaiii etc., thus
(is) form = vhis is the nature of form,
94,3.
*) after ovarii, 47,26, cp.
evaihgot'.O iti, 92,is. <>) after an-
other (i)ti : ino;jharii annan ti iti
pat(ho (iti perhaps = etc., cp. ^)
below) 90,4.
**) in the apodosis :
sace . . ., icc'etara kusalaih, 4,83.
- )
metri cauisa like the ordinary ti : 98,80.
111,1. 112,81 (.
below). -
)ti (iti)
is most frequently u&ed by quoting in
oratio diresta one's words uttered or
the c.'>i:i^:entB of one's thoughts, emo-
tioQS, or judgemenlB, preceeded or
followed by a verbum sentiendi et
declarandi : l,8-i6 (after aba); 3,5
(after ten'assa etad ahosi); l,i8 (ti
sampaticohitva);
l,i9 (ti
vutte);
l,i
(ti aha); 3,i (ti cintesi),
but also
without a such
word
preoeedmg
or
following :
3,6-9-12. 35,39.
etc. etc.
Of such quotations
we find often one
included
within
another : ti saflfii
ahosl, 2,6
etc.
Verses
quoted end
always with ti
which stands without
the metre : 2,i8. 3,27 etc.,
but in poetic
style it is often omitted, 103,lo
(followed
by ima gatha bhanam);
104,i6 etc.
(cp. 111,4. 113,17,
where iti forms the
half of the last foot), and even in
prose ti may be omitted by very
short sentences (questions and answers^
and generally before maiiiie
(g.
v.)
3,25. 5,7. 35,35
{cp. 50,33. Dh. 74).
Useful examples illustrative of the use
of ti are also found on p.
88. - *) ti
after single words or names (in nom.) :
mata ti, such a thing as a mother,
99,7;
pita ti, 99,8; ditthigatan ti.
94,7; saddo ratho iti,
the sound
(word) 'ratha', 98,30; satto ti sam-
muti, the phrase 'a living being' 98,31;
Nagaseno ti, 96,a9 etc.; balo ti
vuccati, Dh. 63. cp. Dh. 218. 257.
3B7. 370. 388; likewiEe by glosses in
commentaries : 'me' ti mayharfi, 85,20;
'tan' ti tasma, 86,27 etc.; cp. above
under iti ').
*)
ti is sometimes used
to connect two sentences (coordinate)
= in this way, by means of, for this
reason, etc, : atth' eko upayo ti kha-
dapessiimi tarii . . ., l,io; abbirupa
ahositi so tassa varaiii adasi, 10,4:
pufinam me katan ti nandati, 107,27
= Dh.
18; so siham adinnava iti
Sihalo, for that reason (he was called)
Sihala, 112,3i.
**) = and, and so on
(w. foil, adi) ! 73,80 {cp. adi
*));
ti anukkamena, and so on by degrees,
34,8; ti iti, 90,4. v. above
<>). -
") ti is sometimes strengthened by a
foil, eva or evarii : 32,i8. 42,24.
60,25; 86,17. ') emphatically after
other adv. ; kin ti, how? 1,8 (=
kiiii*); tasma ti ha, accordingly, 92,2
{v, tasma). cp, Franke, ZDMG, vol.
48, p.
87.
113 tibba
ti*, num. {sa. tri) three; n. tini,
nom. 21,11. 82,9; ace. 28,S5 (saranani);
67,88. 86,86;

wj. tayo, nom. 14,9
(sahaya^; 6B,ii (bhava); ace. 6,ai
(pahare) ;
-
f.
tisso, nom. 82,9 (vedana)
;
ace. 20,81 (gatha); instr. tihi, Db.
224. 391 ;
- gen. tinnaih, 14,i8. 28,26
(ratananarii); Dh. 157;

loe. tisu,
31,16. 114,88.
comp. V. ti-kkhattum
etc., tiha, te-pitaka, etc., cp. tatiya,
taya, tavatimsa (tettimsa), timsa,
terasa.
timsa (&
timsati), num. (nom.
timsaih or timsa; sa. trim<jat) thirty;
timsa-yojana-maKgam, ace. (agato)
87,19. cp. tavatimsa (tettimsa), dvat-
timsa & chattimsati.
ti-kkhattum, adv. (sa. tri-kytvas)
three times; ll,i.
tikhina, mfn., v. tinha.
ti-gavuta, v. gavuta.
titthati (& (hati, eomp. w. prp.
aho (hahati; sa. tish^hati, \/8tba),
to stand; to stay, reroaiD, stop; to be
present, be alive; to abide by, acqui-
esce in, etc,
;
pr. 3. sg. o.^ati, 102,8
(pali, is extant); 103,82 (bhiyyo ->./,
"gets more steadfast"); 110,6. Dh.
340; 2. sg. ^asi, Dh. 235; 3. pi.
/>^anti, 110,i;
part. med. gen.
f.
tittbamanaya(8akham gahetva) 62,2o;
imp. 2. sg. ti^tba, 11,5. 16,is. Ul.io;

pot. 3. sg. tittheyya,

98,3s; -
fut.
2, pi. thassatha (mama vinicchaye)
59,6; 1. pi. ^ama, ib.; - aor. 8. sg.
) attha, 103,11,
'')
atthasi, 3,22. 15,io.
26,4. 41,20
;
pharitva
~,
pervaded,
57,28; 3. pi. ^amsu, 22,7. 87,i8;
-
c/er. ihatva, 3,6. 8,i3 (Bodhisattassa
ovade); 17,83 (id.) 34,S9 (yavatayu-
kam); 36,o. 46,i. 108,S6; -pp.
thita; caus. fhapeti & fbapapeti
(v.
h.) cp,
-ttha,
mfn., thana, ., thiti,
/, etc.
tin a, M. {sa. tr^a)
grass, straw
/of a thatch); herb, weed; aco, ^am
(the thatch)
101,*;
gen. bahu-tinassa,
61,88. 62,8
;
pi. .^^ani, IS.s; comp.
tina-, 94,86; tina-dosa, mfn.
"damaged
by weeds", n. pi. /v/ani (khettani)
PUi oioiiur.
Dh. 356; dabba-", nivapa-", nila-
kusa-, rulha-" (v. h.).
tinna, mfn. (pp.
tarati, sa. tirna)
who has crossed, gone through, passed
over to, overcome; m. i^o ("I have
passed over to Nibbana") 104,3o;
*''-vicikiccha, mfn. having overcome
uncertainty, m. rwO, 69,i8; *''-soka-
pariddava, mfn. "who has crossed the
flood of sorrow", ace. m. pi. x/e. Dh,
196; ogha-
(q.
v.).
tinnaih, gen. pi., v. ti*.
tinha, mfn. (generally tikhina,
sa. tikshna) sharp; instr, m. ^ena
(asina) 33,i7.
titikkhati, vb. (sa. titikshate,
desid. ytij) to bear, endure (ace!)
;
pr. 3. sg. ^&t\ (ativakyam, akkosam)
Dh. 321. 399; eond. 1. sg. ^issam
(I had to endure) Dh. 320 (cp. adhi-
gacchissam, sandhavissam etc.).
titikkha,
f.
(sa. titiksha) endu-
rance, forgiveness, long-suffering; Dh.
184 (synon. khunti).
titta, mfn,
(pp.
tappati*; sa,
trpta)
satisfied ; v. a-titta, cp. titti.
tittaka, mfn. (sa. tiktaka) bitter;
**'-bhava. m. a bitter flavour, ace.
<N/am, 37,9.
titti,
f,
(sa. trpti) satisfaction;
Dh. 186 (kamesu).
tittha, n.
(&
rarely t.) (sa. tirtha)
a landing-place (on the shore of a
river), a bathing- place; a ferry or
harbour, metaph. religious persuasion;
loe. .%^e, on the shore, 28,5.

paniya-",
a watering-place; loe. i^e, 11,28. cp,
next.
titthiya, m. (sa. tirthya & tir-
thika) an adherent of another sect,
a heretic; pi. <%<a, 73,2r, gen. <x<anam,
19,4.
- *afina-', v. h.
-
*titthiyarama,
m., V. arama.
ti-pi^aka, n. (sa. tri-pitaka)
'the three baskets', the three ooUections
of the Buddhist sacred books (cp.
pitaka etc.).
-
tepi^aka, mfn, (v. h.).
tibba, mfn. (sa. tivra) sharp,
strong, violent; **-raga, mfn. full of
strong passions, gen. m, ^x^assa, Dh, 349.
ti-bbBgft 114
ti-bhagft, m. (a. tri-bhSga) the
tbird patt; ,o, 0,:i8,
*ti-mandala, n. (sa. *tri-man-
dala) 'the three circles', vie. the navel
and the two knees; acc, N/am, 82,ii
{cp. SBE. XIII, 166),
timira. m. (= sa.) name of n
tree; gen. pi. /^^anaifa (gfcndho) 20,i8.
*ti-j'OJana-satika, mfn, {sa,
*tri-yojana-5ataka) 300 yojanas lonp
{cp. yojami); gen. n. -^^assa (rajjassa)
43,31.
tila, m. (= sa.) aesame, Besarae
seed; pi. /va (tatta-kapale pakkhit-
ta-") 11,7; "-tan^ulaclayo, 16,fi. cp.
tela.
tisso, tini, V, ti'.
tira, n. (= sa.) a shore, bank;
acc. ^am, Dh. 86 (anudhavati, "runs
up and down the shore", i. e, without
reaching the other shore (NibbSna));
4,20
(sara-o) ; 21,i7 (samudda-^) ; 28,t
^Aciravati-**) ; Ice. <-^e, 66,3; 1,12
(Ganga-"); 2,i9 (nadi-); 3,si (para-,
on the opposite bank); abl, oriina-
tirato {v. h.) cp. anutire.
tiha, n. {sa. tryaha) three days;
dviha-tibam, two or three days, 36,6
{cp. aha).
tihi, imtr.y v. ti^
tuccha, mfn, (= sa.) empty;
"-patim {acc.) the empty bowl, 66,S7.
tuttha, mfn, {pp.
tussati; sa,
tushta) pleased, sbtisfied; m. r^o,
24,88; *"-citta, mfn, id.; m, ^0, 32,i;
pi. ^a, 41,21;
-
*''-mana8a, mfn. id.;
m. ,^0, 65,88; f.
^a, 87,7;
-
*-haUha,
mfn, pleased and rejoicing, m, rwO
(Ramgho), r;.4,88.
tuUlii
/" (sa. tushti) joy, enjoy-
men;; nom, tutthi, Dh. 331; acc,
rviiii ("the glad news")
64,6; instr,
ati-tutthiya ("by iiis extreme joy")
10,13.
tup da, n. (= .a.) a beak; instr.
^ena, 4,8i.

*tundaka, n.
(?)
id.;
raukha-", 4,8. 18,7.
t u n h i, indccl. (sa. tushnitn) silently
;
r.^ ahosi (Bhagava, remained silent)
90,89;
ny ahesum, 79,.ii| by sandhi ;
tu^him asinarh,
Dh. 227;
- eomp.
tunhl-bhava, m. the being
silent;
instr. ^ena (adhivasesi
Bhagava)
70,11
=
77,;
- tunbi-bhuta,
mfn.
silent; m. /^o (nisidi) 87,so; acc, /am,
87,81.
tudati, vb. {sa. v't<i) ^0
strike,
torment; pr, 3. pi. -vanti (mam,
kama) 20,i7; pp.
v. next.
tunna, mfn, {pp.
tudati)
struck,
hurt; gen. pi, vyadhi-marana-tunna-
ntirii, suffering from disease and death,
108,88.
*tunna-kamma, n. the trade of
a tailor; acc. f^&m, 67,8.
tunna-vaya, m. (= sa.) a tailor;
-^0,57,8; '-upakaranani, n. pi. 66,8
{v. upakarana); "-vesam gabetva, in
the disguise of a tailor, 58,le.
tumhe, pron. pi. & tuyhara,
gen. sg., v. tvam.
turiya, n. {sa. turya) any musical
instrument; pZ. ^ani (gahita-gahitani)
65,3; nana-", all kinds of musical
instruments, 64,30 ; instr. r^ehi (nip-
puriselii) 67,83; *-bhandani, n. pi,
musical instruments or implementp,
66,4; *''-sadda, m. souud of music,
acc. <v.aifa, 112,7.
t u 1 il
,
/'.
(= sa.) a balance ; acc.
f>a.m va paggayha ("as with a ba-
lance") Dh. 268; a-tula, mfn. {v. h.).
tuTam, pron, in the gfithas =
tvam, 47,9. 64,i9. 106,8*.
Tusita, m. nom. pr. {sa, Tushita)
pi. 'N.a (deva) a class of celestial
beings;
"-vimana, n. the residence of
the T.-angels (the fourth devaloka),
loc, o^e, 87,81.
tussati, vb, {sa. y/t\iih) to be
satisfied or pleased; ger, o^itva, 24,83.
66,8
; pp. tuttha {v. h.) cp, i\i\\h\,
f.
te, pron,
) gen, sp., v, tvaiii;
*)m. pl.^ V, tam'.
teja & tejas, m{n), {sa. tejas)
splendour; power, efficacy; ins<r. ,>.asa
(tapati Buddho)
107,8s = Dh.
387
;
-vena, 15,7 (sila-); lll,u
(paritta-
Butta-o).
115 thala
tejana, n, {=> so.) an arrow;
ace, ~ain, 106,2? = Dh. 80. 146.
tena, adv. (instr,
fr. tam*; =so.)
*) in that direction, there (^corr, to,
yena) : 68,s (yena nivesanadvaram
ten' upasamkami); 68,6 etc, 74,so.
') for that reason, therefore, now then
(in this sense often comb, w, hi) :
3,3, 7,13. 54,30. 106,4; tena hi : l,to-i9.
2,3. 19,81. 83,80. 41,11, 118,u.
''tepitaka, mfn. {fr, tipitaka)
btlongiDg to 'the three baikets' (op,
pitaka); n, loo, ^e Buddhavacane,
the word of the Buddha contained in
the holy icriptures, 102,i.
*temeti, vb, (cans, \/tim) to wet,
moisten; grd, temetabba,
f,
fs^si (mat-
tika) 83,38,
terasa, num, (sa, trayodaga) 13;
terasania, mfn. the IS**"; m. ^o
(vaggo) Dh. XIII.
tela, n. (sa. taila) oil (prepared
from the seeds of the sesame plant);
ace. ^&m, 50,24; instr. r^ena (gan-
dha-, with scented oil)
37,2;
-
"-ppa-
dlpa, m, an oil-lamp; rwO, 67,i7; pi,
f^S, (gandha-") 66,3;

"-pajjota, m,
id. aec. o^aih, 69,i7. cp. tila.
*tevacika, mfn, (sa. *traivacika,
cp, trivacika) effected by the three
words or the triple formula, vie, Bu>
ddbam saranam gaccbami etc. (v.
sarana); m, /^o (upasako, a lay-
discipei by the triple formula) 69,2i.
tevisati, num, (sa. trayovim^ati)
23; r^ima, mfn. the 23">; m, .%/0
(vaggo) Dh. XXIII.
torana, n. (== so,) an arch, portal,
gateway; dalha-pakara-, mfn. 90,3i
(w. /vain, nagararii); 9 1,21 (dalha-
toranam =
thira-pittnasamgba^kuih).
ty', ) = ti (iti), 11
1,20
; cp, c',
74,1.
>)= te (gen, tvaih) 13,26.
tv', = ti (iti); 42,24. 60,86. 64,9.
tvam, pron. 2. pers. (= sa.) thou;
MOW. ) tvam (taifa) l,i4. 3,!8 (tvan
ti); ") tuvam, 47,. 54,i. 106,84;
-
aoc. tuih (tvam) 1,u-it-8i. 2,8. 4,it
(tani pi); fi,io (tali fieva); 94,8t (tuih
yev'); 4,m. 105,8*;

instr. (abl.)
tayS, 4,29. 5,fl; - gen, dat. ) tuyharh,
3,16. 3,26 (^ abbhantare); 7, 19;
*)
tava, 1,23, 3,16 (n^ santikam); 12,i.
66,4; ") te, 1,15 (va^tati); 2,8 (dus-
sami); 2,8 (atthi); 7,i8 (pasanno);
13,26 (ty' atthu); 78,i8, 85,4 etc.; te
may also be used for instr. (and ace.) :
kathentena te sundaram katam, 1,24;
78,7
(?);
cp, t'Sham = te aharii
(000,?) 85,87 [Pischel, QGA. 1877,
p. 1066; ZDMG.
86, p. 714].
-
he.
tayi, 10,19. 17,14;

pi. nom, tumhe,
1,16;
to a single person : 25,i7. 85,t8;
- aoc, tumhe, 4,ii. 12,88; 97,t6;
-
instr. tumhehi, 12,88;

gen. dat.
*^ tumbakaiii. 4,4, 6,i, 36,i8, 97,7
;
^) vo, 9,9S. 108,8; dat. ethicus : 42,i6;
47,19 (id. or gen, partitivus); vo may
also be used for aec, 4,8. 108,6;

loc. tumhesu (= sg.) 50,io.
Til.
thandila, n. (sa. sthandila) an
open place, bare ground; ''-sayika,
f,
the act of lying on the bare ground
(as a penance), Dh, 141.
thaddha, mfn. (sa. stabdha) firm,
hard; m. ^0 (paliaro) 50,22 (opp.
muduko);

*'*-hadaya, mfn. hard-
hearted; f.pl, /N^a (comm. on ka^hina)
52,6,
thambha, m. (sa, stambha) a
post, pillar; metaph. insensibility, stu*
por; /vO, 103,28; ace. /s/am, 60,3,
tbarana, n, (sa. starana) the act
of spreading, v, bhumma-tthara^a,
which is probably "-attharana (sa.
astarana, a
-f-
{/stf)
= a carpet,
84,17.
thala, n. (sa. sthala) the land,
dry land, firm earth; ace. <vaih, 15,i4.
106,91 (opp. ninnam); loo. >^e (opp.
jale) 4,14; 27,97, 52,ie; Dh, 98 (opp.
ninne); *^-gocara, mfn, living on land,
m. <vO, 1,8;

*>-patha, m. a road by
land; aee. "jala-pathaifa, everywhere
by land and water, 19,99.
8*
thavikS 116
""thavikS,
f.
a purse; ace. sahassa-
thavikaih, a purse containing a 1000
pieces of money,
102,14,
thavira, v. thera.
thama, n. (sa, sthSman, n.)
streng^th, powtrj *'-sainpanna, mfn,
Btron^;; m. ^o, 1,8, 40,st.
t ha vara, mfn. (sa. sthavara) im-
moveable, firm, stron;; ; loc. pi. rvesu
(bhutesu) Dh. 405 (opp. tasa).
thira, mfn, {sa. sthira) firm, hard,
solid, strong;- n. pi. r^aai (uddapa-
dini) 91,18 (opp. dubbalani); *thira-
pakara- etc, mfn. 91,20-.i (comm, on
dolha-).
thi,
f.
(sa. 8tr!) = itthi, a woman
(v. h.); gen. pi. ^hinam, 51, si.
thina, n, (sc, styana) sloth, in-
diiTerei'oe; *'-middlia, n. "nUith and
(IrowNi Mini"
(i
iiflc'ui'i Hoiitt MftniHMa),
103,7.
tiiula(& thulla), m/, (sa. sthula)
large, thick, coarsii; v. anumthula.
thera, m. & (/i)
f.
(lo. sthavira)
old, venerable; an 'Elder' (Haid of
vtmuruble bhikkhiu); m, nam, ^o,
61,12. Dh. 260; Dh, 261 (to be scan-
aed thaviro); maba-thero, 113,8;
instr. *x/ena, 85,is; pi, ~a, 109,8*;
inaha-', 109,ii; ace. />/e (bhikkhu)
83,ll^; tnstr, r^ehi., 109,
u;
pen. ^annm,
109,5;
addud to a nom. pr, ; llpiili-",
109,18; MahtikiiHsupa-", 109,1?;
-
dhamma-kathika-", m. (v. h.)
com.
par, theratara, i./>^o (bhikkhu) 79,io;
instr. ^ena, 79,e. cp, next.
Thora-Biitha,
f,
pi. name of a
canonical book, a Keotion of the KhuO*
daka*Nikaya; iipecimeu thereof : 107,!i)
seqv.
''thera-Tada, mi. the doctrine
of the ThoraB, the urthodoxe Uuddhist
doctrine; /x/O, 109,u (therehi kata-
MaiiiKivho);
i-j
HKHavtido, 109,no; itco,
>/aiii, 114,ft( instr, pi. ,%,olii, 114,ji.
*theriya, mfn. (fr. thera) be-
longing to the thertis; m. pi. "-acariya,
the old teachers or, the propounders
of the thera-vado, 114,3o.
Theri-giitha,
f,
pi. name of a
eanonioal book, a section of the Khad*
daka-Niklya;
specimen
thereof: 108,jc
teqv.
thoka, mfn,
(ta, Btoka)
little,
small, short; ace, ~am (adv,) a little :
^ netva, l,8o; >^ gantva, 36,ii; o^
sayitva, 12,ir, ^ kilapetva,
58,8s;
f
^a (yagu) 57,i ; - thoka-thokam,
adv. little by little, Dh. 12122
(^am pi); Dh. 239.
*thokaka, mfn. (fr,
prec.) amall,
short;
f.
^ika. (rati, a short pleasure)
Dh. 310.
thometi, vb. (denom. fr. *thoma,
sa. stoma, stomayati) to praise (ace);
ger, r^etva. (panditarh) 69,3.
-d-, sandhi-consonant, inserted in
attadattha, sadattha-pasuta
(q,
ti.V,
likewise in samma-d-eva etc. (v.
sanima), On account of sandhi an
old 'd' is often preserved in some
pron. : tad-, yad- (v. tarn, yam),
kocid- (= koci) etc, [Euhn, Beitr.
p. 6263; Tr. PM. p. 82; Windisch,
Ber, d. Bachs. Ges. 1893. p. 228 seqv.]
*dakkhati & dakkhiti, vb.
(v^drO
to nee, perceive; pr. (fut.) 3,
eg. ^Asi (na me raaggam rv, "the
path 1 tread you never can fiad")
72,s8;
3^
pi. ^inti, 69,i8 (^cakkhu-
manto rupani
^);
-
aor. a.ldakkhi,
^. 8.(7, 77,8! 3. sg. 20,10. Formally
(lakkhati & dakkhiti look like fttt.
fr.
v'drQ
(sa. drakshyati), but really
these forms may have sprung either
from aor. addakkhi (ia, adrakshit)
or from an old base
*d)rksh- [Kiihn,
Beitr.
p. 116; Tr. PM.
p. 61; Phchcl,
<ir.

r)54j
cp. diHHiiti.
dakkliina,
tnfn. (sa. dakshina)
*) right, on the right hand; instr. m.
-^ena (hatthena)
77,i. 11),4 (opp.
vama-hatthena);
"-passarh, the right
side,
61,21.

*) southern;
ace.
f.
~uih (disaiii) 95,s; o-samuddn,
.
117 dadhi
the southern sea, gen, rvassa,
60,4,
cp. padakkhina.
dajja, pot., V. dadati.
datthabba, grd, & datthum,
inf., V. dissati.
d add ha, mfn, (pp. dahati, q. v.)
burnt; n. r^&m (khettain) 100,27;
aggi-, *fn.
{v. h).
danda, vi. (= sa.) *) a stick,
staff; a handle; ace. .%/aih (gahetva,
"staff in hand") 47,s; instr. -x/ena,
77,18; loc. 'N/e (the handle)
36,5;
-
"-battha, mfn, leaning on a staff;
ace. m. (vaiii, 63,9;

a-danda, atta-
danda
(g,
v.).
*) punishment; aec.
<%,am, Db. 310. 405; instr, i^ena,
Dh.
131; purisa-vadba-", punishment
for murder, 74,u; gen, %/assa, Dh.
129;

"-kamma, . fine, mulct,
penalty; idam me /vam, "in this way
I make amends", 63,i3;

*-ppatta,
mfn. liable to punishment; m. /^o,
100,15;
patidanda, brabiua-danda
(g.
v.).
Danda-vagga, tn. the
10*''
chapter of Dh,
dandaka, m. (= sa.) a stick,
staff; ace. /^am, 13,ie; 36,t (a twig
from a tree); instr. /x/Cna, 86,x;

*ratha-, m.
(g.
v.).
datta, mfn. [e. c. = sa.;
pp.
dadati, cp, dinna) v. Devadatta,
Brahmadatta. cp. atta^.
datva, ger., v, next.
dadati, vb. (sa. y/da) *) to give
(w, gen. pers. <Ss ace. rei) 29,8. 31,i6
etc.
;
to hand, deliver, give in charge,
pay (do.) 82,18; 31,2; 39,2o. 111,ij;
37,18 ; 102,8; to offer (an oblation,
aec.) 17,6 (e}akam);

*) variously
constructed w. ace, : okasam >/, to
give an opportunity to (inf.) 40,i7;
ovadam, to admonish, 86,24; danam,
to make gifts, give alms, 14,i2. 86,14;
jivita-danam, to spare one's life, 12,26;
pativacanam, to answer,
3,;
pbalam,
to bear fruit, 36,86; maggam, to give
place to, 44,11; matakabbattam,
to
offer an oblation to the dead, 16,2$;
safifiam, to make a tign, communicate,
55,2; sadhukaram, to applaud, 6,i;
') to permit, allow (ace, dk inf.)
6,10. 12,17. 17,19, 39,24. 48,19. 52,20
;
*) constructed w. ger. of another
verb = to do that to any one : darHni
aharitva . . . dassati, 35,9; rajjam
gahetva datura. 35,19; aharitva
adaihsu, 41,4; vibhajitva adasi, 41,19.

)i>r.
1. sg. dadami, \Um\
3. pi.
dadanti, Dh.
249; part. 7/n. m. da-
dato, Dh.
242; part. mcd. m. dada-
mano, 12,33;
f.
/va, 6,20; pot. 3. sg.
*) dadeyya, 98,84; 2. sg. f^&si, 53,i5;
1. sg, ovarii, 33,13. 41,
i
; ') 3. sg. dajja,
Dh. 224; ') pr. 1, sg, dammi,
7.14, 15,24. 29,8;

") pr, 3. sg. deti,
12,17. 28,24. 98,8; 2, sg, desi, 3,9; 1.
sg. deini. 31,le; 3, pi, denti, 37,2;
^.j)!. detha, 18,ii. 52,2o; i. p2. dema,
18,11. 39,94. 114,10 (dema'ti); imp,
3, sg, detu. 36,2i. 39,2o; 2. sg. dehi,
5.15. 69,32. 101,28. 111,27 (read : jivi-
tarn debi); 2. pi. detha, 18,9. 31,2.
114,8;
part. m. dento, 40,i7. 86,24;

[") rare or ficticious present-forma-

tions are : dajjati
_
(cp. pot. dajja) &
dati];
-
fut. 3. sg. dassati, 3,8. 30,i3;
2. sg. rwasi,
2,2; 1. sg. 2,4. 5,io; 16,i2
etc.; 1. pi. />^ama, 17, 19. 60,i4;
-
aor. 3. sg, ) adasi, 3,ii. 6,18. 36,36;
dasi, 114,9; 1. sg. adasim, 17,6. 42,i3;
3. pi. adamsu, 4,i5. 31,s. 41,4 etc,
'') ada (5. s^.) 111,12 (nada), 114,25;

inf. datum, 16,6. 31,30. 102,8;

a-datu-kamata.
f. (q.
v.);

ger.
datva. 7,28. 16,26; a-datva, 48,i9. 66,20;
grd. ) databba, n. >^&m. 14,i2.
82,18; ^) deyya, n. ^a.m. 112,9;
-
pp.
dinna (& datta, e, e.) v. h.\

[pass, diyati, cp. a-diyati];

caus,
dapeti (v. h.) cp. dana, daya, dayaka.
dadhi , n. (= sa.) sour milk, curd^
nom. dadhi, 99,28-so. 101,27; dadhim,
26,13; ace, <vim, 26,ii. 35,22. 101,28;
instr. f^ina, 35,i7; loc. rwimbi,
36,26;

*'*-ghata, m. a milkbowl, ace. o/am,

35,17;

"""-mala, m. n. pr, of an
ocean; ace. i^&m, 26,i2; "-uialin, id.
26,16 C-maliti) cp. Aggimala;
-
*<'-Taraka, m. a pot of milk-curd, mc.
/vaih, 14,80;
gen, /^assa, 14,8i;

dantgt
118
'-vahana, m. n. pr. of a king; ^o
Dama raja, 36,9; "-jataka, w. 34,80.
danta', m. (= so.) a tootb; worn,
jjj. ^a, 12,1. 82,
= 97,Jo; ace. pi.
/ve, 65,6; instr. pi. /x/chi, 12,6;
khanda-^ mfn. {q.
v.)] danlantara-
gata, V. antara; -
"-kattba^ (f '*)
danta*, mfn, (pp.
y/dam, sa.
danta) tamed, mu-jdued; tame, mild,
patient; wi. r^O, 77,io-iJ; Uh. 321;
aco. m. r^ara, ib.; n. i>^ara (cittam)
Dh.
35;
pi. m. ^a. Dli. 322;
- *atta-
dauta, mfn, St sudanta, mfn. (v. h.)
cp. danieti.
*dandlia, tM/w..8low, slothful, in-
docible; ov/am, adv. elothfully, Dh.
116. The etymologi' of this word is
doubtful; Faushell & Weber, ZDMG.
14. p.
48 refer to 3a. *tandra (cp.
a-tandra); Trenckner, PM.
p.
66 to
drdha (&
dhandha), but cp. tandita
& dalha. According to Miiller, PGr.
p.
22 we ought to look for Bomething
like *dardhra or drdhra (cp. Ltiders,
ZDMG. 58 p, 70C).
dabba (& daboha), m. (sa. dar-
blia) the Ku9a-graBs;
*-tina, n.
id., pi, ^ani, 15,*; -sayana, n, a
lair of K.-grass, abl, .%/to, 16,4.
dabbi & dabbi,
f.
(sa. darvi &
i>A) a ladle, spoon; nom. ^i, Dh, 64.
dama, m. (^= sa.) moderation,
self-command (synon. sa.'ifiania); <x/0,
Dh. 261
;
instr. ^.^ena, Dh.
25;
'-aacca, n. temperanct and truth,
instr. ^ena, Dh.
9; duddama, mfn.
(q.
v.).
daniatha, . (= sa.) self-cora-
maud; ^<) (cittassa^ Dh. 35.
dameti
(&
damn^ati), vb, (sa.
demayati, cas. ^darii) to tame, sub-
dte; to convePt (ace.)'-, pr. 3. pi,
damayanti (dandena) 77,
i;
(attanam
pandita) 106,88" ~ Dh.
80;
part,
nom. m. damayaiii (Httanain) Dh.
305; inf. df.metum (vat^ati, q. v.)
to convert,
113,9; cp. danta & prec.
dan mi, pr, 1. sg., v, dadati.
dara, *.j. (=- sc.) tear; v. niddara
& vita-ddara.
daratha, !. (=
sa.)
pain,
suffer-
ing; loc. pi,
sabba-kilesa-darathesu,
dari,
f.
(=
sa.) a cave, hole,
cleft; *"-8aya, m. a lair in a hole or
cleft, loe. f^e, 108,4
(if not to be
corrected into darisayo (mfn.)
'having
my lair iu a hole on the bank of a
river', cp. .Tttt. I. p.
18, v. 106, &
daricara, mfn.
Jfit. V.
p.
70,t5).
dalha, mfn. (sa. drdha)
firm,
hard, strong, fast;
f,
/n/S (bhumi)
110,7i
n. /^am ("viriyarfa) Dh. 112;
/>/am dajhassa khipati (v. h.) 44,i;
"-ppahara, m. a violent stroke, ace.
,^&m, 30,18;
*-parakkama, mfn.
Undaunted, firm, energetic; m. pi. ^a,
Dh. 23;
ace. />^e, 108,i9;
*-pa-
kara-torana. mfn.
having strong walls
etc., strongly fortified; n. r^&m (na-
garam), 90,si. 9l,!i;
*-uddapa.
mfn,
havirig a strong foundation; n.
r^&m, 90,31. 91,80.
dalham, adv.
firmly, strongly; Dh. 61. 313; r^&m
katva (gahita-sigale) with a fast hold,
40,24; da|ha-gahita-, 40,80. (cp,
dandha).
dasaS num. (sa. da(;a) ten; 31,is
(bhataro); 81,!i (sikkhapudani);
"-mase (ace.) 62,t; instr, dasahi.
18,16, 82,14; gen. dasannarii, Dh. 137
(dasann'). At the end of comp. num.
'd' is often changed into 'r' (or
1)
cp. a^tharasa, ekadasa, cuddasa,
terasa, pannarasa, so}asa.
dasa^, mfn. (e. c, sa. drga), v.
duddasa, sududdasa, (cp. dassa).
dasabala, m. (sa, da<ja-bala)
'possessing 10 powers' = Buddha;
Kassapa-"
(q.
v.),
dasama, mfn. (sa. daQatna) the
lO""! ^0 (vaggo) Dh. X.
dassa, mfn, (e. c, sa. dar?a), v.
sudassa. (cp. dasa-).
dassati, fut., v. dadati.
dassana, n. (sa. darpana) seeing,
looking; perception, intelligence, in-
sight; religious persuasion;
^Am
(appiyanam, to see what is unpleasant)
106,30 = Dh.
210; (ariyanam, "the
119 daraka
Bight of the elect") Dh. 206; instr.
<s^cna(sekhena) iuBight,
69,35; ittara-",
30,12 (v. h.)\ ahl. /v.a (-visuka-,
8e>-iiig spectacles etc.) 81,(4; gen.
-^assa (visuddhi) Dh. 274; sila-
dassana-sampanna, mfn. (q.
v,)\ cp,
a-dassana.
dassaniya, mfn. (sa. dar^anlya)
vif>ib1, fair to see, beautiful; tn, /^o
(raja) 47,9,
dassayati, vb., t;. dasseti.
dassiH, mfn, (e. c, sa, dar^in)
seeinp, finding; v. ohaya-", vajja-",
diissiyas, mfn. (e. c, sa, dar^i-
vas) seeing; v. bhaya-".
dasseti, vb. {caus. y/djq, cp,
dissati) to cause to be seen or to
apppar, to show, point out, produce,
manifest, give to understand (acc);
to show to, present to, to bring be-
fore {acc, & gen.y, pr, 3, sg. /veti
(maynam apacitiih) 29,s6; 3, pi.
fventi, 21,4; dussayanti (uocavaoaifa,
q. v.) Dh.
83;
part. m. dassento, 2,i;
imp, 2, sg. ,%.-ehi, ll4,io; 2. pi. vetha,
24,28*, pot. 3. sg. (veyya, 100,i2; fut.
1, pi. 'X'essama (pubbanimittaih) 63,b
;
aor. 8. sg, ") ^esi (attanaih) 12,2?;
(unbakaraih) 15,8; (chatakakaramj
41,8; (paharam, q. v.) 62,33; (som-
riipena, sell, attanaih, presented her-
self) 111,2;
'') dassayi, 113,is. 3. pi,
-N^esum, (core raflno) 38,33. 74,8;
63,10
; inf. dassetum,
91,25;
ger,
-%/etva, 4,16, 86,9.
daha, m, (sa. draba, by metathesis
^
hrada) a lake, pond ; acc, Ano-
tatta-daham, 61,is ; abl. Kannamun4B>*
dabato, 36,3i,
dahati, vb, ') Tsa. dadbati, \/dha^
to put, hold, oonBider;
pp.
bita
(3.
v.^
ep, dheyya; antaradbayati, pidabati,
saiiividanati, saddabati, sandabati.
- *) = dahati
(q.
v.).
dabara, mfn. (= sa.) young; m.
^0, 46,, 99,4;
(bli
;,t;>u)
Dh. 382;
pt. <x<a (pakkbi^ ll,i<, f.^i
(darika)
101,19; ace. <N/im, 101,u;
47,i9 (ku-
marim) ;

dabarittbi, a young wife,
gen. /^iya, 49,i$;
compar. dahara-
tara, mfn, the younger of two, gen,
m. o.'assa, 43,26.
databba, datuih, v. dadati.
dan a, n. (= sa.) giving, gift,
esp. alms, almsgiving, liberality; nom.
~am (databbam) 14,i2; Dh. 177;
(linna-, almsgiving, 14,i8; acc. ^aifa,
86,14 (Sattbari Alavim anuppatte ni-
mantetva ^v adamsu); maba-, 61,6;
instp. /x/ena, 16,i3. loc, ^.-e (attana
dinna-") 29,2;

dan3,dini punfiani,
1 7,33; danadibi, 22,i7 ;
- '*'daDa-katba,
f,
talking about (the duty and profits
of) almsgiving, acc, r^&m (pakasesi)
68,19;
"-sala, /"., a hall for alms-
giving, pi. -x/S, 38,13}

jivita-",
dhamma-* (t>. h.),
dani, adv, = idani
(g.
v.).
dapeti, vb. (caus. dadati, sa.
dapayati) to cause or order to be given
(acc. dk gen.)
;
aor. 3. sg. vesi (tassa
attba
kabapane) 24,28; fut. 1, sg.
/vessami, 43,(7; pp.
dapita, n, /vam
(aggaih) 111,86,
dama, n, <& m, (sa, daman, n,)
a rope, cord; a chain, wreath; m. pi,
^a (munjamaya) 106,t7; n.j^^^ani
(ma1a-) 37,2; kusuma-dama-sadisa-,
mfn, 47,13} rajata-dama-vanna, mfn.
61,19 (v. h.),
daya^, m. (= sa.) a gift, dona*
tion; /x/O, 2.'),io; nabapita-", ib. (a .
barber's fee).
day a*, m, (sa, dava) a forest,
grove; v. miga-daya.
dayaka, mfn. (= sa.) giving; v,
paccaya-dayaka,
dara, m. sg. (sa, dara, m, pi.) a
wife; loo. pi. >s/6svi, Dh.
345; para-**,
another man's wife, acc. <%/am, Db.
246;
paradSriipaseTiti, mfn, one who
ooveti another man'i wife, nom, m,
<vi, Dh.
309; puttadara, m, sg. wife
and children, acc. /^am, 38,20.
daraka, m, (= 5a.) a child, bod,
boy; <N/0, 68,82; acc. /^am, 58,so.
81,11 ; loc. <N/e, 59,i(; j?/. <x/a (gama-")
52,17; acc. pi. ^e, 21,i; "-cori,
/.
(q.
v.); *-matar.
f.
nom, /vfi, the
child's mother, 69,(2.
darikft 120
darikS,
f.
{== a.) a daughter,
gir), youDg m<rtd; <n,S, 101,i9; ace,
^am, 55,T. 101,i.
daru, . (= M^ wood, timber;
a stick,
loff of wood, pi. fire-wood;
ace. ^uiQ, 106,:'8 ^= Dh.
80;
pi. ace.
'>/Uni, 15,31. 35,6. 5^,is; instr. oaHoS,
35,7; *>'-kalap9, .
(g. .);
*"-rasi,
.
(g.
v.) ; darudaki-, '?0,i3
(fire-wood
and water).
daruja, mfn, {==. aa.) made of
wood; n. /N^am (banalianaih) Dh. 346.
daruna, mfn
(^=- sa^ horrible,
dreadiui; ace. n. rwHm (abbhakkba-
nam) Dh, 139.
dale'. i,
vh. {sa. dalayati, \/dal)
to cause to burst, to break through
(ace); ger. dalayitva (putilatam),
105,t9.
dasa, m. (= sa.) a slave, servant;
fs.0. 5,7.
da si,
f.
(= sa.) a female servant
or slave; voc. r\>i (term of abuse)
111,25; dksi-gana-, 21,i (a troop of
-%/).
di-", at the beginning of comp.
= dvi (two, double), v. dija, dipada,
diyaddha.
digaocha = jigaccha
(q.
v.).
dija, m. (sa. dvija) a bird; pi.
(N^a, 60,17. cp. dvija.
dittha^ mfn.
(pp.
dissati, y/djq',
sa. dfshta) *) se^n, perceived; m. f\^o,
12,u. 108,17; n. ^am, 85,s&; t>i5^r,
<vena (imina, what we have seen here)
54,15; "-pubba, m/'.; yatha-", mfn,
(v. ft.);

*) known, understood; n.
/N^aiii (h^etam Tathagatena)
94,8;

') belonging to tins world (cp. di-

ttba-dbamma below); loc. o^e va
dhamme, in the present life, 92,ss,
dud-d^ha, mfn, (v.
/.).
dittha*, . (sa. dvishta, tnfn.)
an euneray; acc. i^am,
3,87.
dittha-dhan;iDa, (sa, drshta-
dharnia) ^)mfn. having seen the truth;
tn. vO, 69,12.

') "ti. this world, the
present life; '-sukhaviharam anuyutto,
"in the enjoyment of happiness reached
even in this world'\
74,22; cp. dhamma
& dittha* abovt.
doctrine,
theory, esp,
false theory;
acc. -x<im
(papikam)
91,i. Dh. 164;
loc. (i)ti ditthiya
sati,
even if we
suppose that, 92,7;
- "-gata, n. (false^
theory or doctrine; ,^am
(pSpakam)
90,2*;
(sassato loko ti) 93,ss; (uppan-
na-*) 91,17; 94,7
(apanitam etam
Tathagatassa);
pi, ~ani, 93,33;
-
*-gahana, -kantara, -visuka. -vi-
pphandita, -sariiyojana (v. h.) 94,i-2;
-
8amma-,
/". right bjdief, right views,
67,4. 96,5;
-
miccha-*,
f
false doc-
trine, acc. />^im, Dh. 167; "-samadana,
mfn. (q.
v.) Db. 316.

cp. evaih-
dit^hi, mfn, & anna-di^thika, mfn,
*dinna, mfn. (pp,
dadati) given,
presented; n. ^aih. 21,6 (tahi); 49,2i
(raiilam); Dh. 366 (vitaragesu, a
gift bestowed on . ,
.)
; as finite tense :
m, t^o, 8,2; f.
.-va, 67,i;
n. /s.^arii,
7,7;

"-dana, n. almsgiving, 14,i8;
"-sunka,
f.
(maya) 10 1,21 (v. sunka).
cp. a-dinna.
dipada, m. (sa. dvipada) a biped,
a man; gen, pi. ^anaiii, Dh. 273.
dibba, mfn. (sa. divya) heavenly,
divine; charming, beautiful; acc. m,
^&m. ^yogam) Dh.
417;
f.
^&m
(ariyablmmim) Dh.
236; loc, pi, m.
^e8u (kamesu) Dh.
187 ; comp. dibba-
kame (acc. pi, m.)
46,5; "-gandha-,
20,8-0; -cakkbumhi (loc.)
109,8; -pa-
naiii, 69,25; -pupphani, 61,u; -bW
janaiii, 20,7; -vattha, n. 20,8. 6l,is;
-sampatti, 23,i7; -sayana, n. 20,9,
61,18.
diyaddha, mfn. (sa, dvyardha)
lVi "-yojana-satika, mfn. 160 yo-
janas long, instr. m, ^en&, 60,*. cp,
addha.
divasa, m. <& n.
(= sa.) a day;
nom. m. ^0 (uposatha-^, fastday)
14,16; ace, ^&m, by day, in the course
of the day,
2,32; taiii .^am, on that
day,
87,31 ; ^am pi, 'all day long',
42,3o; ,-^am pi sapathaih kurumana
nanacitta va honti, even on that same
day they will change their minds and
take their oath
. .
., 61,28; eka-, one
121 Dipavathsa
day,
13,8. 63,2; instr,
,>^ena (eka-",
on one and the same day)
64,3; all.
/^ato (sattama-*
patthaya) 61,8;
(dbaiTimadesanam 8uta-, from the
day on which she had heard)
86,80
;
loc. r^e (puna-", next day)
2,95; (jata-",
on his birthday)
24,8i. 45,i*, (eka-,
on the same day)
46,m; ace, pi, m.
ime '/>/e, "the last few days",
73,28;
n. <s^ani. 25,2o; loc, r^esu (afinesu,
q. V,) 3,10. 65,21, cp, devasikam,
adv, & next,
diva. adv.
(= o.) by day; ^
tapati adicco, 107,i8 = Dh, 387;
rattim pi div&pi, night and day, 9,i6;
f\> va rattim va, Dh. 249; v/ ca
ratto ca, Dh. 296. cp, rattindivam,
adv. 86,25.
disa^ mfn. (e. c; sa, dr^a) like
that; V. idisa, eta-, ki-, ta-", sa-**;
khandba-disa, v. kbandba. cp.dasa*.
disa*, m. (sa. dvisha) an enemy;
/N..0, Dh. 162; ace. ,^&m, Dh. 42.
disa,
f.
(sa, di^ & di^a) quarter,
direction; region, country; ace, r>.^&m
(katamam, in which direction)
95,6;
(agataiii /%/, "the untrodden country"
= NibbSna) Dh. 323; abl .^wato
Tuttara-", q. v.) 61,i8; ace. pi, i^a,
fsabba) 85,*. Dh. 54; loc. pi. ^sisa
(sabba-", in each direction) 63,lo. cp,
catuddisa & next,
""disa-kaka, tn. a crow kept on
board ships in order to search for land
;
ace. fs,&m, 18,4. (cp. Fick, Soo. Gl.
p. 173; E. Hardy, Buddha,
p. 18.)
'*'disa-painokkba, mfn,
world-
famed, very celebrated; m. /vO (aca-
riyo) 16,25.
*di8va, *di8vana, ger.^ v. next.
dissati, vh. (sa. y/irq, pass,
df^yate)
^jpass. to be seen, appear;
pr, 3, sg. /^ati, 44,26. 62,ii ; na <x/ati
Thas disappeared) 68,8o; 3, pi. <N/anti
(na,
are not seen, opp, pakasenti)
Db. 304; 104,i (ettha [scil. safigamej
na t\>, don't devot themselveB to this
battle, cp.Windiaeh, M&ra, p. 27;
the
'na' ii perbapi interpolated); part.
dissamana, aec. pi. m. ive (= a-
dissamane, invisible) 112,i8;
pp.
dittha,
seen (v, h.); grd. dat^babba,
mfn.
to be regarded or understood,
m, <x/0 (attbo) 85,io-23, n. <x/am, 79,4.
') act, to see, regard, understand
(ace.) (the suppletive verb is passati,
q.
r); aor. 3. sg. ) addasa, 4,a5
(n
]
:asa); 23,i6; addasa, 76,i8. 76,20
(>%
hho); 2, sg. addasa or addasa,
71,81 (addasa ti); 3. pi. addasasum,
76,18;
i. p?. addasama, 105,23;
i>^
ad-
dakkhi, v. dakkhati; fut. v. dakkoati;
inf. da^buih, 48,i9. 87,9; oomp.
daUbu-kama, mfn. wishing to see,
f.
/vS (tam) 19,12;
ger. ) disva, l,e etc;
*>) disvana, 67,8i. 68,io. 76,i9 (at the
beginning of a sentence), cp, dasa',
dassa etc, di^^hi, disa^
digba, mfn. (sa. dirgba) long;
m. ^0 (puriso, tall) 92,i8 (opp. rasso);
f.
^a, 107,8r = Dh. 60; n. >^&m,
Db. 409; ace. ^am (addbanam) 44,2i;
(pacanayattbim) 71,29.
"'Digba-nikaya, m. name of a
Pali work, the first of the 5 Nikayas
(q.v.)\ ^0, 102,16. Specimens thereof
:
p. 77,14-81,4.
"'Digba-bbanaka, m. a repeater
(expounder or follower) of Digba-
,
nikaya; pi, ix^a, 64,2.
digba-rattaii), adv. (sa, dirgha-
ratram) for a long time ; 90,27. 104,88.
dipa^, m, (== sa.) a lamp; aec.
i^&m, 37,2; dipalokena, 41,2T (v,
aloka). cp. padipa.
dip a*, .(&.) (sa. dvipa) *)
an island; land, continent; t^o, 110,si.
112,8o; ace. <N/am, 114,2; loc. r^e,
19,9; sabba-dipamhi (over all Jam-
budipa) 113,6.

^) metaph, a support,
refuge; karohi dlpam attano, Dh.
236. cp. Jambu-dipa, Naga-", Lanka-**,
Seruma-", n. pr,
*dipaka, m. (fr. prec.) a little
island; t\,o, 2,20
;
gen. /s/assa, 2,22;
abl, rvii, 3,20; /^ato, 2,8i; loo. t^e, 2,98.
dip ana, mf(>sA)n. (= sa.) ex-
plaining, illustrating; v. Paramattha-
dipani.
""DipavaiiiBa, m.
(fr, dipa')
dipin 122
oatne of aPsli work, <he oldest ohrontole
of Ceylon; 8peeimn thereof :
p.
109-
110,16.
dipin, m. (sa. dTipin) a panther
or leopard; gen. ^ino, 8,i7.
dipeti, vb. (caus. )/dip) *) to
illustrate, explain, teach (ace); pr.
3. sg. />/eti (atthadi dhammaii ca)
Dh. 383;
-
^) intr, to emit linht,
uhine
;
pot. 3. sg. /-^eyya (sabbaiattiiii)
99,'.8.
du*, indecl. (an. dus-) prefix to
nouns (subst. & aclj.) implying 'evil,
bad, difficult' (opp.su-). Before vowels
the old form dur- is preserved, e.
g.
dur-accaya, ets., before consonants
du- with the foil. cons, doubled, e.
g.
dukkata, ducchanca, dummana, etc.
{v becomes bb : dubbaca, dubbanna),
except before r, where the u is length-
ened, e. g. dii-rakkha. By vrddhi
we have do-", e. ^. domanassa (cp.
dohtla).
duk:{ata & du'ckata, n. (sa,
dash-kfta), evi! deed, sin, oHending;
vara (akatam) V)h. 314: (-1-, manasa)
Dh, 391; 8ukat('-dukkr(a, mfn. good
and evil, gen. pi. o,a.n&m (kamma-
nam) 97,u.
dukkara, tiifn. (sa. dusli-kara)
difficult to do, difficult; m. fs.fO (maggo
padbanaya) 103,10; n. parama-dukka-
ram, vary d. Dh. 163.
dukkha, *) mfn. (sa. du/ikha)
unpleasant, painful (opp. auklia); m.
^0, 66,27. 67,10. Dh. .U7;
f
^a, 67,s;
n. ^am, 67,9 j 70,i7; a-dukkham-
asukhari), neither plensant nor painful,
70,s7;
-
dukkham, adv. Dh. 201
(-"w seti, "is unhappy"). -
) n. (some,
times written dukha uietri causa, Dh.
83. 203)
pain, misery; grief, suflfering;
nam. ^am, 36,i9. 77,8; kin te
^,
"what ails you?" 13,ib; dukkh',
17,.8;
,>. ariyasaccam (q.v.)
^7,8; sabba-**,
108,13; ace. ,^am, l6,3o. 23,ie. 107,i9;
(raarana-<*)
7,9; (sisaccheda-")
17,ij;
instr. r^ena. (-kh-) Dh.
83; dat.
^aya, Dh.
248; gen.
^assa, 70,i7.
107,19; abl. ) ..a, 16,28. 107,2
=
Db. 192 (sabba-*);
*)
'^ato, 31,m;
loe. ^e. 107,11
- Db. 277;
pi. ~5
( -^ani, cp. Kuhn,
Beitr.
p. 72)
Dh.202. 203 (-kh-)- 221;
instr. pi.
>^ehu 70,80
; -comp.
*diikkhanupatita,
mfn.
"beset with pain", Dli. 302;
-
*o-anubhaTana-, 23,i8 (v. annbha-
vana);
"-flpiidhana,
n. causing
pain; Dh. 291 (para-', v. upadhana);
-
*0-ftpftsama-gamiH, mfn.
leading to
quieting uf puin, ace. m. -^inaiii (mag-
gam) 107,20
= Dh. 191 (v. upnsaiiia);
-
*-kkhandha. m. (v, khandha);
-
"-domanassa, n. pi. (dvandva comp.)
90,18;

*"-nirodha. m. cessation or
destruction of misery; -^.^am (ariyasac-
cam
\q.
v.\ adj. n., a scholastic ex-
pression
"> concerning the cessiation
of misery) 67,is; "-nirodha-gamini
(adj.
f.
leading to that) 67,n;

*"-ppatta, mfn. afflicted by pain, m.
1^0, 59,io;
*"-sauQudaya, m. (v. h.);
/N.-am (adj. n, cp. dukkba-nirodha
above) 67,i;

*"-samuppada. m.
107,19 (v. h) cp. 8a-dukkha, mfn. &
next.
dukkhix, mfn. (sa. du/ikhin)
pained, afflicted, sorrowful; m, ,-vi,
2,u. 72,25.
dukha, n.
dukkha.
dugga, mfn. (sa. dur-ga) difficult,
impassable; painful, evil; m. ^o
(maggo)
103,10 ; ace. ^am (samsa-
ram), Dh.
414; abl. n. ^S. ("out of
the evil way") Dh. 327.
dugga ta, mfn. (sa. dur-gata)
unfortunate, miserable, poor;
"-itthi,
f.
a poor woman, ace. rvilii,
48,i6;
- *"-bhava, w. poverty;
ace, f^BiA,
67,2.
duggati,
f.
(sa. dur-gati) 'evil
path', hell, unfortunate
existence; ace.
^im. Dh.
17; 106,20
Dh. 240,
(cp. suggati).
*duggahita, tn/n. badly grasped
;
tn. ^0 (kuso) Dh. 311.
duccarita,')
mfn, (sa.
duQ-carita)
evil; ace. m.
,>.,am (dhammam,
sin) Dh.
169; -
) , ill-conduct, sin;
kaya-o,
mano-o, vaci-o
(v, k.).
123 duroroana
*ducchanna, mfn, ill-thatohed;
M, 'N^aiii (agaram) Dh. 13,
*dujjana, mfn. (cp. sa. dur-
jfiana & janana above) difficult to be
underBtood;
m. -vo (dhammo, taya)
94,86.
dujjiva, mfn, {sa, dur-jiva) dif-
ficult to live; n.
,^am (jivitaiil) Db.
245 (w. instr.).
duttha, mfn. (sa, dushta) bad,
evil, malignant;
f.
pi. ,^a, 62,8;
"-brahmana, voc. 33,i6; *''-citta, mfn,
eviUminded, with evil intention; m.
<vO, 75,14, cp,
a-duttha, padu^tba &
dussati.
dutiya, mfn, (sa. dvitiya) the
enoQd (cp, afifla, itara) aec, m, ^aih,
35,10 ; f.
'vuih (gatbaih) 8,st ; *>-jjb&na,
n, (v. jhSna))

dutiyarii, adv. for
the second time, .N,am pi (^kho) 74,8S,
79,si. 88,17; yava <N/am pi, up to the
second time, 102,ae. cp, dvi (dva).
duttara, mfn, (sa. dus-tara) dif-
ficult to be passed; v, su-duttura.
dud dam a, mfn, (sa. dur-dama^
difficult to be subdued; m. /0 (atta)
Dh. 169.
duddasa, mfn, (sa. dur-drga^
difficult to be seen; m. >vO (dhammo)
94,25; n. ^arii, I06,i6
Dh. 262
(opp. su-dassa); su-duddasarii, Dh.36.
duddittha, jn/n. (sa. dur-drsli^a)
confused, misguided ; ace, m, r^Rva,
Dh. 339.
duddha, mfn. (pp.
dohati, duhati
(-U-); tt. dugdha, ^/duh) milked;
*<'-khira, mfn,
(v. h.) op, duyhati,
pass.
dundubhi, m. (= sa.) a kettle-
drum; deva-, m. &
f,
thunder, pi,
/^iyo
(f.)
80,80.
dunniggaha, mfn. (sa. dur-ni-
graba) difficult to be restrained; gen,
n, o/assa (cittassa), Dh. 35.
dunnivaraya, mfn. (sa. dur-ni-
varya) difficult to be kept back or
restrained; n. /^am (cittaih) Dh.
33; m. /vO (kufijaro) Dh. 324. cp.
nivareti.
duppaiida, mfn. (sa. dusb-prajfia)
stupid, foolish, ignorant; m, >%>o, Db,
HI. 140.
duppabbajja, n. the painful
life of a pabbajita
(q.
v.); nom. rvam
(durabbiramaifa) Dh. 302 (dififerently
Max MUller, 8BE,
X. 73). ^p, pab-
bajja,
f
"'duppamunca, mfn, difficult to
be loosened; n. r^&va. (bandbanam)
Dh. 346. (cp, pamuncati).
*dupparamattbai ''/^> badly
practised; n. o/am (samanfiam) Dh,
311. (cp. paraniasati).
*duppariyog5ha, mfn. difficult
to get at the bottom of, uafathoroable;
m. fsiQ (TathSgato) 95,i8, (op, pari-
yogShaV
duboaoa, mfn. (sa. dur-vaoas)
abusive, unruly; difficult to reason
with, self* willed; "'''bhava, m. self'will,
instr. /x/cna, 34,i6. (cp. vacas).
dubbanna, mfn. (sa. dur-varna)
of a bad colour, ill-favoured; m. /vO,
103,5.
dubbala, mfn. (sa. dur-bala)
weak, feeble; m. ^0, 12,aT; ace. ^arb,
Dh. 7; n, pi. ^ani (uddapadini)
91,19.
dubbalatta, n. (sa. *dur-ba-
latva) weakness; abl. >^a, 12,2i.
*dubbali-karana, mfn. who
causes weaknees; ace. pi. n. .^e (w.
gen, paiiiiaya, soil, pafica nivarane)
91,7.
dubbuddbin, mfn, (sa, dur-
burldhi) fuolish, without insight; m,
pi, /vino, 76,80.
dubbhati, vb. (sa. ydrub, drub-
yati) to be hostile to, plot against
(loc); fut, 1. sg, -vissami (tayi) 41,85.
op. dubba.
dubbbasita, mfn. (sa. dur-bba-
shita) badly spoken ; n. f^&vd (padam)
110,18.
duma, m, (sa. drama) a tree;
dumagga, n. the top of a tree, dbl.
<^amba, 13,4 (cp. agga*).
dummati, m. (sa. dur-mati) a
fool; nom, ^\ (abaifa) 30,88.
dura mana, mfn. (sa. dur-manas)
dvinimedha 124
dojected, in bd spirits; m. /n/O, 2,u.
72,15. 104,18.
duinmedha, m. ($a. dur-medha)
a fool; nom. >^o, Db. 136; voe. i^Bl,
106,10 = Dh. 394. cp. next.
^dummedhlN* mfn.
foolish, stu*
pid; m. pi. /N^ino (jana) Dh. 26.
duyhati, vb. {pass, dohati, y/inh)
to be milked; part. n. r>, manam
^khirniii) new milk,
99,28; pp.
duddha
la.
v.).
duraccaya, mfn. (so. dur-atyaya^
difficult to be conquered; accf.r^&va
(tanham) 108,i
= Dh. 336.
duranubodha, mfn. (= sa.)
difficult to be comprehended; m. r^O
(dhainmo) 94,s5.
durannaya, w/n. (sa. dur-anvaya^
difficult to be fathtmed;
f.
<^a. (gati)
Dh. 92.
*durabhirama, w/w. difficult to
be enjoyed ; n. ^&m (duppabbajjam)
Dh. 302.
durabhisambhava, mfn. (=
sa.) difficult to reach or enter upon;
m. vO (maggo) 103,io.
*duraja.aa. mfn.
difficult to be
understood; m. /^vO (bbavo thinam)
51,31.
duravaaa, w/n. difficult to dwell
in, d. to be lived or led; pi. (n.)
.^a (ghara, the houEehold life) Dh. 302.
duliabha, mfn. (sa. dur-labha)
difficult to be /ound or obtained; m,
vo, 31,18. Dh. 193; ace. /%^am, Dh.
160; M. 8u-dullabham (saccam) 61,so;
''-manussattem, n. the state of man
which is one dit3cult to obtain, 22,is.
dussa, 15 19, according to the
Comin. gen. ;oron. dfmonstr, = amussa
{ep. asL', aMuka), but this can hardly
b<) correct; the roaoing dussam which,
T. spite of the Comm., has been main-
ained by the Cingalese Mbs., ought no
doubt to be preferred; dussa, n. (sa.
dushya, dii^ya or dSrcja) a kind of
woven siuff, occurs frot^uently in the
Pali texts; hence *dussika, . a ma-
nufacturer of that stuff, or a cloth-seller
(Jat. VI, 276,88. Mil. 262,u. 333,i);
but 1 think that in
this
case
dussa
must be adj.
= sa. dushya,
corrup-
tible, easily to be
spoiled or
damaged,
n. ,^am
(khettapalassa
rattibhattam).
Francis & Neil, J&t. III. p.
16,
trans-
late
"wrongfully" (dussaiii,
adv.^ cp.
dussati
below) and it is perhaps in
order to avoid . this
interpretation
(which does not agree with the ten-
dency of the prose tale) that the Comra.
has taken it for gen. pron. Trenckner
accepts the gen. dussa (=
amussa)
although that form is not found else-
where. Henrif (Precis de gramm. Pfilie,
p. 94)
corrects dussa into amussa.
dussati, t)6. (so. du8hyati,-v/(iush)
to sin, offend (against, gen. or loc.
pers.)] pr.3.sg.-^a.ii (appadu^thassa)
Dh. 125;
fappaduttbesu)_ Dh. 137;
pp. duttba
(f. h.)\ caus. duseti
(g.
v.)
cp. dussa above.
dussila, mfn. (sa. du/i-gila) ill-
natured, bad, wicked, vicious; m. f^O,
107,2
^ Dh. 308;
Dh. 110. 320; f
~a, 9,11 ; inslr.
f.
-^aya, 20,29.
*du8silya, n. {fr. prec.) wicked-
ness; nom. P^aiii (accanta-") Dh. 162.
duhati, vh.y v. dohati (duhati).
duta, M. (= sa.) a messenger;
pi. rs^Bi (deva-*) 45,12; ace. pi. .-we
(assa-") 68,81.
*diiDha, m. (fr. dubbhati, v/druh;
base of dubhati, vb. = dubbhati; cp,
sa. droha) malice, perfidy, treachery;
only in comp. a-dubha
(g.
v.) cp. a-
dubhaya (dot.) Jat. I, 180,2!; a-drii-
bhaya, Vin. I, 347,2 r.b.
dura, mfn. (= sa.) distant, far
{opp. vidiira);
diiram, adv. far
away,
12,29; duraiS-gama, mfn. going
far away, ace. m. />.,am, Dh.
37
; -
du-
rato (abl.) adv. from afar, 68,io. 76,20.
86,20. Dh.
219 ;
-
diire (loc.) adv. &.
prp. ic. abl., far, far away ; ^ (hito,
56,8; ^ pakasenti, Dh.
304; dumag-
gamha
^, 13,4; -^ito, 20,i7; cp.&ti'
dilra.
diirakkha,
mfn. (sa. du-rakshya)
difficult to be guarded; n. n^m\ (cit-
tam) Dh. 33.
125 desanS
dujafigama,
mfn. {=Ba.) v. dura.
*durama, mfn. difficult to be en-
joyed; yattha -^ain (n.), where enjoy,
ment is difficult,
duseti, vh. {caus.
dussati, sa.
diishayati) to spoil, destroy, infest
(ace); aor. 3. s^. dusayi, 9,j (without
ohj. = spoiled the game; =
attanam
dusayi, Comra.).
deti, vh. & deyya, grd., v. dadati.
deva, m. {= sa.)
i)a
god, deity;
mostly pi, the gods, esp, the Devas
(opp. Asuras) or inhabitants of the
Devaloka, whose chief is Sakka; nom,
<^o, 110,11; Dh.
105; gen. ^assa,
110,87; ^/.
^a, Dh. 94. 181. 230. 366.
420; /N^a abhassara (v. h.) Dh.
200;
gen.pl. ^anam, 59,28. 80,26; Dh. 30.
224 (devana); Zoc. />^esu, Dh.
66;
-
comp. (often implying the sense of
'celestial, superhuman', etc.) : "'deva-
nubhavena {instr.) by the power of
the gods, 63,3a(v.anubhava); devinda,
m. the lord of the Devas (Sakka),
110,24-26; *>-kafifla,
f.
a celestial nymph,
pi, ~a, 64,80 ; """-kuniara, m. a son of
a god, "-Tannin, mfn. beautiful like
that, pi. m, ^ino, 45,6 {cp, -putta);
"-gana, m. a class or troop of gods,
instr. ,%^ena, 60,28; "-ttbana, n. place
or seat in heaven, 16,i8; '"-nagara,
n. = "-pura, n. the city of the Devas,
17,34. 69,S2; 27,31 ; "-putta, m.
(=
*-kumara) ace. <%^am, 63,8 (cp. putta)
;
"-rajaw, m. (= devinda), nom. ,x/a,
45,30; Moka, m. the world of the
Devas or any superior world, heaven,
nom. /N/0, 59,30; ace. ^am, Dh. 177
;
loc. />./asmim, 59,3o; loc. pi. -^esu
(dvlsu, vie. Sakka's and Brahma's
worlds) 60,28; <*-abhimukha, mfn. (v.
abbimukha) ; tavatimsa-, 59,28 (v. h.);
'"''-vimana, n. the palace of the gods,
^sadisa, mfn. like that, ace. m, /x^am
(ratham) 63,6;
*o-saihkhalika,
f.
a magic chain, instr. <%/aya, 21,u.

')the sky, atmosphere; the rain-god;
/x/0 (na Tassati) 102,6; voc. >va, 104,28;
gen. /x/assa (vassato) 105,88; <*-dun-
dubbi (v. h.).
^) the god of death;
deva-duta, m. a messenger of death;
pi. .x/a (uttamangaruba) 45,i2.
- *) a
lord, voc. deva frequently used in
addressing a king ('sire, your majesty')
6,14. 31,9-19. 65,17; Makhadeva, m.
nom. pr.
(q.
v.). cp. dibba, mfn., devi,
f,,
sadevaka, mfn, & next,
devata,
f. (&
m.), (== sa.) a god,
deity; a spirit, ghost; in sg, often
used instead of deva (cp. deva-putta)
;
nom, fs/S (varanaruklche adhivattha)
5,19;
pi. r\/&,
63,7. 65,24. 114,is; instr,
<N/ahi, 63,20 ; loc, >x/a8u, 34,26;
-
rukkha-", a dryad,
3,8i ; - samudda-",
a spirit of the sea,
28,28;

devatanu-
bbavena, instr. 17,25 (v. anubhava);
- *'*-paribhoga, mfn. fit to be enjoyed
by the gods, n. .x/am (ambapakkam)
36,31 ;

"'"-sannipata, m. an assembly
of gods, loc. o^amhi," 110,20.
Devadatta, m. (^=: sa.) nom. pr.
of a relative (cousin) and enemy of
Gotama Buddha; n,/0, 74,i9, seqv,
""Devadaba, n. nom. pr, of a
town, near the Lumbini-Grove, be-
longing to the family of Gotama Bu-
ddha's mother; "-nagaram, 62,B-e.
[cp. Lassen, lA. II,
p. 66 & XXXIII.]
'*'devasikam, adv. (fr, divasa,
cp. sa. daivasaka, mfn.) daily, every
day; 6,2.
devi,
f. (= sa.) ) a goddess;
pi. ~iyo, 61,12.
') a queen; nom.
'N/i, 61,23 ; voc. devi, 55,26; ace. x/iin,
19,14; gen. /^iysi, I9,2i. 61,30; comp.
to. nom. pr. Amara-", the wife of
Mahosadha, 65,32. 56,22;
=
Amara,
56,12;

Udumbara-"
(g.
v.).
desa, m. (sa. de^a) region, place,
country; part, portion; nom. /^o, 82,8s.
112,80; ace. <^an), 31,85; loc. ^e
(majjhima-") 91,i8, cp. padesa, vi^
desa.
desana,
f.
(sa. devana) a sermon,
discourse, lesson; nom. iN/a, 86,9. 87,2;
ace. fK/&m, 30,24; o-d,vasane, at the
end of the discourse,
89,2;

dham-
ma-**,
f.
id.; instruction in the sacred
doctrine; 68,21 (buddbanam); ace.
deBita
126
>vam, 17,81. 29,ie;
- Baddhamma-',
t.
id. Dh. 194.
desita, mfn.
(pp.
deseti, sa, de-
;ita) shown, set forth, taught; m. >vO
(dhammo) 79,e, n. ^am (nibbanam)
Dh. 286; asc. tn. o^am (Buddha-,
taught by the B.) 109,J5; (Samma-
3aml)uodba-, katLamaggam) 113,9;
m. pi. r^a. (vagga) Dh. p.
94. v. 3.
nu-dosita, mfn. (q.
v.).
deseti, vb. (so, dn^ayati, caus.
-i/dig) to show, set forth, teach, preach
(acc.y, pr. 1. sg. r>.emi rdhamniam^
90,it;
part. m. .-wento (dhammam) I
17,27. 47,18. 74,16;
aor. 3. sg. /^esi,
17,3o; fut. 1. sg. -x^essami, 68,15;
ger.
^etva, 7,;
part, pass, desiyamana,
loc. m. /"we (dhamme) 69,jj; pp.
desita (q.
v.), cp, desana.
deha, m. (= sa.) the body; no.n.
0,0, 86,6
(conim. on kaya).
domanassa, n. (sa. daurinana-
Sya) dejestednesB, despair; griel; instr.
pi. ^ehi, 70,80
;
gen. pi, o^anaih
(dukkba- dvandva-comp.) 90,i8;
66,10-17 (do.); **-ppatta, tnfn.
sorrow-
ful, tn. />.,o, 13,8. cp. dumniana, mfn,
dovarika, m. [sa. dauvarika) a
door-keeper, porter; /n^O, 90,3; ace.
rwaiii, 91,5;
gen. ,>..asaa, 58,i; ace.
pi. ~e, B8,8i {cp. Fick, Soc. Gl.
p.
102);
instr, pi. ,-vehi (pandita-*)
91,s3. cp. dvara.
dosaS tn. {9a. dosha") fault, guilt;
/vO, 74,1s; e. c. tnfn.
(damaged by)
V. iccha, tina,'do8a*, nioha, raga.
dosa*, i. (sa. dvesha) hatred;
ace. /vam, Dh. 20 (in the serieg :
raga, dosa, moha); *''-aggi. tn, the
fire of hatred, 64,o (do.); "-dosa,
mfn. (sa. *dve9ha-dosha) damaged
by hatred,
f,
^a, (ayam paja) Dh.
357; ***-8ama, mfn. like hatred, m.
^0 (kali) Dh. 202; vanta-, vita-",
'/n. free from hatred, Dh. 263. 357.
(cp. Pischel, 6r.
.^ 129).
dobati
(&
duhati) vb. (sa. \/duh)
to milk; pass, duybati,
pp. duddha
(<Z.
v.).
dohaja, m, (sa. dohada, m., cp.
ta, daurhrda,
m.)
with,
desire, ep.
the morbid
longing of
pregnant
women
(w, loc.y,
nam. ^0, 1,;
cc. -x.am,
l,fl
(hadayamaihse);
hence the fre-
quently
occurring adj.
f.
dohalini,
1)
pregnant, ) desiring,
longing
for
(w. loc. or comp,) : Jat. IV, 334,8i.
VI, 484,26;
HI, 27,..
VI, 326,is ete.
The sanskritic
etymology dohada
=
daurhrda
has been called in question
by Liiders (G6tt. Nachr. 1898,i: fr.
*dvihrd);
likewise Jolhj, Idg. Forsch.
X, 213 and Pischel, Or.

436;
but
BOhtlingk, ZDMG. Vol. 56,98
takes
it = doha-da
("das Verlangen nach
dem, was Milch erzeugt", scil. kama?)
dva-, dva-, in comp. =
2;
v.
next (cp. dvi (dve)).
dvattimsa. num. (sa. dvatrim*
^at) 32; 23,J3 (petiyo); "-akara, n.
name of a chapter of KhuddakapS^ha
(the 32 parts of the body) 82,8.
*dvattikkhattum, adv. (sa.
*dva-tri-krtvas) for a second and third
time; 114,i6. cp. khattum & tikkhat-
turn.
dvaya, ^) mfn. (= sa.) twofold,
double; loc. pi, ^esu (dhammesu)
Dh. 384.

*) M. a pair, couple; two
(opposite) things; acc, .N/am (nissito
loko) 96,6;
gatha-dvayam, two gathss,
47,23. 114,9; potthaka-", 114,i8 (two
copies).
dvadasa, num. (sa, dvada^a)
twelve; dvadasama, mfn. the twelfth,
M. <^o, Dh. XII.
dvara, n, (= so.) door, gate,
entrance; nom, ^am rnivesana-',
nagara-*") 68,-&; acc, ^am, 6,5. 68,;
instr. >vena, by the door or gateway,
12,10 (pure-", the front door); 12,is,
67,18 (pacchima-", the back door);
55,30 (uttara-**, the northern gateway)
;
69,8 (sala-",
q. v.); loc. /N^e, 67,i3
(pure-**) ; often e. c. = at, before :
gama-", 8,20; ghara-", 27,j7; acc.pl.
/>^ani (nagara-)
39,25; loc.pl. ,^esu,
38,12. 43,9; comp. gabbha-"
(q.
v.);
o-samipaiii (v. h.); -
dvara-koi^haka,
m. a gateway; loe, pi. ^esu, 48,82;
127 dhamma
satta-dvara-kottbaka, mfn, having 7
gateways, ace, i^&m (geham) ib. ;
-
*dvara-gama, m. a suburb ; ahl, r^-ato,
19,83", "-ganiaka, m. id., ace. pi, ^e,
43,9;
aparuta-dvara, mfn. (v. A.);
eka-dvara, mfn. (v. eka*); catu-*,
pihita-", bahu-", mfn,
(g. .) cp.
dovarika,
dvavisati, num. (sa. dvaviibgati)
22 ; dvavisatima, mfn. the 22"> ; m.
^0 (vaggo) Dh. XXII.
dvi-, (= sa.) base of the num.
dvo {nom, ace, mfn.) = two; nom.
6,83 (jana); dve pi, both, 19,u; 24,i6
^cakkhuni); aco, 6,i8 (mige); 62,ir
(hattbe)', ekaih dve karoti (= ka>
sati) 56,is; instr. dvihi, 7,i4; 12,i;
gen. dvinnam, 13,8s; 40,8i; loc. dvisu,
60,23. cp. di- (dija, dipada, diyaddba)
;
dutiya, mfn.; dva-, dva-; dvaya,
mfn. & next.
dvija, m. (= sa.', ep. dija) a bird;
***-gana, m. a flock of birds; pi,
/N^a. 7,20.
dvidha, adv. (= so.) twofold,
divided in two; 33,i8 (cbinditva);
58,22 (bhinditva); "-karana, n. the
dividing in two (= kasana), 56,i6.
ep. dvedba.
dviba, n. (sa, dvy-aba, m.) a
period of two days; v. aba, cp. tiba.
dve, num. nom. aco., v. dvi-.
dvedba, adv. (= sa.; cp. dvidha)
twofold, divided in two; "-patba,
m, a double path, cross-way; doubt;
acc,.<N/ain, Dh. 282.
Dh.
dbamsin, mfn.
(rather = sa.
dbarshin than sa. dbvaiiisin (Tr,); cp.
Dhpd.
(1855) p. 372-3) audacious,
obtrusive, importunate; instr. m.
r^ina, Db. 244 (cp. MN. I p.
236,i).
dhaja, m. (sa. dbvaja) a banner,
flag or standard; "-patak&dibi, 62,7.
dbajini,
/".
(sa. dbvajini) an army
(arrayed); ace, vim, 104,1.
dbana, n, (= sa.) wealth, pro-
perty; money; nom, ./am, 23,6. 48,ii;
ace, rwaiii, 29,s. 38,8o. 48,i8; gen,
.vassa, 52,s ;
-
**abaranatthaya, 32,i7
(v. abarana); dbanatthaya, 32,29 (v.
attba*); Mobba, m, desire of money;
instr, rwena, 22,22; '*''*-va3sa, n, &
*<'-va8apanaka, mfn. (v, h.)
;
"-santike,
33,86 (g.
V.) ; mabad-dbana, mfn,
(q.
v.)\ cp. nid-dhana, sa-dhana &
alianesin.
Dhanapalaka, m. nom. pr. of
an elephant (said to be identical with
l^Slfigiri, q,
v.); nom. (vo nama
kufljaro, Dh. 324 (op. Jttt. V, 337,i).
Dhaniya, m, nom. pr. of a
herdsman; o/O (gopo) 104,80.
dbanu, n.
(&
m.
?)
(sa. dbanus
& dbanu, m.) a bow; ace. n^nva, 61,80.
92,15; asi-satti-dbanu-adini(avudbani)
6,12 ; dbanu-kalapa, (m. ?)
bow and
quiver, 75,i6.
dhanesi, mfn. (sa. dbanaisbin^
longing for riches; gen. pi. rvinam
(vanijanam) 20,22
= 25,so.
dhamani,
/".
(=:sa.) a vein, nerve;
*-santhata, mfn. (g.
v.) covered with
veins (said of an emaciated person);
n. (N^am (jantum kisam) 106,i2
=
Dh. 395 (ep.Weher, Bhag. II. 289,2-s).
dbameti, vh. (caus. dhamati, to
blow; sa. y'dbma) to blow (any in-
strument, acc.)\ part, m, pi. xwenta
(sumkhe) 8,28.
dhamma', m, (rarely n.) (sa.
dbarnia) ') ordinance, law; right,
duty; nom. r^Q (sanantano) 106,2i
Dh. 5; ace. x^am (ekam) 106,ii
= Dh. 176; (vissam, the whole law)
106,5
Dh.
266;
gen. o^assa (anu-
dhammacari, g,
v.) Dh. 20; . pi.
^dm, Dh. 82; samana-**, priestly
duties, 15,12;
often opp. attba (v. h,).
->
*) righteousness, morality; virtue,
good quality; /vO, 106,9
Dh.
393;
3,87
; Dh. 261; <vam (cara) 7,8i, cp,
Dh. 169; instr, /^ena, righteously,
36,88. 42,86.
Dh. 257; /^assa (gutto,
q.
V.) Dh. 267; loo. /^e (with honour-
able intantioni)
1,;
pi. vS (caturo)
dhamma
128
3,i<; (oattaro) Db.
109; (pSpakS, sim)
Dh.
242; instr /N/ehi, 3,k; gen,
<s^anam, Db. 273. cp. a-dhamma,
m. -
*) "the trutb"; ) any religious
doctrine or philoaophical syatern, esp.
thot taught by Buddha (the Four Truths
etc.); preaching of that doctrine; r^O,
94,15; fv&m ^sunShi) 22,i7; (sossamn
87,re-, (deseti) 7,7. 51,5;
(uttamam)
Dh.
115; (kanham, q. v.) Dh. 87;
vara-',
87,9; 8atthu />vara, 87,is; loc,
f>^b (desiyamSne)
69,j;
>) the
second great collection of the Buddhist
saured books (tipi^aka, also named
sutta-pi^aka) opp. vinaya
(q.
v., cp,
abhidhamma) : '>.'0 ca vinayo ca,
79,5) ,x-am, 109,i5; "-vinaya-samgaha,
tn. 109,s3;

) ir the triple formula :
Buddha, dhamma, samgha, 69,i9.
107,17 = Dh. 190 {cp. tevacika &
sarana).
cp. sad-dhamma, a-sad-
dbamma (v, a-saf); Bt the end of
adj. comp. v. aggs-dbamma,
dittha-",
patta-o, pariyogalha-", vidita-", 8am-
khata-''.

*) In the psychology
=
nature, character; coadition of being,
condition cf life; thing; in pi. dhamma
is often = menta: objects in general,
phenomena (just as rupa are the objects
of sense to the eye, tO.ss), sometimes
taken as identical with saiiikhara
(q.
v.); loc. di^the va dhamme, in this
world, in the present life, 92,3 {cp.
dittba- dhamma); sahetu- dhamma,
m. the effect together with its cause,
ace. -vam, 66,jt .
pt. /va, 66,so; 70,st;
Babbe /va anatta, 107, is

Dh. 279;
manopubbangama /^.a, th^ states of
mind are the result of thought
(?)
Db. 1 {cp. manaa); loc. pi. .N^esu
Tsabbesu) Dh.
363; dvayesu -vCbu
(in two tliiiiRs; i. e. Raniatlm & vipiis-
Hunfi, Comm.) Dli. 384.

Tliu duno-
tion of "nature, state, condition" may
be seen in many comp. {stibst. & adj.) :
mitta- dhamma, m. friendship,
14,3;
methuna'", m. love,
54,ii; more fre-
quently at the end of adj. comp, ^^
liuvinx lli0 imtum of, bolii)( Mulijnit, (u
;
a-nivattaiia-dhunima,
a-vinipatu-".
an-uppada-, nirodha-",
pSpa-, ma-
rici-, vaya-, samudaya-",
mfn.
{v.
h.). As to the different
explanations
of the meaning of the word dhamma
ep. Max MUller, 8BE. X. p.
3-4;
Caroline Rhys Davids,
Transl. of
Dhamma-SaSgani, Introd. p.
XXXII
seqv., p.
XLI. cp. next, etc,
dhamma^ mf{i)n. {sa. dbSrma)
belonging to dhamma'; instr.
f.
^iya
(kathaya, by a sermon or religious
discourse) 71,!2
= 77,S5.
dhamma-kathika,. (sa. dhar-
ma-kathaka) a preacher or propoun-
der of the dhamma; r^Q, 22,t9. 62,S7;
instr. ,%.,ena, 22,3o; gen. pi. o.-anam,
109,9; *''-thera, m. the elder who
preaches the dhamma, ace. .-varh, 22,S7.
""dhamma-gandika,
f,
a block
for execution; 6,85-87 {v. gandika).
""dhamma-gata, mfn. directed
io the law;
f.
^a (sati) Dh. 297.
dhamma-oakkhu, n. {sa. dhar-
ma-cakshus) the eye of the truth;
nom. r^^x^m. (udapadi, Yasassa) 68,88.
dhamraa-carijj, mfn. {sa, dhar-
ma-carin) observing the law, virtuous,
dutiful; nom. m. vi, Dh. 168 {cp.
anudhammacarin).
*dhamma-jivi>i, mfn, virtuous,
dutiful; gen, m, ,v.ino, Dh.
24; gen,
pi, ~inam, Db. 164.
dhamma-Uha,
mfn, {sa. dhar-
ma-stha) just; m. ^o, Dh. 256. 267;
ace. m. ,vam, Dh. 217,

"-vagca,
m. Dh. ch. XIX.
dh am mat a.
f.
{sa.
dharmata)
inherent nature; manners, practice,
habit;
21,i7. cp.
Bu-dhammata,
f
dhamma>dana,
n. {sa. dharma-
diXnu) the gift of the law (or the truth)
;
Dh. 354.
^
dhamma-desana,
f
{sd. dhar-
ma-de(jana) instruction
in the truth
(or In the four truths^; a sermon,
religious discourse;
^a
(Buddhanaiii)
G8,n; ace.
^m\, 17, ni.
(Ill II III III II . (1 h II r II , m. {sa. dliariiia-
dhara) 'a supporter of the dhamma',
129 dhstuka
one who knows the sacred doctrine;
^0,
Dh.
259; pi. -^a, 109,3a.
'"dhamma-pada, n. a word or
verse of the sacred doctrine, also nom.
pr, of a canonical book, being a col-
lection of moral sentences; nom. & ace.
/vaiii, Dh, 102; 44. 45 (sudesitaih)
;
ekam pi r^ani, one single word of the
sacred doctrine, 22,23. cp. Max Milller,
SEE. X, Introd.
p. LlII; Weber, Ind.
Str. I, 125; Franks, ZDMG. XLVI,
734. Specimens thereof
p.
106-107.
-
Dbammapadattbakatha,
f,
the Com"
mentary on Dh. ; specimen
p. 86,ia
89,17.
"'dhamma-piti}!, mfn. drinking
in the law; m. rvi, Dh. 79.
"-rasa,
m. the sweetness of drinking in the
law; ace. ^am, Dh. 205,
dhamma-rata, mfn. (sa. dhar-
ina-rata) delighting in the dhamma,
virtuous; m. '>./0, Dh. 364.
dhamma-rati,
f.
{sa. dharma-
rati) delight in the dhamma; nom.
^i, Dh. 364.
'''dhamma-rasa, m. the sweetness
of the dhamma; r^o, Dh. 354,
dhainma-raja(i), m. {sa. dhar-
ma-raja) a righteously ruling king;
*the king of truth' (epithet of Buddha)
;
nom. f^a., 88,12; Buddho -x/a, 19,i.
*dhamma-vinicchaya, m. in-
vestigation of what is right, righteous
decision; instr. <x/ena, Dh. 144.
dhamma-samgaha, m. (sa.
dharma-samgraha) the collection of
sacred books, called Dhamma-, or
Sutta-pitaka; ace. (N/aih, 109,i6.
-
dhamma-vinaya-samgabo, the collec-
tion of Dhamma & Vinaya, 109,18.
cp. dhamma ^
*Dhamma-8afigani,
f.
nom. pr.
of a canonical Pslibook, the first part
of the Abhidhamma-pitaka, being a
compendium of psychology; 102,is;
gen. (x/iya, 113,18 (commentary there-
on : Attbasalini, q. v.).
"'dhamma-santati, /*., the con-
tinuity or serial BuccesBion of the liv-
ing beings, 99,15 (/^ sandahati).
FW OIoiMiy.
dbamma-sabha,
f.
(sa. dharma-
sabba) a place or hall of religious
meeting; loc. ix/ayam, 29,28.
dbamma-savana, n. (sa. dbar-
ma-Qravana) the hearing of a sermon,
attending divine service; ^-attbaya
(gate), in order to attend service,
28,5.
dhamma8sami(n), m. (5a. dhar-
ma-8vamin) 'lord of Dhamma', i, e,
Buddha; gen, ^issa, 114,6.
*dbammanuvattiw,/M., follow-
ing the law (cp. anuTatti/i); m. pi,
o^ino, Dh. 86.
*dbammar5ma, mfn. 'one who
has Dhamma for his pleasure garden',
dwelling in the law; m. 1^0, Dh, 364
(cp. arama).
dhammasana, n. (sa, dbarma-
sana) a cathedra, preaching-seat; abl,
fvato, 62,17.
dbammika, mfn. (sa. dharmika)
righteous, pious, religious; m. 1^0
(dhammaraja) 38,12; 39,8. cp, a-
dbammika, a-dhammikata.
"dbammi/j, mfn. (sa. dharmin)
having the nature of, subject to ; uppada-
vaya- (v. uppada, cp, dbamma'),
80,28.
d bam mi, adj. /*., v. dbamma^-
"dhara, mfn. (e. c. = sa.) holding,
wearing; possessing; jutin-" (v. juti);
dbamma-", pamsukula-**, vinaya-"
(q.
v.); uttama-rupa-" (v. rupa) cp.
dbareti.
dharani,
f.
(= sa.) earth, land,
kingdom (orig. adj.
f.
bearing, sup-
porting); godbarani,
f. (y.
h.).
dbati,
f,
(sa. dbatrl) a nurse;
ace. pi. (N/iyo, 46,25.
dbatu,
f.
(<&
tn.), (= so. dbatu,
m.) a primary element (e. g. a verbal
root); the property of a primary ele-
ment (colour, etc.); any constituent
part (esp. of the body); a sacred relic;
*pacina-loka-,
the eastern quarter
(or horizon), abl. rwto, 32,so.
"dbatuka, mfn, (e. c. = sa.)
having the qualities of, affected with;
panduroga-**,
having jaundice, m.
^0,
9
DhfitukatbB 130
36,ie;
vamanaka-*', "having the
qualities of one that is deformed", m.
r^o (paccha-) 24,2i.
Dbatukatiia,
f.
nom. pr. of a
canonical book, the third part of the
Alihidhamma-Pitaka; 102,i3.
dhana, . (= sa.), only e, e.
=
a receptacle for, a heap of, t>. saifa*
kara-".
dharana, n. (= sa.) holding,
wearing (of ornaments); mala-gandha-
vilepana-", 81,35.
dhara,
f.
(= sa.) stream, current;
udaka-". 62,82 {q.
v.).
dhareti, vb. (caus.
v'dhFi
*^'
dbarayati)
'")
to hold, bear, wear;
carry, bring (acc.)\ pot. 3. sg. -^^eyya
(andhakare telapajjotarii) 69,1?; pp.
-N<ita, n. r^&va. (uadumaih) 23,36.
-
*) to hold back, restrain (occ); pot.
3. sg. dharaye (kodham) 106,83
=
Dh. 222.

^) to b>jar in mind, re-
member (by tradition); to hold, con-
sider, understand {aCi^. or ace, & ahl.)
;
aor, 3, pi, .^esurii (Jinasasanam)
109,23; fut. 3. pi. .N^ayissanti (Jata-
karii) i02,i7-2'. ; inf. rwayitum, 102,i8;
- imp. 2. pi, r.,etha (vyakatam me
Vyakatato, consider only that elucidated
what has been elucida':ed by me) 93,2-3.

*) to admit, receive, tuke up, sustain

(a cause, ace); imp, 3, sg. ^etu
(upasakaiii mam) 69,2o; pot. 2. sg,
rveyyasi (kassa attham^ 101,o. cp,
uhara, dharana, etc; dliiti.
dhavati, vb. {aa, \/Aha.\) to run;
pr, 3. sg. o^ati (vanum, q. v.) Dh.
344;
part, gen.
f,
dhavantiya (patlie)
31,34;
ger. ^itva, 59,i.
dhi (or dhi), indecl. (sa. dhik)
interj. of reproacrt or displeasure : fie!
shatne on, voe upon (commonly w.
ace. or gen.); dl.l (brahmanassa
hantaram) Dh.
339; dbi (y'assa
muiicati) ib.; very often combined
wi'ih imp. attbu before which an
e aphonic 'r' it inserted : dhi-r-
atthu (idha jivitaiii) 103,33; rw (ja*
tiya) 63,13.
dhiti,
f,
{sa. dhfti) firmness, for*
titude, courage; nom. /vi, 3,t; ace.
/x/im (upattbapetva)
41,r.
dhir- & dhi, v. dhi.
dhitar, /:
(sa. duhitr) a daughter;
nom. dbita, 10,*;
lO.ii (raja-); 86,2*
(pesakara-")-, ace. /s.-aram, 10,e; 86,13;
gen. dhitu (later dhitaya, v. below.)
57,1;
pi. ~aro, 32,20
(matu-", i. e.
mother and daughter). Besides dhitar
we find also the base dhjta (esp. in
younger texts & at the end of comp.) :
gen. ^aya (pesakara-") 89,i7 ; loe. pi,
,>.a8u (putta-", dvandva-comp.) 7,25.
-
kula-dhitar, f,
{v. h.).
dhira, mfn. (=^ sa.) constant,
firm, energetic; wise, thoughtful; m.
^0 {i. e. Buddha) 78,8o; Dh. 28 etc.
m.pl. ,^a, 47,28. 109,2o; Dh. 23 etc,
dhuta, mfn. (sa. dhuta & dhiita,
'shaken') 'one who has shaken off his
sins', dutiful
(?)
cp_, Vin. II. 197,i;
dhuta, n,
^=
dhutanga, n. is a desig-
nation of certain priestly duties; lience
dhutavada, ., ') the doctrine of
Dhutanga, the Dhutanga precepts, cp,
Dh.
(1855) p. 259,7; ) a teacher or
propounder of those precepts (^ dhu-
tavadi(/j), Jat. I.
130,22),
gen. pi.
.-.^anarii (aggo, Kassapo) 109,6, cp,
AN. I.
p. 23; ') adj. ==
dhuta (Mil.
380,20, "pufe in speech") cp. dhona
below,
dhutta, m, (sa, dhurta) a frau-
dulent fellow, gamester; scoundiel,
villain; scamp, rogue; 1N.0, 49,S2; ace.
~aih,
48,27; gen, .vassa,
49,8; pi.
.a, 74,4; occ. o^e,
74,7; gen. /N.,anaiii,
73,19.
dhura, . (= sa,) the foremost
or chief part of anything, a yoke, the
fore end of a ship; loc,
,^e (navaya),
18,19. 27,19. cp. dhorayha.
dhuva, ')/. (sa. dhruva) fixed,
permanent, certain; n. rvam (mara-
nam), 86,is. a-ddhuva,
mfn. (v. h.),
*) n. permanence,
durability;
^atil.
Dh. 147.
dhupa, m. (= a,) incense;
gan-
dba-dhupa-o
etc, (dvandva comp)
48,80.
131 nam
dhenu,
f. (= sa.) a milk-cow;
*miga-'', a female deer, hind, doe;
7,29.
*dhenupa, m, a calf; pi, ,va,
105,11.
"dheyya, n. {sa. dheya) realm,
region; v. Maccu-", Mara-".
*dhona, mfn. (probably = dhota,
pp, dbovati, to wash; 5a. dbauta,
V'dhav *) pure, purified from sin. The
commentators agree in explaining this
word by dhuta-papa (v. dhuta, i/dhu,
dhunati) or by dhuta-kilesa

bud-
dha (Pj. ad Sn. v. 834 & Ps. ad MN.
ch. 56). Fatish0ll, Gloss, Sn.
p.
203
refers it to ydbu, to shake, which
after all may be closely related to
dbovati; but it is questionable whether
this word is contained in the comp.
ati-dhona-carij
(g.
v, Dh.
240).
I
think it better to take atidbona

sa. atidhavana ft; vb. atidhavati, to
transgress. A sitbst. n. dbona is men-
tioned in the Comm, on Dh. v. 240
(-= the 4 paccoyas, v. Childers) and
on MN. ch. 66 ( fiana; hence dbona,
mfn, 'tena samSgato').
*dhorayha, . (/V. *dhorvayha,
sa. *dhaurvabya, abstr. fr, dhurvaha)
a beast of burden.
"-Rila, mfn. having
the virtue of a (good) draught-cattle,
"much enduring"; ace. m, /vam, Dh,
208.
dbovati, vft. (so. dhavati,\/dbay")
to wash, to clean by rinsing or rubbing
(acc); aor. 3. sg. dhovi (pade) 57,i6;
get: <N/itva, 22,25 (Diukham); 41,i9
(kbaggam); 82,2i (bbajanam); a-
dbovitva (patim) 56,25; pp. dbota
or (more rarely) dbovita : hattbe
dbovita-kale ("when he was washing
his hands") 41,is. cp. dbona & next.
dbovana, n. (sa. dbavana) wash-
ing; mukba-dbovanattbayA gantva
("when he went to wash his face")
21,tB; battba-'*, 56,ss (washing the
hands, or : water for washing?).
na, adv. (= sa.) not; before vowels
'a' may be dropped (n'atthi, I,i5;
n'etam, 8,27) or contracted with a foil,
'a' (naham,
1,21);
before 'i' we find
sometimes
*y'
inserted (na-y-idam,
23,35).
') na is the usual negation
before verbs : 1,9. 16. etc., but it occurs
also often before other words : na
Sakbaih upasamvase, 7,33 (cp. ma);
na gabe rame, 47,26; natidure, 83,2;
na tavata, 106,5, and especially at
the beginning of a sentence ; naliHlii,
1,91; na koci, 8,s etc. ^)m questions,
used like the English 'not' : *) kim na
passasi (have you not seen?) Ill,i9;
kaccin nu . . . na, 9,28 ; '') in disjunc-
tive questions : kirn , . . karoti na ka-
roti ( or not) 9,25.

^) repeated ;
*) n' . . , na , . . na (neither , .
, nor . ,
.
nor) 8,27. 94,3. Dh. 127; n'eva , . , na,
3,3. 10,16. 74,12 (id.); n'eva upapajjati
na na upapajjati, 89,8i. 94,i8; cp,
neva-saniia-nasaiinayatana; na ca . .
,
na ca (id.)
99,3;
>)
na kiiici na (all,
every) 61,36, cp. na . . , akifici ("not
a little") Dh. 390.
-
) comb, w,
other particles : ) n'eva, not for all
that (after 'pi ce') 16,u; n'eva . . . na
(v. above); '') na kbo (pana), verily
not, 9,31. 93,27; ") na ca
-=
than,
8,3
(rajjam jabeyyam na ca tam patin-
nam); ca na ca (both . . . and not)
89,30. 94,16; na ca . . . na ca (neither
. . . nor, V. above); *)
na hi (non
enim) Dh.
5
; in answers
no, nay
verily, 97,i9.
') negative prefix in
comp.
=
a- (cp. uir-, vi-) v. na-cira,
na-nikama-seyya (natthita,
f. (g.
v.)
is abstr. fr, the phrase n'attbi). cp,
nanu, nuna, no & ma.
*nam, pron, demonstr. (in several
cases besides nom, substituted (encli-
tically) for taifa, cp. enam & the base
ana-, sa. instr. anena etc.) him, her,
it; acc. mfn. nam : m. 4,S8. 7,8o. 16,t5
etc. 103,82. 113,20; nan (ti) 3,e.
12,28;
f,
55,16. 88,2; nan, 9,i8; n. 94,i8;
-
acc. pi. ne, 74,8; gen, pi. nesam,
9*
nakkhatta 132
8,10. 73,1.

naih is alao Botnetiraes
pleonastically inserted, e.
g. 73,i8 {cp,
tarn, 9,1
; Ginghalese reading : nam).
In such cases the commentaries explain
it as a particle (nipata) or as a
shortened form of nama
(?);
cp,
Pischel, Gr.

lEO. (431).
nakkhatta, n. {sa. nakshatra)
^) an a&terism or corstellatton, a con-
junction of stars (esp. that of the moon
with any constellaticn, a lunar man-
sion); ace. /x/am (olcketi, to read
th'^ stars)
32,81
;

"-yoga, m. id.,
loc. r^e laddhe, ("a. a certain con-
junction of the planets") 32,io.
^)
a festival; >..aiii (kilati, to enjoy the
festival) 61,3;
-
*<'-kila,
f.
"the festi-
vities" (v. h.) 61,5; "-patba, m. 'star-
path', the starry sky, acc. >N^an), Dh.
208.
- asalhi-o, 61,2 (v. h.) cp.
asalha.
nakha. m, (^ sa.) a nail; pi.
rwa, 82,
97,2J.
n agar a, n. (= sa.) a town, city;
a fortress; worn, i^arii (yakkha-")
20,38
;
(atthiuam, "a stronghold of
the bones") Dh. 150; acc. n^ara, 68,84
(the inhabitants of the city); anto-"
(v. h.); saka-", to his own city, 44,is;
loc. ^e, 19,15; 61,3 (Kapilavatthu-");
77,15 (Bhoga-"); comp. *-abhirauklia,
mfn. {v. abhimuk'ia); nagarupama,
mfn,
like a fortress, n. r%/am, Dh. 40
{cp. upama). "-dvara (v. h.)\ "-sa-
mipe, 21,18; "-vithisu, 73,29; "-vasi/i,
mfn. {v. h.)
;
-
*deva-" = deva-pura,
n.
(q.
v.); anto-nogare & bahi-nagare
(inside & outside the town) q. v, cp.
nagura.
nagga, mfn. {sa. nagna) naked;
f.
.^a, 31,10-13; n. v.alia, 31,12.

"-cariya,
f.
going naked; Dh. 141.
naSgala, . (sa. lafigalu) a plough;
acc. rwam (mahantaiii) 71,:i8.
nacira, mfn. {=^ sa.) not of long
duration; nacirass'eva {adv.) v. ci-
rassaii).
iiacca, . {sa. nrtya) dancing;
instr. r>/ena, 10,2o; "-jiitaka, n. 10,i;
dvandva-comp.
-vadini,
^.^adisu, 66,1.
64,8;
-gita-, 64,8.
81,s4.
,
naccati,
vb. {sa. nytyati, ynrt)
to dance; pr. 3. sg. />^ati, 18,i8;
part,
m. ~anto, lO.is;
imp. 2. sg. -v^assu,
60,u; /"m*. I. s^r. ^iasami, 60,18;
aor.
3. sg. nacci, 18,2o; inf.
/>./itum,
lO.is;
comp. naccitu-kama, mfn.
wishing to
dance, 60,85
(O-kam'amhi, I (/".) wish
to dance), cp. nacca & natalca.
naUha, mfn. {pp.
nassati; sa.
nash^a)
lost, perished; acc. m. <x/am
(yasaiii) 42,i2.
nattar, . {sa. naptr)
a grandson;
gen. nattu, 64,9.
natthita,
f.
{sa. nastita; fr.
n'atthi)
non-existence, non-reality;
acc. r^&rh, 96,7 {cp. atthita).
nadati, vb. {sa. -^/nad) to cry,
roar; to make a noise {acc.)', pr. 3.
sg. oi^ati, 8,28;
part. m. pi. ,-vanta
(mahanadam) 6,13;
aor. 3. sg. nadi
(sihanadam) 16,u; ger.,>,\t\ai (konoa-
nadam) 61,2o; pp.
nadita {v. next);
cp. nada.
nadita, n.
{pp. fr.
prec.\ cp. sa.
nadita) roar, noise; ,>,am (sihassa)
8,27.
nadi,
f.
(= sa.) a river; notn.
<^i, 14,9; 35,18 (maha-); acc. .^^irii,
16,25. 103,2; instr. ~iya ("upstream")
29,5;
gen. rwiya, 2,i9-ai; tassa nadiya
vasati, 2,86 (tassa must here be taken
as loc. /., cp. Jut. I. 170,u; MN. I.
385,9);
loc, (viyarii (maha-") 36,3o;
gen.pl. f>./inarii, 103,i8; 72,37 (maha-");
-
"-kiila, n. ^^ "-tira, n. the bank of
a river, loo. /^e, 2,i9. 108,24;

"-pare,
ou the opposite side of the river, 56,ai;
"-niajjhe, in the middle of the river.
2,22.
n add ha, mfn.
{pp.
nayhati (nan-
dhati); sa. naddha.^nah) tied, bound,
put on; ^'-paiicayudha, mfn. Ill,is
{v. ayudha). cp. onaddha, sannaddhu.
*nanikama, mfn. {fr. nikitua,
m.) disagreeable;
"-seyva,
f.
"an un-
comfortable bed", Dh. 309 {acc. ->^aiii).
niinu, indecl. (^^ sa.)
') particle
of interrogation {latin : uonne); c^
133 navanita
maya tuyhaih abhayaiii diiinaih,
7,8;
/^ brahmacariyassa te kalo, 46,S4;
o^ so mutto bhavissati, 100,7. - *)
particle of affirmation : surely, cer-
tainly; n^ na sakka, 91,ic.
nandati, vb. (sa, ynand) to re-
joice; to delight in, to be glad of
(instr.); pr, 3. sg. ^ati (puttehi)
105.ss; 107,86 ;= Dh, 18. cp. next.
nan dan a,
f.
(= sa.) delight;
105,39.

raja-nandana, ni. a prince
(poetically); ace. ^am, 112,xi.
nandi*, i. & nandi,
f.
{sa. nandi,
i.) joy, pleasure; "-raga-, pleasure
and lust, 67,i3 (-sahagata); *nandi-
bhava, >. riBe of pleasure; -parik-
khiija, tnfn. "in whom all gaiety ia
extinct", Dh. 413 (ace. m, ^am) cp,
kamabhava,
nandi
^
/"., v. next,
n a n d h i
,
/". (sa. naddhri) a leathern
strap or thong (often spelt nandi);
ace. o^im (chetva) Dh. 398.
nabha(s), n. (sa. nabhas) sky,
atmosphere; instr. ,^asa ("-agama,
"departed through the air") lll,i.
nam at i. vb. (sa, ynam) to bend
or bow to (intr.y, aor. 3. sg. nami
(cittaih, pabbajjaya) 66,13; pp.
na-
mita, bent; "-citta, mfn. 46,is (m.
/s^o, pabbajjaya, one whose mind has
turned to retiring from the world),

caus. namayati (&
nameti), to bend
(ace); pr, 3, pi, ^ayanti, 106,>7
=
Dh. 80. cp. an-amatagga.
namassati, vb. (denom, fr. na-
mas (v. namo below); sa. naniasyati)
to pay honour to (ace); pr. 3. sg.
fv&ti (apujjarii) 30,8i
;
pot, 3. sg,
^eyya, Dh. 392.
namita, w/m.
(iJi?.
namati, q.v.).
Namuoi, m. (== sa.) nom.pr. of
a demon (identical with Mara, q. v.);
nom. /vi, 103,4; voc. f^\, 103,3i.
namo, indecl.(sa. namas, .)
an
exclamation of adoration or homage
(w. gen. pers.\ also often combined
with verbs, as karoti, dadati); 1^
ty'atthu
("homage to thee") 13,6.
108,11
; <%/ tassa fihagavato Arahato
SammasambuddbasBa, 81,t (the usual
formula at the beginning of a Pali
book).
naya, >. (= s&.) 'leading', in-
struction, plan, method; way, manner;
instr. ^ena (Mahapadane agata-",
"in the manner related in M.") 63, la;
'ti adina ~, 91,8i (v. adi''); purima-
nayen'eva, in the same manner as
before,
26,10. 63,2i ; hetthavutta-", id.
63,22.
nayati, vb, (sa.
v'ni)
v. net!.
nayhati (or nandhati), vb. (sa.
y'nah) to bind, tie; only comp. w,
prep., V. upa-nayhati, piiandhati;
pp.
naddha
(q,
v.) cp. nandhi (nan-
di)
/".
nara, m. (= sa.) a man; nom.
/N.0, 111,10; ace. /N.^am, Dh.
47; gen,
ivassa, 105,29; loc. pi, >N/esu, 47,2o,
-
f.
nari (v, h.) - narinda. m, (sa,
narendra) 'man-lord', king; ^0, 112,3i;
voc, :^&, 7,1s; Sihabahu-narinda-ja,
HI. son of S. (Vijaya) 110,22 (nom,
~jo).
nala or nala, m. (sa. id. & nada)
name of a species of reed; a reed or
stalk in general; nom, iv/O, 26,27;
ace, ,^am (-1-) 108,5 = Dh. 337;
5,18 (kumuda-"); "-vana. n. a
thicket of reeds, 26,25. cp. nalik.a,
f.
Nalaniala, m. (sa. Nalamalin)
reed-garlanded', nom. pr. of a.a ocean;
ace. o^&m, 26,25.

Nalainali(), m,
id. 26,80.
nala^a, n. ($a.lalata) the forehead;
loc. >\^e (seda muccimsu) 46,3i.
nava*, mim. (= sa.) nine; 82,13.
- "'navanga, mfn. ninefold (v. afiga).
navama, mfn.
the ninth, m. ,>.,o (vaggo)
Dh. IX. cp. nayuti, navutika.
nava*, mfn. (= sa.) new, young;
m. pi, o^a (dama) 105,i7; (bhikkhu)
83,33. cp, abhinava & next.
navaka, mfn. (= sa.) new, young;
compar. /N./tara, younger (opp. thera-
tara), m. /x-o (bhikkhu) 79,8; instr.
/x/ena, 79,.
navanita, . (= sa.) fresh butter;
nom, i^&m, 99,; abl. <vato, ib.
DaTtiti
134
navuti, num. (sa. navati) 90; . I
navutika, mfn.
\
nassati, vb. {sa, na^yati, y/n&(})
to perish, to be deetroyed; pr. 3. sg.
.x/anti, 6,24;
aor. 3, pi. ^^iihsu (tassa
cakkhuni /v, "lost tljeir sight") 24,i6;
cond. 3. sg. nassissu, 29,8 (he would
have perished); pp.
nattha & caus.
naseti
(g.
v.) cp. nasa, .
nahata, mfn. {pp.
nahayati, q.
v.).
nahataka, m. {sa. snataka)
'one
who has bathed', a Brahman who has
finished his studies; ace. N^am (metri-
cr.lly
nhatakaro) Dh, 422 ("accom-
piished", SB3. X. 96). cp. MN. I,
280,i9 & Sn. V. 621 (who has washed
away all sins).
nahana, n. {sa. snana) bathing,
bath; .^am, 83,25; **-atthaya (rafino,
for the king's bath) 41,3.
nahapita, . (sa. napita) a bar-
ber; gen. o.-assa (jStako, "a barber's
brat", i. e. bastard) 25,io;
*'-ku-
tumbika, >. & *''-daya, . {v. h.).
-
In the ancient times the barbers be-
longed to the lowett castes {cp. Fick,
Soc. Gl.
p. 211);
there cannot in
ray opinion be doubt about the iden-
tity of sa. napit.i dnc nahapita, but
if thia latter is not a mere literary
form (it is not raiely spelt nhapita
and even napita), thea it must be
derived from nahapeti {v, next)
through *nahapitar (an salla-katta
from ?alya-kartr). cp. Pischel, Gr.

210.
.
, , .
uahapeti, vh, {caus.^ nahayati;
sa. sntipayati^ to cause to bathe, to
wash
;
ger. r^etvc. (elakain) 16,85.
nahayati (or nhayati), vb. {sa.
'snayati, Vsna)
to bathe; imp. 2, sg,
nahaya, 111,so; fut. 1, sg. .^issami,
41,1
; inf. rvitum, 58,3o; nahayitu-
katna, mfn.
wishing to bathe, m. r^O,
83,34;
ger. nahatva, 41,3. 53,s3. 111,8;
nahayitva, 67,94. 61,0; pp. nahata,
one who has bathed, instr. m. iv-ena,
84,1'. dvandva-comp. "-^nulitto, 41,9
(bathed and scen'.ed); cans. v. naha-
peti, cp.
nahataka,
nahana &
naha-
^^n'aharu,
m. (&
n. co. ?)(
snayu, f.
n. Pischel,
Gr.
^255)
a
sinew,
tendon; />^u, 82,8
97,2o;
instr. ^una, 92,i; gen, ^uasa,
92,i7.
naga,
m. {= sa.) ') a NSga or
serpent-demon;
*<'-bhavana,
n. {sa.
nagaloka)
the world of serpents; abl.
^a, 62,16
; - "^o-manavaka, m., a young
Naga; pi. ~a, 53,io;
acc.pl. ~e, 53,i;
-
*0-manavika,
f.,
a Naga girl
;
52,27
etc.\
o-raja(n), m., a serpent-king;
worn, ^a, 28,27. 52,io;
instr. ^ena,
62,15.
- *) an elephant
(with the
Buddhists the emblem of endurance);
metaph. a preeminent man; nom. r^O,
Dh. 320; 105,i9; ace. ^aih, 77,3;
instr. /^ena, 76,3i ;
- *naga-m-asada,
m. attacking an elephant, 77,s {v.
asada)
;
"-bala, mfn.,
strong as an
elephant; m. ~o, 1,3;
instr. ^ena
(raiiiia) 40,i9; - *'>-vagga, m. the
23"' chapter of Pbpd.; "-vana, n.
the elephant grove, gen. o^assa, Dh.
324;
-
naga-hata, m. "he who strikes
the elephant (of men, (. e. Buddha)"
= *hata-naga; gen. ,-wassa, 77,4. cp.
maha-naga, hatthi-naga. {Rhys Da-
vids, Buddhist India,
p. 220).
Nagadipa, wi. {sa. Nagadvipa)
nom. pr. of an island {i. c. the north-
western part of Ceylon?); ^o, 19,8
(formerly called Seruma-dipa, q. v.)
cp. Lassen, lA. I.^
p. 241 ; Tennent,
Ceylon I.
p. 331.
n agar a, m. {fr. nagara; = sa.)
a citizen; ace. pi. ^e, 6,7.
Nagasena, m. {= sa.) nom. 2'.
of a Buddhist sage (thera), in the
philosophical work Milinda-panha dis-
puting with King Milinda
{q.
v.)
\
nom. rwO (ayasma) 96,24; voc, r^&,
98,32. etc.
ci?.
8BE. vol. XXXV. p.xxv.
na^aka, n. (= sa.) a play or
drama; ace, pi. ^ani, 63,i7.
natha, m. {= sa.) refuge; protec-
tor, lord;
^0, (atta hi attano
~)
Dh. 160. 380.
nada, . (= sa.) roaring, crying,
135 nava
noise; ace, ^arii (maha-") 6,13;
-
konca-", m. (v. h.).
nana, indecl, (= sa.) separately,
differently, variously; this word is mostly
used at the beginning of subst. or adj.
comp., where it may be translated by
'different, divers, various, many' etc.
;
before double cons, the final a is
shortened ; *nanaggara8a, m. (or mfn.)
(= nana
-f-
agga-rasa^ all the choi-
cest delicacies (of food) ; ace, pi. <^e,
57,14; "-bhojanam, 41,lo;
-
nanappa-
kSra, mfn. various, of all kinds (cp.
pakara); m, pi. ^R (sakuna-saihgha)
62,12; n. pi. ^ani (phalani) 2,83;
inslr. pi. ^ebi (phalarukkhehi) 2,80;
-
*nana-kunapa, n. (v. h.); *nana-
citta, mfn, of different mind, false-
hearted; pi.
f.
.n/S (itthiyo^ 51,89,
-
nana-turiyani, n. pi, 64,3o (v, turiya)
;
-
*nana-pupphani, n, pi, flowers of
diverskinds, 41,6, 49,16; *nanavudha,
n. 6,7 (muggaradi-) v. avudha,
Q a m a
'
i-) V.
. (fr. i', indecl. (fr.
next\ = sa.)
') by name (after nom. pr. or in inter-
rogative sentences) : Tambaraja <%/,
19,6; cp, 44,13. 102,2; namena N.
nama, 5,3o; kissa phalam ->., 36,s4;
ka rv tvam (what is your name?)
56, 10; kiihsaddo nam' esa, 60,9; ko
nam' esa puriso, 63,11 (who is this
man?).

*)
particle of affirmation or
emphasis after subst. (adj.) pron. etc,
= just, indeed, certainly; 2,6, 4,io.
9,23. 88,23 etc.', tvam ~,
9,2i; ekan
/^, 82,8;
app'eva nama (perhaps,
V. api) 17,26, 69,5; seyyatha pi ~
(just as) 68,84.

') in exclamations
:
aho pufinanarfa phalam <%/, 68,12;
86,24, cp. 63,13,
- *) after interr.
=
'then'; katharii '>^ (how then?) 41,8o;
kirn ^, 4,8. 16,u. 88,4.
- ) in an-
swers : imaya -x/, 29,8i. 31,8*.
*)
with negation
== not at all; ... nama
n'atthi, 4,ss. 8,10. 10,3i. 18,j (cp.
18,84).
19,81 (cp. 19,19), 87,82.
nama*, n, (sa. naman) name,
appellation; nom. /v&m, 9,7. 98,84;
afc. (x/am (akamsu, called) 38,io, 60,95
;
96,81
;
(the old ace. nama is used
adverbially, v, above)
;
instr. namena,
by name (often combined with nama,
before the nom, pr. or after nama,
5,3o) 112,12;

nama is often opp.
to rupa
(q.
V.) cp. namarupa beloto]
- comp. ', "-gahana-divasa, m, name-
day, loc. ^e, 38,9; "-matta, n. a mere
name (cp, matta^) ^arii, 97,o;

evam-nama, kin-nama, tam-namika,
mfn, (q.
v.); sa-nama, n. (hie name)
111,82, V. sa*. cp, next,
namaka, mfn, (= sa.) named,
called (e. c); anupariyaya-"
(q,
v.)
91,28 (^aih maggam). cp, tam-na-
mika,
nama- rupa, n. (= sa.) 'name
and form' = individual being; nom.
>^a.^Al, 66,7 (viiifiana-paccaya, origi-
nating from vifinana and causing
salayatanam) ; 100,8; loc. <vasmim,
Dh 367 ("mind and body", cp. 8BE.
X. p. 87);
o-nirodha, m. 66,i8 (v. h.).
nayaka, m. (= sa.) a leader,
chief, lord; loka-", m. 'lord of the
world', i. e, Buddha, 1^0, 110,19.
Narada, m, (= sa.) nom, pr. of
several persons; nom. >\.>o (ayasma,
a thera living at Gijjhakuta) 84,34;
voc, (%/a, 85,10,
naraca, m, (= sa.) a kind of
arrow, an iron arrow; ace. -^am, 92,34;

*''-valaya, wj. n. an iron ring or

collar, instr, .N^ena, 111,33,
nari,
f.
(= sa.) a woman; nom.
/s/i, 64,15; ace, -^im, 47,2i; loc, pi,
/N/isu, Dh, 284. cp. nara.
Nalagiri, m. (= sa.) nom. pr.
of an elephant; nom. ^i (nama hatthi)
76,8; ace. 'v/iih, 76,
13;
gen. >%'i8sa,
77,1. ep. Dhanapalaka.
nSjika,
f.
(sa. nalika & na^ika)
^) a small tube or pipe, a hollow stalk
or stick; ') a small measure (of capa-
city) : addna-nalika-matta, mfn. con-
taining as much as a half nfi)iks, ace.
m. <s/am (tandulam) 57,i8.
""navattlia, n. (sa. *n5va-8tha)
"articles from ships",
/v/am, 111,88.
(cp. Vin. Ill 49,11.)
nava,
f.
(sa. nau & nava) a ship,
n&Tika 136
boat; nom. >va, 23.io; aco, /vatn, 19,st;
Dh. 369 (metaph.-=^- the buman body);
instr. gen. abl. Ice. .vava, 18,i; 19,
S6-17; 23,5; 112,s7; 20,1- 25,i9; 24,15
(arujha-", v. arohati);
bhinna-
nava, mfn. Bhipvreeked (v. h.) cp.
next & navattha*
navika, m. (:^ sa.) ') a mariner,
sailor; gen. -^assa, 27,37;
gen. pi,
/>.anam, 35,3o.

*) b ferryman; loc.
iN^e, 28,5.
*navutika, tnfn. (fr. navuti) 90
years old ; ace.
f.
r^&m. (nariih) 47,8i.
nasa, m. (a. naga)
destruction,
ruin, death; ace, ,%,&m (maha-** pa-
punissanti) 34,i8.
nasa, /. (= sa.) the nose; *<'-vata,
(. the breath from the costrils, instr.
fs^ena, 53,2;
khura-nasa, mfn. &
"-nasika, mfn. {v. khura).
naseti, vb. {caus, nassati. sa. na-
Qayati) to destroy, spoil; to kill (acc);
pr. 2, sg. .>.-e8i rmama tandule) 57,a4;
2. pi. ^etba (amhakam kammam)
6,15; 63,17;
ger. rt-etva, 37,9; inf.
.^eturii (attanaiii) f-4,34.
ni-, indecl,
') (= sa.) prefix to
verbs and nouns, implying 'in, into;
down', sometimes confounded with next.
^)
before double cons,
nir-, ni-
{su, nis (nir-)) prefix implying 'out,
away', v. below,
nikati,
f.
(sa. nikfti) wickedness,
fraud; instr, 'viyM (metri causa : ni-
katya) 5,gi ;
"-ppanna, mfn. versed
in fraud; m, ^o, o,2i.
nikama, m. {- sa.) desire,
pleasure; v, nanikama, mfn,
nikaya, m. (= sa.) a collection
of fiuddhist Su;tas, name of the 5
sections of the Sutta oi' Suttanta Pi*
teka, via. Digha-^ Majjhinia-*', Sam-
yatta-o, Angutttra-", Klmdda(ka)-",
102,14-16 {q.
v.).
nik ?ta, mj. (= sa.) a house, abode;
loc. /-vC, Dh. 91.
liikkaddJiati, vb,(sa. tii8li-\/krsh^
to drive cut, expel;
jp. -vito, m. (geha)
36,29.
nikkarunati.
, f,
{sa, nish-karu-
nata)
ttnmwcifulnesi,
bardheartedness;
instr. /vaya, 59,ib.
nikkasava, mfn.
(a.
nish-kaBh-
aya) free from dirt or sin; v. a-nik-
*nikkujjati, vb. (fr.
ni
+
kubja?
opp. ukkujjati, q,
v.)
to overturn;
pp.
n. ^itam, B3,20.
69,i5
(Coram,
adhomukha-tthapitam
hetthamukha-
jatam).
nikkhanta, mfn. {pp,
nikkha-
mati, q. v.).
nikkhamati,
vh.[sa,msh-\/kram)
to go out, go away, depart, get out,
issue (w. abl.)\ pr. 3. pi. o^anti (ma-
tukucchito) 62,26; 90,86 (uagaram
pavisanti va rv va); part. m. -%.anto
(mukhato) 13,3i; ace. rvantam (pure-
dvarena) 12,io; jMS^r. ^^antena, 12,u.
83,35;
pi. m. ,%^anta, 62,25;
aor.
3. sg. nikkbami, 12,8. 36,23; 3. pi.
rwimsu, 19,16;

fitt. 1. sg. -^^issami,
12,15; 3. sg. ^issati, 12,i3;
ger.
) nikkhamraa (agara, leave the house-
bold life) 61,33. 64,23;
'') nikkhamitva,
13,31. 40,39. 45,2 (to retire from the
world); 86,26 (tatc). I14,i (id.);
-
inf. ^N^ituiii, 12,17. 36,25; 65,i3 (ma-
habbinikkhamanam, v. abhinikkha-
mana); comp. ">.itu-kama, mfn. 65,i6
(t. ^0, id.)
grd, nvitabbarii, n,
83,36;

pp. nikkhanta, rn. ^o, 5,25.
12,12; -kalato, 9,15 {v. kala); -caus.
nikkbameti
(& ,%^ameti, v. h.) cp.
next & nekkhainina.
nikkhamana, n, {sa. nish-kra-
mana) going out, departing; "-bhava,
m. 12,9 {v. h.).
nikkbameti
(& nikkbameti), vb.
{caus. nikkhamati ; sa. nish-kramayati)
to cause to go out, to bring forth or
away (ace); aor. 8. pi. /^amesum,
39,36; ger, f%^etva (ubho pi jane sa*
mudda, "conveyed them oversea") 29,4.
*nikkbittaka,
m{fn). (fr, nik-
kbitta,
pp. nikkbipati,
q. v.) one to
whose charge anything has been com-
mitted; m. pi. agga-nikkbittaka
(thera) 109,ii (v. agga).
nikkbipati, vb. {sa. ni-^/ksbip)
137 nitthubbati
to throw, lay down or away, loose,
drop (ace); to give in charge of (ace.
loc); part, instr. m. .^antena, 83,i7;
- aor. 3. sg. nikkhipi (nahapitam
upasakassa hatthe) 28,2i; 86,27; 3.
pi, <N.iriisu, 73,28;
-
ftit. 3. pi. ,^is-
santi (samussayam)
80,23;
ger,
^itva, 67,13. 73,20. 75,2i. 101,26;
-
grd, ^itabbaiii, n. 83,ig; ,^0, m.
83,18;

pp. nikkhitta, ace. m. ^am
(mangalakhaggani, usslsake, lying)
41,15; comp. "-maniratanam (Kasika-
vattbe) 62,29. cp. nikkhittaka & next.
vnikkhepa, m. (sa, ni-kshepa^
') throwing away, laying down; *)
mark, footprint; ace, /^-aih (suvanna-
padukanam) 68,8b.
nikbanati, vb. (sa. ni-y'khan)
to dig into, bury (acc); imp. 2. sg.
(N^ahi (tam sobbhe) 78,i4; 2. pi,
/x^atha, 39,33; ger, ,vitva, 78,i9;
pp.
nikbata, rammed down, m, pi, rwa
(khila) 105,17.
nigacchati, vh. (sa. ni-^gain)
to enter, undergo, come to (aec); pr,
3. sg. /N^ati (dukkbaiii, suffers) Dh,
69;
(dasann' aiinataram ^hanam)
Dh. 137.
nig a ma, m, (= sa.) a little town,
or market>piace; gen. ^assa, 95,2i;
loe, fs^e, 92,14. cp, negama. (Pick,
Soo. Gl.
p. 104.)
nigaja, m. n, (sa, nigada) an
(iron) chain for the feet; loha-niga)a-
sadisa, mfn. U.ss (v. h,).
niguhati, vb, (sa. ni-i/guh)
to
hide, conceal (ace,)
;
pr. 3. pi, rvanti
(itthiyo rahassam na -%.-) 46,9.
nigganhati, vb. (sa. ni-v/grah)
to hold back, restrain; fut. 1. sg.
^gahessami (cittarii) Dh. 326;
grd.
niggayba (sa, ni-grhya) v, next; cp,
dunnigaba, mfn.
*niggayba-vadi(n), mfn. (fr,
sa. nigrhya, grd, m-\/grah) 'resenting
what is to be blamed\ censuring, re-
proving; aec. m. >%/im, Dh. 76.
nigrodba, m. (sa. nyagrodha)
the Banian-tree, Fious Indioa; *'*ruk-
kba, m. 20,8 (gen, /vassa).
- Nigro-
dba, m. nom. pr. of a deer; aec. r^Am,
7,33;
loc. <x/asmim, 7,34;
=^
*-miga-
raja, 5,3o.
nighata,'t. (= sa.) striking
down, suppression, destroying, extinc*
tion; acc, r^&m (ye8[airi] i, e, jati,
jara, maranarii, etc.) 92,32.
nice am, adv. (sa. nityam) always,
constantly; rv luddani kubbato, 13,28;
xv candanagandhini, 20,24; xw jinati,
48,9. a-nicca, mfn, & a-niccata,
f.
(q.
V,).
*niccamma, mfn. (sa. *ni(;-carma^
excoriated, scourged; acc.
f.
f^&m
(pit^him karetva, "flogging the skin
of her back") 55,i7.
niccala, mfn. (sa, ni^-cala) im-
movable;
f.
^a (nava attbasi) 23,ii.
niccbareti,v&. (cans, niccbarati
;
sa, ni^-^/car) to cause to issue or
come forth; ger. /N^etva (madburassa-
ram) 18,2o.
[nice bin a ti], vb. (sa. niQ-^ci)
to decide, fix upon; to discriminate
(acc); to persuade oneself, be con-
vinced, consider (to, prec. 'ti'); pot,
3. sg. niccheyya (attbam anattban
ca) Dh.
256; ger, nicebiya (ti
^)
convinced,
114,6; pp.
nieehita, do.
111,21 (m, f^o).
niU^^t f-
(s<i- nisb^ha) firm per-
suasion; completion, perfection; con-
clusion, end; ni^^hangata, mfn, (sa,
nish^ba-gata) y/ho has reached per*
fection, m, /%/0, Dh. 351.
*nitthapeti, vb. (caus. nittbati,
nittbayati, sa. ni-i/stha) to accom-
plish, complete, finish, make ready;
imp. 2. sg. ^^/ebi, 48,29; aor. 3. sg.
i^Qix (ahatahatam) 57,6; fut. 1, sg,
/^essami, 87,ii-i2. cp. next.
nitthita, mfn. (sa. nishtbita,
j^i).
ni-\/8tba, cp. prec.) finished, come at
an end; completed, ready, prepared;
n. wam (jatakam etc.) 62,it. 71,is;
(bbattam) 78,$; loc. <%/e (bhatte)
B3,8i. a-nittbita, mfn.
(q,
v.) ep.
pari-nittbiti,
f.
nittbubbati & nu^tbubbati,
vb. (sA. *nih
-f V^^i^^^i
^"^ ' ^^ ^^*
nidda 138
signilcation equal to at. fiiA-shthiv'')
to Bpit out; aor. 3. 8g, nutthubhi
(kakkaretva iJ) 37,js; ger, ni^thu-
thitva (yagum) 57,. [Pischel, Gr.
120.] cp. chuddha.
nidda (&
other varr, uiddha, nidha,
nida =
nua, sa. nida) n., a nest;
place, Beat; roga-niddaih {idaih rQpam,
rull of BickneBs")' 107,7
= Dh. 148.
nidahati, vh, (so. ni-\/dba) to
lay down, depoBi'.; to lay aside; grd.
^Np/itabbam, w, ((;ivaram, unhe) 83,9;
ger n'dhaya (dandai
{q.
v.) sabbesu
bhuteiu, "wJthout burting any crea-
tur-is") Dh. 142. 405. cp. nidhi.
nidagba, . (=^ sa.) heat; ^o
(I'.iahanto) 4,5. *''-3amaya, in, the
hot season, loc, ^e, 3,3s.
niddara, mfn, (sa. nir-dara) free
>Tom fear; m, <^o, Dh. 205. cp,
dara & vita-ddara.
nidda,
f.
(9a. nidra) sleep; .v^a
fYasassa okkami) 67,26 ; ace. (vaiii
(gate, being aslaep)
21,28;
(okkamitva
(okkami) fell asleep) 22,94. 64,32;
(upagato, id.) 6J>,. cp, nexl,
niddayati, vb. (sa. ni-drayate,
Y^dra)
to sleep; pr. 8. sg, /x^ati, 41,96.
65,3o; pa.'t, m. aoc, .-bantam, 35,o9;
gen. /^antassa, 41,96; f.
pi. >^antiyo
(itthiyo) 65,5;
aor, 8. sg. niddayi,
89,4.
*niddayitar, m. {fr.
prec.) a
eleepy person; nom. />./ta, Dh. 325.
niddhana, mfn, {sa, nir-dhana)
without property, poor; acc. nt. >^&m.,
52,4.
niddhanta, mfn, {pp.
niddha-
mati, q. v.) blown off, dHven out;
*<'-inala, mfn,
one whose impurities
are blown away, free from sin; m,
1^0, Dh. 236. 238 {synon. an-afigana).
tuddhamati,t;6. (sa. nir-^dhina)
to blow off; to drive out, expel, re-
move (occ); pot. 3u sg, niddhame
(malalii) Dh,
239; pp. niddhanta
(v, h.).
nidhaya, ger. nidahati
{q.
v.).
nidhi, m, (= sa.) a treasure;
gen, pi. N.inam, Dh. 76,
nindati,
vb. (=
sa.
}/a^nd)
J^o
blame (occ); pr. 3, pi. ~anti
(bahu-
bhaninam)
Dh. 227; inf.
-^itum,
Dh.
230; pp.
-"vita, mfn.
blamed,
nt. r^o
(poso) Dh,228;
a-nindita,
mfn.Vh.
227; cp. next.
ninda,
/". (= sa.)
blame,
reproach,
reproof; aco. -warn,
Dh. 143. 309;
o-pasamsSsu {loc. pi)
blame and
praise, 106,30
= Dh. 81.
ninna, mfn,
{sa, nimna)
deep;
loc. m. ~e (sakata-magge,
a sunken
road, defile) 43,i8.
- . low ground,
depth (of the sea); acc. -^am {opp.
thala) 105,21 ; ioc.^e (do., "on sea")
Dh. 98.
*nipaka, mfn, {sa. *nipaka) in-
telligent, prudent; acc, m. r>/am (sa-
hayam) Dh. 328.
nipajjati, vb. {sa. ni-\/pad) to
lie down; pr. 3. sg. ->^ati, 6,3o; imp.
3. sg. ^atu, 6,28;
aor. 3. sg. nipajji,
2,31. 3,19. 12,84.30,16; 3. pi. ) ^iriisu,
65,3;
>) (N^iaum, 112,6;
ger. ^itva,
42,1 ;
pp.
nipanna
{q.
r.); cans, v,
next.
*nipajjapeti,ti6.(coH8. nipajjati)
to cause to lie down, lay down, deposit
(occ); aor, 3.
pi, rwCsum, 32,3o. 61,le;
ger, rvetva, 13,u. 16, is. 20,7. 41,36.
59,7.
nipatati, vb. {sa. m-\/pat) to fly
down, descend on, fall down on {loc);
pr. 3. sg. t^&t\,
2,92;
ger. -x^itva (Bha-
gavato padesu sirasa, "falling at his
feet") 75,22. cp. nipata etc.
nipanna, mfn,
{pp,
nipajjati)
lying; m. >vO, 3,8-i8. 7,4. 36,3i (pha-
lake, floating on a plank);
65,i9
(sleeping^; I10,i9; comp. tassa
^..^t^ha-
nara (where he was lying)
49,2i;
"-kale (while he was sleeping)
53,3.
"nipannaka, mfn. {fr. prec)
lying} acc m, .x-am, 6,3i.
nipata, m,
(= sa.)
')
falling;
instr. udabindu-nipatena, "by falling
of waterdrops", Dh. 121.

*) a par-
ticle or indeclinable word; nom.
/-vO
('ma'ti) 85,33.
- 8) a section of a
book {esp, of Jataka or Anguttara
139 uibbaaa
Nik., whose single books are arranged
according to their length or number
of stanzas)
; Sutta-', w, nom. pr.
(y.
h.) cp. next.
*nipataka,
mfn, (fr. nipata')
divided into nipatas (as Anguttara-
Nikaya)
;
ace. m. r^&m
(saddhamraara
pavibhajja) llO.j.
nipati,
mfn. (= sa.) flying or
falling down;
yattha-kama-",
mfn.
"rushing wherever it listeth", ace. n.
rvinaiii (cittam), Dh,
36; gen, r^ino
(cittassa) Dh. 35,
nipuna, mfn. (= sa.) clever,
skilful; fine, subtile; m. /vO (dhammo)
94,2j; 8U-nipuna, mfn. (g.
v.) cp,
nepunna.
nippapanca, mfn, (sa, nish-
prapafica) free from diffuseness, calm,
undisturbed; m. pi, .v-a (Tathagata)
Dh. 254.
n i
p
p
a b h a , mfn. (sa. nish-prabha)
without splendour; m. pi. ^a (anna-
tittbiya) 72,29; cp. pabha,
f.
nippapa, mfn. (sa. nish-papa)
free from sin; m. ^o, Db. 206.
nippileti, vb. (sa. nish-pidayati,
ypid) to press, squeeze (dec.)
j aor,
3. sg, ^esi (tassa givam) 5,i3.
nippurisa, wi/M. (sa. nish-purusha)
without men, female; instr. n, pi.
/N.ehi (turiyehi, "a female orchestra")
67,23 (cp. Speyer, Rem. on DivyavadSna,
Wien. Zeitschr. XVI
p. 105.)
nipphatti,
f.
(sa. nishpatti^ com-
pletion, perfection; ace, ,N/im (niyya-
makasippe) "complete mastery", 24,i3.
n i b a d d h a , mfn. (pp.
nibandhati
;
= sa.) *) bound (on or to), fixed;
*/varii, adv. constantly, 6,i4.
- *) asked,
pressed; m. k^o (punappuna, "being
asked again and again") 53,86.
nibandha, m. (= sa,) binding,
chain, attachment to; continuance,
continuity; upayupadanabhimyesa-**,
96,10 (q.
v.).
nibandhati, vh. (sa. ni-v/bandh)
*) to bind on; *) to press, urge, im
portune; aor. 3. sg. nibandhi, 54,i;
pp.
nibaddha (q.
v.) cp. nibandha.
nibbattati, vb. (sa. nir-\/vrt)
to
become, come forth, be born (again),
sprout up; pr, 3, sg. rK/Siti (dukkham)
Dh. 338; fut. 3. sg. ^issati (Tusita-
vimane) 87,3i; 2. sg. r^issasi, 88,15;
1. sg. /N^issami, 88,10; aor. 3. sg,
nibbatti (rukkhadevata hutva) 3,8i;
ger. <x/itva (kapiyoniyam)
1,8
;
(ruk-
kho) 36,36; pp. nibbatta, m. ^0,
17,24. 28,27. 84,30 (niraye), 101,ii
(aggi); nibbatt'amhi,
88,10; f.
nib-
battasi, 88,9. caus. nibbatteti
(q.
v.).
nibbattana, n. (sa, nirvartana)
the coming forth, being born, growing,
sprouting ; rukkha-nibbattana-bbay-
ena, for fear that a tree would grow
up, 37,6; amkura-o-tthana, n. (q.v.).
nibbatteti, vb. (caus, nibbattati)
to bring forth, produce, complete, per-
form; ger. (vetva (jhanabbiftnaih)
47,88.
nibbana, mfn, (sa. nir-vana) ')
without forest, woodless (Jat.II,
368,8).
*) free from desires; m, pi. o..a,
Dh. 283 (cp. vana'').
*nibbanatha, mfn. (fr. nir
-f-
vanatha, q, v.) free from lust; m.
/N.,0 (synon. vana-mutto) Dh. 344.
nibbana, n. (sa. nirvana) ') ex-
tinction, the being extinguished (as a
fire or a lamp); ,>.,am (pajjotassa)
80,35 (cp. Jat. I,
212,8).
^
) the
Buddhist Nirvana : *) absolute extinc-
tion of all desires and passions, com-
plete sanctification or Arhatship
(cp,
arabai);
*") absolute annihilation of
individual existence (i, e, in the Sarii-
Bara), release from every conceivable
attribute of being (cp. an-abhavakata),
the eternal happiness attained after
death by an Arhat or a Buddha (ta-
thagata), whereafter he shall not be
born or die again; ,N/am (Sugatena
desitam) Dh. 285; ace. ^&m, 64,s3.
89,8. Dh. 23. 134. 184. 203. 226.
369;
dat. <N/aya (samvattati) 66,so; gen.
'x^assa (sacchikiriyaya) 90,i8; ^ass'-
eva santike, near to N., Dh. 32 =
o-santike, Dh. 372;
-
*o-gamana,
mfn. leading to N., ace. m. /vam
nibbilpetl 140
(maggaiii) Dh. 289; *.gamin. mfn.
i<5.,
f.
^Jni (sc7. pa^ipada) Dh. 76;
*-pati8amyuUa, mfn. 71,sj (v. h.);

magga-phala-nibbanani (w. p/.,

dvandva-comp.) *tbe paths, the fruits,
and the N.", 97,)o;

The transition
into N. is described as vimokho ce-
taso, 80,35, which is compared with
the extinction of a laiiap (pajjotasseva
nibbanarii, cp, AN. I,
p. 236; epithets
of N. are a-kata, a-mata, para etc.
cp. nibbayati, nibbuta, parinibbana.
[D'Alwis, Buddhist Nirvuna; a review
of Max Miiller's Dharamapada. Co-
lombo
1871 ; Childers, Dictionary
(sub voce) 1875; Dahlmann, NirvBna.
Berlin 1896; Ekliind, Nirvana. U'p-
sali 1899; Pfiin(,s(, "Was ist das
buddl istische Nirvfii-a in Wirklichkeit?
(A us der indischen Kulturwelt. Stutt'
gart
1904, p. 56);
Oldenberg, Buddha,
3. Aufl.
p. 310; Trenckner, Mil.
p.
424]
nibbapeti. vb, {cans. fr. next;
sa. nir-vapayati) to extinguish, annihi-
late; to cool, refresh; imp.
3.
pi. o^etha
(sokaiii me) 89,is; inf. />^etum (do.)
89,10.
nibbayati, rb. {sa. mt'\/\a,) to
be blown out or extinguished ; to be
refreshed, to feel happy, attain the
Nirvanft; yr.
.''.
sg, ,>.ati (matuhada-
yam) 64,i; pot. 3. sg. ^eyya (aggi)
96,1 ; ct:s. nibbapeti
(q.
v.);
pp.
v.
nibbuta, cp. nibbana.
nibbijia, ger.
(fr. nibbindati;
sa, nir-vioya) having become despon*
dont, depressed, or disgusted with
{cM> or acc); ger. nibbijjapema
(Gotamaiii, cp. apieti, vb.)
104,i3 [or
have w ^.o lake nibbijjapema as pr.
1. pi. from *nibbijjiipeti, to give up
(on account of despondency) ? cp.
*nibbeianiya,
f,
pi. cr gen. sg, nir-
Tijo?) "SN. I,
p. 124,3|.
nibbi^tha, mfn.
(}>p. nibbisati;
sa. nir-vishya) gained, earned ; instr.
n. .%.ena (carami, "with what I have
gained I wander about")
106,8.
nibbida, . (or nibbida,
f. (?);
sa, nirvid,
f.
& nirreda, .,
cp. Jat.
IV, 471,!i. 473,)
aversion,
disgust,
weariness; dat. /v-aya (cittam santhasi,
"his mind became weary") 67,3i ;
->.aya
(samvattati) 93,7 (cp. Kulin,
Beitr.
P-
70).
nibbindati, vb. (sa. nir-\/vid,
nirvindati & pass, nirvidyate)
to be
indifierent, to become weary of or dis-
gusted with (loc); pr. 3. sg. 'N.-ati
(riipesu) 7 1,5-14; (dukkhe) 107,i2
=
Dh. 277 (metri causa o,^ati); l)art.
m. ^am, 71,
u;
pot. 8. sg. ~eyya
(^opp. jisimsetha) 42,i6; ger, nibbijja
(v. /.); cp. nibbida.
nibbisati, vb. (sa. nir-y/vig) lit.
'to enter into'; to earn, gain; pac<,
m. nibbisaih, v. a-nibbisaiii.
nibbuta, mfn. (sa. nir-vrta) ')
happy, content, free from passions;
^) extinguished (through false etymo-
logy combined with nibbayati, nib-
bana); 7)1. ^0 (pita) 64,14; (gini, 1. e.
the fire of passions)
104,25; (anupa-
daya) Dh. 414; acc. -.^aiii (opp. atta-
danda; "mild") Dh. 406; arc. pi. ^e,
Dh.
196;
/'.
^a (mata) 64,i4; loc. n.
kasmim nu kho '>.^e hadayam -^aiii
nania hoti, after what having become
extinguished does the heart feel happy?
64,18.
niraanteti, vb. (sa. ni-^/mantr)
to invite; aor. 3. sg. ^esi, 56,S8; 3,
pi, ^ayimsu,
87,5; ger, ^etva (da-
nam adariisu) 86,14.
Nimi, m. nom. pr. of a king
(=
sa.);
^ nama raja (Mithilayaiii)
45,18.
nimitta, M. (:= sa.) ') sign, omen;
pi, -^ani (cattari)
64,3; pubba-", id.
acc, ^am,
63,?; pi, ,^ani, 63,i.
-
^)
cause, reason;
gahita-nimittena,
instr. 'on account of his having taken
hold of it', i. e. by a tug,
89,7; a-ni-
mitta, mfn. (v. h.),
nimisa, wi. (sa, nimisha) winking
or twinkling of the eye;
a-nimisa,
mfn. not winking; subst.
f,
a-nimisata
(v.h.).
nimilati, vb. (sa.
ni-v'mil) intr.
141 niraya
to shut, close (as the eyes); pr. 3. pi.
-^anti (akkhini,
kumbhilanaih mu-
khavivate) 3,i8; cans,
nimileti, to
close (the eyes, ace); get: ,^etva
(akkhini) 3,i9.
nimugga,
mfn.
(pp. nimujjati;
sa. ni-magna) sunk or plun^jed in
(loc);
guthakalale "-gamasiikaro,
46,33.
nimujjati, vb. {sa.
ni-Y/majj) to
sink, dive in (loc.)
;
pr. 3. pi. ^anti,
25,86;
ger. ,x,itva (kamakalale)
46,88;
pp. nimugga
(q.
v.); cans. II. nimuj-
japeti, to cause to sink (ace); ger.
^etva (navam) 27,i8; ummujja-ni-
mujja, m. (v. ummujjati).
nimba, m. (= sa.) the Nimb tree,
Azadirachta Indica (with bitter fruits);
pi. ^a, 37,20 ; ace. pi. i^e, 38,i9
=
pucimanda, 37,33. 38,i.
--
*-ka8ata,
n. (v. h.).
"-panna-sadiaa-rasa, mfn.
having a (bitter) taste like the leaves
of a Nimb tree, m, ^x/O, 37,si,
nimmakkhika, mfn. (sa. nir-
makshika) free from flies; "-madhu-
patala-, 38,s8 (v. h.).
nimmala, mfn. (sa. nir-mala)
spotless, taintless, sinless; m. pi. i^a.
(bhikkhavo) Dh. 243.
nimmita, mfn, (sa. nir-mita,
yma) constructed, built, fashioned,
created; acc. n, ts^&m (uyyanaiii de-
vatahi) 63,so.
niyata, mfn. (= sa.;
Vyam)
')
held back, restrained ; m, <>^o (synon.
danto) Dh. 142;
^) fixed, certain;
sure, insured ; limited ; m. rwO (bhik-
khu) 79,34; n. /^am (maranam) 86,17;
***-gatika, mfn. (q.
v.)
;
a-niyata, mfn.
uncertain, unlimited (v. h.).
n i
y
a m a, m. (sa. niyama & niyama)
*) restraining, determination etc.

*j
practice, way, method ; instr, ^ena
(imina) 2,i6; maccha-gahana-** (aB
if to catch fish") 25,3S.
niyyati, vb. (sa. mr-\/ya) to go
out, depart; to get out (esp, from the
samsara)
;
pr. 3. pi. /vanti (lokamha)
91,6; aor. 3. sg. r^sisi, 39,0; 3. pi.
'N.'iiiisu, 91,5; flit. 3. sg. r^issati, 90,a9;
3. pi. o.'issanti, 91,.
niyyadeti, vb. (also niyyateti;
so. nir-Y/yat, cans, niryatayati) to
deliver, to give anything (acc.) into
one's charge (gen,); pr. 1. pi. o^ema
(-mige rafiiio)
6,5 ;
ger. r^etva (brah-
maniiii amhakaiii) 9,i8; 38,&.
niyyanika, mfn. (sa. nir-yanika)
conducing to blessing, salutary, pro-
fitable; *a-"', mfn, (q,
v.),
niyyama(ka), m. (a. nir-yama-
(ka)) a navigator, master, mate; o^ko,
25,16; acc, /^kam, 25,i8; *niyyamaka-
kamma, n. "the mariner's calling",
acc. o/am, 24,1*; *^-jettha,
m, "master
mariner", gen. ^v-assa, 24,io;
*-jet-
tbaka, m, id., ^ko, 24,u; '"-sippa,
n. "the art of seamanship", loc. >N/e,
24,18; "'"-sutta, n. "mariner's lore",
instr. <x/ena, 25,s8.
nir- (before vowels) indecl. prefix
(sa. nis) to verbs or nouns, implying
"out, away", or ."without, free from"
(cp. a-, an-, na-, vi-); before cons.
it is always shortened to ni- (v. h.)
and the foil. cons, is doubled (nik-
kaddhati etc.; nu(tbubhati), but be.
fore r, h it is lengthened to nl-
(niroga, niharati, cp. nibbana, niva-
rana).
niramkaroti (or nirakaroti)
vb. (sa. nir-a-\/kr) to throw away,
repudiate; to ruin, destroy; ger. >x<atva
(attam) 55,i.
nirattha, mfn. (sa. nir-artha)
useless, vain;
f.
r^a, (tassa sevana)
14,8 ; n, i^&m (kalingaram) 107,6
=
Dh. 41.

niratthaka, mfn. id. (sa.
nir-arthaka) ; Mapana, n. 52,6 (v, h.).
niraparadha, mfn. (= sa.)
unoffending, guiltless; acc. m, t^&m,
39,98.
niraya, m, (= sa.) hell; acc.
^am, 58,14. 74,i; dat. ^aya (upa-
kad^bati) Dh.311 ; loc. <x/e (nibbatto)
84,80
; '%'amhi, 108,7; ussada-", 23,ae
(q.
v.);

"-bhaya, . fear for hell,
instr. /x<ena, 17,8o; "-bhaya-bhita,
mfn. fearing hell, m, pi. t^a, 17,8i;
cirasaiLkata 143
*-vagga, m. nan<e uf the ch. XXII
of Dh. (cp, nerayika).
*iiira8amk9,ta,
f,
{cp, aa. nir-
H^aBka, mfn.) tbo not, hesitating;
imtr, .vay^, 69,i8 (<(p. asaaka, /".)
nirasaya, mfn. (so. nir-aQraya)
standing alone, supportless, who has
no inoliaa'ions; asc, m, .N/am, Dh.
410 {cp. asaya).
nirujjhati, vh, {pass., sa. ni-
\/rudh) to cease, end, io be dissolved;
pr, 3. pi. ^anti, 66,i7. 80,89;
part.
/^mana, n. ->^am (dukkham nirujjhati,
opp. uppajjati,
{q.
v.)) 96,i3. {cp.
nirodba).
nirutti,
f.
{sq. nirukti) gramma-
tical analysis, etymology; pronuncia-
tion, diction, dialect; instr. (or abl.?)
~iya (Magadhanam) 113,38;
(Maga-
dhaya) 114,88; ^-pada-kovida, mfn.
skilled in the [interpretation of] words
of the nirutti, i. e, the old dialect or
the original language of the holy
scriptures, m. ^o, Dh. 362. {cp. SBE.
X. p. 84.)
*nirupakara, mfn. {cp. sa. nir-
upakarin) useless; tn ^o^ 35,28.
nirupaddava, mfn. {sa. nir-
upadrava) without affiiction or mishap,
happy, secure;
f.
o^a (nava) 25,20.
nirumbhati, vb. {sa. ni-\/rudh)
to stop, suppress; to hush, silence
{ace); ger. ^itva (saddam) 66,85.
{cp. Tr. PM. p. 69.)
Tiirupadh;, mfn. (sff. nir-upadhi,
with u lenghtened cietri causa
(?),
cp,
Faush0ll, Dhpd.
(1866) p. 433 &
Tr. PM. p. 78)
free from passions;
106,2'j. Dh. 418 {v, upadhl).
nirokasa, mfn. {sa, nir-avakacja)
inaccessible, impossible, inconvenient;
loc, /i, f^% (tbane) 41,89 {cp, an-ava-
kasa & okasa).
airodha, m. (= so.) cessation,
deptruction; nom. <n^o, 66,18. 108,
u
{sell, aabba-dukknassa) , saifakhara-'
2tc. 96,18 etc. {v.
},.); a-sesa-viraga-",
37,15 {v. /.); ace. ^am (sanna-ve-
dayita-**) 80,ic; dat. r^siya., 93,8; abl.
/>,a, 94,1s; *-dukkhu-''. mfn, {q.
v,);
-
-dhamma, mfn.
Bubjectio
destruc
tioD, n, ^a,
68.ST {cp.
dhamma *)).
nilina, mfn. {pp.
niliyati;
= aa.)
sitting on {loc);
hidden,
concealed;
m. ^0 (sakhaya) 13,is; loc. -x/e, 60,88.
niliyati, vb. {sa. ni-v^i)
to sit
down {esp. in order to hide one's self);
pr. 3. sg. ,^ati, 60,7 ; aor. 3. sg. niliyi
(sakhagge, loc.) 13,s2; 60,83;
ger.
^itva (riikkhe) 4,2i;
- cows. II.
*niliyapeti, to cause one to hide one's
self, to conceal (ace); ger. .x/etva
(dhuttarii) 60,9.
nivattana. n. {sa, nivartana)
turning back, fleeing; a bend or curve
of a river; loc, ^e (Ganga-") 1,4.
-
a-nivattana, mfn. {q,
v,),
nivattati, vb, {sa. ni-\/vrt) to
turn back, return; to flee, disappear,
vanish; pr, 3, sg. rvati (himsa-mano)
Dh. 390;
part, instr. m. ->/antcna,
83,5;
imp. 3. sg. i^ain (sotthim nava,
"return to safety") 27,84 ; aor. 3. sg.
nivatti (nagarabhimukho) 43, 15; inf.
^itum, 27,11
;
ger. ^itva, 6,i6. 12, 11;
pp.
nivatta, wi. ^0 (bhavissati) 60,31.
cans, nivatteti & nivattayati, to
turn, lead back; part. ace. m. />.aya-
manam, 60,19; imp. 2. sg. o^aya
(nivattay'etam rathaiii) 60,i4; ger.
<%/etva, 60,18.
nivattha, mfn.
{pp.
nivasati; sa.
nivasita) *)dwelling, living, inhabiting;
') clothed, dressed in, wearing {ace,
or e. c);
f.
,-wa (satakaiii) 31,10; mj.
ojO (sSna-satl-") 71,29; su-nivattha,
mfn. carefully dressed; ace. m. ,%.am
(pabbajitarii) 63,30.
nivata, mfn. (= so.) sheltered
from the wind, low {opp. pavata, sa,
pravata);
*nivata(ka), n. a place
sheltered from the wind, calm, stillness;
loc. o^e (labbhamane) 48,? must be
understood in the sense of "opportu*
nity", if we have not here an old error
for nimantaka, m. {sa. nimantraka,
cp. nimanteti) an inviter, i. e. a wooer
or seducer, cp, the comm. Jat. V,
437,18 (raho nimantake paribhedake)
& Mil.
p. 206.
143 nisldfipeti
nivapa, m. (= $a.) seed; food, a
portion of food, gift of food ; acc, ,^&m
(vapitva, miganain)
6,4;

*-tina,
n. "grass to eat", acc. /v-am (ropetva)
6,6; *"-puttha, mfn, "fed on grains",
m. <v.o (maba-varaho'), Dh. 326.
*nivaretar, m. (sa. *nivarayitr)
one who holds back, who refuses to
admit any person; nom. N/a (a-fifia-
tanam) 90,8a (opp, pavesetar).
nivareti, vb, (^caus. ni-y/vi", sa,
nivarayati) to keep back or away from
(abl.); to prohibit, forbid; pot. 3, sg.
/varaye (asabbha) Dh.
77; (papa
cittam) Dh, 116; aor. 3. sg. r^esi,
39,17-19; grd. -^etabba, m. ,%^o, 83,4;
nivaretar, to,
(q,
v.^ cp. dun-nivaraya.
nivasa, m. (== sa.) dwelling,
abode; acc. o^am (gahetva, "stopped")
8,30,

pubbe-", m. {v. h.).
nivasana, n. (= sa.) an under-
garment; MOTO,/N/am (opp. parupanam)
29,23 ; 82,84 (cp. patinivasana)."
*nivasapeti, vb. {cans, II. ni-
yvas, cp. next) to cause to be dressed
(with double acc); ger. ,^etva (mam
ahatavatthani) 27,i8; (deyim dibba-
vattham) 61,is.
nivaseti, vb. {caus. ni-^vas, sa.
nivasayati) to put on (clothes, acc),
to dress one's self; ger. /%/etva (te,
sci7. sa^ake) 41,4; 76,i6. 78,4 (having
dressed himself); parimandalam f>^,
82,27 (q.
V.) cp. nivasana & i^rcc
nivittha, mfn.
(pp.
nivisati, sa.
ni-v'vi?, nivish^a) entered, settled
down, founded, situated; married;
kasa-", mfn. touched by the whip, m,
^0 (asso) Dh. 143'' (lit. "married
to the whip"?).
nivedeti, vb. (caws. ni-\/vid, sa.
nivedayati) to communicate, report,
announce, proclaim (acc); imp. 2. pi,
/^^etba (tuttbim) 4,6; aor. 3. pi.
(vayimsu, 31,e.
nivesana, n. (sa. nivepana) ')
'entering', dwelling, manBion, house,
home; nom. ^aiii, 78,6; aco. (vaih
fgantva, **weDt home")
51,6;
loo. r^e
(sake) 78,1 ;

*o-UbaDa, n. i4. 2,is;
'-dvara, n. the entrance or gate of
a house, 68,2. 73,3i; loc. /N.,e, 38,i3;
- raja-", the king's palace, abl. /^a,
19,16.
- *) metaph. attachment of mind
or false opinion (Coram. =
di(thi),
V, a-nivesana, mfn, Dh. 40.
niveseti, vb, (caus. ni-^viQ, sa.
nivedayati) to cause to enter; attanam
<^, to place or direct one's self; pot,
3. sg. .x/aye, Dh.
158; /-veyya, Dh.
282. cp. nivittba, nivesana.
nisamma, indecl. (.^er, nisameti,
to observe, attend to; sa. ni-gamya,
V'^am)
carefully, considerately; '""O-ka-
rin, mfn, acting considerately; gen,-
m, f^ixio, Dh. 24.
nisincati, vb. (ni-^sic, sa. ni-
shincati) to sprinkle, besprinkle (aCc);
ger. r.^iya (te jalena) 110,3s.
nisinna, mfn.
(pp.
nisidati; sa.
nishanna) seated, sitting; m. ./0
(dhanasantike) 33,26; acc .^&m (kii-
pagge) 18,6
;
gen. ^assa,
86,6;
pi.
/^a (assembled)
109,32; gen. pi. -^a-
nam, 61,25; comp. *'-kale, while sitting,
1,1a; "-pallamkato, 66,27 (q.
v.);
rukkhe "-puriso, 36,3; as finite tense :
nisinno'si (cintento), 4,3. cp. san-
uisinna.

nisinnaka, mfn. (sa. ni-
sbannaka) id., m, ^0 (va niddayi)
89,4,
nisidati, vb, (ni-ysad, sa, nishi-
dati) to sit, be seated, sit down; to
dwell; part, m, ,>/anto (ekato), 46,28;
imp, 2, sg. nisida (dvare) 57,2o; aor.
8. sg. nisldi, 11,26 (rukkhagge); 12,i3.
66,4; 5. pi. ) -x/iifasu (tassa guna-
kathaya, were lauding)
31,23; ''),N..isum,
112,28; ger, )nisiditva (rukkhe)
2,5;
42,31. 87,34; '')nisajja, 78,6; pp. ni-
sinna
(q.
V,)] grd. nisiditabba, n.
>^&m, 83,88; caus. nisidapeti
(q,
v.)
cp, next.
""nisidana, n,, a mat to sit on;
"-paccattharanam, 84,io (v. h,),
*nisidapeti, vb. (caus. II. nisi-
dati) to cause to ait down or take
place, to cause to remain, leave
;
ger,
o/etvS (Bodhisattam hatthipiUhe)
45,u; 68,i*i.
nisedha 144
nisedha, m. (sa. zii?vhedha) keep-
injg; off, holding back, retitraining, pro-
hibition; f^o (manaso piyehi,
"holding
the mind back from the pleasures of
life") Dh. 390;
-
*hin-, mfn.
re-
strained by shame, m. t\/0 (puriso)
Dh. 143.
nisedheti, vb. (caus. ni-y/sidh,
8CT. nisbedhayati) to keep off, restrain,
prohibit, warn (acc.)
;
part, m. (v/Cnto
(paribbajakam) 30,io.
nisevati, vl, {sa. ni-\/8ev, ni-
shevatfc) to ttead, follow, practise,
cultivate; {acc.)pr. S.pl.med.msevBixe
(sakhii sukha, wind round one another)
37,34.
uissamsaya'-ii, adv. {sa. ni/i-
SljiKjayam) undoubtedly, surely; 114,S4.
{cp. samsaya).
*ni8sakkana, n. {ft,
nissakkati,
tia. ni/<-\/8rp) creeping out; bilara-
nissakkana-matta, mfn, 90,85 {v. /.).
nissajjati, vh. (sa, ni/i-y/srj) to
let loose; give up. give over (occ);
imp. 3. sg. .^atii (inaaia bhikkhusam-
gham) 74,23;
poi. I. eg. ^eyyam,
74,2V.
nissadda, ntfn. {sa. ni/i-^abda)
noipeleas, silent; ace. n-. .>./am (maha-
janam) 88,s.
*nis8aya, prp. w. ace. {get. nis-
sayati, so. *ni5raya, \/Qri, lit. 'leaning
on') ') near to; padumasaram '>^, 3,3i;
pasanapittham,
17,o;

*) by means
of, by one's support; tumhe ^, 12,3s;
raianam f ("in the king's service")
24,18; tarn ekikam >v, 31,sp; tarn r^,
87,3; imam kayam,^^, "through con-
nection with", 99,16 ;

*) because of,
by the reason of, for sake of; Mitta-
vindakam '^, 23,u-i8; dhanam '>^,
33,3s; mam r., 39,ie; etam^, 49,8i;
amhe /x/, 60,u; issaviyam r/, 60,i8;
dittbim ^ papikam, Dh, 164. cp.
next.
*ni8 8ita, mfn. {pp.
ni-y'^ri; cp.
sa, a-Qfita) depending on, devoted to
{ace. or eomp.)\ m. ^o (dvayaiii,
ayaiii loko) 96,6; raga-", mfn. devoted
to passions, w. pi. ~a
(saifakappa)
Dh. 339. cp.
a-nissita,
san-nissita.
nisseni
(or^i),
f.
{sa.
ni/i-(?re?i)
a ladder, 'sUirs; ahl. ^\io
(otaranto)
62,87. . ,,
.
nihata. mfn, (=
sa.^pp.
m-y/hm)
slain',
dejected;
humiliated,
humble;
m. ^0 (seti) 30,i;
*-mana, mfn.
whose pride is defeated,
humble;
/^mana-bhava, m.
humility, ace. /%/aifa,
nihina, mfn. (= sa.y pp.
m-v/ba)
low, vile, mean; *0-kamma, mfn.,
pi,
m. ~a (manuja)
"men of evil deeds",
74,2.
nigba (or nigha), m. {cp._ sa.
nigha,
sin) suffering, pain; *a-mgha,
mfn. {q.
v.).
nica, mfn. {= sa.) low {opp,
ucca); ace, m. n. r^&m (katva,
"hold-
ing it down, turning it downwards")
82,21. 84,11
; *-thaniya, mfn. occu-
pying a low position, aec. m, ^&m.
(ucce thane tbapeturii) 76,u.
nita, mfn, {= sa.; pp.
neti) led,
brought; ace, pi, ni, ^e (attano san-
tikarii) 38,80.
niyati, niyamaDa, pass. v.
neti.
niroga, mfn. (= sa.) free from
sickness; m, ^0 (siho) 13,22.
nila, n. {sa. nida) a nest; v.
nidda.
nila, mfn. (= sa.) dark, blue,
green; "-vanna, mfn, id. ace. m. ^am
(samuddam) 26,i8;

nH'uppala-,
47,13 {v. uppala);

"-kusa-tina, n.
26,18 {v, kusa);
-
"-mani & inda-nila
{v,h.).

nivarana, n.
(&
.
?)
(sa. mva*
rana & nivarana, n.) an obstacle,
hindrance; occ, pi. pafioa -^e, 91,8
(the five obstacles to a religious life,
i. c. lust, malice, sloth, pride, and
doubt, V. Childers, Diet.); vi-niva-
rana-citta, mfn. {q.
v.) ep. nivarana,
n. fr. nivareti
{q.
v.Y
nibarati, vh. (sa. xiiv-\l)ai) to
take out, to pull or drive out
{aec.)\
aor. 3. sg, nibari (kaccbapam)
12,32;
145 nerayika
60,25;
ger. ^itvS (migaganaih gaha-
natthanato) 6,ia; 14,26; 37,i7. 67,o3,
84,9,
nu, indecl,
(= sa.) ') a particle
combined with interrogatives, very
frequently followed by kho (q, v.)\
kin nu kho, l,8i. 86,2 etc. (v. kim*);
kin nu karanam, 3,i; kacci ^ kho,
3,K', kaccin nu, 9,28; kaya nu . . . ka-
thaya, 29,3o; ko nu dipo, llO.si;
kahan <%^ kho, 34,n ; kathaih /v kho,
81,15; kati .>/ kho, 81,i9; api nu,
73,4.

') particle of interrogation
(generally = we, num); atthi nu kho,
14,8g; bhabbo nu kho, 70,i; saddo
yeva nu kho Nagaseno ("is N. any-
thing but a mere sound") (= nonne)
97,80 ; BoroetimeB pleonastically inserted
after a relative before the following
interrogative sentence
; yan nu ahaiii
balo, atha kena . . . 54,ie; yo nu kho
evarii vadeyya . . ., samma nu kho
so vadeyya, 99,80-si.

^)
particle of
asseveration; at the end of a sentence ;
nu 'ti cintiya (certainly, surely) 1 11, is.
cp. nanu & nuna.
nutthubhati, t6. = nitthubhati
(3-
v.).
nudati, vb. (sa. \/n\id) to push,
drive away (acc); pr, 3, sg. />/ati
(pamadam) Dh. 28.
nuna, indecl. (sa. nunam) ^)inter-
rogative (comb. w. yara) : yan nuna,
-what if?" (w. pot) 6,4. 33,27. 46,23.
68,35.

^) affirmative : certainly, surely;
na nuna visahati, 90,26; nibbuta nuna
sa mata, 64,i4. cp. nu.
nekkba,m.(ornikkha; a. nishka)
a golden ornament; a certain coin of
gold; acc. r^vim (jambonadassa) Dh.
230.
n e k k b a mm a, n. (sa. naishkramya,
fr. nish-\/krani, cp. nikkhamati) re-
nunciation of the world, abandonment
of desires; loc, ,^e, 68,20; ''-kalo,
45,6;
o-sukham, Dh. 272, "the happi-
ness of release", cp. SBE. X, 67;
"fipasama, m. (v. upasama) Dh. 181.
As nekkhamma frequently occurs in
the phrase /waiil nikkhamati and the
FUl Oloituy.
Burmese often write nikkhamma, it
seems to be advisable to derive it
from sa. naishkramya, The northern
Buddhists write generally naishkarmya
(fr, karman), but this is surely due
to false etymology; nekkhamma is
often opp. to kama, wherefore Bhys
Davids & Oldenberg (SBE.Xlll, 104)
have preferred to derive it from sa.
""naish-kamya, cp, abhinikkhamana.
negama, m, (= sa.) a citizen,
townsman (opp. janapada); "-jana-
pada, m. pi, "townsmen and country-
folk", acc. rwB,
6,2
; loo, /x-esu, 7,25,
cp. nigama.
neti (&
nayati), vb, (sa. ^ni)
^) to lead, guide; to bring, carry off,
take, take with (acc.)
;
pr. 2. sg. nesi,
5,5; 101,18 (tava bhariyam); I. sg,
nemi, 101,i9; 5. sg. ^ati (raetri causa :
o^ati) Dh, 257; 3. pi. ^&nti, 106,20-27
= Dh. 240; 80; imp. 3. sg. nehi
(main) 2,3; 2. pi. netba, 19,26. 68,15;
put, 3. sg, naye (attham sahasa, "to
carry a matter with violence") Dh.256;
fut. 1. sg. nessami, l,i8; 2. pi. nes-
satha, Dh. 179-80; aor. 3. sg. nayi
(sa nayi, perhaps = sanayi, fr. aneti)
111,30; 5. pi. nayimsu, 24,23; inf.
netave (= netum) Dh. 180; pass.
niyati, 3. pi. -x^anti (iokamha, abl.)
Dh.
176;
part, loc. pi. niyamanesu,
40,2
;
pp. nita
(g.
v.) cp. naya, nayaka
& next.
*nettika, m. (fr. sa. netra) one
who makes conducts for watering;
pi. .-wa (udakaih nayanti) 106,27
=
Dh. 80.
nepunna, n. (sa. naipunya, fr.
nipuna) experience, skill, wisdom;
acc. f>/&a\, 114,16.
Neranjara,
f.
(sa, Nairanjana)
nom. pr, of a river in Magadha, near
TJruvelS; acc, /x/am, 103,2;
gen, /vaya,
66,9.
nerayika, mfn, (sa. nairayika,
fr. niraya)
belonging to hell, suffering
in hell; """-satta, m, an inhabitant of
hell or condemned to hell; nom. /<wO,
24,1;
gen, pi, ^anarii, 23,tT.
10
neva 146
neva, indeel. (o. naiva, fr. na
+
eva) V. na*^.
neva'8aflfla-iiS,8aflflS,
f.
(sa.
naiva-samjfia-nasaihjfia) neither per-
ception nor not perception, only eomp.
'-ayatana, n. 80,8- (v. ft.).
no*, gen, pi, pron., v. ahaih.
no*, adv. (= fa.) a negative par*
tide, equal to *na', but with more
emphasis ; *) not inon) 10,so. Dh. 96;
no h'etarii, "certainly not so", 70,8
{cp. h'); no ca kho, "and certainly
not", 90,35
(followed by atha kho);
'ti evam no, "in this way you cannot
reason", 92,28 ; 'ti evani pi no, "nor
po", 92,b; no yati koci, Dh. 179
fComra. = na uyyati?) ;

*) and not
{neque) i sariisadeti no vissajjeti,
90,^6. cp. nex'.
note, adv. (fr. no
-f
ce. q.
v.\
sa. no ced) if not {opp. sace); 4,33.
56,20 (w. foil, fut.); no ce paragave-
sino (v. ft.) Dh. 3.56.
P.
*pa', indeel., a syllable indicating
abbreviation = etc., sometimes used
instead of pe
(q.
<>.); lC2,u {cp, la).
pa-', indeel, {sa. pra) prefix to
Qouns and verbs, sometimes implying
'on, forth, awpy', otherwise giving the
verbs a certain perfective meaning or
making them inchoative {cp. parodati)
or intensive {cp, pamodati); in cotnp.
after vowels the
p
it sometimes doubled,
e. g,
a-ppamiida etc,
\
-pa', wi/n. (=
sa.) only e. c. ')
drinking; v. dhenu-pa;
'')
guarding,
protecting; v. gopa.
pamsu, m. & n. {sa, pamsu, m.)
soil, dust, earth; nom. w. ^u (sithilo)
40,24; ncc. .x^uiii (oiadhuram) 88,2-3;
gen, .>..uno, 40,.'6; n. pi. ,^uni {ace.
pjida-", "the dust at his feet") 77,7.
"-kula, n. 'a dust-heap', a certain
Mscetic dress made of rags; "'"-kula-
dhara, mfn. "wearing dirty raiments",
ace. m, rN..arii, 106,ia = Dh. 395.
pakati,
f,
{sa, prakfti)
nature,
natural state; at the beginning of comp,
=natural, real; usual, ordinary;
what
has been hitherto, former;
*0-8amudda,
m. {opp. the mythical or
supernatural
ocean) 26,i;
**-uyyanapalaka,
m,
("his former gardener") gen, <N/assa,
.38,5.
pakarana, n. {sa. prakarana)
'production^, a literary work, book,
treatise; Nanodayaiii nama (^am,
113,28; Mahg-, (v. ft.).
pakara, m. {sa, prakara) kind,
sort; nana-ppakara, mfn,
{v. nana).
pakaseti, vh. {cans. pra-\/ka?,
sa. praka(jayati) *) to illustrate, ex-
plain, declare, preach, make known
(acc); part.m. /^..ento (imam attham)
2,9; 30,16. 43,36. 47,24; aor. 3. sg.
^esi (saccani) 62,a; (anisamsam)
68,21; inf. />^etum, 11,9. I14,i5; ger.
/s^etva, 29,16. 47,3o; pp.
pakasita, m.
^0 (dhammo) 69,is. *) intr. to
shine; pr. 3. pi, ,^enti (diire santo.
opp. na dissanti) Dh. 304.
pakinnaka, /". (sa. prakirnaka)
mixed, miscellaneous; "-vagga, m. the
XXl'h chapter of Dh.
pakopa, m. {sa. prakopa) anger,
age ; *kaya-ppakopa, *mano-, *vaci-'*,
Dh. 231-33 {v. ft.).
pakka, mfn. {sa. pakva) *) boiled,
roasted; acc. m. f^&m (aggina) 16,2;
loc. n. ^e (sarire) 15,83; *pakkodana,
mfn. {v. odana).

') ripe, mature;
pakka-phala-, 2,i ; n. ix-arii, fruit
(=
phala); amba-", mango fruit,
16,5
(ambapakk'); 36,8i. cp. paripakka.
pakkamati, vb, {sa. pra-v/kram)
to go forth, go away; pr. 8. pi. o^anti,
42,32;
pot. 3. sg, ~eyya, 100,25; aor.
3. sg. pakkami, 9,4. 69,23; carikaiii
v., 70,31 {v, carika); 3. pi, pakka-
miiiisu,
6,1?; pp.
pakkanta,
f.
/^a,
went away,
73,io; loc. m. acira-ppak-
kante, 70,i3 {v. a-cira).
pakkosati, vh. {sa, pra-y/kru?)
to call, call upon, invite (acc); aor.
3. sg. pakkosi (nabapitara) 28,33;
ger, rvitva, 9,22. 19,28.

caus, II,
147 pacoati
*pakkosapeti, to send for (ace); aor,
3. sg. /^esi (dhitaraifa)
10,9; ger.
ni^etva, 6,23; pp,
. rwito (tena), 37,i9.
pakkha, m. {sa. paksha) a wing;
acc^ pi, rwe (pasaretva)
10,1*; (vi-
dhunitva) 18,i9. cp, pakkhiH & pek-
khuna.
pakkhandati,v&.(&'a.pra-\/skand)
to make off, spring forth (out) or over
(occ); aor. 3. sg, pakkhandi.(navaya
sainuddaiii, weut to sea) 23,lo; (nava
samuddam >v) 23,u;
3. pi." rK/Xrhsn,
25,80
;
ger. /witva (thanaih) 27,87;
pp.
pakkhanta, i. t^o (Siinbalivanarii)
60,c; /".
^a (videsam) 27,8b. cp. next.
pakkhandika,
f.
(sa. praskan-
dika) diarrhoea; v. lobita-".
pakkhandi>i, mfn. (sa. praskan-
din) 'springing forth', attacking, ic-
Bulting; instr. m. /x/ina, Dh. 244.
pakkhitta, mfn.
(pp.
pakkhipati
;
8a. praksliipta) thrown, cast or put
on (intoV, comp. "-tila (tattakapale)
11,7; "-Kukkuto (paiijare) 46,2o,
pakkhin, m, (sa, paksbin; fr.
pakkba) a bird; nom. pi. n^'i, 11, u.
pakkhipati, vb. (sa, pra-^ksbip)
to throw, cast, place (acc.) on or into
(loc.)
;
pr. 3. pi, rw-anti (te karana-
gbare) 21,i5; aor. 3. sg. pakkhipi,
9,84; inf. ,<viturii (maranadukkbam
annassa upari)
7,9;
ger. ^itva, 4,2i.
18,14. 39,33 (pamsum); 40,i8, 50,34.
cans. II. *pakkhipapeti, to cause
to put into; aor, 3. sg. rvcsi (tam
navaya) 26.i7; ger. f^et\a,, 38,3.
pagabbha, mfn. (sa. pragalbha)
bold, arrogant; m. instr, <>wena, Db.
244. - a-ppagabbba, mfn. (v. h.).
pagalha, mfn,
(pp. pra-v/gah;
sa, pragadba) sunk or plunged into,
devoted lo; m, pi. rva (ettha, v. h.)
104,1.
pagganbati (or >N/ati), vb. (sa.
pra-^grab) to stretch out, raise, lift
up; to take, seize etc, (acc.)\ ger,
)
paggayha (anjaliiii) 22,4;
(baba)
30,19
;
(tulam) Db. 268;
- ) pagga-
hetva (anjahm) 22,6;
-
) paggan-
bitva (anjalim) 30,6. cp. paggaha.
paggayha, ger,; v, prec.
^paggava, m. a kind of creeping
(bitter) plant (probably =pbaggava,
"a sort of pot herb", Abhidhanap.,
cp. Vin. I 201,14 & 381,17 (pakkavan
ti latajati)); acc. pi. ^e, 38,i.
-
"-valli,
f.
id.; acc, pi. o.^iyo, 37,i9.
paggaha, m, (sa. pragraba)
'stretching forth, seizing', assunaing,
accepting, friendly reception ; ""asanta-",
V. a-uanta.
paggahetva, ger., v. pagganbati.
paggharati, vb. (sa. pra-i/gh)")
to flow, trickle or ooze forth; part,
instr. n, ^antena (assuna) 5,i4;
pp,
owita, n. ^am (assum) 89,i3; "-khela,
mfn, 65,5 (v. h).
pamka, m(k; n). (= sa.) mud,
clay; dirt, sin; loc, t^e (sanno) Dh.
327 ; "-pi^be, on the mud (v, pit^ha)
6,17;
pi, /%^a (dirt) Dh. 141.
pacati, vb. (sa. ^pac) ') to cook
(acc); pr. 1. sg, ^ami (kittakaiii)
67,10 ; imp, 2, sg, %..abi, 67,i9; aor,
3. sg. paci, 67,u; inf. .^..ituib, 67,84;
ger, N/itva, 28,83.
*) intr. to burn,
to be tormented (iu hell); ger. /s^itva
(cp. pass, paccati, q, v,) 84,5o. caus,
II, *pacapeti, to cause to be cooked
(acc); part, m. ,>/ento (patarasain)
8,80 ; inf. ^etum (bhattam) 33,85.
cp. pakka.
pacinati, vb. (sa. pra-\/ci) to
collect, pluck (acc); part, acc. m,
-^antaiii (pupphani) Dh. 47-48
;
fut,
3, sg. pacessati (puppham iva-ppa-
cessati) Dh. 44.
paccakkhato, adv. (abl, fr.
paccakkha, mfn.
visible, perceptible;
sa. pratyaksbatas) before the eyes,
visibly; attaiia /^, natva^ 38,i8; >^
passasi, 85,8i.
paccakkhati, vb. (sa, praty-a-
\/khya) to refuse, deny, abandon (acc)
;
ger, >N/aya (purimam ambaih a-pac-
cakkhaya, not being able to deny the
first mango) 100,i8.
paccati, vb. (pass, pacati); *)
to be cooked, ripen (metaph. of actions
which are ripe for retribution); pr. 3,
10*
paccattam 148
sg. ^i\ (papam) Dh. 69. 119.
-
)
to burn, be tormtnted (in hell); part,
paccamana, ace. w. ^an (nerayika-
sattarii)
23,30 ; m. pi. ^a, (satta,
Avicimlii) 27,u,
.
p
a c c a 1 1 am, adv. [sa. praty-atiuam)
singly, by one's sel:, suddhi asuddhi
/x^, "one is pure or impure by him-
self", Dh. 165.
*paccatthp.rajaa. n. {fr. praty-
a-\/3tr, cp. sa. astarana) a carpet or
sheet (to lay on a bed) ; nisidana-''
^aih, 84,10 ("the mat and the sheet"),
paccanta, mfn, ha. pratyanta)
bordering on; n. ^aiii (nagaram,
"frontier fort") Dh.316; comp. "-gatna,
m. & "-ganiaka, m. a border-village,
38,29. 14,9; *'-bhumi,
f.
a bordering
country, ace. rviiii, 43,13 ; "-simato,
abl. from the frontier, 43,u. {cp,
81 ma, /".)
paccantima, nifn, (sa, pratyan-
tima) = prcc. ; n. rvaih (nagarnm)
90,31.
paccaya, m. (sa. pratyaya) ')
belief, trust, confidence; ^) requisite,
means, help, reliance; acc. pi, i^e,
102,8; gilana-** -bliesajja, 97,8 (v.
/(.);
"-dayaka, m, "one who gives the re-
liances (to the priests)", pi. ,^a, 102,8;
') cause or concurrent occasion (cp.
lietu); vinasa-", 34,24 (q.
v.); abl,
])accaya (e. c.) :=: depending on, on
account of, avijja-" [etc.] 66,e e/c,
cakkhu-samphassa-'*, 70,27 (q,
v,);
a-para-ppaccaya, mfn. {v, /.) cp. pa-
tic':a; Waddel^ Lamaisn
,
p.
118.
pa jcavekkhati, vb, (sa. praty-
ava-yiksh) to look at, consider, con-
template; part, gen, m. ,%^antassa
(yathaviditarii bhumim) 69,33.
paccassosum, aor, 3, pi., v,
putiMiniiti.
paccagacchati, vb. (sa. praty-
a- /gam) to come back again, return;
ao". 3, sg. ,-^agairi,
25,13; 3. pi, ^a-
gamiihsu, 40,i2. '.i5,27.
:p, next.
paccagan.ana, . (sa. pratya-
gamana) coming back; na ''-ttlianam,
the place from where one does not
return, 56,18.
paccamitta,
m.{sa.
praty-amitra)
an enemy, adversary; pi. /n/S, 36,i4;
acc. pi. op-e, 3,24. On account of false
etymology the 'a' has been
lengthened,
as it were derived from pacca (sa.
praty-a) +
mitta (sa> raitra), cp,
mitta & a- mitta.
paccasimsati, vb, (sa, praty-a-
\/(^ins) to expect (acc); pr, 3. sg,
^ati (luamagamanarii)
87,ao-s7.
paccuggacchati, vb. (sa, praty-
ud-Vgam)
to go out (towards), go to
meet \pr.l.sg. ,>^ami [w, dat, yuddhaya,
to battle) 104,4;
ger, /^gantva, 83,6.
paccuttheti [or paccutthati], vb,
(sa. praty-ut-y'stha) to rise, arise;
ger. /^tthaya, 68,9.
paccusa, m. (sa. pratyusha) dawn,
daybreak; "-kiile (loc.) at dawn,
12,8;
"-samayaiii (aec.) & "-samaye (loc)
id. 68;8, 86,97,
pacceti, vb. (sa. praty-(a-)\/i)
to go back, return; to fall back (upon,
acc); pr, 3. sg. <N^eti (papam; to be
scanned : pa(i-eti) Dh. 125.
*pacchato, adv,
(&
prp. w, gen,)
(abl. fr.sa. paQca); behind; 83,32 (opp.
purato); Dh. 348 (opp. pure); tesara
(x- agamilsi,
33,7; o^ nisinnara, 46,2;
. kassaci anagamanabhavaiu natva,
"having observed that nobody pursued
them",
40,11. cp, next,
pacclia, adv, (sa, patjcat) *) be-
hind; Dh.421 (opp, pure); cp.paccha-
bahaiii. etc.\ -) afterwards; ^ janiS'
sami, 15,27; rw pivissatni, 22,32; 35,3o;
66,3; 113,19; paccha-bhattam (v.
/.),
cp. paccliima.
*paccha-baham, adv. (fr. baha
or =
paccha-baddham?) with the
hands tied behind the back; r^ ban-
dhitva, 39,31.
*paccha-bhattam, adv,^ after
the meal, in the afternoon;
86,.1.
*paccha-vamanaka-dhatuka,
mfn, deformed behind; m, r>.,Q, 24,94
(cp. dhatu & dhatuka).
*paccha -
vippatisarin,
mfn.
U9
pancangulika
feeling regret or remorse afterwards;
m. pi. o^ino, 79,18.
pacchaya,
f.
(sa. pracchaya, n.f
cp. chaya) a shadowy place; loc,
.v-ayaiii, 7 6,3s.
"'pacchasana, n. a back seat (on
an elephant); loc, o^e (hatthipitthe)
45,3a.
paccha-samana, m. [sa. pa^cac-
cliramana) a junior Buddhist monk
who accompanies a senior monk, walk-
ing behind him at sorae distance; an
attendant priest; ace, r>^aii], 82,26;
instr. o^ena, 70,io. 83,i.
*pacchi,
f,
{cp. sa. pra^na, m.
(?)
& pastya (Tr.); Prakr. pacclii.
cp. Pischcl, Gr.
293) a basket;
loc. N/iyarh, 60,85; puppha-, flower-
basket, instr. >x/iya, 49,36; loc, 50,4.
- kacavara-chaddana-o, 48,s4 (v. ka-
cavara).
tasara-", 87,87 {v. /.).
pacchindati, v&. (sa. pra-y^chid)
to cut off, break off, discontinue, leave
(flcc); ger, .^.-itva (abararii) 46,*.

pass, pacchijjati, to cease ; aor. 3. sg,
pacchijji, 42,3o.
pacchima, mfn. {sa. pa^cinia,
cp. paccba) ^) being behind or at the
back of; "-pehe {loc.) behind the house,
12,13; "-dvareva {instr,), by the back-
door, ib.; o-padehi {instr.pl.) "in his
hind feet", 24,J6.

*) last, latest;
f.
,^5
(vaca Tathagatassa) 80,s; loc. m,
^e (kale) 86,i8; (yame) 99,3; -vifi-
nana-sariipaha (q.
v.) 99,86.
-
')
western
;
ace,
f.
/^aih (disam) 95,8.
*pacchimaka, mfn. {fr, prec.)
back, last; m, <^o (l)hikkhu) 79,33.
pajahati, vb. {sa. pra-yha) to
leave, abandon, give up, eschew (acc);
fut. 2. pi, pahassatha (metri causa
/N.-a, B. jahissatha) to get rid of,
overcome (dukkhaih) Dh. 144; inf. )
pabatum (yasaifa) 64,3.1; '') pahatave
(in order to escape, niaradheyyam)
Dh. 34;
ger.
)
pahaya, 9,4 (tarn);
43,4; 91,6 (pafica nivarane) ; Dh. 329
;
') pahatvana, Dh. 243. 416; pp,
pahina (v. h.) cp, pahana.
paja,
f.
(a. praja) offspring, race;
creatures, men, people; nom, t^a,, Dh.
85. 264. 342; acc. ,^itm, Dh.
28;
loc. ~aya, 78,i6. cp. pajapati.
*pajana, mfn. {nom. ag. fr.
next)
possesseil of knowledge; siimmappa-
jana, mfn. Dh. 20 {v. h.) cp. panna.
pajanati, vb. {sa. pra-y'jiia) to
know, understand, perceive (acc); pr.
3. sg. ->./ati (sahetudhammaih) 66,21;
71,16; Dh. 402 (dukkhassa khayam);
pass, pannayati, caus. pafinapeti
{q.
V.) cp. pajana, panna, paiina etc,
pajapati, m.
{f.
rJi) {sa. praja-
pati) lord, husband
{f.
lady, wife);
N/i-nadayam, the heart of a wife,
64,18;
sa-pajapatika, mfn.
being
together with one's wife or husband;
m. r^o (kumbhilo) 2,86.
- Pajapati,
f.nom.pr., v. Mahapajapati Gotami.
pajjalita, mfn,
{pp,
pajjalati,
pra-\/jval, sa. prajvalita) flaming,
blazing, burning; loc. /^*i sati (nic-
caiii, "as [this world] is always burn-
ing") Dh. 146 ; "-aggikkhatidha, m.
26,3 {v. h).
pajjota. Ml. {sa. pradyota) light,
flame, fire; gen. ^./asst'va nibbanam,
80,35 ("even as a flame dies away");
tela-", m. {v, h.).
pajjhayati, vb. {sa. pra-\/dhyai,
cp. jhayati*) to muse, mourn, to be
afflicted; part,m.r^&nto (parajito viya
dukkhi duoimano) 2,u.
pafica, num. (== sa.) five; nom,
acc, o^a, 82,10; 67,11 (pailc' upada-
nakkhandha); 91,6 (~
nivarane); ^
{sell, sailge) Dli. 370 {cp. panca-
saiigfitiga) ; instr. {abl.) /^abi (kama-
gunehi) 67,85;
gen. {dat.) (^.-annarii
(mahanadinam) 72,87; (bhikkliu-sata-
nara, cp. pancasata) 79,33; loc. /x/asu
(silesu, q. v.)
7,84;
((hanesu) 60,86;

comp. panca-vanna-, of five colours,

4,9. 62,18 ; "-sugandhika-parivara, mfn,
41,13 (v. /.) cp. next etc., pannasa,
pannarasa & pannarasa.
pailcaQgika, mfn, {=sa.) having
five parts, five-fold; <*-baDdb&na, n,
23,81.
""paficafigulika (or paftcaflgula,
paSoama 160
.N/li), n. {cp. sa. paflcangula & -vli)
'a mark of five fingers', *) an ornament
in tlie sliape of n spread hand used an
a symbol to avert misfortune; gandba-
pf^ncafigulikaii (aec.) "perfumed gar*
laads with fivo sprcys", 37,i (cp. .ffit,
III 303,i; III 23,80 & 160,a; IV
lo3,s7; Vin. II
123,18);
- *>) an
iniiuKurul murk (oomt^Rting of perfumed
KurliindH) tu be placed on tliii neck
of tlie victim; avc, ^aih, 16,ss {cp,
Jat, I 192,d). [Morris, JPTH. 1884
p. 84;
.lat. transl. by House, II p. 72;
8BE. XX p. 116.]
pancaraa, mfn. (= sa.) the fifth;
ace.
f.
rt^aiii (gaharii) 64,28; nom.
f.
^i (sena) 103,!'; loc. r^e (i. e. in
the fifth cliapter of Upasaka>vagga of
the AW) 91,19; veyyaggha-^ Dh. 296
iy.h).
"^panca-vaggiya, mfn. {cp, sa.
piinca-varga) beionging to a group
of five; ace. m. pi, o.e (bhikkhu) the
five monks ('. e, Kondanaa, Vappa,
Bhaddiya, Mahunama & Assaji, Vin.
I 12-13; Jut. I
p 82) 66,84.
paficn -visati, num. {sa, pafica-
virhcati) 25; "-visatima. mfn. the 26"',
f. ^o (vRggo) Dh. XXV.
*pai'ica-safigatiga,m/'n.,"e8caped
fiom the five fett-s", t. .o, Dh, 370;
V, saiiga .^ atigu.
pafica-sata. m((i., mfn.pl. (sa.
pinca-cjata) 500; wi. pi, ^a, 21,J8.
32,15; ace. ^e, 21,22; f.
/vS, 21,8i;
instr. .^ehi (therein) 109,i2; gen.
>^auaih, 109,b; comp. ^-niiga-parivara,
mfn. 5,89; sata is often separated from
panca, forming the last part of a subst,
camp.., panca-jati-satani (n.pl.) 17, lo;
pauCasu attabliava-satesu (loc.)
17,?;
pancannaiii bhikkhu-satanam (gen.)
79,33.
-
panca-satima, mfn. the SOO"*
;
i. <^o, 1 7,8.
*p a fi c a 11 a n t a r i
y
a
-
k a ra ma , .,
V. Snantariya.
paucayudho, n. (= sa.) five
sorts of weapon; naddha-", mfn., v.
ayudlia.
panjara, n, ( m.) (=,sa.) a cage;
loc. ^e, 18,86. 46,80
; 18,t4
(suvanna-");

*ratha-', n. the body of a chariot,

^ara, 98,5;
-
*8iha-,
n. a
window,
loc. /v-e, 46,1.
panna, mfn.
(sa. prajna)
wise,
prudent, intelligent; ace. m. -^/am,
Dh. 208;
nikati-o, mfn.
(q.v.) cp,
a-panfia, duppafifia &
pafifiii,
f.
pafifiatta, mfn, (pp.
paftflapeti.
sa! i)rajilnpta,
caun.
pra-VJ'"0
'"'*'^
known, ordered, appointed;
prepared,
arranged, laid down; m. <%^o (dham-
mo ca vinayo ca desito -%/) 79,5;
n, ,>^am (sikkhapadam) 81, is; loc.
f>^e (asane) 68,u;
yathapannattara
(bhumniattharanam) 84,i7
("how it
was spread out").
paiinatti,
f
(sa. prajfiapti) ')
declaration, ordinance; ^) name, desig-
nation; nom. rvi (synon. voharo) 97,2.
puggala-" (v. /*.).
pannapeti, vb, = pannapeti
(q.
v.).
pannavat & panfiavanta, mfn,
V, pannavat
panna,
f.
(sa. prajfia) wisdom,
intelligence, knowledge, understanding;
nom. ^vi, 5i,8. 103,10 ; Dh. 372; imtr.
~aya, 91,84. 104,6, 107,u
= Dh. 277;
gen. o^aya, 91,7. Dh. 280 (rnaggara,
"the way to knowledge");
"-cakkhu,
M.
(q.
v.).

*''-pasada, m. 'palace of
wisdom', aec. ^aih (aruyha, "climbing
tlie terraced heights of wisdom") Dh.
28;
- *''-avudha, n. (v. avudha);

"-sila-samahita. mfn. rich in knowledge
and virtue, ace. m. .-waiii, Dh.
229;

'"-samkhata, mfn, named paiina,

instr.
f.
^aya (medhaya) 91,27.

gambhira-panna. mfn.^ maha-paiina,
mfn. (q.
v.), sammappanna,
f.
(v.
sain ma) cp. paiina, mfn. etc,
pannapeti
(& pannapeti) vb.
(caus. pajanati, pra-Y/jna, sa. pra-
.liiapayati & prajnapayati) to make
known, declare, prescribe; designate,
predicate; to prepare, arrange, lay
down (aec. as a seat, carpet etc.); pr,
1. sg. /v^apemi (nigb.ataiii, q. v.) 92,sa;
yena rupena Tathagataih ^apaya-
161 patiganlmti
mano {part. med. m.) pannapeyya
{pot. 3. sg.) "all form by which one
could predicate the existence of the
Baint",
95,10; ger, ,N>etva (asanarh)
22,88; (dibbasayanam)
61,i6; grd. n.
(N^etabbaih (asanaifa) 82,io;
pp,
pan-
flatta
(3.
v.).
pannayati, vb. (pass, pajanati)
*) to be known or seen, to be visible,
appear, look like; pr. 3. sg, <wati
(maha hutva)
3,4;
(mabasobbho viya^
27,3; 3. pi. <N.anti (sise me palitani)
46,3;

') to be, exist, be found;
pr. 3. sg. <N/ati (raja) 10,8o; fut, 3,
sg. iN/issati (jara, "old age must come")
63,13.
paiinavai (or pafiuava<) & pan-
fiavanta (or pannavanta). mfn. (sa.-
prajnavat) wise, intelligent; nom. m.
.^va (-a-) 99,9;
pi. m. ^anto (pakkbi)
11,1 1;
gen, m. ^antassa, Db. Ill;
gen. pi. N/antanam, 57,6,
p
an n a s
a
(lii) , num. {sa. pafica^at)
60; n, a collection of 50 suttas in the
Majjliima-Nikaya; pafinasaka, mfn.
(sa. paricapaka) divided into paBDusas
(as M. N.) ; vagfja-pafiiiasakam (8ad-
dbammaiii, ace.) according to vaggas
and panSusas, 110,9.
pafiha, . c& w. (sa. pragna, i.)
a question; nom. ^0 (maya pucchita-**)
88,11; aec. <N^aih (pu^tbo) 90,8o; ace.
pi. rwe (cattaro) 86,32; n. kumara-"
(v. h.); *''-patibhana, n,
(g.
v.) cp,
Milinda-o.
pa^a, m. & n, (== sa.) a sort of
cloth, dress; **'-sani,
f.
a curtain, veil
or screen of fine cloth, instr. r^iyS,
(parikkhepo pan'assa >v ahosi) 37,8.
cp.
patta.
pa(ala, n. (= sa.) a layer, cover,
membrane; a heap, mass; madhu-",
a honey-comb, 38,84 (nimmakkbika-
luadbupatala-sadisaih).
pa^i, indecl. (= pati, 3. v.; sa.
prati) prp. (w. ace, cp. pa(i-lomam,
pa^i-vataiii) &
prefix to verbs and
nouns implying 'towards, near to,
against, back, in return' etc. ;
it is also
used distributively, esp. inserted in
dvandva comp, like vatta-pativatta
(g.
V, ep. anu). Before the vowels a,
U, e, it is always contracted to
pace- (f. above), which still some-
times may be metrically equivalent to
pati,
Dh. 126 ; pacceti = pati-eti.
*patikujj eti, vh, (denom. fr,
*patikuija, mfn. (sa. *prati-kubja)
lying flat with the face downwards,
Jat. I 456,86 ; V 145,8?) to cover (ace,
as a bowl or a dish); ger. ^x/Btva
(-patiyo) 61,87; cp. ukkujjati, nik-
kujjati; Pischel, Gr.

206!
*patikutati, vb. (^sa. prati
-f
y'kuQ to bow, bend (towards or back);
pp. --..-ita, bowing, . r>,o (pa^isakki)
77,8;
(cp. Mil. 297,iR : patikutati).
pa^ikkamati, vb. (sa. prati-
Y^kraiii) to retire, turn back; imp. 3.
sg, .x/atu, 76,95; aor, 3. sg. /vami,
29,96. 62,90
;
ger, a-pa^ikkamitva, 30,6;
pp.
m. paiikkanto (pindapata-", q.
V.) 86,6.
patikkilla(& patikiila) mfn. (sa.
pratikilla) 'against the bank', contrary,
disagreeable; instr, n, /ena (a-sucina)
62,85. The form with 'kk' relates to
sa. *prati-k\ila, cp, Kuhn, Beitr,
p. 19,
d.
*patikko8ati, vb. (sa, prati-
ykruij) to contradict, reject (occ);
pr. 3. sg. ^ati (sasanam arabatam)
Dh. 164.
patikkhipati, vb. (sa. prati-
y'kship) to refuse, reject, repulse; ger.
^itva, 46,15; pp.
patikkhitta,
f.
/^a
(pi puna nibandbi) 64,i. cp. next.
*patikkbipana, n. (cp. sa. pra-
tiksbepana) refusing, rejection; nom,
/waii], 56,83.
""patigacca, indecl, only in the
phrase pa^igacc'eva, previously, 67,86
({. e. "sooner than usual"); pa^igaoca
(ger.) derives from sa. pratikaroti
(y/kj; the Birman spelling is often
patikacc'eva)
= 'to provide against
future events', Tr. Mil.
p. 421-22.
pafiganbati (&
-ganbati), vb.
(sa. prati-\/grah) to take, receive,
accept (ace); pr, 3. pi, s/anti (pati-",
pBtiggahana 152
C;
pati- B.) Dh. 220; imp. 3. sg.
r\,dX\x (accayam accayato, v. accaya^
75,88
;
pot. 3. sg. /vcyya (rajanaifa)
)8,5; ger. patiggahetva (with the
'g'
doubled before the weak form of the
root)
82,21. 109,81}
grd. n. ^ggahe-
tabbain, 82,8i. cp. next,
patiggahana, n. {sa. pratigra-
hana) accepting; abl. ^v-a (jatarupa-
rajata-") 81,26.
paticodeti, vb. {sa. prati-\/cud,
cans. /v.codayati) to exhort, admonish,
reprove (ace.)
;
imp. 2. pi. /^etha
(nianusse) 73,3a.
p
a
1
1 c c a
,
prp. '{prig, ger, from
prati-yi) resulting from, depending
on, on account of (w, ace); kim .^,
94,33; isBih [etc.] . . paticca . ratho
ti , . namarii pavattati, "the word
'ratha' is but a name for pole" [etc.]
98,88.
-
"-samuppada, m. 'origination
by dependent?', the Buddhist chain of
ciusation, or the formula explaining
the Iwelve causes of existence, begin-
ning with a-vijja (v. 66,6 etc.); ace,
~am, 66,5. cp, paccaya.
paticchati, vh. {sa. prati-yish)
to take, receive {ace); inf. ^.ituih
(etam, aihsena, v. amsa) 24,s5j cans.
V. paticcliapeti.
paticchanna, wfn. {pp.
pati-
cohadeti; sa. praticchanna) covered,
hidden, concealed; protected; n. /x/arii,
what has been hidden,
69,16
; loc. /^^e
(thane, a secluJed or private place)
33,31
;
paticcl anna-tthiine, 36, u. 54,i3;
a-ppaiicchar;na, 8U-paticchanna,i/'n.
{v.h.).
pa^iccliade:i, vb. {sa. prati-
ychad, r.ccbadayati) to cover, con
ceal (ace), to hid or cover one's self;
part, instr. m. ^eiitena (timandalam)
82,27; fi(t. 1, pi. rvessiima (-papa-
kawniam) 73,2?; ger. ^etva (roliita-
macche valikava) 14,34; 20,io. 83,32.
*paticchapeti
, vh.[caus. II. pati-
cchati) to deliver over, to charge with,
i'ltiust to {w. double ace); ger. ,>^etva
(brahmanim sukapotake, "leaving his
wife in charge of the young parrots")
9,14;
(rajanaih rajjaifa) 42,.
47,i;
(amacce rajjam) 43,n.
patijaggati,
vb. (sa. prati-\/jagr)
to watch over, take care of, look after;
to feed (acc); intr. to be awake, be
watchful; pr. 3.
pi. ^anti
(uyyanam)
37,15;
part. med.
f.
.^niana. 20,io; pot.
3. sg. ^eyya, Dh. 157 {intr.); aor.
3. sg. patijaggi, 9,io; 3.
pi. -^imsu
(tam, phalaphalena) 18,i5.
- cans. II.
*patijaggapeti, to cause to be carefully
tended (or fed ; acc.) ;
aor. 3. sg. /^esi
(gandhodakehi ambam) 38,4.
cp.next.
patijaggana, n. {sa. pratijaga-
rana)
watching over, attending to;
*8arira-'', n. care of the body (washing
one's self, etc., cp. sa. garira-cinta)
acc. .am (katva) 85,i.
*patijanapeti,
vb. {caus. pa^i-
janati, sa. prati-\/jiia) to cause to
consent (promise or believe, occ);
ger. ^etva (rajanaih, "make him be-
lieve it") 46,24 {cp. Dhpd.
(1855) p.
164,2
fr.b,)._
patifiiia,
f.
{sa. pratijiia) promise,
agreement; acc, ,^am, 8,3.
pa^idanda, m. {sa. prati-danda,
tnfn.) retribution; pi, ,y.E ("blows for
blows") Dh. 133.
patinivattati, vb. (sa. prati-ni-
^/vrt) to return; aor. 3, sg. ^vatti,
63,18
;
ger. /^itva, 63,i4.
patinivasana, n. (sa. pratiniva-
Bana) a kind of garment, a second
under-garment (used only as a house-
dress); acc. owara, 82,2i {cp. SBE.
XII],
p. 156).
pa^inissagga, M. {sa. prati-ni/i-
sarga) giving up, abandonment, doing
away with; noni. ^o (tanhaya) 67,le;
abl, ^a, 94,12; adana-", m,
{q.
v.).
patipajjati, vb. {sa. prati-^/pad,
(N^padyate) *) to go to, arrive at, reach
;
to walk on a path (acc); aor. 3. sg.
-^pajji (lam va maggam) 66,2; 76,i7;
imp. i>. pi. ^atha. (etarii maggam) Dh.
274
; pp.
i. patipanno (imam racchaih)
76,13; m, pi. ^a, Dh. 275.
-
2) to
undertake, take upon one's self (acc);
imp. 2. sg. patipajja (rajjam) 45,6.
-
163 patiyadeti
') to proceed or deal with (loc.)', to
behave
;
ger. r^itva (bhatte pi tath'eva)
57,27; ffrd. n. -N^itahbarii (katharii nu
kho maya %/, "now what am I to
do?") 81,15,
- caws, patipadeti
{q.
v.)
cp. next,
patipada,
f.
{sa. pratipada) the
path to be walked ; nom. ^ti (majjhima,
the middle path)
66,89; (dukkhaniro-
dhagamini, q. v.) 67,17; loc. .v-aya,
79,18 (the right path, the right course
of conduct, synon, w, magga
(?)
or
= the first steps on the right path
(?)).
pa^ipanna, mfn.
(pp,
prati-\/paa)
V. patipajjati.
pa^ipati,
f.
(sa. prati-pati, cp.
paripati) order, row; instr, (or loc.)
^iya, "in B row", 34,3a.
*patipada(ka), m. (sa. *prati-
pada) that which supports the bed-
stead; manca-patipadaka. /)?, ("sup-
porters of the bed") 84,i4.
patipadeti, vb.{caus. patipajjati,
sa. pratipadayati) to cause one (ace.)
to go on a road or in a certain direc-
tion {acc.)\. imp. 2. pi. o/etba (ha-
tthirii, imam racchara) 76,i4 ; aor, 3.
pi. o^esuih, 76,19.
*patipuggala, m. (sa. *prati-
pudgala) one who is equal to -another,
a rival ; a-ppa^ipuggala, mfn.
unequal-
led, 80,24.
pa^ipucchati, vb, (sa. prati-
yprach) to inquire, ask in return
'
(ace); ftit. 1. sg. o^issami (tam yeva)
94,28; inf. o^itum (Bhagavantaiii)
79,20.
*patippassambhati, vb. (sa.
*prati-pra-v'5rambh)
to cease, to be
dissolved or dispersed; cai<s. o/eti, to
cause to cease, put an end to (acc);
pot. 1. sg. />^eyyam (iddhabhisaih-
kharam) 69,a9; aor. 3. sg. /x/esi, 69,3o.
patibaddha. mfn. (sa. prati-
baddha, pp.
prati-ybandh) bound to
;
^-citta, mfn,
whose mind is turned to,
fallen in love (with loc), m.^o (mayi)
64,se; pi. ^5. (aflfiamailflnih) 19,i;

. i'O.Qiana,
mfn.
whose mind is bound,
m. /vo, Dh. 284.
patibala, mfn. (sa, pratibala)
able to (inf.), competent; m. pi. ^a,
76,11 ; m, instr, />.,ena (bhikkbuna)
81,10.
*patibaheti, vb. (caits. *pati-
bahati; sa. prati-y'vrh, cp. prati-
ybadh) to repel, dislodge (acc); grd.
m. pi. rwetabba (nava bhikkhu;
asanena, with regard to their seats)
83,34.
pa^ibujjhati, vb, (sa, prati-
ybudh) to awake; ger, (vitva, 67,88,
""pa^ibhaga, mfn. (sa, *prati-
bhaga) like, equal to; m, pendant,
counterpart; Eravana-", mfn. equal
to
., gen, m. ^assa, 45,8i; kancana-
riipaka-*', mfn. like a golden statue,
gen. pi. />.^anam, 47,i4.
patibhana, n, (sa, pratibliana)
intelligence, sagacity, presence of mind,
readiness of speech; *panha-'*, n. a
difficult or intricate question, pi, rvani,
98,33.
pa^ibhanavai, mfn, (sa. prati-
bbanavat) endowed with intelligence
& presence of mind, quick-witted; m,
rvva (Vaflgiso) 109,8.
paiimandita, mfn, (sa, prati-
mandita) decorated, adorned;
f,
pi,
f^a, (sabbalaiiikara-") 64,29.
*patima8ati, vb. (sa. *prati-
y'mrQ, cp.
pari-y/mrc)
to examine,
explore; pot. 2.
(3.)
sg.
(?)
pa^iniase
(sa. *prati-marQes>"mr5e8) Dh. 379;
cp. Pischel, Gr.

486 (samphase);
Dhpd.
(1856) p. 424; Childers & Ed.
Muller take it for imp. 2. sg. from
caus, *pa(iinaseti (not yet traced in
Pali).
patimuiicati, vb, (sa. prati-
y'lnuc) to put on (clothes, acc); to
tie; ger. /N.-itva (ganthikam) 83,i.
patiyatta, mfn.
(pp. prati-Y/yat,
cp. next) made ready, prepared ; adorned,
decorated; n. <x<am (sukaramaddavam)
78,8; alamkata-**, mfn. splendidly
dressed (or decorated), acc, m, <& n.
>x<aih, 39,89. 61,8. 65,9; f,
pi. ^a, 21,i.
patiyadeti, vb. (caus. prati-
\/yat, pratiyatayati) to prepare, make
pa);ilabhati 154
ready (bcc); get. /N^etva (bhojaniyam>
22,s8; grd. t;. <x<etahbaiti (nabanaih)
83,25;
caus. IT. "^patiyadapeti, to
cause to be prepared (acc); ger,
(x^otvR, 78,.
pa^^ilabiiati, vh. (sa, prati-
y'labh) ') to nceive back, recover
(acc.)
;
aor. 1, sg, /vlabhira (natthBlfa
yasmii) 42,is;
-
*) to take, form (hs
a dislike, or a resolution); pr, 3, sg,
r^ati (papakaifi uirtbigatam) 90,25.
cp, next,
pa^ilabha, m. (sa. pratilabha)
recoverinpr, cbtaining, attainment;
MOM. ^0 (pannavE,) Dh.
333;
jivita-",
42,10 ; manussa-" (the conception of
men) Db. 182.
patiloniaiii, adv. (sa. prati-lotna)
'against the hairs', contrarily, obsti-
nately; in reverse order, backwards;
anuloma-", 66,o {v, h.).
pativacana, . (sa. prativacana)
answer; acc, ,^am (alabhanto)
3,7
;
73,1.
pa^ivatta, v, vatta'.
piiii vatteti, vb, {caus, prati-
yvrt) to overturn, subvert; inf. ^etuih,
1 10,10
;
grd. pativattiyn, v. u-ppu^i*
vattiya, nifn.
pativadati, vb. (sa. prati-\/vad)
to answer, reply; pot. 3. pi. o^eyyu
(taiil, 'will answer thee in the same
way') Dh. 133.
pativasati, vh. (sa, prati-Y/vas)
to live, dwell; pr. 3. pi. ^&nt\,, 59,24.
pativatam, adv. (sa. prativatam)
against the wind; />^am (kbitto) Dh.
125; ^ani (eti) Dh. 64.
pativedeti,t)i*. (cans. prati-\/vid)
to make know>], announce; uor. .3, sg,
->,esi (Bodhisattassa) 6i),5.
patisaiiiyutta. mfn. (sa. prati-
sam-yukta) connected with, concerning;
resulting from; inst)'.
f.
o^aya (nib-
b-lna-") 71,22; acc, m. ^aiii (vacisu-
carita-o) 86,8
pati.ta rii vediH, mfn. (sa. prati-
Bamvedin) feeling, experiencing; nom,
m. -wi (vinmtti-sukba-'*, "experiencing
the bliss of emancipation")
66,4.
patisakkati,
vh. (sa. prati-v/sfP)
to go back, retire; aor, 8. sg, patl-
sakki 77 s.
pa'tisattu,
m. (sa.
prati-^atru)
an enemy,
adveriary;
acc. -x/Um,
39,87.
patiaantbara,
m. (sa. "pmti-
saifastara, V^tr)
friendly
greeting,
conversation; acc, -^.aifa
(karontu
21,7;
28,11.
- "-vutti. mfn.
(sa. *-vri)
friendly, kind ; "-vutt'assa
(varr. "-vu-
ttyassa,
-vuttissa)
"let him live in
charity", Dh. 376.
patisandabati,
vb, (sa, prati-
sara-v/dba)
to be re-born (into a new
existence); pr. 3. sg. ~ati, 100,2-5;
pot. 3. sg. ~eyya, 100,9. cp, sanda-
hati c& next.
patisandbi, m. (&
f.
(sa, prati-
samdhi, .)
le-birth, transmigration;
acc
fK,\ra. (ganbi) 5,a5; 42,22;
loc.
,>.istuim, 101,12.
*patisambbida,
/".
(cp. sa. pratij
samvid,
f.)
analytical science; loc. rva
(i. a, ^aya) 109,io; patta-', adj. pi,
n,, possessed of analytical knowledge,
109,90.
The four pa^isambhidus are :
attlia-", dbaiuma-", nirutti-", pa^i-
bbana-", i. e, expertness in the Bud-
dhist theory and practice, etymology,
and dialectics, Mil. 339,7-6; cp. Chil-
ders sub voce.
patisammodati, vb. (sa. prati*
Sam-Y/mud)
to exchange friendly greet*
ings, to return one's greeting; aor, 3,
sg, rvDiodi, 96,27.
patisameti, vh, (caus, prati-
\/Qain) to arrange, put in order; to
put by, keep aafe, lay away (acc);
grd. n, <%^etabbam. 82,22.
pa^isunati, vh. (sa, prati-Y/^ru)
to promise, assent (gen.)\ aor, 3, sg.
paccassosi (Bbagavato), 77,is; 3, pi,
^osurii (Devadattassa) 76,i5; ger. )
pa^issulva, 78,io-i8; >) pa^isunitva
(sadbu'ti) 16,2o.
63,3; pp.
n. patisu-
tam (tuinbebi maybaiii sabassaiii)
22,31.
patisedba, m. (sa. pratisbedha)
prohibition, denial; loc. r^e (nipato,
165
pandicca
"iua"ti, a particle implying prohibi-
tion) 85,33.
patisedhana, n, (so, pratishe-
dhana) warding off, warning against;
phala-patisedhana-mukhena pi hetum
eva patisedheti, by warning against
the results he even warns against the
cause. 86,4.
patisedheti, vb, {caits, prati-
\/sidh) to prevent, prohibit, warn
against (ace.)
;
pr. 3, sg. -^eti (hetura)
86,4, cp. patisedha, ^vsedhana,
pa^isevati (&patisevati, q.v.)
v&. (so. prati-^/sev) to practise, pursue;
feel, undergo, suffer (ace); pr. 8. sg,
/N^ati (vipakam) Dh. 67.
patissutva, ger,, v, patisunati.
paiiliafiflati, vb, {pass, pa^i-
banti, sa. prati-Y/han) to knock to.
gether, strike against {loc.)\ ^er.^^^itva
(veraakotiyara), 89,d.
patta,
m. (= sa.) *) a tablet or
plate (of gold etc. for writing or pain-
ting upon); kancana-pa^ta-sadisa,
mfn. 46,31 (3.
v,)
2) a strip or slip
of cloth (cp, pata);
sumana-pat^a-
vitana, mn. 65,i8
(q.
v.).
pAi/Xana,, n. (sa. pattana&pattana)
a port, seaport; ace, ^avi (Bharu-
kaccha-") 26,i9; *''-gama, m, a sea-
port-town, /^o. 24,10.
patthana, n. (sa. prasthana)
) origin, cause; *sati-patthana, n.
(v. h.)
*) nam, pr. name of the
seventh (laut) hook (pakarana) of
Abhidharomapi^aka, also called Malia-
pakarana, 102,ii.
paUhaya,
prp, (ger. patiUhati,
sa. prasthaya)
beginning from, from
(w. abl,)\ ) (ivara-gamato p.,
19,S3;
sisato
p.,
57,29; mulato
p.,
62,io;
galato p., 85,30 ;
- *") pathamakappi-
kato p., 4,10; tassa nikkhanta-kalato
p., 9,15;
dhammadesanaib suta-diva-
sato
p., 86,80 ; ito p.,
henceforth, 6,i6;
ito dani p.,
id. 39,8; tato
p.,
thence-
forth, 6,18.
patbama, mfn. (sa. prathama)
*) foremost, first, former (cp. puriraa);
f.
o/S (sena) 103,js; ace.
f.
rvam
(gatham) 8,20; pathama-jjhana, n,
80,3 (opp, dutiya etc); pathama-
kappa & -kappika (v. h.)\ paihama-
gaiuta (m.pl.) "others already caught",
21,14-19;
at'c. w. /varii (adv.) B.t first,
for the first time, 4,i9. 12, i. 15,9.
18,93. 69,21, 102,14. Dh. 158; ^am
eva (op^, paccha) 35,3e; 102,11 (first
of all).

^) comp. = just, newly;
*pathamabhisainbuddha, mfn. having
just attained Buddhaship, m. ,/0, 66,3;
*pathamuggata, wi/n., newly-blown,
m, 1^0 (kaliro) 47,9.
patliamaka, mfn, (sa, pratha-
makaj = prcc,\ "-bhanavara, n, (v,
h,) Dh. I-XIV.
patbaiiiataraiii, adv. (sa, pra-
tbamatarain) before, first (of two)
83,
= 84,1-4.
patbavi (or pathavi [putbuvi,
/-.'avi]),
f.
{sa, pj-tbivi) the earth; ace,
,x,im (maddanto) 28,i4; /N/irii (adhi-
sessati) 107,r = Dh.
41
;
gen. (or
loc.) '>^iya, Dh, 173 (patbavya); pa-
thavi-tale (on dry land) 28,7; *pa-
thavi-tthita, mfn. living on the earth,
m, pi. ^a, (earthly beings) 110,u;
*pathavi-sama, mfn, like the earth,
m, 0./O, Dh. 95.
panameti, vb. (caus. pra-\/nani)
to bend forwards, stretch out (aec,);
ger. ^.^etva (anjalim) 74,20,
panihita, mfn. (sa. pra-nibita,
pp. pra-ni-v/dha) lajd on, applied;
miorha-**, mfn, wrongly directed, n.
ovarii (cittam), Dh. 42; samma-",
mfn,
well-directed, Dh. 43.
panita, mfn, (pp.
paneti, sa,
pranitu) 'performed, firtished'; excellent;
m, ^0 (dbammo) 94,i6; n. /vam
(kbadaniyam) 78,i.
paneti
(&
paneti), vb. (sa. pra-
}/nl) 'to lead to', perform, execute,
apply (ace.); pr, 3. sg. ^eti (dandam
garukam) Db.
310; pp. panita
(v. h,).
pandara, mfn. (sa. pandara)
white, pale; instr. pi, n. r^ebi (-ke-
sebi) 47,18.
pandicca, n. (sa. panditya) erudi-
pandita 156
tion; cleverneBB, skiU; inatr. >N/ena,
91,26.
pandita, mfn. (= a.) wise, in-
telligent, clever; m. /vO, 57,38;
gen.
.%.assa, 24,s2; m. pi. /x-a, 9,29;
(w.
loc. appamadamhi) Dh.
22;
/". ~a,
5S,8j often e, c. ; sasa-pandito, 14,i8;
Supparaka-o,
25,:4; UpSli-, 109,7;
- '-dovarika, m. 9l,ss (q.v.); "-bhava,
m. cleverness, skill, gen. .^assa, 91,84;
-mani, mfn. out who thinks him-
self wise, (. ^i (balo) Dh, 63 ; *''-vagga,
m. the sixth chapter of Dh. ; *<'-veda-
niya, tnfn. "intelligible only to the
wise", m. ,>..o (dhammo) 94,8g; """-sam-
sugga, m. company or intercourse with
v.-ise men, gen. -vassa, 29,8.
pandu, mfn ^su. pandu) yellow,
pale, white; "-kambala, n. a white
woollen blanket : "-silasanaiii, 15,8 {v.
/(.};
"-palasfi, m. a withered leaf, nom.
1^0, Dh. 235; "-rofrn, m. jaundice :
<*-!.apaso, m. 35.
i,
*''-dhatuka. mfn.
fcufiering from jaundice, 35, le.
pa-nna, n. (sa. parna) ') a leaf
(esp. betel leal); ace. j)Z. -^ani, 17,9i;
nimba-panna-", 37,88 (q.v.)
;
"-safifia,
f.
a aiark of leaves (tied up in order
to indicate the boundary of a field),
acc. rwarii, 8,8; *panna-bandhana-
sanfii, n.'=panna-sann:"i-bandhana?)
tying up leaves, nom, r^aiii,
8,0;
panna-
t-alS,
f.
tt hut cf leavtes and grass,
hermitage, acc, ^aiii 'laciitta-") 44,8o;
loc, rvSya (by tlio hut) 35,
u;
acc.pl.
^ii, 34,83. Satta-", fiom. pr, {v. h.).

2) a leaf for writing upon, a Utter;

a bond, deed of gift, donation; acc.
rwarii (pahesi) 36,S2 (cp. next), - ^)
u feather, wing (only e. C.) V, supanna.
*pannakara, t., a present, dona-
tion; acc. ^arii, 58,81-24; acc.pl. r>^e,
68,22. cp. panna -) & akara.
Patanjali, m. (= sa.) nom, pr,
of a philosopher (propounder of the
Yoga philosophy); v, Piitafijali-.
patati, vhi [si. \/pat) to lly, jump,
fall; to fall dowit (upon, loc. or acc.)\
pr. 3. sg. /%.ati (dipake) 2,3; 1. sg.
^aini (yanih'okase tliatva orapararii
patam'aham,
Btanding
where I use to
jump over, cp.
oraparam)
108,2;
part. m. ^anto
(navaya)
20,i;
loc.
f.
/^antiya (asaniya)
39,io;
part. med.
,^mana, loc. n. /x-e
(pittbiyaiii
paha-
rasate) 55,i2;
-
fut.
3. sg.
-x-issati,
53,26; 112,20 (tesam kaye, acc. pi.)
\
1. sg. -x-issami
(angaragabbhe) 15,33;
-
aor. 3. sg. pati, 16,7. 89,6;
(tassa
batthe, fell' to his share) 23,18; 3. pi.
.-wimsu
(poured down) 33,6;
perf.
3. sg, papata (kalam katva) 89,8
[but here the reading of the Colombo
edition : papata, aor. 3, sg, (from
papatati, q. v.) undoubtedly ought
to be preferred, because this formation
is generally found elsewhere, e.
g.
.Tat. VJ, 566,8 (= patita); Vin. Ill,
17,23 (cp. II.
126,3)];
- ger, ^itva,
13,20. 49,s. 89,9;
-
pp,
~ita,
i^-
~a
(asani), 17,22; acc. m. -^.am (capato
sararil, "sent from tlie bow") Dh,
320;
- caits. pateti
(q.
v.) cp, patana,
pata.
patana, n. {^= sa.) falling, ruin;
***-akara-ppatta, mfn. being on the
point of falling out, m.pl. ,%^a (danta)
12,21; H. pi. ^ani (akkhini) 50,i9;
- geha-", 19,16 (3.
v.).
pataka
(&
pa^aka),
f.
(= 4a.)
a flog, biiiiiier; dhaja-patakfldihi,
62,7 {cp. adi),
pati', i. (= sa.) husband; lord,
master; nom, /N,i, 31,34. 64,i6; contp. v,
gavampati, gubapati, ^^aliampati.
pati*, indecl. {sa. prati) ') prp.
W. acc near to, towards; nadiiii
Neraiijaram /v, 103,2; *)
prefix to
verbs & nouns, generally spelt pati-
{q,
V,) cp. next etc,
patikafa, m. {sa, pratikara) re-
ward, return, retribution;
*a-ppati
karaka, mfn. {q.
v.).
pati^thati, vb. {sa. pra-\/8tba)
to depart from, originate; ger, pa-
tthaya {prp. w. all.) v. h.; cans, pa-
tthupeti, to set forth, propound, ex"
plain ; cp. patthana, n.
patittbahati & patitthati,
vb. {sa.
prati-v'stiia) to stand firm,
157 patti
to be established; nor. 3. sg. ^^tliahi
(sotapattiphale)
89,3; (sakadajjami-
phale) 29,17; 1. sg. -^tthahim (para-
kule) 108,29;
-
fut. 8. sg. ) ,>^ttha-
hissati, 87,s; ') rvtthissati (Lankayam
mama sasanaih) I10,2i; - (/er. .^tthaya
(sile. "standing fast in moral practice")
14,18; (rajje, "becaiuo king")
42,36;
-
pp.
.^tthita, m. ^0, 38,n (rajje),
61,81 (gabbho kucchimhi),
95,34 (sare,
"standing in its strength") ; su-pati-
tthita, mfn.
(q,
v.) - cans, patittha-
peti, to set or lay down, establish
(occ); aor, 3. sg. i^esi (phalitam
ranno panimhi)
44,87;
^er. ^etva,
22,9. 29,6; (rajanara pancasu silesu)
7,84; 17,38, 69,88.
patiUba,
f.
{sa, pratishtha) ')
resting-place, support; acc. r^&m (la-
bhitvil, to get footing) 28,i3-i6;
-
^) security, refuae; nom, ,^a, 28,85,
patidissati, vb, (pass, patipas-
sati; so. prati-\/d]:(;) to appear (as),
to look like; pr, 3. sg. o/ati (yatha
aggiva suriyo va) 26,5 etc,
patimaneti, vb, (sa. prati-Y/man,
cans.) to honour; to await, wait fur
(acc); part.f, ^enti (tassagamanara)
22,28.
patirupa, tnfn. (sa. pratirupa)
like, sioailar; suitable, fit; loc, n, -^e
("what is proper") Dh. 158.
patisevati (& patisevati,
q.
V.) vb. (sa. prati-ysev) to practise, pur-
sue (acc); part. m. ,-vanto (methuna-
dhammara, making love) 54,ii; aor. 3.
sg. ~8evi (asaddhammaih, id.) 62,39.
*pati88ata, mfn. (sa. *prati-
smrta) recollecting, thoughtful; m.pl,
<^a, Dh. 144.
patissaya, m. ') (sa. pratigraya)
refuge, house; **) (sa, praQraya) obe
dience, respect; v, next.
patissava, m. (sa. prati^rava,
l/^ru)
obedience, respect ; *a-ppati8ava,
mfn, (also ipelt a*ppati88aya and some-
times shortened to a>ppati88a) dis-
respectful; hence ^a-ppatissavasa, m.
BDarcby, 10,8i.
patita, mfn. (sa. pratita,
pp.
prati-y'i) pleased, glad; m.r^o (synon.
8umano) Dh, 68.
patoda, m. (sa. pratoda) a goad;
cp. '-patodam (w., "pole, axle [etc.]
and goad unitedly") 98,7; Matthi,
f.
(sa. pratoda-yashti) "the goading-
stick", 98,6.
patta', n. (sa. pattra) a wing,
feather; a leaf; karavira-", n,
(q.
v.),
instr. pi. ,^ehi (vajitara, kandaiix)
92,i9j kumuda-patta-vanna, mfn, (v.
h,); pokkhara-", w, a lotus leaf, loc,
,ve,
Dh. 401,
patta^, m, (sa. patra, n.) a vessel,
pot, bowl, esp. the alms-bowl of a
Buddhist monk; nom. >vO, 82,86; acc
.^aih, 87,18; (amam) 104,6;
instr.
-x/ena, 62,8;
-
*''-civara, n. bowl
and robe, 76, lo. 83,7;
- *-pariya-
panna, n. (v. h.).
patta^ mfn. (pp.
papunati; sa.
prapta) *)
pass, attained, reached,
acquired; ^) act, one who has attained
to, reached, etc. (w, acc, or e. c, also
used as finite tense); m. >vO (jatik-
kliayaih) Dh.
423;
patto si nibbanam,
Dh.
134; f.
^a (Khuramala-sain-
uddaifa) 26,82; n. ,>^am (vin.asam)
34,9; tuyharii pattaih (pass, "the
consequences of your own fortune")
6,35;
gen. m. ^ass' (uttamavedanarii)
103,23; acc pi, m. patte (jivitakkha-
yaiii) 34,8;
comp. (mfn.) apaneta-
bbiikara-ppatta, 45,
1;
jara-**, 47,15
(t'. jara); danda-", 100,i5; dukkha-",
59,10 ; donianassa-", 13,
e;
patana-
kara-", 12,31 ; bala-", 80,35; rupa-",
64,30 ; rupagga-", 49,i8; Jabhagga-
yasagga-o, 18,i6;
vajjha-o,
40,i4;
vaya-", 8,15; vara-**, 6,37; vesarajja-",
69,13; vyasana-", 8,30; samvega-",
53,11; 6antasa-^ 86,ig; so(nanassa-^
15,89; hattha-", 67,8o;
- *patta-
dbamina, mfn. "having mastered the
truth", m. <%/0, 69,18; *''-pati8ambbida,
109,80 (. h.); a-ppatta, mfn, (q. v,),
patti,
f,
(sa, prapti) acquiring,
gain; share, part, portion; acc, /^-im
(attana . . . bbaTita-bhavanaya, etassa
dammi) 29,8; dat, >viya (yogakkbe-
pattbadd'^a 168
ma&sa, "for tb sakn of acquiring")
103,8.
pattbaddha, mfn. (sa. prastab-
dha) stark, stiff (as a pillar) ; instr,
tn. ^ena (kayena) 76,i7.
patthayati,v6. {sa, prarthayate)
to wish, desire (^acn.y^ pr. 2. sg. /^asi
(atlia ce /%^asi, if you like) 104,2ii
etc.; part. med. m. /v/inano (tava
hadayamarasarii) 3,i8; pi. ,x,inaDa
(vaddhim) "seeking gain", 34,i8.
pattharati, vh. {sa. pra-\/8tr)
to spread, extend (trans. & intr., tv.
ace); ger, ^itva (sakalanagararii,
"through the whola town") 65,84.
patva, ger., v. papunati.
path a (or pattha, q. v.), m.
(=
sa.) road, path, way; loc. ^^e, 31,84;
maha-o ("on the highway") L)b. 58;
conip, V. ""anupariyaya-", adicca-",
kainma-, thala-jala-". *dvedha-,
nakkhatta-o, sagga-", *hatthii-''. cp.
pada, palipatlia, piltlieyya.
patliavi,
f,
(=^ pa^havi, q. v.)
the earth; gen. ~vya, Dh. 178.
pada, m. d n. (= sa., cp, pada)
')toot: V. catuppadr, n., dipada, m.

*) step, footstsp, irace, track; ace,

^am (vaiiceti, q. v.) ]2,3o; uttinna-",
lll,n (v.h.); pada i>&dam{abl.<&acc.)
"step by step", 104,n; instr. ^ena
(kena, "by what track") Dh. 179;
*''-vaiaiija, m. footprint, ace, />.ara.
11,38.
') way, path; position, stand-
poitit; place, abode, home; nom, (n.)
rvam (maccuno) Dh. 21; Dh. 93.
254; ace. ^urii (8t\ntam = Nibbnna)
Db. 368 = anifttarii padarii, Dh. 114,
cp, amata-pada {v. a-Duita) & a-pada,
w/n. ; aosania-". w., jaiia-", mi., sagga-**,
n. [cp. sagga-patha) <,. v
- *) a, word,
verse (o!' quarter of a v?rse), sentence;
. idaiii nwani, 85,t; ace. ovarii (dub-
bliaiitam) llO.iz; f. p^ r^a (caturo,
saccaiiam
('.
e. cattari ariyasaccani)
Db. 273;
altha-o, n. {v. /-.):, gatha-O,
n. (v. gatlia); *dhania]a-", ., nirutti-
pada-kovida, mfn., sanipunna-",
mfn., sikkha-", n, {v, h.).
padukkhina, Mfn, (sa. pradak-
shina)
'moving to the right*;
clever,
good, auspicious; ^am,
indecl.
(conatr.
w. karoti, to walk round
persons or
objects, keeping the right side towards
them as token of respect, to salute
respectfully (ace); to go round (a
city, ace.) in procession; />/aih katva
(matu 8ayanam)61,si;
(Bhagavantam
abhivadetva) 70,i2; .^am kuruma-
nassa (nagaram) 64,i; /x-am akasi
(do.) 46,38.
pad ad a ti, v. padeti.
padara, mn. (sa. pradara) ^) tn.
'splitting', a cleft (in the earth);

*) w. a piece of wood, a plank; nom.
pi. ^ani,. 28,30.
padeti (padilti & padadati) vb,
(sa. pra-\/da) to give away (ace);
ftit. 3. sg. padassati (uttamattham
bhariya) 64,s9.
padipa, m. (sa. pradipa) a lamp,
light; nom, ^o, 99,28; 101,8; ace,
r^&m, 99,18; "-aggi, . & tela-", m,
(v. h.).
padipeti, vb, (cans, sa, pra-di-
payati) to light, kindle (ace); pot.
3, sg. .%^eyya (padipam) 99,i8;
pp,
padipita, mfn. burning, shining; m.
~o (sabbarattiiii) 99,24.
padu^tha, mfn. (sa. pradushta)
corrupt, wicked, malignant; instr,
~ena (manasa) Dh. 1 (opp, pasatina);
a-ppaduttba, mfn. (q.
v.) cp. dussati.
*padubbhati, vb. (sa, *pra-
\/druli) to do wrong, offend, commit
treachery; ger. /vitvS (antopure) 38,it
(??. dublJbati).
pad u
ma,
n,
(&
m,) (sa. padma)
a lotuH; nom. .^aih (liutva) like a
lotus,
23,81 ; 23,34; ace. /vaiii (seta-",
a white lotus) 61,lo; panca-vaima-"
(of five different colours)
4,9; *''-punja,
m. a cluster of lotuses, loc, o^e, 16,
c;
"-sara, mn, a lotua-lake, ace. rvaiii,
3,30.
padesa, nt. (sa. prade^a) *) spot,
place, region, district; nom. ^o (ja-
gati-ppadeso) Dh. 127; ace, -^am,
43,18. Dh. 303; loc, ^e,
22,24; (Hi-
niavanta-") 1,2. 13,9;
- *) extent,
169
papatati
distance; loc. .x/G (tigavuta-ppamane,
yojana-ppamane) 63,ss-28; yatha-
padese, adv. {cp, sa. yatha-pradeQam)
all over, at all sides, 47,
i;

^) posi-
tion, rank, order (?V, ace. ^aih (jati-
gotta-kula-", q.
v.) 43,3o; samana-
bal(adi)-'', mfn. having equal position
with regard to military force e<c., tn.
pi. -^a, 43,31. cp. next.
*padesika, mfn.
(Jr.
prec.) 'being
in the region', in the neighbourhood
of (only c, c); solasa-vassa-'', mfn.
about 16 years old, m, ^^o, 38,io.
cp, uddesika.
padhana, n, {sa. pradhana, as
to the meaning = sa. pra-ni-dhana,
cp, also buddh. sa, prahana) exertion,
profound religious meditation; instr,
-x-ena (kirn kahasi, "what do you
want with exertion?") 103,9; dat.
<N^aya, 103,lo; *ukku(ika-ppadhana,
n. Dh. 141 (v. h.)
;
*<'-pahitatta, mfn.
whose mind is intent upon meditation,
accm.^&m, 103,2; ***-sutta, n.nom,
pr. of a chapter of Sutta-nipata,
p.
103
-04; cp, Mahapadhana-ghara.
pana, indecl, (the enclit, form of
'puna', q, v.\ sa. punar) ') now! well I
(in the continuation of a tale) : 2,i9;
2,s6 (tasmim <>/ kale, "now, at that
time"); 10,3 etc.
*) but (adversative,
often combined with other particles)
:
l,3!i. 4,12. 8,8 (the preceeding sentence
negative); 5,s. 50,22. 66,25 etc. Dh.
252. 292; ca pana (but) 7,35. 71.i7;
atha ca ~ (nevertheless) 3,*; na kho
pana (but certainly not) 7,8, 9,3i;
eva pana (on the contrary) 5,io;
corresponding with a preceeding eva
(it is true, no doubt . . , but, cp.
greek fiiv , , . di) : maranabbavam
eva janami [maranadivasam] pana
na janami, 88,22-23 ; sometimes repeated
in both sentences : eva pana . . . pana
na, 2,8;
-
va pana (or else) 81,i7; cp.
Dh. 42 (venva pana = veri va
pana
?)
;
') then ! (in interrogative
sentences, often expressive of surprise):
kaham ~, 1,6; kim /w, 44,*; aguna
pana kidisa, 44,5; katamo /, 79,t8;
in a second question : kim f^, 89,25;
ko -x/ ettha N., 97,3i;
after a negative
sentence ; kilh /> (how much less) 74,28,
cp. Pischel, Gr,

342.
panasa, . (= sa.) the bread-
fruit tree; instr. pi. /x/cbi, 2,io; amba-
panasadihi, 2,2o.
panudati, vb. (sa. pra-v'nud)
to
drive away (ace); rajJ, 5. S51. panuda
(kame) Dh. 383.
paneti, v6., var, led, for paneti,
Dh. 310 (v, ;.).
pant a, mfn, (sa. pranta) distant,
secluded, solitary; n, <x/am (sayana-
sanari), "sleeping and sitting alone")
Dh. 186.
pantha, m, (= patha; cp, sa.
panthan) way, road; "^"-ghata, m.
murder and robbery of highwaymen,
brigandage; ace, ^&m (karonti) 32,i5,
panna, mfn. (= sa., pp. "-pajjati,
v/pad)
fallen, gone; "''-bhara, mfn.
"who has put down his burden", acc,
m. o^aiii, Dh, 402,
pannarasa, . (sometimes writ-
ten pannarasa = paflcadasji, sa.
pancadaQa) fifteen; rw-ma, mfn, the
fifteenth, Dh. XV.
papanca, m, (sa. prapanca)
abundance, diffuseness, error, vanity;
this word may also often be translated
by 'detriment, decay; delay, omission,
waste of time' etc, it is generally
explained in the commentaries by
tanba- ditthi
-
mana-" ; *'>-a.bbirata,
mfn,
"delighting in vanity", w. pi. r^ai,
Dh. 254; '"-samatikkanta, mfn. "who
has overcome the host of evils", acc,
pi, m. -x/C, Dh, 195.
- *Papanca-

siidani,
f.
nam. pr. of a commentary
on Majjhima-nikaya by Buddhaghosa;
specimen p. 61,
*papatika, f.
(rarely papatika)
') a splinter, piece, fragment; nom,
~a (-t-) 76,1 ;
- *) the outer dry
bark of a tree, falling off in loose
shreds; taca-", 96,s-s8 (v, h,).
papatati, vb, (sa, pra-^pat) to
fall off; pr. 3. pi, .>anti (soka tamha)
papatiki 160
108,j; aor, 3. sg. papata (Ed. papata)
89,8 (v. patati).
*pnpatika,
f,
v. pnpatika.
papata',
pf, {fr.
patati, to be
corrected to pipata,
39,8)
v. papatati.
papata*, w. {sa. prapata) a steep
rock, prtcipite; -vO, 27,7; loc. o/C
(Siiieru-^) 69,86; "-sadisa, mfn. like
a wallj n. ^am, 27,,^.
*papupphaka, n (sc. "pra-push-
paka) 'flower-pointed', pi. the flower-
arrowg of Mfirft; pi. acc. ^ani, Db.
^.6 {dnai key.).
pappotheti ((; papphoteti), vb.
(cans, pra-y'sphut) to beat, slap, shake
(as clothes, in order to dust theui,
acc.
)
;
to .3ap the wings (^acc.)
;
ger.
^etva (pakkhe) 12,?.
piippoti, vb., V. papunati.
papphasa, . {sa. pupphusa, ni.
& jihupphusa, n.) the lungs; nom.
^aih, 82,-.. 97,21.
*pabrillia, mfn. {cp. sa. badha,
ybaihh) strong, sharp;
f.
,>.a (vyadhi)
78,3i; j)l. ^K (vedana) 78,24; acc.m,
rwaiii (abadham) 78,3o.
pabujjhati, vb. {sa. pra-Y/budh)
to wake up, nwake {Mr.); pr. 3. pi,
-M-anti, Dh.
296; f'tit. 3. sg. ^issati.
66,33;
ger. ^itva, 36,i. 66,4. 89,6;
pp.
pabuddha,
f.
r^a (devi. awoke)
61,23. cp. su-pabuddham. adv,
pabbaja, i. (=^ babbaja, sa,
balbiija) u sort of coarse grass; *pab-
baja, tnfn. (= pabliaja-niaya) made
of grass (hemp), n. ,^om (bandbanaih)
Dh. 345. cp.Welc; Ind. Sir. Ill, 394.
pabbajati, vb. {sa. pra-\/vraj)
'to go forth', esp, to leave the world
in order to become a hermit, or to
nter the order of Buddhist monks',
fi(t.3. sg. ^issati (agara nikkhamnia)
61,33; 63,lo; inf. r.itiira, 46,3; comp.
o^ilii-kama, tifn, "bmit on retiring
from the worlo", acc. tn, ^aih,
45,8;
ger.
) pabbajja, 113,1?; '')pabbaiitva
{tv. acc. isi-pabbajjam) 34,32. 45, is;
64,24 (nikklianin)a);
113, is;
-
pp,
pabbajita
(>.) q. v,
cans, pabbajeti
{q.
V.) cp. next & *duppabbaja.
pabbajana,
. (sa.
pravrajana)
passing over to a
religious
life; a-
pabbajanattbaya,
47,5
(v. a-pabba-
jana).
. .
pabbajita, . {pp'
pabbajati)
a monk (or hermit); .^0, 63,3*;
Dh.
184; acc. /v-am, 63,so;
instr. ^ena,
66,25;
pi, ~a. Dh. 74;
'-guna, m.
{q.
v.).
pabbajja,
f.
(sa, pravrajya)
re-
tiring from the world, the
ordination
of a layman wishing to become a
Buddhist monk; acc. -^arii (iabheyya-
harii) 70.15;
(yacitva) 89,i5; (isi-,
q. v.) 34,38. 46,18;
gen. {dat. &
abl.)
rwSya (namitacitto) 46,i8; (satim
na karissati) 63,i8; (cittarii nami)
65,12;
(antarayam, agarasma ana-
gariyam) 68,4;
- o-karana, n. &
"-saiuaya, m. 45,9-i2 {v. h.); laddha-
pabbajjupasampada, mfn. {v. upa-
sampada).
pabbata, m, {sa. parvata) a
mountain, hill, rock; nom. /^O (Hi-
mavanto) Dh. 304; acc, -x-ain, 16,is;
gen. o^assa, 76,33;
pi. r^^siai (with
neuter termination by attraction to the
foil, vanani
(?)
or adj. n. = sa. par-
vatani
(?))
Dh. 188; gen. pi. ^anaih,
Dh. 127;
-
*<'-kuta, m. a mountain-
peak, pi, -^a, 76,3g;
-
*''-pada, m.
the foot of a mountain, >vO, 14,9;
loc. /^e. 84,31 ;
-
*-ra8a, m, "the
essence of the mountain", acc, >varil,
16,ig; Rajata-". Suvanna-", m, nom,
pr.
{q.
v.).
pabbata-H'ia, nifn, {sd. par-
vata-stba) i standing on a mountain;
m.
^0, Dh. 28 {opp. bhumattha).
pabbajeti, vb. {cans, pabbajati
1
sa. pravrajayati) ') to send or drive
away {acc.) Tfrom, abl.)\ part. nom.
m. o-ajayarii (attano nialara) Dh.388;
aor, 3. sg. <x,e8i (rattba).
-
*) to or-
dain {acc), admit to the Buddhist
monastic order (through the pabbajja,
q. v.); imp, 3. sg. r*^ei\x (imaiii da-
rakaiii) 81, is,
pabhamkafa, ., v. pabha.
pabhaiiguna (&pabhangu), mfn.
161 pamuDcati
(sa. prabhaflgura?) fragile, brittle;
frail! n, /^&m (idam rupam, var,
~gurara) 107,7 = Dh.
148;
-
*pa-
bhanguna, w. siibst. fragility; destroy-
ing, destruction,
^ara (bhoganam)
Dh. 139.
pabha,
f.
(sa. prabha) light,
splendour; instr. -^aya, 86,7;
-
pa-
bhaiiikara, m. {sa. prabbakara) 'light-
maker', the Bun; epithet of Buddha;
(%^o (Buddho dhammaraja) 19,i;
-
nippabha, mfn. (q. v.),
pabbata, mfn. (sa, prabhata)
begun to become light, loo,
f.
>^Sya
(rattiya) "at daybreak",
42,i,
-
subst,
n, = daybreak, morning.
pabhSseti, vb, (caus., sa. pra-
-y/bnas) to illuminate, enlighten (ace);
pr. 3. sg. ^eti (sabba disa; tassa
pabhaya = attano pabhaya V) 85,8;
(imam lokam) Dh. 172.
pabhiuna, mfn. (sa. prabhinna,
pp. pra-^bhid) 'burst open', flowing
with juice, esp. m. said of an elephant
in rut; *hattbi-prabbinna, .. a furious
elephant, acc. rv&m, Dh. 326. cp. next,
pabhedana, n, (sa. prabbedana,
cp. prabheda) the flowing of juice
from the temples of an elephant;
'''ka-
tuka-ppo, mfn.
Dh. 324 (v, h.).
pamajjati*, vb, (sa. pra-\/mad)
to be careless, negligent, or idle;
trans, to neglect (acc); pr. 3. sg.
<vati
(na-ppO) Dh. 172. 259; pot. 3.
sg.f^eyya. (do.) Dh.
168; per. .s/itva,
Dh. 172; aor. 2. sg. pamado (ma fJ)
77,B (cp. Notes) ; Dh. Zl\\
pp.
pamatta
(q. .) cp. pamada, m.
pamajjati*, vb, (sa. pra-'y/mrj)
to sweep, rub, scour, wipe off (acc.)
;
to stroke (along with the hand); ger.
fJAsa. (hattbena civaravaihsam) 83,sr,
grd. n. ^itabbam (udakam gattato)
84,8
; f.
fJs. (bhitti) 84,so ; m. pi. i,vi
(-kannabbaga) 84,i9.
pamatta, mfn. (pp.
pamajjati';
sa, pramatta) careless, inattentive,
negligent, thoughtless, indolent; m,
/vo, Dh. 19. 309;
gen, <vassa, 41,S6;
pi. /^a, 77,5. Dh. 21
;
gen.pl. i^aiaam.,
Fill Oloiitrjr,
Dh. 292; *0-bandhu, m. "friend of
the indolent"
(. e. Mara) 103,i8 (voc),
- *-carin, mfn. (cp. sa. pramada-
carin) acting in a careless manner,
gen, m. /N.-ino, 107,89
= Dh. 334.
-
a-ppamatta, mfn. (q.
v.),
pamathita, mfn. (pp.
pra-\/math)
agitated; *vitakka-**, mfn. (q.
v.).
pamana, n. (sa. pramana) mea-
sure, size, extent, length, etc, e. c.
(mfn.) : equal in extent to ; nom. /^am
(n'atthi gacchantanam, "there was no
end to them") 9,ie; acc. o.-am (attano,
na janasi, "you don't know your mea-
sure") 9,98; instr. ^ena (tesaih, in
proportion to them) 57,n;
comp,
udaka-ppamana, n. 3,i; pasa^a-", n,
ib.; - assa-potaka-^ mfn., gala-',
mfn., gbata-", mfn., tavatimsa-deva-
loka-, mfn,, ti-gavuta-", mfn, & yo-
jana-", mfn. (v. h.).
pamada, m. (sa, pramada) neg
ligence, carelessness, indolence; nom.
n^o (maccuno padam) Dh. 21; r^o
rajo sabbada, >N/&nupatito rajo, indo-
lence is always dirt (i, e, moral de-
filement), dirt is the result of it (v,
anupatati), 108,8; instr. ^ena, Dh.
167; <*-pamada-tihaDa (abl,) 81,i8
(t>, thana
')).
pamareti, vb, (sa, pra-marayati,
coMS. pra-\/mr) to strike one dead,
to maltreat, hurt severely (acc); pot.
8. sg, 'N/eyya (mam) 87,i6.
pamuicba, mfn, (sa. pramukha)
being at the head of, chief (e. o.)
;
Vijaya-ppamukha, m. pi, "with V. at
their head", 110,30. 112,S7. cp, pa-
mokkba.
pamuccati, vb. (pass, pamu&-
cati, q. v.).
pamufioati, vb. (sa, pra-'\/muo)
to liberate, send away, shake off (acc)
;
pr, 3. sg. fv&ti (pupphani, "sheds the
flowers") Dh. 377;
- pass, pamuc-
cati, to be delivered (from, abl.), Dh,
189. 192 = 107,22 (sabbadukkha);
fut. pamokkhati, 3. pi. <N./anti (Mara-
bandbana) Dh. 276;

caus. pamo-
cati, to deliver (acc) from (ab^); aor.
11
pamudita 162
2. & 8, 8g, o/esi (main dukkhS) 108,it.
- cp. duppamufica. mfn.
pamudita, mfn..
{pp.
pamodati;
50, pramudita) greatly delighted,
pleased; *'*-citta, mfn, greatly de-
lighted in bis mind, m. <^0, 16,T.
pameyya, mfn, (so. prameya)
measurable; v. a-ppameyya, mfn.
pamokkhati, fut, pass., v. pa-
muflcati.
pamocei.i, v'!>. (cais. pamuncati,
q.
li.).
pamodati, vb. (sa. pra-\/mud)
to be delighted, to rejoice greatly;
pr. 3. sg, i^aXx, Dh.
16; pp.
pamudita
(g.
v.); cp. pamojja.
pamohana, n. (sa. pramoliana,
mfn.)
bewildernieni, delusion ; nom.
~am (Marassa) Bh. 274.
payati, vb. (sa. pra-.\/}a) to go
forth, set out, advance, proceed; aor.
3. sg, piTyasi (j!. attgm.) 6,i. 34,4.
54,4; 3. pi. payimsu (do.)
33,?; pp.
payata, loc, fern. ,^aya (sukha-**,
navaya, "when the ship was fairly
of'"). 19,27;
gen. pi. m. ,>,anam (vil-
nijaDam, Bharikaccha, who have
tome from Bh.) 25,ao; Bharukaccha-
payatanam (do.j 20,22.
payirupasati, vb. (sa. pary-upa-
yas) to sit beside, attend on (ace);
pr. 3. sg. -r^ati (metrically = pay-
rupasati) Dh. 64-66 (panditarii).
""payuttaka, tnfn.
(fr.
sa. pra-
yukta, cp. mxt) hired, bribed, sub*
oraed; m. rs..o, S8,?b; "-coro, 38,2t;
"-diiutta, . pi. 49,7.
payojeti, vb. (caus^ payufijati;
sa. pra-yojayati, \/}uj) io use, em-
ploy; direct; practise (ace); pr, 1,
pi, payojayama (naccadini) 65,i;
aor. 3, sg. r^.-esi (purise, "directed
some men") 74,4; 3. pi. r^ayimsu
(naccagitavaditani) 64,3i.
para, mfn. {= sa.) ') other, dilTe-
>ent {opp. attad; cp. tifina, apara)i
m. ko . . , paro ("who else?") Dh.
160; ace. .-warn, Dh.
184; (lokarfa)
Dh. 220; gen. rvassa, 68,13; parassa-
hetu, "for the sake of others", Dh.
84 {opp. attahetu);
toe. ^amhi Qoke,
opp. aamim) Dh. 168;
- itutr, n.
{adv.) parena (=
aparena
samayena)
afterwards, later on, 47,2i;
- m. pi.
nom. pare (others, other people ;
some-
times pregnantly = bad or impious
people) Dh. 6; acc. pare, 103,3o.
106,4. Dh. 267;
gen. paresam, 8,5;
34,25 {opp. attana, cp.arinesam, 34,24);
41,83 (paresam (=
instr.) tava guna
nata) ; -
comp. "-santaka, mfn. {q.
v.,
cp. corrections);
- '-kula, . {v. h.);
o-kula, n. = "-lira, n.
(g.
v.)
;
*o-du-
kkh'upadhana, v. upadhana; Moka,
; another world, 106,15
(vitinna-,
q. v.); *"-vajjanupa88ii, v. anupassin
{cp. vajja); para-paccaya, v. a-para-
paccaya; *para-ppavada etc., r.below;
in '^omp. with words beginning with
U the final a drops and the u is length-
ened, V. parupakkania, parupaghati.
'')
higher, superior; highest, supreme;
acc. Ml. -^am (khanam) 110,i8; santi-
para, mfn. "higher than rest", n.
^am (sukham) Dh. 202. - param,
indecl. {v. next).
superl. parama
{l-
^)-
~
^P-
parato, parattha, para,
parato etc.
paraiii, indecl. (= sa^ afterwards,
after {iv. abl.)
;
ito-paraiii, tato-param
{v. h.)\ paraiu-marana, after death,
89,20.
parakkama, m, {sa. parakrama)
exertion, effort; acc. ^arii (karonto)
34,23; instr. ^ena (kata-**, "when we
do our best")
12,3; *da}ha-<', mfn,
{v. ;..).
parakkamati, vb. {sa. para-
\/kram) to advance, attack (acc); to
show courage etc.\ pot. 3, sg, parak-
kame (dalham enam) Dh.
313;
ger.
^kamma,' "valiantly", Dh. 383.
parato, a(i;. (sa.- paratas) ') after-
wards, further;
26,3. 34,7 (gaccbanto).
^) on the other side; 21,le {opp.
orato) cp. pilrato.
parattha', adv. {sa. paratra) in
another place, in the other world;
74,3 (^a'ti); Dh. 177.
parattha-, m. {sa. parartha) the
163
pariganhati
advantage or interest of others ; instr.
(for the sake of) ^ena, Dh. 166 {opp.
attadattha, q. v.).
*parappavadaj m. (cp. aa. para-
pravadin) disputation ; "-kusala, mfn,
110,9 (3.
v.) cp. pavadiH, mfn.
para ma, mfn. (= sa.) highest,
best (or worst);
f.
<>^a (roga) Dh.
203; M. rwara ^sukharii) ib. & 184;
n. pi. ,& (dukba, v, dukkha) ib.
;
abl. n. parama va seyyo (better than
the best) 55,8;
comp, *arogya-pa-
rama, mfn. having health for its best,
f.
/^a (labba, v. arogya) Dh.
204;
*vis8asa-, mfn. ib.
(q.
v.).
*''-duk-
kara, mfn.
(q.
v.)\ -attha, m. the
best sense, the whole truth {v. next)
;
abl. paramatthato (adv.) v. attha *').
*Parani attha-dipani,
f.
nom.
pr. of a commentary, by Dhammapfila,
on several books of the Khuddaka-
NikSya; specimen of the comm, on
Petavatthu
p. 84,25-86,10.
parajaya, m. (= sa.) defeat;
jaya-*", . victory and defeat, ace.
r^atm, Dh. 201.
parajita, mfn. (= sa.\pp. para-
VJ^
[& jya]) defeated, conquered; one
who has lost (in game, w. ace.)', m.
/N/O (sahassam) 2,14; 60,3i (as finite
tense, "he lost"); 60,i (tehi -^0).
parajiyati, vb. (pass, parajeti
[&
-jinati] ; sa.
para-VJi [& jya]) to
be overcome, defeated; to lose (in
game); pr. 3. sg. /x/ati
{ppp.
jinati)
48,9.
paramasati, vb. (sa. para-\/inr?)
to touch, feel, stroke (ace.)
;
part. m.
/>./aDto (hatthissa kumbbam) 77,i
;
ger. rwitva ([tam] batthena) 24,30.
25,8
; pp.
parama^ba, v, duppara-
mattba.
paray an a, n. (sa. parayana) aim
;
refuge, resort; e. c. mfn.
= destined
for, resorting to; *Brahmaloka-<*, mfn.
47,95; *8anibodhi-', mfn. 79,8*
(q.
v.).
pari-, indecl. (= sa.) prefix to
verbs and nouns, implying 'round,
around; richly, fully, completely' etc.;
before vowels it takes the form pahy-
(v. below), but before u also payir-
(metathesis, v, payirupasati) ; it is
sometimes changed into pali-
(q.
v.).
parikamma, n. (5a. parikarman)
') attendance, waiting upon; ovarii (ka-
tabbam, w. gen.) 84,i.

*) prepara-
tion, treatment (as painting, cleansing,
dressing etc.); *-kata, mfn. prepared,
treated (e.c.) : geruka-, 84,i9 ; ]akha-,
5,88 (v, h.),
parikkhaya, m. (sa, parikshaya)
destruction, ruin, loss; ace. x/am
(gaccbati, to be lost) 48,io; (ilatinam
etc.) Dh. 139. cp. parikkhina.
parikkbara, m. (sa. parisbkara)
provisions, utensils, esp. the priestly
requisites (civara etc.); ace, (e, e.)
^arii, 97,8.
parikkhipati, vb. (sa, pari-
yksbip) to put, hang, or wind around,
to surround (ace); pr. 3. pi. o^anti
(maladamani) 37,8; aor. 3. pi. ^imsu,
6,10;
ger. *) .x/itva (tbanam) 6,9;
(malam kantbe) 16,85; (assa sanim)
62,90 ; '') ~itvana, 112,6;
-
pp.
pa-
rikkbitta, m, ^0 (rajjuya, tied with
ropes)
64,80 ; n, f^&m (nabaruna,
kandam, "wound round with sinews")
92,91
;
pakara-, 23,8o (v. h.); su-
parikkbittaiii (sayanarii) 112,3 (sa-
niya). cp. parikkhepa.
parikkhina, mfn.
(pp.
parikkbi-
yati; sa. parikshina, pari-yksbi) va-
nished, disappeared, extinct; m. pi.
^U, (asava) Dh. 93; *kamabhava-'*,
*tanhabbava-^ *naiidibbava-*', mfn,
(v. h.) cp. parikkhaya.
parikkhepa, m. (sa. pariksbepa)
throwing about, surrounding, that by
which anything is surrounded;
^0,
37,8.
pariganhati, i)6. (so. pari-^grab)
') to embrace (ace.)
;
part. m. f^&uto,
21,86;
ger. pariggahetva (bababi)
20,0;

') to examine, search (through);
to try, test (ace.); part. m. ^anto
(babivalafijanake) 48,s; 43,6-88; 38,i8;
57,If (tam, in order to test her);
part. med. m. ^/amano, 43,i8; aor.
3. sg. n^i (antonagaram)
43,; fut,
11
pariggaha 164
1. so. /xfissaini (janapadam) 43,ii; ger.
/^ggahetva (do.) 44,i5.
-
caus, 11.
pariganhSpeti, to cause to be ex*
amined; part. m. .^ento, 48,s6. cp.
next,
parig^aha, m. (sa. parigraha)
'belonging to, dependent*, family, wife,
property, etc,
;
a-pariggaha, mfn. (un-
married) V, h., opp. sa-pariggaha,
mfn. 56,*-7.
pariggahetva, ger., v. parigan-
hati.
parighamsati, vl. (sa. pari-
Y/ghrsh) to rub, scrub
;
part, instr. m.
a-parighamsantena {sc. bhajanaib,
without rubbing) 82,si.
pari car at i, vh. (sa. pari-\/car)
'to go round', to attend, wait on ; to
serve, worship (ticc); pot. 3. sg. /^care
(aggim) Dh. 107. caua. paricareti
ly,
h.) cp. next,
paricarika,
f,
(= sa.) a female
attendant, waiting woman; nom. .^a
(itthi)
49,;
gen. pi, .vanara, 19,
u;
pada-'',
f.
id. & wife, instr. />^ttya,
56,n;i>?.
^a, 21,i; *''rvika-yakkhim,
f.
a menial Y., 111,8.
paricarf ti, v6. (caits. paricarati;
sa. paricaraj ati) to surround {aec.)
;
pasi,. part. m. paricariyamano (ni-
ppurisehi turiyehi, 'surrounded by")
67,si.
pariccajati, vb. (sa. pari-v/tyaj)
to abandon, give up, sacrifice (ace);
fui. 1, sg, .^isss mi (attanam tuyhaiii)
3,16;
ger, ^xiya. (attanam) 15,33;
(jivitam) 60,i4. cp. next,
pariccaga, m. {sa.\ parityaga)
leaving, abanrlcning, giving up; ahl.
/vS (mattSfJukaa-') "by leaving (a
emal) pleasure)" Dh. 290.
purijani, m. (== sa.) surrounding
or attending poople, servants; acc.
^.am, 67,e; get. rwassa, 67,26.
parijinna, mfn.
(pp.
parijiyati;
sa. parijirna, y'j}') worn out, decayed,
exhausted; n. ~am (puranasetthiku-
laiil, impoveri&h'.id, reduced)
55,9i
;
(idam ruparii) 107,7 Dh. 148.
p
a r i n fi a t
a
, mfn,
(pp.
parijanati
;
sa. parijnata, i/jfia)
thoroughly
known
;
n. r^&m (sabbadukkham,
sc. maya)
108,t8; *0-bhojana, mfn,
"living on
recognized food", t. e, one who has
the right view of the food he eats
(who exactly knows the substance of
which it consists, that it is only vile
and impure matter, and that there is
no pleasure in eating it) m. pi. /x'S,
Dh. 92 (cp, Dh. (1865) p. 281 ;
Chil-
ders Diet, parinfia).
parinamati, vb. (sa. pari-\/nam)
to bend, change (intr.); to develop,
ripen, become old, be digested (as
food); part, loc, ~ante (vaye, "as
age ripens") 47,u. cp. next.
parinama, m. (= sa) change,
development; digestion; samma-pariua-
mam (acc.) gaccheyya, 78,i6 (can be
fully digested).
paritassati (&
paritasati), vb,
(sa. pari-v/tras)
to be frightened or
alarmed, to tremble; pr. 3. sg, na
f^a.ti (sabbasamyojanam chetva) Dh,
397 (''after cutting all fetters he does
not tremble"); but we had perhaps
better to translate "he does not feel
any desire", and take paritassati
=^
sa. pari-^tfsh, to be afflicted by thirst,
metaph. to feel desire or longing; the
explanation Dhpd.
(1855) p.
428 : tan-
haya na bhayati (he does not fear on
account of thirst) and on several other
passages in the commentaries is pro*
bably due to a confusion of those two
verbs, of which
pp. paritasita (cp.
tasita) frequently occurs; paritassana,
f.
seems to have both significations :
fear & longing; cp. Mil.
p. 263,86 (gono
chato paritasito), Rhys Davids, Dial,
of the Buddha
(1899) p. 63.
paritoseti, vb. (sa. pari-v'tush,
cans, paritoshayati) to satisfy com-
pletely, to appease (acc.)\ part. med.
m. ^ayamano (aiiike nisinnarii put-
tarn) 38,14 ("cherishing").
p ari tta', mfn. (sa. paritta) limited,
small, little; n. rs^aiii (udakam)
4,5;
parittatthakatha,
f,
a concise commen-
tary, acc. ^atii, 113,2i.
165 pan
*paritta^ n. (cp, sa. paritiana,
fr. pari-y'tra) protection, an amulet;
"-sutta, M. a thread for defence, a charm,
ing thread, lll,n ("-tejena).
paridahati, vb, (sa. pari-Y/dha)
to put on (clothes, acc.)
;
fut. 3. sg.
.vdahessati (kasavam vatthaih) Dh.9.
parideva. m.
(= so.) lamenta-
tion ; instr. pi. ^ehi,
70,29; gen. pi.
/>^anam (soka-'')90,i7; soka-" (dvandva
comp.) 66,10-17. cp, pariddava.
paridevati, vb. {sa. pari-\/dlv)
to lament, cry, gro&n
\
part. m. >^a,T\iQ,
30,83;
f,
/vanti,
31,3;
gen, pi, omenta-
nam, 47,si
;
part, med, m, (^-tnano,
30,15; oor. 5. s^iT. paridevi, 24,7. pari-
deva, m. & paridevana, n, (a. v.).
pari de van a, n. (= sa.) lamen-
tation, groaning; "-sadda, m, "the
Bound of groaning", nom. <vO, 23,33,
cp. parideva & next,
*pariddava, m. (sa. *paridrava,
ydru; this word is formed after the
analogy of upaddava
{q.
v.) and may
probably be due to an old confusion
with parideva (v, above), by which
it is generally explained in the com-
mentaries (Tr.); it is only found in
comp. with soka-**) lamentation; tinna-
soka-^, infn. "who has crossed the
flood of sorrow"? Dh. 195.
*parinitthiti,
f,
(fr. pari-ni-
\/stba, cp, nitthita) completion, accom-
plishment; acc, ix/iih (gatesu, fulfilled)
114,31.
parinibbati, vb., v, parinibba-
yati.
parinibbana, n. (sa, parinir-
vana) complete extinction of indivi-
duality, so that one shall not be born
again; attainment of Nirvana; abl,
/va, 80,19; "-maficamhi nipanno,
110,19.
parinibbayati & parinibbati,
(sa. parinirvati, \/va) to be extin-
guished, to attain Nirvfina; pr, 3, pi.
/N^ayanti (Tatbagata) 76,98; o.^anti,
Dh, 126; aor, 3. sg. ^ayi, 29,i8;
80,19 (Bhagava); pp.
v, parinibbuta,
cp. parinibbana, n.
parinibbuta, nifn. (pp,
sa. pari-
nirvrta, \/vr, but as to the signification
belonging to parinir-\/va, v. pari-
nibbayati, cp. nibbuta) completely ex-
tinguished or liberated (from the saiil-
sara) ; m, ^o, 80,ii ; loc. <%/e, 80,i9
;
pi. m. ^si (loke, "even in this world")
Dh. 89.
paripakka, mfn, (sa, paripakva)
completely cooked; quite ripe, accom-
plished; m. >^o (vayo) Dh. 260.
paripucchati, vb. (sa. pari-
ypvacb) to put questions to (acc);
inf. '>.itum, comp. <'-kama, mfn,
who
wiBhes that questions shall be put
to himself, m, rvO,
84,7; grd, m,
/>^itabbo, ib.
paripunna, mfn. (sa, pari-purna)
quite full; accomplished, perfect; n,
-x/am (candamandalam, "the full
moon") 32,30 ; *sabbakara-*, mfn,
altogether perfect, acc, m. /v-am (pu-
risarii) 10,96; *-gabbha,
f,
adj, (v,
gabbha).
paripurati, vb. (sa.
pari-v'pf)
intr. to become full (completely); to
become perfect; pr. 3. sg, ^ati (pafi-
iia) Dh.
38; pp.
paripunna
(q.
v.).
paripphoseti, vb, (cans, pari-
\/prush) to besprinkle, water (occ);
ger, ^^itva ([bhumim] udakena) 84,99,
pariplava, mfn. (= sa.) swim-
ming round; unsteady; ^O-pasada, mfn,
"whose peace of mind is troubled", gen,
m, ,N./a8sa, Dh. 38,
pariphandati, vb, (sa, pari-
\/8pand) to tremble all over; pr. 3,
sg. /-vati (idam cittam).Dh, 34 (cp.
phandana).
paribbajati, vb, (sa. pari-y'vraj)
to wander about (esp, as a religious
mendicant, cp. paribbaja(ka)); pr. 3,
pi. >N^anti (etam [bandhanam] che-
tvana) Dh. 346;
pot. 8. sg. paribbaje
(kame pabatvana anagaro) Dh. 416.
paribbaya, m, (sa. parivyaya)
payment, salary; travelling expenses
or travelling cash; acc. <varil, 18,i8;
48,18.
paribbajaka, m.
(& paribbaja;
paribhavita 166
$a. parivrSja(ka)) a religieuR mendl-
cant, ascitic; nom. >vC (Ilttiyo) 89,i;
ace, /x-am, 29,s; "-avama, m. (v. A.).

'-vesena, in the character of a

p.
lie,29.
paribhavita, mfn. {pp.
pari-
bhaveti; = sa., cans. paii-\/bhu) pre-
pared, treated; n. i^&m. (cittam,
^highly cultivated") 106,; ace.
f.
^a (raanusivacara.karunaya, "filled
with compaBBion") 2^,9.
pHribha8ati,'6.{.ta.pari-\/bha9h)
to blame, ceosure, abuse (acc); pr,
8. ag. -wati (bhikkhu) 8A,S9.
paribhuiijati,v6.(sa. pari-Vbhuj)
to eat, enjoy (ccc); pr, 3. ag. -w^ati
(dadhirii) 35,23; 97,9
("makes use of
it"); 3. pi, o/anti, 21,o; inf. ,-vitum
(kame) 69,s7; ger. xitva, 36,35; pp.
paribhutta, n, r^&m (yassa, "when
ha has eaten it") 78, la. cp. next,
paribhoga, m. {: sa.) enjoyment,
use, *devata-*, mfn. 36,3i. {v. h.).
parimajjati, vb. (sa. pari-ymrj)
to cleanse, wipe; to touc^i, stroke (ace);
pr. 2. sg. ,^asi (bahiram) 106,u
=
Dh.
394;
part,
f,
^anti (pi^thiifa)
46,8,
parimandala, m/.(=sa.) round,
circular; n. /vaiil, 36,33, adv. /am,
all around, 82,17; *8U-parimandalam,
adv. completely, 113,7.
parimaddati,D6.(so, pari-\/mrd)
to rub, stroke {ace.)
;
ger, o/itva (ha-
tthena tassa sariraifa, "passed his
hand over") 24,88.
parimana, n. (= sa.) circum-
ference,* extent; ace. .v^aiiii (rajja-")
43,89.
pariyatti,/". (aa. paryapti) learn-
ing, esp. study of the holy texts; the
texts themselves handed down through
oral tradition (= tipi^aka); nom. ^i,
102,10 ; "-antaradhana, n. 'the dis-
appearance of learning', name of a
chapter of Anagata-vamsa
{q,
v,)
102,8,
pariyanta, mfn, {sa, paryanta)
endecl, ceased; far, remote;
m. end,
circumference, edge, border, outskirt;
aee. ,vath* (parlsa-*,
. parisS)
8T,i;
loo. H,e
(udaka-o)
4,;
(sara-*)
6,i7;
pi. hattha-pada-pariyanta
(the hoofs)
5,".
pariyati, vh. {sa. pan-y/ya)
to
go round (ace); pr, 3, sg. .^ati (ra-
janivesanam) 31,s.
pariyadana, n. {btiddh. sa. pa-
ryadana)
consuming,
consumption,
exhaustion, destruction, end; abl. /x-a
(ta88a,
"when that has been consumed")
96,8.
*pariyapanna, tnfn. {fr. pan-
S-v/pad)
included, contained in; patta-
pariyapannaih, n. "what has been put
in the bowl", 83,s.
pariyaya, m. & n, {sa. paryaya)
'going round', encompassing (also a
synonym); turn, succession, series,
enumeration (also a religious discourse
in general, opp, nippariyaya,
a dis-
course delivered on some particular
occasion); way, manner, order, method,
precision; view or point of view; nom,
n. aditta-pariyayam ("the sermon of
the burning") 71,18;
instr. ^eua
(aniiena
= aniienakarena, in another
way, from a different point of view
o; wrongly?) 91,ii-38; aneka-pari-
yayena, adv. in many ways, 69, is.
pariyesati, vb. {sa. pari-^/ish)
to seek or search for, inquire, inve
stigate (occ); part. m. /vanto (gooa-
ram) 14,i9; (phalaphalani) 35,38;
part, med. m. pi. ^-wraana (mige, in
order to find)
6,8; fut, 1, sg. ^issami,
14,88;
(dibbakame) 45,b; tn/'. ^itum,
43,8;
ger. o^itva (core) 30,3o.
"pariyogalha, mfn.
{pp.
pari-
yogabati, to inquire into, penetrate;
sa. *paryava-Y'gah, cp. ava-gadha);
"-dhamma, mfn. who has penetrated
the truth, m. ^o, 69,i3. cp. next,
'*'pariyogaba, m,
{fr, pari-ava-
\/gah) inquiring into, penetrating;
*duppariyogaha, mfn,
{q,
v.).
*pariyodapana, n.
{fr. next)
cleansing, purification; sacitta-", Dh,
183 {v. citta').
"pariyodapeti, vb, {cans, pari-
167 pttriBsaya
ava-i/dai) to cleanse, purify (occ);
pot. 3, sg, ~eyya (metrically =
paryo-
dapeyya, attanaiii) Dh. 88.
pariyosana.M, (sa. paryavasana)
end, conclusion; loc. /x-e, 29,i7 (sacca-",
q. V.)
\ 34,89 (jivita-") ; e. c. mfn,
=
ending with : (jala-**, 18,?; marana-",
86,16 ; vipatti-", 47,lo
(y. /.).
parilaha, . {sa, paridaha) burn-
ing, heat; pain, suffering, sorrow; nom,
^0,
Dh.
90; sa-parilaha, tnfn, filled
with pain, n. /vam, 94,a.
parivajjeti
(&
parivajjayati)
vb. {sa. parivarjayati, caus. pari-
i/vrj) to avoid (ace); pr. 3. sg. />.,eti
(papanj) Dh. 269; imp. 2. sg. {med.)
^^ayassu (kulavaka {ace.
f.
or n.pl.?)
"dont disturb the birds' nests") 60,le;
pot. 3. sg. /v^aye, Dh. 123.
parivattati, vb. {sa. pari-v/vrt)
to turn, change {intr,), to change into
(worn.); pot. 3. sg. '>/eyya (khiram,
dadhi /x/) 99,88;
ger. ^.-itva, 47,12;
-
caus. V. next.
parivatteti, vb. {sa. parivartay-
ati, caus. pari-v'vrt)
') to overthrow,
turn topsy-turvy; also intr, to rush,
hurtle (on account of confusion) : part,
m. pi. /N.-enta, 60,8.
- *) to repeat,
rehearse, recite {ace.)
;
pr. 3, sg, /v/eti
(Pataiijali-matam) 113,?;
pot. 2. sg.
/N./eyyasi (mantaiii) 52,26;
ger, ,%.^etva,
32,10.
-
*) to translate {ace.)\ imp, 2.
sg.r^Gh.\ (tam, Magadhanam niruttiya)
113,33; aor. 3, sg. r^B%\., 114,27.
parivara, m. (= sa.) suite, re-
tinue, followers; e. e.mfn.,
surrounded
by; instr. />^ena (mahantena) 7,5.
62,8;
paficasata-bhikkhu-", mfn, 87,s;
pancasata-Diiga-", mfn, 6,29;
panca-
Bugandhika-", mfn.
prepared with five
kinds of fragrant substances, n. (vam
(tambulam) 41,xs; sa-parivara, mfn,
together with the retinue, ace, m, .x/am,
110,26.
parivareti, vb, {sa. parivarayati,
caus. pari-^vy)
to surround, encom-
pass (ace,)', without obj. to stand
around; aor. 3. s^. '/x^esi, 36,S8; fut.
3. pi. <vessanti, 36,i6; ger, fs,tiy&
(atnbarukkham, "round the Mango
tree") 37,i9; pp.
m. parivarito (amacca-)
112,86. cp, parivara, m, & parivuta,
mfn.
*parivitakketi, vb. {fr. pari-vi-
\/tark) to reflect, ponder; aor. 3. sg,
fx^esii 53,33.
parivisati, vb, {sa. pari-\/vish,
but as to the formation confounded
with pari-^/vi?) to serve, wait on (occ);
imp, 2. sg, parivisa (mam tena, "serve
me with it") 78,8; aor.3.sg. parivisi,
78,11
;
ger. /^itva, 87,i7; part.
f.
/xanti (rajanam, suvanna-katacchum
gahetva) 53,32.
parivuta, mfn. {sa. parivrta,
pp.
pari-\/vr) surrounded by {instr. or
e. c); m. >^o (deva-ganena) 60,28;
36,28; 74,17; 7,28 (miga-gana-"); ace,
m. /vara (amacca-gana-*') 39,88;
f.
pi, xa (dasi-gana-) 21,i.
*parisainvuta, mfn, {sa. *pari-
samvrta) covered, hidden, guarded;
restrained, controlled; su-parisamvuta,
Dh. 234
{q.
v.).
parisappati, vb. {sa. pari-Y/srp)
to run about; pr. 3. pi. /^anti, Dh.
342. The common form of this verb
is pari-sakkati, cp, osakkati, nissak-
kana etc,
pari 8
a, f.
{sa. parishad) an as-
sembly; multitude, group, crowd; nom,
/x/S (assa, "his followers")
40,3; ace,
<xara, 88,2s; instr, /^aya, 74, n; gen.
dat. /x/aya, 6,3a; 86,10 (sampatta-**,
the assembly present) ; loc, ^ayaiil,
87,25 ; comp. catu-",
f.
{v. h.)
;
at the
beginning of comp. generally shortened
to parisa-, 87,23 (**-pariyantam)
;
'-majjhe, 10,2i. 42,4. 61,i5.
parisuddha, mfn. {sa, pari^ud-
dha, \/Qudb) clean, pure; a-parisud-
dha, mfn. 41,i {q.
v.).
parissaya, n.
(&
m.) {sa. pari-
Qraya, m.
(?)
Weber, Ind. Str. Ill,
395; as to the signification nearly
agreeing with parissama {sa. pari-
Qrama) by which it is sometimes re-
placed in the manuscripts; Fau8b0ll,
Dbpd.
(1855) p.
407 & Qloss. Sn.,
pariharati 168
derive! it from ea, ""pftrismaya, \/Bmi,
which can hardly be potBtble) danger;
pain, trouble, annoyance; n. pi. xwEni
(sabbSni) Dh. 328. [Phyeioally paris-
saya seems to moan 'the internal heat
of the body', as it is sometimes in the
conim. explained by kaummja-tejo;
perhaps it ought to be derived from
pari
+
V*?ri =
Vv^'S-
(*"
V?'*)'
cp. utu-parissaya-vinodana, MN. I
p. 10,17.]
pariharati, vh, (sa, pari-\/hr)
) to carry (round), to wear (ace.)
;
pr. 1. sg. med. /N^hare (munjaiii, q. v.)
103,.^3; ger. f^itva (kucchiya Bodhi-
8;tta.m) 62,s. *) to protect, take
care of, be the leader of; fut. 1. sg.
^issami (bhikkbu-rjaiiigham) 74,a3;
inf, /N..itum, 74,8i; cp. parihfira.
pari ban a, n. (sa. parihuna) the
being deprived of, falling away from
;
dai. /vaya (abhabbo) Dh. 32.
paribayati, vl.(sa, pari-hiyate,
pass. pari-Y/ba, cp. jahati) to be de-
prived of; to (t\\\ away from (o6i.),
disappear, vanis.'i, decrease, eto,\ pr.
3. sg. ^ati (saddbamma) Dh.
364;
aor. 3. sg. rwhayi,
18,29; fut. 3. sg.
isjUiiiii, 102,10 ;
-
pp.
parihina, loc.
m. f>,e, 102,10 ; n. /N-aiii n'attbi (w.
abi. 'has not been neglected')
37,27;
a-parihina, mfn. unbrohen (v. h.).
parihara, m. (= sa.) 'carrying
round'; protection, taking care of, the
making much of anything; abl. ^ato
(poranaka-", as hitherto) 37,27 ; *gab-
bha-o,' w.
(g.
v.) 42,2 (laddba-").
parihina, mfn,
(pp.
paribayati,
3.
'v.).
"^pariipakkania, m. (,'V. para
+
Upalckama) approaching or attack of
others (external eneraiss); instr. <^ena,
76,27 {cp. an-upakkaiuena).
*parupaghati, tnfn, (fr. para
\- Upaghati/i) who strikes or injures
others; nom. m. /vi, Dh. 184.
par eta, mfn. (;= sa.
pp. parS 4"
yi) reached, approached; e. c. = fol-
lowed by, overcome with ; *8oka-^,
mfn,
overcome with sorrow, gen, t.
/xasna, 104,it.
parodati, vh. (sa. ^TBi-y/nid)
to
begin to weep or lament; aor. 8, sg,
parodi (raabantena
saddena)
16,8i.
pary-, v. pariy-.
palavati (or pilavati,
plavati),
vb. (sa. plavati,
Vpl)
t ^**'
"*'''"
'
pr. 3. sg. fs,&t\ (hurahuram) 107,3o
= Dh. 334 ^metri causa .^ati); aor.
1. sg. a-plavim (phalakena)
20,2s.
palapeti, vb. (cans, palayati,
q. V.) to drive away (occ); imp. 2,
sg. .x-ebi (te) 36,i2; 3. pi. .>^etha,
62,20 ; aor. /^esi, ib.; inf.
^.-etum, 8,i.
palayati (&
paleti), vb. (sa. pa-
layati) to flee or fly away, escape;
pr. 3. sg. paleti, 106,3 = Dh. 49;
2. sg. r^ayasi, 54,2i ; 3. pi. ,>.ayanti,
6,81
; 1. pi. rvayaraa (let us escape),
21,3o; aor. 8. sg. '>-ayi, 10,83; 3, pi.
^ayimsu, 30,3o; fut. 3. pi. ,-wissanti,
35,u; 1. pi. /^issama, 21,32; inf.
^itum, 21,27; ger. ^itva, 60,2i;
-
cans, *palapeti (v, h.).
palasa, i.
n. (sa, pala(ja) ')
m. a leaf; pandu-palaso, Dh. 235
(q,
v.).

*) n. (coll.) leaves, foliage;
sakba-palasam, 95,23
(q.
v.); apa-
gata-", mfn, 95,23.
pali- or pali-, prp, = pari-
(q.
V.) cp. next etc.
paligha, m. (sa. parigha
[&
paligha]) a bolt or bar of a door; an
obstacle, hindrance;
ukkbitta-", mfn,
Dh. 398 (v. h.).
pali t a, mfn. (= sa.^ but often
spelled with ph through confusion with
phalita, q.v.)\ ') grey, greyhaired;
. ^aiii (siro) Dh. 260 (ph"); *-kesa,
mfn. greyhaired, acc m, ,%,aifa, 63,9.
- ") n. grey hair (sg. & pl.)\ nom,
sg, rvam (ekaiii) 44,25 (ph"); 46,2i
(eka-p"); 46,27 (ekamp"); pi. ^ani,
46,23; 44,22 (pb"); -
*phalita-patu-
bbavn, m. 44,32 (v. patubhava).
*palipatba, m. (read : pali-"; fr.
pra-yiip. w. sitff. -atha) mud, mire;
acc. ^aiii (duggam) Dh. 414 (this
miry road, which is difficult to pass?)
169 pavitt ittba
cp. Tr, PM.
p. 80-81 Notes ; JPTS.
'84,
p. 86. Childers & Fausbell de-
rive it from pari-patha (-pantha),
"adversary".
palibuddha, mfn, (probably iden-
tical witb sa. pari-ruddha, through
dissimilation
(?)
or from *pra-vi-rud-
dha by metathesis; in palibodha, m.
hindrance, we could suppose influence
from sa. pari-Vbadh (Tr. PJI.
p. 66)
or pari-ybandh {Leumann); from
palibuddha we have verb, denom.
palibuddbati, to check, restrain; to
urge, dun; to seize upon, usurp)
checked, restrained ; m.pl. f>^si (titthiya,
'there was put a stop to their mischief)
74,14. (cp, also sa. pary-ava-rodha.)
palujjati,r6. {pass. sa. pra-\/ruj)
to be broken, destroyed ; to fall off;
pot. 3. sg. ~eyya (sakhapalasam),
95,82; 3. pi, ,>.-eyyum (tacapapatika)
ib.
paleti, vb. =^
palayati
(q.
v.).
palepana, n. {sa. pralepana) the
act of smearing; *galha-'', mfn, 92,7
{v.h.).
palobheti, vb. {sa, pralobhayati,
caus. pra-\/lubh) to allure, seduce
(acc); ger. ,%^etva ^vanije) 21,is.
pallaihka, m, {sa. paryafika ft
palyanka) a couch or sofa; a throne
or palanquin; the sitting cross-legged
(as in meditation), in the phrase : pal-
lamkena {instr.) or we {loc.) nisidati,
17,85. 65,4. 66,4
(eka-o, q,v.); 63,83
{loc.)
; -majjhe, 39,26 ("on the royal
throne"); kaficana-", 42,9 (w. h.);
nisinna-pallaihkato, abl. "from the
couch on which he was sitting", 65,27
(vuttbaya).
pallala, n. {sa. palvala) a small
pond or lake; ace. rs^&m, Db. 91;
loc, <ve, 21,s6.
<
.pavadi4^ati ''* (*<* pra-\/vrdb)
to grow up, increase; pr.
3'
sg, ix/ati,
Dh. 282; 8, pi, ,^anti, 107,8
= Dh.
335.
pavattati, vb, {sa, pra-^vrt) *)
to arise, set out, break forth; aor. 3.
sg. pavatti (mabanadi) 36,i6; (uda-
nam) 65,i2.
- *) to become, appear;
to be, exist; pr. 8. sg. /%/ati (ratho'ti
namam) 98,24;
(Sihalesu ^ati, "is
extant among the S.") 113,8i; fut. 3,
sg. .N/issati (manussesu catuppadika
gatha) 102,22, caus, v. pavatteti; cp,
next,
pavattar, m, (rather fr. sa. pra-
vaktr than fr. pra-vartitr, cp. next)
one who tells or relates, expounder,
teacher; ace. >x/aram (nidhinaih, "who
tells of hidden treasures") Dh. 76.
pavatti,
f.
{sa. pravptti) appear-
ance, what appears or happens, news,
tidings, etc.; ace. >N/iih (arocesi) 6,22;
tatr'assa ^.^im na janama, "we dont
know what happened afterwards",
73,23.
pavatteti, vb, {caus, pavattati,
sa. pravartayati) to cause to arise,
send forth (acc); ger. ,%..etva (maho-
gham) 35,19.
pavara, mfn. {sa. pravara) the
choicest, best; noble, excellent; acc,
m, <x-am, Dh. 422.
pavassati, vb. {sa, pra-Y/vfsh)
to rain, begin to rain ; imp, 2. sg,
pavassa (deva!) 104,88; aor, 3, sg,
pavassi (mahamegho) 105,2i.
pavati (&
pavayati), vb. {sa. pra-
y/vS) to blow through, pervade (acc);
pr. 3. sg. rwati (sabba disa) Dh. 64.
pavadi/i, m. {sa, pravadin) a
disputer, polemic; acc. pi. /^ino
(ahindanto) 113,5. cp. parappavada,
pavala (& pavala^, m. n. {sa.
pravada & pravala) *) coral; comp.
-ppavala-, 27,88; 8) a sprout, a young
leaf or branch; kala-, 47,2o {q.
v.),
pavasa, m. {sa. pravasa) absence
from home, departure; abl, >^a, (agato)
9,27. cp, cira-ppavasiH, mfn.
pavijjhati, vh. (a. pra-\/vyadh)
to hurl or oast down (acc); aor. 8,
sg, pavijjhi (mahantaro silam) 75,85.
pavitt ha, mfn, (j7j). pavisati, sa,
pra-vishta)
entered, one who has en-
tered or come into {acc, or abl.)', m,
f^o (himagabbham) 16,9; acc /^am
(adittapannasalatb) 44,8o; mukhe
pavibhajati 170
/vam.(ambapha)adi) 37,m; (Mna a-
jassa e,nto >) 86,i8 ; eowip, kuccbim
paTittha-sadiso^ 61,4
;
gabana^thana-
pavittba-maggan, "the path by which
they ba(? turned into *-he jungle", 34,ii.
payibhajati, vb. (sa. pra-vi-
y'bhaj) to divide, distribute, arrange
(ace); aor. 3. pi. i>.ajjira8u (Satthu-
Basanam) 109,3s (incorrect spelling
instead of pavibhajinKu); ger. ^ajja,
110,1. cp. vibhajana.
paviveka, . (aa. praviveka)
solitude; **'-rasa, tw. "the sweetness
of solitude", Dh. 20B {ace, o^amV
pavisati, vb, (sa. pra-y'viQ) to
enter, go to, come into {ace. [or loc.])\
pr. 3. pi. ^anti (nagaram) 90,36;
(antojalam) 88,35;
part, m, instr,
/>/antena, 83,9i; imp. 2. sg. pavisa
(udakain, dive into) 13,i; (aggirii)
61,12; fut. 1. 8g. fv/issami (aggiih,
i, e. I will pay with my life for it)
54,4; aor.
*)
(w. augm.) 3, sg. pavisi,
13,8 (~i, metri uauHn), 33,ii; **) 3. pi,
pavisiiiisu, 53,*. 60,a; 2. pi, n^ittha
(ma) 27,30 ; inf. >^iturii, 13, 15; comp,
<N/itu-kama, mfn, 82,24. 83,87 (w. ^0,
w, acc.)\ ger. )
pavissa, Dh. 127;
'') i^itvil, 6,7. 14,18. 37,12; grd. /vitab-
baiii, n, 83,.11; pp.
pavil^tba {l-v.);,
caun, pavesoti & pavesiipoti
(q,
v.)
cp, next.
*pavi3ana, n. (iiom, act. fr. pa-
visati, cp, paveeana) entering, coming
in; ''-kale {w, ace. aggim) 51,14; 73,i2
(do. nagaraiii); "-velayarii (tesuih,
"tts thoy came in") 53,4.
pavuccati, vb. {pass, pra-^/vac)
to be called; pr. 3, sg, dhamma^tho
'ti .'^ati, Dh, 257 ; tanba /^ati, 103,26.
pavedeti (<%.ayati), vb, {catts.
pra-y/vid, sa. pravedayati) to com-
n'.unicate, rulute, touch (acc); pr. 3,
pl. /N..ayanti {sc, dbaminaiii) Dh. 161
;
pp. pavedita, tr.ught; acc. m, n^&m
(isi-pp", maggaiii) Dh. 281
;
loc, m,
r^ii (ariya-", dhamnae) Dh. 79.
pavedhati, v^t. {fr. sa. pra-
\/vyatlti hut (trlMiin iik a tiuw Mimplvx
to cans, *pm-vyti;liayati
>
pavedbeti
;
cp. Tr. PM. 76,5)
to
tremble,
quiver;
part. med. acc. m,
f.
rwinanarii,
47,t.
63,9.
.. ,
paveni & paveni
(of
^Ot,'-
{sa. praveni) 'a long braid of hair',
hence *) race, lineage, esp,
breed of
cattle, cattle for breeding; pl. ^iyo
(godharaniyo, q, v.) 105,n-u.
(Comra.
on Sn. V. 26 : vayappatta
balivaddehi
saddhim metbunapatthana
- gavo)
;
') tradition, traditional custom or doc-
trine (also = the holy scriptures) cp,
Tr. PM. p.
69,7-44.
pavellati, vb, {fr.
pra-\/vell)
to shake or swing to and fro, to sway;
part, med,
f.
^mana, 47,20.
pavesana, n. {sa, prave^ana)
I)
entering {cp, pavisana) ; *)
placing
or putting on, application ; dande
pavesana-vasena {v, vasa) "according
as you fit it to the handle", 35,5.
*pavesapeti, vb. {cans. IT. pa-
visati) to cause one {acc.') to enter
(occ); pr, 3. sg. r^eW (miitugainam
aggirii) 61,80.
*p a V e 8 e t a
, m. {nom, agentis fr.
next) one who allows to enter, who
gives admittance; nom, r^a (iiatanarii)
90,33.
pavoBoti, vb, {cans, paviftati;
sa, pravegayati) to cause or allow to
enter {acc.) into {acc. or loc), to put
on, introduce; pr, 3, pl, /x-enti, 49,
1;
fut, 3, sg. ^Hsaaii,
102,j7;
^er. ,%.etva
(bahumige uyyane)
6,5;
(migaganarii
uyyiinarii) 6,in; (uggahana-rajjukarii
giviiya) 14,b9; (nagaraiii) 73,9o; cans,
II. pavesapeti
{q,
v.) cp, pavesana,
., paveSetar, m,
pasaiiisati, vb, {sa. pra-y/^ams)
to praise (acc); pr, 3, pl. <N^anti
(appamadinii) Dh.
30; Dh. 229. 366;
iia-ppaHuiiisanti, Dh.
177; gcr, ^itva,
3,28; pp. pasainsita, m, />/0, Dh. 228
~30. cp, next,
p
a 9 a rii s a ,/". (sa. praQaiiisa) praise
;
ninda-pasariisasu, loc, pl, (blame and
praise) 106,80 = Dh. 81.
paHaniia, nifn,
{pp. piisldati; m.
prasanna) ') clear, bnghtj placid.
171 passati
tranquil; pleased, happy (w, gen, or
loc.)', n. ,x/0, (te) 7,t3; (tassa) 31,ii;
(Buddhasasane) Dh.
368; 114,r,
instr, (x/ena, 8,;
Dh. 2 (manasa).

^) who is clear in his persuasion, be-
lieving, full of faith or devotion, pious;
m. ^0, 28,8. 102,33; evam ^o aham,
79,27; pi. .-a, 76,3s (opp, a-ppasanna,
q. v.); *-citta, mfn. with a pious
mind, believing, ace, m, >^aiii, 68,S3.
pasavati, vb. {sa. pra-y'su) to
procreate, produce (ace); pr, 3. sg,
<N,/ati (veram) Dh.
201; pp.
pasuta
(g.
v.).
pa 8 ah at i, vb, (sa. pra-Vsah) to
conquer, overcome (aco,); pr, 8. sg,
^ati (metri causa ^at!) Dh, 7 (tarn);
Dh. 8 (na-ppasahati) ; 104,5 (taih
senam)
;
pot. 3, sg, mcd, ^etha (na-
ppO)
Dh. 128.
pasada, m. (sa. prasada)
i)
bright-
ness, purity; ^) favour, kindness (opp.
kopa); ^) conviction, persuasion, faith
(opp. nana); abl. ^E, 79,29; *-matta,
f.
a minute portion of faith (Gota-
massa, "on G.") 94,23; *pariplava-,
mfn. Dh. 38 (v. h.).
pasadana, n. (sa. prasadana)
') clearing, calming, propitiating; ^)
= prec, *yatha-pasadanara, adv.
according to one's favour, pleasure,
or faith, Dh. 249.
pasadbana, n. (sa. prasadliana)
decoration, vesture; r^&m (uraccha-
da-*, q. V.) 23,38
;
(yakkharaja-**)
112,29; instr. pi. ^ehi, 112,23.
pasadheti, vb. (sa. pra-Vsadh)
to adorn, decorate, array (ace); uor,
3. sg. /N/ayi (bbaccam, pasadbanebi)
112,23; pp.
pasadhita, m. ^o (man-
dita-, "dressed and arrayed") 41,io.
cp. prec.
pasareti, vb. (sa. prasarayati,
cans, pra-^sr)
to stretch or spread
out, to open (ace); aor. 3. sg. /vesi
(apanam, 'opened a shop") 48,8i;
ger. ,^tva (pakkbe) 10,u; (battbam)
62,18; pp.
pasarita, outstretched,
-giva,
f.
17,22 (v. h.),
pasibbaka, m. (sa. prasevaka,
cp. Fausbell, Dhpd.
(1855) p. 268;
fr,
*pra-sivyaka (V) Childers) a bag,
sack, purse; aco. /vaib, 12,3i; 13,5
(chinna-**); loc, rwe, 12,24; tambula-",
57,38 (q.
v.),
pasidati, vb. (sa, pra-y/sad) to
become clear, tranquil, or pleased (w.
gen,); pr, 3. sg. n^&ti (cittam) 103,2i;'
ger, ^itva (tassa) 37,i7; pp. pasanna
(q.
v.) cp, pasada & pasadana,
pasu, m. (sa. paQu) cattle; putta-
pasu-,
Dh. 287 (children and cattle).
pasuta, mfn, (sa. prasita,
pp.
pra-\/8a, si) intent upon, devoted to
(gen. or loc, or e. o.)
;
m, vO (uiiga-
vadha-") 5,8; (gooara-") 13,i8; (sad-
attba-") Dh.
166;
pi. <va (sa-kioca-*)
86,28;
(jhana-*) Dh. 181.
pasuta, mfn,
(pp.
pasavati, sa,
prasuta,
v'^u)
procreated, brought
forth; n. >x'am (babum apunfiam) 76,8,
passa, n. (sa. par^va) side; instr.
/vena (nipajjapetva, "upon his side")
13,17 ; loc. ~e (pitthi-",
brabmanassa,
"behind") 50,i8; loc.pl. r^esu (ubbo-
8u) 40,5;

*8ammattba-*', mfn, 47,i9
(v. h.).
passati, vb. (sa.
Vpacj)
to see,
look at, consider, perceive, notice, find
out (ace.) cp. dissati ^)
;
pr. 3. sg,
<vati (panfiaya, understands) 107,
u
= Db. 277; (rajanarii, comes to see,
visits) 52,24; 2. sg, /vasi, 10,i3. 73,6.
85,16.111,19; 1, sg, /x/ami, 31,36. 97,8o;
42,17 (fv vo'ham attanam, 'an ex-
ample thereof I am myself^?); 3, pi.
/vanti, 63,10. 110,]2 (find); 1, pi.
-vama, 73,22;
part, m,
^) passam
(evam, 'considering this')
71,4; a-pas-
sam, Dh. 114; ^) passanto, 14,a7.
46,4 (a-, not seeing); gen.
) passato,
96,8. Dh. 114; >) passantassa (gen.
abs.) 17,24; instr. passata (intelligent)
Dh. 246;
pi. a-passanta, 30,si;
f.
a-
passanti, 68,29;
gen. ,x/antiya, 64,i7;
-
imp. 2. sg. passa, 2,i. 6,7 (pass');
11,17. 19,22. 103,24; 2. pi. rwatba,
18,8. 51,19. 88,8;
-pot. 3. sg.
)
passe,
Db. 76. 170; >)pas8eyya, 16,i4(find);
69,1 ; 90,84 (look for); -
fut. 1. sg.
pasEBsa 172
i^iisSmi, 66,tti;
-
aor. 3, tg. passi,
28,. 36,T. 64,t (ccahajano ma /<v);
a-passi, 111,it; 3. pi. .^iifasu, 27,i;
l.pl, .%/imha, 54,i3;
-
inf. passitum,
4,18;
ger. a-pasaitva (not seeing)
13,5;
- pass. v. dissati*);
- cans, v.
dasseti.
passasa, m. (sa. pra^vasa) breath-
ing in, inhaling; no'.n. ,vO (assasa-**,
q.
V.) 80,32.
pahamsatiS v6..(sfl, pra-^/ghrsh)
to rub, stroke (acc); ger. rs^itva
(phara&uiii h;itthena) 36,8. cp. pari-
ghamsati.
[pahamsati*] vh. {sa. pra-y/hrsh)
to "ejoice. be glod;
pp. v. paha^^ha.
pahata, mfn. [pp.
paharati, q, v.).
pahattiia,- n-.fn. (sa. prahrshta,
pp. pra-\/hf8h) erect (as the hairs ol'
the body etc,)', delighted, glad, pleosed;
^'-kanna-vala, mfn. with the tail and
ears erect, m. .^o, 75,2i.
pahata, mfn. {sa. prahata, \/han
;
sometimes confounded with paba^a,
sa. prahrts^ v. paharati) beaten, killed,
severely hurt; m. rwO, 30,22. cp. next.
pahatvana", ger, v. pajahati (Dh.
243. 415-16 == Sn. 639-40; the
Birm. reading is alwa.vs pahantvana,
fr.
pra-yhan).
paharati, vb. {sa, pra-^hr) to
beat, strike^ cut; to strike at, hit,
attack {w. acc, or rarely w. loc. or
gen,); pr. 3.sg,i>^&i\ (kannam, "reaches
his ear") 22,si; part. m. pi, ^anta
(bhumim, tnuggarehi) 6,ii; imp, 2.
sg, .^ahi, 60,i7; pot, 3. sg, ~eyya
(brahmanassa, B. has hareyya) Dh.
389 ; aor. 3. sg. pahari (tarii niukhe)
12,10 ; 13,80. 60,19 (sise kapparena);
89,8; 1. sg. i^im, 61,8; 3. pi. ^imsu,
52,18; inf. ^iturii, 7,s8; comp. ,>^itu-
kama, mfn. desiring to beat, . ,>.,o,
29,25 ("to butt");
f
r^a, SO.ie; ger.
->^itva; 13,21. 23,9. 36,3. 41,is. 50,9;

cans, II. *paharapeti, to let strike;
imp. 2. sg. rvchi (etaih katipayehi pa-
harehi) 65,8; aor. 3. sg. r^esi (ubho-
su passesu) .55,i4; ger. ^etva (javarii
tava sise) 61,i ;
pp. pahata, m.
<vO, 12,n; n. pi. /x-Sni
(lonajala-',
cakkhuni, "injured") 24,i6; cp. pa-
bata, pahara.
pahassatha,
pahatave, pa-
ha turn, V. pajahati.
pahana, n. {sa. prahana)
aban
doning, giving up; nom. /x/am (sab-
bassa dukkhassa) Dh, 331.
pah ay a, ger., v. pajahati.
pahara, m. {sa. prahara) ') a
stroke, blow; nom. r^O (thaddho)
60,22; acc. pi. <^e, 55,i5; instr. pi.
,.-ehi, 56,8;
pahara-sate {loc.) 66,is
(a hundred stripes); eka-ppabaren'eva
(instr.) V. eka^); dalha-paharam
\acc.) 30,18
= su-ppaharam, ib.;
pani-ppahara-saddena {instr.) "at
the clapping of the hands", 18,i8.

*) the mark of a blow, wound; acc,
r^am, 60,24. 62,83; acc, pi. ^e, 6,ji.
pahinati (&
^ati) vh, {sa, pra-
Y'lii)
to send, send away (acc); aor.
8)
(augm.) 3. sg. pahesi (pannam)
36,22; (darakaiii) 81,12 [hence we have
by false analogy a new verb paheti,
pr. 3, sg.\; >) 3. sg. pahini, 48,29;
64,6 (sasanam); 3. pi. pahinimsu
(pannakare) 68,22; pp.
v, next.
pahita, mfn.
{pp.
pahinati, sa.
prahita) sent, directed towards; acc,
m. <^am (pannakaram) 68,32;

pa*
hitatta, mfn. {sa. prahitatman, cp,
attaJl) whose mind is intent upon,
energetic, resolute; acc, m, .^am,
103,17; padbana-", 103,2 (v.
/(.);
pi.
m, ,>.a, 104,9; acc. pi. r^e, 108,i9
(savake).
pahina, mfn.
{pp. pajahati; sa,
prahina, ^ha) thrown off, abandoned,
ceased; n. r.-am (tarii riipara Tatha-
gatassa) 96,io; *puniia-papa-'', mfn.
"who has ceased to think of good and
evil", gen. m. ^assa, Dh.
39; *8abba-
gantha-", mfn. Dh. 90 {v. gantha);
"""-mana, mfn. free from pride, gen,
m. ^assa, Dh. 94.
pahuta, mfn. {sa. prabhuta,
pp,
pra-^bhu) much, abundant; n, /^am
(snkaramaddavam)
78,2; (pufinarii)
103,9.
173 pStiinokkha
pakata (or pakata) mfn. (fr.
pakati,
q. v.; sa. prakrta, cp. sa. pra-
ka^a) 'natural', vulgar, universal;
known, widely known, famous; w. ^o
fsakalakappaiii) 16,i5 ; 38,i7 ; n. ^am
(bhikkhusamghe) 29,J8; comp. -bi-
bhaccha-sambadba-tthana (disclosed)
66,7._
pakara, . (.^ .?)
(sa. prakara)
a wall, ratnpart; ,N^am (n.? perhaps
we have to read : sabbaso va pana
tesaih pakaro na hoti, "or else [be*
cause] those [towns] have no fortifica-
tion at all")
91,19; thira-, & dalha-"
(v. h.)\ - o-parikkhitta,
mfn. but-
rounded by a wall, n, r^am (nagaram)
23,26
j^
*-vivara, w. ace. <x/ara, 90,3*
= pakarassa chinnatthanam, 91,so;
*-sandhi, /"., ace. <vim, 90,84 = dvin-
nam itthakanam apagatatthanam,
91,S9.
pa ana (rarely pajana) n. (sa,
prajana) a goad;
*<'-vatthi, f.
71,89
(= patoda-latthi, 98,6) v. ya((hi. cp.
paceti.
paoina, m/n. (sa. pracina) eastern;
-loka-dhatu, 32,3o (v. h.); *-si8aka,
mfn. with the head turned towards
the east, n, rvaiii (dibbasayanam)
61,16,
*paceti (&
pajeti) vb. (sa. *pra-
\/aj, caws.) to drive (as cattle, occ);
pr. 3. sg, r^eti (gavo) Dh, 136. cp,
pacana.
pa tali,
f.
(= sa.) the trumpet
flower tree (Bignonia suaveolens)
;
*Citta-,
f.
59,29 (q.
v.).
pa(ha, m. (= sa.) reading, leo.
ture; the text of a book, passage,
lectio variaai; Kbuddaka-, m. nom,
pr.
(q.
v.),
pana. m. (&
rarely n, pi, (sa,
prana; breath, life; a living being;
pi. & sg. coll. living beings; nom,
rwo, 17,19; ace. r^&m, 60,iT (= jivi-
taih, 60,u); eka-panaih, 27,2s; eoll.
97,10. Dh. 246; n. pi. ^a.m, Dh. 270;
gen. pi. <%/anam (sabba-") ib. ;
o-va-
dhakamma, n. destroying life, ace.
ram, 60,18, cp, next etc.
panaka, m. (sa. pranaka) a little
animal, a worm or insect; pi. r\/a,,
16,5.
*panaghatin, m(fn). (cp, sa.
prana-ghataka) one who kills or mur-
ders; m. nom. rvi, 17,29.
pana tip ata, m. (sa. pranatip' .
destroying life, taking animal In
nom. >N/0, 97,15; ace. r^&m, 15,3i.
17,28; abl. <N/a, 17,3i; 81,29 (vera-
mani). cp. panam atimapeti, Dh. 246.
pani, m. (= sa.) the hand; instr,
/%/ina, 112,28; Dh. 285; loc. />/imbi,
44,26; comp. "-ppahara-saddena, 18,i8
(v. h.) cp. tamba-panni (v. tamba).
pani/i, mfn. (sa. pranin) living;
suhst. m. a living being; aec. ^inam,
17,99;
gen.pl, ~inam (= paninam)
Dh. 135 (cp, Kuhn, Beitr. p.'Sl).
panupeta, mfn. (sa. pranopeta)
living, "while one's life lasts"; aco.
m. f^iiva. (main, sarai^am gataih)
69,20 (cp, upeta).
pata, m, (= sa.) falling (down
or into); v. pindapata, m. 83,i2.
*Patanjali-mata, n. the doc-
trine of Patanjali
(q.
v.)', acc. >vaiii
113,6. (Patanjali- must either be
adj. = *Patanjaliya or subst. =
Patanjali; cp. sa. Patanjala, mfn. &
Patanjali = Patanjali.)
patarasa, m. (sa. pratar-a^a)
morning meal, breakfast; acc. fx/am,
8,90 ; *"-bhattam, 67,9 (id.); bhutta-",
mfn. one who has eaten his breakfast,
m. /s/O, 22,22, cp. pato.
pati,
f.
(sa. patri) a cup, bowl;
aco. /vim, 56,96; tuccha-**, 56,27;
pu^na-", 27,18; bhatta-", 34,i8; loc,
->/iyg, 56,26;
pi. <viyo (suva^na-ra-
jata-**) 61,17; instr. <vibi (id,) ib,
patimokkha, n. (budah, sa,
pratimoksha, m.,
fr, prati-\/muo, cp,
SBE, XIII.
p.
xxvi) the moral law,
the title of the oldest ooUeotion of
moral precepts of the Biiddhists; loc.
^e (samvaro, "living restrained under
the law") Dh. 185. 375 (cp. SBE. X.
p.
51 Note; Hardy, Eastern Mona-
chism p. 8;
a translation of the Fsti>
pstn* 174
mokklia>precepta ii given bjr Bhys
Davids & Oldetiberg, SBE. XIII.
p.
1-69.)
patu-, indeeh (before vowels :
patur-; sa. pradur) fottb, in eight
(only prefixed to tbe verbs karoti &
bhavati and their derivatives) v. below.
paturn, tn/"., v. pivati.
patu-bhavati, vh. {aa. pradur-
\/bhii) to become visible or clear,
appear; pr. 3, pi, rvanti, 66,so; aor.
3. sg. patur-ahosi, 67,3i;
pp.
patu-
bbiita, n. ,^am, 45,4. cp, next,
patu-bhava, m. (sa, pradur-
bhava) becoming visible, manifestation,
appearance; acc, rvam (phalita-**)
44,32.
pateti, vb, {cam, patati; sa.
pitayati) to caUEe to fall, let fall,
drop, loose, throw down (acc); part,
m, rwento (dandakam) 13,81; aor. 3,
sg. /wcsi, 29,87. 36,i
;
fut. 2. sg. /x/es-
sasi, 4,a9; ger. r>^tva, 4,83. 12,3i.
23,9; pp. patita, m. .^o, Dh. 407.
pato, adv. {sa. pratar, cp, pata-
rasa above) in the early morning;
/^ va (nikknamitva) 'quite early in
the morning", 14,2i; i^ va tava hotu,
"let it be till tc-morrcw", 15,lo.
patheyya, ;. {sa. patheya; cp,
patba) provisious for a journey, via-
tic im; ,>^am. Dh. 235.
pada, w). (= sa.; cp. pada) )
tho foot or leg (of a person or an
animal), the foot (ol' a mountain, tree
e'c), basis, foundation
;?);
norm, /%/0
(pabbata-) 14,9; instr, rvena (gac-
chantasaa) 97,f6; loc. /-^e, 76,i; pi,
pvil, 97,8o; hattha-", 99,i3'(hands and
feflt) comp, 6,37; acc, pi, ^e, 49,6.
67,16. 62,28; imtr, .^ehi,
40,86; pac-
chima-^, 24,aG (hind feet); loc. <%..esu,
59.8. 76,22 (sicasa iiipatitva) cp. pa-
da-niule {loc) "at one's feet",
49,5.
36,27 ;
-
padodaka,, n., *-katha]ika.
0.
pamsu, n. -raj a, .. pa-
-sanfiata. riciirika,
f.,
"-pi^ha, .,
mfn, {v. /(.).
-
*thiia-pitkara-piida,
ifn. whose fortifications have a strong
foundation; . ^aiil, 91,so (comment
on dajhuddapam).
- )
the fourth
part of a verse; abt. pi, /^-ehi, 114,ti.
cp. catuppadika, mfn.
padaka, mfn, (=
sa,) having feet
(e. c); *8arabha-, mfn. 42,9 {q.
v.).
paduka,
f.
{== sa.) a shoe, slipper;
acc, pi. ->.'ayo (suvanna-,
"gilt slip-
pers") 68,;
abl.pl, .v.ahi (do.) 68,ie.
pana, n, (=
sa.) drinking, a
drink; imtr. -%..ena {opp. anna) 20,26;
comp. o-bhojana, . (drink and food)
loc, <^e, Dh. 249; dibba-", n. 59,25
{i. e, the liquor of the Devas) ; sura-",
sura-meraya- {q.
v.).
panaka, n. (= sa.) a drink, be-
verage; *sakkhara-panakadihi
{instr.
pi.) "sugar-water and the like", 18,27.
paniya (or paniya), . (= sa.)
a drink, esp, water, drinking water;
acc. -vaiii, l.ia; ms<r. paniyena, 83,i3;
*Mittha, n, a watering-place, 11,28
{loc, <^e); vasita-", n, 4l,ii
{q.
v.).
papa, mfn. {= sa.) bad, evil,
wicked; . -wO, Dh.ll9 (ojjp.bhadra);
n. snbst. evil-doing, sin, crime (often
esp, of sexual intercourse); worn, /vam
(maya kata-) 17, 17; acc, ^am, Dh.
117 (op^. puiifui); 48,7 (unchastity)
;
69,21 ; 85,86 (mukhasa); 104,34;
gen,
/^.assa (phalaiii) 17,26; Dh. 183 (sab-
ba-); abl. /%.a, Dh. 116; loc, ^as-
mirii, ib.; pi, ^ani, Dh. 119. 265;
gen. pi. rvanam, Dh. 265. 333 (pa-
pan') ;
- cp. nippapa, mfn., bahita-",
mfn. {v,
/.);
puiina-papa-pahina,
mfn. {v, pahina) ; "-vagga, m, the
9""
chapter of Dh.
compar, %/iyo
(or <N/iya) v, h. cp. next etc,
papaka, mfn. (= sa.) bad, evil,
wicked;
f
^ika (gati) Dh. 310; acc.
^.ikam (dit^hira) 91,i6. Dh.
164; n.
ry^hm (ditthigataiii)
90,2*; (kammam)
lOO.c; abl.pl. ^ehi (kammehi) 100,8;
n, stilst. fx-aiii, evil-doing, 59,8i.
pilpa-kamuia, n, {sa. papa-
karman) wickedness, sin, crime ; nom,
rvarii,
61,7; acc. ^arii (vacaya) 86,34;
99,13. (Satthara kata-") 73,87; abl,
^a, Dh. 127.
papa'kammiji,
mfn, (sn. papa-
175 pSra-gu
kartni))) evil-doing; tn. pi, .^/ino,
Dh. 126.
papa-kariH,
mfn. (= sa.) s=
prec; m. /x/i, Dh.
15.
papimai, mfn. (sa. papman)
wicked, sinful; w. subst, 'the wicked
one*, i. e. Mara; nom.
^m&, 71,87
(Maro); gen. ^mato (Marassa) 7l,8i;
voc, rwma, 71,31,
papiya(s), compar.fr, papa (sa,
papiyas) worse;
[. /x-o; n, rv-am
&]
payiyo, Dh. 42. 76 (opp, seyyo).
papunati
(& pappoti) vb, (sa.
pra-\/ap) to arrive at, attain to, reach,
obtain (ace, or gen. (dat,)); pr, 3, sg.
pappoti ([sukham) Dh.
27; 8. pi.
papunanti (maranam) 6,m; imp, 3.
sg, /N..natu (varo, mama parisaya
(gen, dat.) cp.
6,39) 6,26;
put, 8. sg,
/^ne, Dh. 138; aor, 8. sg. <^n\, 6,32
(to. gen. dat.)
; 20,3 (rukkhassa santi-
karii); 42,32; 89,i6; J. s^. (x-nim, 17,?;
fitt. 3. pi, /^nissanti, 34,i9; 3, pi,
/N^nissatha (vinasam) 32,28; (/cr. patva,
17,11 (dukkham); 23,2i (dipam); 30,i.
38,11. 46,29, 87,23. 110,18; pp, patta
(q.
V.) as finite tense : . >^o, 30,83;
n. ^&m, 43,3 (= papuni); catis, v.
next. cp. patti,
f.
papeti, vb, (cans, papunati; sa.
prapayati) to cause one (acc.'\ to reach
or attain (ace, or gen. dat.); pr. 3,
sg, /x^eti (navam vinasam) 27,i2;
imp. 2. sg. />./iehi (varam annassa)
7,8;
flit. 1. sg, /x-essami (tam vina-
sam) 5,10; inf. /x-etum (varam aiiiie-
saiii)
6,35;
ger, ^eiyei (tam jivitak-
khayaih) 4,22.
p am ado, aor, 2. sg, (v, pamaj-
jati.)
*pamokkha, mfn, (fr,
pamukha,
q. V.) eminent, famous; chief, principal;
disa-*, mfn, (v. h,)\ brahmana-pa-
mokkhe (ace. pi. the most eminent
among the Br.) 61,24; Mabakassapa-
pamokkha tbera, the Theras whose
chief was M., 110,16,
*pamojja, n. (fr, pamodati; cp.
sa. pracQoda) joy, delight; ace. /vain
(pitl-S
"happineis and joy") Dh. 874;
*-bahula, mfn, full of delight, . <v0,
Dh. 376.
payasa, m, n, (sa. payasa) rice
boiled in milk, milk-porridge; gen.
/x-assa (vara-", excellent milk-porridge)
61,26.
payasi, payimsu, aor., v, payati,
payeti, vb, (cans, pivati; sa.
payayati) to give to drink (w;. double
ace,), to give suck (ace); pr, 1, sg,
rvemi (nam) 58,38; imp. 2. sg, -x-ehi,
ib.; ger, .x/etva (asure dibbapSnam)
59,95.
para, n, (= sa,) the opposite
bauk or shore, the other side; the
highest end, metaph, =:
NibbSna;
(x-aiii (prp. w, gen,) on the other side,
beyond; 2,ii (samuddassa) ; comp,
"-GaHgaya (loc^, on the other side of
the Ganges, l,i4; nadi-pare (loc.)
56,21 ; ace. ovarii (essanti) Dh. 86
(perhaps to be taken as one word :
param-essanti, "will pass over", SBE.
X.
p. 26); abl. (adv.) parato, v. be-
low; pararii a-param va, 'neither the
further nor the hither shore', Dh. 385,
& paraparam, 'both shores', ib. seem
to be used metaph, in the sense of 'this
and the future existence, the whole
existence'
(?)
ep, oraparam, adv, 108,26
(v. /.)
para-ga, mfn. (= sa,) going to
the opposite shore, crossing over, who
has overcome or mastered, knowing
thoroughly, versed in (gen. or loe,);
m, /xo (tisu vedesu) 113,s; pi. <xa
(jati-maranassa) 106,26. ep, para-gu.
para-gata, mfn. (= sa.) who
has reached the opposite shore (i. e.
Nibbana); m. rvO, Dh. 414.
*para-gavesi, mfn., looking
for the other shore; m, pi, r^ino,
Dh._355.
para-gamin, mfn. (= sa,) pass-
ing over to the opposite shore ; m. pi;
(x^ino, Dh. 85.
para-gii, mfn. (= para-ga,
q.
v.) nom, sg. m. t^xi ('ti^^am vedSnam,
brShma^o) 16,S8; (bnavassa) Dh.
848
;
(dvayesu dhammesu) Dh. 884.
piSrsto 176
parato, adv, (ia, pSratas; abl.
ft. para, j. p.)
on or to the farther
side; 83,11
{p^p,
oraio).
*parami,
f> (&
paramita,
f.;
huidh. sa. id.) perfection, accomplish-
tnent; virtue (esp. pi. rwiyo, the ten
virtues : dana, Sila, liekkhamma,
khanti, metta, panua, viriya, sacca,
adhitthr^na, upekkha) ; sacca-", 108,8i
;

paramigata, mfn. having attained

to perfection; m. pi, ^wS (w. lot,
saddhamme) .I09,3i.
*Paricchattaka, >. {op, sa.
parijataka) nom, pr. of a tree in
Devaloka, under which Sakka's throne
(pandukambalasilasana) is placed;
<x/0, 59,88.
paruta, mfn, {sa. pravfta, pp.
pra-i/vf) covered, dressed
;
put on ; m.
>^o (sibacammena) 8,s8; su-paruta,
tnfn, duly dressed (t. e, according to
the rules of the order) ace. m. .^am
(pabbajitam) 63,8o. cp, next,
parupati, vb. (sa, pra-\/vr) to
cover, dress
;
put on (ace)
;
ger. ^it\sL
(gadrabham sihaoammena) 8,i8; (sam-
ghatiyo) 82,8; pp.
paruta {q.v.) cp.
parupana, n, [Tr. PM. p. 63; cp.
aparuta & avapurapeti.]
parupana (or papurana) n, {sa.
pravarana) an upper garment; nom,
rv&m, 29,23 {cp. nivaaana).
pala(ka), wi. (= sa.) guard, pro-
tector keeper (e, c); v, uyyana-",
khetta-^ & gopala(ka), cp, Dhana-
palaka & Samgbapala, m. nom, pr,
pali (often written pa}i)
f,
{=sa.)
a line, row, series; a holy text, reading
or passage of the holy text; nom.
sa^bakatha pali (^he text together
witla the commentary)
102,8; ace, ,%/iifa
(viya, "as the text itself")
114,30
;
>v/im (abhidharaiuassa, "a passage
from the A.") 113,i6; pt. abl. /N/ihi
(the verses
?) 114,ai; pali-mattam,
the text alone without the Comm.
] 13,36. [Tr. PM.
p. 69: Franke, An-
zeige, BB. XXII. 296.].
pavaka, (^^ sa.) fire; nom,
/vc (bhasmachannc) 106,S8 = Dh.
71; aggi -^o, Dh. 140
("lightDing.
fire"
?).
pavacana, n. (sa,
pravacana)
speaking, recitation,
discourse, esp,
the words of Buddha, the holy scrip-
tures (the Buttas); nom, /x/am (atita-
satthukam) 79,3; nwam (Gotamassa)
95,w.
Pava,
f.
nom. pr, of a city of the
Mallas (near Vesali) ; nom. <^si, 77,i6;
ace. /s.-am, 77,si; loc, rwayam, 77,i.
pavisi, aor,, v, pavisati.
pas a, m. {sa. pa^a) ^) a snare,
trap; ace, r%^B.m (oddetva) 11,9;
loc,
^e, 11,80.
- *) = pasaka (v. next),
pasaka, m, (sa. pavaka,
cp, prS-
aaka) a die; ace, pi. rs^&ke (suvan-
na-, khipati) 48,8;
pase = pasake,
60,99; "-khipana, n, throwing the
dice, 48,23.
pasana, m. {sa. pashana) a stone,
rock; nom. i^o, 3,i ; vac, o/a, 3,7;
ace. %/am, 2,32. 104,i8; instr. /x/ena,
3,6; kala-'*, a black rock, 24,2i; *pi-
tthi-"
{v. h.) ; "-tale, 10,7 ; "-ppamana,
n. 3,2 ; "-pitiha,
n, 17,2o; *"-sakalika,
f,
17,29
(g.
v.),
pasada, m, {sa. praaada) a plat-
form or terrace, the upper story of a
house, a lofty building, palace; nom.
/^o (Vejayanta-", q. v.) 60,24; ace,
-x-ani, 63,14; abl. .,&, 67,24; loc. <x/e,
50,6;
pi. f\,a,, 67,22; loe, pi, ^esu,
76,99 ; "-talato, 65,84 (. tala); upari-",
64,19 {v.
/.); tnetaph, pafifla-", Dh.
28 {v. h,\
pasaaika, mfn, {sa, prasSdika;
ep, paaada) kind, amiable; graceful,
beautiful; m. /x<0, 24,it.
pabesi, aor,, v. pahinati.
pi, indecl. {enclit, form of api.
q,
V,) ') and, also ; 2,25 (punadivase
pi); 4,96 (tam pi); 6,8i (anno pi);
6,33 (so pi); 6,33 (abam pi); 7,it
fetesam pi); 26,io (tato pi); 29,ss
(pubbe pi) etc.; w, negation ; rni^x,
16,1 {neqne); 97,is (nor). -
') empha-
tically : very, even, although;
9,1
(ciram pi); 7,i3 (manussesu pi^;
27,97; 53,16; 68,21 (seyyatha pi nama);
177 pitta
106,8 (yathapi); 112,i5 (idhapi, cp.
idha); -
20,80. 22,i8, 24,u. 31,is.
41,33. 67,3 etc.; pleonast. repeated
114,23 (potthakesu pi lisu pi); iv,
negation ; 4,25 (eka-inaccham pi na);
16,10. 17,18. 18,30. 27,23. (cjj. kificapi).
- ^) Similarly used after word express-
ing 'quantity' (numerals etc.) implying
the notion of totality ; sabbe pi, 3,2i;
ubho pi, 5,12; tayo pi, 11,26 (cp. te
pi tayo,
13,8);
dvihi pi, 12,2; cattaro
pi, 14,10; saiialo pi, 16,i3 etc. -
*)
but {vcro] after a new subject at the
beginning of a sentence) : 9,8, 10,2S.
13,6. 23,16. 79,81 (but then). -
)
per-
hnps, probably, may be (iv. foil, fat.
or pot.)
'.
7,16. 36,19; 13,i8. 87,ib.
-
^)repeated \ ") both - - and; 4,ii (jale
pi thale pi); 9,i6. 67,8. 76,i2;
*>) either
- - or ; 6,82. 36,5; 17,u (whether - -
or).
-
') prp. (prefix to verbs) v. pidahati
(pithiyati), pilandhati (.>^apeti).
pimsati, vh. (sa. -^/pish, pinash^i)
to crush, pound; to hurt, injure (occ);
part. med. n. /v manaiii (tassa ma-
tthakam) 24,5.
pitaka, n. (= sa.) a basket; a
collection of sacred books ('a basket
of oral tradition', cp. Tr. PM.
p,
67
68). The Buddhist canonical works
are divided in 3 great collections :
ti-pitaka, n.
(q.
v., cp. tepitaka) viz.
*)Vinaya-pitaka, 102,i6-i7; i'")(Sutta-)
or Suttanta-p. 102,is (which is also
named agama-p. 110,3);
'^) Abhi-
dhamma-p. 102,i3 (cp. dhamma^'')).
The term pitaka is also applied to
the last book of the Sutta-pitaka :
Cariya-pitaka
(g.
v.).
""Pitaka-ttaya,
n. = ti-pitaka, ace. >%/am, 11 3, is.
114,11; loc. f^e, 114,25.
pitiba, . (& piithi,
/"., v. next)
(sa. prsh^ha) the back; the binder
part or upper side of anything, top,
surface; pasana-**, n. the top of a
rock, ace. ^am, 17,8o; kava^^-", n.
84,12 (v. h. ; in this comp. and in
pittba-8amgba^(ka) n. 91,21 (comm.
on torana) pi^tha seems to have the
signification of 'post, door-post'; cp,
P411 GlotMry,
sayana-pitthaih, 'bed-side', 41,8o);
instr, & loc, (at the end of comp.)
are often used prepositionally = along,
over; beside,' on etc.] instr. .^ena
(samudda- gacchanto, "passing the
ocean") 23,2i. 60,6; (udaka-) 28,io;
loc, pii(he, 6,17 (pamka-"); 16,i8 (ta^
runa-dabbatina-") ; 20,7. 41,85. 65,4
(sayana-"); 23,ii, 69,83 (samudda-");
46,32 (hatthi-). c^. 8BE. XX. 106.
pitthi, f,
(sa, prshtha & prshthi)
=
piitha
[cp. Tr. PM.
p. 66 ; Franks,
Anzeige, BB. XX.
287]; nom. ^i
(rucira^ 10,i9; ace, ,%/im, l,i7, 46,8;
abl, fK/ito, 2,5. 8,17; adv. ni/ito '^'ito
(upajjhayassa, 'hot-foot upon')
83,28;
loc, >%^iyari), 62,83. 66,12; "'"-passe,
behind (w, gen,) 60,i8 (v. passa);
""r^pasana, m. a rock in the surface
of the water, or a fiat rock, a bare
rocky ground; /vO, 2,22; loc. ^^e, 2,3i.
10,29 (cp. pasana-pittha, 17,ao).
pinda, m. (^^ sa.) a lump of food,
alms of food (received by the Buddhist
monks in their alms-bowl); ace. rL^am
(rattha-", "the charity of the land")
107,2 = Dh. 308; dat. ^aya (for
alms) 76,17. 86,5.

*pinda-cara, m.
wandering about for alms, 85,2 ("-a-
tthaya).
pinda-pata, m. the food
received in the alms-bowl, 83,12, 97,8;
"-patikkanta, m. one who has returned
from seeking alms, 86,5 (^x/O). cp.next.
pindi,
f.
{sa. pindi) a ball, lump;
a cluster or bunch of fruits; ace. /im
(amba-) 16,2; comp. pakka-phala-**,
2,1.
pi tar, m. (sa. pitr) father; nom.
pita, 87,10. 108,16; (ace. />.'aram, loc.
o/ari); the weak stem is pitu (or piti),
hence gen. (dat.) sg. pitu, 24,is. 66,31.
87,11 & pituno, 69,23 (after the ana-
logy of u-stems); pi. nom. ace. /x/aro,
22,18 (mata-, parents); gen. />/unnam
(do.) 31,18; loc. rwiisu (do.) 7,8i; pita-
putte, ace. pi. a father and a son,
32,18;
pitu-hadayam, a father's heart,
64,17. cp. petteyyata,
f.
pitta, n. (= sa.) bile; nom. ^am,
82,4
=
97,22; 103,20.
12
pitbiyati 178
pithiyati, vb. (pass, pidahati;
sa. (a)pi-v/dbS;
the Burmese write
pidhiyati, v. Tr, PM.
p.
62(i7)) to be
covered or shut ; tc shut^ close (intr.)
;
pr. c'. sg. /vati, Dh. 173; aor. 3. pi.
/^^imsu (akkhini) 3,i9.
pidahati, vb. (sa, (a)pi-y'dha)
to cover, conceal; to shut, close (ace);
part. med.
f.
^mana (tassa akkhini)
50,;4; inf. ^itum (mukham) 13,i8;
ger. pidhaya (dvaram) 6,14; pass.
pithiyati, pp. pihita
(q.
v.).
pipati, vb., V. pivati.
pipaaa,
f.
(-- sa.) thirst; v, khu-
ppipasa.
pipilika,
f.
(= sa.) an ant; nom.
rvE (aka)
63,19;
pf. -^a, 63,so; gen,
pi, o-anam, 53,i6. cp. kipillika.
piya, />. Isa. priya) beloved,
dear; pleasant, agreeable ;m. ovarii, 65,
1;
abl. ^ato, Dh. 212 ("fiom pleasure");
n, pi, f^Rni (beloved objects or plea-
sures)
60,1; piyo = piyilni, 66,2;
instr. abl. ^eni, 67,io. i06,9R = Dh,
210; gen. ^iir,[aiti] 106,30;
-
subst,
m, = friend, ace, ovarii, Dh. 220;
-
comp, piyjipaya, m. {v, apaya)
;
piya-
ppiyaiii, n, phasant and unpleasant,
Dh. 211 [cp. a-ppiya, mfn,)\ piya-gga-
hill, mfn. grasping at pleasure, m.
^i, Dh. 209; -bha^da, 54,34; -ma-
tulaka, 5,5; "-samvasa, 11,87 (v,h.);
Piya-vagga, i. the XVl"" chapter of
Dh. - compar. piyatara, mfn, 64,38
(tn. /v,o) cp. next.
piyayati, vb, (denom.
fr, piya;
sa. priyayate) to be fond of, love,
fondle; part. med.
f.
^miina, 9,2a.
*piiandhati, vh. (denbm.
fr. pi-
landha ^ sa. pi-naddha, api-y/nah)
to dress, deck, decorate (tv. double
acc); to deck oneself with (ace);
ger. -^itva (pupphani) 41,7.
-
cans.
*pi]andhapeti; g<^r. rwetva (maiii pu-
pphani) 33,3. cp. onaddha, upa-nay-
hati, san-nayhati. (Tr. PM.
p. 55.)
pilavati, vb., v. palavati.
pilotikii,
f,
(rarely n.) cloth,
stufl' (made of hair, worn by poor
people; felt?) n. pi. ^ani (jinnakani)
57,5. If this word ii not a loanword
[Trenehner referB to Syriao piloto fr.
Greek miwtv
(?)]
then it is probably
derived froir. 50. plota
= prota, mn.
pivati (or pipati) vb. (sa. \/pa,
pibati) to drink; pr, 8, sg. /^ati (maj-
jam) 97,11;
3. sg. >^a.a (suram) 74,?;
part. nom. m. *)
pivam, Db. 205;
>) pivanto, 45,s8; pi. />.'anta, 74,*;
imp. 2, sg. piva, 22,30. lll,8o; 2. pi.
rwatha, 21,5; fnt. 2. sg. A^issasi, 66,22;
1. sg. (x-issami, 22,32; inf. patum,
11,30;
ger. )
pitva, Dh. 205; >) pi-
vitva, 1,12 etc.;
pp.
pita
(q.
v.); cans,
payeti
(q,
v.) cp, pana, paniya, piti/,
pipasii.
pihaka, n, (sa. plihan, .)
the
spleen; nom. ^arii, 82,3
= 97,21.
pihita, mfn.
(pp.
pidahati; sa.
pihita) covered, shut, closed ; *-dvara,
mfn. whose doors are barred, loc, n,
^e (bliavane) 41,2o.
piheti (or pihayati) vb. (sa. \/8prh,
sprhayati') to desire (acc, or gen.);
to envy (gen, pers.); pr. 3. sg. r>,et\
(pihet'attiinuyoginaiii, gen. pi.) Dh.
209; 3. pi. ^ayanti, Dh. 94; Dh.
181 (according to the metre : pihenti);
part, nom. m, ^ayarii (aunesam)
Dh. 365.
pitha(ka), . (= sa.) a chair,
stool; nom. ,v/aiii, 84,i3; acc. .%/am,
83,18 (hettha-o,
v.h.); 83,29 (janta-
ghara-o, v.
/.); loc, ,^ake, 87,it;
-
pada-", n. a foot-stool, nom, rwaih,
83,8.
pi nit a, mfn.
(pp.
pineti; sa, cans,
prinayati,
Vpri)
satisfied, pleased, de-
lighted;
f.
^ha, (yakkhi) lU.ss. cp,
piya, piti.
pita,
mfn,
(pp. pivati;
= sa.)
drunk or having drunk; gen. m. /^assa
(yagurii) "when he has drunk it",
82,20.
_
piti,
f.
(sa, priti) pleasure, joy;
acc. 2^im
(buddharammanam) 28,6
(cp.
arammana); o-pamojja, n. Dh.
374 (v. h.);
*-bhakkha, tnfn. "feeding
on happiness",
p?. m. ^a (deva yatha)
Dh.
200; *''-somanassa-jata, mfn.
179 putta
64,13 (v. jata); -
*dhamina-piti,
f.
delighting in the dhamraa, Dh. 205
(o-rasaiii);
dhamma-piti, m{fn). id.
Dh. 79 (so all Mss; the comm, takes
it = dhamma-plti/j (i. e. piiyako,
pivanto), but 1 dont know whether
the word piti (drinking) is found
elsewhere in the Pali texts).
pitiH, mfn. (sa, pitin, e. c.) drink-
ing (v. piti & dhamma-"').
pijeti, vb. (sa.
v'piai pidayati)
to press, squeeze, wring; to hurt, an
noy, oppress (ace.)
;
ger. <N/etva (pab-
batam) 16,i6; (colakam) 84,8i; 45,i
(without obj. oppressing);
pp.
pilita,
vexed, annoyed, m. /vO (sumsumarena)
108,25,
puggala, m. (sa. pudgala) a per-
son; personality, individuality, the Ego
or individual soul ; nom, /^o, 3,34.
92,0 ; na h'ettha f^o upalabbhati,
97,2. cp. patipuggala & next,
Puggala-paiinatti,
f.
nom. pr.
of a canonical Pali work, the
4"'
part
of the Abhidhamma-pitaka;
102,13.
pucimanda, m. (sa. picumanda
or "-marda) another name of the Nimb
tree (v. nimba); ace, pi. r^e, 38,i
;
*''-parivara, mfn. surrounded by Nirob
trees, m. ^0 (ambo) 37,33.
pucchati, vb. (sa. ^prach, prc-
chati) to ask, question (ace, ])ers, &
rej); pr, 3, sg, ^ati, 91,
u;
3. pi.
,>/aDti, 21,9; 2. pi. -^atba, 88,9;
part,
m. (N^anto, 9,25;
pi. rv-anta (Maha-
sattam samuddassa namarh) 25,24;
imp. 2, pi. ~atha, 79,i8; pot, 3. sg.
/v.eyya, 94,82-34; 2. pi. <x/eyyatha
(mam imam karanaifa) 17,i; 79,24;
fut,
1. sg. />..issami, 66,7; aor. 2.-3.
sg, apucchi, 91,10 (Bhagavantam
panham); 112,8; pucchi, 9,i7; 3, pi,
apucchisui)}, llO.so; pucchimsu, 4,s;
ger. ^s/itva, 29,8i; 43,se (vayaih); 86,8a
(kumarikam pailhe); 109,i5; grd. m,
<^itabbo (upajjbayo paniyena, he
ought to be oifered water to drink)
83,18;
cp, a-puccba, mfn.\

pp,
*)
puit^a,
m. >x/0, 25,S6 (evam tehi fvV,
85,14
(katakammam); 90,s< (panham)
;
f,
o^a, 73,13; *>) pucchito, m, 64,27;
91,15;
comp. maya pucchita-pafiho,
88,11. cp, pafiha & next.
puccha,
f.
(sa. prccha) question;
ace, ^&m, 91,is; gen, pi, ^vanarii
(sabba-o) 91,i4.
pujja, mfn, (grd., v, pujeti).
puiija, m, (= sa,) a heap, mass,
quantity, multitude; loc, /x/e (padu-
ma-") 16,7; comp, ratta-kambala-",
5,17.
pufiiia, M. (sa, punya) virtue, good
work, moral or religious merit (opp,
papa); nom, ace, ->/am, Dh. 196. 331;
103,9; 107,27 = Dh. 18; 106,6
= Db.
267; instr, .^ena, 103,i4; pi. o^ani
(katva)8,i3; danadini />./, 17,34; 103,7;
gen.pl. -^..anam (phalaiii) 68,12; 103,i5
(read ipuiiiiena?).- cow;}. kata-puMa,
mfn. one who has done good, virtuous,
m. r^o, 107,26 = Dh.
18; ace, r^aiii,
Dh. 220;

-papa-pahina, mfn. (v,
pahina);
- """-pekha, mfn. (v, h.),
puiinavai, mfn, (sa. punyavat)
full of merit, virtuous, fortunate;
f,
,%.vati, 66,1.
puUba', vtfn.
(pp,
v, pucchati).
puiiha^, mfn, (sa, push^a,
pp.
V'push; cp. posapeti) nourished, fed;
m. ^0 (nivapa-",
q,
v.) Dh. 326, cp,
phuta & phuttha.
punna, vifn,
(pp,
piirati, pixreti;
sa, purna) full; "-gha^a, 62,e
(q,
v.);
"-pati,
'27,18.
Punna, m, nom. pr. of a thera;
nom. ,^0 (dhammakathikanam [aggo])
109,9.
punna-canda, m. (sa. purna-
candra) the full moon; ace, x^am,
42,3;
**'-mukha, mfn,
with a face
splendent like the full moon, m, <^o
(Gotamabuddho) 87,0.
punnama,
f.
(sa, purnima (pur-
nama)) the day of full moon; gen,
r^aya, 61,3;
punnamuposathadivasa,
22,19
(v. uposatha).
putta, m. (sa, putra) a son, pi,
children (also the brood of animals);
ace. f^&m, 7,19;
pi. nom. in/S, 105,5;
ace, t^e, 13,4;
instr. ^x^ehi, 105,a8; at
puttaka
180
the end of comp. it is often used as
designation of family or caste, as me*
tronyraio or patronymic, v. kammara-',
kula-o,
khara-, devR-O,
raja-, ludda-O,
setthi-S MaluBkya-'; cp. ayya-putta,
bhagini-putta ; dvandva : "-dara, .
(g.
v.); o-dhitasu {loc. pi., v. dhitar);
"-pasu-, Dh.
287; pita-putte, ace,
iA 32,18.
puttaka, >. (ao. putraka) a little
son or child ; nom. ^o (eka-, an only
son) 23,6*, ace. r^am, 6,33; ace. pi.
/N/e, 12,35 (young oneaV
*p u 1 1 i m a
<
, nifn. ^probably arisen
by confusion between sa. putrin &
*putra-mat = putravat) having sons;
nom. m. o^ma, 105,s8-3i.
p
u t h u , ') nifn. (sa. prthu) exten-
sive, broad, laige; manifold, diverse,
common, general; ace. m. pi. o^O (sa-
mana-brShmane) >-9,8.

*) indecl.
{adv.) extensively,, far tnd wide, all
round; 104,8 {cp. sa. prthak & next.)
puthujjana, m. (sa. prthag-jana)
a vile or ignorant person, a fool; coll.
common peoplp. the vulgar; loc. o^e
(andhabhate) Dh. 59; a-puthujjana-
sevita, Dh. 272 {q.v,)\ ^'-kalakiriya,
f.
87,29 (g.
v.) cp. pothujjanika.
puna (&
punarii) adv. (before
vowels also pun' or pu)3ar-, punad-;
sa. i:'unar)
back again; r^ gantva,
4,23; ~ ilnetva, 4,i7; at the beginning
of a sentence : 53.29; 63,i9 (pun'eka-
divasani)
;
puna pi, again, once more,
3,8. 60,31,
punar eva (do.) Dh, 338;
puna . . . va, agtin as before, 38,4;
fc. nertation ; na punari?, not again,
no more, Dh. 238. 348; puna-nasak-
khi, 55,17; na . . . vii puna (nor yet)
Dh.
271; puna asuranaiii an-agama-
natthaya, in order that tuey might
not come back again, 60,26. The en-
clitic Corm of this word is pana
{q.
r.)
cp. ve.vt etc.
*puna-di vasa, m. the next day;
loc, /^e, 2,25.
pu nap puna (ill), adv. (sa. puna/i-
punar) again and again, repeatedly;
25,18. 73,4; ^aiii, 52,23. 108,5.
punabbbava, m. {sa. punar-
bhava) new birth, transmigration;
nom. ^0, 108,18. cp. pono(b)bhavika.
*puna-vare, adv. (loc,, cp. vara)
another time, the next time; 18,i7.
puppha, . (so. pusbpa) a flower;
ace. o.,&m, 106,2 = Dh. 49
;
pi. .v^ani,
33,s; 37,16 (akala-'); 41,6 (nana-");
Dh. 47 (/>^.an'eva) ; instr. ,^ehi, 20,
(dibba-gandha-); 34,6 (vana-"); gen.
^anam, 66,29;
- comp. pupphanta-
rehi, 62,12 {v. antara); *-kannika-
sadisa, mfn. 7,29 (v. kannika); **-gan-
dha. m. the scent of flowers, .^0, Dh,
54; *''-rasi, m. a heap of fl., Dh. 53
{abl. /N/imlia); ^''-vagga, m. the IV""
chapter of Dh.
pupphati, vh. {denom. fr. pu-
ppha; sa. pushpyati) to flower, blos-
som; pr. 3. sg. rvati, 59,31; pp. ,%^ita,
gen.
f.
r^aya, 59,29;
- cans. *puppha-
peti, to cause to flower or blossom
;
part,
m. /%.ento (akala-pupphani) 37,lo.
pubba*, m. {sa. puya) pus, puru-
lent matter; nom. ^0, 82,4
=
97,22,
pubba^, mfn, {sa. purva) first,
former; except loc. pubbe {adv.
q. v.)
it is only used in comp, like "-kamma,
n. & **-nimitta, n,
{q.
v,) and esp, at
the end of adj. comp. whose first part is
a past participle, implying the sense
of 'before', with a negation : 'not be-
fore, never' : dittha-pubba, mfn. seen
before, m, ^0 (na maya, I have never
seen (before this day))
7, 13; ito me
tinnaiii saiiivaccharanarii
matthake
Sattha fK/O, it is three years since I
saw the master,
87,8 ; the same comp,
is also used in an active sense {w. obj,
ace.) : afinapurisam
ditthapubbarii
itthiiii, a woman who has seen another
man before,
48,i3 (but this construc-
tion may probably have arisen through
a dissolution of a longer comp. *auiia-
purisa-dittha-pubba,
mfn.); dinna-
pubba, mfn. given before, v, a-dinna;
cp. a-pubba, anu-pubba & next.
pubbangama,
mfn. {sa, piirvam-
gama) preceeding, going before, leading,
chief; v, mano-".
181
purohita
pubbanha, >, (sa. purvahna)
morning, forenoon;
**'-samaya, in. id.;
ace. />/aiil, in the morning, 76,is; rat-
tindivam-pubbanhadisu (loc.) 88,9a.
pubbapara, nifn. (sa. piirvapara)
being before and after; successiTe; n.
pi. ace. r^ani {scil. akkharani, in the
right order) Dh. 352; "-vasena, ac-
cording to the consecutive order, 114,20
{cp. vasa).
pubbe, adv. {loo.
fr. pubba, cp.
sa. purvaih) before, formerly, in times
past; 28,16 (^ pi); 54,i8; 69,8; 85,i8;
86,7 (-%/ va).
-
*"-niva8n, m, (cp, sa,
purva-nivasa) 'former habitation', i. e.
former existences, ace. ^atii, Dh. 423.
pur a, M. (= sa.) a city, town;
nom. o^am (yakkha-) 112,ia; ace,
^arii (deva-") 27,3i. cp. antopura.
pura(s), indccl. (sa. puras) at the
beginning of eomp. pura- or puro-"
(v. below) = pure
(q.
v.) cp. purato,
purima.
purakkhata, mfn, (sa. puras-
krta) 'placed before', followed by,
filled with, attacked or injured by
(gen. or instr.)\
f.
<%.a (paja, tasinaya)
Dh. 342.
purato, adv.
&
prp. (w. gen.) (sa.
puratas) before (of place), in front
of; forward, further; ^ thapetva,
36,27; /v paticcbadetva (opp. pac-
cbato) 83,32;
after ^e. assa xv, 23,i;
tesam /%/, 42,3; ratbassa <v, 54,9;
matu '^, 62,23; 76,36. 94,29.
purattha, adv. (sa, purastat)
before, in front; hence : *puratthima,
mfn. eastern; ace.
f.
.vam (disam)
95,5 (opp. pacchimam).
purana, mfn. (= sa.) ancient,
old; "-gama, m. 35,22 (a ruined vil-
lage); "-jatila, m. who has been Jatila
before, 70,22; "-settbikula, n. 55,3i
(q.
v.); n. pi, puianani, events of the
past, Dh. 156. cp. poranaka.
*purima, mfn. (fr. pura(), cp.
pure)
former, previous, first; the same
as before; instr, m. rvena (katbasal-
lapena) 94,2a; gen, .^^assa, 101,11;
loo. <ve (yame, the first watch) 99,i;
comp. ''-bhave, in a previous existence,
58,11 ; "-nayen'eva, t). naya; "-sadisa,
mfn,
happening as before (or above),
n, /vam (sabbarii) 31,28.
purisa (rarely purisa), m. (sa.
purusha) a man, person; nom. ^o,
92,7;
Dh. 117 (puriso); 36,3 (rukkhe
nisinna-"); 86,19 (bhita-"); sap-puriso,
Dh. 54 (cp. s&t & santa^); voc. .^a,
23,31. 101,6; 76,3 (mopha-"); ace.
/vam, 10,26;
gen. /vassa, 9,i3; pi. .va
(raja-", royal servants) 40,3. 74,7;
Dh.
236 (Yama-o,
q,
v.); ace, pi, -ve,
74,4;
-
comp, purisadhama, m, ace,
pi. .ve, low people, Dh. 78 (cp.
adhama); ""purisajaiiiia, . a remark-
able man, supernatural person (i, e,
Buddha) Dh. 193 (cp, ajafifia); puri-
suttama, , ace, pi, <ve, the best
people, Dh. 78 (cp. uttama); puri-
santara, w., v, antara*; *-gabbha,
m.
(q.
v.); "-vadha, murder, 74,u
("-danda, q. v.); '-sahassam, n. a
thousand men,
34,9;
eka-purisika,
f.
& nip-purisa, mfn. (v, h.) cp, po-
risa & posa.
pure, adv. (sa, puras) in front,
before, formerly; .v ca paccha ca
majjhe ca, Dh. 421; munca .v ("give
up what is before") Dh. 348; of time :
37,30. 47,1. 61,3. Dh. 326 (once, for-
merly); 108,15 (in former births); 86,5
(id. = pubbe atitajatiyam, 86,12).
cp. pura(s) (pura-, puro-) & next.
purekkhara, i. (sa. puraskara)
'placing before', intention; giving pre-
ference to, preference, precedence; ace.
,vam (bhikkhusu) Dh. 73. cp. pu-
rakkhata.
*pure-dvara, n, the front door
of a house (opp. pacchima-dvara)
;
instr. .vena (nikkhamantam, by the
front door) 12,io; loo. /ve (dariini
nikkbipitva) 67,13.
purohita, m, (= sa.) a family
priest, a king's domestic chaplain; /vO,
48,0
; instr. /vena,
48,6;
gen. .vassa,
46,21 ; *-brahma9a, m. id.
;
gen. fvassa,
51,19; "'''-tthSna, n, the rank or situa-
pQJana 182
tion of a
p.,
Ice. /s^e, 45,19 (cp, Fick,
800. Glied,
p.
107-1 17V
pujana, . & pujanS,
f.
(so.
pujana,
.) worsh.p, homage, adora-
tion; nom. <x/a (sa) Dh, 106.
puja, /".(== sa.) worship, honour,
cere, etc.; ace. >y.jam, 37,3i; ace. pi.
n^h, Dh.
73;
~ pujaraha, mfn. {sa.
pujarha) deserviag homaga; ace, pi,
tn. ^e, Dh. 195 (cp. araha).
pujfjti, vb.. (so. pujayati,
VP^J)
to honour, worship, revere (ace); part.
gen. m, ,^ayato (piijarahe) Dh.
195;
pot. 3. sg, .%/aye (bhavitattanarh) Dh.
106, aor, 3. pi. a-pujesum (kakam
miiriisena)
18,83; ger, ^etva, 34,7;
pp.
pujita, . o/O, Dh.
303;
grd,
pujja, mfn., v. a-pujja. cp, pujana
(^a), puja.
puti, mfn. (= 5a.) stinking, foul,
putrid;
f.
stink, stench; ***-sandeha,
m. a heap of corruption, rwO, 107,b
=
Dh. 148.
*piiti-lata,
f.
name of a certain
kind of creeper or shrub; ace. i\^&m,
106,19;
according to the comment Jat.
I.
p. 177,0 & Dhpd.
(1865) p. 313,s
[read : taruna pi galocilata pQtilata]
it is another name of the young (or
eoft) galoci- creeper,
purana, mfl^i)n. (= sa.) filling,
completing; v. Manoratha-purani.
purati, vb, {pans,
i/p?,
piir, sa,
puryate & ^ti) to be filled; pr. 3,
sg. rvati, Dh. 121-22;
pp. punna &
cans, pureti (q,
v.).
piirisa, m. = purisa
(g.
v.).
pureti. vb, (cau.i. \fp^;
piir, sa,
purayati) to fill (ace.) with {gen, or
instr.); to fulfill, complete (ace); part,
m. /vayanto, 106,3i; part, ined, tn,
rwayamano (saggapatharii) 34,99; aor.
3. sg. .^esi (tuccha-patirii yaguya)
66,28; devanagaram, devapuraiii,
saggapadam (or saggapatharii) pii-
resi is a frequently occurring expres-
sion for 'going to heaven
\
or 'attaining
heavenly bliss' ; 17,34. 27,3i. 44,ij
(34,29);
aor. 3. tiled. (=-- aor. 3. pass.)
piirayittlia ("waa filled with", instr.)
28,i
ger, -vetvS (pStiyo
paySsaBsa)
61,7;
(silarh,
"fulfilling the moral
law") 16,19
;i)p.
purita,
filled, ti. ^ti
(uyyanam) 6,i6; pass, purati (.
above).
pnva (rarely pupa), tn. {(A n.) {sa.
pupa, tn.) a cake; ace. <^a.vi (a rice-
cake) 67,19-2);
o-khanda, m, ti. 53,i8
{v. h.).
p5,
indecl., a syllable indicating
abbreviation = 'and so on' (in the
same way); 92,4 {cp. 89,25, etc.)\
92,83-33. 93,1-5 {cp. 89,28-29, CtcM
93,29-31. 94,4 (do.); 96,19-21 (=66,13);
100,23-24 (= 100,12);
instead of pe
we find also frequently pa or la (3.
v.),
and in the Birm, Mss. gha is similarly
used (probably arisen through corrup-
tion of the letters pe or pa-la). Ac-
cording to the native comra. pe is an
abridgment of peyyala, m. m., which
most likely is another form of pari-
yaya
{q,
v.) i. e, 'repetition' [*pali-
yaya, ""payyala] cp. Oldenberg, KZ.
'25,324; Tr. PM.
p. 66. Bitddh. sa. pe-
yala & preyala, v. Windiseh, Mura
und Buddha,
p. 316.
pekkha(ka), tnfn. {e. c. = sa.
preksha,
f.
& prekshaka, tnfn.) see-
ing, regarding, looking at; *puiina-
pekha, tnfn. aiming at merit, Dh. 108.
pekkhati, vb, {sa, pra-Y/iksh)
to look at, regard, wiew {ace.)
;
part,
tiom, tn. /^aih (atthara anagatarii,
foreseeing) 112,i; part, tned, tn.
iN^milno (ti
^) 47,20. cp. prec.
*pekkhuna (or pekliuna), n., a
tail feather {esp. that of a peacock)
;
pi, r^Eni (Vyamamattani) 10,2o; citra-",
mfn. 10,10 {v. h.).
-
The etymology
of this word is unknown; but it may
be akin either to pakkha
{q.
v,), or
to piiija, n. {cp. sa, piccha), by which
it is explained in the comm. Jat. I,
207,27 & VI,
218,29. Pischel, Gr.
89,
refers to sa. prenkhana, Prakr. pe-
huna; cp. Weber, Ind." Str. Ill, 396.
pekha, pekhuna, v, pekkha,
pekkhuna.
I pecca, adv, {orig. ger,
fr, pra-
183 porisa
\/i, sa, pretya) after death, in the
next world;
74,j; 107,26 == Dh. 18
{opp, idha). cp. next.
pet a, mfn. (sa. preta, pp. pra-y'i)
dead, deceased; in. the spirit of a dead
person, a ghost, demon; nom. /-vO,
84,33 ; ace. ^aiii,
86,9 ; *sukara-mukha-*',
a peta with a pig's mouth, 84,S7; *8U-
kara-peta-vatthu, the story of that
peta, 86,10, peti,
f. {q.
v.),
Peta-vatthu, n. nom. pr. of a
canonical Fuli-book (a section of the
Khuddaka-Nikaya); specimen thereof
(with the comm. of DharamapSla [Para-
raattha-dipani]) p. 84,8586,lo,
*peti, /"., a female peta
(g.
v.); pi,
ace. 'X'iyo, 23,t6-38.
*petteyyata,/', (fr. pitar through
*petteyya, mfn.) the state of a father;
Dh. 332. cp, matteyyata,
f.
pern a, n. {sa. preman, m, .)
love,
affection; abl. ,^ato, Dh. 213.
peyyala, m. n., v. pe.
*pesakara, m. (fr. sa, *pe(;as-
kara?) a weaver; "-geha, n. 88,b;
o-dliita?-,
f.
86,13; <>-saIa,
f.
88,5 (v.
/(.) cp. Fick, Soc. Gl.
p. 211,
*pesanaka, mfn. (fr. pesana, n.
'sending', errand, commission; sa.
preshana) one who sends a message;
only in the eomp. ''-cora, m. pi. robbers
who use to despatch one to fetch the
ransom, 32,i5, etc.
pesala, mfn. (sa. pe^ala), beauti-
ful, lovely; skilful, clever; su-pesalo,
m. (catuppado) 30,8.
pesi,
f.
(sa. pe^i) a small piece
of flesh or meat; the foetus shortly
after conception; gen. ^iya, 99,it.
pesika,
f.
(sa. pegika) a piece,
stick (esp. of bamboo); instr, /vSya
(velu-o) 52,81.
pesunna, n. (sa. pai^unya) back-
biting, calumny ; '"''-karaka, m. a slan-
derous person, gen. >x/assa, 42,7.
peseti, vb. (sa. preshayati, caus.
pra-yish) to send, send forth or away
(acc.)\ pr. 3. sg. >^eti (pannakaram)
64,s7; 3. pi. /^enti, 32,i8; imp. a.
pi. ,^etba (maccham) 4,i4; part, m.
-x/ento, 37,1; aor. 3. sg. r^esi, 24,3o;
ger. ^etva, 65,26. cp. pesanaka.
pokkhara, n. (sa. pushkara, cp.
paushkara) a lotus-flower, esp, the
blue lotus; aco. pi. ix/O (== pokkha-
rani?) 111,9; "-patta, n. a lotus-leaf,
loc. <^e, Dh. 401.
pokkharani,
f,
(sa. pushkarini
& paushkarini) a lotus-tank; ace,
(viih, 58,88. 111,7; ioc. /x/iyaih, 52,88.
"pokkharata,
f.
(fr. pokkhara)
beauty; instr. /v.aya (vanna-, beauty
of complexion) Db, 262.
PoUhapada, m. (ep.sa. proshta-
pada) Mom.iJr. of aparrot; nom.r^o, 9,8.
pota(ka), m. & potika,
f.
(=
sa.) a young animal; assa-pota-", 2,i8;
assa-potaka-", 5,29; suka-potaka, m.
ace. pi. .^e, 9,ii; supanna-potaka,
pi. 60,8; hamsa-potakassa, gen. m.
10,21;
o-potika,
f.
10,4.
potthaka, m. n. (sa. pustaka) a
book or manuscript; aec. /^am, 114,te;
ace. pi. 0/6, 114,8; loc, pi. /x-esu,
52,11 (porana-"); 62,i4. 114,22; -dva-
yaiii, 114,18 (two books); "-ttayaih,
114,19 (three books).
*pothujjanika, mfn. (fr. pu-
thujjana) vulgar; m. %^o, 66,26 (synon.
hina, gamma).
potheti, vh. (sa, \/puthj caus.
pothayati) to strike, beat, cudgel
(flcc); pot. 3. sg. ->^eyya (mam) 87,i5;
ger. ^etva, 8,29. 39,i5. 51,se.
pono[b]bhavika, mfn. (sa. pau-
nar-bbavika) causing new births;
f.
<N/a (tanha) 67,i8 (ep. punabbhava).
p
or an a, mfn. (sa, paurana) re-
lating to the past, ancient; n. (subst,)
f^o.m, "an old saying", Dh. 227 (opp,
ajjatana); "-pottbakesu, loc, pi, in
the old manuscripts, 52,ii. cp, purana
& next.
poranaka, mfn, (sa, pauranika)
ancient, former, old; what has been
hitherto, usual; comp. "-uyyanapala,
m. 37,17; "-parihara, . 37,27.
porisa, m, (fr, purisa; sa, pau-
rusba) a man; nom, ^0 (uttama-",
q, V,) Dh, 97. cp. next.
posa 184
*posa, n, (= purisa, porisa;
arisen by contraction, perhaps influen-
ced by the verb poseti, v. next) a
man; nom. /vO, Dh.
228;
purisa
(metrically = posa) "joc, Dh. 248;
gen ./as8a, Dh. 104.
*po8apeti, vh. (cans. II, poseti,
to feed, nourish ; sa. poshayati, ^push)
to rear, bring up (ace); ger. <%^etva
(kumarikam) 48,20. cp. puttha, mfn.
plavati, fb., V. palavati (pilavati).
Ph.
phacdana, r,ifn. {sa, spandana)
moving (suddenly), quivering, trem-
bling; n. t^&m (cittaiii) Dh. 33 (synon.
capala). op, pari-pbandati.
p'larati, v6. (^^a. ^sphar (sphur^)
to spread, extend (trans. & m<r.);
to pervade, suffuse fili up (acc); aor,
5. 8<7.phari (hatthim mettena cittena)
76,84;
gcr, -vitva (rtiSaliaraniyo) 67,88;
I'jp.
phuta & phuttha
(g. .).
paarasu, m, (sa. paragu) an axe;
nom, ~u, 35,5 ; azc, <N.urii, 35,7;

dim. ""pharasuka, w. 35,5 (vasi-,
q. v).
pbarusa, n,At. (sa. patusha) harsh,
cruel ; ace.
f.
/<wam (vedariarii) Dh.
138; n, .%/am, Dh. 133 (of speech);
instr, m. pi, ~ehi (yakkhehi) 41,34.
phala, . (= sa.) fruit; metaph.
consequence, result (good or bad), re-
tribution, reward, advantage ;
*) pi,
^ani, 2,3; l,i3 (kasata-"); gen. pi,
%^anam (madhura-")
1,155
pakka-
phala-", ripe fruits.
2,
; "-rukkha, .
a fruit tree, iusir, pi, ^ehi, 2,zo; cp,
phalaphala below; -
^) nom. ace,
r^am, 17,j6 (papassa); 29,io(8ila8sa);
58,18 (pufiiianam); 42,.4 (kataviri)'-
assa, samijjhati); 42,i8 (viriya-");
***-pati8edhana, n.
(3.
v.)\ sakada*
gami-<*, 29,17 & 8otapatti-^ 87,i {v,
h.)\ magga-phala-nibbanani, n. pi.
(^dvandva comp.) v, nibbana;

at
the end of adj, comp, phala is often
spelled with 'pph', v. katuka-pphala,
madhura-^ maha-", cp. a-phala &
sa-pbala, mfn.
phalaka, n. (=
sa.) a board,
plank ; nom. /x/am (apassena-, 3.
v.)
84,ie; instr. ^ena,, 20,ss; loc. >^e,
20,1; 48,8 (*rajata-", a silver table
for dicing).
phalati, vb. *)
(sa. ^ph&\) to
burst open, split asunder; aor. 3. pi,
/>^imsu (devadiindubhiyo) 80,so;
pp.
phalita
(3.
v.); cans, phaleti
(q.
v.),

^)
(sometimes written phallati; sa.
phalati, ~te, denom. fr. phala) to
bear fruit, ripen; pr. 3, sg. phallati
(dummedho, phalani katthakasseva)
Dh.
164._
*phalaphala, n. (sg, & pi.) va-
rious kinds of fruits (cp. phala); /^arii,
1,15; 2,7 (tava ^ tam eva hotu, 'only
keep all those fruits to yourself);
instr, ^ena, 18,i5. cp. maggamagga
[Tr. PM.
p. 74].
phalika, wt. (sa, sphatika) crystal;
"-vimana, n, a crystal palace, 23,is.
phalita, mfn. ^)(pp, phalati;
=
sa,) burst, split; bearing fruit; instr,
n, rwena (hadayena) 59,io.
-
^)
grey;
n, grey hair (through confusion with
palita
(q.
v.), because the grey hairs
split and fall off).
phallati, vb,, v, phalati.
phassa, . (sa, spar^a) touch,
contact; nom. ,^0, 66,8 (salayatana-
paccaya); "-nirodha, m, 66,14 (v, h,);
"-paccaya, 66,8 (v, paccaya). cp, phu-
sati.
phanita, n, (= sa.) the juice of
the sugar cane, molasses, sugar; *''-bin-
du, n, a drop of molasses,
63,i8; *-sa'
ka^a, n. a cart-load of m., 53,so;
dvandva-comp.
madlm-phanitehi (in-
str. pi.)
53,17; madhu-phanita-puve
(ace, pi.)
63,si.
*phali-, only in comp. phali-phuUa,
mfn., which seems to be either an
intensive
formation of vb. phalati, or
a dvandva-comp.
phalifj ( sa. phalin,
bearing fruit)
+
phulla (= sa. flowery)
;
at any rate, preceeded by words like
185 bandhati
sabba or eka as it is always found,
it means 'flowery all over', or 'with
fruits and flowers all over'; sabbam
eka-phalipbullaiii [scil. Lumbini-va-
naiii] ahosi o: it was in full blgw,
62,11.
_
phaleti, vb. (cans, phalati; sa.
pbalayati) to split, break (trans, w.
ace); part. m. ^ento (hadayam)
27,5;
ger. ,>.,etva (pasibbakarfi) 12,8i.
*phasu, n.
[&
adj.?] (either from
*prasu, i. e. pra
+
asu, or from ved,
sa. pra(;u, quick) health, healthiness;
ease, comfort; Vin, I, 92,M. Jst. II,
394,18. cp. next.
*pbasuka, mfn, (fr. last) agree-
able, comfortable, pleasant;
*'-^tbane
{loc.) on a pleasant spot,
35,36; a-
phasuka, mfn. (v. /.), The etymology
of pbasu & phasuka has often been
discussed
;
Childers derives it from sa.
sparha (ysprh), but see the objections
of Weber, I'nd. Str. Ill, 396, and
Scnart, Journ. As. 1876, II, 485 (re-
ferring to Buddh. sa. sparha); Trench-
ner, PM. p. 81,20, takes it = ved.
sa. pra^u; Jacobi refers to Prakr.
phasuya, sa. prasuka (from pra
-{
asu) ZDMG. 34, p. 311; Pischel, Gr.

208, to
-v/sprCi
*spar5uka.
phasuka,
f.
{sa. parguka, par-
^.uka & par^vaka, m.) a rib; pi. r^a,
Dh. 154 {metaph. said of the rafters
of a house).
phuta, mfn. (pp.
pharati, cp. sa.
spbuta; it is often written put^ha &
phuttha, q. v. cp. MN. I,
276,'
Note)
thrilled, pervaded, filled with (instr.);
m. ^o (manasa, thoughtful? = pu-
rito, Comm.) Dh. 218.
phuttba, mfn. *) =
phuta (v.
above); m. ^o (mettena cittena)
76,35.
-
^) = phusita (pp.
y/sprq,
sprsbta) touched; m. pi. f>^a, (sukbena)
Db. 83;
tamba-bbumi-rajo-o, 112,89
(v. corrections), cp. pbusati, pho-
ttbabba.
phulla, mfn. (= sa.) blown (as
a flower); v, phah- above, cp. pha-
lati.
phusati, vb. (sa. \/sprg) to touch;
to reach, attain (ace.)
;
pr. 1. sg. /^ami
(nekkhamma-sukhaiii) Dh. 272; 3. pi.
-wanti (nibbanam) Dh,
23;
pot. 3.
pi. ^w-eyyu, Dh. 133; pp.
v. next;
grd. V. pho^habba; cp. pbassa &
pbut^ba.
phusita, mfn. (= phuttha,
pp.
phusati, q.v.) touched, reached, attained
;
j. <^o (maya, maggo) 108,i4.
pheggu,
f.
(?
= sa. phalgu; cp.
sa. velli = valli, Tr.) brittle or weak
wood, fibrous wood, bast
(?);
nom,
^u, 95,22; apagata-phegguka, mfn,
"free from the unsound wood", m,
rvQ, 95,24.
phena, t. (sa. phena & phena)
foam, scum; phenupama, mfn. (sa.
phenopama) resembling scum; ace.
m. ^&m (kayam) Dh. 46.
photthabba, . (<& n.) (orig.
grd. fr, phusati, q. v.; sa. sprash-
tavya,
n.) touch, contact; pi. the ob-
jects of contact; nom, pi. <^a, 70,32;
loc. ix/esu, 71,10, cp, phassa.
B.
baka, m. (= sa.) a heron, crane;
nom. r^o, 4,1 etc. -
"-jataka, n. 3,29.
bajjhati, vb. (pass, bandhati;
sa. badbyate) to be bound or tied,
to be ensnared or caught; ger. iN/itva
(pase) 11,30.
baddha, mfn.
(pp.
bandhati;
=
sa.) bound, tied; ensnared, caught;
m. fs.'O (bandhanagare) 46,2o; Dh.
324; f.
~a, 104,3o; *-rava, m. the
cry of one who has been caught, ace.
r^ava (ravi) ll.so; *alha-", w/m. 111,io
(q.
v.); bhandika-", mfn. 34,i2
(q.
v.).
bandha, m. (= so.") binding,
bond; emprisonment; vadha-*', Dh.
399 (v. h.)
;
hatthi-bandha, v. bhanda.
bandhati, vb. (sa. ybandhj to
bind, tie; catch, ensnare ; to bind round,
put on (ace), bandage (ace, (& instr,)-,
imp, 3. pi. op-antu (pannasaiifiam)
bnndhana 186
8,8;
aor. 8. sg. bantlhi (mukbam)
60,14; 3. pi. .N^iiiisu (veram, afifia-
manaam, "nursed enmity") ll,so; ger.
/x/itva (dvaraii)
6,5; (te devasaiii-
khalikaya) 21,ii; (rajanam galhaban-
dhanam) 39,8r, (mukbam saiakena)
50,13; (kayabandbanaih) 82,s8; cans.
II. bandhapeti, pass, bajjbati,
pp.
baddha
(g.
v.) cp. bandba, bandhana,
etc.
bandhana, . (= sa.) binding,
bond, fetter; nom, /svarii, 64,7; 23,8
(paficafigika-", q. v.); ahl, o^vl^ 33,j;
l)h. 276 (Mara-o);
pi ,^ani, 105,i9;
kaya-, n.
(q,
v.); galha-", mfn. (0.
v.)\ *panna-bandhana'-sanna, n. (v.
panna); bandhanagiira, n. a prison;
abl. ~ato, 32,1; loc, ^e, 46,20.
bandhava, m. [sa. bandhava) a
kinsman, relative; pi, ,^a, Dii. 288.
*bandhapeti, vb. {cans. II. ban-
dhati) to cause to bind or bandage
(occ); gsr. ^apetva (mukhaiii) 60,is.
bandhu, m. (= sa.) a kinsman,
relative; a friend; voc. r^u, 103,is
(pamatta-". q. v.); instr. -^una, Dh.
p. 94, v. 3 (adicca-", g. v.).
babbaja, m., v. pabbaja.
bala, n. (= sa.) power, strength,
force; military force, army; nom. /-o^am,
Dh. 109; 13,85 (yarn r^aih ahuvam-
hase, "according to what power we
had"); acc. ^arii, 10,18; 60,20
(rein-
forcemeut) ; insti'. ^en.. (mabantena)
36,8; c. c. tnfn. v. khanti-, naga-^,
cp. a-bala, dub-bala, etc.

*bala-
ppatta, mfn. might? (;. e. by wisdom),
m. ,^0 (Tathagato) 80,a5;
- bah'mika,
mfn. 'who has strength fot* his army',
Btrongminded; acc. t'l. /v/aiii, Dh. 399.
cp. next etc.^
*bala-vahana, n. military force,
army; acc. ^&n\, 39,8;
instr. .-^ena,
38;S4.
balava
(& balava<), mfn, {sa.
balavat) powerful, strong; ^am (maya
kaiapapaiii) 17, i:,
ball?!, mfn, (~= ea.) powerful,
strong; m. r>^i, Dh. 280.
balivadda, m. (sa. balivarda) a
bull, ox; nom. vO,
Dh. 152;
acc. pi.
^C
71,31
; instr. pi. ~ehi, 71,8.
balya, n. (sa. balya)
foolishness,
stupidity; nom. acc, rwam, 64,3i.
Dh.
63. cp. bala.
bahala, mfn, (=
sa.) thick (of
consistence), dense, compact, firm, deep
(as water) etc,
;
ati-bahala, ntfn,
{q,
v.).
bahi, adv. (sa. bahis) out, outside;
rw nikkbante, 60,6; 52,2
(apart from
that place, vie. khaditatthanaih ;
but
here bahi is perhaps an error for bahu,
cp, bahu-tinassa, 51,38);
comp, bahi-
nagare (loc.) outside the city, 39,20,
43,9. 73,31 {opp. antonagare); *bahi-
valanjanaka, m. pi. out-door people,
acc. ^e, 43,8 {v. valaiija). cp. babira
& next.
babiddba, adv. {sa. babirdba)
outside {abl.), from outside; **'-sainu-
ttbana, mfn,
'originating from out-
side', resulting in outward behaviour
{i. e. in good manners) ; n. i>^aiil
(ottappam) 10,j8 {opp. ajjhatta-").
bahu, mfn. (= sa.) much (many),
great, frequent, abundant; n. ^u &
rwuih, Dh. 258 (bahu bhasati); -^um
(dhanarii) 23,6;
(apunnam) 76,3;
(navattbam) 111,32; tarn ~ yam hi
jivasi, it is a wonder that you are
still alive,
13,29;
instr. m. />/una, Dh.
166; n. pi. <N/Uni, 49,i6; . pi. <n..u
(maccha") 3,33; .-^avo, Dh. 307; instr,
pi. rwuhl, 91,22;
gen. pi, -N^unnam,
23,27; ~unara, 108,2i; comp, bahu-
mige, 6,5; "-bhattaiii, 67,ii, etc. {v,
below); cp. bahuka, bahula, bahu-",
bhiyyo {compar.), bhiyyoso, yebhuy-
yena.
*bahu-abhififiata. mfn. highly
esteemed; m. pi. ^a, (savaka) 109,i9.
bahuka, mfn. (= sa.) much,
many; acc. m. ^am (janaiii) 108,i2.
bahu-jana, m. (= sa.\ some-
times written bahujjana, metri causa
or after the analogy of putbujjana;
Fausb0ll, Das, Jat.
p. 28) many people
;
nom. .^0, 88,32; Dh. 320
(-jj-).
""bahu-jagara, mfn., very watch-
187 bahusacca
ful, awake; m. ,x/0 (opp, sutta) Dh.
29. cp. jagarati.
bahujjana, v. bahu-jana.
bahu-tina, n. {sa. bahu-trna)
abundant grass, beautiful pasture; gen.
>N^assa, 51,33 (= inanapassa tinassa
52,3).
*bahu-dvara, mfn., having many
doors or gates; loc, n. <vasmim (na-
gare) 91,S3.
*bahu-buddhi, mfn., wily, cun-
ning, crafty;
f,
gen, pi, (vinam (thi-
naiii) 61,so.
'*'bahu-bhani, mfn., whospeaki
much; ace. m, ^inarii, Dh. 227.
*bahu-bhava, ,, quantity, abun-
dance; ace, 'x^aifa, 49,10.
bah u la, mfn, (= sa.) much, large,
abundant; e. c. abounding in; pa-
mojja-", mfn.
full of delight, m, rwO,
Dh. 376. cp, sambahula.
*bahu-sarakappa, mfn., having
many purposes, full of schemes; acc,
^am (kayam) Dh. 147.
bahussuta, w/m. (sa.bahu-Qruta)
very learned; m. -wO (Anando) 109,is;
acc. (N.-arii, Dh.
208;
gen. pi, m, fva-
narii, 109,7. cp. bahusacca.
*babupakara, tnfn., very useful
{v. upakara); m, r^o (amhakaiii,
sakuno) 18,i3.
badhita, mfn. (= sa.;
pp.
ba-
dhati, ybadb, to press, pain, vex)
pained, oppressed; m. f\iO (saso, "a
snared hare") Dh. 342. cp. bibhaccha.
B a ran a si (&
-^i),
f.
(sa. Vara-
nasi) nom. pr. of the city Benares;
abl. >^\yE (avidure) 36,8o; loc. /x-iyara,
1,1
; o-raja (<>^i) the king of B., 5,8,
etc.] -rajja, n, (-N^i) the kingdom of
B., 38,23;
"-rajja-samika, m. king of
B., 43,22.
bala, mfn. (= sa.) ignorant, foo-
lish; m. /x/O, 2,7. 54,16;
voc. -x-a, 44,8o;
acc. ^am (yatha) 75,2j; 106,82
=
Dh. 71;
pi. <N^a, 64,i2; gen. pi. /v-a-
nam, 107,io
= Dh.
60_;
comp.
o-sum-
Bumara (voc.) 2,8;
"-raja, 54,6;
-ma-
bajano
(many unconverted) 74,i4;
*andha-, mfn. (v. A.); -saflgata-
cariu, mfn, "walking in the company
of fools", m. ^i, Dh. 207;
o-vagga,
m. the fifth chapter of Dhpd. coni'
par, balatara, mfn, 64,82 (m, ,vo)
cp, next & balya, .
balata,
f.
(= sa.) stupidity, foo-
lishness; instr. <x^Sya (attano, on ac-
count of their foolishness)
6,9.
*bali8ika
(& balisika), m. (fr,
balisa or balisa, m. a fish-hook; 5a.
badi^a & vadi^a) a fisherman, angler;
nom. >x/0, 14,88.
*Baveru,
/".
(?)
nom. pr. of a city
(perhaps = Babylon, cp, Minayeff,
Bull, de I'Acad. de St, Fetersbourg,
T. 17. p. 70 (M6I. As. VI
591); Morris,
JPT8 '91-93.
p. 25; Franke, ZDMG.
47. Bd.
p. 606);
acc. ^um, 18,34;
-jataka, . 18,i; "-rattha, n, the
kingdom of B. 18,i-5.
bah a,
f.
(= bahu, sa. bahu, i.)
the arm; pi. acc. '>./Si, 30,i9; itisir.
~ahi, 20,6; *paccha-baham, adv. (v.
h.) cp. Franke, Pali u. Sanskr.
p. 102,
bahita, tnfn.
(pp.
baheti, q. v.)
removed; *"-papa, mfn. 'who has got
rid of evil*, m, r^o ti brahraano (in-
tended to be the etymology of the
word brahmana, cp. Franke, Pali u.
Sanskr.
p. 117) Dh. 388.
bahira, mfn. (fr. bahi; sa. babya,
cp, bahika) being outside (one's self,
one's body, house, or family); being
outside the Buddhistic order, non
Buddhistic; n. o/aib, the exterior
(opp, abbhantarara) 106,ii = Dh.
394; m. /y^o (samano n'atthi, "there
is DO Samana beyond the order" [just
as there is no path through the air])
Dh. 264-55 (var. bahire, loc, adv.)
cp. babiya (.x/ika), Jat. I 421,83 &
III 432,88,
which probably is a nom,
pr. (cp. Mailer, Pali Gr.
p. 31.)
bahu, m. &
f.
(also baha,
f. (q.
v.); sa. bahu, m.) the arm; v, Siha-
bahu, nom. pr.
""bahusacca, n. (fr. bahussuta,
sa. bahu-Qruta, rather than fr. *bahu-
sati (sa. ""bahu-smrti) which is not
found in P&li) much learning, erudt-
oiheti 188
tion; inatr, f^ena, Dh, 271 {cp. Dhpd.
(1865) p. 381; Tr. PM. p. 75, cor-
rectionu).
baheti, v;>. (sa. barhayati, caus.
ybfh -''Tr
),
if not denom. fr. bahi
[V^eler, ZDMG. 14,82) cp. also ^badh
& v'vah)
to tear or.t, eradicate, remove
{acc^
;
ger. /x^etva (puiinan ca papafl
ca) 106,6 = Dh. 267:
pp.
bahita
(.
v.\
bindii, m. & n, (= sa.) a drop;
nam. ^u (uda-") 108,2
= Dh. 336;
f^MVA (tnadhu-", phanita-", q.
v.) 63,i8;
uda-bindu-uipateca, Dh. 121.
bimba, m. n. {==^ sa.) an image
(as a picture or ettitue); ace, ~aiil
(said of the human body) Dh. 147.
bilara, m. (sa. bidala) a cat;
"-nissakkana-matta, nifn. just large
enough that a cat can sneak out through
it, n. ^am (pilkara-vivaraiii) 90,35.
bibhaccha, mfn. {sa. bibhatsa)
loathsome, disgusting ; "-sambadha-
^thilna, n. 65,7 (q.
v.).
birana, n. {sa. virana) name of
a fragrant grass (Andropogon Muri-
catum); ^arfa, 107,33 = Dh. 336
(its root is called usira, 108,4).
bujjhati. vb. {sa. ybudh) to
know, perceive, understand (ncc), to
be conscious of; pr. 3. sg, ^ati {w,
part, papiini kaMnuTni karaiii, "when
he commits evil deeds") Dh, 13B;
(do. raliokainniarii ilvikubbaiii, "when
he openly does what o'Jght to be secret")
54,17;
(antariiyaih) Dh. 286; pp.
bud-
dha, nifn, intelligent, wise, enlightened
{csp. sttbst, tii, cO uoni. pr,, v. nexl)\
(ICC. i^^Hiii, Dh. ijys. cp. buddbi,
bodlii, cir,
Buddha, i. {--^ sa,
pp.
biijjliati,
q. V.) 0, Buddha, /. e, a person who
hns attained to infiuite knowledge, and
who is liberated from all existence, so
that be kIiuII not bo born again; now.
pr. 'tlio Buddl.a'
(, c. Gotanin, q. r.)
mostly ineiitionuj by upithuts like
Bh&gava^ Satthir, Sugata ('/. v.) cp.
Tathaf,'ata & Sanimasambuddha; .^o
(vjytt)
113,81
;
yadi -wo tit^lieyya ("if
the B. were alive") 98,8s; -vO bhagava,
66,8; /N.0 dhammaraja
pabhaiiikaro,
19,1
; ~o
bhavissati loke
vivatta-
cchaddo, 61,88;
~o tapati tejasa,
107,25
= Dh. 387;
maha-Caotama-,
87,8;
ace. .^am
(anantagocaram)
Dh.
179;
gen. ^assa (viya) 113,2o; loc.
^e (in the formula B., dhamma,
saiiipha, ep. 107,i7)_79,i7;
pi. instr.
^ehi, 102,24;
jreH./^anaiii, 68,22. 74,i5.
86,24. 108,20 (metri causa : Buddhana).
comp, V. next etc.
*Buddha-gata, mfn.,
directed
to Buddha;
f,
,^a (sati) Dh. 296.
*Buddha-gho8a, . nom, pr.
of a Buddhist teacher, author of several
commentaries on canonical books (liv>
ing about 420 A. D.); nom. ~o (ti
nam viyakarurii, Buddhassa viya
ganibbiraghosatta) 113,2i.
"Buddha-desita. vtfn., taught
by the Buddha; ace. m. ^aih (dham-
mafi ca vinayaii ca) 109,25.
*Buddhantara, ., a period be-
tween two Buddhas; ace, r^am (ekaiii)
84,30. {cp, antara.)
Buddba-manta, m. {sa. "-man-
tra) a sacred text of the Buddha; /n/O,
113,16.
*Buddha-niha, /"., the grace
or charm of a Buddha; instr. ^iiya
(dbaramaiii desetva) 7,27. 47, 17.
'*'Buddlia-vaKga, m., the title of
ohopter XIV. of Dhpd.
Buddha-vacana, n, {= sa.)
the word of the Buddha, the holy
texts; acc. ,%,niii (karotha) 108,o; loc.
/vo (tepi^uke) l()2,a.
""Buddha-vira, ., 'the enligb-
teiied hero' (Uuddliu); voo, ^n, 108,u.
^Buddha-settha, mi., 'the best
of Buddhas' (Buddha); gen. o^assa,
109,23.
*B uddbarammana, mfn., v,
arnminnna.
buddiii,
f, (= sa.) intelligence,
insight; V. dubbuddhi & babubuddbi,
n)f>i. cp. next.
buddiiima^,
mfn, (= sa.) en-
189 brtlhmana
dowed with iuHight, wise;
m, ^v-ma,
113,24; pi. o^manto, 76,sa.
*Buddhuppada, m., the appear-
ance or birth of a Buddha, the period
after the appearance of a Buddha; gen.
^assa abhava, because the Buddha
had not appeared,
63,3i; loc. r^e
(imasmim) in the present Buddha-
period, 84,3i.
bubbula, m, <& n, (sn, budbuda)
H bubble; dimin. bubbulaka, >. <& n.,
id,, ace. /N/am, Dh,
170; (cp. Morris,
JPTS. '84,89).
bojjhanga, , (a. bodby-anga,
n.) one of the seven faculties neces-
sary for attaining perfect knowledge
(or Buddhahood), vie. sati, dhamma-
vicaya, viriya, piti, passaddhi, sama-
dhi, upekha; pi. r^& (satta) 82,i2;
ace. pi. /N/e, 91,8. cp. sambodhi-
auga.
b d h i , m. t&
f.
(= sa.) *)
f.
per-
fect knowledge (possessed by a Bud-
dha), Buddhahood; v. bojjhanga, cp.
sambodhi ; ^) m. the sacred tree under
which Buddhahood is achieved, a Bo-
tree; -rukkha-mule, loo. at the foot
of the Bo-tree,
66,3; cp, Mahabodhi
& next.
*Bodhimanda, m. or .
(?)
the
terrace of the great Bo-tree in Maga-
dha; '-samipamhi {loc!) near B.,
113,2.
fiodhisatta, m. (sa. Bodhi-
sattva) one who is destined to be-
come a Buddha, the Buddha in any
of his anterior births; vO, 1,3;
aec.
/vam,
2,97; (fen, cwassa, l,e; abl,
<^ato, 8,10.
""bondi,
f.{(&
.)
(probably akin
to sa, budhna) the body; nom, fvi
(inahati) 2, (= sarira, 2,7). op.
Prdkr, boiiidi, Duriidi; Kuhn, Beitr.
p. 41; Morris, JPTS. '89,so7.
bya- etc, v. vya-.
brabma-cariya^n. (sa. brabma-
carya) a holy or religious life, holi-
ness, purity, chastity (sometimes
=
the Buddhism or the Buddhist reli
gioug system and practice) ; nom, f^am.
(vusitaiii) 71,15; aec, /^am. (cara,
"lead a holy life") 70,io. 92,8; "-vasa,
m. the living a religious life; nom.
(x-0, 92,37; gen. ^.^assa (kalo) 46,85.
- """adi-brahmacariyika, mfn. (v,
(idi
'))
cp. next etc,
brahmacariyava<, mfn. (sa,
brahmacaryavat) who leads a holy life,
practising chastity; nom, m, >x/Va,
106,6
= Dh. 267.
brahmacari?!, m. (= sa.) one
who leads a religious life, who prac-
tises chastity, a priest; nom: r^i, 30,i9.
Dh. 142; sa-brabmacari (. pi,)
96,30 ("fellow-priests").
brahmanflata,
f,
(sa, brahma-
nyata) ') friendliness towards Brah-
mans; ^) the state of a Brahman;
nom. rwta, Dh. 332.
brabma-danda, . (= sa.)
name of a certain kind of punishment
imposed by the order on a Bhikkhu;
nom. />/0, 79,13-14 ("the Bhikkhus
should neither speak to him, nor ex-
hort him, nor admonish him",
79,15)
cp. Vin. II
p. 290; Kern, Manual of
Indian Buddhism,
p. 87.
Brahma-datta, m. (= sa.)
nom. pr, of several mythic kings in
Benares; loc. -we, 1,2. 2,i7, etc.; -ku-
maro, 42,24; "-mabaraja, 43,s2.
BrahmaH, m. (= sa.) the god
Brahma; nom. >x<a, 110,u; r^ Saham-
pati, 80,21 ; instr. rvuna, Dh. 105;
Maha-, id. (v, h.) cp. sa-brahmaka,
mfn. & next.
Brahma-loka, m. (= sa.) the
world or heaven of Brahma; loc. ix/O,
45,10 ; *-fipaga, mfn. going to B.;
m. .%/0, 45,18 (cp. upaga); *-para-
yana, mfn, destined for B.; m, /n^o,
47.88,
brahma-vihara, m, (= sa,)
one of the four perfect states of mind
(viz, metta, karuna, mudita, upekha);
ace, pi. f^6 (bhavetva) 45,is-ib.
brahmana, m. (= sa.) a man
belonging to the priestly caste, a Brah-
man; nom. 'x/O, 9,9. 92,to; 106,8
=
Dh. 393 etc. (in a moral sense); ace.
brahman! 190
^aih, 30,e; gen. /vcssa, 9,0. 66,iio;
voc. fs^a, (metri causa), BO,ia; pi. i^S,,
61,3o; gen. .%/anaiii,
61,86;
purohita-",
61,19 (3. .); *''-paraokkha, mfn.
(q.
v.)\ *''-manava, m, a young Br., nom.
.^0, 113,8 ; *"-ve8ena (instr.) in the
disguise of a Br., 16,io; *'-Tagga, m.
title of Dhpd. oh. XXVI; - dvandva
eor.tp, samana'", 19,; ainacca-'-gaha-
patike, 42,9; "-gahapatikesu, 7,25 {cp,
gahapati) ; sa
- asamana
-
brahmana,
vifn, {q.
v.),
brilhmani,
f.
(= sa.) a Brah-
nian's wife, 9,io; acd >^im. 9,14.
bruti, vb. {sa. briite & braviti;
\/bru) to say, reply ; to speak to (ace.)
;
to tell {ace. & gen.); ^o call {w. double
ace); pr. 1. eg. brunii (tan te,
=
kathemi) 85,35-38; 106,-.3 (tarn brah-
manaiii)
= Dh. ;'96; i06,34; aor, 3.
eg. ^) a-bravi (Maraiii) 103,13;
*>) a-
bruvi, 110,31; 111,9.
bruhtti, vb. {sa. brrahayati,
cans. \/brmh) tc increase, further,
promote, cherish, j)racti8e {acc.) ; imp.
2. sg. ^aya (santimaggam) Db. 285.
bhakkha, ^)mfn. {e. c.; sa. bhak-
sha) eating or drinking; *lohita-'',
mfn, blood-drinkinf; gen, ~a8Sa,
13,38;
piti-o, mfn. '{ri. v.).
- ) .
(so. bhaksha, m. or bhakshya, grd.)
food ; /%.o si mama ("thou art ray prey")
111,10.
I
bhakkheti, vh. {sa. bhaksha-
yati, ybhaksh) to eat, devour; inf.
^etuiii, 111,11; pp. ^ita, m. gen.pl.
/vanam (vanijanarii) 11 1,3a; bhakkha,
mfn, (v. above).
bhagavaf, mfn. (= sa,) illu-
strious, venerable, holy; esp, m. Used
as a term of veneration by Buddhists
when speaking of Buddha, "the Bles-
sed one"; nom. Buddho bhagava or
only Bhagava, 66,2-3-5. 104,23. 108,17;
acc, rvvantam, 68,17. 104,ii; instr.
/s/vata, 69,18;
gen, abt.
~vato, 76,i;
68,11;
ioc. -^vati, 74,8j;
92,s
("under
the Blessed one").
bhagini,
f.{=
8a.) a
sister; also
used as a term of address to any
woman
(or said of a woman of the order);
voe, <^i, 73,5; instr. /viya (kanittha-)
56,80
; *0-<wi-putta, m. a nephew; v.
ati-bhagini-putta. cp. bhagineyya.
bhagga, mfn.
(i)|).
bhaiijati; sa.
bhagna) broken; n, /^aib, 30,i7. 63,3o;
f.
pi. rx,a, Dh. 164.
bhaflga, m. (= sa.)
breaking,
breach; bending, fold; nom. .^0, 83,11;
acc. rw-ara (sarira-") 47,i6.
bhacca, m. {sa. bhrtya, grd. \/bhr)
a servant, attendant; acc. ovarii (taiil
tarn) 112,23; pi. ,^si, 111,18;
acc.pl.
rv-e, 111,19;
instr. pi, ,>^ehi, lll,2o.
bhajati, vb, {sa. -y/bhaj) to par*
take of, recur to, keep company with,
frequent, follow, practise (acc); pr,
3. sg. ^ati (padesam) Dh. 303
;
part,
med. gen. m. sg. <%.,manassa, Dh. 76;
imp, 2. sg, med. ,%^assu (mitte) Dh.
375;
pot. 3. sg. bhaje, Dh. 76. 78;
3. sg. med. .>^etha, Dh. 78. 208; cans,
bhajeti
(3.
v.).
bhaiijati, vb, {sa. y'bhanj) to
break, bend; to defeat (acc); pr, 1.
sg. rvSmi (senam) 104,6;
part. m. pi.
.^anta (atthini) 8,29; aor. 3. sg. (ma)
bhaiiji (vo) 108,5; pp. bhagga
(q.
v.)
cp. bhanga, m.
bhaiinati, vb. {pass, bhanati,
q. v.).
bhanati, vb. {sa. \/bhan) to speak,
say; to recite, propound (acc); pr. 3.
eg. r,^ati (musa) 97,n; 1. sg. ^ami
(do.) 98,21 ; 1. sg. med. bhane {v.
next)', part, m, r>^ari), 103,ii (iina
gatha); Dh. 264 (alikarii); part, med.
m. ^ mano,
83,4;
gen, ^ manassa,
83,3; imp. 3, sg. bhana, 11, 13;
pvt.
3. sg. bhane (saccaiiij Dh. 224; 1.
sg. bhaneyy'ahara, 11,11; aor. 1. sg.
abhanim (an old augmented formation)
47,8;
pass, bhannati, loc. n. part.
bhaiinamane(veyyakaranasmirii)71,i7f
191 bhante
pp.
n. bhanitam (alikaih tassa, soil
niaya) 108,3o. cp. bhanaka,
bhaniH.
bhane, indecl. {orig. pr. 1. sg.
med. fr. bhanati) lit. 'I eay', look
here! my friends! a term of address
used by a superior to inferiors (the
latter answer with 'bhante',
q. v.)\
niayaiii kho ^, 76,io; tena hi r^,
76,18.
bhanda, >) . (sa. bhanda) sg,
& pi. goods, ware?, things; 'utensils,
iiiiplements, instruments,
ornaments,
etc.] nom, /^am, 30,i7; ace. />/aiii
(appaggba-", "wares of a little value")
26,s;
(piya-o,
"anything that is dear")
54,34; pi. ^ani (turiya-, "musical
instruments")
66,5.
') m. (c. c.
=
bandha) a keeper, groom (cp. sa,
bhanda); *hatthi-", m, an elephant-
keeper
(= *hatthi-bandha, cp, sa,
a^va-bandha) pi. /^a, 76,i5; aco. pi,
r^e, 76,10. cp, SBE. XVII,
141,
Notes.
bhandaka, n. (sa, bhandaka)
= bhanda, n.\ *as8a-'*, 65,i7 (horse-
trappings),
bhandika,
f,
(sa, bhandika) a
bundle, a small packet; ace, /vain,
8,17. 33,7; sahassa-^, a purse of 1000
pieces,
23,1 (cp, sahassa-thavika,
102,si); -
*bhandika-baddha, mfn,
packed, bundled up; gen. f^&saa. (dha>
nassa) 34,i8.
bhata, mfn, (sa, bhrta, pp. bha-
rati) 'born', brought up, reared, sup-
ported;
f,
fs,si (bhariya) 51,4; *atta-
vetana-", v. attaw.
bhataka, m. (sa. bhrtaka) a ser-
vant; nom, ^0, 105,8.
bhati,
f.
(sa. bhrti) wages, hire,
support; service for wages; instr. /viya,
105,9.
bhatta, n. (sa, bhakta) a meal,
ration; food, esp. boiled rice; nom.
ace. /vam, 78,3; 21,6. 33,25. 53,80.
70,10. 76,11 ; bahu-, 57,ii; *paccha-,
86,5; *patara8a-<', 57,9;
*mataka-o,
16,j8 (v. ft.); *ratti., 15,i9; loo. rs,e,
57,s7; /vasmim, Db. 185;
pi. rvSni,
111,88;
-
comp, *bhatta-karaka, m.
(sa, bhatta-kara) a cook; nom. ^0,
6,20;

bhatta-kicca, n, preparations
for a meal;
"-avasane, loc. (v. ava-
sana) after the meal,
86,15;
-
*bhatta-
pati,
f,
a rice-bowl, ace. /vim, 34,i3;
- *bhatta-sakata, n. a cart-load of
rice,
53,30.
bhadanta, m, (= sa.) a vene-
rable person, a term esp, used in ad-
dressing (or mentioning) a Buddhist
priest, often equal to pron. 2. pers.
(but with the verb in 3, sg.); katharii
/vO iiayati, "how is your reverence
named", 96,so. [bhadanta (also often
written bhaddanta) seems to be a
later formation from the voc, bhadante,
which has probably arisen from the
phrase bhaddam (or bhadrarh) te
(q.
V.) and has been contracted into
bhante (v. below)] cp. Windisch
Mara und Buddha,
p. 68; Tr, PM,
p. 69-70; Weber, Bhag. II, 165 &
I,
418; Scnart, Kacc.
p. 115
(11,4,35);
Pischel, Gr. 8 366''.]
bhadda
(& bhadra), mfn. (sa.
bhadra) happy, good, pleasant, beauti-
ful
;
m, /vfo (a good man, opp. papo),
Db. 120; ace. /vram (assam) Dh.
380;
f.
/vS (mata) 20,25; voc.
f.
/ve
(my dear!)
1,8; n, /vrnrh, happiness,
Dh.
119; pi, -vrani (good things)
Dh. 120; n, /vam is often used with
gen, pron. 2, pers, parenthetically ia
a sentence, meaning 'if you please',
'let it be said with all deference', 'sit
venia verbo' and the like : na me
ruccati bhaddaih vo, ll,i6; tam vo
vadami bhaddam vo, 108,3 (cp. sa.
bhadrara te (va/i) & bhadanta above).
bhaddaka, mfn. (sa. bhadraka)
= bhadda; m. su-bhaddako (catu-
ppado), very pleasant or lovely, 30,8.
bhanta, mfn,
(pp.
bhamati; sa.
bhranta)
wandering, moving, or rol-
ling about (unsteadily); ace. m. i^&ra
(ratham) 106,88
= Dh. 222.
Abhante, indecl. (fr. bhadanta,
q. V,) a term of address to superiors
or venerable persons : reverend sir,
your reverence I *) = voc. 28,i (to
bhabba 192
Buddha); 86,t (tfipftsa); evaih /x-,
76,ii (Devadatta); 79,io (an eldei-
bhikkhu ought to be addressed by
bhante or ayasma); 8I),S9 (Narada);
kinnamo ai /v, 96,S9;
-
*) = nom.
^ Bhagaya, 69,t (with 5. sg. of the
verb), [bhante has generally been
considered as a Magadbism, from 5a.
bhavant-
(
Weher, Trenckner & Franke,
KZ. XIV,
p. 419), from which also
bhadanta (v. above) possibly might
have arisen through insertion of an
inorganic 'd'; but I think it will be
impossible to arrive at a true histori*
cal view of the various terms of address,
bhagava, bhavam (bhonto, etc.)^
bhadanto (nwte), bhante, bhane, which
seem to be connected with one another
phraseologically as v^ell as etymologi-
cal ly.]
bhabba, mfn. (^rd. bhavati; sa.
bhavya) future, what probably will be
or ought to be, suitable, proper ; w.
inf. being able to; m. o^o (kame
paribhunjitum) 70,i; a-bhabba, mfn.
{q.
v.).
bhamati, vh, {sa, ybhram) to
wander about, to n<ove to and fro (on
account of perplexity) ; caus. bhameti,
to swing, agitate, perplex; imp, 2. sg.
tiled, bhamassu, Dh. 371, seems to
be used as imp, 3. sg., but perhaps
we have here an old error; the Mss,
Khar, reads ma te kamaguna bha-
memsu oittaiii, whioh siems to prove
that we ought to read kamaguna
baamimsu (aor. 3. pi.) or bhamesum
{aor. 3. pi. caits,). \
bhamara, tj. (sa. bhramara) a
bee; rvO, 106,a = Dh. 49; *-gana,
8 warn 8 of bets, 62,i9 (pancavanna-").
bhaya, ') n, ( sa.) fear, danger;
mm. ,^am, 63,i). 110,32. Dh.
283;
itstr. bhayena, from fear, 13,is. 43,7,
often at the end of conip. : geha-pa-
tana-", 19,ie; niraya-", 17,3o; mara-
na-, 6,81 ; rukkha-nibbattana-",
37,6
(q.
V,) cp. a-kuto -bhaya, a-bhaya,
maha-bhava, mfn.-,
-
*''-janana, mfn.
(q,
v.)
;
-
bhayattha, mfn, {sa. bhaya-
stha) terrified,
f.
-%./5,
lll,e;
-
o-tajjita, mfn. (q. .);
- "-dassiw &
^O-dassivas, mfn,
seeing danger, fear*
ing; nom. m. ^va, Dh. 31;
pi. -^.^ino,
Dh. 317;
-
*-bhita, mfn. & *<'-saa-
kita, mfn. frightened, alarmed {v. h.)
^) mfn. dangerous; acc. m. r^&m
(maggaih) Dh. 123.
bharati, vb. {sa, Vbhr)
to bear,
support, hire; cp. next etc.y bhara,
bhacca, bhata(ka), bhati.
bharita, mfn. (= sa.) filled with
(e. c); vippaviddha-nanaku^apa-*',
mfn. 65,to (f. /.).
bhariya,
f.
{sa. bharya) a wife;
nom, ^ya, 1,5. 51,4;
acc. N/yara,
101,18; gen. {dat. loc.) ^yaya, l.ss;
54,29 (metri causa contracted to bha-
riya); 58,2 (dovarika-").
Bharukaccha, n. {sa, id. &
Bhrgukaccha) nom. pr. of a seaport-
town in Western India (Baroach,
jiaQV)-ain); nom. f^&m (nama patta-
nagamo) 24,9; "-pattanam, 26,i2;
*''-payata, mfn. 20,22 {v, payati);
**'-vanija, . 19,2i
{q.
v.).
*Bharu-rattha, n. nom. pr. of
a country; loc. ~e, 24,9.

*Bharu-
raja>i, m. the king of that country;
nom. ,^ raja nama, 24,9.
bhava, . (= sa.) ') coming into
existence, birth; existence, any mode
of existence, being, life; nom. r^o
(upadana-paccaya) 66,9; "-paccaya
(jati) 66,10
;
gen. rvassa (paragu)
Dh. 348; loc. ^e (purima-", in a
former life) 58,
11;
pi. tayo bhava,
"the three modes of existence", viz.
sensual, corporeal, formless existence,
or existence in the three worlds kama-,
riipa-, ariipa-loka, 65,ii {cp. kama,
bhava, vibhava 67,i4);
- *o.tanha,
f.
thirst for existence,
67,14; *''-niro-
dha, m. cessation of ex., 66,i; **'-sal-
lani, n. pi, "the thorns of life", Dh.
351 ; kama-", tanha-", nandi-" {v. h,)
*) increase, welfare, prosperity {opp.
vibhava,
q, v.)
;
dat. ^Rya, Dh. 282.
-
cp. bhava, punabbhava, etc,
bhavam, pron. {orig. part, bhavat
193 bhSnavfira
fr. next; sa. bhavan, n. & bhavati,
f.)
thou, you (used as a respectful
terra of address, often comb, with the
name of the person addressed, but
mostly with the 3. pers. of the verb);
iiom. -ovarii (Gotamo) 90,i9. 93,3?;
(ace, bhavantaiii) ; instr. bhota (Go-
tamena) 90,i5; gen, bhoto (Gota-
niassa) 94,6;
{loc. bhavati); pi. nom.
voc. ace. bhonto (or bhavanto, nom.,,
bhavante, ace.) : sunantu me ^o,
97,3;
[instr. pi. bhavautehi; gen.pl.
bliavantanam, or bhavatarii). As voc.
sg, & pi. we have a contracted form
bho
(g.
V. separately helow).
bhavati, vb. \sa. ^bhu; very
often contracted to boti, q. v.) to be,
exist, stay, become, arise, come into,
etc. (also used as auxiliary verb)
;
pr, 3, sg. -N^ati, Dh. 375; 3. pi.
-^anti (jati-paccaya) 66,n; 111,4;
pr, 1. pi. med, bhavamase, 105,86;
part. V, bhavaih above:, imp. 2. sg.
bhava {cp, hohi) Dh. 236; 2, pi.
bhavatha {yar. ,^atba) Dh.
143; pot.
3. sg. bhaveyya, 1,25; 1. sg. o^eyyarb,
56,5; 2. sg. <%/eyya8i, 86,3; aor. ahu,
ahosi, etc, v, hoti; fut. 3. sg, bha-
vissati {cp, hessati) = will be, 'must
be', or 'is probably', 'is certainly' :
32,26. 87,3. 99.7, etc.; 12,27. 34,3
(vassapitara
~); 40,22 (gahito nS)\
56,30 (laddham r^ manne); also in
questions and answers : kilfa ro (supi-
nam) 61,29; kin nu kho / (kumarika)
"how may she be"? 86,29; evam rw,
56,15; fut. 2. sg. /^issasi, 46,i4. 56,i2;
1. sg. ^issami, 23,29 ; 3. pi. .N.'issanti,
6,28. 21,11-27. 33,27 (imam dhanam
dve kotihasa /v, pi. instead of sg.)\
1. pi. <x/i8sama, 21,i2;
cond. 3. sg.
a-bhavissa, 42,ii. 92,28; bhavissa,
29,8;

inf. bbavitum, 24,24. 56,i;
ger. v. hutva (under hoti);
grd.
bhavitabba, mfn. (cp. hotabba &
bhabba) n. r^&m (used like
fut. in
pass, construction) 24,2 (iminapi aga-
tena r^ = ayam pi agato bhavis-
sati); 34,4-10.47,18.48,26. 91,23, etc.;
ace. n. ^a,m ev'etam kathesi, "you
F41I 01o>ur7.
tell of what must be", 47,11 (cp. ka-
likaiii, 47,10); -
pp.
bhiita
(q.
v.);
caus. bbaveti
(q.
v.) cp, bhava,
bhava, ., bhavana. n.
bhavan a, . (= sa.) house (pa-
lace), home, abode (world); acc, >vaih
(attano) 19,i8; loc, ^e, 41,29; asura-",
tavatiihsa-", naga-, Sakka-, su-
panna-" (v. h.),
bhasta, m. (sa. basta) a he-goat;
acc. /N^am, 54,i6 (cp, Jat. VI, 12,2;
Abhidh. has vasso).
b has ma, n. (sa. bhasman) ashes;
*-achanna, mfn, 106,22 (v. achanna).
bhassati, vb. (sa, y'bhrarii?) to
fall down, drop; to swoop down, go
on shore; to take a road, lounge about;
aor. 3, sg. bhassi (adho GaSgam)
14,24; (tassa matthakam) 24,s; aor,
3, sg, med. a-bhassatha (vina kaccha)
104,17 (cp. Kuhn, Beitr.
p".
110).
bhaga, m. (= sa.) >) a part,
fraction (often comp. V. numbers, v,
catu-bhaga, ti-bhaga & sahassa-");

^) a portion, share, lot; task, busi-

ness, wages, salary; (v, acariya-'');

*)
place, region, side, quarter (v,
upari-", kanna-", bhumi-", cp, sab-
bato-bhagena, instr, adv,)
;
- *) time,
division of time (v. ratti-", cp, apara-
bhage, loc, adv,) cp. bhaga, etc.,
Bobhagga.
*bhagava<, mfn. (fr.
prec,\ par-
taking of, having a share in (gen.);
nom. m. ^va (samafmassa) Db. 19. 20.
bhagineyya, m: (sa. bhagineya)
a sister's son, nephew; ^'-hamsapota-
kassa (gen.) a young hamsa, a nephew
of his, 10,21. cp. bhagini.
bhajana, n. (=: sd.) a vessel,
an earthen jug; acc. ^aih, 82,i9,
bhajeti, vb. (caus. bhajati; sa.
bhajayati) to divide, distribute (acc);
inf, /vetum (matamanussam) 40,32;
ger, ->.-etva, 27,29. cp. bhaga, bhajana.
bhanaka, M. (= sa.; fr. bhanati)
a reciter, repeater, declarer; *Digha-",
m.
(q.
v.).
bbanavara, n.
(&
m.) a section
13
bhSnin 194
of the holy texts, which are divided
it to such sectioDB for purpose of reci-
tation; pathamaka-*'am, the first sec*
tion of Dhpd. ccmtainiig ch. I-XIV
;
Dh. 196.
*bhanin, mfn. {fr. bhanati) say-
ing, :<peakinij; v. bahu-'', manju-",
mania-", mita-*', mfn,
bhatur, w. (fa. bhratr) a brother;
Viom. ->.ta, 108,115; 9,7 (kanittha-")
;
ace, .N^tarara, 31,so; instr. o^tara,
31,31 ; nom. pi, />/taro, 31,is. 34,32.
b batik a, . (sa. bhratrka) a
brother; ace. ^&m (jetthaka-") &2,2i;
gen. r^assa (jettha-") 35,2o.
bhayati, vh. (sa, \/h\n, bibheti
& bbiyate) to fear, be afraid of (gen,);
pr. 3. pi. ~anti (maccuno) Dh. 129;
aor. 2. sg. (mil.) bhayi, l,io. 4,3o. 75,2o;
2. pi. (ma) bhayittha, 32,2i. 76,ii6;
pp.
bbita
{q.
v.)
;
ger. ohayitva (kassa)
98,13. cp, bhaya, bhiiiisanaka, bhiru,
bherava,
bhiira, tn. (= sa.) burden, load;
trouble, labour; task, charge; nom,
^0 (mayham ->., or mayhaiii esa
^,
"let it be my charge, leave that to
me") 42,6. 49,3o; imassa sukba-duk-
khaiii tava --wO, "look after him in
better and worse",
28,20 ; khari-", m.
& panna-", mfn, (v. /.).
bharaka, m,
(?)
(= sa.) burden,
load; only in the comp. *gadrabha-'*,
i.
(?)
') an a8^d^ive^;
^)
goods car-
ried by an ase, instr, r^ena vohararii
karonto, 8,i6.
bhava, l. (== sa.) ') being, be
coming, appearance, state, condition,
nature; nom. ^0 (thinaiil) 51,si.

*) do., at the end of comp. (subst. ni.) :
") w. adj, I tittaka-", duggata-", dub-
baca-^ nihata-mana-", pnndita-",
babu-", sapariggaha-apariggaha-",
samana-vaya-**, sasf.amika-", sithila-",
auddba-" (q.
v.)
;
'') w. adv. : tatba-*'
(q.
V.)
;
=) w. s.tbst. {cp. dliamma) :
atta-", mitta-", sottbi-", & likewise
with the verb attai, 8, sg. : atthi-"
('/. I'.) - klmracakka-" (= "that it
was")
24,6; yakkbini-", 21,2C (do.)
cp. hava-bhava (q.
.)
21,is;
- *)r.
pp.
or grd. (which in English is ex-
pressed by a full sentence :
*'that it
was . .
.", or "that it ought to be") :
agata-o, gata-, gahita-",
bhinna-",
marita-o, vaficita-^
hattha-gata-";
chaddetabba-" (g.
v.);
- ) similarly
w, nom. actionis : avattharana-,
aga-
mana-", an-agamana-",
gamana-",
nikkhamana-", marana-" (g.
v.) cp,
tunhi-bbava & patu-bhava, w.; a-
bhava, m. & an-abhava-kata, mfn.
bbavana,
/".
(= sa.) ^)
producing,
acquiring, mastering, developing (one's
own mental faculties), meditation; ace.
/N.-aiii (anuyunjati, "applies himself
to meditation") 97,9;
loc. -^aya (atta-
nji bbavita-") 29,2;
(rato mano) Dh.
301;
^) veneration, respect, praise,
reputation ; ace. ->.aiii (asataiii, metri
causa bbavan') Dh. 73.
bhavita, mfn. (pp. fr.
next; =
sa.) produced, developed, cultivated,
practised;
f,
/>.a (marana-sati) 86,so;
**-bhavanaya (pattirii, "the powers 1
have developed") 29,3;
-
bbavita-
tta(/i), mfn. (sa. bhavitatman) one
who has trained himself (by medita-
tion); ace, rwanaiii, Dh. 106. cp.
a-bhavita, su-bhavita, mfn.
bhaveti
(&
bhavayati), vh. (cans.
bbavati; sa. bhavayati) to produce,
develop, cultivate, apply oneself to
(ace.)
;
pr, 3. sg. ^eti (metri causa
bhavayati) Dh. 350 (asubharii); imp,
2. pi. (or pot, 3. sg. med.) ,>^etha
(mettam)
40,8; (marana-satim) 86,17;
pot. 3. sg. med, <>-etha (pandito) Dh.
87; aor. 3. sg. ^esi, 86,25; inf. ^etuib,
ib.
;
ger. ^etva (brahma-vihare) 46,i5;
(bojjhafige) dlys;pp, bhavita, v, above
\
bhavana,
f, (q.
v.).
bhilsati, vb. (sa, ^/bhash) to
speak, talk; to say, pronounce, recite
(ace); pr, 3. sg. ^ati, 22,3; Dh. 1-2
(metrically = ^ati; Dh. 258; 2. sg.
-^asi (alikam) 97,31;
part. m. o^mano,
103,4; Dh. 19; imp. 2. sg. med, blia-
sassu, 98,20
;
pot. 3. sg. bhase (gatha
satam) Dh.
102
;
fut, 1, sg. ^issami
19B bhii
(gathaiii) 87,i; aor. 3. sg. abhasi,
13,30. 80,22; S. 5(7. med. abhasatha,
105,33; pp. bhasita
(q.
v.) cp. next.
bhasa,
f,
{sa. bhashil) language
(esp. vernacular), dialect; loc. >^aya
(Sibala-**, in the Sinhalese language)
113,31 ; mula-bhasaya {abl. or instr.?)
114,38 (v. mula); sabba-bhasa, mfn.
(v.h.).
bhasita, mfn,
(pp.
bhasati) said,
spoken; n. <^&m,
98,38; gen, .^.^assa
(attham) 90,3o. n. stibst. ^&m, speech,
word, Dh._363; 93,i8; cp, dubbha-
sita, subhasita, mfn.
*bhiiiisanaka, mfn,
(Jr.
sa, bhi-
shana & bhishma) terrible; . ,>.,o,
27,G (saddo); 80,2o (bhumicalo); n,
{siibst."?) ,>.-aiD, 81,3.
bhikkhati, vb. (sa, ^bhiksb,
bhikshate) to beg, ask for, esp. to
beg alms (from, acc); pr. 3, sg. med.
~ate (pare, "others")
106,4
= Dh.
266. cp. next etc.
bhikkha,
f.
(sa. bhiksha) the act
of begging alms; dat, ,-vaya (caranto)
29,31.
bbikkhu, m. (sa. bhikshu) a men-
dicant, a Buddhist monk or priest;
nom. ^u, 79,8. 106;4 = Dh.
266;
Uh. 75 (Buddhassa savako); acc.
^um, Dh. 362; instr. ^una, 79,8;
gen. /wuno, 79,i3; eka-bhikkhussa,
79,17; pi. nom. ^n, 29,28; /o.-avo,
109,16; voc. -N^ave, 29,3o. 70,85; o./avo,
Dh. 243; acc, ^u, 66,21; instr, ^uhi,
79,15;
*''-vagga, m, title of Dhpd.
ch. XXV; - o-sata, n. 79,33; "-sa-
hassa, n. 70,32
(q.
v.); *'-samgha, m.
the congregation of Buddhist monks,
the Buddhist brotherhood; gen. .^/assa,
72,27; instr, />^ena, 70,2i; loc, /%^e,
29,27; pi. n^&,
109,2.
bhikkhuni,
f,
(sa. bhikshuni) a
Buddhist nun; instr, /viya, 98,98.
bbimkara, m, (sa, bhrngSra) a
pitcher, bowl or vase (golden); instr,
/N.^ena (euvanna-**) 41,u.
bbijjati, vb. (pass, bhindati) to
be broken or wrecked; to be scattered
or dispersed; pr. 3, sg. <vati, 107,e
= Dh.
148; fut. 3. sg. -^issati (nava)
19,30 ; l.pl. o/issama (tattha tatth'eva)
11,8.
bhitti,
f.
(= 5a.) a wall; nom.
r^\ (kannakita) 84,2o.
bhindapeti, v6. (cans. II. bhin-
dati) to cause to be broken (acc);
fut. 1. sg. .^.^essami (silaiii assa) 48,2c.
bhindati, vb.(sa. -^/hhid) to break,
cut asunder, destroy, disturb, violate
(acc); part, m, r^nnio (ghatam) 16,39;
(sotani) 27,5; pot. 3. sg. ~eyya (met-
tiifa) 53,9;
aor. 5. s^. bhindi (navaii)
20,1; -^itum (ranfio vacanaiii, to diso-
bey) 40,s; (itthiya silaifa, to seduce)
48,28; -N.'itva, 10,i4 (hirottappam)
;
60,5. 58,23 (dvidha);
pp. bhinna; grd.
bhejja; coms. II. bhindapeti
(q,
v,}
cp. bheda.
bhinna, mfn,
(pp,
bhindati;
=
50.) *) broken, destroyed, violated;
wrecked; n. i>^am (bhandarii) 30,i7;
f.
/^a (nava) 20,33. 28,82; loc. ,>/aya
Tnavaya) 28,i6; bhinna-nava, mfn.
(cp. sa. bhinnanau) shipwrecked; m.
pi, (N.-a,
21,0;
gen. ->..anarii, 20,83.
-
') separate, different, deviating; *-r5pa,
mfn. id.; m. pi. ^a (acariya-vada,
"the schismatic doctrines of old tea-
chers"?) 113,27.
bhiyyo, adv. (sa. bhiiyas; compar.
fr. bahu) *) more, still more; ^ cit-
taih pasidati, 103,bi; /^ nandati,
107,27 = Dh. 18;
-
) once more,
again; 1^ opamraam karohi ("give
another illustration") 99,27. cp. next
& yebhuyyena.
bhiyyoso, adv. (sa. bhiiya^as)
still more; only in the comp. *bhiy-
yosomattaya (v. matta, /",, cp. buddh.
sa. bhuyasya matraya) in still higher
degree, 65,8.
bhi8akka,i. (sa. bhishaj) a pby-
sioian; acc. <^am, 92,8. (As to the
form cp, sa. a-tvak-ka) cp. bhesajja.
bhisi,
f.
(sa. brs!) a cushion, roll,
pad; nom. n,,l, 104,80 (baddha hi %/
susamkhata ; in this sentence bhisi
seems to be somewhat ambiguous;
could it also mean a sort of cushion,
13*
bhita 196
made of twisted grass, used instead
of a swimming-girdle? Faushell, SBE.
X,
(2)
p. 4, translates it. by 'raft';
cp. SBE. XX,
p. 16S. Note
3);
inatr.
/N^iya, 104,31.
bhita, mfn.
(pp,
bhSyati; = sa.)
frightened, terrified (w. gen. or e. c.)
;
m. i^o (tasarii)
21,33; (raarana-bbaya-*")
8,2j; 75,17; tM. pi. o^a, 40,io; 17,8i
(niraya-bhaya-") ; bhita-tasita, m. pi.
dvandva comp. 27,s| "-puriso, 86,io
(asivisam disva rw),
b h i r
u
, mfn. (= sa.) timid, cowardly
;
S:tbst.
f.
bhirii, cowardice, 103,27 (cha-
ttlia [sena Marassa]). cp. bherava.
bhuiijati, &. (sa. ^bhuj) to enjoy,
eat (ace, rarely instr.), to take a meal;
to swallow, devour {ace.)
;
pr. 3. sg.
r>^Si.ti (vina niariisena na
^) 6,i; Dh.
324; 3. pi. .N.-anti, 67,lo; part. gen.
tn, /^antaasa (sayamasam) 53,39; imp,
2. pi. ^atha (bhattaih)
21,5;
pot. 3,
sg. ^eyya, 101,3. 107,3 = Dh. 308;
3. sg. tried. .>.'etha. Dh. 70; aor, 3.
sg, bliufiji, 41,10. 67,i5; 1. sg. bhuujiiii,
101,t; 3. j'l. a-bliunjisuiii, 111,34;
gcr, ) ))liutva, lo,!!.; *>)
bhuiiiitva,
J}1,7 {khaditva .v); 57,is; 61,7 (blio-
janarii); 78,!9 (bhattaiiO; <=)bbuf!Jiya,
111,85;
2^P-
bhutta
(q.
v.)\ grd, v,
bhojaniya; cans, bhojeti
{q.
v.) cp.
bliOga', bhojana.
bhutta, mfn.
{pp.
bhufijati; sa,
bhukta) *) enjoyed, eaten; m. pi. r^a,
(me kama) 45,5; m. /%.o (ayoRulo,
"swallowed'') 107, i = Dh. 308; ^"-pa-
tarusa, mfn. {v. .'*.) ;
-) one who has
eaten; gen. sg. .^^assa {w, instr, su-
karamaddavena) 78.3t.
'
*bhuttiivi()i), mfn, {fr.
last) one
who has enjoyed or eaten (acc), who
has finished the meal; gen. m. rvvissa
(bhattaiii) 78,si; 83,i4.
bhutva, ger. v. bhufijati.
bhunima, ^) mfn. {sa. bhiiniya,
cp. bhauma) belonging to the earth.
-) comp. =:
bhtimi,
f.
(arisen through
bbumnii? or from the old loc, bbutnya,
Jat. I, 507,13. V. 84,12, etc.); *bhum-
rna-ttha, mfn. standing on the ground;
acc. m. pi. ^e,
Dh. 28;
- *bhum-
ma-ttharana, w., 'floor
covering', a
carpet; /^aih, 84,i7. cp. bhuma.
bhusa', mfn. {sa. bhr5a)_ strong,
vehement, excessive ; m. pi. ~a (sota)
Dh. 339.
bhusa*, n, {sa. busa)
cbaff; .N^am
(viya) 53,8
i
yatba r^am,
106,it
=
Dh. 252.
bhiita, mfn. {pp.
bhavati; = sa.)
') being, existing, real, true ;
become,
happeasd ; , .^^am, 9,89 {opp. a-bhii-
taiii, q. v.); 101,30.
- ") siihst. m. n.
any living being;
jfj/.
m. -^a (sabbe)
80,23; n. .N^an:i, Dh. 131; loc. .>^esu,
Dh. 405.

') e. c. being, being like
(sometimes almost pleonast.) : ^) *aga-
rika-", *anda-**, *andha-'', *tanu-",
^sariikara-*', mfn. {v. h.); *>) -i-bhuta:
V. tunbi-", *8amarigi-'', sammukhi-**,
siti-"; cp. yatha-bhiita ("-bhucca) &
pahuta.
'bhilraa & "bhumaka. mfn. (only
c. c. =^ bbiimi, cp. sa. blmmikii &
bbumma abovii) : satta-bhurauka, mfn.
{sa. sapta-bhuma. & "-bbuniika) hav-
ing 7 stories; n. ^am (geharii) 48,3i.
bhiiini,
f.
(= sa.) ') the earth,
soil, ground; nam. >^i (acala) 110,:;
acc. rs.im, 6,n; (otinna, gone on shore)
1 12,27; loc. rwiya (on the ground) 61,25.
83,10. 97,34; ^..iyaiii, 5,i2. 63, lo. 66,27
(katva); taniba-, 112,29 (3.
v.);
"'"-cala, >. {cp. sa. bhiiini-cala) an
earthquake; nom, n,o (niaba-") 80,i9.
*) the fluor of a house; 84,21; story
(of a house) v. bbuiiia.

*) a terri*
tory, country; v. "ariya-", *uyyana-",
paccantaA Suvanna-".
-
*)
place;
*"-ran>aneyyaka, n. a delightful place,
Dh. 98
(q.
v.); ukkara-", IS.si
{q.
v.);
"-bbaga, m, place, quarter, stall (of
a horse); loc. .^.e, 65,i9,
- '') step,
stage; acc. ^irii (yatbaviditaiii, "stage
of knowledge") 69,23. [Burm. writing
bhumini; cjj.bbumina&bbuniaaftot'e.l
bhuri, ') mfn. {=^ sa.) mucli,
great (only at the beginning of comp.).

^)
f.
knowledge, intelligence; nom.
^i, Dh. 282 (yoga jayati); *0-8ara-
197 mamsa
khaya, hi, loss of knowledge, nom, r^o,
Dh. 282.
*bhu8ita, mfn.
(pp. "bhuseti,
ybhush) adorned, decorated;
f.
,>^a
(sabbabharana-*') 112,i,
bhejja, mfn, (grd. bhindati; sa.
bhedya) to be broken or destroyed
;
a-bhejja, mfn. 39,ia
(q.
v.).
blieda, m. (= sa.) breaking, de-
stroying, dissolving; 06/. -vS (kayassa),
"when this body is dissolved", 7,iifl,
Dh. 140.
bhedana, . (= sa.) = prec]
uco. <N,arii (sarirassa) "injury of the
body", Dh. 138.
bherava, mfn. (fr. bhiru; sa.
bhairava) terrible; n. subst, horror,
terror; */^rava. . a cry of horror;
ace. .%^aiii (ravanta) 86,19.
bheri,
f.
(= sa.) a drum, kettle-
drum; ace. ,>/im, 35,i3; (carapetva)
42,2, 102,26 (used generally by pro-
clamations); gen, ^iya, 36,is; "-tale,
35,21.
bhesajja, n. (sa, bhaishajya)
medicament, medicine; comp. gilana-
paccaya-", 97,8, cp, bhisakka.
bho, indecl, (sa. bhos) a vocative
particle, orig. voc. of bhavaiii
(q.
v.),
used in addressing one or more persons :
! Hallo ! I say, look here ! *) with
a foil. voc. bho pasana, 3,7 ; kirii bho
pasana (vanarindu) 3,o-ii ; bho purisa,
23,34. 101,6; bho cora, 32,8i; bho
yakkha, 40,36; *) without voc. ehi bho,
24,3; aho vata bho, 42,i7; dhi-r-attbu
vata bho, 63,13; upaddutam vata bho,
65,12; nahaiu bho gamam jbapemi,
101,7; ayam bho ko nu dipo, llO.si;
-
bhovadi, v, below, cp, ambho &
hambho.
b h g a
',
>. (= sa.) a curve, fold
;
ace. rvam (orato katva) 88,21, cp,
obhoga & bhogga.
bhoga', m, (= sa,) enjoyment,
use, advantage; wealth, riches, trea-
sures; pi, ^S, Dh.
855; gen, .vSnaih,
Dh. 139 ; -tanha,
f.
"thirst for riches",
Dh, 355 (instr. /x^aya); yaso-bhoga-
amappita, mfn. (q.
v.).
*Bhoga-nagara, n. nom. pr, of
a town (from bhoga*, in the sense of
'serpent'); loc, ^e, 77,15,
bhogga, mfn, (so. bhugna) bent,
crooked
;
gopanasi-bhogga-saina, mfn.
47,22
(q.
v.).
bhojana, . (= sa.) ) enjoying,
eating; *vikala-", eating at forbidden
times; abl. r^vi. 81,24 (cp. vikala).
-
*) a meal, food (esp. boiled rice); aco,
^aih, Dh.
70; 20,7 rdibba-"); 41,

(nfinaggarasa-'h 61,7 (vara-'); pana-

bhojanaih, food and drink, Dh,
249;
-
*parififiSta-^ mfn, (q.
v.),
bhojaniya, n, (sa. bhojaniya;
grd. bbuiljati) soft food (as boiled
rice, gruel, soft cake, meat etc., opp.
khadaniya, q. v.); ace. (vaiii, 78,8;
kbadaniya-", 18,3o.
bhovadi/J, mfn. (= sa.) one
who addresses another person by 'bho'
(as non-Buddhists used to address Bud-
dha; hence sometimes = a Brahman);
m. ^i (bhovadi nama) Dh. 396. cp.
Tr. PiM.
p. 70; differently Weber,
Ind. Str. I, 181,
31.
m , ') by sandhi instead of m : vud-
dhitn anvaya, 2,i8; agacchantam eva,
2,31, etc, ^) an old m (rii) is sometimes
preserved by sandhi, e, g,
tunliim asi-
naiil, Dh. 227. - ^) inserted in cotnp. :
naga-m-asado, 77,3; okam-okato, Dh.
34; do. metri causa : bhumim-rama-
neyyakam, Dh. 98; cp. annam-annarii.

*) inserted between two words (not

comp.) : jeyya-m-attanam, 107,4
=
Dh. 103; apassi-m-uttinnapadam,
111,17; idh'eva-m-eso, Dh. 247;
Bammati-m-eva, Dh.390; cp.saSgara,
Dh. 412 (Tr. PM. 82).
- ) m', ah-
breviation of me = mama, 112,so.
[Windisch, Ber. d. stlchs. Ges.
1898,
p. 228.]
mamsa, n. (sa. mamsa) flesh,
meat; nom. cwam, 82,i = 97,so; ace.
makara 198
vam, 1,7 (hadaya-"); 16,t (sarira-'V,
instr. /v8Da, 6,1; liS.u (macoha-");
loc. r^e, (hadaya-') l,e; -
*mam8a-
sula, n. (& m. tL spit with roasted meat,
or 'a bit of rohBted moat' (cp. sa,
^ulya-ma rasa, n. ; Morris, JPT8. '84,9i)
;
n. pi. ^ani, 14,29; m. pi.
,>,ai
16,2o;
ace. m. pi. ^e, 14,32;
-
maihsa-loliita-,
flesh and blood, Dh. 150 {v. lepana).
makara, w. (= sa.) a certuin sea
monster or fabulous fish (dolphin,
sword-fish ; corresponding to the Ca-
pricorn of the zodiac); nom, 0^0, 20,i;
instr. pi. ^ehi (biiinna nava) 20,83.
makasa, m. (sa. maQaka) a mos-
quito, gnat, fly; "andliaka-", m.
(9.
t;.).
makkata, m. (sa, marknta) a
monkey; nom ^0, 14, 10,
makkataka, ni. [sa. inarkataka)
a spider; nom. ^0. Dh. 347.
makkha, m, (sa. mraksha & mak-
slia) hypocrisy, dissimulation; nom,
^0, 103,28. Dh. 150. 407.
makkhika,
f.
(sa. makshika) a
fly; ace. f^am, 68,33; nimmakkhika,
nifn.
(q.
v.).
makkhita, mfn, (pp. fr. next;
SI. mrakshila) smeared (with instr,
or e. c); n. o^am (lohita-", mukham)
12,21 ; m.pl, /%^a (asucina) 62,2fi, opp.
a-makkbito, 62,20;
instr. ,N.ehi (kad-
daina-", "mud-stained") 71,29.
makkheti, vb, (cans, |/mraksh)
to besmear (ace.) with (instr.); ger.
xwetvu (mukbam inattJKaya) 88,32;
pp.
makkhita, v. aiove; cp. makkha.
""MakhSdeva, m, ncfm, pr, of a
king; ^0 (laj;?. Mithilayam) 44,i9;
voc. r^a, 44,31 ; "-amba-vana
(&
-va-
nuyyana), 45,7-u {q.
v.).
magga, m. (rarsly
.)
(sa. marga)
*) track, roao, way ; nom. ^o (gamana-".
Way to go or encape) 3,u; ace. ^arfa
(agacclianto, "on the way")
28,12;
S2,6; (acikkhitva) 63,3*;' (tiriisa-
yojana-'* agato) 87,i9; (Jetavana-")
73,15; instr, r^entx (aiiuena, "by
another way") 12,so; abl. rs.,si (uyviihi,
"make way") 44,3; toc, r^e, 33,is;
(sakata-o, "carriagcroad")
43,i8; (ga-
mana-") 60,t; gen. pi. ^auam
(me-
tri causa maggan') Dh. 273 ;
- mah5-",
m. a highroad; iMS^r. /%/ena, 34,4.
43,i4;
loc. >^e, 34,5;
- hatthi-, m. an ele-
phant track, 35,n.
- ^) in the dogma-
tics : the path or way (leading to
emancipation from the misery of exi-
stence; nom. ^0 (ariyo atthafigiko,
"the holy eightfold path") 67,3,
etc.;
^0 visuddhiya. "the way that leads
to purity", 107,12
= Dh. 277 (cp.
Visuddhi-magga); ace. r^&ni (nibba-
naganianara) Dh. 289; loc. ^e (the
fourth link of the series : Buddha,
dhamma, sariigha, etc., cp. patipada)
79,18; dvandva comp. "-pbala-nibba-
nani, 97,10; "-vaggn, m. title of Dhpd,
ch. XX; santi-maggam (ace) "the
path of peace", Dh. 285. cp. next.
*maggamagga, m. (sg. or eomp.)
'various paths', the various parts of
'the path' (or the best of paths?):
gen. ^assa (kovidaiii) Dh. 403. \cp.
phalaphala; 1 think that Trenckner,
PM.
p. 74, is right in tracing this
sort of dvandva comp, "to a drawing
together of phrases like gama gamari),
duina dumaiii"; by the commentaries
it is generally explained by magga 4"
a-magga, "the right way and the
wrong", SEE. X
p. 93.]
Maghavai (or -vaV) . (^= sa.)
the chief of the gods, Sakka or Indra;
nom. rwva (devanam) Dh. 30.
mariiku, mfn. (:= sa.) dejected,
despondent, dispirited; m, yo o.u
bhavati (w, loc.) Dh. 249. (cp. ga.
manyu, .; Dhpd.
(1855^ p. 375.)
maSgala, n. (= sa.) a festival
or solemn ceremony (comp. == any-
thing auspicious or solemn); ace, ovarii
(karesi) 58,3o; avaha-", n.
(q.
v.);
*kata-mafigala-sakkara, mfn,
(q.
v.);
*maiigalas3a, i. a state horse,
24,29;
*"-sindliava, wi. id. 63,5 (q.
v.);
""-ratha, (., a state chariot, 26,
r,
*-sala-vana, n., a pleasure- grove of
Sal-trees, 62,io; *"-hatthiH, ., a state
elephant;
24,2o. cp. a-mangala, mfn.
199 mannati
mafipura, i. (sa. madgura &
maiigura) a kind of fish; *''-cchavi,
>(/. having the colour of that fish
(yellow?),
92,13.
macca, m. (sa. martya) mortal,
a man, person; ace. ,>^am, Dh, 141;
instr. ,^ena, Dh.
53
;
gen. pi. /^anaih
(nietri causa ^ana) Dh. 182.
maccu, m. (sa. mrtyu) ') death;
gen. o,uno, Dh. 21. -
*) Death per-
sonified, the king of death
(= Mara,
q. v.); nom. ^u, Dh. 47 ==
287;
*-raja()i), mi. (sa. mrtyu-raj) id.; ace.
(N-vajanarii, 44,29; gen, /vrajassa,
Dh.
46;
-
*-dheyya, n. the dominion
of death, the world of death (i. e.
sarasara) Dh. 86 (^aih suduttaraih).
{cp, Windisch, Mara,
p. 186.)
mace ha, m. [sa. matsya) a fish;
ace. o.am (kana-maha-") 4,i5; (eka-")
4,8:.; gen. />^a8sa. Bl,3i; pi. ^a, 4,i;
ace. -vC, 4,1 ; 14,23 (rohita-); gen.
/vSnarii. 4,io; *kliina-'', mfn.
(q,
v.);
"-galiana, n. catching fish, /^niya-
mena, 25,85 (v. niyama); "-gandha
& "-mariisa, m,
(q.
v.).
niacchaka, m. (sa. matsyaka) a
little fish; ace. pi. /^e (sabba-, all
the poor fishes?) 4,24.
niacchariM, mfn. (sa. matsarin)
stingy, niggardly; m, /^i, Dh. 262.
raacchera, n. (sa. matsarya)
stinginess, niggardliness; .>/aril, Dh,
242.
majja, n. (sa. madya) spirituous
liquor, any intoxicating drink (ep, sura,
meraya); ace. /vaih, 97,u; sura-me-
raya-, 81,as.
majjati, vb. (sa. -y/mad) to be
drunk or mad ; aor, 2. sg, mado (ma)
77,5) pp.
matta
(q.
v.) ep. pamajjati.
majjha, n. (sa. madhya, mfn.)
') the middle, centre, the interior of
anything; ace. r^am (janapada-")
39,18; instr. adv. /^/ena, midway,
96,17 (ubbo ante anupagamma) ; Iqc,
adv. majjbe, in the middle (of, gen.
or e. c.) : ^ thite mige, 6,8;
n^ katva,
6,10 ; Of janapadam banapesi, 39,i;
pure ca paccna ca >v ca, Dh.
421;
ma -%.- bhango ahosi, 83,ii; sakuna-
naiii f^, 10,12; sayanassa -n/, 47,2r.;
eomp. agara-", 46,i8; nadi-", 2,S2;
nagara-",
60,23; parisa-", 10,ai (etc.
V. parisa); mahajana-", 61,io; lekha-**,
59,7; sakuna-samgha-", 10,i8; samud-
da-o,
28,io'. Dh. 127 ; - 2) the middle
of the body, waist; v. su-majjha, mfn,
cp, vemajjha, next etc.
*majjhantika, m. (sa. *madhy-
antika; probably transformation of
sa. madhyamdina or madhyahna)
midday, noon; "-samayam, uqc. "in
the middle of the day",
97,34; "-suriyo
viya, "like the sun at midday", 26,4
(ep. Tr. PM. 75,i6.)
majjhima, mfn. (sa. madhyama)
being in the middle, middlemost, in-
termediate, central; m). ^0 (puriso,
"of the middle height") 92,i3;
f.
/>^a
(patipada, q. v. cp. Windisch, Mfira,
p. 303) 66,28; loc. m. r^e (yame, "in
the middle watch") 99,so; comp. "-tan-
dula, m. (v. /.); -tapasa, m. tlie
second brother,
36,14; *''-desa, m.
(sa. madhyadepa) the midland; also
nom. pr. of the midland country be-
tween Himalaya & Vindhya; loc. ,^e,
91,18,
Majjhi ma-nikaya, m. nom. pr.
of a Pali work, the second of the five
Nikayas
(q.
v.); nom.
^0, 102,i.');
specimens thereof : 92,195,33; com.
mentary : Papanca-siidani
(q.
v.).
manoa, m. (=sa.) a bed, bedstead;
nom. ^0, 84,11 ; aec. r^&m (hettha-**,
under the bed) 83,t8; loc. -x-amhi
fparinibbana-") UO,i;
-
*"*-patipa-
aaka, w. (v. h.).
mancaka, m. (= sa.) a bed pr
couch; a bier, litter; aec. <%/aih, 73,26;
loc. ^e (khuddaka-") 42,i.
manju, mfn. (= sa.) beautiful,
lovely; *-bhani, m/". lovely-voiced;
gen. m. ix/ino (sikhino) I8,s2.
mafinati, v&. (sa.-\/maa) to think,
reflect; to suppose, imagine; to believe,
conBider; to know, understand (ace);
pr. 3. sg. fs/ati (balyam. *'kD0W8 his
fooliBbness") Dh. 63; S. sg. ^asi.
mBDoita 200
69,84. 94,19 (tam kirh
.>.);
pr> 1. sg,
tned, maniie (. below); part. m. med,
manAanmno, 44,3o*, imp. 3. pi, <vantii,
Db.
74; pp. mata
(q.
v.) cp. niafifiita,
maiineti; munati; mati, manas, etc.
*mannita, is
(?)
{fr. mafliiati)
imagining; gen. .'A. r^anam (sabba-")
94,11.
laafine, indccl. {prig, pr, 1, sg.
med. manfiati; aa. manye) certainly,
to be sure; as it were; I think, sup*
pjse, or dare say (sometimes ironi-
ciilly) ; 3,25. 5,7. 38,58. 56,u-3o. 67,si.
*manneti, vh. (rarely instead of
mafliiati, perhaps arisen through in-
fluence by maniie, v. above) to think,
iijiBgine, ctc>\ aor. 2. sg. ^esi, 50,33.
mani, m. {-= sa.) a preciouB stone,
!?em, je.ve!; acc. ^\m, Dh. 161; nila-
& indanila-", m. sapphire, 26,83. 28,29;
-
'-kundaln, n. jjI. (dvandva) q, v.;
- ''-kkhandha, nt. a large gem, acc.
o-aifa, 36,23; <7t;.~assa, 35,3i; *''-gula,
m. jewel, pearl, 5,26. 18,t;
**'-tala-
Vanta, n. {v. tala);
-
"-ratana, . a
most excellent jewel, 62,30 {cp. ratana)
;
-
"""-vanna-giva, mfn. v. giva;
-
*"'-viman8, .
{q.
v.); "-sara, i.
= mani-ratana, 24,2o ("-adini).
man da, m, n. {= sa.) scum,
cream, essence {",. c. implying 'choi-
ceness'); '''Bodhi-*', the terrace of the
Bo-tree, 113,2 (contracted of man-
dira?).
mandana, n. (= sa.) ornament,
decoration; "-vibhiisana-, 81,25.
mandala, n. (= sa.) a circle,
disk {esp, the orb of the sun or the
moon); nom. ^aifa, 32,3i (canda-");
loc. r^e, (do.) 16,u,; apSna-", juta-"
{q.
V.) cp. ti-mandala, pari-mandala.
*mandu, *{?)
name of a certain
plant (perhaps shortened from man-
duka = sa. manduka); "-kantakena,
with a niandu thorn, 37,5.
tn and its, mfn. {pp.
mattdeti)
udorned, dressed , "'pasadhita, mfn,
41,0 {q.
v.).
niandeti, vh. (sa. ymand, cans,
mandayati) to adorn, decorate (acc);
ger. ,>,et\&, 16,; pp,
mandita {q.
v.)
cp. mandana.
mataS mfn. (pp.
roafinati, = sa.)
thought, imagined; known,
underitood;
honoured, esteemed; subst, n. opinion,
view, doctrine, belief; acc, r^nm (sa-
kam, otaresi) 113,i; Pataiiiali-"
{q,
v.)\ Sambuddha-mata-kovida, mfn.
114,18 {v. kovida).
mata*, mfn. {pp.
marati; sa. mrto)
dead; m. ^o, 34,5. 36,*;
pi. ^S. (bha-
vissanti) 21,ii; acc.
f.
rvarii, 89,9;
comp, "-manussam. 40,3i; n. subst.
rwam, death, 7,34. 103,34 (oiJ/^.jivitaih);
cp, a-mata. an-amatagga & next.
mataka, mfn. {sa. mrtaka) dead;
(. a dead man; *''-bhatta, n. a fenst
for the dead; acC, />,aril (dassami)
16,23.
*matatta, n. {sa. *nirtatva) the
being dead; abl. /^.a (ir.atapitunnaiii)
"as my parents are dead", 31,is.
mati,
f.
(= sa.) understanding,
knowledge, intellect; malia-", mfn.
eminently wise, w. o/i, 114,3; dum-
raati, m{fn). {q.
v); *vajja-mati, mfn,
{q.
v.).
matima/, mfn. {= sa.) wise, in-
telligent; instr. m. ^mata (metri
causa : mati-") 113,28.
matta', mfn.
{pp.
majjati; =^sa.)
overjoyed, drunken, mad, furious; m.
rvO (vedana-") 24,7; acc. m. pi. ^e
fasure),
59,25; gen.
f.
pi. ,>^anaiu
(uttama-yobbana-vilasa-") 47,is; "-va-
rana, m, a rut elephant, acc. pi. /%.e,
39,9; "-vara-varana, m. "a royal ele-
phant in his pride",
46,31.
matta*, n. {sa. matra; only e. rt.
= matta,
q. v.) measure, quantity (e.
c. the exact measure, a small quantity,
as much as, only, mere, etc.) : ') subst.
n. ammana-mattena, instr. in a mea-
sure of an amniana
{q.
v.)
65,20
;

nama-mattaiii, a mere name,
97,3;
-
pali-mattarii, the text only, I13,a6;
-
manusa-matte, toe. abs., a mere mor
tal, 19,3o; -
lomakiipa-mattam pi . .
.
na, not even a pore of the skin, 16,io;
-
vidatthi-mattara, as much as one
201 madhura
vidatthi (q.v.);
87,ii;
-
(na) silab-
bata-mattena, instr. ("not) only by
discipline and vows", Dh. 271;

*)
mfn, of that measure or number,
as large as, just large enough :
b)
atthusabha-matta {v.
attha
')
; addha-
niilika-matta (v. addha); anu-matta
(q.v,)\ catusa^thi-matta
(q.
v.); bi-
laranisakkana-matta (. bijara); yo-
.iana-matta (q.
v.); sabassa-matta
(q.
v.); - *>) comp. w, a past part.,
in EngliBh often translated by a sub-
ordinate (temporaH clause ; an-ok-
kanta-matta, (v. OKkamati); agata-
matta, at one's arrival,
33,28; (mukhe)
thapita-matta {v. ^hapita); thita-
mattam eva (ace, w. prec. gcr. bha-
ttaiii otaretva, instantly after he had
put it on the ground, cp. ^hita & tba-
pita) 33,33; visattha-matta
(g. .);
vutta-matta, when thus addressed, iu
conformity to the command : m. 1^0
(Sakkena) 110,28;
f.
~a, 111,30.
-
cp. *appa-mattaka (mfn.) next etc,
*mattaflfiu, 7)ifn. (sa. *matra-
jiia) moderate; ace, m. ->/um (bhoja-
namhi, moderate in his food) Dh. 8.
*a-mattaiifiu, mfn, {q,
v,),
*mattafinuta,
f.
(fr.
last) mo-
deration; nom, rs^a, (bhattasmim) Dh,
185.
matta,
f.
(sa. matra) = niatta*;
*'*-sukha, n. a small pleasure, ace.
-^aih, Dh. 290; "-sukha-pariccaga,
by leaving a small pleasure; ib. ;

pasada-",
f.
(q.v.); - *bhiyyoso-
mattaya (instr, adv.) 65,8 (v, bhiy-
yoso).
mattika,
f.
(sa. mrttika) earth,
clay; r^a (temetabba; "the face was
besmeared with moistened clay in order
to protect it from the heat", SBE.
XIII, 167) 83,28;
instr. ^ay&, 83,8i.
*inatti-8ambhava,tn/'M.of(good)
maternal extraction; aco, ^^aib, Dh,
396. ('matti' nay either be another
form of mStu- (v. mStar) or ood>
tracted of mattika, mfn, (aa, mStrka)
maternal.)
matteyyatS, f,
(fr, matar
through *matteyya, mfn. who loves
his mother) the state of a mother,
motherhood; >x^a (sukba) Dh. 332.
(ep. petteyyata).
mattbaka, m. (sa. mastaka) ')
the head, skull; ace. /^.^aifa, 3,2i. 24,i;
loc. ^e, 66,30 etc.; "-majjhe, 41,17.

*) the upper part of anything, sur-

face, top, end (mostly c. c); instr,
matthaka-matthakena (samuddassa,
along the crests of the ocean) 60,&;
Himavanta-", over the H., 36,6; loc.
^e (ito tiiinarb samvacoharanam,
after 3 years)
87,8; ito saihvacchara-",
33,14.
matthalufiga, n. (sa. mastu-'*
& mastaka-luiiga) th6 brain; matthake
/N.^aiii, 82,6
=
97,23,
mathita, mfn. (=sa.pp. y'matb)
churned; shaken, agitated; n. subst.
agitation; gen. pi, wiinam (sabba-**)
94,11.
ma do, aor. 2. sg., v. majjati.
maddati, vh. (sa. \/mrd) to tread
upon, crush, trample (acc); part. m.
^anto (pa^bavim) 28,u; ger. ~itva
(tini pi ekato) 67,28; (valika) 97,35.
maddava, mfn.
(?)
(sa. niardava,
M.) soft, putrid, withered; n. pi. rs^diViX
(puppbani) Dh. 377;
- suhst. n. 'soft-
ness, mildness'; comp. *8ukara-mad-
dava, n. a kind of meat, generally
transl. by "hog's flesh (lard or bacon)",
"a dried boar's flesh" (Bhys Davids),
but Neumann (in his German transla-
tion of MN.
p.
XX-XXI) is perhaps
right in translating it by "Eberlust,
eine essbare Pilzart" (cp. Fr. Zimmer-
mann, Buddhistischer
' Katecbismus,
p.
26 ff. ; "in this case probably con-
nected with Y^mrd"?)
nom. >^am,
78,11-w; js<r./>^ena(vyadhi ppaba^ba
udapadi Satthuno) 78,8i.
madhu, n. (== sa.) honey; comp,
*o-cati,
A
& '-patala, n.
(3.
v.)\
"O-bindu, n. a drop of honey, 58,i8;
dvandva^eomp, <>-phanita>", 53,iT-so;
"-iSja-", 18,t; sappi-", 61,96. ep. ma-
dbuvfi.
madhura, mfn, (= sa.) iweet;
madhuVB 202
pleasant, channinfc ace. m. n. /x/atfa
(pamsum) 38,s; (hhasitam) Dh. 363
;
(varadhammaih)
87,9; f.pl. <N^a, 52,7;
n. pi. ^^&m (phalanj) 37,8; comp.
"-gita-sadda, m. sound of sweet song,
23,33; "-phalanain, ^en. pi. sweet
fruit,
1,16; *-phala, mfn. bearing sweet
fruit, m. ^0 (ambo) 37,89; "-rasa,
tn. sweetness,
38,4; "-ssara. m. sweet
voice, instr. /N^ena. 6,8o {cp. sara).
a-madhura, mfn. (q.
v.).
madhuva, adv. {sa. madhu-vat)
like honey; Dh. 69,
inaaa(s), n. {sa. nianas) *) the
mind, the internal organ or mental
powers in general (often esp, from a
moral point of view) ; ') in the psycho-
logy : the faculty of thought or organ
of thought, considered as the sixth
organ of sense (cj). ayatana), whose
objects are dhamma (v. dhamma*)
;
tjo.-n. *) mano (sometimeb masc. gene-
ris and considered as a-stem) 70,32
(aditto); Dh. 116; Dh. 300-01 (rato);
'^)
manarii (sar.ta'Ii, declined like a-
stems) Dh. 93; instr. nianasa, Dh.
1-2. 233. 281; manasakasi, v. next;
gen. mansso, }3h. S90; loc. *) manasi,
V. mxt\ ^) nianasnim, 71, n;
cotnp.
mrno-^ v. below, cp. manapa, nia-
nuoiia; e. c. **-niana & "-manas, v.
atta-", dummana (domanassa), su-
mana (somanasso); pa^ibaddha-",
vyasatta-'*, saiiisanna
- sariikappa-",
i/,; hiriisa-^ n. (a. v.) i?^. "
niana-
sa, mfn.
manasi-karoti, vh. (sa. mana-
si-kr) to bear in the rnind, tjiink over,
meditate upon, remember (ace); aor.
3. sg. manasakasi (contraction of
manasi akasi) 66,6 (paticcasamuppa-
dam); get: manasikatva (sc. d ham-
mam) 71,53.
*manapa, nifn.
(sa. *mana-apa)
'gaining the mind', pleasant, charming;
f.
<-wa (gopi) 104,33; gen. n. ^assa
(tinassa) 62,3; "-ssavana, mfn. flowing
with pleasure (cp, savana); m. pi.
^ri (sota) Dh. 339.
manuja, m. (= sa.) a man; gen.
.^assa, 107,9; pt. /^a, 74,.
110,s.
cp. manussa.
manufina, mfn, (sa. manojna)
'agreeable to the mind', pleasing, lovely,
beautiful; n. (adv.) ~aiii (rudam)
10,19.
manussa, m. (sa. manushya) a
man, human being; pL men, beings;
pi. nom. i^S., 6,3. 26,i6; ace. >^e, 21,3;
gen. <x/anari), 6,i; loc, ^.-esu, 7,i3.
102,2a;
-
comp. "-satani (satta) 27,is;
sassa-karake-**, arakkha-", (q.
v.);
*manussava8a, m. (v. avasa); *"-gha-
taka, m(fn). a manslayer; nom. /^o
(hatthi) 76,9;
"-patilabha, m. ob-
taining birth as a human being, Dh.
182; **'-bhuta, mfn. being a man (o:
enjoying the benefit of having been
born among men) m. ^o, 41,38; *''-vasa,
m. abode of men, ace. -warn, 21,2;
*''-santbana, mfn. of human form or
figure, 85,21 ; **-samana-sarira, mfn.
with body like men, 25,33; cp. a-ma-
nussa, manusa & next.
manussatta, n. (sa. manushya-
tva) manhood, the state or condition
of man; nom. fs^&m (dullabha-", q. v.)
22,15.
*mano-duccarita. n. the sins
of the mind, Dh. 233.
*mano-pakopa, m. anger of the
mind, Dh. 233.
*mano-pub ban gam a,
/.
'hav-
ing the mind (or thought) going be-
fore', resulting from mind; m. pi. ,^a
(dhamma), Dh. 1.
*mano-maya, mfn. consisting of
mind (or thought), spiritual; m. pi.
.-^a (dhamma) Dh. 1.
*Manoratha-purani,
f.
'ful-
filling desires', nom.pr. of a Pali book,
being the Comm. on Anguttara Nikaya;
specimen thereof : 9
1,
13-33.
man Oram a, mfn. (== sa.) plea-
sant, beautiful; n. f^&m (padumam)
Dh. 68; siibst. n. a comfortable abode,
15,2.^; cp. ati-manorama.
*mano-vinnana, n. 'conscious-
ness of mind', the thinking faculty,
70,33.
203 marati
*mano-sampha8sa, wi. 'contact
of mind', perception through the sense
of thought,
70,33 ; "-vinuanayatana,
the sense of thought, 72,5 (cj). aya-
tana).
Manosila,
f.
(sa. raana/i-(jila,
'red arsenic') nom. pr. of a place in
Himavanta near the Anotatta lake;
-tale (loc) "on the M. table-land",
61,11.
*mano-susamvuta, mfn. "well
restrained in mind"; . ^o, Dh. 281
(cp. manasa saiiivuto, Dh.
233).
*mano-8etthfti >/" having mind
for the best or essential part; m, pi,
^iT (dhamma) Dh. 1.
mano-hara, m/Vt. (=sa.) 'seizing
the mind', ravishing, fascinating, char-
ming; n. ovarii (rupam) 111,98,
manta, wi. (sa. mantra) ) delibe-
ration, counsel; ) a sacred text, a
mystical verse, charm, spell; nom, rvO,
32,2; 53,11 (anaggha-); aco, r^&m,
ib.; instr. ^ena, 55,is; pi. ./&, Dh.
241
;
janana-". a spell of knowledge,
53,3g; 53,14 (sabba-ruta-") ; "-lobhena,
through greed for the charm, 55,is;
jati-mantupapanna, mfn, v. upapanna
;
^) knowledge, doctrine, wisdom (also
f.
manta) : nom, ^o, 113,)0 (Bud-
dha-") ; cp. next etc.
*niantajjhayaka, m(fn), versed
in mystic knowledge (the Vedas); comp.
'-brahinano, 17,b (probably
fr. manta
+
jhayaka, v. jhayati").
*mantatthiH, mfn. desirous of
knowledge; m. /^i, 113,18.
*mantabhiini, mfn. speaking
wisely; m. /^i, Dh, 363 (manta vuc-
cati panfia, Comm., cp. manta').
manteti, vb. (sa. Y'mantr^ to con-
sult, deliberate, discuss (ace); part,
m. pi. ~enta; aor, 3. pi. /x/ayimsu,
11,32. 72,30.
man da, mfn. (= o.) *) slow;
scarce, small (of quantity); . ^0
(gocara) 4,5;
n. ,&m (udakam) 3,3s;
n. p2. ^ani (sitthani) 66,s8; ') weak,
tender;
f.
/va, 28,8; m. /v>o, 99,4; ')
fool, stupid; m. fs/O, Db. 325. cp. next.
mandakkhi, adj.
f.
(sa. man-
daksha, mfn.) looking with softness,
tenderness, or bashfulness, languishing
or bashful
(?),
20,27. cp. akkhi.
mama, (?c. pro. l.pers., v, ahaiii;
cp, next etc.
mamayati, vb. (denom. fr. prec,\
sa. mamayate) to treat anything as
if it were one's own property, to love,
fondle, to be attached or devoted to;
pp.
*raamayita, being one's own, be-
loved, dear; n. sg, & pi. one's own
property, beloved or desired objects;
yassa n'attbi 'witaih (w. loc, nama*
rupasmiiii, "who has no desire at all
for name and form", free from selfish*
ness) Dh. 367; cp, 8n. v. 119.
mamirakara, m. (fr. *mami-
kara; cp. niraiiikaroti = nirakaroti,
sa, mama-kara) the false view that
anything belongs to one's self; sabba-
ahimkara-, 94,u (comm. = tanha).
cp. ahimkara.
"maya, mfn. (= sa.) only e. c.
= made of, consisting of; v. amha-'*,
indanilamani-", kattha-", munja-**,
rajata-", vaddba-**, suvanna-" & so-
vanna-".
mayura, m, (== sa.) a peacock;
"-raja//, m, an excellent or magnificent
peacock, ace, ,>/anam, 18, it. cp. mora,
maran a, n. (= sa.) the act of
dying, death; nom. ace. r^&m, 67,9.
103,5; 6,22. 7,10. instr. rwena, 70,89;
gen. .%.-a6sa, 103,0; all. ^a, 17, is;
/N^ato, 87,32; comp. ""'-kale, 89,i3;
""-dukkba, n. 7,9;
marananta, mfn.
.
(= sa.) ending in death, 107,8; """-pa-
riyosana, mfn. id. 86,le; "-bhaya, n,
the fear of death, "-tajjita, mfn. 6,u;
"-bhita, mfn. 27,is; "-bbava, m.
(q.
v.); "'"-sati,
f.
thinking of death, call-
ing to one's mind that death is inevi-
table, 86,17-18; dvandva comp. jaxa.-'^,
66,io; jati-", 105,26; vyadbi-", i08,22;
cp. param-marana, adv.
(q.
v.).
marati (&
miyati (miyyati)
q. v.), vb. (sa. y/vax)
to die; part. m.
instr. marantena, 49,s7; m. pi. %^anta
5,11
;
pot, 2, sg, f%>eyyasi, 63,i5; aor.
tnaricl 204
3. sg. tnari^ 9,8. 24,)it; 3. pi. /s^imsu,
16,5; fut. 1. ig. niarissami, 88,8;
1. pi. />^is8ama, r),it;
pp. mata, mfn.
(q. v.): fjrd. niuritabba, n. ^&m
(maya) 86,i6; Ice. ^e (sati) tj,4! cp.
macca, maccu, raarapa; caus. mareti
{cp. Miira, marana) & marapeti, q. v.
marici & inaricika,
f.
(= sa.)
a mirage, vapour like a surface of
water, often uppearinf; iu deserts; ace.
-^ikaifa, Dh. 170; **'-dhainma, mfn.
like a mirage; ace. m. ^am, Dh. 46.
maruva,
f.
(Birm. reading : mu-
ruva, sa. murva) a sort of herap, from
which bowstrings are made; gen.
o-aya, 92,i7.
maru, wi. pi. (sa. marutas) gods,
deities
(= devata), 114,is.
mala, n. (= sa.) dirt, impurity;
spot, tniiit; fault, sio; nom, ace. ^aih,
106,10 = Dh. 240; Dh. 239. 241. 242
(mal'itthiyS); 243; abl. rvS (mala-
taraiii) Dh. 243 1 conip. nianusa-",
61,18; ""niddhanta-", mfn. (q,
v.);
*vunta-'', mfn. free from impurity,
Dh. 261; vita-", mfn. id. 68,2e; *a-
sajjliaya-", mfn. whose fault is non-
repetition, m. pi. ^a (mania) Dh.
241 ; *an-utthana-*', mfn. (v. h.) cp,
nim-mala, mfn.; Mala-vagga, m. the
title of Dh. XVIII.
*m ul a t ar a, i/'w. (cowjoar. of mala)
more impure; . /s^arb) a greater or
worse taint, Dh, 243.
mallaka, . (= sa.) an earthen
vessel or bowl; nom, ^o (kheja-", q.
V.) 84,16.
*\!allika, . nom. pr. ojf a king;
nom. ~o (Kosalaraja) 43,ib; -ranno,
gen, 43,!o; "-mabaraja, 43,i9.
laallika,
f.
(= sa.) Jasminum
Zaaibac; comp. suroaca-mallikadlnam
pupphanam, 66,e; tagara-", Dh. 64
(q.
v.).
mahaggha, mfn, (sa. mahargna)
of great pricfn; n. -vaifa, 25,5 (cp.
aggha).
inahagghasa, m. (sa. tnaha-
ghasa) a great eater, Dh> 325.
mahaddhana, mfn. (sa. maha-
dhana)
having much money,
carrying
much wealth ; m. n^o (vanijo)
Dh. 123.
mahai, mfn, (= sa)
great, large,
high, numerous, important,
eminent,
etc.; w. maha, 3,4. 37,i. 55,i9. 95,2i.
112,15, etc.; (ace. mahantarii); n. nom.
ace. mahantam, 2,8. 5,29. 17,i7. 71,28;
f.
nom. mahati, 2,i2. 101,2o;
instr.
m. mahata, 70,8i; f
mahatiya, 74,i7;
gen. m. n. mahato, I0,i4; the strong
stem mahanta is also used in nom.
m. and sometimes in the weak cases :
nom. m. mahanto, 4,6. 99,5;
instr.
mahantena, 7,5;
loc. mahante, 10,?;
mahantamhi, 110,8o; at 75,35 mahan-
tam seems to be acc.
f.
(silaiil); cp,
ati-mahanta, kiva-mahanta & compar,
mahantatara, i. ^o, 74,i5.
- At the
beginning of comp. we generally find
maha (v, below), whose a in most
oases is contracted witii a foil, vowel
(or elided, v. mahanubliava, maha-
raha, mahiddhika, mahesi, mahoglia,
etc., cp, mahaggha), but sometimes
the a is shortened before a doubled
consonant (v. mahagghasa, mahad-
dhana, mahapphala); cp. mahallaka,
mfn.
mahanta & mahantatara,
>/".,
V, maha^
mahapphala, mfn. (sa, maha-
phala) bearing much fruit, bringing
great reward; fi. -^aiil, 14,is. Dh.
312. 366.
mahallaka, mfn. (= sa.) old;
grown, adult; elder (of two); m. -vO,
45,4. 74,81 ; 65,81
;
gen, f^&saa, 43,s7;
f,
/x^ika, an old woman, 46,2s. 67,9.
maha-, mfn.
=^
maha^ at the
beginning of comp. '. "-uposatha-divasa,
m. 22,80
(q.
v.)
; "-gani*/, m. 109,i7
(q.
v.); "-jana, m.
(q.
v.); Mala, n.
a royal hall, ace. ovarii, 39,29. 65,lo;
loc. ^c, 39,26. 53,17; "-thera, m.
109,11. 113,8 (q.v.); "-dana, n, 61,6
(q.
v.); "-nadi,
f.
35,ts, etc.
(q.
v.)\
**-naaa, m, 6,i8
(q,
v.); "-nava,
f.
28,27
(q.
t).); "-nasa, , 34,i8
(q.
v.);
"-pafma, mfn. very wise, of profound
knowledge, m. />^o, 113,9 (cp. paiina);
205 Mahinda
"-patha, wi. Dli. 68 (q.v.); O-bhaya,
)/"n._ awful, H, ^0 (saddo) 27,6;
"-bhumicala, n. 80,i9 (v. bhumi);
o-magga, i. 34,4
{q.
v.); "-maccba,
m. 4,15 (kana-",
q. v.); "-mati, mfn.
very clever, eminently wise,
114,3;
*-niuni, . the great sage, i, e, Bud-
dha, 105,24. llO,2o; "-megha, m. 106,2i
{q, v.)'/-yogSa, M. 58,19
{q.
v.);
O-yo-
dlia, . 39,13 {q.
v.); - o-rava, i,
60,8 (q,
v.)\ -varaba, hi. Dh, 325
(q.
v.)\ o-virava, hi. 40,si
(q.
v.);
*-sadda, . 16,3a
(q.
v.)
; "-sainudda,
11/. 10,27. 95,13 (3.
V.)
; "-sampatti,
f.
58,8 (q.
v.); -sayana, . 41,36
(q.
v.)\
"-sara, m. n. 4,9 (q.
v.)
;
"-sala-rukklia,
. 61,11
(q.
V.)', 0-8oka, m. 89,io
(q.
v.)\ o-sobbha, m. 27,3
(3.
v.); "-basita,
n. 16,29 (3.
v.); cp. oho nea!< c<c.
Maha-kassapa, m. (sa, "-ka-
^yapa) om. pr. of a thera (president
of the first Buddhist council); "-thero,
109,i7 =Ka88apo, 109,6; -pamokkha
therii, 110,15 (v. pamokkba).
maha-naga, hi (/).(= sa.) most
eminent, heroic
(? C}). naga'); ill, pi.
o^ai (kunjara) Dh, 322.
mahanubbava, mfn. {= sa.) of
great might, powerful; m. rvO (Bha-
gava),
75,30;
gen. ,^aisa (raiino)
62,14 {cp. anubhava),
*AIaha-pakarana, n. (sa. *'>-pra-
karana) 'the great work', i. e. Pa^thana
{q.v.)\ noin. r^aiii, 102,ii.
Maha
-
pajapati Gotami,
f.
{sa, "-prajapati Gautami) noin. pr,
of Buddha's aunt aud foster-mother',
gathSs of hers : 10S,u-23.
*Maha-padana, . {sa, *''-pra-
dana) name of a chapter (sutta) in
Digha-NikOya (DN. XIV); loc, ^e,
63,12.
*Maba-padbana

ghara, n,
noin, pr, the Mahapadhana Hall (in
Mabavihara, q, v.); ace, x^am, 114,4.
Maha-bodhi, m, {= sa.) nom,
pr, ') the Bo-tree at Buddha Gaya;
ace, o/im (vanditum Jambudipam
upagami) 114,32; *) the Bo-tree at
Anurudhapura (Ceylon); <*-samIpainhi,
114,14. {cp. bodhi*),
Maha-brabmai, i. (= sa,)
nom. pr. the god Brahma, ruler in
the Brahmaloka; pi, '-brahmano
(cattaro) 62,22 {i. e. four Mahsbrah^
mas of different cakkav&las,
q. v.).
mahabbinikkhamana, n. {sa,
"-abbinishkramana) 'the great retire,
ment', 65,i3 {v, abhinikkbamana).
Maha-raaya,
f.
{=sa.) nom,pr,
of Buddha's mother; (devi) 61,3,
maharaha, mfn, {sa. maharha)
precious, splendid; v. araha.
maba-rajaH, i. (= sa.) ') a
great king or supreme sovereign {opp,
uparajaw); nom. "-raja, 43,23 (Mal-
lika-"); voc, "-raja, 7,i6. 96,3o. 97, 19
(^a'ti); -
') pi. -rajano (cattaro)
61,9,
the four lokapalas or guardians
of the world, viz, DhataraUha (in the
North), Virujha (South), Virupakkha
(West), Vessavana (East).
maha-rajja, n, {sa. "-rajya) the
title or position of a supreme sovereign;
ace. (N^aiii (katva) 44,2i.
Maba-vamsa, m.{=^sa.) name
of a Pali work, being a chronicle of
Ceylon, written in the
6""
century by
MahanSma; specimens thereof ; 110,17
-114,32.
Maha-vihara, m. {= sa.) nom.
pr. of a Buddhist monastery (vihara)
at Anuradhapura, Ceylon; ace. /%/aiii,
114,3.
Maba-satta, m. {sa. '-sattva)
'the great creature', synon, Bodhisatta
{q,
v.); nom, /vO, 7,23; ace. fvam,
25,24.
*Maha-8ilaTa, m, nom, pr, of
a king; -raja, 38,ii; "-jataka, n,
38,7. cp, Silava.
*mahiddbika, mfn, of great
power, mighty; 75,80. 109,20 {cp, iddhi
& iddhika).
Mabinda, m. {sa. Mabendra)
nom. pr, of a prince, son of king
Asoka (he transplanted Buddhism into
Ceylon, in the last half of the
3*^*^
cen-
mahisa
206
tury BC); instr. /vena (matimata)
11?,8.
mahisa, m. (a. mahisha) a buf-
falo; gen. .vassa, 92,ii ; vana-mahisam
(ace.) a wild buffalo, 13,m.
irahi,
f.
(== aa.) >) tbe earth;
Mft!e, "throughout the world", 113,i;
*) novi pr. of a river; gen> Mahiya,
104,81; Mahiy', 104,8*.
mahesakkha, mfn, (sa. inahe*
^akh^a, /. e. maha-i<;a-akhya; diffe-
rently Tr. Mil.
p. 422 (65,i4)) emi-
nent, mighty; m, ,o (putto) 62,84.
mahesi, m. (fr maha
+
isi, sa.
maljarshi) the great sag^
((. c. Buddha)
;
ace. .,\m, Dh. 422; insfr. -^ina, 77,i3.
mahesi,
f.
(sa. mahishi, a buf-
falo-cow) a queen; agga-**, q. v,
mabogha, ut. (sa, mahaugha)
a mighty flood, v, ogha.
*mahodaka, utf(^ikii)n, aboun-
ding with ^vater, v. udaka.
*MaboHadha. f, (fr, sa. maha
-f-
aushadha) nort pr. of a prince
(Bodhisatta); noni. />.o, 56,84.
ma, indecl. {= sa ) a negative
particle, geinerally used in prohibitive
(or consecutive) sentences : 'not, that
not, lest', and joined with aor. of the
verb (augmentless or augmented), but
also frequently with imper, or pot.,
and even with indie, of pr. & fut.\
ma 'ti patisedhe nipalo, 86,33.
- ')
w. aor. n^ bhayi, l,it). 4,3o; ,^ asaih-
kittha, 7,11; ^ karittha, 39,8; .>^ ma-
rilhsu, 16,6, etc.\ augmented : /v akasi
(= ma karohi) 86,1 ; -^ ahqsi {3,
sg.)
83,n;
.^ ahesuih (ma-y-ime, i.e. ma
ime, to be scanned : *may-me) 60,1?
;
^ aciivayi (3. sg.) 104,4.
-
*) w. iui-
per. n^ gaccha, 7,3i; ,v detha, 62,8o;
,-^ karontu, 8,7; ^ kilamantu, 60,i8;
ivipcr. & aor. alternatively, v, Dh.
371.
- ') w. pot, ~ anuyufijetha,
Dh. 27; ^ vadetha, 55,8o. - *) w.
pr, 3. sg. ^ h'evarii kho . . . pati-
labhati, 90,84.
- '')
without verb :
vanaih chindatha, ma rukkham,
Dh, 283.
Miigadha, tufn. (= sa.) relating
to the Magadha country; M. pi. the in-
habitants of that country, gen. ,.anam,
11
3,88
; instr.
f.
rx,&ya (niruttiya)
the
M. dialect, i. e. Pali, 114,88.
manava, m. (= sa.) a youth, esp.
a young Brahman; nom. -%/0, 19,
nj
"-vesena, in the disguise of a young
Br., 19,10;
brahmana-o, 113,8.
~ di-
min, 1) manavaka, m. id.; pt. ^a,
16,31 ; ace, pi. r^e (ngga-,
"Niga
youths") 53,1;
- *) raanavika, f.
a
young girl, aec. rvaih, 48,84; naga-",
a Naga girl, 52,s8; ace. ~am, 62,S5;
instr. .^aya, 52,87; loc. pi. ^asu,
52,84._
matanga, tn. (= sa.) an elephant;
nom, ^0 (matang'araiine va nago)
Dh. 329.
matar,
f.
(sa. tnatr) a mother;
nom. mata, 20,85; 69,83 (daraka-");
64,5 (Rahula-, q. v.); ace. r^araiii,
23,9
; instr, <^ara, 23,8;
gen. matu,
9,18, or matuya (Bodhisatta-") 62,31,
[after the analogy of u-stems, also
used for other oblique cases] or matava
(Rahula-") 65,87 [after the analogy of
a-Btems]; loc. ^ari, Dh, 284;
dvan-
dva eomp, mata-pitaro, m, pi. parents,
22,13 (v. pitar); mata-putta, hi. pi.
mother and son,
49,8; matu-dhitaro.
f.
pi. a mbther and her daughter,
32,20
(instead of mata-"?);
at the
begin, of other comp. we find the weak
stem matu- [or mati-] : "-hadaya, n.
a mother's heart, nom. .-..aih, 69, 12;
a-matuhadayarii, ib.; cp. matti-sam-
bhava, matteyyata & matugama below.
Mil tali, . (= sa.) nom. pr. of
the charioteer of Sakka (Indra); .^i,
60,18 (oH,); 60,18 {voc.)\ ace, rvirii,
60,D.
matu, etc., v, miliar
matu-gama, mi. {sa. maty-grama)
Womankind, the female sex, any being
of the female sex, woman; nom, .>^o,
50,34; ace. ^aii, 48,la. 50,58; *-va-
sika, "being in the power of woman-
kind", m. -^0 (raja) 64,9.
matula(ka), m. (= sa.) a mater-
nal uncle (also used as a term of fa-
207 tniga
miliar address); voc. o^a,
5,4;
piya-
matulaka,
mfn, who loves his uncle,
m. ~o (atibhaginiputto,
q. v.) 5,5.
ma n a , m. (= so.) pride, arrogance
;
nom. ~o, Dh. 74. 407; ace. ^&m,
Dh. 221; -ditthi-adi, 64,8i; *o-anu-
saya, m. 94,ii {v. A.); nihata-", *pa-
hina-", mfn. {q,
v.).
munasa, . (= sa.) the mind;
e. c. mfn., v. tuUha-, vimutta-",
viratta-"*, samvigga-".
mani)], mfn. (= sa.) thinking,
imagining; pandita-"*, mfn.
(g.
v.),
manusa. mfn. {= sa.) human;
"-mala-, 61,la (human stain); a-ma-
nusa, mfn. (q.
v.); -
m. a man, hu-
man being; pi. f^a (gandhabba-")
Dh. 420; ace. -^e, 107,3 = Dh. 103;
''-matta, n. (v. matta*);
f.
manusi,
a woman, pi. o^iyo, 21,29; conip. w,
subst,
f.
manusi-vaca, human speech,
ace. n^arh, 22,3.
manusaka, mfn. (= sa.) human;
ace. m. -^am (yogaih) Dh. 417; pi.
m. /^a (kama) 45,5.
mapeti (or mapayati), vh. {sa.
mapayati, cans, yma) to make, pre-
pare, create (by supernatural power,
%v. acc.)\ aor. 3. sg. ^^^esi (sariram
mahanavaih katva, changed his own
body into a large ship)
28,88; (saya-
nam) 112,9
;
ger. o/Ctva (angararasim,
attano anubhavena) 16,3; o.^ayitva
(rupaiii, nagaraiii) 111,36. 112,a5. cp,
mita, mfn. & atimapeti.
Maya,
f.
{=^ sa.) nom. pr. of the
mother of Gotama Buddha; ^si (ja-
nayi Gotamam) 108,2i; Maha-**, 61,3.
Mara, m. nom. pr, (= sa.) Death,
the Tempter, the Evil One; nom. e^O,
103,11. 108,5; 71,s7 (papima); ace.
/^am, 103,12; gen. r^assa, 71,24; "-jala,
n. & "-bandhana, n, (v. h.) cp, sa-
mara-ka, mfn, & Namuci, in.
-
*Mara-
dheyya, n, the realm of M., the world
of death, ^vam, Dh. 34 (cp, ""niacou*
dheyya).
marana,n. (=80.) killing, death;
""maranantika, mfn. ') 'bordering on
death', being on the point of killing,
almost mortally; acc, m. o./lLm (aba-
dham) 78,so; pi.
f,
r^a. (vedana),
78,25; ^) which is to end at death; n.
/>.'am (namartipam) 101,i2 {cp. mara-
nanta).
'"marapeti, vb. {caus. II. marati,
cp. next) to cause to be killed or
murdered;
pp.
,%/ita,
f.
-%/a, 74,9 (kehi
.V, "who bade you to kill her"); 74,i8.
mareti, vb. (caus. marati, sa.
marayati,
\'mx)
to kill, murder {acc.)\
pr. 1, sg. rvemi (tarn) 111,26; 3. sg.
^etj, 97,15;
part, loc. m. vente
(&
$i-mSrente) I7,u; fut. 1. sg. />/e68a-
mj, 2,8. 12,28; inf. <veturi], oomp,
'N.^etu-kama, mfn, {v. kama'); ger.
<s/etva,
9,28; pp. marita,
f.
.>..a, 74,8;
"-bhava, m. the having been killed,
acc. <N/am (aiinehi) 74,3.
""mala*, m. a pavilion, a thatched
hut; acc. ^&m, 101,3.
"mala* & 'mali(H) = mala
(e. c._).
mala,
f.
(= sa.) a wreath, gar-
land; acc. .%/am, 16,26; "-dama, n.
id.; pi. ,>.,ani, 37,2; -guna, m. a
garland of flowers (by the lover cast
over his bride), acc, pi. rs./e, Dh.
53;
*''-kacavara, i.
{q.
v.)\ dvandva comp,
"-gandha-, 61,4. 73,ii. 81,25; gandha-**,
49,14 (perfumes and flowers); e. c. mala
or inali(M), v. Aggi-", Kusa-", Khu-
ra-, Dadhi-, Nala-".
*Malu5kyaputta, m. nom. pr.
of a tbera; nom. /^.-o, 93,is; voc. n.,Si,
92,2; his gathas from TheragStha
:
107,29-108,9.
*miiluva,
f.
name of a certain
creeper, 107,29 = Dh. 334 {cp, sa.
malu).
mas a, m, (= sa.) a month; loc.
fKiQ (mase mase, month after month)
Dh. 70. 106; acc. pi, i^Q (cattaro)
25,21
;
(dasa-") 62,2; "-addha-masa-,
a month and a half, 20,n (v. h.),
miga, m. (& f.
fJi) (sa,
mrga)
a
deer, aotelope; aoo. pi. <ve (babu-"')
6,6; 6,18 (suvanna-"); instr. pi, >ehi,
8,11
;
gen. pi, i^&a&m, 6,4; f.
gen.
1
migadsya 208
i^iyS. (gabbhini-O)
6,8; comp. ku-
runga-", m.
{q.
v.); Nigrodha-' &
Sakha-, m. nom. pr.
(q.
v.)
; "-gana,
m.
6,10;
*o-dhenu,
f.
7,29; "-yoni,"
/".
5,85 (v.h.); "-rajan, m. 7,s; *''-lud-
daka, m. 11,87 (a hunter); "-vadha,
m. hunting, 6,s2 ("-pasuta, mfn. q. v.)
cp. next etc.
mi gad ay a, m. (sa. mfgadava) a
deer-park; nom, 1^0, 68,7; loc. f\,e
(Isipatane) 66,24.
migava, i.
(?)
{sa. nirgaya,
f.
& mrgavya, n.) hunting; ace. /x/am
(gacchati) 6,2.
miccha, adv.(a. mithya) wrongly,
Talsely; ^ carati (kaniesu) commits
immorality, 97,ii; nomp.
-ditthi,
f.
fabe doctrine, Dh. 167; 316 ("-sama-
dana, mfn. q. v.)\ *"-panihita, mfn.
(q.
v.); ""-laddba, mfn. falsely ob-
tained, m. ^0 (yaso) 103,29; *''-sam-
kappa, m. wrong thought or study
{opp. saninia-") Dh. II ("-gocara.
mfn. q. v.).
niinja,
f.
(sa. niajja, cp, majjan,
r>,hs, & Prukr. mijja) marrow; *attln-",
f.
the marrow of bones, 82,3. 97,21.
niita, mfti. (^= sa.,
pp.
ininati,
\,'nifl) measu-ed, moderate, little;
"'-bhanin, mfn. speaking little, acd
m. vinam, Dh. 227.
mitt a, m. (sa. mitra) a friend,
conpanion; acc.pt-. (x,e, Dh. 78. 375;
comp, fiati-mitta, pi. kinemen and
friends, Dh. 219; inittimacca, pi,
{v. amacca); "-bhilva, m. friendship,
vO, 62,18 (nagarajena saddbiiii);
*''-dhaniina, . id. .%/0, 14,8; a-niitta,
m, (v. h.) cp. metta, metti & pacca-
niitta.
*Mittavindaka, t. nom. pr, of
a merchant's son; 22,is, ftc.
Mitbila,
f.
(= eo.) nom, pr. of
a city, the capital of tha Videha coun-
try; loc. -x/ayam, 44,i9.
mitbuna, n, (= sa,) a pair,
couple (male and female); copulation;
V, methuna.
middiia, n. (= sa.) the state
between sleeping and waking, drowsi-
nes*, indolence; dvandva comp. thina-^
103,87 (q.
V.) cp. next.
*mi d d h i n , mfn. (fr.
prec.)
drowsy,
indolent; m. <x/i, Dh. 326.
ininati, vh. (sa. ^ma, mi, cp.
\/ml) to measure;
pp.
mita (q.
v.);
cans, mapeti (q.
v.).
Milinda, hi. (= sa.) nom. pr,
of the Greek king Menander; 96,24,
etc.
-
"-pafiba, m, title of a Pali
book, containing a conversation be-
tween king M, and the Buddhist sage
Kagasena; specimens thereof : 96,83
101,33.
miyati (&
miyyati) = marati
(q.
v,\ sa. \/mT) to die; 2^r, 3, pi.
^anti, Dh. 21.
mukha, n. (= sa.) ') raouth (of
men or animals); nom. acc, 'N/am, 3, 16.
5,27. 41,12; instr. ^ena, 6,14. 36,84;
*mukbasa = mukhena, 86,26-34; abl,
^ato, 13,21 ; loc. /N.-e, 37,24; comp.
mukhodaka, n. (v. udaka) ; *'-tundaka,
M.
(?)
a beak, acc. o.-aiii, 18,7; instr.
~ena, 4,8; "-vivate, loc. abs. = mu-
khe vivate, 3, 17; *"-safmata, mfn.
who controls his mouth, m. rvO, Dh.
363; vivata-", mfn. with the mouth
open,
f.
pi. rs.,Vi,
66,7; sukara-", mfn.
(v. h.).

*) face, head, front; .>^aril,
11,8. 83,38. 85,8; abl, ,x/ato, 50,23;
loc, f^e, 12,10; comp. *-dbovana, n.
(v. h.)\ assu-", mfn. (q,
v.); obita-
iiiukba, mfn, (v. ohita); *punnacan-
da-", mfn, (q.
v.)\ sa-mukha-vetliita,
mfn. (v. h.) cp, abhiniukba, pamukha.
& sammukha.
-'^)
entrance, opening;
edg<3, brim;
atavi-", 30,8o
(q,
v.)\
avata-", 40,88 (-vatti, q. v.); uyyoga-,
Dh. 236
(q.
v,).
-
*) way, method;
cause, means; instr, /v.ena, adv. (e. c.)
by means of : isa-<*, 60,i8
(q.
v.);
pbala-patisedhana-", 86,4 {v. patise-
dbana); loc. ,x/e, adv. (e. c.) by wuy
of, like, as : dana-mukbe, 16,6 ("as
a free gift"), cp. next.
mukhara, mfn. (z^sa.) garrulous,
loquacious; J. ix/O, 86,2.
mugga, m. (sa. mudga) a sort of
bean (Phaseolus Mungo); pi. ,x-a, 16, 1.
209 munSti
mug gar a, m. (sa. mudgara) a
mallet, mace, club, stick; instr, pi.
~ehi, 6,n; muggar&di-", 6,7.
muccati', vb. (pass, muficati,
sa. mucyate) to be loosed, released,
liberated; to escape (from, abl.); pr.
3. sg. ,^ati (jalato) 88,S4; aor. 3, pi.
i^imsvL (seda sarira, "rolled down"^
46,1 ; *) fut. 2. sg. mokkhasi (me)
72,1 ("escape from me");
3. pi. <N/anti,
Dh. 37; ^) 1, sg. muccissami, 16,28;
inf. mucciturii (marana) 17,i5;
pp.
mutta
{q.
v.),
mucoati*, vb. (sa. y'murch; pro-
bably instead of mucchati through
confusion with mucoati') to congeal,
coagulate, turn sour (as milk); pr,
8. sg. .x/ati (khlram va, pSpam kam-
mam, with both significations : to
loosen & to turn sour) 106,si = Dh,
71. cp.next,
muccheti, vb. (caus. \/m\irch)
to strain, strengthen; to tune (a strin-
ged instrument, acc); ger. ~etva
(vinam) 19,32. (Morris, JPTS. '84,92.)
muncati, vb. (sa. y/m\ic) to loose,
release, set at liberty; to leave, give
up; to send forth, utter (w. acc);
intr. med. & act. w. abl. or gen. (dut.)
to free one's self from, to make resi-
stance against (Dh.
389?);
pr, 3, sg,
~ati (assa) Db. 389
;
part, m, -N.-auto
(obhasam) 26,4; imp, 2. sg. munca
(pure, q. V.) Dh,
348; pot, 3, sg.
^eyja (papakamma) Dh. 127 (w,
intrans, sense; B. has the pass, muc-
ceyya); pot. 3, sg, med, ^etha (assa)
Db, 389; aor. 3, pi, o^imsu (atika-
runa-saram, uttered) 27,i5; ^er,^itva,
17,18, 76,18;
pass, v. muccati';
pp.
mutta
(q.
v.); cam. moceti
(q.
v.)
cp. mutti.
munja, m. (= 5a.) name of a sort
of grass or rush; acc. r^&m (paribare,
^I wear ro,-gra8B", a token of sacrificing
one's self in battle : samgamavacarS
anivattino purisa attano anivattanaka*
bhavam nSpanattham sise tS dhaje vS
fivudhe vS munja-tinem bandhanti,
Comm,) 103,88; <*-ke8a, mfn. with hair
FUl OloiMrjr,
like ra,, 21,86; -maya, mfn. made of
m., m. pi. ~a (dama) 105,i7.
muUhi f- (*" mushti) the clen-
ched fist; a handful, .a small bundle;
acc. i^im (akasi, closed his hand)
56,8.
munda(ka), mfn, (=sa.) shaved;
siibst. n. mundaka, tonsure, instr.
~ena, Dh,
264.'
mutiiiga, m. (sa. mrdanga) a
small drum, tabour; acc, .^am, 67,29
(cp. Tr. PM,
p. 62, 64; 78-79).
mutta \ mfn. (sa. mukta;
pp.
raufioati) loosed, released, freed (from,
abl,)\ m. -vO, 54,11, Db, 172 (aboha);
100,8 (pUpakehi kammehi); comp.
jSla-", 88,80 ; vana-", Dh. 844; m, pi.
f\)a (dukkhato) 81,io.
mutta', n. (sa. mutra) urine;
nom. rwaih, 82,5. 97,a8.
mutta,
f.
(sa. mukta) a pearl;
at the beginning of comp, we find
sometimes mutta-" : """-sara, m. 24,2o;
mutta-hara, m. a necklace of pearls,
acc. -%^arii, 64,26.
mutti,
f.
(sa. mukti) liberation,
deliverance (from, abl.); 67,ig (tan-
haya); 87,32 (niaranato).
mudu, mfn, (sa. mrdu) soft, mild,
gentle; instr. m. ^nna, (amkena)
20,84; M. 44,1 (,>.,una mudum, sc, jeti);
/wuib, "something soft", 104,14; ''"-citta,
mfn,
'soft-minded', impressible; acc,
m. .%^am, 68,22.
m u d u k a , mfn. (sa, mjrduka) soft,
mild, tender; m. n.,0 (hattbo) 50,92;
n. fvam (matubadayaro, w. loc, da-
rake) 59,12,
mudda,
f.
(sa, mudra) ') a seal,
seal-ring; ') reckoning or speaking by
means of the fingers, signal made by
the baud, at 56,7 called ""battha-
mudda, instr. <vaya (puccbissami).
muddban, m. (sa. murdban) the
head; [nom. >x/a]; acc, .x/ara, Dh. 72;
loc. f^&m, 77,8.
munati, vb, (= mannati, y'man
(Kiihn, Beitr. p. 99)
or rather
fr.
Y^mi
(Trenckner, cp. Pischel, Qr.

489))
to understand, to know (acc,)\
14
mnni 810
p; 8.
$ff.
<vSti (ubao 'oIc; etyno*
logjr of muni, q. v.) Hit, 369. (ep,
Db.
(1866) p. 880.)
tnuni, m.
(= aa.) & aage; nom.
vj (maha-'i Buddha) 110,o; voe.
106,14 (do.); <*.<! (metpl oaunn) 80,s
(Budiihi)} 109,8
-^
Dh.
40} Dh.
268-69; pi. munayo, Dh. 226. ep,
mona, n,
mummura, m.
(?)
(so. murmur
f)
emberB, ashes; 2oc. r^e (upakulito)
9,8S.
muyhati, v&. (sa. \/muh) to be
confused or bewildered;
pp. v, mu}ha;
cp. mogha, moha.
mulali, OT.
[&
mulala, m. n.] (sa.
mrnala, n.) a lotus-fibre or -root
(edible); ace. pi. /N.ayo, 111,8.
musa, *) adv. {sa. mrsha) falsely;
/uabhanim, 47,8 (I told a lie); >^
bhanati, 97,n; comp. "-vada, m. lying,
lie; ace. /x>am (katva) 46,24; (bhasati)
Dh. 246; 97,38; nbl. r^E, 81,js; O-tS-
di(?l), mfn.
who speaks falsely; gen.
m. /vissa, 106,u = Dh. 176.
- )
*mu8a, subst,
f.
falsehood, lie, 51,82
s= musavado, B2,i.
muhutta, m. (sa. muhurta) a
moment, instant; acc. (adv.) .^am,
for a moment, .awhile, 64,38 (niddaih
okkami); 50,i6(DaccitTa); 83,8; ^am
api, but for a moment, Db. 65. 106.
mula, . (= sa.) *) the root (of
plants); foot, bottom, base; metaph.
cnuse, origin; worn, ,x/ain (mulena,
instr. "root with root") 37,3i; pi.
A^ani (mulehi, do.) 37,ao; sala-",
62,16 ; mttaph. Db. 247; tanhaya
,x/arii, 108,4 = Dh. 337; vinasa-^,
33,86; ahl. ,^ato pa^thaya, "from the
ground", 62,io; loc, r^Q (rukkha-")
4,83;
(pada-", at one's feet) 36,27,
49,6; -x-amhi (rukkha-") 111,6; ^vas-
mim (do.)
112,2; eomp. "-tandula,
m. (v. h.); *"-bha9a,
f.
the original
language (or t'ae chief of all lan-
guages?), instr. /^.-aya (sabbesam, i.
e. Magadbs, nirutti, q. v.) 114,88;
*uccLirma-", mfn, [v. h.).
*) price,
pkyment, money ; nom. ^aiii, 67,4;
49,10 (bahum); 49,u
(agahetvS, "gr**
tis"); 49,1 (gandha-puppha-^
"money
to buy flowers and perfumes"); instr.
^ena (ga^hatha,
"take it at a price"^
18.10; (ka'rnmam n'atthi, v. kamma*)
67,4; oomp. BaliaHsa-mQla, mfn.
{q,
V.) ep, next.
*mula-ghaccam, adv. radically
(extirpated); ry, samuhatam, "taken
out with the very root", Dh. 250 (cp.
ghacca).
mu}ha, fnfn. {pp.
muyhati; sa.
mudlia) confused, bewildered, stupid;
acc. m. /^arii, 76,24; gen. /^assa, 69,i6;
comp. **'-rup8, mfn. foolish; m. <^o,
Dh. 268. cp. mogha, moha.
musika, m. {sa. mUshika) a mouse,
rat; "-cchinna, mfn. cut by mice,
n. rwam (^hanaiii) 25,7.
me = mama, gen. pron. 1. pers.,
V, aham; -
'me = ime, pi. pron.
demonstr., v. ayam.
megha, m. {= sa.) a cloud; nom.
f^o (maha-, "a shower") 105,8i.
*menda(ka), m. {ep. sa. menda,
mendha, mendhra, me^ha, meniha)
a ram; instr. ->^ena, 30,88; comp.
"-vara, m. 30,9
{q.
v.); mendako,
30,14 {cp. elaka).
metta, *) n. & metta,
f.
{sa.
maitra, n.) friendship, kindness; acc.
^arfa, 40,7; eomp. khanti-mettanud-
daya-, 7,i8. 38,i5 (v. h.); *metta-
viharijj, mfn. "who behaves with
kindness", m. ^i, Dh. 368.
-
) mfn.
friendly, kind, benevolent; instr. n.
n^ena. (cittena) 76,34; -citta, mfn.
friendly, benevolent, m. pi. ^a, 35,i4.
metti,
f.
{sa. maitri) = prec.\
nom. ,%^i, 18,18; aec. ,>/im, 53,9.
Metteyya, m. {sa, Maitreya)
nom. pr. of the future Buddha; nom.
'>.'0, 114,84.
metbuna, n. {sa. maithuna) copu-
lation, love, marriage; '''-dhamma, m.
id., acc. .x/am, 54,ii.
me da, m. {sa. meda, m. & medas,
.)
fat;
^0, 82,5. 97,23;
-
"-vanna,
211
ya-
mfn. "looking like (a lump of) fat",
ace. m. />^am (pasanam) 104,i8.
*medhaga (or medhaka) m. n.
(cp. red. sa. mrdh & medhayu^ quar-
rel, strife; pi. ,^a, Dh. 6 (= kalaha,
Comm.) cp. Sn. v. 893-94; Vin. II, 88.
medha, /".
[& medhas,
.]
(==sa.)
intelligence, prudence; instr. r^aya,
91,87. cp, dummedha, sumedha, bu-
medhasa, mfn, & next,
medhavin, mfn. (== sa.) intelli-
gent, wise; nom, m. ^i (dovariko)
90,32. 91,S7; ace. N/im, Dh. 76.
"medhi/i, mfn, (e. c. = sa.) id.;
V. dumraedhiii,
meraya, (n.) (sa. maireya) a kind
of strong drink; dvandva comp, sura-",
81,23. Dh. 247 (o-panarii).
mokkhati, fut., v. muccati.
Moggallana, m, (sa. Maudga-
lyayana) nom. pr. of one of Buddha's
most ftCmous pupils; 8ariputta-Mog-
gallana, pi. S. & M. 74,3o (-weva);
gen. pi, xvanaib, 74,s7.
mogha, mfn, (= sa.) vain, use-
less; foolish; M. fKiBim (anfiani) 89,>s;
"-purisa, voc. foolish one!
76,8;
*-jinna, mfn. grown old in vain, m.
/wO, Dh. 260.
moceti, vb. (cans, muncati; sa.
mocayati) to cause to be loose, let
go (ace); to liberate, save (acc.& abl,);
aor, 3. sg. /x/csi (jane dukkha) 31,2s;
inf. v,etum, 40,2o; ger. /x/Ctva finam
bandhana)
88,2;
(asse) 44,i2; (sata-
kam)
60,24; (puttam) 59,ii.
iQodati, vb, (sa. -^mud) to be
glad or happy, to delight; pr, 3, sg,
/N^ati (opp. socati) Dh. 16.
mona, n. (sa. mauna) silence;
instr. rvena, Dh. 268.
mora, m. (= mayura, g. v.) a
peacock; nom. <x/0, 10,i3; voc. va,
10,11; gen. /s/assa, 92,o; -yoni,
f.
18,1 (v. h,)\ dvandva comp. bamsa-
mora,dayo, 10,6.
moha, m. (= sa.) bewilderment,
infatuation, delusion, folly; ace. <vaih
(in the series: raga, dosa, moba) Dh.
20. comp. mobaggi, m. the fire of de>
lusion,
64,20 ; *"-do8a, mfn. damaged
by delusion,
f.
,^a. (paja) Dh. 358;
vita-", mfn, free from delusion, loc.
pi. o.'esu, Dh. 358.
Y.
y,
') on account of sandhi inserted
in ma-y-ime, 60,i7; mama-y-idain,
72,20. *) instead of i or e, v. ty'
(=
ti, te) ep. tv'.
ya-, base of the pron. relat.
(=
sa.); nom, ace. n, yam (sa. yad) :
56,11. 72,20. 78,8 e<c.; 78,7 (yan); the
old form yad is sometimes preserved
by sandhi : Dh.
346; yad-idam,
97,2;
yad-eva, 91,9; m. yo, 30,9 etc.; with
elision of the vowel : y'assa, Dh.
389;
y'ayaih (i. e. yo ayam) Dh.
56; f.
ya, 47,27, etc.; 67,i2 (yayam)
;
ya ce
= yan oe, Dh. 104 (v. yafloe); as
for the rest the declension is like that
of pron. demonstr. taifa : ace.
f,
yam,
67,10. 87,18;
gen. m, (n.) yassa, 3,96
(yass'ete); gen.
f.
yassa, 64,i6 (yassa-
yam); instr. m. n. yena, 1,9. 103,is
(yen'atthena, v. attha*); yen'eva
(.)
96,27; f.
yaya, 92,i6 (yay'); Dh.
408;
abl. m. (n.)
) yamha, Dh. 392;
>)
yasma (v. separately); loe. m. (n.)
) yamhi, 106,9 = Dh, 393; 108,26
(yamh'okase) ; '') yasmiih,
84,7;
pi. n.
yani, 2,ii; m. ye, 76,3
;
gen. yesarh,
86,20; 86,18 (yesan hi); 92,8i (yes'-
aham, i. e. yesaih aham); loe.
f.
yasu,
51,30.
*) who, which, what (often
corresp. with foil, demonstr., cp. tam) :
68,22. 78,7-8 etc.; yam yeva . . . tam
yeva (the same . . as) 99,8o; yasmini
vihare . . . sace so vibaro, 84,7; yo
yaso . . . esa te sena, 103,29-8i; yo
. . . tanhaya . . . nirodbo (after preo,
idarii) 67,15;
yayam tanha, 67,i2(do.);
esa yS (gehe vasato, part, gen.) rati,
47,27; u). pot. of
the verb. : yo evam
vadeyya, 99,so; anavakaso yo (do.)
76,16 (v. an-avakasa); yam balaih
(2.
V.) 13,26.
-
*) repeated : whatever,
14*
yam 212
whichever; yem yam, 50,s; ya ya,
5C,. ') combined with other pron.
') w. pron. demonstr. = whatever,
whichsoever ; yan tam, Dh.
42; yad-
idam, 70,6; yena lena,
1,9;
ye te,
76,80, >) in the same sense w. pron.
indef. i yo koci, 110,8; yam kind,
68,!{7; yo aniio, 34,24; likewise fol-
lowed by pi ; yam pi . . . tam pi,
67,to; ') w. pron. 1. pers. (foil, by
1, pers. of the verb.) : yo'ham, 75,8*;
ye mayam (we ivho, si-ace we)
106,83;
yesan no
{ffen,
pi.) n'atthi kiiicanam,
though we liavo nc'thiog at all, Dh.
200.
-
*) pleonastic or omitted : yad-
idaiii 'Nagaaeno' ti, this word N.,
97,2; yam bhimianakam (v. h.) 81,3;
[yo] jafina, Dh
32; [yo] udiraye,
iJh. 408. ^) several cases are used
as indecl. (conj.) ; n. avc. yam, instr.
yena, abl. yasmf,, v. separately, cp.
yato, yattaka, yattha, yatha, yada,
yadi, yava etc. & yebhuyyena.
yam, indecl. (conj.) {ace. n, fr.
ya-; ta. yad) ') that (quod); tam
bahuiii yam bi jivaai, 13,2 {v, bahu);
*) when, if {quum in its different
meanings) : 80,83 (yam kalam akari
muni); 97, la (yam vadesi); 90,i9
(yam pan'); 54,86 (yan nu, even if);
') as, siace, because . 76,3, 95,7 (yam
bi); 51,8 (anacoluthic = as (for in-
stance?)); *) comb. w. nuna (in op-
tative sense like Germ, dass, w, pron.
1. pers. and pot. of the verb) i yan
niinaham, what if I? = let rael 33,27.
46,28. 68,35. 71,86
eti;.\ yan nuna
mayaiii, 6,3;
^) comb.^ w. ce, v.
yance.
yakana, . (sa. yakrt, yakan)
the liver; nam. r>^Vim^ 82,s. 97,8j.
yakkba, w. (sa. yakaha) name
of certain superhuman beings (as
goblins or ogres), who are the enemies
of men; nam. r^o
.'J.
e. Mara) 104,i8;
gen. ^assa, 112,if.; pi. -^.-a (inhabi*
tauta of Lanka) 112,10; ace. pl.-^e^
112,9 (to be corr. into yakkba); 112,81
(sabba-")
;
gen. pi, ,%/anam (they eat
dead corpsefl) 40,3i; "-nagara, n. 20,82
=
*^pura, . 112,11
(Sirisavatthu);
o-raja-",
112,88.
yakkhini (or yakkhi),
f.
(sa.
yakshini & yatshi)
a female yakkba;
nam. ^ini, 68,8o; 21,28 (jettha-");
59,19 (^ini-mhi
= '>^ini amhi) ; ^i,
111,86. 112,11; ace. rvim, 111,S3; instr.
^iniya, 59,7;
gen, ^iniya, 21,S5; pi,
-x/iniyo, 20,33;
"rvini-bhava, .
(q.
v.);
pa^icarika-^
f.
(v. paricarika).
yajati, vb. (sa.
Vyaj)
to sacrifice;
pot. 3. sg. med. <N/etha (sahassena,
"with a thousand") Dh. 106. cp. yiWha.
*yaflce (or yaii ce), indecl. (i, e.
yam +
ce, q. v.) than, than if; ma-
tam seyyo <%/ jivitarii, 7,34; 103,34.
Db. 106-07; by attraction to a subst.
f.
we have ya ce
= yance, Dh, 104
(seyyo ya c'ayam itara paja) cp.
yaii ce, Dh. 229 (v. ce).
yatthi,
f.
(sa. yashti) ') a stick,
staff; acc. /^im (pacana-",^ a goad)
71,29; *) name of a certain measure of
length = 7 hatthas or ratanas (about
3*/2 metres) v. yojana. cp. la^thi.
yato, *) indecl. (adv. & conj.; abl.
of
pron. rel. ya-, carrel, of tato; sa.
yatas) *) whence, wherefrom, where,
31,35 (^
sodariyam anaye); ^) since
when, 27,22 (^ aaranii attanam); "=)
since, because,
66,21. 112,29; ^) repea-
ted : yato yato, as soon as, according
to, w. foil, tato tato : the more -
the
more, Dh. 374. 390.
-
^) gen, part.,
V, yati.
"yattaka, mfn. (correl. o/'ettaka,
kittaka,
q. v.) however much, as much
as (quantus)
;
pi, m. <^a, as many as,
57,10 (fr, sa. yavat, v. Tr. PM.
p. 30).
yattha
(& yatra), adv. (sa. yatra)
in or to what place, where, whither;
66,17 (gata); 63,x3 (yatra, sc, jatiya,
jatassa); 104,io
(^ gantva); comp.,
V, next etc.
yattha-kamam, adv. (sa. yatra-
kamam) whereever one plaeses, accor*
ding to one's wish; Dh.
326; comp.
yatthakama-nipatiH,
mfn, (v, ni-
pati/t).
*yatthattliita, mfn. (cp, sa.
213 yasa
yatra-stha) where staying; m. 0./O,
Dh. 127; ace. ^ara, Dh. 128.
yatra, adv, (= so.) v, yattha.
yatha, indecl. (conj.', = sa.',
corrcl. of tatha) ') as, like (with full
sentence, corr, w. demonstr, tatha,
evam, etc, or before nouns; at the
beginning of comp, v, below) : *) w,
full setitence (pres.) : 5,8 (tatha);
34,88 (evam eva) ; r^ (kho) pana . . .
na evam, 62,85, 79,6; tadiso vanno
yatha passasi, 85,io; BometinieB at the
beginning of a sentence (w, pot.) by
giving an illustration ; "it is as if",
100,n etc,
;
*>) before nouns : 3,6 (-x-
tava); 26,5. 61,88. 63,11 (na rv afiiie-
saih); 75,28 (-n^ balaifa, ace, like a
fool). *) so that, in order that
(<;
yatha na, ut non, ne); that (quod);
12,6 (m;. fut.); 12,a (w. pres, indS',
13,is. 22,23. 39,33 (do.); 68,36 (w,pot,);
70,8 {quod). ^) as soon as, 18, i7 (w,
pres. ind.). ~ comp. : *yath'icchitam,
adv. (or adj. n.) according to one's
desire, 111,28;

yatha-kammaih, adv.
according to one's deeds, 8,i3. 13,7.
22,18;
-
"-dittha, mfn. as seen, ace,
f,
r^via. (bhiimiifa^ 69,23;
-
*''-paii-
iiatta, mfn, 84,i7
(y,
/i.); -
"-padese,
loc, {sa. yatha-pradegaih) 47,i {v.
padesa);
-
*"-pasadanam, adv, Dh.
249 {v.
^.);
- "-'bhirantaih, adv.
70,20. 77,16 (r. abhiramati); -
"bhuc-
ca, mfn. {Jr.
yatha-bhutam) accor-
ding to the fact, real; n. ^am (aja-
nanti, "the truth") 108,i6;
- O-bhu-
tam, adv. according to the fact, right-
ly, truly, 91,8. 96,8. Dh. 203;
-
*"-va-
cam, adv. {cp. sa. -vacanarii) accor-
ding to one's words, 108,30; *''-vatam,
adv. by the wind, 20,2 (gacchanto);
"-vidita, mfn. {sa. -vitta) as found
or understood; ace.
f.
/vam (bhumim)
69,28;

"-saddham, adv. according
to faith, Dh. 249;
-
"-sukham, adv.
according to one's pleasure, 2,i8. Dh,
326. cp. seyyatba.
yad-, by sandhi = yam (v. ya-).
yada, indecl. {coty, = sa.; correl.
of tada) when, whenever; from what
time, as soon as; w. aor. 18,31 (aga-
ma, w. foil, atha); 68,21 (do.); 99,i.
108,2*; w, pot. 35,7. 44,22 {w. foil.
atha); w. pr. indie. 66,20 (atha);
76,12 (tada); 107,ii (atha).
yadi, indecl. {conj. = sa.) if; w.
pot. 98,83. 100,8; w. pres. ind. 100,7;
yadi evam (without verb, "if so")
5,15;
yadi va or yadiva (after prec.
va, = "or") Dh.
98; yadiva (shot,
tened of yadi va) Dh. 195 ("or");
yadi vS (repeated, without verb,
^
whether - or) 92,i6 etc.
yanta, . {sa. yantra) a vice,
press, machine; loo, /ve (pakkhipitva
viya) 40,18.
yanti, iJr. 8, pi., v, yati.
yan nuna, v. yam.
Yam a, m.nom.pr. (= sa.); the
king of hell or god of death; gen.
^assa (santike, "near to the death")
Dh. 237 ;

''-purisa, m. a servant
of Y., messenger of death, pi. rwa,
Dh. 236;
-
Moka, i. the world of
Y., ace. ^am, Dh. 44-45.
Yamaka, n. nom. pr, (lit, "the
twofold") of a Pali work, the sixth
book of Abhidhamma-Pitaka; /s/am,
102,11.

-vagga, m. name of the
first chapter of Dh, (lit. "double'
verses").
[yamati], vb. {sa, \/yam) [to hold,
support; hold back, restrain; intr. to
leave off, to cease {i, e, "to decease"?)];
imper. {injunctive) 1. pi, med. yama-
mase, Dh, 6 (the meaning is uncer-
tain
f
perhaps "to subdue one's self"
or "to be subdued" as by Yama?).
{cp. Franke, WZKM. 1901; Dhpd.
(1865) p, 110.)
yava, in. (= sa.) barley; ace.
rwam, 9,1; "-khetta, n. a field of bar-
ley, 8,18 (sali-");
"-majjhaka, mfn.
having barley(-fields) in the middle, or
being situated amidst the barley-field ?
comp. ""Uttara-yavamajjhaka, m. nom.
pr. of a village, 55,8o.
yasa
(&
yasas, comp. yaso-) m.
{sa. ya^as) *) honour, glory, reputa-
tion, celebrity; nom, 1^0 (maha) 65,it;
yasassin 214
103,*; Bh.
24; aec, iv/aifa, 42,t.
46,(9. 54,84; instr. <^ena, 64,io; eomp.
yaBO-bhoga*8amappita, mfn.
endowed
with glory and fortune, tn. ^o, Dh.
303.
*) Yasa, nom. pr. of a man;
nom. r^o (kulaputto) 67,8i etc, ep.
next,
yasassin, mfn, {sa, yapasvin)
glorious, famous, celebrated; nom. m,
~i, 30,9,
yasma, indecl. (abt. fr, ya-) since,
because (corr, w, tasiaa) 86,29. 91,is
{cp. yato).
yagu,
f,
(sa, yavagu) rice-gruel;
nom. ,v/U, 66,99. 82,i9-so; ace. .^um,
21,b; instr, /^uya, 66,s8; ^-gha^a, m,
(q.
V.) 56,31.
yacaka, m, (== sa.) a beggar;
ace. pi, rK<e, 14,19; gen. pi, -^anarii,
16,4.
yacati, vb. {sa \/y.ac) to ask or
beg (for, aec.); pr. 1. sg. />/ami, 31,5;
2. pi, /x/atha (etam) 18,28; aor. 3, sg.
ylLci (jivitam) 111,so; gcr, f>^\i\a, {w,
doubl, aec.) 7,8. 89,ia; pass, ya-
ciyati
;
part, pass, m. ")
yaciyiimano,
SJ5,i8. 46,ib; ^) *jaciyanto, 111,19;
-
pp. yacita, m. /^o (tenp,) 28,1?;
Dh.
224 (w. loc, appasmi); yacaka, m,
V, above.
yati, vb, (sa. ^/ya) to go, walk;
pr. iJ. eg, yiitr, Dh, 29. 179. 294;
2, sg, yasi, 49,i4; 3, pi, yantl, Dh.
126 (saggaih); part, gen, m. yato
(ito paraA, "when le is passing from
henoe")
77,4; imj., 3. eg, yahi, 18,1.
3i',io. 38,111.
yilnii, n, (= sa.) a carriage, any
vehicle or druught>an!mul| instr, pt,
-vein, Dh. 323.
yama, m, {=^ so.) a night-watch
(three hours); acc, f%./&ih (tinnam
Hflfiataraiii) Dh. 157; (patliamiira,
durinfj the llrst v/atoli) 66,s;
loc. yfimo
(patharaa-") ll,ao; (purime, id.)
99,19;
Aiiajjhime, in tho middle w.)
99,2o;
(pacchime, in the last w.)
99,sa.
yava (or yavarii, by sandhi yavad-)
indecl, (sa, yilvat) ) conj, as long as,
until (cotr, w, tilva); w. pres, ind,\
23,u. 48,11. 102,8. 110,4.
Dh. 72 (y5-
vad-eva). Dh. 119; w. aor. 33,n.
77,8; yara na, while not, before, w.
pres. ind. 19,i. 92,9.
Dh. 284 (ya-
vam); w. fut, 92,8.
- ')prp, 10. abl.
12.17 (arunuggamana); 62,6;
to. acc,
43.18 (paccantabhumim) ; 62,io (agga-
sakha); f^ tatiyam (up to the third
time) 3,7. 102,26; r^ dutiyam, 102,26.
cp. "-jara, *'-jivam.
*yava-jara, adv, {fr.
yava
+
jara, the last being either contr. of
jaraya
(?)
abl. of jara.
f. (?)
or abl.
of the base jara, q. v.) until old age,
Dh. 333.
yava-jivam, adv, {sa. yavaj-
jivam) during all the life, Dh. 64.
yava^ mfn. (= sa.) as great, us
much; pi, BH many; m. pi. yavanto,
108,9 = Dh. 337 (yavanf ettha
samagatiT). cp. next etc.
*yavataka, mfn. {correl. of tava-
taka) = prec; acc. pi. i^e, 81,17.
yfivata, indecl. {instr, fr. yava',
= sa.) as far as, innsmuch as, be-
cause; 106,1
= Dh. 266 {corr. w,
tona & tiTvata); cp. next.
*yavatayukam, adv. {cp. sa.
yavadayusham) all one's life long;
1^ ^hatva, after having lived out one's
term of life, 8,u, 34,28. 38,s.
yittha, mfn.
{pp,
yajati; sa, ishta)
sacrificed; n. subat. .vuiii (yajetha;
Dh. 108 (offering, sacrifice).
yuga, . (= sa.) a yoke; .x/ath,
98,8.
yujjhati, vb, {sa,
Vyudh)
to fight
(against, aco,\ with, instr, or prp,)\
part.m.med, %(inauo, 00,9; wcr. -vitvrt
(corebi saddliim) 33,i8; riififtamafl-
flam) 33,90. cp. next & yuddlia, yodha.
"yujjhana, n.
{fr, prec) fighting;
"-tthilna, n. fighting ground,
29,2*.
^yufljati, v6. (sa.
v'yuj)
') to yoke,
haruoss, join; to prepare, arrange; *)
med. & act. ie, attanam, to apply or
give one's self to {loc.)\ pr. 3, sg. med.
,-wate (Buddhasasane) Dh.
382; part,
m. yufijaiii (attanuiii, ayoge) Dh.
209;
pp. yutta
{q.
V,)-, cans, yojeti & "^yo-
216 yojeti
japeti
(q.
v.) cp. yuga, yoga, yogga,
yojana, etc., yotta.
yutta
(& *yuttaka), mfn.
(pp.
yunjati; sa, yukta) ') joined, yoked;
.64,9 (rathe "-sindhava) ; *) prepared,
arranged; ace,
f.
r^dim (dhajinim)
104,s; *)
proper, fit {10. inf.); right;
. -vO (raangalasso bhavitum) 24,3i;
comp. w. grd. *kattabba-", mfn. right
to do, n. o^aifa, 54,38; katabba-yutta-
kam karissanti, 39,84
(y.
karoti, grd.);
*thapetabba-yuttaka, mfn, fit to be
Bet in a place (loc,); acc, m, ^am
(rajatthane) 11, i.
yuddha, wi. n, (= sa.;
pp, fr.
yujjhati) battle, war; aec. ^am (detu,
let him fight") 36,9i. 39,io; dat, ^aya
(pacouggaccnatni), 104,4.
yuvan, mfn, (= sa.) young, nom,
m. ^va, Dh. 280 (a youth), cp, yob-
bana.
yusa, m, n. {sa. yusha) juice, gravy;
t\/iiTa (amba-", g. v.) 37,a4.
ye, pi, m. pron. rel., v, ya-.
yena, indecl. (conj.\ instr,
fr.
pron. rel. ya-, corr. w, detnonstr. tena)
*) in what direction, where; 68,5 etc.
{cp. yena, sc. maggena, 104,2).
- ')
(bo) that {ut); 77,6 (tatha karissasi
/%/ gamissasi).

') because; Dh. 266
{w. pot.); 260. 270 {w. pres.).
*yenicchakam, adv. {fr. yena
-f-
iccha) where one likes; Dh, 326.
*yebhuyyena, adv. (instr,
of
yebhuyya, mfn.
numerous, much;
fr,
ye =
yam (Magadhism) & bhiyyo
(Tr. PM.
p. 76); cp. sa. yad-bbuyas)
generally, entirely, always, upon the
whole, in all; 73,88. 96,T-ii. (cp.
Franke, KZ. n. F. XIV, 420.)
yeva, indecl., v. eva.
yesam, yehi, yo, v. ya-.
yoga, m. (=o.)
i)
junction, union,
combination; acc. ,^&m (manusakam,
"bondage") Dh. 417; comp. sabba-
'-visamyutta, mfn. {v. h.); nakkhat-
ta-^, m. conjunction of stars, constel-
lation (v. h.).
*) application of the
mind, exertion, devotion, meditation
etc.; abl, /%>, Dh. 282; loc. tvasmim,
Dh. 209; comp. *afiiiatra-'', mfn.
(q.
v.); yoga-kkhema, m. 'tranquillity of
devotion', complete happiness (= Nib-
bana^; acc. >^&m. (anuttaram, nibbS-
nam) Dh.
23;
gen. /N^assa (pattiya)
103,8; a-yoga, m.
(q.
v.),
yogga, n. (sa. yogya) a carriage,
vehicle; loc. r^e (maha-*', a chariot
of state) 68,19.
yojana, n. (= sa.) 'yoking, har-
nessing', a measure of distance (the
length of an Indian yojana is variously
indicated, varying between 418 miles;
according to some =
21,400 Metres
(about 12 miles) = 4 gfivutas, one
gSvuta being 80 usabhas & 20 ya^^his
k 7 ratanas (or hatthas, '/g Metre) k
2 vidatthis & 12 angulas (inches));
nom. ^&m, 107,9 = Dh. 60; loc.
'y^e (addha-, q. v.) 63,i9; comp.
*-ppamana, & ""'-matta, mfn. having
an extent of a yojana,
63,88; 6,8;
"-sahass'-ubbedha, mfn. (v. ubbe-
dha) ; ti-yojana-satika, mfn.
(q.
v.)
;
timsa-", ,%. diyaddha-" (v, h.).
yojana, /. (= sa.) 'union, con-
junction', grammatical construction;
in the comment style : what is to be
supplied or understood; 'mukhena
sukara-sadiso asin' ti yojana, 'I was
like a pig by my mouth', bo is to be
understood, 86,98.
yojanika, mfn. (e. c. = sa.) so
many yojanas long; sattbi-", 61,io;
8atta-^ 61,11.
yojapeti, vb. (caus. II. yuniati)
'to cause to be joined or fixed , to
apply, employ, prepare (acc); ger,
/s.^etva (dvaram) 6,t.
yojeti, vb. (caus. yunjati; sa,
yojayati) ') to harness; to make ready
(acc); ger, wetva (sindhave), 63,8;
imp, 2, sg. f>,Q\\\ (ratham) 63,8; *)
to fasten, bold fast, grapple, attack
(acc); pot, 3, sg. med. />^etha (Ma-
ram) Dh. 40; w. attanam : to apply
or give one's self to (loc), part. m.
a-yojayam (attanaih yogasmim, who
does not give one's a^lf to meditation)
Dh. 209,
yotta 216
yotta, . {sa. yoktra) a rope,
conl; ace, x^aih,. S5,85; pi. is-'ani,
28,90.
yodha, m. (== o.) a warrier,
Bcldier; pi. *'-maha-yodha, 39,i.
Yona(ka), mfn, {m. Yavana)
loniaD, Greek; pi. the Oreeks (in Bac-
tria), ^ka, 97,4. {cp, Weber, Ind.
Str. II, 321.)
y
n i
,
/".
(-= 50.) the womb, uterus
;
source, origin ; e, o. a olasB or kind of
living baifigg; toe, yoniyam (kapi-"
nibbattitva, huving been born as an
ape)
1,3;
(miga-") 5,93. cp. next etc.
yonija, mfn. (= sa.) born from
the womb, born in a certain class of
beings ; arc. . i^am (na brahmanam
brurui, "on account of his birth")
Dh. 396.
yoniso, adv, (sa. yoni^as) 'by the
source', radically, thoroughly, deeply
(wisely); Dh. 326 (cp. SBE. X. 79).
yob b ana, n. (fr. yuva?j; sa. yau-
vana) youth; loc. f^e, Dh. 165; ut-
tama-yobbana-vilasa-matta, mfn.
47,u (v, vilasa, cp. matta').
B.
r, sandhi-consonant, inserted be*
tween vowels (like sa, Biddhi-r astu,
114,88) : dhi-r-atthu, 63,la. 103,88;
usabho-r-iva, 106,i9; aragge-r-iva,
Dh. 401; sasapo-r-iva, Dh. 407 {cp.
Tr. PM. p. 82; Windiseh, Ber. d.
stlchB. Ges. 1893).
i
rarasi,
f,
(sa, ta^rni, m,) *) a
string, line, rein, bridle (v. rasmi
belou).
^) a ray of light, splendour;
gen. pi, /^'Inaiii (chabbannanam,
q,
V,) 87,8f.
rakkbaka, mfn, {sa. raksbaka)
guarding, watching; m. a watchman;
kbeita-", i. a fiald-watcher, pi. r.a,
8,18.
rakkhati, vb, {sa. yraksh) to
guard, watch, protect; to keep, observe;
to beware of {acc.)\ p: . 3. sg. >^ati
(silam) 38,u. 97,9;
(dhanaih)
Dh. 26;
part, m, /x/anto, 33,2*
;
gen. /^ato,
Db. 241; imp. 2. sg. rakkha, 22,ie.
110,25;
pot. 3, sg. rakkhe,
Dh. 40;
rakkheyya
(kaya-ppakopam)_Dh. 231
;
Db. 167 (metri causa : ^eyya); 3. sg,
med. ^etha, Dh. 36; inf. ^itum,
20,29;
grd, rakkbitabba
(to be ob-
served) 14,i3; a-rakkhiya, mfn.
diffi-
cult to watch, m. <wo (matugamo)
62,8; pp.
rakkhita, & cans. *rakkha-
peti (f. below) cp. rakkhaka, rak
khana, rakkha, durakkha.
rakkbana, n. {sa. rakehana)
guarding, protecting; "-atthaya, 62,3s
[v. attha*); sassa-rakkhan'attham, 8,7.
rakkha,
f.
{sa. raksba) protection;
ace. ^aih (Lanka-") 110,37.
*rakkhapeti, vb. {cans. II. rak-
khati) to watch; aor. 3. sg. ^esi,
73,S8.
rakkhita, mfn, {pp.
rakkhati;
sa. rakshita) guarded, protected ; comp.
"-gopita-vattbumhi {loc, v. vatthu)
58,13; a-rakkhita, su-rakkhita, mfn.
(2.
v.),
raccha,
f,
{sa. rathya) a carriage-
road, street; ace. rvam, 76,i8. {cp.
ratha).
raja(s), m, {sa. raja8, .) vapour,
dust; dirt, impurity {metaph, of pas-
sions); nom. rt^o, 108,8 (pamadanu-
patito, "defilement"); (sukhumo) Dh.
1
26 ; ace. ^aiii, Dh. 3 1
3
; 58,5 (pada-",
"the dust at his feet", rp. pada-paih-
suni,
77,7);
instr, /.^ena, 84,23; comp,
rajo-" (originally n.) 112,2 (tamba-
bh\inii-); cp, rajovajiUla below,
rajata, . (= sa.) silver; nom.
rt^am,
26,16; gen, ^.^assa, Dh,
239;
comp, "-dama-vanna,
mfn, like a
silver chain,
61,i9; *<*-phalaka, n.
48,8 {v, h.)\ "-rnaya, mfn. made of
silver, 28,3o; *'*-vanna, mfn, silver-
coloured,
6,27; *-vimana, n. 23,22
{v. h.)\ dvandva comp. savanna-",
61,27;
jatarupa-o,
81,26.
-
Rajata-
pabbata, . nom. pr. of a mountain
(in Himavanta),
'Pilver-Hill'; nom.
rvO, 61,18.
217 rattindiva
raj ana, n. (= sa.) colouring,
dye; ace. />^aiii, 6P
cp. ratta*.
*rajovajalla !' r rajojalla), n.
(/v. raia(s) & 'jalla, avajalla = smut,
Boot
(?)
cp. sa. jhallika & Childers
S. V.) "duBt and dirt", or "rubbing
with dust", Dh. 141 (SBE. X,
38;
Dhpd.
(1866) p. 306; Trenckner refers
to jaleti, denom. fr, jala, to cover,
which is found in Fsli, cp. Dhatup,
XXXlI,io; the Birro. reading is rajo-
jallam, which is always found else-
where : Jat. V, 421,89; Mil.
p. 133
etc.; rajovajall(aib) might be due to
tmesis = rajo va [= va] jallam; cp.
rajojallika, mfn. covered with dust,
Jat. I, 390,18, & Sn. v. 198. 249).
rajja, n, (sa. rajya) sovereignty,
government; kingdom; nom, r^&m.,
112,9; ace. N/am, 1,2. 8,3 etc.
(~
karoti, to be king); instr, />/ena, 69,2b;
loc, o^e, 42,26; contp. *rajjatthika,
mfn, (v. atthika); "-parimana, n.
43,29
(g,
v.); *-8ainika, m. king, 43,s
(Baranasi-") ; '-sima,
f.
39,i8
(g.
v.)
cp. eka-, opa-, maha-, & ra^tha.
rajju,
f.
(rarely m, = so.) a rope;
nom. r^u (alarabani, 3, v.) 47,7 ; ace.
urii (civara-, q. v.) 83,i; instr. vuya,
54,20. cp. next.
rajjuka, m. (dimin. fr, last;
=
sa.) a rope, string; ace, f\/&Ui (ugga-
hana-^ q. v.) 14,38.
rafina, ranne, raflno, v, ra-
ja()-
rattha,
n. (sa. rashtra) kingdom,
realm, country; abl. /x/a, 38,2i; -%/a
rwam (aec, from kingdom to kingdom)
104,8; loc. (v-e, 18,24; camp, "-jana-
pada-vasino, 102,5 \v. h.); "-pinda,
m. 107,8 (v. h.); Kasi-^, Kosal'a-**,
Baveru-', Videha-"
(g.
v.) cp, rajja.
rata, mfn. (pp.
ramati; = sa.)
delighting in (loc, or e, c); m. <x/0,
Dh. 181. 300; ajjhatta-", Dh. 362;
tanhakkhaya-*>,
Dh. 187; dbamma-,
Dh. 364 (g. .);
pi. ~a (gocare)
Dh. 22.
ratanaS
n. (aa, ratna) a jewel,
e. e, a valuable or precious thing;
pi. ^ani, 33,6; instr.pl. r^aXvi, 27,2;
28,28 (sattahi, the 7 precious things,
i. e. gold, silver, etc!) cp. satta-ratana-
vicitta, mfn. ornamented with the 7
jewels, 18,26, & Batta-ratana-vassa,
n. 32,11 (v. vassa); gen. pi. /N^anam
(tinnam, the 3 jewels, metaph, of
Buddha, Dhamma, Samgha)
28,86; e.
c. assa-", 24,19 ; kambala-**,
25,5;
nilamani-", 26,23; mani-, 62,3o;
hatthi-"', 24,19
(g,
v.) (cp.'jRAS. XII
(1880) p. 178).
ratana*, n, (or ratani,
f.;
sa.
ratni, aratni) a certain measure of
length = 2 vidatthi
(g.
v.) ep. yojana,
rati,
f.
(= sa.) pleasure, delight
(often esp. of love); nom. ^i, 47,27,
Dh, 149; ^i, Dh, 310; ace. r^im,
Dh. 187; abl. ^iya, Dh. 214; comp.
kama-, kilesa-", dhamma-" (v, h.)
cp, a-rati,
ratta', mfn,
(pp.
^'ranj, rajjati,
ranjati, rajati; sa. rak^a) coloured,
dyed (esp. with red colour); metaph,
affected with (e. c); comp. "-kambala,
6,87 (v. h.); raga-, mfn. subject to
passion, pi. >%^a, Dh. 347; saratta-*',
mfn. Dh. 346 (v. h.) ep. rajana,
rattata.
ratta^, m. n. (e. c. = ratti; sa,
ratra) night; addha-", 40,8
(g.
v.);
aho-o, Dh.
226"
(g.
v.); ep, digha-
rattam, adv,
rattata,
f.
(sa. raktata) redness;
instr. ^aya (akkbinam) 69,5.
ratti,
f.
(sa. ratri) night; nom.
r^i (digba) 107,9 = Dh.
60; ace.
/N^iiii, 58,17; 22,2i (sabba-"); adv. by
night 9,16 (opp. diva); 112,7 (cp.
rattindiva)
;
gen. loc. ,^iya, 66,b. 78,i
;
41,28. 42,1;
an old loc. is ratto (sa.
ratrau) Dh, 296; pi. aec. .>^iyo (sab-
ba-**) 67,87; comp. "-khitta, mfn.
(g,
V,); '*'*'-bbatta, n. evening meal, 15,i9;
'"''-bhaga, m. the night time,
21,88;
eka-ratti-o, 104,24 (v. eka); *aho-,
f.
day & night (v. h.) ;
at the end of
comp. we find sometimea the a-stem
ratta* (g,
v.) cp. next.
rattindiva, m. & n. (sa. ratrim-
ratto 218
diva) night and day; aec. adv. ivaih
88,2 (comp. >/am-).
ratto, adv., loc. ratti
{q.
v.),
ratha, m. (== sa.) a chariot; .Mn,
/x-o, 60,6; 25,1 (mangala-", q. .);
ace.
/^m, 7,5; 63,4 (uttama-) ; instr.
r^ensi (paya8i)-54,4; 98,s; 60,i (Ve-
jayanta-", q. v.)
;
pL ^a (raja-*) Db.
151; comp. *-(iandaka, m. the ban*
ner-staff of a chariot,
98,5; *''-pan-
jara, n. 98,5 {v. h.); "-vara, m. an
excellent oh., 64,-'.o (ace. r^Sim)] "-ve-
ga-, 60,10
(g.
r.") cp. raccha.
randheti (or randhayati) vb.
{^caus. v'randh). to make subject to,
bring to (^acc. & dat.)', aor. 3. pi,
o^ayum (ma tarn dukkhiaya) Dh. 248.
"ram a, mfn. (e. c. = sa.) pleasing,
deliighting; v. dii-rama, mano-rama.
ramariiyti, mfn (grd. fr. next;
= .ia.) pleasant, delightful, beautiful;
n. ,>^arii (uyyanari ) 37,i6; loc. m. -^e,
66,19; n. pi. ,>^ar[i] (amfiflani) Dh.
99. cp. ranianeyyaka.
ramati, vb. (sa.y/r&m) to be glad,
to delight in (loc): pr. 3. sg. <^At\,
Dh. 79; 99 (nsetri causa r^ati) ; 1.
sg. med. rame (gahe) 47,26; 5. pi.
N.^anti, Dh.
91; 1. pi. ^ama (kilesa-
ratiya) 63,a4; fiit. 1. pi. ->/issama
("we will enjoy ourselves")
53,87; fut.
cans. (= simplex) 3. pi. /^essanti,
Dh.
99; pp. rata
{q.
v., cp. ramita);
grd. ramaniya 8: ramma (3.
v,)\
-
cans. II. ramSpeti, to gladden, de-
light; ger, /%/etva (tam kilesaratiyS)
73,18.
ramita, mfn. {pp.
cans, yram;
= sa.) delighted, happy; m. rw^o, Dh.
305.
ramtra, mfn. {grd. ;/ram; sa.
ramya) delightful, beautiful; loc. ^e,
109,31.
rava, m. (= sa.) a roar, cry; song,
sound; nom. ^o, 60,io; ace. .^./am,
53,91; 8,25 (gadribha-");
|60,8
(ma-
ha-"); loc. i^e (gadrabhanam) 113,ii;
*gita-, m. 112,T {q.v.)] bherava-",
tn. 86,19
{q,
v.).
ravati, vb. {sa, \/ni, rauti, raviti)
to roar, cry, to set up a cry (ace.y,
part. m. pi. /%,anta
(bherava-ravam)
86,19;
pari. med. m. >s^msino, 9,i;
aor. 8. sg. ravi, 8,115.
ll,so; 3. pi.
<x/iiii8u, 60,8; cp. rava, rava, ruta.
rasa, m. (== sa.) juice, essence;
taste, flavour {esp. s.greeable), sweet-
ness; ace. f\>&m, 37,9. 106,3
= Dh.
49; Dh. 354; 16,i6 (pabbata-")
;
pi.
o.-a, 70,32; loc.pl. r^eau, 71,9;
"-ha-
rani,
f.
{v. h.); dhamma-", & dham-
mapiti-"
{q.
v.); naDagga-** {v. nana);
paviveka-'' {q.v.)\ roadhura-** {q.v.);
sadisa-*, mfn. of the same taste, 37,22
(nimba-panna-<*); supa-"
{q.
v.)\
dvandva comp. vanna-gandha-", 37,30
("-rasupeta, mfn.j.
rasmi,
f. {&
m.) = ramsi {sa.
raQmi); pi. ^iyo, 98,6 (the reins);
"-ggaha, . holder of the reins {opp.
sarathi) 106,34
= Dh. 222.
rassa, mfn. {sa. hrasva) short;
m. n.,0 (puriso; opp. digho) '92,13;
n. rwaifa, Dh. 409.
rahada, m. {sa. hrada) a lake,
pool; nom. >^o, Dh. 82 (metrically;
rhado); Dh. 96.
rahassa, n. (sa. rahasya) a sec-
ret; ace. /y^&m, 46,9. cp. next,
raho, adv. {sa. rahas) in secret,
privately; 64,i3; *'*-kamma, n. what
is to be done in secret, ace, /N/am,
54,17.
rag a, tn, (= sa,) ') colour, dye-
stuff {cp. rajana, ratta', & vamsa-
rSga); ^) metaph. passion, lust; nom,
/<wO, 106,32 = Dh.
14; comp. -aggi,
m. the fire of lust, loc. /x'imhi, 64,2o
(in the series : raga, dosa, moha);
**'-dosa, mfn, damaged by passion,
f.
^a, Dh. 366 {cp. dosa*); "-nissita,
mfn. devoted to passions, Dh. 339
{v. h.); *'>-sama, mfn. like passion,
Dh.
202; *tibba-o, & *vita-0, mfn.
{v. h.)\ dvandva comp, nandi-raga-",
67,13.
raja(n), m. {sa. rajan) a king,
prince, chief; nom. ^a, 6,3; voc. o^a
(maha-") 7,i6; ace. ^anam, 6,u;
instr, rafiiia, 48,2i
;
gen. {dat.) ranno,
219 ruccati
6,5; all. ,^&io, Db.
139; loc, ranSe,
52,14
;
pi, nom. ace. /^ano, 102,4. Dh.
294; gen. -%^unam, 37,4;
- in comp,
we have the base raja-", "-raja (e. c,
also frequently rajaji) : agga-", m.
{nom. ^ raja, 98,is); aja-", m. (^voc,
~ raja, 54,S6); assa- , m.{acc, (x/anaib,
66,19); kapi-", . (gen, ^assa,
1,?);
kumbhila-**, m. (voc, v raja, l,i6);
Kosala-", m. {gen. ^rafifio,
31,2);
cora-", . (gen. .^ranfio,
39,88) ; Tarn-
ba-, w. (worn, ^ raja, 19,6; instr,
<^ rajena, 19,io); deva-, m. (nom.
<v rapa, 46,3o); dhamma-'*, m. (nom,
/v raja, 19,i); naga-, . (Mom.rvraja,
28,7; ins^r.^x/ rajena, 62,i5); maoou-,
. (ace. (vanarii, 44,b); malia-", m.
{q.
v.); yakkha-", m. (^raja-, 112,a);
8asa-, . (ace. -w rajam, 15,9); Si-
lavamaha-", w. {gen. ^ rajassa, 39,
n);
supanna-", m. {nom. ^ raja, 19,i6;
gen. /N^ranno, 20,io; i^ rajassa, 20,3);
haihsa-", m. {nam. ^ raja, 10,5; cp.
raja-hamsa,
10,3);
- raj'-angana, n.
{q.
V.)
; "-abhisekha, m. {v. abhisekha)
;
"-upa^thana, n. {v, upattbana); "-o-
vada-jataka, n. {v. ovada); "-kula,
n.
{q.
v.); *-fiataka, n.
(</.
v.); "-ta-
naya, m.
(q.
v.); "-nandana, m. {v.
nandana); "-nivesana, n.
(q.
v.)] -put-
ta, m. a prince, a person of the royal
family; gen. >x<a88a, 45,83;
instr. <^ena,
111,3; "-purisa, m. a royal servant,
pi. ^a, 40,3. 74,7; -ratha, . a royal
chariot, pi, ,>.,a, Dh. 151; *-rathu-
pama, mfn. like a royal chariot, Dh.
171; "-settha, m. the best among
kings, voc. N^a, 47,8; "-hamsa, m. a
kind of Bwan,
10,8 (suvanna-", 'golden
king-swan').
Rajagaha, M. {sa. Rajagrha) 'the
king's house', nom. pr. of a city, the
capital of the Magadha country; ace,
rs,&m,
76,9;
loc. /^e, 76,8;
"-samipe,
near to B., 84,3i.
Radha, n. (= sa.) nom. pr. of
a parrot (Bodhisatta); nom, rvO, 9,7;
^-jataka, . 9,s.
ramaneyyaka, w.
(fr.
ramaniya;
sa, ramajjiyaka)
loveliness, beauty;
comp. *bhumiifa-'', n. (with ih inserted)
a delightful place, Dh. 98 {cp. Tr. PM,
p. 56-56).
rava, m. (= sa.) a cry, roar;
ace. t^&m (baddha-**, q. v.) 11,so;
'
""
-,
2. .) 113,10.
cp. rava.
instr. rv/ena (gadrabha-
rasi, m. {sa. ra^i) a heap, quan-
tity, multitude; acc. .%^im (dhanassa)
34,12; 16,3 (angara-"); 5,8 (icantaka-*)
;
51,11 (daru-"); abl. (N/imha (puppha-)
Dh. 53; loc. .x-imhi (aBgara-*) 16,7,
Rahula, m. (= sa.) nom. pr,
') of Ootama Buddha's son [LSghula
in the A(;oka Insor. (Bhabra text)];
nom, f^o, 64,7 (explained by ban-
dhanaih, 'a bond, fetter, impediment',
cp. Weber, Ind. Stud. HI, 130 & 149)
= *-kumaro, 64,9; *-matar,
f.
the
mother of R., whose name according
to later Buddhist tradition was Yaso-
dhara; nom. o^a, 64,5;
gen. ~aya,
65,87;
- ") of a samanera
{q.
v.) of
Sariputta; nom. <x<o, 81,14.
rukkha, m. {sa. ruksha & vrksha;
cp, Pischel, Gr.
320; Wackernagel,
Gr. I,
184, b.) a tree; nom. f^o,
36,36;
abl, &, 12,32; /^ato, 11,si;
loc, ^e, 2,3;
comp. rukkhagge, loc,
at the top of a tree, 11,85 {v, aggah
""-kotthaka, m. a woodpecker
(q.
v.);
"-devata,
f.
a dryad, 3,8i ; -mula, n.
the foot of a tree
{q.
v,)\ dvandva
comp. "-gumbMayo, 6,11;
cp. araraa-",
udumbara-", kappatthiya-, nigro-
dba-,
phala-o, bodhi-", mahS-sala-",
vara^a-", susira-".
ruci,
f,
(= sa.) liking, pleasure;
wish, desire; acc, "k/im (uppadeti, w.
loc. to take pleasure in, take a fancy
to) 10,12. 64,2; loc. ^iya (assa sati,
"at his command") 39,u. cp. *anfla-
rucika, mfn.
rucita, mfn. {pp.
ruccati; = sa.)
being at one's pleasure, agreeable;
citta-", mfn. {q.
v,).
rucira, mfn, (=
sa,) beautiful,
lovely;
/".
.^-a (pUthi)
10,i; w. %.aih
(puppham) Dh. 61.
ruccati (&
'-rocati), vh, (sc^ruc)
rnjati 220
to please, to be agreeable to {gen,);
pr.8.sg.nu&ii (no, mayham) ll,t-i8;
pot. 3. sg. /N^eyya (mamaj 55,5; aor.
8. sg. rucci (mS te ^) 74,4i pp.
ruoita
(g.
v.); cans, rooeti
(q,
v.) cp.
ruci, ruoira.
rujati, vb, (sa, \/ruj) to cause
pain, ache; pr. 3, pi, ^anti (pada,
gacchantassa (te)) 97,bb. cp, paluj-
jati & roga, m.
ruta, n. (= sa.) cry, voice (of
animals); 8abba-''-janana-manta, wi.
a spell giving knowledge of all sounds,
63,18.
*ruda, M. {cp, sa. rud,
f,
& prec.)
cry, voice (of animals); nom. ^aih
(manunnam) 10,i9.
rudati (& rodati, q. v.), i)b, {sa,
\/rud) to cry, weep; part, acc, m.
^antarii. 111,is.
rudda, mfn, {sa, rudra) furious,
cruel, formidable; "-dassana, mfn, of
dreadful sppi-arance, m. <n/0 (kum-
bhilo) 108,st; cp, ludda.
runa, mfn. {e. c, = sa.) growing;
*uttamai5ga-'', v. afiga. cp. riihati.
ruhira, n. {sa. rudhira) blood;
nom. acc. r^&m, 76,7. 76,4. cp, to-
bita, lohita.
rupa, n.
{&
m.) (= sa.) *) form,
appearance, espt handsome form, grace,
bfiauty ; acc. ^am (manoharaiii) 1 11,S6;
instr. ^ensL (soni-", q. v.) 111,2; gen,
<>assa (adinavaiii) 47,3 ; comp. ru-
pagga-ppatta, mfn. v. agga*, cp.
patta'; *-ppatia, m/w. beautiful,
f.pl.
/>/ii, 64,80 ; "-sampatti,
f
beauty, acc.
rviifa, 19,11
; "-siri,
f
(dvandva) "beauty
anu naajeaty", act'. />.ira, 64,ib; *utta-
nia-rupa-dhara, mfn.
endowed with
the highest beauty,
f.
,>,a, 19,7 ; e. c,
V. anurGpa, w/n,, abhirupa, mfn.,
evarGpa, mfn., *kalyana-", mfn.,
jata-", n., tatha-", mfn., *bhinna-,
mfn., ''mulha-^ mfn., ""sadhu-", mfn.

^) in the dogmatics : material form,

body; idarii ^&m, i07,7 ^ Dh. 148
{synon. ayam kayo, 107,5);
esp, as
one of the five co'astituent elements
of an individual (v. khandha) ; 94,8,
ete.\ pi. visible things, objects to
cakkhu : /vani, 69,i7 ; m. pi. <N.a, 70,m.
71,8; loc. n^esu, 71,5;
*-BamkbS-
vimutta, mfn.
"released from what is
styled form", m. /^o (Tathagato) 95,i;
dvandva comp. nama-rupa,
n. (v. h.)
cp. namafi ca rupa:ii ca, 82,9.
rupaka, n. {. sa.) an image,
esp. a statue; *kaficana-"-patibbaga,
mfn, 47,14 (v. patibhaga).
rulha, mfn. (pp.
riihati; sa. ru-
dha) sprung up, grown; "-tina, mfn.
abounding with grass, loc, rvC (kacche)
104,87.
ruhati, vb. {sa. rohati, ruhati,
\/ruh) to grow; pr. 3. sg. ,>/ati (ruk-
kho) Dh. 338; p^.
riilha
{q.
v.); cans,
ropeti, ropapeti
(5.
v.) cp. ruha.
Re vat a, m. nom. pr. of a thera;
nom, ^0 (raahathero) 113,8.
roga, m. (= sa.) disease; abl.
^a (jigaccha parama -^, hunger is
worse than disease) I)h,
203; pandu-",
m,
{q.
v.); '"''-nidda, n, {v, h^ cp. a-
roga & niroga, mfn,
rooeti, vb. {cans, rucoati; sa.
rocayati) to find plensure in, to choose
{acc.)
;
part.
f.
/>^enti (samikam) 10,i2
;
aor. 3. sg. ^esi (moram) 10,io; ger.
r-vCtva (ulukarii) 11,3.
rodati, vb. (sometimes also ru-
dati
{q,
v.); sa. v'rud) to cry, weep;
part. m. ) ^anto, 17,9. 89,u; ^) ro-
darii, Dh.
67
;
part. med.
f.
^mana,
68,13. 69,11 ; aor. 2. sg. rodi, 16,33;
1. sg. rodirii, 17, 13. 68,14 (rodin ti);
inf. rvitum, ger, r^^itva, 49,10.
*ropapeti, vb. [caus, II. ruhati)
to cause to be planted (occ); ger,
i^etva, 36,38.
ropita, uifn. {fr. caus, ropeti;

sa.) planted; n, n..,um,
37,6; tji. pi,
rvS, 100,14.
*ropima, Uifn, planted, raised,
cultivated {opp. kaccha,
sayamjata);
acc, r^am (kandam)
92,i9.
ropeti, vb. (cous. ruhati; sa, ro-
payati) to plant, sow (acc); aor. 5.
sg. r^esi,
37,19; ger, ^.-etva (nivapa-
221 lapa
tinam) 6,e;
pp. ropita
(q.
v.) cp.
ropima.
roruva, i, (sa. raurava, cp, ruru)
a kind of savage aaitnal, the Raru-deer;
gen. ^assa, 92,.
r oh it a, mfn. (= sa.) red; "-ma-
cche, 14,s, {cp, lohita).
L (-1.).
1, Sandhi-CoDBonant (sa. -d-), pre-
served in cha-}-abhinna, sa-J-ayatana
(q.
v.).
la, indecl., a syllable indicating
abbreviation, = etc, 70,si (cp. pa, pe).
'*'lakana(ka), n, & lakara, m.,
V. lankara,
lakkhana, n. (sa, lakshana) a
mark, sign, attribute; a lucky mark,
mark of beauty; acc, <vam (sasa-,
the sign of a hare) 16,i6; sabba-"
-sampanna, mfn,
endowed with all
marks of beauty,
f.
fK>si, 66,99.
laggati, vb. (^sa, ^lag) to adhere,
stick in (loc)
;
aor, 3, sg, laggi (gale)
13,u; (jale) 36,3s; caus, v, next.
*laggapeti,t;6. (cows. II, laggati)
to tie (acc), to lay to, bring to (as
a ship)
;
ger, <%^etva (navaiii) 26,86.
laggeti, vb, (^caus. laggati; sa,
lagayati) to tie (acc, to : loc.)\ aor,
3, sg, ^esi, 12,95;
ger, r^etva (su-
ttam battbesu) lll,i.
Lafika,
f.
(= sa,) nom, pr, of
the capital of Ceylon; acc. r%/am, 110,18;
loc, /vSyarii, 110,94; *''-dipa, m, Cey-
lon, 11 0,81 ; '-nagara, w. 112,i8 ('-vS-
sini,
f.,
V. vasijj); ''-rakkha,
f. (q.
v.).
^laSkara, m, (Birm. reading of
lakara; lakana(ka) n, is also found)
prob. an anchor (=- arab. pers. mah-
ratt, lankar, langar) ; nom, >n/0, 28,8o.
(cp. Jat. Transl. II, 78; Tr. PM, 62,i6).
lamghati, vb, (sa. \/laSgh) to
leap over, spring up, ascend; ger.
fvihiL, 16,6.
lajjati, vb. (sa. \/lajj) to be
ashamed (w. gen .pers. & instr. or loo.
rei); pr, 2. sg. <N^asi, 50,i8; 1, sg.
/N.<ami (w. duo loc.) 50,ib; 3. pi, >x/anti
(lajjitaye) Dh. 316. 3. pi. med. ,x/are,
ib.
;
ger, .N^itva, 10,29
; pp.
m, .x/ito
(filled with shame) 10,i6; grd, lajji-
tabba (what one ought to be ashamed
of) of which an elder form is found
Dh. 316 : lajjitaye, loc. n. & a-lajji-
taye (cp, Tr, PM. p. 66,13).
lajja,
f.
(= sa.) shame; instr.
rwaya (from shame) 46,8.
lajjita, & /aya, v. lajjati.
*lajjiM, mfn, (fr. lajja) endowed
with the sense of shame, modest, well>
conducted; m, pi, ,>w/ino, 102,i7.
lat(hi,
f.
(= yat(hi (g.
v.)\ sa.
yashti) a stick, goad; patoda-,
/",
(v, h.),
lata,
f.
(= sa.) a creeping plant,
creeper; nom, ^a,, Dh.
340; comp,
*puti-", & vijjullata
(q,
v.).
laddha, mfn, (pp.
labhati; sa,
labdlia) taken, obtained; arrived; n,
%/ara (dukkbam) 16,3o; acc. m, />.'arii
(yasam) 64,34; it is often used as finite
tense : n, ^a.m, 22,ie. 62,93. 66,8o;
f.
<x/a, 68,11 ; w, auxiliary verb ; 5Q,so,
58,19 ('v bbavissati); in duo loc, 7, 14
(abhaye ^e); 87,90 (okase); some-
times it is even used in active sense :
'has got, obtained'
; na kho tvam . .
,
patittham laddho, 28,i6;
- comp,
*-abbaya, mfn. (v, a-bbaya); *-ova-
da, m. (admonition obtained from, abl.)
8,11
; *-kabapana, m. (money received
or gained, i. e, blood money^ 74,6;
*o.gabbha-parih5ra, mfn, (v, h,);
*''-pabbajjiipa8ampada, mfn, (v, upa*
sampada); '-vijayo, 112,m (v. Cor*
reotions); op. '"miochS-", & su-laddha,
mfn.
oiaddhaka, mfn, (sa. labdhaka)
= prec, (only e. c); *abhaya-"', mfn.
(v. a-bhaya).
laddha, ger. & laddhum, inf,,
V, labhati.
*lapa, mfn. (fr.
next) talking,
speaking (esp. falsely), hypocritical;
*0-8akkhara, mfn.
speaking sweetly,
wheedling,
f.
pi. iva, 51,84.
iapati 222
Iapati, vh. (aa.
V^ap)
to talk,
prate; caus. lapayati (lapeti) id.; pr.
3. pi. /x-ayanti, Dh.
83 ; cp, lapa,
lapana.
lapana, n. (= so..) talking, speak*
iog; niratthaka-", n. DonsenBe; inatr.
^ona, 62,6.
iabuja, m, (sti. kkuca & likuca,
cp. libuja) the bread-fruit tree (Arto*
carpus Laoucba); amba-labujMinam
(gen, pi., v, aai) l,ii (cp. panasa).
labbha, mfn. (grd. labhati; sa,
labhya) obtainable, attainable, possible;
n. pi. /"wE (piya) 6fi,; heuce *labbha,
indecl, (probably origiaally subst.
f.)
frequently used -.d. passive conBtruc-
tiona like sakka
(q.
v.).
labbhati, pass., v. labhati.
"lab ha, mfn. (e. c, = sa,), v,
duUabha.
labhati, vb, (sa. ylabh) to take,
catch, find ; to get, obtain, receive
(acc); to be allowed, or have oppor-
tunity of (doing anything, to. foil,
inf-)'y pr, 3. sg. .x-ati (pahariturii)
8,4;
(iccham) 67,io; (okasam) 87,i9;
nretri causa ^ati, Dh. 374; 1. sg.
>.ami (hist, pr.) 108,95; 3. pi. <>^atha
(khaditum) 8,6; 3, sg. med. />^ate,
Dh, 131. 103,3s (sukham); part, m.
fN.-anto, 48,84; a-labhanto,
3,?; f.
rvanti (a-") 46,9; f,
pi. f^antiyo,
21,16;
part. med. m, ^mano, 37,8i;
f.
/x-niana (a-) 6,86;
imp. 3. pi,
/N^antu (tava, be it then that they ob-
tain)
7,18; 1. pi. med. (injunctive)
labhamase,
13,86;
po<. 1. sg. ^eyyam,
16,u. 70,ib; rweyyaham, 70,u; 3. sg.
med, .^etha, Dh. 328; dor. 1, sg.
labhim (jivitam, Baved my life) 12,88;
3. pi. >.imsu, 28,1?; fut. 3, sg. ) la-
bhissati (jivitam) 12,8; l.sg, -x^issami,
1,30. 4,36, e<c.; 5. jpi. /^issanti (abha-
yam) 7,i6; 2. pi. -vissatha, 18,io;
^) 3. sg. lacchasi, 2,3o; inf, laddhum,
11,
1;
ger. ") /x.-itva, 6,21, 28,i3 (pati-
tthaiii); 60,2i (balam); a-labhitva,
10,22. 73,4. 102,37; ^) ^itvana, 54,29;
~
pass, (to be found, obtained, ac*
quired) pr. 8. sg. labbhati (yassa
mittadbammo -v,
whose friendship
is acquired) 14,s; part, labbhamane
(loc. m.) 48,7
;
pp.
laddha
(q.
v.);
grd. labbha
(q, .) cp. labha, labha.
lasika,
f.
(sa. lasika)
the lubri-
cous fluid of the joints, synovial fluid;
82,5
=
97,23.
lahu, mfn, (sa, laghu)
light, quick;
inconstant, flighty; gen. n. >x'Uno (ci-
ttassa) Dh. 35; n, (adv.) lahum,
quickly, Dh. 369.
lakh a,
f.
(sa. Isksha)
lac; *-pa-
rikamma-kata, mfn,
lacquered, 5,88.
laja, m, (= sa.) *) fried or par-
ched grain; dvandva comp. madhu-
laja-", 18,37.

*) a kind of flowers
(of Dalbergia arborea, Childers)
;
laja-
dihi, 61,24 (v. adi).
labha, m. (= sa.) obtaining, ac-
quisition, gain, pro6t; nam. /<wO, 18,3s;
dat. r^a, (shortened of labhaya, cp,
Ktthn, Beitr.
p. 71; Weber, Ind. Str.
Ill, 371) 70,7, 106,88, if not we have
here pi. = sg., cp, Dh, 204 : arogya-
parama
(q,
v.) labha, which must be
nom. pl.\ but arogya-parama might
perhaps be an old error for arogyam
parama (or paramam); if '%/am labha
is the true reading, we have to trans-
late : health is better than gain, and
labha would be abl. (cp. roga, Dh.
203),
parama being used in the sense
o{ & comparative; -
comp, v. *a-puii-
fia-, m,; *appa-'', mfn.; salabha, ni.
(v. sa-*); labhagga, n. the highest
gain (v. agga^); dvandva : "-sakkara,
m, gain and honour, nom. ^0, 18,99;
loc. f^e, 72,98; *hata-*'-8akkara, mfn.
who has lost his gain and honour, in.
pi. ^a, 72,98; cp. *labhiipani8a, mfn,
(?
V. upanisa).
Lai a, m, (sa, lata) nom. pr. of a
country in India (cp. Westergaard,
Buddha's D0d8aar, Overs, Vid, Selsk.
Forh. Copenh.
1860, p. 162); "-visaya,
m. 'who has L. for his dominion', i.
e, king of the Lala Country, 110,2
(Vijayo).
lala,
f (= sa.) saliva, spittle;
223 loha
"-kilinna-gatta, mfn. whose body is
wet with spittle,
f.
pi. ^a, 65,5.
lippati, vb. {pass, limpati, to
besmear, taint, defile; sa. ^lip) to
adhere, cling to (loc.)
;
pr. 3. sg. (s/ati
(kamesu) Dh. 401. cp. lepana,
lina, tnfn. (= sa.; pp.\>\l) 'adher-
ing'; dissolved, uielted ; slothful ; modest,
humble, dispirited (often Ojpp. uddhata);
*a-lina, mfn. free from attachment,
or: undaunted, confident, cheerful; Dh.
245 (cp. J. J, Meyer, Da(;akumfiraoa-
rita,
p. 8-9, note).
*lilha,
f.
(prob. fr. y/Mh : 'delicate
taste, delicacy') grace, charm, graceful
power {cp. sa. lila); instr. .x-aya
(Buddha-" dhammam desetva) 7,.
47,it; (kinnara-**, q. v.) 49,i8.
luncati, vb. {sa. yiunc) to pluck,
pull out (ace); ger, ^itysi (palitam,
kesam) 46,28-20.
ludda*, mfn. {sa. rudra) furious,
cruel; cp. rudda; n. pi. ace, r^&xii,
cruelties. 13,28 {cp. next).
ludda^ m. (sa. lubdba, confounded
with rudra = ludda*) a hunter; ,^o,
12,8;
gen. rwassa, 12,7; *-putta, m.
a person who is by caste a hunter,
ace. /vara, 12,22. {cp, Tr. PM. p. B9,ib.
63,81 ; FausbBll, 6 Jat.
p. 38.)
luddaka, m. {sa. lubdhaka) a
hunter; nam. ^o, 9,8; 11,>7 (miga-").
Lumbini- vana, n. nom. pr. of
a grove between Kapilavatthu and
Devadaha (the birthplace of Gotama-
Buddha); o^am, 62,9-i3.
lekha,
f.
{= sa.") a line, stroke;
ace. ^am (kaddhitva) 59,6; "-majjhe,
59,7.
leddu (or lendu, Birm. also le^^u)
m.
{& n.) {sa. lesh^u, cp. lenda) a
clod or lump of earth; "-adibi, 52,i7
{cp. adi).
lepana, n. (= sa.) smearing,
plastering ; mam8a-lohita-, mfn. pla-
stered with flesh and blood, n. /^am
(attbinam nagaram) Dh. 150.
loka, m. (:= sa.) ^) the universe,
a region or sphere of the universe;
the world, the earth; aco. t\>a.m, 86,i8;
(saggarii, heaven) 7,28; loc. /^e, 3,2s.
61,33. 69,21 ; (^..asmirii, Dh. 247; raelri
causa ^^asmi, Dh. 143; "-dhatu,
f.
{v. h.); "-nayaka, m. {v.
/.); *"-8an-
nivasa, m. {q. v.); cp. deva-", para-",
Brahma-", Yama-"; *) the life in this
world, this existence (= bhava, sarh-
sara); ayam >x/0, 96,7; abl. /x/amha,
91,5. Dh. 176; loc. ^e, 96,8-io: *''-ni-
rodha, m. & *''-8amudaya, m.
{q.
v.);
"-vagga, m. name of oh. XIII of Dh.;
*"-vaddhana, mfn. supporting or cher-
ishing this existence, m, /0, Dh.
167; cp. vanta-lokamisa, mfn. &
sabba-lokabhibhu {v, abhibhu);

') mankind, people, men; ayam 'x/O,
88,29 = ayam lokamahajano, 88,31;.
sabbo (xO,
90,8!; jiva-, m, living
beings, 47,17.
lona, n. (sa. lavana) salt; "-jala,
w. salt water, 24,i6 ("-pahata, mfn.)^
lobha, m. (= saJ) cupidity, cove-
tousnesB, greediness; nom, >^o (ca
nam' esa vinasamulam, now, 'cove-
tousnesB is the root of ruin' [prover-
bially], lit. 'this very covetousness')'
33,25;
Dh. 248; ace, f^&m (imassa
karissami, excite his senses)
47,4;
instr, .xena, 25,33; (dhana-") 22,82;
dvandva comp. iccha-lobha-", Dh. 264.
lobhayati, vb. (= sa., caus. .
yiubb) to cause to desire, to excite
lust; part.
f.
/x/ ayauti (va naresu
gacchati, she walks among men as it
were in order to excite their senses)
47,20.
loma, m. (&
n.) {sa. loman) the
hair of the body; pi. ^si, 82,a =
97,19; lomantaresu, 16,5 (v. antara);
"-kiipa, m, {q.
v.).. cp. anuloma,.
patiloma, viloma & next.
loma-ham8a& -hamsana, mfn.
'causing erection of the hairs of the
body', i. e. terrible {subst. n, terror)
;
m. <x/ hamso (bhiimicalo) 80,8o; n.
/vbamsanam, 81,3.
lola, mfn. (= sa.) wanton, lust-
ful; itthi-", mfn. (v. itthi); a-lola,
mfn. {q.
v.).
loha, n. {= sa.) iron, any metal;.
lohita
224-
"-guja, M. an iron-ball, Dh.
371;
'*'*>-niga|a-sadisa, w/n. like an iron
chain, 11,S8.
lohita, ) mfn. (==Ba.) red; "-can-
dana-vilepana, n. 23,8 (v. h.); cp,
rohita.
*) n. blood; worn, /vaiii,
23,38. 103,19. 82,5
=
97,22; loc, ,^e,
'03,80 ; *<'-pakkhatidika,
f.
dysentery,
78,^4; *<'-bhakkha, mfn.
(q.
v.);
*<>-
makkhita, mfn. {q.
v.); dvandva
comp, "-mamsa-, 41,33 (**-kbadaka,
mfn. q. v.); mamsa-", Dh. 150 ("-le-
pana, n. q. v.). cp, salohita.
V.
va, indecl,
'*
enclitic particle, shor*
teiied of iva
(2.
v.), only after words
ending with a lon^ vowel ; like, as if;
9,82. 20,16. 47,3. 88,80-83 (va'ti); 104,
6-18 (<'(%^am va); 108,b (do.); 11
1, 10.
Dh. 28; as corjunction with full sen*
tence : Dh, 24C {corr, w. foil. evam).
*) do. = e/a
(g. .),
after long
vowels : just, even, only, etc. ; 6,32.
22,1. 55,2. 69,2! ; 2,33. 6,20-29. 10,22.
17,20; 22,26. 86,?;
-
30,25. 32,8. 33,si.
37,3i; 44,81. 57,36, etc. etc. -
*) do.
rarely = va, 'or' : 26,6 Taggiva su-
riya va); 26,i8-so-s7; Dh. 195 (yadiva
= yadi va).
vamaa, tn. (sa. vanKja) ') bamboo;
''civara-", q.
v.; *'*-raga-, the colour
of bamboo, 26,3i (<*"veluriyam, q. v,y
-
*) race, lineage, family; ace. rwam,
45,17.
') tradition, list of teachers;
genealogy, history, chronicle; t>. Ana-
gata-vamsa,Dipavamsa, Mahavamsa.
vakka, n. (sa, vrkka) kidney;
worn, r^am, 82,b = 97,2i.
vagga, m. (sa. varga) '^ a division,
class, group, multitude; *) a chapter
or section of a book; *''-paiiiasak8,
mfn. (v. h.); esp. of the sections of
Digha-Nikaya; the chapters of Dhpd.
are likewise n^med vagga. cp, pafica-
vaggiya, mfn.
vamka, mfn. (sd. vakra, cp. vafl-
kya) crooked, curved, wry; aee. m.
,%-am, 63,9;
'-gati, mfn.
having a
winding course,
f.
(^1 (nadi) 48,e;
*vamkottha, mfn, 54,2o (v. oHha).
Vaagisa, m. (cp. sa. vag-i^a)
nom. pr. of a thera, 109,9
(i\^0 pa^i-
bhanava). '
vaca(s), m. & n. (sa. vacas, .)
speech; ace. n. .x-o, 110,26;
dubbaca,
mfn, (q,
v,) cp, vaci, vaca, vacasika,
& next,
vacana, n. (=
sa.) speaking,
speech, word; advice, instruction; ace,
,^am (sutva) 6,17; ,^am karoti, to
follow one's advice, 4,8. 32,95; ^aiil
bhindati, to disobey, 40,; /x/am agan-
hantim, disobeying, 52,32; eka-vaca-
nena, instr. 57,3i (v. eka*);
- '-kara,
mfn. obedient, aco, m. pi. o^e, 21,33;
Buddha-", n.
(q,
v.); cp. pa^i-vaoana.
*vaci,
f.
(mostly at the beginning
of comp.) speech, word; "-duccarita,
n. misbehaviour in speech, 86,8 (**-san-
nissita, mfn. q. v.); -pakopa, m. anger
of speech, acc. ^am, Dh. 232; -3u-
carita, n. good conduct in speech,
86,8 (**-patisaiiiyutta, q. v.).
vaccha, w. (sa. vatsa) ') a calf;
notn. ,%/0, Dh. 284; "-danta, m. a kind
of arrow, acc. -N^am, 92,2* (a calf-tooth
arrow).
*) nom, pr., v. next,
""Vacchagotta, m. nom. pr. of
an ascetic (paribbajaka); nom. .^0,
93,22; voc, vaccha, 94,7.
vajati, vb. (sa. ^/vraj) to go, walk,
wander; to go away; to enter into,
attain (acc); pr. 3. pi. ,N.anti, 47,28
= Dh.
347; Dh.
83; (sugatiifa)
77,5;
(devalokam) Dh. 177.
vajira, n, (rarely m.\ sa. vajra)
') a diamond; nom. rvath, 26,8. Dh.
161; pi, ^ani, 27,29; "^"-samudda,
m. a diamond sea,
25,s3; "-sara, m. a
good deal of d., acc. <N/am, 26,i.
-
P)
a thunderbolt.]
Vaj i ra
,
/".
nom. pr, of a bhlkkhunl,
contemporary of Buddha; instr. .-^aya,
98,28.
_
vajja\ n. (sa. vadya & vadya)
speech, speaking; v. sacca-**.
225 vanta
vajja*, n. (sa. varjya) 'to be
B^junned',
. e. fault, sin; nom, ,x/aiii,
106,16 = Dh.
252; ace. abl. ^am
<N/ato fiatva, coDBidering sin what ie
Bin, Dh.
319; i?i. .ani, 106,i7; *-da8.
81)1, mfn, seeing fault, pointing out
what is sin, acc. . /x^iuam, Dh. 76;
*''-mati, mfn. seeiig sin, t, pi, ^jno,
Dh. 318 (avajje); para-", the faults
of others, Dh. 263 ("-anupasain,
q.
v.); cp. a-vajja.
va.ijha, mfn. (sa. vadhya, grd. va-
dhati) to be killed; subst, n. (or .N^a,
/".) killing, execution; """-ppatta, mfn.
sentenced to death, m, pi. ^a, 40,u.
vaiioana, m. [or (va,
f.]
(= sa.)
deception, fraud; nom. ix^aih, R1,3S.
vaficeti, vb, (cows, y'vaflc, sa.
vancayati) 'to cause to go astray',
i. e. to deceive, trick (acc); aor, 1.
sg. .^.-esim (taih) 2,7; inf. fvetuih
(attano samikam, seems to be a gloss
inserted into the text) 51,27 ; comp.
vaiicetu-kama, mfn. {v. kaina*); ger.
/>.etva (inacche)
4,2;
(padam, picked
up his heels) 12,no; grd. />^etabba,
mfn. to be tricked, m. ~0, 3,is;
pp.
vancita, mfn, tricked, m. ^o, 61,25.
2,18; "-bhava, m. the being tricked,
acc. /^Bva (maya) 5,ii. cp. vaiicana.
vatta, ., V. vatta.
vattaka, m. {sa. vartaka) a cer-
tain kind of bird, a quuil; loc. pi.
.^esu, 88,34.
vattati,
vb. {sa. \/vrt) *) to turn,
roll; to take place, be found; to live;
in this sense it is nearly always written
vattati
(g.
v.)
; ) pr, 3, sg. ) imper-
sonally : must, ought; may, is permit-
ted, advisable, sufficient, etc. {w. inf.,
the subject of which, if added, is put
into instr. or gen.); kin te . . . kba-
ditum x/ (bad you not better to eat)
1,16;
amhakam . . . laddhum <^., ll,i;
amhebi palayitum /x/, 21,27; maya
,%/, 36,26-88. 36,8. 43,s. 64,24. 65,u
("it behoves me"); maya ettha kim ka-
tum <s/ ("what can I do about that?")
73,7; tava gantum ^,50,8; imaya
me paricarikaya bbavituih <%', 66,4;
TkU OloiMTT.
without subject
{&
object) : idain ka-
turn fs^, 44,13; laddhaih yasaiii paba-
tuiii na /%/, 64,85; dametum ^v ("it
will be worthy [of nie] to convert
[him]") 113,9.

^) personally : ought
to take place, is good, is sufficient;
appatissavaso na ^, 10,8r, eko va
[dovariko] ^, 91,28. cans, vatteti,
to cause tu turn, to upset;
pp. vattita
{v. below).
vaUi
/" (sa- varti) ') a roll, tuft
. the wick of a lamp), a lump,
mass; ^) rounding, edge, rim, brim,
esp. comp. w. mukha-; *avata-mu-
khavattiyaih, loc. "at the brink of
the pit", 40,28.
vu(j[dhati, vb. (Rometimeg spelt
vaddhatii sa. y/sjAh) to grow, increase;
pr. 8. sg. />^ati (udakam, opp. hayati)
3,4; 48,81 (?row8 up); 107,29 (tanha);
3. pi. iN/anti, Dh. 109
;
part. m. ,%/anto,
24,12; aor. 3. pi. ^iihsu, 37,o; pp.
*) vaddha & vuddha
{q.
v.); *>) vad-
dhita, m. /n^o (samuia, grown pro-
perly) 24,32; caus. v. next etc. cp.
vaddhana, vaddbi & vuddbi.
vaddhapeti, vb. {caus. II. vad-
dbati; sa. vardhapayati) to cause to
increase, raise {acc.)
; inf. (N^etuih
(vetanam) 76, 12.
vaddhi,
A
{cp. vuddbi; sa. vrddhi)
growth, increase; prosperity, success;
gain, profit; acc. ^im, 34,i8.
vaddheli, vb. {caus. vaddhati;
sa. vardhayati) to cause to grow, in-
crease; to foster, bring up; to prepare,
make ready, bring, deliver (a discourse
etc.) {w. acc); pr. 1. sg. ~emi (ya-
gum) 66,36; aor. 3. sg. r^eai (Bodbi-
sattam) 46,25; (tasaram), 87,i7; ger.
fvetva, 18,11-26. 63,18. 87,12.
van a, m.
(&
n.) {sa. vrana) a
wound; /vO, Dh. 124; cp. a-bbanu,
mfn. & vanita.
vanijja,
f.
(so. vanijya) trade;
acc. r^Am (karoti) 30,2; cp. vanija.
vanita, mfn. {sa. vranita) wounded
;
m. pi. f\/&, 6,28.
van^a, n. {sa. vpnta) the footstalk
of a leaf (or flower); tala-**, n.
{q.
v.).
16
vanna 226
vanna, m, {ea. varna) *) form,
Bliape, appearance; instr. .x/ena (na-
vaya, "ia ship-shape") 29,n; kassa-
ka-^, the appearance of a ploughman,
ace, /vam, 71,j8;
*) complexion,
colour (also: tribe, caste); moot. ^o,
85,16; "-gandha, m. (dvandva) colour
and scent, 37,8o; 106,a; "-pokkharata,
f. {q.
V.)
;
"-sadda, m. the word vanna,
85,ss; very frequently at the end of
comp. mfn. = having the colour of . .
.,
coloured, v. anjana-", kala-" ("-kata,
84,2i), kala-pasiSna-kuta-", 24,2i;
kumuda-patta-", nila-", meda-", ra-
iata-", rajata-dama-**, tiliio; ratta-
kambala-punja-*>, 5,3?; suvanna-**;
*chabbanna, mfn of six colours
{q,
v.); panca-", mfn. of five colours, 4,9
("-paduina-); 62,12 C-bhamara-gana);
') beauty; ^0, Dh.
109; gen. o^assa;
Dh. 241; chavi-, 18,7; sarira-", 47,5;
) praise, glory; v. a-vanna.

cp.
llppala-vanna, dubbanna, vevanniya,
savanna (sovanna), next etc.
vannara,
f-
{sa. varnana) expla-
iiBtion, coramentary;
86,lo (Sukara-
peta-vatthu-).
vannavat, mfn. (sa. varnavat)
of beautiful colour; n. rwvantaih (pup-
phaih) Dh. 61,
vannita, rn/',(sa.varnita) praised;
ioc. m. ^e (gune) 47,3; Sjatthu-",
mfn. praisud by the Master, m. pi,
f^si, 109,19.
"vannix, mfn. (sa. varnin; only
e. c.) having I he colour of**, lilte, res-
setnbling; m.pl. rwitjo (devakumara-")
45,2.
I
vanneti, vb,
(fr. vanna; sa. var-
nayati) to colour, depict, describe;
to praise (ace); aor. 3. sg, /^esi, 4,i8i
37,18. 64,1
;
fAt. I. s<,i.
^essami, 47,8.
vata\ adv.
(= so.) a particle
inserted after the first word of a sen-
tence, often followed by bho
(q,
v.) ;
') expressing aaaeveration or admission:
certainly, indeed, truly;
2,i2. 30,8
(vat'ayara); 34,i7. 42,i3. 90,25. 105,23;

^) expressive of *) astonishment : aho

vata bho, 42,i7; ^) of satisfaction or
hopefulness : /vbho,
76,si-8j; ") of de-
light : sobhati vatayam darako, what
a pretty little child! 58,8i; ^) of re-
gret or bopeleasness : dhi-r-atthu^bho,
63,18;
upaddutam -^bho, 65,i8; aci-
ram vat'ayaifa, 107,5
= Dh. 41
vata*, M. (sa, vrata)
observance,
religious duty, a religious vow; n^&va,
Dh. 312; cp. a-bbata, su-bbata,
siia-bbata & next.
vatava<, mfn. (sa. vratavat) duti-
ful, performing the religious duties;
ace. m. ^vantam, Dh. 208. 400.
vati,
f.
(sa, vrti) a hedge, fence;
ace, ^iih, 8,7.
vatta (&
vatta), n. (sa. vrtta)
a circle; practice, custom; good con-
duct, politeness; business, duty, ser-
vice; comp, vatta-pativattatn, every
single duty, 36,7 (tapasassa akasi,
he rendered him every service), cp.
pati & next.
*vatta-kata (or "-gata), mfn.
round, circular; wide-open; ins'.r.
^ena (mukhena) 6, is.
vattati, vb. (= va^ftti, q, v.)
to take place, set in; to be found; to
live; pr, 3. sg, /^.-ati (ravo, is heard)
60,10 ; 3. pi, /wanti (khara vedana,
set in)
13,18; 78,25 (w. gen. came
upon him);
fat. 1, sg. ,>.,issami (gu-
nesu, live a good life) 43,4;
mcd.
pr. 3. sg. vattate (ussavo maha) 1 12,i6.
cp. vatta
(vatta) n.
vattabba, vattum, v, (vadati
&) vuccati.
vattha, n, (sa. vastra) cloth, gar-
ment, dress; worn, -warn (suddhaiii)
68,2i; ace. ^mi (dibba-") 61,is;
instr.
^ena, 20,26; Ioc. -^e (Kasika-^
q.
V.)
62,29; pi. <K,ani (ali;i' q. v.)
27,18. 33,3; instr.pl, ^elu
'
l)a-'')
20,8 1
comp.
ahata-vattha-', ul,28;
apagata-,
mfn. with the dress fallen
apart,
f
pi.
^a, 65,7.
vatthu, n. (sa, vastu
[&
vastu])
) site, place, ground (of a building
etc.) V, Kapila-o, Sirisa-o, & a-va-
tthu-kata,
mfn,
-
^) thing, object,
matter (of a story etc.); property;
227 vapati
mm. .um (a tale, story)
89,i7; loc.
~umhi (parassa rakkhita-gopita-*,
"in protecting and guarding the pro-
perty of others")
68,13; sukara-peta-,
86,10 (q.v.) cp. Katha-vatthu.
vatva. ger,, v. {next &) vuccati.
vadati & *vadeti, vb. (sa. ^vad;
suppletive of vuccati,
q, v.) to say,
speak (ace), answer; to speak to (ace),
to tell (ace, gen.), to declare; -
A) va-
dati, 3. sg. 73,18. 85,S9; 2. sg. /x-asi,
24,1. 88,7; 1. sg, ^ami, 70,3o. 94,is;
(saccam)
38,38; (tarn)
108,3; (nam,
speak to her) 9,i8; 3. pi. ^anti, 21,6.
7a,ao; part, ace. m. /vantiim, 22,i8,
loc, /N.ante,
9,3, pi. ^anta, 74,ii;
part. med. m, rs^ aniano, 99,8r, pot,
3. sg. -^eyya, 79,i5. 92,8; 3. sg.
^eyyasi, 36,8. 99,i4; 5. pi. o..eyyuih
(gunam, praise)
43,8; aor. *) 2. sg.
vadi (ma) 9,i9; *>)
3. sg. vadi (tarn)
108,88; 3. pi. ,x,iifa3U, 24,87. 73,8i,
-
B) vadeti. pr. a. sg. ^^esi, 17, u; 1.
sg. ^emi, 88,19; imp. 2. sg, ^ehi,
51,16; 2. pi. ^etha (ma kifici ranfio
/>j) 55,26; aor, 2. sg. <N.<esi, 88,i8. 93,si;
1. sg. .N/esiifa, 88,84.
-
caus. vadeti
(9,
v.). As to the wanting forms of
this verb {act, & pass.) v. vuccati
(\/vac) ; cp. vajja, vadana, vada, vadin.
vadana, n. (= sa.) 'speaking,
mouth'; speech, communication, in-
junction; acc. ^am (avoca) 110,9i.
*vadeti. vb, = vadati
{q.
v.),
V ad d h a *, Ml. [or .
?]
{sa. vardhra)
leather, a leathern strap or thong;
acc. /N./aiii, 12,ao; *''-maya, mfn.
leathern, acc, m. <^am (pasaiii) 11,89,
cp, varatta.
vaddha^ mfn,
(also spelt vuddha
[or vuddha],
pp.
vaddhati; sa. vyd-
dha) grown; old; comp. ""vaddhapa-
cayiN, mfn. (v. apacayin).
vaddhati, vb., v. v&qdhAtu
"vaddhana, mfn. {e. c, sa, var-
dhana) oauilng to inoreaie; "'loka-'',
mfn. (q.
v.).
vadha, m. (=5 ta.) killing, de-
stroying; murder; execution or corpo-
ral puniibmeDt; comp. miga-*>, 5,88;
pana-^ 60,i3 {q.
v.); purisa-". 74,i4
vadha-bandha, m.
399 ("stripes and
{q.
v.); dvandva
acc. ovarii, Dh.
bonds").
vadhaka, mfn. (= sa.) killing
or intending to kill ; *'*-citta, mfn.
with murderous intent, 75,S4; *satthu-*',
mfn. 108,27 {v. sattha?').
vadhati, vb. {sa. \/vadh) to kill,
murder (acc); aor. 3. sg. a-vadhi,
Dh.
3;
ger. /-vitva, 13,23. 22,ii. cp.
vajjha, vadha, vadhaka,
van a, n. (rarely m.\ = sa.) ')
a forest, grove; acc, >^am, 5,20; loc.
/N.'B, 15,15; .^/asmiih, 106,i3 = Dh,
396; -x-asmi, 107,3o = Dh. 334;
pi.
vana (sabbe) 48,s; <vani, Dh. 188;
comjj, -gumba, .
{q.
v.); *-caraka,
m. a forester, acc. pi, /^e, 36,34;
"-puppha, n. a wild flower, instr. pi.
^ehi, 34,6; *-mahi8a, m.
{q,
v,)-,
-8anda, m.
{q.
v.)
;
cp, amba-", Cit-
talata-", tala-", nala-", naga-", maR-
gala-sSla-**, Lumbini-", veju-", Sim-
bali-".
- *) lust, desire {cp. ved. sa.
vanas); acc. ^am, abl. .%./ato, Dh.
283; vanante, loc, "at the end of
desires", Dh. 305 {cp. anta); *-ri-
dhimutta, *''-mutta, mfn. {v. h.) Dh.
344. cp. next & nibbana.
*vanatha, m. {cp, vana^ & sa,
y'van) lust, desire; nom. >^0, Db. 284;
acc. <^am, Dh. 283 (vanarii -^..an ca,
"the forest of desires and its under-
growth"),
vanta, mfn, {sa. vanta; pp.
va-
mati) vomited; ejected, put away;
"-kasava, mfn. {q.
v.); *"-do9a, mfn,
{v. dosa*); *''-mala, mfn. {q.
v.);
*''-]okamisa, mfn.
"who has rejected
the baits of the world", Dh, 378 {cp,
amiaa) ; *"-a9a, mfn, {v. asa).
vandati, vb, {sa. ^vand) to
praiie, worship; to salute, greet {accY,
ger, <%/itv&. 28,io. 32,83 (acariyaih);
inf. /x/ituifa (Mahabodhiih) 114,89.
cp, next.
van dan a,
f.
{= sa.) praise, wor.
ship; nom. <va (Buddhana[m]) 108,80,
vapati, vb, {sa. \/vap) to sow,
16
vapaySti 228
strew, throw (occ); ger. /vitva (ni-
vapam) 6,4.
vapayati, vb. {sa. vi-apa-^ya)
to go away, paa> away, vaniHh; pr, 8.
pi. /%>ayanti (kaflkha) 66,si (cp, Kuhn,
Beitr.
p, 96-97).
vamati, vh. [so. \'vam) to vomit;
pp. yanta {q.
v.).
vaya*, m.
(&
mya(), ; sa. vayas)
age, vigorou* age, yoath, ripe age,
old iigti; nam. 1^0 (paripnkko) Dh,
260) anc, ^lult, 43,oi
ncc, n, vayo
(anuppatto) 74,si', loc, /^e (pttrino*
niante) 47,ii
comp, vaya- & vayo-
!
"(^a-ppattu, nifn, grown up, nmrri-
iigeabU
;
m, 0^0, 8,15; f.
^a, 101,16)
"siiKiuiitt-viiya-Uiiivii, m. the hiiing
III i'(|mil iiH*-,
Mff?,
Willis ditiBii) */%.o
hara, ntfn, iniicating or diBoloHtng
old age, m. pi. ^a, (uttamangaruhii)
45,11; upanita-vaya, mfn, (5.
r.).
vaya" (or vyayu), m. (jsa. vyaya)
perishing, decay, destructioo ; *''-dhain-
iiiii, tnfn, pc<riNiiul)ie, tiunvitory) pi,
m. is,a, (saiiikhura) 80,> (cp, dhaiu-
ma*); *uppada-vaya-dliammiAi, mfn.
{q,
V.) ;
dvandva comp, udaya-vyaya,
vi, origin and deHtructloD, acc, i^Hlii,
Dh. 113. 374 {v. l. udayabbayaiii).
vara, ') /*/(.(-,) hont, oiiuiciml,
excellent; acc. n. ^uiii (vadiinaiii)
110,si; Dh. 268 (iidaya); repeated:
-vara n^am {w, gen.) 61,88, 52,8; acc,
m, i^aiil /NrUlil (privHtuntiHitiniuni quunc
tiui<) 109,4; inoHt l'r'qu'ntly comp, w,
siibst, (before or utter) i ") "-Hnni,
;t9,i; "-vuninn, 45,m. 01, 17; "-blio-
jaua, 61,t; "-dhanuna,' 87,ui etc,
-
t")
menda-", 30,9; ratha-", 64,io; pa-
sada-**, 64,18 ; etc.; sabb'-akara-var'-
upeta, 81,4 (v. akara).
- *) m. choice,
wish, boon, gift; nam. rx-o (maya
dinuo) 8,8 ; acc. ^am (tassa adasi)
10,4; comp. gaTia-vara, m. the grant
of a village (periiaps a landed property
of a certain measure, if not simply 'an
excellent village'?) acc, <^aiii (datva)
45,3.
') n. varaiii, hided, rather,
better (than : abl, or iitstr.)\ n^ may-
ham udumbaro (is better to me) 2,ii;
r^ assatara danta,
Dh. 322;
w. abl.
tato rs,, ibi; tc. instr. Dh. 178.
varana, m. (== sa.)
name of a
certain "tree (Crateeva Roxburgh.);
"-rukkhe, loc. 4,.
varatta,
f.
(sa. varatra) a trap,
thong (of leather); acc. ,%/atn, Dh.
398 (metaph. of attachmentV, 12,7
(cam ma-"); pi. ~a
(sesa-") 12,o.
cp. vaddlia'.
variilni, m. (
sa.) a hog; nom.
^0 (muhii-") Dh. 326.
*vulaiija, . (&
n.) *) ue, dally
expenditure (also of excrements); *)
a mark (liom scratching or Boraping);
pada-", footprint, acc. ^aib, 11,as.
Heiico viiliifijaka, mfn, c, c, v. anto-",
bah!-" {rp, Fanshell, .lUAH. 1870,
p. 13, & Ten Jut.
p.
90
[v/lui\i
& IffiiicliJ).
Valabhamukha,
!.(?)
{sa. \ a-
dabamukha) the entrance to the in-
fernal regions at the South pole; *'*-sa-
mudda, nt. the Southern sea, acc. >%^am,
27,1-11; *''-mukhi(//), i. id. 27,9.
valaya, n. {St. >.) (= *a.) a bra.
celet, ring; *na.raca-'', 111,23 {q.v.).
valaha(ka), m. {sa. balahaka)
a cloud
; nom. r^aka (vilta-ochinna-")
40,96) *valalia8Hii, m. a flying horse
(r;). uHNa') 21,i)i ("-yotii),
valli, /'.
(:_ sa.) a creeper; loc,
/viya (a stalk of a creeper, a withe)
14,23; iN^iyam, 14,2t; pi, .^iyo (pag.
gava-o,
q, v,) 37,ib.
vavattliapoti, vh, {sa, vyava-
HtliSpayuti, cans. vi-ava-\/Htba) to
Bottle, dtitMrniine,
dintinguiHli, under-
stand
; pp. ^jta, 3,ii (tassa su-vava-
ttliapitam, very well known to him).
vasa. 1) m. {sa. va^a) wish, will,
power; loc. ^e (thapeti, to bring into
one's power)
48,i4; instr. vasena Is
used &% prp. w. gen. or more frequently
at the end of comp. with the meanings!
by, by way of, on account of, accor*
ding to, with regard to; hatthinarii
~, 35,i; ovada-o,
14,i3; kilesa-".
20,11
J
dande pavesana-",
35,b; uda-
na-,
42,14 ;_cbatidadi-o,
42,27; kam-
massa vipaka-<,
84,32; aniccadi-".
229 yR
88,38 (v. a-nicca);
pubbapara-**,
114,20; - attha-vasa,
n. the power
of the matter, ace. ^aiii (etaih, the
meaning of this) Dh. 289.
-
*) mfn,
subdued, subject to;
,^Am (kurute) Dh.
48,
which may also be subst. ('into his
power'), cp, ativasa, vasim & vasika.
vasati, vb, (sa. y/v&%) to stay,
dwell, livejpr. 3. sg. ^ati, 2,7 (u).
ho. nadiya); 36,8a (idha); 1, sg,
.vami. 49,t3. 73,ii; S, pi. ^anti,
14,1ft; part. ni. ^anto, 20,9o; 58,5
(p. ace. samaggavSsarii);
114,so; loc,
~ante, 25,u; gen. ^nto, 47,t; ;)/.
/N.atita, 7,81! piiri, vied, ^mana,
f,
gen. ^aya (kinnaralijhaya, endowed
with grace) 49,i2; - imp. 3. sg. vasa,
15,15. 23,80 (vasa ti); - aor. 3. sg.
vasi,
1,6; 5. pi. wimsu (piyasaifava-
saib, ace. lived together in amity)
11,37; 20,33;
-
flit, 1. sg. /vissami
(vassaih, during the rainy season) Dh,
286;
-
inf. rs^iturii, 9,34;
- ger.
/vitva, 2,23 etc.; 112,24 (vasitv'ettha).
- {pass, vussati)
;
pp.
vussita (vuttha,
vasita) q, v.; cans, II. *va8apeti
{q.
V.) cp. vasa, vasika, vasJH & next.
vasana, n. (= sa.) dwelling, re-
sidence; comp. *-gama, 12,7; *-gum-
ba, 14,27; *-tthana, 2,24. 66,27
(q.
v.).
vasii',
f,
(so. vaga) a oow; pi,
^a, 106,11.
vasa*,
f.
(= sa.) serum, lymph;
nam. o^a, 82,s
== 97,2s,
*vasapeti, vb. (cans. II, vasati)
to cause to dwell, lodge; ger. />..elva
(tam gliare, received her into his
house)
48,18.
vasirii, indccl. (sa, va^i-) only
combined with karoti, to subdue
(ace); <s/ karitva (sariikappnih) 104,7;
[also comp. vasi-karoti, etc.]
"vasika, mfn. (sa. vacjika) being
in one's power; tanha-**, 23,2o; icatu-
giima-*', 54,3 {v. h.).
vassa, n, (sa. varsha) ') rain, a
shower (cp, vu^bi); '*'kabapana-^,
Dh. 186
(q. .);
*dhana-, 3"3,i6;
Batta-ratana-', 3a,ii. nom. - ) th
rainy MaioD; ace. ix/aih, Dh. 286.

') a year; pi, ace, r^am, 86,27. 104,ii;
-satam, n. a century, Dh. 106. 110;
solasa-vaasa-kale, in his 16"" year,
24,18; solasa-vassa-padesika, "-udde-
sika (v,h.); caturasiti-'sahassani,
44,90
(q.
v.). cp. vassika.
vassati', vb. (sa. \/va(j) to cry,
screech (as birds); pr. 3. sg, /x/ati,
18,18; part, m, >vanto, I8,3i; ger,
rvitva, 12,9.
vassati*, vb. (sa, ^vrsh) to rain;
pr, 3, sg. /v<ati (vassaiii) 32,ti
;
(devo,
the god, t, e, the sky rains) 102,e;
part, m, gen. vassato (devassa) 105,22;
cans. II, *va89apeti, v, below
\ cp,
vassa, vutthi, & next.
*va88apftnaka, mfn, (fr. nom,
act, of next) bringing about rain;
dhana--nakkhattayoga, m, a conjunc
tioD of stars bringing about a shower
of money, 32,95.
*vassapeti, vb. (caus, II. vas-
sati^) to cause to rain or pour down,
call Uown a shower; aor. 3. sg. ^esi,
33,11 (dhanam); 2. pi. ma. ^ayitthsi,
32,27; fut. 1. sg. ^essami, 33,i5
(dhanavassam); 2, pi. /vessatha,
32,97;
ger. -vetvil, 32,33; pp. ^ita
(acariyena dhanam .x'itani, n.) 34,s.
vassika, mfn. (sa. varshika) ')
belonging to the rainy xeason; m. />/0
(scil, pasado) 67,93; *) c. ;. being so
many years old; solasa-", n. .N^arii
(ruparii) 111,36.
vassika &/-vki,
f.
(sa. varshiki,
cp. varshika, n. & vrshaka, n.) a sort
of jasmine; Dh, 55. 377.
vaha, m. (= sa.) a river, stream,
wave; pi. .^a, Dh. 339 (in stead of
vaha, cp. SBE, X.
p. 82).
vahati, vb. (sa, y/v&h) to draw,
convey, cany away (acc); pr. 3. sg.
/^ati, 29,11; 2. sg. ^&si, 54,22; 3. pi,
>^aDti, Dh, 339; part. m. gen. ^^/ato
(of the draught animal) Dh, 1, cp.
vaha, vaha, vahana.
va, indccl, (= <a.) a disjunctive
particle (sometiraeB comb. w. other
particles) : ') *or', used (enolitically)
in combinations of two sentences or
Tfikkarana 230
links of a sanUnce : asassato loko
ti va,
92,80
;
yavatake va pana (or
else)
81,17; after prec. negation ; na
. . . va puna (nor yet) Dh. 271.
-
^) repeated = 'eithe?
ov' (after two
or more links) ; 9,u. 9,89. 31,3i. 92,io.
etc.; w. negation = 'neither
nor'
:
7,36. 8,1 {v. corrections); 56,ii; va . .
.
yadiva [before th last link] Dh. 98;
vapi . . . va, 114,so {w. foil, n'eva);
s.thava [before the firft link] . . , va,
Dh. 271. - ") corresp. w, foil, ca (in
'.he same senee) : Maro va Brahma ca
. . . na passant), 110,n.
-
*) sometimes
shortened to va
{q.
f.).
*v;Tkkarana, n. {*sa. vak
+
karana) vociferation; na'-mattena,
''not by means of much talking only",
Dh. 262 {cp. niat*a2).
vakya, n. {= sa.) speech, sen*
fence; v. *ati-\;ikya.
""viicasika. mfn. {fr. vaca[8]) con-
cerniiig the speecli; instr, mi. >^.^ena
(fiamvarena) 86,i9.
vac a,
f.
(sa. vac & vaca) speech,
words; worn, -.a (pacchinia, Tatlia-
gatassa) 80,s; Dh. 51-62; 67,4 (sam-
ma-", q. v.)\ ace, 0.9m (karunam)
103,4; 22,3 (manusi-", v. manusa.
nifn.); instr. <^aya, 84,29. Dh. 232.
*vacanurakkliii, mfn. watching
one's speech, i. ^i, Dh.
281; '*yatlia-
vacaiii, adv. {v. yatha); *santa-vaca,
mfn. {q.
v.), cp. vakkarana, vaca(s)
& ne.tt.
'vacika & ".aciya, mfn. {sa,
eka- viicikii), verbui; only t. 6'., v,
viiciya, te-vacika. '
vaceti, fi/. (chs.
Y/vac, t;. vuccati;
sa. v.aciiyati) to read out, recite (ace);
aor, 3, pi, /%.ayiii)8u, 114,io; inf,
/^etuiii, 114,14.
va.jitu, mfn. (= sa,\ \/vaj, Dha*
tup. 32,74)
having feathers, feathered;
acc. ovarii (pattelii, kantlaiii) 92,ib.
vanija, ui. (= sa.) a merchant;
^0, 8,iu; pi. ^A, 18,4; "-kula, n.
(3.
V.) 30,9. cp. vanijja. -
vanijaka,
m. (= sa.) id.; acc. pi. />..e, 18,8.
v.ata, m. (= sa.) *) the wind;
acc. /vBiii, 19,1ft ; instr. ^ena, 106,;
nom. fs,o, 103,18
(bere we have a
pnn : the wind as drying up humours
& the ascetioism destructive of lustV,
comp. *o-cchinna, mfn.
(v. chinna);
*''-vega, m.
(q.
v.); *akala-', n. "un-
seasonable wind", vaih, 26,Ji; *Dasa-<',
m.
(q.
V.)
;
cp. pativatam,
yathavataih.

*) rheumatism (cause of disease or

paiu) V. kamraaja-vata, pi. 62,i9.

cp. nivataka.
vati, vb. (sa. Vva)
to blow; to
smell; pr. 3. sg. ->wti (gandho timi-
ranum) 20,ie; Dh. 56.
vada, ni. (= sa.) *) speech; v.
musa-*'; ^) addressing; v. avuso; *)
doctrine, system; acc, ^aih, 113,14;
apga-", 109,30
(q.
v.) = thera-
(q,
v.); acariya-'
(q.
v.); dhuta-", i.
(q,
V.)\ *) discussiou, controversy;
sabba-vada-**, 113,4 ('-visarada,
q.
v.). cp. next.
*vadatthi/i, mfn. (cp. attlii/i)
desirous of dispute; m. a disputant;
~i, 113,5.
vadi, aor., v. vadati.
j
V ad it a, n. (= sa.) music; pi.
'
rwani (nacca-gita-") 64,3i; cp. 81,24.
I
vildi, mfn. (= sa.) speaking
(mostly e. c.)
; acc, m, .>^inara (tatba,
or co2np. tatha-",
q, v.) 103.12 ; cp.
a-bhut.a-, alika-", niggayha-", bho-",
musa- (gen. "-vadissa, 106,i4), sac-
ca-, Dh. 217.
j
vadeti, vb. (caus. vadati; sa.
I
vadayati) to cause to speak or sound,
to play musical
instruments (acc);
part. m. pi ^enta (bheriyo, -beat-
ing drums")
8,34; loc. pi. ^entesu
(vinaih)
60,io; aor. 3.sg. ^osi, 60,ii,
,
= u-vadesi,
51,3. cp. vadita, n.
vanara,
. (= sa.) a monkey,
ape;
^0, 3,9. 107,3o; vtinarinda, ui.
(v. inda).
vaina,
mfn. (== sa.) left, sinister;
"-hatthena, "with his leit hand". 111,24
(opp,
dakkhina).
vanuinaka,
mfn. (= sa.\
fr. va-
Diana, a dwarf)
dwarfish, deformed
231
Tuhana
(lame or haltinpr?);
(paccha-)vama-
naka-dhatuka,
mfn.
(g.
v.)
24,s4-2c.
vayamati, vh. (sa. vi -j-
a-yyam)
to struggle, Btrive,
endeavour;
imp. 2.
sg. vayama, Dh. 236 (khippaih). cp.
V ayama.
vayasa, m.
(= sa.) a crow;
,^-0,
104,13-, gen. ^assa,
18,35 (synon.
kaka).
vayama, n. {sa. vyayama) en-
deavour, effort; ^o (samiiia-^
q. v.)
67,5; ace. ^am (karissati)
34,85.
vara, m.
{= sa.) time, turn, lot;
~o, 6,25-26; ace. ^&m (gacchati, to
take one's turn)
6,33; loc. ^e (catu-
tthe, tatiye, tor the 4"', 3"*
time)
58,7. 114,17; comp. eka-varam, a^v.
once,
50,16; puna-vare, adv. the next
time,
18,17; *"-ppatta, mfn. whose
turn it is, on whom the lot falls; m.
-N^o, 6,27. ep. bhanavara.
varaka, m. (= sa.) u pot, vessel;
dadhi-, m. 14,3o (g.
v.).
varan a, m. (== sa.) an elephant;
~o (seta-vara-") 6 1,17; ace. <^am,
24,21; gen, /^.assa (matta-**) 45,si;
loc. o^e (do.) 39,D.
vari, n. (= sa.) water; nom. ^i.
Dh. 401; ace. /^irii, 13,9. 111,9.
-
"-ja, m. 'born in water', i. e. a fish
(or a lotus); nom. /^jo, Dh. 34,
vareti, vb. {eaus. y/sr; sa. vara-
yati) *) to keep back, prevent, pro-
hibit (ace); aor. 3. sg. ^esi, 23,7;
fttt. 1. sg. /s/cssami, 23,8-, inf. owctum,
ib.; ger. <vetva (niige) 8,6;
pass.
variyati, part. m. .>..anto, 111,3.
-
*) to choose, ask for (ace); aor. 3,
sg. n^esi (samikaih) ]0,s; ger. /^etva,
101,15
; pp. varita,
f.
101,80 (darika).
^) to cast lots (ace, salukbih);
part. pass, variyaniana,
f.
(salaka)
23,12. cp. vara.
vala, mfn, (sa. vyada & vyala)
fierce, cruel; subst. m. a beast of
prey, a snake; pi, >N.a, 51,s4 {cp. 52,6).
vala, m. (= sa.) the hair .{esp.
of a horse's tail) ; the tail (of a horse
or other animals) ; *pahattha-kanna-<*,
mfn. 76,21 {q,
v.) cp. next etc.
valadhi, i. (= sa.) a tail (cs^.
of a horse, a deer, or an ox); nom,
/vi, 5,28; ace. /vim, 22,6.
*vala-vedhiH, i(/w). (sa. *vaia-
vyadhin) hair-splitting; m. ,vi, "skil-
led in hair-splitting" (sophist) 110,.
valika (or valuka),
f.
{sa. valuka)
sand, gravel; instr. loc. /vaya, 14,2i;
97,35; pi. ace, ,va (in dvandva
comp.) ib.
vasa, m, (= sa.) ') dwelling,
abode; nom. ,vO, Dh. 237; ace. /vaiii
(nianussa-")
21,2; ^am knppeti, to
live,
1,4. 2,25; comp. *a-ppatissa-vasa,
w. {v. patissava); *eka-rati-*, mfn.
{v. eka*); *brahmiicariya-, m.
{q.
v.);
samagga-", m,
{q.
v.)
; *8amana-",
mfn.
{q.
v.) cp. saihvasa, vasika, va-
sin.
*) perturae; v. vasita.
vasi,
f.
{sa. vaQi) a small axe,
knile, razor; *<*-phara8uka, m. a
"razor-axe" (dande pavesanavasena
vasi pi boti pliarasu pi) 35,4-5.
vasika, mfn. {sa. vasaka; fr.
vasa*) dwelling, livinj; (e. c); katthii-
vasika, m. pi. 21,8 {v. katlha).
vasita, mfn. (= so.;
pp.
vaseti,
y/vjis, cp. vasa^) perfumed, scented;
"-udiikam. 41,2; "-paniyaiii, 41,
n
(thapita-**, q. v.).
v a s i H , mfn. (= sa
;
fr. vasa ')
dwelling, living (in : loc, but mostly
e. c);
if.
*'-vasini (Lankanajrara-**)
112,13; m. pi. ,N.,ino (sama-", the
villagers) 8,23-20
;
(Baranasi-**, the
! inhabitants of B.) 20,i2; (nagara-")
58,21
;
gen. pi. ^inaih (do.) 58,a4.
'
62,s; comp, KasirHttha-vasi-manusso,
35,28.
vaba, m. {= sa.) lit. Mrawing,
flowing', i. e, ') a draught-animal, a
horse; *) a cart-load, a certain mea-
sure; ') a current (of water), stream;
pi. ,va, Dh. 339 ("waves").
vabana, n. {= sa.) any animal
for riding (ahorse, an elephant); any
vehicle or chariot; army or military
force {cp. sa. vahaoa, /*.); instr. /vena,
98,2 (riding? cp. ratiiena, ib.); *ba-
la-", n. {v. A.) ; sa-vahana. mfn.
to-
Vl" 232
getker with ono'a army, aec. m. /^am
(Maraa.) 104,8. Db. 173.
vi-, indecl. (=i
.)
prefix to verbs
and nouoi, implyjag 'asunder, out,
away, about'; 'in various directions'
(or 'contrarily', often metaph. cp. vi-
vadati, vicinteti); with douds it often
denotes 'negation' or 'separation' {opp.
aa-, cp, a-*), v. viktila, vimala, vi-
raga, visoka, e<c.; with verbs (and
their derivatives) it is sometimes used
to denote 'intensity' (cp. vinassati,
vipassati^ or 'opposition' (cp. viva-
rati, vijjhapeti).
~ Before vowels we
have vy- (viy-) : vyaya (& vaya),
viyuhati, or more frequently v- (by
elision & contraction), esp. before
other verbal pn^fixes beginning with
IV vowel ; vi
-f
ati {v. vitinameti,
vitisareti); vi -\- apa (r. vapayati,
cp. vyapanudi); vi
-f-
ava (v, vava-
tthapita. voropeti, etc.); vi -\- a {v.
vayamati, cp. vyakaroti (viyakasi),
vyapajjati); vi
+ ud (v. vutthati,
etc.); vi -|- upa (v. vSpasaina); cp,
vippa-, vippa^i- (sa. vi -(- pra, vi -\-
pratiV
vikalai m, (=3 sa.) afternoon,
evening; wr(>ng timti', loc, ^e (kale
^w, "in eeaifon und out of season")
9,18; *''-bho.jana, n. 81,24 {v. h.).
vikascti. vb. (cans, vi
+
ykas,
sa. vikasayati) to cause to be opened
(ace); aor. H, sg, ^isi (battham,
she opened her liand, in order to make
liiin know that che wag unmarried, cp,
Meyer, DaQakura.
p. 98) 56,9.
*vikulava, mfn,.,
deprived of one's
tiest, homeless; pi. ^a (dija) 60,1? {v,
kulavaka).
vikiijatj, vh. {aa. vi-\/kuj) to
chirp, sing, warble (as birds); part,
m, pi. r%^anta (sakunasamgha) 62,is.
vikesika, mfn. (sa. vikecja) hav
ir.g dishevelled hair; ace,
f.
ix^aiil,
37,30.
*vikkhalet!, vh,
(fr.
vi-ykshal)
to wusli off, rinse (acc); gcr, ^et\&
(iiiukharii) 41,j. 66,38.
vikkhina, mfn. (sa, vikshina,
pp.
vi-ykshi)
destroyed; m. -x/O (jatisam-
saro) 108,18.
*vikkhelika, mfn.,
having saliva
flowing from the mouth; acc,
f.
i^&ta,
67,30 {cp. khela).
vigata, mfn. {=
sa.) gone away;
vigaticcha, mfn. {v. iccha);
'^''-ka-
thamkatha, mfn.,
-^O-khila, mfn., &
o-sura-pana, mfn, {v. h,); cp. vita,
Dh. 356.
vighiata, w. f= sa,)
destruction,
ruin, pain; sa-vighata, mfn,
"coupled
with ruin" {synon, sa-dukkha) 94,.
*vicakkliu-kamma,
n., 'making
blind', the making one's sight wrong,
perplexing, bewildering; dat. %.aya,
("in order to perplex him") 71,27. {cp.
sa. vi-cakshus).
vicarati, vb, {sa. vi-\/oar) to
Wander about, go away; pr. 3, sg.
rvati, 8,1c; 3. pi. rvanti (fly about)
62,13; 73,35;
part, m. /^anto, 5,6;
occ. ./antam, 73,6; f.
-^anti, 20,*;
aor. 3, sg. vicari, 17,io; fut. 1, sg.
/viasami, 17,io; cond. 1. sg. vicariaaam
(unaugmented t=
fut.) 104,8;
ger,
^itva, 25,82; caus. v. next.
vicareti, vh. {caus, vicarati; sa.
vicarayati) 'to cause to go about', i.
e. to arrange, manage, administer,
control (acc); pr, 3. sg, -x/eti {v. I.
rwcsi, aor.) 65,2o; part.
f.
^...enti
(ka|uiubam, "managing the property")
22,18.
vicikicchati, vb. {sa, vicikitsati,
; dcsid, vi-Y/cit) to be uncertain, to
\ doubt; pr. 3. sg. /N^ati, 96,u. cp. next.
vicikiccha,
f.
{sa, vicikitsa)
! doubt; notn. r^a (aattami sena Ma-
i raaaa) 103,28; *ti9na-vicikicclia, mfn,
I
69,18 {v. h.).
vicitta & vicitra,
mfn. {sa.
I
vicitra) variegated, ornamented, beauti-
ful; aatta-ratana-vicitta,
mfn., loc.
-^e,
18,26; *vicitra-kathin,
mfn.
eloquent, m. ^i. 109,9 (Kumarakas-
sapo, cp. Mil.
p. 196,7).
vicinati (or vicinati), vb, {sa.
vi-\/ci) ') to search for, investigate,
inquire (acc); imp.
2. pi. r^atlia(nam)
233 vijjhapeti
73,84; part. m.
^anto,
19,28. 34,u-,
pi. ~anta, 73,S5; ger.
vicinitvana,
109,4. - *) to gather, collect,
pick up,
heap up (ace); part.
f. ^anti (uka,
q.
V.)
46,26; ger.
^\Un
(sainkarHih,
to heap up) 84,23.
vicinteti, vb. {sa. vicintayati)
to think, reflect; pr, 3. sg, rweti,
Dh. 286.
*vicunna, mfn., pushed or hurt
on all Bides, only comp.
w, cunna,
1,25(2. v.).
vicunnita, mfn. (sa. vicurnita)
crushed all over;
ratha-vega-" (by the
course of the chariot)
60,io.
vijaya,HJ. (=sa.)i)viotory;<>-ante,
loc. 60.2,%
(. anta*, cp. Vejayanta,
nom. pr.); laddha-",
mfn. victorious,
112,92 (but see corrections).
*) Vi-
jaya. m. nom. pr, of a princp, con-
queror of CeyloD, ^0 (Lalavisayo,
q. V.) 110,22, etc.;
"-ppamukha, pi.
m, (v. pamuklia),
vijahati (or /s^ati), vb. (aa. vi-
\/ha) to leavf, quit, abandon (acc);
inf. /N.^itum (eta) 21,fli; ger, ,%.itva,
62,29.
vijata, mfn,
(pp.
vijayati, q. v.).
vijanati, vb. {sa. vi-Y/jna) to
know, understand, coiuprehtind, per-
ceive (thoroughly) (acc); pr. 3. pi,
^anti, Dh.
6; imp, 2. sg. ^a,hi, 20,s7.
54,19. 64,3c; part. gen. pi. vijaDatam,
Dh. 171 ("the wise"); Dli. 374 (ama-
tam, "who know Nibbaua"); a-vijana-
tarii (saddhammarh) 107,io= Dh.60;
pot. 3. sg. />/eyya, Db.
392;
ger. ")
viniiaya, Dh. 186;
>) vijaniya, 113,8;
pp. vinnata
(g.
v.) cp. vifliiana, etc.
vijayati, v. vijeti.
vijayati, vb. {sa, vi-Y/jan)
to
bear, generate, produce (acc, rarely
in pass, sense : to be born); fut. 3,
sg. /vissati (dhitaraih) 48,i7; aor. 3.
sg. vijayi (puttam) 7,sb; part. med.
f.
f^ mana (etam) 24,i6; ger, ^itva,
6,3s; pp.
vijata,
f.
>%/ (puttam, has
born a son) 64,5; vijata-kale, after
her delivery, 48,i8.
vijita, ') / (= <;
PP-
vijeti)
conquered; n. ^am (rattliam) Dh.
329. **)
subst. n. a conquered coun-
try, realm, kingdom
;
loc, ^e^ 8,4. cp.
next.
*vijitavin, m{fn)., victorious; con-
queror; acc m. /N^inarfa, Db. 422.
vijeti (or vijayati), vb. {sa, vi-
\/ji) to conquer, ileteat, subdue (occ);
fut, 3. sg. --w-essati (pa(havim) Dh,44;
pp.
yijita
{q.
v.) cp. vijaya.
vijjati, vb, {pass, vindati; sa.
vidynte) to be found; to be, exist;
pr, 3. sg, ,vati (attho na ~, "is of
no use", w. instr.) 103,i4, 104,8i
;
5. pi, {med.) vijjare, 104,j7. 113,97;
part, {med.) vijjamana, 18,i5 (saku-
nanam a-^-t^hane, on a place where
there were no birds); loc. m. ^arabi
(ganianihi, "where there is a village")
111,4.
vijja,
f.
{sa. vidya) knowledge,
science; instr. .x^aya, 108,9; anga-
vijja,
f,
'knowledge of limbs' i, e.
chiromantia, prognostication, 2oc.>x/aya,
48,in; dvandva comp. "'"-sippa-kaia-
vedi<), mfn. accomplished in science
and uits, m. %,i, ]13,8; "-carana,
knowledge & behaviour, theory & prac-
tice, Dh. 144 (sampanna-",
q. v.) cp,
a-vijja.
vijjuUata,
f.
{sa. vidyul-lata;
cp. lata) a flash of lightning;
3,2i.
vijjotati, vb, {sa. vi-y^dyut) to
flash forth, lighten; part. med. m.
/N^ mano (springing forth [like light-
ning])
3,21 ; catis. vijjoteti, to illumi-
nate, enlighten (acc) 85,8 (sabba
disa; synon. pabhaseti
{q.
v.); the
reading of B. pabbasati vijjotati seems
to be preferable, on account of the
foil, explanation of obhasate as hav-
ing a causative meaning).
vijjhati, vb. {sa. \/vyadh) to
pierce, wound or kill (as by arrows
or lances, etc.) {to. acc); part, m.
/^anto (taiii tungena) 4,i; imp. 3.
pi, />/antu, 6,85;
ger. /vitva, 6,i9.
37,6; pp.
viddha
{q.
v.) cp. vedhi/j.
*vijjhapeti, vb. {caua. *vijjhay-
ati, to burn out, go out, become ex-
vinSSna 234
tinot; yksbai, v. ihSyati
')
to pnt oat,
extiriguieh (acc); per. a-vijjhapetva
(uggini, without putting it out) I00,i5;
pp.
/>^ita, m. a-vijjhapito (aggi) lOO.ss.
vi fin an a, n. (sa. vijfiana) con-
sciouanesB; nom. r^&m, 94,io (one of
tlie 6 khandhas
(3.
v.)) ; 66,7 (oiigi-
CHting from saiiikhara); instr. ^ena,
95,:9; comp. "-paccaya
(q.
v.) 66,7;
"-nirodhn, m.
(q.
-o.) 66,13; vinnanafl-
cayatana, n., v. ananca & ayatana;
*'*-8ari5gaha, m. aggregation of con-
Btiou8ni-88, acc. ->^aiTi (pacchiraa-")
99,2c; -
*apeta-", mfn. (v. h.); *ka-
ya-", *cakkhu-, *rnano-'', the con-
sciouonesB of body, eye, n)ind, i. e.
mental iuprcBsioDs through those or-
gane, or : the eenee of touch, the fa*
culty of sight, thought, 70,-S3. 98,i
(ilukkim-sahagatam kaya-vinfianara
uppajjati, a feeling of pain arisen).
vifinata, uifn.
{pp.
vijanati; sa.
vijfiatn) known, underBtood; *8amHia-
vinnata-samaya, nifn. perfectly know-
ing the religious picceptB, ni. >^0.
113,4.
vinnapana,' i/'[i]. (sa. vijna-
pana) instructiv*'; acc.
f.
^anirii (gi-
ram) Dh. 408.
vinnaya, gcr., t). vijanati.
vinnuta (& vinniiia) /. (*o. vij-
fiata) intelligence ; act. ~arii, 27,8.
vinfiu, ni{fn). {sa. vijfia) intelli*
gent, clever; m. O.U, Dh. 65; . pi.
<^u (purisa) 90,iio; Dh. 229.
vi^apa, m. (= sa.) a forked
branch; "-untare
{q.
v.) 4,i (in a
fork of the tree).
\
vitakka, m. {sa. vitarka) ) de-
liberation, consideration; *) doubt,
uncertainty; *<'-(lpasatua, m. Dh, 350
{v. upasama); *<'-pamathita, mfn.
Dh. 349 ("tossed about by doubts").
vitana, m. n. (= sa.) a canopy,
baldachin; gen. />/assa (sumana-pat-
ta-^ q. V.) 65,18;
*"-samalamkata,
irfn. 112,3 {v. h.).
vitinna, mfn, {pp.
vitarati, to
cross, pass over; sa. vitirna)
who has
crossed or passed over, also metaph.
(only comp.) who iconts, or does not
believe in . . .;
*0-paraloka, mfn.
who
does not believe in another world, gen.
^assa, 106,15= Dh. 176;
a-vitinna-
kamkha, mfn.
Dh. 141 {v.h.).
vittinna, mfn.
(once instead of
vitthinnii ^= vitthata (&
/N./ta), pp.
vittharati, to spread out, extend, vi-
\/str; sa. vistirna) broad, large;
f.
~a (Gaiiga) 1,ig. rp. next.
vitthara, m. (sa. vistara)
exten-
sion, diffuseness; abl. /N/to {adv.) fully,
in detail, 41,3i (kathesi).
vidattlii,
f.
(sa. vitasti) a certain
measure of length, equal to 12 augulos
(inches, q. v.), a span; "-mattaiii, 87,11
(v. matta''') cp. yojana.
[vidati], vh, {sa, y/nd) to know,
undercitand (acc); this preeent-forma-
tion is only ficticious or made for ety-
mological purpose; forme generally met
with are : aor. H, sg, vedi (avedi),
Dh. 419. 423; 3, pi. (vidu); fnt, 1.
sg. (vedissami); ger, viditva (etain
attham) 66,19; 70,i2; grd. (veditabba
&)
vedaniya
{q.
v.);
pp.
vidita, known,
understood; comp. *''-dlianinia. mfn.
"having penetiated the truth", hi, />.0,
69,13; yatha-**, mfn. {v. h.).
{cans.
vedeti, vedayati, ^) to know, under-
stand; *>) to feel, experience, suffer
(acc); the cans, pass, vediyati [to be
known, to be feltj is also geuerully
used in the surae active sense), cp,
veda, vedaiia, vedayita, vedi//, &
vindati.
vidu
(&
vidu), mfn, {sa, vidvaa
& vidus) kuowing, wise; m, sabba-
vidu f'haiu asmi) Dh. 363. cp. viddasu.
viaura, mfn. {= sa.) very distant,
far; only used with the prefixes a-"
& su-" {synon. dura); a-vidure, loc.
adv. not far away, near to {w. gen. or
abl),
48^31 (gharato) ; 95,i (gamassa).
cp. atidura.
videsa, m. {sa. vide^a) a foreign
country, far distant region; acc. ^am,
27,25.
Videha, m. {pi.) {= sa.) nom.
pr. of a country and its inhabitants, in
235
vinodeti
the eastern North-Indin;
"-rattha. ,
the V. kingdom,
loc,
^e,
44,j9 (its
cupital was
Mithila).
viddasu, w/w.
(sa.vidvas, cp. vidu
above) wise,
inteliipent;
a-viddasu,
wfn. Dh. 268 (v.
/.); viddasu is a
curious forraatioD, that looks as if it
had been formed with the suffix
-vas
repeated (Tr.), cp. Kuhn, Beitr.
p. 69
& avidva {gen, aviddasuno) MN, I,
p,
311,7-13,
viddha, mfn, ) (= a.)
pp, vij-
ihati) pierced, wouuded; m, -vO (sal*
lena) 92,t-io. -
) (lo. vidhra, cp.
N-yiibhra) oli-ar, pure; t).ilforn',ilPT8,
85,
p. 52,
viddhamseti, vh, {sa. vidhvnrii-
sayati, caus. vi-\,'dLvariis) to crush,
destroy, disperse, split (occ); imp. 2.
pi. -x-etha (tam bhusaih viya) 63,9.
vidhava.
f.
(= sa.) a widow;
nom. ^a (itthi) 31,is.
vidhavati, vh. (sa. \i-\/Aha,\) to
run; pr. 3. sg. ^&i\ (ito c'ito ca) 36,2.
vidhunati, vh. (sa, vi-;/dhu,
dhunoti) to shake (ace); ger. vidhu-
nitva (or vidhunitva) 16,6 (sariram);
18,30 (pakkhe, flapping the wings).
vinaddha, mfn. (= sa.\
pp.
vi-
Vnah) covered all over; pi. m. -^a,
37,21.
vinaya, m. (= sa.) discipline,
esp, the rules of the Buddhist order;
nom, f^Q, 79,&; ace. /^aih, 109,i5-aft;
loc. />^e, 109,7.
-
Vinaya, . & Vi-
naya-pitaka, ., the first section of
the Buddhist holy scriptures; dham-
ma-vinaya-samgaha, wt. the collection
of Dhamma & Vinaya, 109,is; *vi-
naya-dhara, mfn. knowing the V., pi.
/>., 109,26; "-pitakam, ace. 102,i7;
''-pitakena, instr. 102,ie.
Specimens
p. 66-71,18; 74,i6-77,is; 81,6-28; 82,i6
-84,24.
vinayam, part., v. vineti.
vinassati, vh. {sa. vi-yna?) to
perish ; to be lost or forgotten
;
pr. 3,
sg. f^&ti, 110,4;
imp, 3. pi. ^antu,
23,is; fut.
3. sg. o/issuti, 34,ts; caus.
vinaseti (q.
v,), cp. vinasa, vinasana.
vinS, adv. &prp. (= so.) without,
except; usually combined with acc. or
instr, (before or after), rarely with
ahl.; (V mainsena na bhunjati (he
took no meal in which meat was want-
ing).
6,_.
vinasa, m. {sa. vinaya) destruo
tion, ruin; annihilation, death; ace,
rvaril (papeti, lit. to cause to go to
destruction) 6,io. 27,i2. 29,82; instr,
fvena,
55,7; ^''-ppaccaya, m< cause of
deitruotion,
34,24; "-rnula, n. id. 33,ifl,
op, next,
vinasana, n (sa. vinfigana)
=
preo,\ imtr, .vena (dhanaisa), 52,b;
a-vinSsana, mfn,
{q.
v,).
vinaseti, t)&, (caus, vinassati; sa,
vinagayati) to cause to be destroyed
or lost; to forget {acc.)\
pp. vinasita,
destroyed, n. ^aril, 34,i7.
vinicchaya, m. (sa. vini^caya)
decision, judgement; justice, procedure,
court of justice; acc, ->^am (anusasati,
q. v.) 42,97; loc. r>^e, 69,6; instr. />..ena
(dhamma-", "discernment of the law")
Dh. 144; **-atthaya, for the sake of
litigation, 42,3i (cp. attha *) ; *'*-tthana.
n, the place where court is held, ib.
vinicchinati, vh. (sa. vi-ni^-^/ci)
to settle, decide (ace.)\ aor. 3. pi.
/%/inimsu (voharam) 42,98;
- pass.
vinicchiyati; part. loc. pi, .^^manesu
(voharesu) 42,90.
viniddisati, vb. (sa. vi-nir-y'di?)
to point out, assign, distribute (acc);
aor, 3,sg, viniddisi (tanduladi) lll,3i.
vinipata, m. {= sa.) lit. 'falling
dowu', state of suffering (esp. in a
lower existence); "'a-yinipata-dhamma,
mfn.
(v. h.) cp, dhamma*.
*vinivarana-citta, mfn., whose
mind is free from obstacles; acc. m.
^&m, 68,99. (cp. nivarana).
vineti, vh. (sa. vi-y/ni) ') to lead
away, remove, dispel (acc); ger. vi-
neyya (ogham, q. v.) 104,8o;
- *) to
train, educate (acc); part, m, vinayam
(savake) 104,8.
vinodeti, vb. (caus. vi-^nud, sa.
vinodayati) to drive away or out, to
vindati 236
Bend away, dismitB
(aee,)\ pot, 3, sg,
x^aye (tasinam) Db. 343.
vindati, vb. (= a.; \/vid, cp,
vidati) to find (ace); pr. 3. sg. /^ati
(maggam) Db. t)7
;
pot. 1. pi. /x.eina
(muduifa) 104,14; pau. vijjati (t>. h.).
vipatti,
f,
(== sa.) miBfortune,
calamity;
*-pariyosaDa, mfn. having
a dreary end, m. ^o (jivaloko) 47,i6.
*[viparakkamati], vb. {sa. vi-
para-\/krani) to strive, make efforts,
exert oneself; only ger. viparakkamma
(jhayantam) 103,8.
vipassati, vb {sa. vi-^/pap) to
Bee (slearly), to understand, to be In-
tel I igeut; |jr. 3. sg. ..^ati (tanuk'ettha)
88,80-33
;
part. gen. m. vipassato (dham-
nam) Db. 373.
vipiika, m. (= sa.) ripeuing, ma-
turing (esp. of actioEie, t. e. result, re-
ward or punishment); tass'eva kaiu-
niassH vipaka-vasena, because that
action had just been ripe (for punish-
niant)
84,33; mom. ,>^o (kamiuanaiii)
97, u;
ace. ^aiii. Db. i7.
vipiiteti, vl. {cans, vi-y/mit, aa,
vipatuyuti) to brak, split (ace); part,
m. vipat'iyarii (truddliarii) Dli. 72.
vipiila, mfn,
( sa.) large, great
|
H. ^aili (Hukliuii.) Db. 27. 20,
vippakara, ki. (= sa.) 'bad man*
ner', improper proceeding; shame, dig*
grace; outrage; ace. <xam, 66,8.
vippakinna. w/n. (sa, vi-pra-
kirna) strowti all round about; ace,
n, <^uiii, .'14,1,
vippajiihali, vb, (fl, vi-pra-v/litt)
to giv3 up, abandou (aco,)\ pot, 8, sg,
.^jttheyya (iiulnara) Dh.
221(
ger,
vippahaya, Db, 87.
vij)pa(iii?i, mfn, (sa. vipra-
tijlnii) <lll(<d with ri'Krft, ri)p*tiitaiit(
m, ^i, 20,iiit; pi. xwino (pacobfi-**. q,
V,) 79,18.
vippunaUlift( "/"'
(*"
vipra-
Dashta, ^nag.) perished, disappeared;
instr. (or toe.)
f.
rviiya (niivaya) 26,i.
vippamuficuti, vb, (aa. vi-pra-
V'nmc)
to liberate, send away, sliuke
ofi, to liberate oneself from (ace); pot.
S. pi. .x/etha (ragaifa)
Dh. 377; pp,
vippamutta, liberated,
free from(o6/.);
gen. m. .x-assa, Dh. 90. 212 (piyato).
vippayoga, m. (sa. viprayoga)
BAparation (from : instr.)]
nom. )^0
(piyehi) 67,io.
vippalapati,w6. (sa, vi-pra-\/lHp)
to mutter, talk (wildly, in one's sleep);
part,
f.
pi. .s.-antiyo, 66,6.
67,so.
vippaviddha, mfn.
(sa. vipra-
viddha, \/vyadh) thrown away, scat-
tered about; <*-nana-kunapa-bharita,
mfn. filled with various dead bodies
scattered about, n. ./am (amakasusa-
nam) 65,io.
*vippasanna, mfn. (pp, fr,
next)
clear, serene, placid ; m, .^o (yathapi
rahado) Dh. 82; ace, o/am (candarii
va) Dh. 413; instr. n, o..ena (cetasa)
Dh. 79.
"vippasidati, vb, (sa. *vi-pra-
y/sad) to be thoroughly clear or tran-
quil
;
pr. 3. pi. .^anti (pandita) Dh. 82.
vippahaya, ger,, v. vippajahati.
vipp bandita, mfn.
{pp.
vi-;/8pimd)
trembling, moving unsteadily ; n.sHbst,
ix/Mlll, agitation, distortion, perversion
(?); *dittlii-, n, uncertainty in views,
or confusion on account of false views,
94,1.
Vibhafiga, m. (= sa.) lit. 'divi-
sion', or 'explanation', nom. pr, ') of
a Pali work, the 2. part of the Abhi-
dhamma-pitaka; nom. f^o,
102,i2;

') of the 2, SHotioii of Vinayu-pijiiUa,
vibliajiiti, vb. (sa. vi-\/i>lmj) ')
to divide, distribute (ace. & gen.);
ger, ^itva, 41,ib;
pp. vibhiitta
(q,
v.)\
-
*) to explain
(pp.
next).
vibhajjaua, n, (wrong
spelling
of vibliajiinu, =^ sa.) 'nepiiration', di-
Mtinoliun, I'xplunatiuni Inc,
ix^ainbi,
i09,iu. (cp, puvlbliujuli).
vibhatta,
mfn.
(pp, vibhajati;
sa. vibhakta) divided,
distributed;
sama-vibhattarii, n, an equal part,
41,18; SU-", well arranged,
110,u.
vibhiivu, m. (-. aa.) ) 'develop-
ment', prosperity, power, Wealth; loc.
^e,
48,10 ; comp. *o-tanha,
f,
thirst
237 viraga
for prosperity,
67,
u; dvandva
comp.
siri-", majesty nnd power,
47,32 {ace.
r^&m)\ asitikoti-",
mfn.
{y. h,).
-
")
(as opp. to bhava) loss,
destruction;
dat. ^aya, Dh. 282.
vibhuti,
f. (= sa.) abundance,
splendour;
**'-sampanna,i/"n. Inilliant,
61,4 (mala-gandha-", with i
-lands
and perfuroes).
vibhusana, n. {sa.
vibhushana)
ornament, decoration ;
"-^tbana, n.
81,85 (v. tbana').
vibhusita, mfn. {sa. vibhushita)
adorned, decorated;
f.
^5 (sabbalaih-
kara-o) 61,7.
vimati,
f.
{ sa.) doubt, uncer-
tainty; nom. t^\, 79,i7,
vimala, mfn. (= su.) spotless,
clean, bright; ace. m, ^aiii, Db. 413.
vimana, n. (= sa.) seat, throne;
place, abode; house, mansion, palace;
ace. ~am, 29,i6; abl. ,^a, 20,4; loc.
r^e (pbalika-", crystal- palace) 23,is;
23,28-23 (rajata-, mani-", kanaka-",
q. V.)
;
deva-", the palace of the gods,
or a divine chariot (or throne), 63,e
("-sadisarii ratbam); Tusita-", n. 87,8i
{v. h., ep, corrections).
vimuccati, vb. {pass. \i-\/ta\ic)
to become free, to be delivered {esp.
from the bonds of existence, abl.)\
pr. 8. sg. ,>^ati (viriiga) 71,i4; aor.
8. sg. y'lxawcci (asavehi) 69,24; 3. pi.
^imsu, 71,18;
-
pp.
viniutta, mfn.
released, delivered; m. '>^0 (anupadS,
V. upadijati) 94,is; 71,iis (vimutf-
amhi); Dh. 363 {w. loc. tanliakkhaye,
"free through the destruction of thirst")
;
loc. /%^a8inim (nanam hoti, when de-
livered, he comprehends that he has
become free) 71,i4; n. ^&va. (cittaifa)
69,86. 106,2; comp. *"-citta, mfn.
one
whose mind has been delivered, 94,is;
*8u-viiDutta-citta, mfn.
id. Dh. 20;
*'>-niaiiasa, mfn.
id. Dh. 348. cp,
next etc.
viiTiutti,
f.
{sa. vimukti) libera-
tion, emancipation (Nibbfina); "-sukha,
n. the bliss of erauDoipation, 66,4.
vim ok ha, m. {sa. vimoksba) =
pree.
;
nom. ^o (cetaso), 80,85. Dh, 92.
viy-**, cp. vy-.
viya, indecl. = iva {q.v.):2,n.
3,7. 6,28, 111,6, ete.\ sometimes limi-
ting the predicate of a clause
.*
ahaih
viya siikaramukho ahosi, 86,i; do.
w, negation : kappana viya na hoti
(scarcely any)
65,28; cp, kassaka viya
botha, 31,1,
viyakasi, aor., v. vyakaroti.
viyuhati, vb. {sa. vi-Y/ub) to re-
move {acc.)\ ger. /^.-itva (valikam)
14,86; (pamsuib) 40,88 {ep, apabbu-
hatij).
viraja, mfn. (= sa.) free from
dust or impurity, pure, blameless;
ace, m. ^ara, 68,6. Dh. 386. 412.
virajjati, vb, {sa. vi-y/raftj) to
change disposition or affection, to be-
come free from passion (or from plea-
sure); 2)r. 3. sg. ,>^ati, 71,i4;
-
pp.
viratta, mfn.
having aversion to {loc);
m. r^o (kamesu) 66,9; *-aianasa,
mfn, id. 64,lo {gen. -^assa (kilesesu));
*''-cittata,
f.
aversion to (loc.), instr.
/%/aya (kilesesu) 64,82. cp. viraga.
viramati, vb. {sa. vi-y/ram) to
give up, abstain from, leave oS {abl.)
\
aor. 3. pi. ->..im8u (panatipata) 17,8i.
cp. veraniani.
virava, m. (== sa.) roaring, cry-
ing; a roar; ace. <%/am (maha-") 40,8i;
(eka-") 60,11 (viravanti).
viravati, vb. {sa. vi-\/ru) to roar,
cry; pr. 3. pi. -x/anti {w. ace. eka-
viravam) 60,n; part, m. o^anto (ga-
drabharavena, "braying like an ass")
113,10; 11,18; f
-^anti, 63,8i; aor.
3. sg. viravi, 40,2i. 65,is; 3. pi. ^x^irasu,
63,81
;
ger. .%^itva (ti Fdini) 73,80.
viraga, m. {= sa.) lit. 'the being
decoloured', change of colour, play of
colours (or simply : colour); most fre-
quently metaph. of aversion, indiffe-
rence (to pleasures), absence of pas-
sion
;
nom. t^o (setiho
dbammanam)
Dh. 273; dat. ^&j& (samvattati),
93,8;
abl. .x/a (by absence of passion)
71,14. 94,12;
- in the comp. asesa-
ririccati 238
virSga-nirodha, m. complete and track-
lga destruction, 66,i8 (avijjaya) vi-
raga Beems to be adj. 'without colour'
(i. e. leavinff no track, cp. raga);
differently Bhps Davids: "tbe destruc-
tion of ignorance, which consists in
the complete fibrence of lust".
viriccati, vb. (so.
vi-Y/ric, pass.
viricyate; it seems tc be pass, of the
caits. vireceti, sa. virecayati, to purge)
to be purged; part, m, ^tnano, 78,3.
viriya, n. (a. virya) strength,
power, energy; nom. /^am, 103,i6;
Db. 112 (viryara); ace. rvam (karoti,
to persevere) 42,n-ia; kuta-". mfn.
persevering, energetic, gen. ,^a8sa,
42,18; *araddha-"', mfn.
id. 108,i9.
Dh. 8 C-viriyain), opp. hina-viriya,
mfn.
weak, Dh. 7. 112; "-phala, .
result of energy, 42,i8-, *"-bala, n.
perseverance, inc.tr. fN^ena, 42,ii. cp,
vira, virya.
virujjhati, vh. {pass. vi-\/rudh)
to be opposed, to bj at variance with,
contend against (instr.); pr. 3. sg.
no <N^ati (is patient) Dh.
96; pp.,
v.
next etc.
viruddha, mfn, {pp. fr.
last; ==
sa.) opposite, hostile, intolerant; loc.
pi. /N^eBU, Dh. 406 ; a-viruddha, mfn.
{V. h.).
virodha. m. (=^ sa.) opposition,
contradiction; aco. >x.aih (dassayi,
"pointed out in what respect they were
fallacious") 118,13.
vilasa, m. (= sa.) sport, play,
routine; coquetry, dalliance; grace,
charm, beauty; instr, pi. ^ehi (at
the end of a dvandvacomp.) 21,is;
uttama-yobbana-vilasa-matta, mfn.,
gen.
f.
pi. />^anam 47,u ("drunken
with the pride of their glorious youth"),
vilimpati, vb. {ta.
\\-\l\\^) to
smear, anoint face), anoint oneself,
perfume oneself (sometimes with ace.
of tbe narno of the perfume); ger.
^itva (sakalasarirara) 57,S9; (gan-
dlie, ace. pi.) 41,b: part. gen. ^an-
tassa {without ohj) B3,26;
cans. II.
*vilimpapeti, to cause to be anointed
or perfumed; ger. -^etva
(maifa
gan-
dhehi) 33,8. ep.
vilepana.
vilumpati,
vb. {sa. vi-v/mp)
to
rob, plunder {ace.)\
ger. ^itva (ma-
nu8se), 30,30
; - eaus. II. *vilumpa-
peti. to let plunder; aor. 3, sg. /wCsi
{without obj.) 39,0.
vilepana,
n. (= sa.) anointing;
ointment,
perfume; nom. f^^tim (iohi-
ta-candana-, q.
v.) 23,ss; dvandva-
comp. mala-gandha-', 73,u. 81,j5.
viloma, mfn. {= sa.) lit. 'against
the hair', contrary, wrong; n. pi.
^ani {subst.) faults, perversities,
Dh. 50.
viva(a, mfn. {pp.
vivarati; sa, vi-
Vfta, y/v}") uncovered, open;
f.
^vO,
{opp. channa) 104,5; *"-inukha, mfn.
with open mouth;
f,
pi. ^a, 65,7,
mukhavivate. loc, abs. 3,i7. cp. next.
vivatta, mfn. {sa. vivrtta) turned
round or away, opened, developed;
*Tivatta-cchadda, m. 'dispeller of de-
lusion', an epithet of a Buddha, 61,3i;
this word seems to be sa. *vivrtta-
chadman, one who has rolled away
the cloud or veil {i. e. the delusion of
this world?), but we find it spelt in
different ways : vivata- (vivat^-, vi-
vatta-) cchadda (-cchada, -cchadana,
-ccheda), so that it very well might
represent sa. *vjvarta-chada, or "-che-
da, cp, sa, vivarta & Childers s. v.
vivadati, vb. {sa, vi-^'vad) to
contradict, contest; dispute, quarrel;
part. med. pi, r^ mana, 101,8.
vivara, m. n. (= sa.) aperture,
breach, fissure, hole, cleft; fault; ace.
/s.-aiii (pabbatanam) Dh.
127; paka-
ra-" (of a wall)
90,3*; ep, 91,3o.
vivarati, vb. {sa. vi-y/vr) to open,
reveal (ace); pot. 3. sg.
^'eyya (pa-
ticchannaiii) 69,ie ; aor. 3. sg. vivari
(mukhara) 3,i8; (dvarara)
65,38; 3.
pi. ,>.irii3u,
68,3; ger.
^itva, 3,i8;
pp. vivara, q. v. cp, vivara.
vivaha, m.
(= sa.) marriage;
ace, ^&m (karoti, to marry a wife)
101,17 {cp. avaha).
i
vivicca, ger, & grd.
{fr, \{-^\\c,
239
viBsa
to separate) in the comp.
*vivicca-
sayana, n. sleeping alone, Dh. 271
(Jnstr. ~ena). cp. viveka.
vivid ha, mfn, (= sa.) manifold,
various; n. ^aiii,
111,32,
viveka, m.
{= sa.) separation,
seclusion, solitude; acc. ^aiii, Dh.
75;
loc. rwC, Dh, 87,
visa, M. n. (sa. visha) poison,
venom; acc. ^am (bhatte pakkhipi-
tva) 33,30 ; Dh.
123; sa-visa,
mfn.
poisoned, poisonous; instr, (N^ena (sal-
lena) 92,7. cp. visattika.
visamyutta (visanfiutta),
mfn.
(sa. visaifiyukta) detached, delivered
(from : js<r. or e. c); acc. m. ^&m,
Dh. 385. 397, 402, 410; 417 (sabba-
yoga-). cp. samyoga.
*visaihkhara-gata,
mfn., who
is free from predispositions
(saihkhara,
q. v.), approaching Nibbanu; , ^aiil
(cittara) Dh, 154.
*vi8amkhita, mfn.
(pp.
visaiii-
kbaroti, to take to pieces; sa, *\i-
sam-Y^kr) taken asunder; n, xwam
(gahakiltam) Dh, 154,
visanfiutta, v. visamyutta.
visa^^ha, mfn. (sa. visrshfa) set
free, released; *''-matta, mfn. (v.
iiiatta^'^'*), m, >^o (at the moment he
was set free) 17,80,
*visattika,
f.
(prob. fr. visatta,
sa. vi-shakta,
Vsanj,
adhering to,
extended over, w. loc), desire, lust,
longing for (often w. loc. loke and
coordinate with tanha
(q.
v.), to which
it sometimes has been taken as adj.
in the sense of "poisonous" on account
of its resemblanca to visa); nom. >^a
(jalini ^ tanha) Dh. 180; (jammi
tanha loke >i) 107,8i = Dh. 335.
visada, mfn. (sa. vipada) clear,
pure, spotless; even, smooth; m. /%/0,
62,S9.
visaya, m, (sa. vishaya) sphere,
dominion, country; La}a-, m. 110,39
(v. h.).
visahati, vb. (sa. y'l-y/ssih) to be
able or capable to; to dare, venture
(te. inf.);
pr. 8. ag. <^ati [acil. pa-
tivacanam datum]
90,2$; 2. s^. ^^ami,
13,15; 3. pi. ^anti, 8,i; part. m. a-
visahanto (gantura, not venturing to
go, i. e. to enter on that expedition)
39,4.
visarada, mfnl (sa. vi^arada)
wise, skilled or versed in; bold, con-
fident; m. /N,/0 (devindo) 110,6; (sab-
ba-vada-") 113,4. cp. vesarajja.
visidati, vb. (sa. vi-\/sad) to
sink down, be immersed in; to despond,
despair; pr. 3. pi. ^anti, Dh, 171.
visiveti, vb. (caus. fr. sa. *n
+
VQyai)
to remove cold, thaw up,
e
warm oneself; ger, ,^etva, 100,15. cp,
Morris, JPTS. '84,
p. 72.
visujjhati, vb. (sa, \'\-\/q\idh)
to become pure; pr, 3. sg. ,N,.ati, Dh.
166 ; caus. visodheti
(q.
v.) cp. next
vi sudd hi,
f.
(= sa.) purification
purity, holiness; daf. gen. o^iya (sat
tanam) 90,i7; (maggo) 107,i. Dh
274-77; *kamma-,
f (q.
v.).
-
*Vi
suddhi-magga, m. nom. pr. of a work
of fiuddhaghosa (lit. 'way of purity')
acc, i^&m, 114,12,
visiika, n. (fr. sa, *vi-Y/BUO, or
= vigoka, cp. Kuhn, Beitr,
p, 29,
Tr, PM, 78,33) show, spectacle, play;
only in the foil, two comp, ; *ditthi-
visuka, n. a puppet-show of heresy,
94,1 ; '*'visuka-dassana, n. seeing spec*
tacles, abl. /%/, 81,24. cp. visoka, mfn,
visesa, m. (sa. vigesha) difference,
species; distinction, excellence; abl,
(adv.) visesato, especially, disti nctively,
emphatically; 114,23, Dh, 22.
visoka, mfn. (sa. vipoka) free from
sorrow; gen. m, <%/assa, Dh. 90. cp.
visiika, n.
visodheti. vb. (caus. visujjhati;
sa. vigodhayati) to purify, keep clear
(acc); pot. 3. sg. /x/aye, Dh. 166.
281. 289.
visoseti, vb. (caus. vi-^/^ush,
vi^oshayati) to make dry, dry up
(acc); pot. 3. sg. r^a,ye (nadinaiii
sotaui) 103,i; pp.
visosita, dried up,
f,
fvei (tanha) 108,i8. cp. sussati.
vissa, mfn. (sa, vi^va?) whole.
yiBtajjana 240
entire; ace, m. ^aifa (dhammam)
106,t
= Dh.
266;
(viasa in the tense
oi sa, vi^va Muxna not to occur elae
where in F&li; the Comm. Dhpd. 185fi.
p.
379 takes it appar.;ntly = sa. visra,
mfn. (snielling liice raw meat), and
631 plains it by visama, vis8a-f;andha,
which occurs sometimes in the com*
mentaries, e.
g,
Vin. IIJ, 288,2).
vissajjana, n. {sa. visarjana)
sending forth, abandoning, giving up;
nonu ICC, ,^?iva, 4,si; 47,4 (imassa
->.am ka.-ilii, "I have caused him to
Itave me").
'vi3sajja.peti,o vb. (cans. II.
vissajjati) to send, throw thrust away
(ace); aor. 3. sg. /x-esi, 66,17; ger,
-N.^etva, 23,9. 61,i (liatthaih).
vissajjeti, vb. {caus. vissajjati,
sa. visarjayati, vj-y'srj) ') to emit,
send (forth, away); to let go, set at
liberty (acc); pr. 3, pi. ,>.enti (ma-
taraih) 3'2,!o; imp. U, sg. rvchi (mam
sarasiniih, put into) 6,in; pot. 1. sg,
."^eyyam, 4,b; aor, 3. sg, o^esi, 4,i7.
31,le; 36,24 (dudbighataiii, overturned);
3. pi, rN^esum, 32,23; fut, 3. sg. /n/BS-
sati, 4,3s; ger. r.etva, 4,i6. 69,u;
61,6 (satasahassani, dispensing);
pp.
vissajjita, m. pi. o.,a. (maccha) 4,2?.
*) to explain, answer (a question,
acc); pr. 3. sg. '^eti (paiiham pu-
t^ho) 90,26;
part, m. ,<wento, 86.14;
gen,
f.
/s^entiya, 86,32; ger, .^etva
(tarn attham) 80,21; pp.
vissajjita,
in, 0.-0 (pafmo) 88,12; n. pi, rvSni,
98,88.
,
vissaUha, mfn.
{pp,
vissajjati
=
vissajjeti; sa. visfshta)
sent away,
loosed, released ; m, r^o., 4,28 (put down),
vissamati, vb. (sa. vi-Y/Qiam)
to rest, repose; ger. -xilva,
9,24; pp.
vissamita, comp. tesam '-kale, 21,t
("taking their rest"),
vissasati, vb. (sa, vi-i/Qvas) to
trust or confide in (loc. (or gen.^ acc.y);
pot. 3. sg. vissase (tasu) 61,4. cp. next.
vissasa. m. (sa. A'igvasa) trust,
confidence; acc. ly.a.m (achinditva, "in
iinbi-oken aoiity") 13,7 j .%^am apajjati
(t>. *.)
30,it; Dh. 272
(metrl causa
vissasa-mapadi);
comp.
*<*-parauia
figti, Dh. 204 (trust is the best of
relationships", cp. parama &
labha
above).
vissasika, mfn.
(sa. vi^vasika)
1) confident, trustful ; *) intimate, fa-
miliar, confidant; m. /^O
("confidential
adviser") 38,22.
vihafinati, vb. (pass, vi-yhan)
to be anxious or frightened, to be af-
flicted or grieved, mourn; pr. 3. sg.
/v-ati, 34,20. Dh. 15. 62;
part. m. a-
vihafinaniano
("without complaint")
78,28.
viharati, vb. (sa, vi-^/hr) to dwell,
stay, live; pr. 3. sg. .%.^ati, 2,i9. 66,2.
76,0. 84,8 (vihare); 1. pi. rwama, Dh.
197;
part. wj.,^vanto, 28,2;
gen. ^ato,
103,23; imp. 3. sg. ^atu, 74,22;
ger,
-N^itva, 70,20; fut, 2, sg. vihahisi (bu-
khaiil) Dh. 379 (if not better from
vijahati (sa. vi-^ha), cp. Kvhn, Beitr.
p. 116). cp. next & saddhi-vibilrika.
vihara, . (= sa.) ^)
passing
the time agreeably, pleasure; sukha-
vihara, happiness, 74,22 (dittba-dham-
ma-", 3. v.); brahma-", v. h.
-
^)
pleasure-ground, place of recreation,
home, esp, a Buddhist monastery or
cloister; nom, r>^o, 84,8; i^&m, 22,20.
114,3; loc. r^e,
84,7; Aggajava-",
Maha-", nom. pr,
(q.
v.).
viharifi, mfn. (= sa.) dwelling,
living, delighting in; mostly e. c, v.
*ii-ppamada-, *metta-, ""sadhu-^
mfn. Dh. 67. 329. 368.
vihahiti,
fut., v. viharati
(&
vi-
jabati).
viliimsati, vb. (sa. vi-^/hiins) to
injure, hurt
(acc); pr. 3. sg. r^ati
(bliutani dandena) Dh. 131. cp. next.
vihethetY, vb. (sa. vi-\/heth) to
annoy, injure, insult (acc); part, m.
~ayanto, Dh. 184
(paraiii); ger.
~etva,
73,6; pass.
fut. 3. sg. vibe-
tbiyissati
(nagena) 76,si;
pp. r^ita,
pl. ~a,
73,5 (vibetbif
attba). [This
verb is confounded
with the synun.
verb
vibeeeti, which seems to be iden-
241 vufthahati
tical with sa. vibhishayati or vihim-
sayati. Tr.] cp, F. W. Thomas, JRAS,
04.
p. 749.
vici,
f,
(=: sa.) a wave; ace. pi,
vina,
f.
(= sa.) a certain stringed
instrument, a lute; nom. ^a, 104,i7;
ace. /N/aih, 19,32. 50,io, 67,89,
vita, mfn.
(pp.
vi-y/i; = sa.) gone
awny; very frequently at the beginning
of eomp, = free from, without;
Manha, vtfn. Dh. 361 (v. tanha);
*''-db8a, mfn. Dh. 357 (v. dosa*);
*vita-ddara, mfn, fearless, Dh. 385
{ft; daru, q. v,, cp. nid-dara); "-mala,
ntfn. 68,88 (v. h.)\ *"-moha, mfn, Dh,
858 (v. /*,),
*vitinameti, vb. (sa. *vi-ati-
y/nam) to spend time, pass away time
(ace.); ger. r^etva (divasarii) 22,23.
vitisareti, vb. (cans, vi-ati-y/sr;
Bitddh. sa. vyatisarayati) to finish
(Comm. := pariyosapeti); only in the
usual phrase ; sammodaniyaih kathaiii
saraniyam ~, to exchange the usual
ceremonious greetings, 89,8i (ger. ^e-
tva); the same phrase is put into metre
Sn. V. 419 (ep. Jat. IV,
98,1$).
vithi,
f.
(= sa.) a row; a street,
road, passage; loc. o^iyarii (antara-",
q. V.) 39,6-, loe, pi. /N..isu (nagara-")
73,29; **'-8abhaga, m. a neighbour (liv-
ing in the same street), gen.pl. <^anath,
57,7.
vim aihsati , vb. (sometimes spelt
vi-"; sa. vi-y/mr^, but perhaps con-
founded with miniamsate) to investi-
gate, examine, esp. to put to the test
(aec.); pr. 1. sg. /-wami (nam) 3,o;
part. m. /^anto, 57,i7; imp. 2. pi.
/^atha, 58,4;
pot. 3. sg. ~eyya (marix
danena) 16,i3; fut. 1. sg. ,%/i8sami,
13,S3. 15,9; inf. <%/itum, 114,8;
ger.
/N/itva, 58,15. cp. next. [The gramma-
rians derive this verb from desider,
yman, cp. Childers & Senarf, Kaoc.
p. 232 (434),
Pischel, Gramm.
251
;
oD account of iti significatioD (it has
usually a personal object) I think it
is preferable, as do Trenckner & Fans-
VkU GIOHkry.
b0ll (5
Jut.
p. 37),
to derive it from
vi-mrQ, although \/mrQ with other
prp. becomes masati.]
Timaihsana, n. (sa. vimargana,
but iy. above) trying, testing; comp,
"-atthaya, 16,i2; "-attharii, 57,23 (ep.
attha *).
vira, H. (= sa.) a brave or emi-
nent man, hero; ace. rv&m, Dh. 418;
"Buddha-", m.
(q.
v.)
;
"-sens, m. nom.
pr., name of a man, 97, i, cp. next,
vera & veriji,
viriya, ., v. viriya.
visarii, Jniec/.
(& visati or Miiii,
nom.acc.pl.', sa. viiiiQati (virii^at)) num.
'20';
'v satasahassam, 20,00,000, 23,3.
visati ma, mfn. (sa. viiiigatama)
twentieth; m. ^o (vaggo) Dh. oh. XX;
ekuna-", q.
v.
V u c c a t i , v6. (poss. y/vac, sa. ucyate)
to be said, told, spoken (of or to); to
be requested; to be called or named;
pr. 3. sg. o^ati (is called) : 25,3i. 82, u.
106,7. 109,14;
(is spoken of)
96,.^ 5.
pi. ,-wanti (are called) 32,
n;
pp. vutta
(v. below). From this a number of ac-
tive forms have been preserved, but
the active present tense is taken from
the suppletive verb vadati (*vadeti)
q, v.; aor. ) avaca, 3. sg. 5I,i5. 64,8;
2. sg. 22,18 (ma mam kinci rj); ava-
carii, 1. sg. 65,6;
- *>) avoca, 3. sg,
2,0 (ima gatha); 68,i3 (etad); 76,2
(Devadattain); 110,3i; 2. sg. voca
(unaugmented after ma) Dh. 133; 3.
pi. avocurii, 76,23; [aor.
'^-^)
avacasi,
avocasi are also found
;
fat. vakkha-
mi]; inf. vattuih, 87,2i. 103,i5; ger.
vatva, 2,8. 3,7 etc.; a-vatva; 44,6 (alter-
nating with vutte, abs. loc); grd.
vattabba, wi. r^o (bhikkhuhi, to be
Hpoken to) 79,1.^; n. /^.-am, 88,5; 88,6
(<^8iya); cans, vaceti
(q.
v.) cp. va-
cana, vaca, etc.
vutthahati & vutthati, vb, (sd.
vi-ud-Y/stha)
to rise, arise, get up
(from, abl.)\ aor. 3.sg. vu^thasi, 111,9;
ger. ) vut(haya (sayana) 41,87. 65,u;
*>) vu(thahitva, %0^i\pp. vutthita, loc.
m. >>,e, 82,28. cp. next,
16
TU})hiDa 242
vu^tbana, n. (sa. vyuttbana) ri-
siug up; *gabbha-*, n. 62,ii (t. h.).
vut^hi,
f.
{sa, vfsbti) rain; nom.
<x/i, 106,81 = Db. 14; ace. /v^im, 104,8.
vuddha, mfn,
(pp.
vaddbati, ep.
vaddba^; sa. vyddha) grown, old; m.
%/0, 74,21.
V u tta, mfn.
(pp.
vuccati ; sa. ukta)
aid, told, spoken; addreBsed, answered,
requested, proposed; m, ^o, 113,i;
(samano, being requested) 98,ie;
f,
<N^a, 31,88. lll,8i; n. -%/aib (tena .-w,
on tbat account it is said) 61,ss; (idatii)
84,28; <N,ain ~am ("each of his pro-
positions")
113,18; loc. abs. ^e (ti ,%.,
evam o^) l,i9. 79,20, etc.\ alternating
with vatva (j'fir.)
44,5; m. pi. ^si,
33 9. 73,28; cotnp, *vulta-n)atta, mfn.
(v. matta2.2b);
hettha-vutta-"
(q.
v.)
63,22 ("-nayen'eva, v. naya).
*vuttari-bbaveti, v. uttari-".
vutti,
f.
(sa. vrtti) mode of liie,
conduct, behaviour; *a-cchidda-'', mfn,
Dh. 229; *pati8f.thara-, mfn. Dh.
376 (v. /*.).
vuddha, mfn, (pp. vaddbati)
=
vuddha & vaddha
(3.
v.).
vuddhi,
f.
(sa. vpidbi) growth,
increase; ucc, ^m, 2,i8. 18,8. (cp.
vaddhi).
v ,1 8 i ta, mfn,
(pp.
vasati ; sa, usbita)
lived, past, completed ; n. <-waib (brah-
macariyaia) 7 1,15,
vupasama, i.
(sa. vyupa^auia)
cessation, pacification; r.^0, 80,29.
v e , indecl. (sa, vai) a particle of
affirmation : 'indeed', 'certainly';
106,7
= Dh. 267; Dh.
234; 108,c (ve ma);
ua ve, 55,1; inserted in the relative
senteuce : yo ve^ 106,83
= Dh. 222.
cp. have.
"vekanda,
.(?),
a kind of arrow:
acc. ^aiii, 92,23 (not found elsewhere),
vega, m. (= sa,) haste, speed,
quickness, rapidity; mstr. (adv.) ,>^enii
(gantva) 7,4 ; 60,6;
ctfwp. asatii-",
12,22;
vata-", 12,3o; ratha-vega-**, 60,io.
Vejayanta, wi. (sa, Vaijayanta)
nom. pr, of the palace of Salika (In-
dra); nom. >^o, 60,25 (vijayante ut^hi-
tatta); "-pasado, 60,m; *-ratha, m.
Sakka'e chariot (chariot of victory)
60,4 (inatr, ^en&).
\e\hitaL,mfn.
(pp.\e\theti,-\/veBhX;
sa. vesbtita)
enveloped, covered; m.
f>^o (samukba-", q.
v.) 51,8.
vet an a, n. (= sa.) hire, wages;
salary, payment; subsistence, livelihood,
earning; acc. r>,&m, 76,
i>;
(r^ khan-
detva, g.v.) 19,25; atta-vetana-bhata,
mfn, 106,8 (v. uttan).
vetta, m. n, (sa. vetra) a reed,
stick, staff; "-agga, n. the point of a
reed, 62,i7 (susedita-", q. v.),
veda, m. (= sa.) knowledge, per-
ception, emotion, pleasure; pi. the
(three) Vedas (viz. Irubbeda, Yajub-
beda, Samaveda); gen. pi. />/auam
(tinnaih) 16,22; loc. pi, r^esu (tisu)
113,3.
vedana,
f.
(= sa.) ^) feeling,
sensation (in the dogmatics : the second
of the five khandha, q. v,)\ nom. rs^a,,
66,8 (phassa-paccaya); 94,9. 96,ie;
instr, ^aya,
96,15; gen. ,^aya, 94,;
"-nirodha, m, 66,15 (q.
v.)
;
*<'-8ainkha-
vimutta, mfn, "released from what is
styled sensation",
96,i7; pi. tisso ve-
dana, the three perceptions (vie, duk-
kha, sukha, adukkha-m-asukba) 82,8;
uttama-vedanaih (acc. sg.) 103,2s
seems to he the last of those three.

*) pain, suffering; acc, ^aiil, 80,34;
2il. ~a (khara)
13,12; (pabalha) 78,24;
comp.*vedaDatta,
mfn. 60,2o (t^.a^ta*);
^''-matta,
mfn. 'maddened witli the
pain"', m.
^0, 24,7; acc. ,^arii, 30,i5.
vedaniya.
mfn. (grd. ^vid; sa.
vedaniya) to be known, intelligible;
*pandita-",
mfn. 94,26 (v. h.).
Vedabbha,
m(fn). (sa. Vaidar-
bha) relating to the country Vidarbha;
acc. m,
^am
(mantaiu, name of a
certain spell)
32,9; -brahmana, m.
a Brahman
knowing
that spell,"
32,16,
etc;
34,21
(Vedabbham) ; -
"-iataka,
. 32,7.
*vedayita,
n,
(fr, vedeti, r. [vi-
dati]) sensation,
perception of the sen-
Bes,
impression
on the senses; rvam,
243 vegfirajja
70,87; sanfia-vedayita-nirodha, m.
80,10
(9.
v.),
*vedalla, n. {sa. *vaidalya; the
native gramraarians derive it from veda
with the 8uffix -11a) one of the nine
divisions of Buddha's doctrine (navaB-
gam Satthu-sasanam) ; /N^am, 109,84
(jatak'-abbhuta-").
vedi, aor., v. [vidati],
vedi, mfn, (= sa.) knowing,
feeling (e. c); m, rwi (vijia-sippa-
kala-o) 113,8.
vediyati, vedeti, v, [vidati].
vedhiJi, mfn, (sa. vedhin & vya-
dhin) piercing, perforating; *vala-,
mfn. (q,
v.).
vema, m. (= sa.) a loom; aco.
rs,&m, 89,7 ; "-koti,
f.
ib. {v. h.).
*vemajjba, M. (cp. sa, vimadhya)
the middle, or more correctly : the in>
terior of anything between its centre
and its outskirt (or not far away from
iti limits); ace. >vam (gata-kaU, t. e,
before he had got as far aB midriver)
28,7; loo, /ve (nadiya, not far from
the Joank in the river) 2,io.
veyyaggha, mfn. (sa. vaiyagbra?
cp, vyaggha below) belonging to a
tiger, tiger-like,
{'.
e. eminent
(?);
"-pancamaih, 'an eminent man besides'
(lit. as the fifth) Dh. 296. SBE. X.
p.
71-72. cp. JRAS. V. 229. (Fatis-
hell, Dhpd. 1855. p. 391, takes it from
sa. vaiyagra (vy-agra).)
*veyyattiya, n. (fr,
vyatta) in-
telligence, cleverness; instr. rx/ena,
91,26.
veyyakarana, n. (sa. vaiyaka-
rana, mfn.)
exposition, explanation;
nam. ^&m, 109,3S (one of the nine
divisions of Buddha's doctrine); loc,
/wasmim, 71,i7. (cp. vyakaroti).
vera, n. (sa. vaira) enmity, anger,
hatred; acc. ^am, I)h. 201; 11,10
(/%./ bandhati, q.
v.)-, itistr. ^ena,
106,23
= Dh. 5; abl. ,N.a, Dh. 291;
pi. op-ani, 106,88; comp. "^"-samsagga-
samsattba, mfn. Dh. 291 (v. h.); cp.
a-vera, vira, verin.
*Teramani, f.
(fr. Tiramaoa, vi-
yram) abstinence (from, abl.)] nom,
^i (panatipata) 81,92, etc.
verin, mfn, (sa. vairin) hostile,
hating; sinful; nom, m, ryA, Dh. 42
(var. lect.; cp.next); acc. /x/inaih, ib.;
loc.pl. /v/inesu, Dh, 197. cp. a-veriw,
verivai (= veravat), mfn. (sa.
vaira-vat) = prec; nom. m. ^vsi,
Dh, 42 (but the reading : veri va
seems to be preferable), cp, puttimat,
vela,
f.
(= sa,) ') limit, boundary,
coast, shore; "-anta, m.
(q.
v.), loc.
>^e, 20,4 ("on the edge of the shore");
-
') time; loc. ve]aya(m), at that time,
on that occasion (mostly e.c.) : aruna-",
12,18;
agata-o, 20,io; jiita-ki}ana-<*,
20,u; pavisana-", 53,4; tayam >%.>,
66,19; velayam eva, adv. = to mor-
row (soon) 14,27-15,8. - Uru-", nom,
pr,
(q.
v.) = sa, "-vilva.
ve]u, m. (once n,) (sa, vena)
bamboo; nom. n. ,>.>uih, 26,i7; "-vana,
n, a bamboo'grove, 26,ss (cp. below)\
"-pesika,
f
52,8i
(q,
v.),
ve|uriya, n. (sa. vaidixrya) the
cat's-eye-gem, lapis lazuli, j^a^vUo;;
*o.van9iipaDibha, mfn. 10,i8 (v. upa-
nibha); *vaifa8a-raga-*. "coral of the
colour of bamboo" (Jfit. Trans), vol. IV,
p. 89) 26,81. cp. JRAS. XII
(1880)
p.
178.
Veluvana, n. (sa. venu-vana;
cp. velu above) nom. pr, of a bamboo-
grove and B roonastery near Rajagaha,
presented to Buddha by King Bim-
bisara; loc. -x/e, 84,27.
vevanniya, n, (sa. vaivarnya)
change of colour, loss of beauty; acc.
^am, 47,16.
vesa, m. (sa. ve^a, vesha) dress,
ornament, appearance, disguise; mostly
e.c. -.acc. o.-am (itthi-) 68,81; (tun-
navaya-") 68,i6; instr. ^ena (afina-
taka-, in disguise) 43,i2; (annatara-**)
65,2; (brahmana-^, disguised as a
Br.) 16,io; (manava-") 19,io; (pari-
bbajaka-o) 110,29.
vesarajja, n. (fr. visarada; sa.
vai^aradya) clearness of intellect, ex-
pertness; """-ppatta, . mfn.
who has
1*
vi^aa 244
gaiiied full knowledge or ooofidenoe;
m. t^o, 69,18.
. vessa, m, (so. vai<;ya) a man of
the third caste; nont. ^o, 92,io.
.*Ve88antara, m. {cp. Baddh. sa.
Vi(;vantara; .l6t. VI.
p. 486,i8) nom,
jTir. of a ki',3g (s= Buddha in his last
existence but one); "-jataka, . the
last tale in the Jfitaka-book, 102,19.
vehasa (&
vebasaya), m. or w.(?)
{sa. vaihayasa) sky, atmosphere; comp,
*vehasaih-gania, mfn.
able fo fly
through the air, 21,35 {cp, sa. vihaiil-
gaina).
vo, pron, 2. pers., gen. dat. pi.,
r. tvaiii.
*vokara, m. (= okara, q. v.) vile-
hess, worthlessness; anekakara-", mfn,
86,8 (v. ari-eka).
voca, aor., v, vuccati.
vodaka, mfn, {sa. vy-udaka) wa^
terless, dry; acc. m. n, ->^arii, 83,i5.
84,2. (cp, sa-udaka).
voropeti, vl, {sa. vy-ava-ropay-
ati, caus. \/ruh) to deprive of {ahl.
6 acc. pers.)
;
pot. 3. sg. ^eyya (Ta-
thagatara jivita) 76,2-; aor. 2. sg,
.N^esi, 75,81
;
fut. 1. sg. ^essami, 76,32;
'6.
pi. />^es8anti, 75,3; inf. ,-vetum,
7 5,30
;
ger. o..etva, 75,8.
*vosana, n. {fr. vy-ava-y'so) con-
viction, determination; consummation,
perfection ; sabba-vosita-", mfn. al-
tc'gether perlect, aco, m. fx^aih, Dh.
423. cp. next,
V 08 it a, mfn, {sa. vyavasita,
pp,
vy-ava-y'so) perfect, determined; *a-
bhiflfiaA mfn, Dh. 423' {v. h.) cp.
vosana.
V o h a r a , . (sa. vyavahara)
')
prac-
tice, affair, businesp, trade; acc. i-^aA
(karoti) 8,i6. 23,8-4; **''karanatthaya,
'for business", 9,ii ;
^) lawsuit, liti-
gation; acc. '>./ai'i, 42,28; locpl. /vesu,
ib. ;

") mode t f pxpression, appella*
tion, name; notn. rvO, 97,2.
vyaggha. wi. (sa. vyaghra) a tiger;
gen, />^a8sa, 8,3V. cp, veyyaggha.
vyafijana, r,. (= sa.) ') ornament,
?ign, mark, eic.\ -) a letter, syllable,
esp, coDBonant; instr, ahl. pi, /ehi,
114,i;
-
*) condiroent,
sauce; ace.
,vam, 67,;
*aneka-8upa-, mfn.
67,u {v. an-eka); cp. 8a-vyafljanav
mfn.
vyatta, mfn.
{sa. vyakta) *) evi-
dent, clear; *) learned, clever, intelli-
gent; >i rvO (dovariko) 90,82. 91,26;
instr. ^ena (bhikkhuna) 81,i6. cp.
veyyattiya.
vyanti-karoti, vb. {sa. vyanti-
i/kr) to put an and to, remove (occ);
fut. 3. sg. /x-kahiti (Marabandhanam)
Dh. 350 (metrically = viyanti-kahiti).
vyapanudati, vh. {sa. vy-apa-
Y^nud)
to drive away, remove (acc);
aor. 3. sg. (augmented) vyapanudi
(dukkhakkhandham) 108,22.
vyaya, m. = vaya^
{q.
v.),
vyasana, n, (= sa.) destruction,
ruin; misfortune, calamity; acc, i^&nx
(ajjhagu) 34,81 ; "-ppatta, mfn, "come
to grief", acc. m. ^aiii, 8,3o.
vya karoti, vb. {sa. vy-a-ykr) to
j
declare, explain, elucidate, reveal (acc.)
;
i to give an explanation or answer; to
1 call, name {acc.)
;
pot. 2. sg. ^eyyasi
(kiiii) 94,28. 96,6 ; 1. sg. ^eyyarii
I (evaiii), 94,35; aor. 3. sg. vyakasi,
j
91,18; viyakasi, 113,i8; 3. pi. viya-
!
karuiii (narii Buddhaghoso'ti) 113,20;
\
fut, 3, sg. /-vissati,
92,3
;
pp. vyakata,
I
explained, elucidated, revealed, n.
\
-fcaiii, 9lJ,i6.
93,8; abl, -N/ato, ib. {v.
dimreti) cp. a-vyakata, mfn. & veyya-
j
karana, n.
i
vyadhi, /*.
{= sa.) disease, sick-
ness; nam. ^[ (dukkha)
67,9;
(ppa-
balha)
78,3i; dvandva comp, "-ma-
rana-,
108,22.
vy ad hit a, mfn. (= sa.) diseased;
ficc. ni.
^arii (purisaiii) 63,2i.
^;yapajjati, vb. {sa. vy-a-y/pad)
to fall into misfortune, come to a barm;
pr. 3, sg.
^ati. 26,i4. cp. next.
vyapatti,
f.
(= sa.) misfortune,
ruin; worn,
^i (navaya)
24,i6.
vy.ima, m.
(= sa.) a fathom;
"-tuatta,
mfn. of a fathom's length, n.
pi. ^ani
(pekkhunani) lO.so.
245 sani-
vyasatta,
mfn. (sa. vyasakta)
attached or devoted to, occupied with;
comp.
*"-manas (or o-manasa?
cp.
"manasa) mfn. whose mind is distrao-
ted, ace. m. o-manasam, Dh. 47. 48. 287.
S.
sa-', indecl.{=sa) prefix to nouns,
mostly implying 'conjunction' or *po8-
session' (cp. saha-, sam-) and opp,
to a-* and other negative prefixes (cp.
8a-kul)bato, Dh, 62 (var. lect.) opp,
a-kubbato, Dh.
51; sa-ce, indecl.,
opp, no-ce (g. v.))\ it is often con-
tracted with a foil, vowel (u. sa^tha-
katba, etc., sodariya), but also no-
contracted : sa-udaka, mfn. {sa. so-
daka) containing water, m. n^o (patto)
82,26. *sa-upaya8a, mfn. {v.
upayasa). - 8 a-k a 1 a, mfn. & 8 a k a d-",
sakiiii, V. below. -
*sa-kincana,
mfn. wealthy, mi. ,^o, Dh. 396 {opp,
a-kincana).
-
8a-gandhaka, mfn,
{sa, Ba-ffandha) fragrant, full of scent,
M. /x-aiii (pupphaih) Dh. 62.
-
""sa-
gunaril, adv,{7), only in the phrase
fv katva, duly arranged (duly folded
or laid together
?)
82,85 (= ekato
katva, Coram.).
8ajju, sattha,
sadisa, v. below. sa-dukkba,
mfn. {sa. sa-du/ikba) accompanied
with misery, n. r^aiia, 94,8.
Ba-
de vaka, mfn. {== sa.) together with
the gods {comb, w, loka) 78,i5. 87,2i.
104,5. Dh. 44.

sa-dhana, mfn.
(^=sa.) wealthy, 52,4.- santara, san-
tika, V. below. sa-pajapatika,
m{fn). [sa. "-prajapatika) together with
one's wife, . -%^o, 2,26. *sa-parigga-
ha, mfn.
married, 66,6 {comp. "-a-pari-
ggaha-bhava, .).
*8a-parilaha,
mfn.
accompanied with pain, n. /%/aii),
94,8.
sa-parivara, mfn. (= sa.)
V. parivara.
- sa-phala, mfn. (=
sa.) fruitful,
f.
/va (vaca) Dh. 52.
-
sa-brabmaka, m/'n.(=8a.) together
with Brabman, loc. m/e (loke) 78,ifi.

8a-brahmacari, m. (= sa.) fel-
low-student or -priest, pi. o/i, 96,30.

sa-bbaga, mfn. (= sa.) having

a share, v. vithi-", 57,7.

sa-ma-
raka, mfn. (= sa.) including Mara,
loc. /N/C (loke) 78,15.
-
sa-rajaka,
mfn. {= sa.) including the king, loc.
f.
<^ikaya (parisaya) 74,i8 {i. e. king
Bimbisara and his retinue).
'*'sa-
vighata, mfn., v. vighata.

sa-
visa, mfn. {sa, 8a-visha) poisoned,
instr. -v/ena (8allena), 92,7.
-
sa-
vyanjana, mfn, (= sa.) together
with condiments, ace, r^s,m (yagum)
57,22.
- savhaya, v, below.
*8a-
ssamana-brahmana, m/Vt. includ-
ing Samanas and Brahmans, loc.
f,
r^iya. (pajaya) 78,15. *8a-88amika-
bhava, m, the being married (to a
husband), 56,9. {cp. sami)i & saniika).
*8a-betu-dhamma, ., v,
dhamma*.
*8atthakatha, adj.
f.
together with the commentary, 102,a
(pali).

8atthika, v. below.
-
^B a dan a, mfn. filled with afi'ection
or desire, greedy, loc, pi, i\^esa, Dh.
406 {opp. an-adana, cp, adana;.
-
sSdbarana, v. below. - Banucara,
mfn, (= 50.) having followers, n. .^arii
(rat'^haih, "with all its subjects") Db.
294.

samacca, mfn, {sa, sama-
tya) together with ministers, acc, i^&m
(raj anam) 40,4.
- salohita, 8oda-
riya, v. belmo.
sa-*, num. {= cba, q. r.) in the
comp, salayatana, solasa, etc, {cp,
satthi).
8a', mf. (= sa.) base of pron.
demonstr. nom. sg., v. tam '.
8a*, mfn. {sa. sva) one's own (aho
referring to 1. & 2.pers.)\ instr. pi.
sehi (kammehi) Dh. 136;
very com-
monly the first part of comp.: sa-kicca,
-citta, -nama {v. h.); sa-mukha,
51,8 (-ve(hito, who has let his own
face be enveloped); *'-labha, Dh. 365
-66 (v. A.); sajjbaya, sadattha-, &
sabbava, v. below, cp. saka, mfn.
sam-**, indecl. {sa. sam) prefix to
verbal roots, implying 'coDJunotioo',
aamyata 246
V,on>pleteDeBB', etc. {opp. vi-'), before
vowels sam*^, and by assimilation also
8aa-*>, sari-", san-", sal"', before r
sometimes sa-' (op. saratta, saram-
bha).
samyata, mfn., v. satifiata.
samyutta(or safiuutta), mfn, (o.
samyukta, \/yuj) uoited, combined,
collflcted; -
oamyutta-nikaya, w. (op.
httddh. sa. samyuictagama) name of
a canonical Pali work, the third of the
f.ve nikfiyas
(g.
v.), consisting of 55
Samyuttas or collections of short Sut-
<as, nom. r^o, 102,u;
ace. tn. saiii-
yuttaiii (adj.) 110,2 (saddhammam,
i. e. "according to Samyuttas"). 8pe-
cireens thereof : 66,22-67,19; 71,
i9
72,35; 96,1-82.
samyoga, wi. (= sa.) union, con-
junction; bond, attachment; pi, r>/a,
TjU, 384. cp. next.
samyojana & saniiojana, n.
(sa. samyojana) = prec. ; ace, ^aib,
Dh, 31
;
397 (sabba-"); dvandva comp.
'^-sanga, Dh. 342 (-8attaka, mfn. q.
v.); -
ditthi-^ n. a clog of theory,
94,2.
samvacchara, m, & n. (sa. saih-
vatsara) a year; ace. r^am ("for a
whole year") Dh. 108; toe. ,^e (tatiye)
36,36; n. pi. .^ani, 21,
u;
gen. pi.
o.-anarfa,
87,$; comp. "-matthake, 33,ii
(t;. h.).
samvattati, vb. (sa. sam-\/vrt)
'to roll together', come to an end, be
finished or destroyed; w. dat. : to con>
duce, tend to; pr. 8. sg. nyati (nibba-
naya) 66,so. 93,9.
samvara, . (= sa.) sellf-control,
restraint; nom, -wO (patimokkhe) Dh.
186. 375
;
(cakkhuna, etc.) Dh. 360-61
;
instr, ^ena. (kayikena) 86,i8; 85,i9
(a-8amvarena) ; dat, rvSya, 75,se. cp,
samvuta.
saravasati, vh, (sa.
saih-v/vas)
to dwell, live (with, instr.); pot. 3,
sg, samvase (pamadena) Dh. 167.
ep, next.
samvasa, m. (^=^ sa.) dwelling
together, living with (also of sexual
intercourse); nom. /wO (balehi, com-
pany with fools) Dh. 207;
([ajsaml-
na-, q. V.) Dh. 302;
(dhira-",
instead
of sukha-o) Dh. 207 (cp.
note ib.);
ace, vam (katvana taya) 112,.
*Bamva8iya, mfn. (=
/^/ika) liy-
ing together with;
f.
./iya (gopi)
104,88.
saravigga, mfn,
(sa. samvigna)
agitated, terrified; "-manasa, mfn.
agitated in mind, m. /^o, 41,82; *-ha-
daya, mfn.
agitated in heart, m. /n/O,
63,u. cp. samvega.
sariividahati, vb, (sa. sam-vi-
ydha) to place, put; dispose, arrange,
prescribe (aec.)\ ger. ,^itva, 48,i
(arakkham); 63,23.
samvuta, mfn. (sa. samvrta) self-
controlled, restrained; m, r^O (sam-
varena) 86,i8; Dh. 231 (kayena); m.
pi. ,^^a, Dh. 226. 234. a-samvuta,
Dh
7; 8u-samvuta
(q.
v.)\ sila-", mfn.
(v, h.) cp. samvara & safifiata.
sariivega. m, (= sa,) emotion,
agitation; terror; ace. .^am, 44,so;
*''-ppatta, mfn. moved, agitated, m.
^0, 53,11. cp. samvigga & next,
*8aravegi. mfn. filled with emo-
tion, ardent, eager; m. pi, -.^ino, Dh.
143.
sariisagga, wj. (sa, saihsarga)
conjunction, contact, intercourse, com-
pany with; nom. r^o, 29,6; instr. ^ena
(amadhura-O)
37,2i; (madhura-ra8a-)
38,4; *vera-"-samsattha, mfn, Dh.
291 (v, next).
sarasaUba, mfn. (sa, aamsj-sbta)
connected, mixed with, entangled; m,
-vo (vera^samsagga-", "entangled in
the bonds of haired") Dh,
291; m.
pi, iva, 37,2o; cp.
a-satnsattha.
samsati, vb. (sa. yQams) to say,
tell, speak to, call upon (acc.)\ aor.
3. sg. asarfisi (iham)
108,28.
8
a m
8 a n d e t i
, 6. (caits. "-sandati,
sa.
sarh-Y/syand) 'to let run together',
i. e, to sum up, to compare (acc, with;
instr.);
e/ef.r^etva
(niyyamakasuttena,
gatham aha)
26,28 (i. e, comformably
to his mariner's lore).
samsanna,
mfn.
(pp. samsidati,
247 Sakka
to sink, go down; sa.
sam-v^sad) de-
pressed, without energy;
**-samkappa-
mana(s), mfn. Dh. 280 ("whose will
and thought are weak"), cp. sarhsa-
deti.
samsaya, m. (a. saiiiQaya) doubt;
V. nis-samsayarii, adv.
saihsarati, vb. (sa. sam-^sr) to
go about (unvoluntarily), toss the body
about, esp, to pass from existence to
existence
;
part. loc. m. -wante (apara-
paraih) 40,84 ; aor. 1. sg. /v/sari, 108,t
(samsari'ham). cp, sam-carati & saih-
sara.
samsadeti, vb. (caus. samsidati;
sa. samsadayati) ^) 'to cause to sit
down or Bink\ to embarrasB, perplex
;
*) intr, to be embarrassed or perplexed
;
pr, 3. sg, /x/eti, 90,36. cp. samsanna.
saiuaara, m. (= sa.) the revolu-
tion of being, transmigration or pas-
sing through a Buocession of existences,
the life in this world; nom. n>jO (di-
gho balanarii) 107,io = Dh. 60; ace.
.%^am, Dh. 414; loc, /v<e (anamata-
ggasmirii, q.
v.) 89,i8; pi. o/S, Dh,
95;
*jati-o, m. id. 108,i8.
samharati, vb. (sa. 8am-\/hr) to
draw together, collect, fold up (as
clothes, ace.)
;
part. m. instr. <^antena
(civaram) 83,io; ger, />.,itva, 41,*;
grd. n. ^itabbaih, 83,9, cp. sarabira.
samhita, mfn, (= sa.) put to-
gether, joined, accompanied by (e. c);
attha-, mfn., v. attha', an-attba-,
mfn, (g.
v.) cp. upasamhita & sahita,
sarabira, mfn.
(oontraoted of
sariihariya
(*8amhera), grd. samha-
rati, sa. samharya)
to be removed,
shaken or corrupted; *a-Baihhira, mfn.
(v. h.) cp. Tr. PM. 78,18.
Pischel,
Oramm.

637.
saka, mfn, (fr. sa*; sa. svaka)
one's own (referring also to 1. & 2.
pers,); ace. m. n. <^&m fparijanam)
67,s8; (matam)
113,i; (vadaib, re-
ferring to 2. pers.) 113,ii', loc. r^e
((bane)
77,b; very often at the beg. of
cwnp.
o-sarira, 16,;
o-rat^ha, 42,7
(cp. Fleet,
.TEA8. '04,
708);
"-nagara,
44,16 ; **-tt,hana, 55,9; "-kammani, n.
pi. 106,8o; repeated (with distributive
meaning) : saka-saka-tthanesu (each
on his own place) 22,9.
saka^a, m. n.
^)
(sa, gaka^a) a
carriage; a cart-load; n. f^&m (pha-
nita-", puva-", bhatta-", q. v.) 63,2o-8o;
*"-magga, m. a highroad, loc. -v/e,
43,18.

*) wrong reading instead of
kasata
(q.
v.).
sakad-agamiu, mf(n), (buddh,
sa. sakrd-agamin) lit. 'returning only
once more', i. e, a person who is to
be re-born only once in the world of
men, who has reached the second stage
of sanctification (cp, Childers s, v, &
magga); "-phale patitthahi, "he en-
tered on the fruit of the second path",
29,17, cp. sakirii, adv.
sakala, mfn. (== sa.) whole, all;
m. >N/0, 16,13; n. 'x/am, 62,i3; comp,
"-gama-vasino, all the villagers, 8,is;
"-kappa, 16,16; "-Jambudipa, 39,u;
"-sarira, 57,s9; "-nagara, 65,84. cp,
next.
*sakalika,
f.
(prob. fr, sakala,
but other spellings : sakkalika, sak-
kbalik.a seem to show confusion with
sakkara or sakkbara, q. v.) a piece,
mass, splinter; pasana-", a splinter of
rock, 17,99,
sakim, adv. (sa. sak^t) once (lat.
semel); 56,i7-i8; on account of old
sandhi we have sakid-, or sakad-, cp,
sakad-agamin, mfn,
sakuna. m. (sa, Qakuna) a bird;
nom, '^o, 12,9;
pi. .^a, 10,8;
gen.
vl. /^anarii, 10,ii; comp. ""-gana,
*-8amgba, m.
(q.
v.) ; *java-<*, *ruk-
khakottba-" (g,
v.) cp. sakunika &
next.
sakunta, m. (sa. Qakunta)
=
prec.\ nom. /x-o, 88,8o; gen. pi. ^^.a-
nam, Dh. 92.
Sakka, m. (sa. (^akra) nom. pr.
of Indra; nom. ^o, 16,8. 45,8o (deva-
raja); 59,8i (jara-*. old Sakka); 80,s6
(devanam indo); ace. ^am, 110,8i;
instr. .^ena, 110,w', gen. ^N.-assa, 15,7;
pi. /wS (aiifiehi cakkavalehi, from
Bakka 248
other worlds) 60,so; *-bhavana, n. the
heaven or palace of S., 65,9 ("-sadisa).
cp. sakkatta, n.
sakka, mfn. (sa. Qakya) possible,
V. sakka, indecl.
sakkaocam, indecl. (orig. ger.
fr. sakkaroti, to honour, revere; so.
sat-krtya) devotedly, zealously, eagerly,
assiduously; Dh. 893.
((p.
sakkara.)
'
Sakkatta, w. {sa. Qakratva) Sak ka-
ship; ace. .^ain (papuni, was born as
8.) 35,1
;
(karesi) 52,16.
sakkara, /*., v. sakkhara.
*8iikka, indecl. (perbups orig.
f.
sg. fr. sakka, {grd. sakkoti) cp, sa.
(;akyuni) mostly used in impersonal
sentences, followed by inf. (often with
pass, or intr, meaning, but sometimes
with ohj. added in acc), the agens,
if expressed, being put generally into
instr. (but sometimes also nom.)^ to
be trauslated by 'it is possible', gene-
rally w. negation ; 'it is not possible',
'cannot', or 'it is of no use'; *) with-
out snbj.
'.
na 'r^ lava varaih (acc.)
auiiesarii papetum, it is not possiblt
to transfer your turn to others, 6,3i;
yacakanajh tinani datum na rw, 16,b;
tumliakaiii rat(be agantum na .,,
18,24; na r^ nuiii varetiiiii, 23,8;
appen'eva balavalianena -v B.rajjam
ganhitum, 38,J4; na -v daturii, 63,3ti;
nunu na ->/ vissaj^etuiii, surely he
cannot answer, 91,la; na ^ itoparaih.
i:'2,i7:, w. atixiUcry verb : sakka siya.
6t),5; - '') with subj. instr. : na o.
maya . . . pakkhipilum (1
cunnot)
7,8;
maya imasmiiii thane vasitum na -v,
9,31 ; na ,^ maya marana muccitum
(1
cannot be delivered from death)
17,14; marantenilpi [sc. maya] tuy-
haiii kathetura na --v, 49,a7;
- *=) with
snbj. nom. (&
instr. as subj. of the
inf.) : matugiimo kucchiyaiii pakkhi-
pitva carentenapi rakkhiiuiii na -^
(a woMiun you cannot be certain ol,
even if you wwlk about having hei-
inside you) 50,S4 (here we could also
have acc. matugamarii) ; the subj,
being expressed by a relat, clause
:
yo koci samano . . . samagato
Hii^
pativattetum,
llO.io.
Besides this
indecl. sakka we find in some few
instances grd, sakka, mfn.
construed
with subj. nom. (as in sa., cp. Speyer,
"Ved. u. Sa. Synt.

220 &
Childers
8. vX Quite parallel to *Bakka is
*labDha {q.
v.); both forms have been
variously explained; on account of the
predominant construction
with instr.
it seems evident that the instinct of
speech has connected these forms with
the pass, grd. of sakkoti (\/?ak);
therefore it is difficult to judge, whether
Pischel, Gr.
465, is right in taking
them as old optatives {aor.); cp,
Franke, Pali u. Sanskr. p.
103.
sakkara, w. {sa. sat-kiira)
honour,
reverence, worship; reputation; nom.
/>/0, 18,35. 19,4. 37,1, 74,15;
acc. rwarii,
Dh. 75; o-atthaib, 62,3i (v. attha');
*kata-maugala-'*, mfn. {q.
v.)
;
dvan-
dva comp. labha- {v. h.).
sakkoti (later lorm : sak(k)unoti
or sak(k)unati) vb. {sa, ^/^ak) to be
able to {inf.y, to daie, venture, per-
suade oneselt to {inf.)\ pr. 3. sg. /^oti
(gocaram ganhitum na ->.) 13,12; 2,
sg. ^osi, 46,34; 1. sg, rwomi, 31,30.
48,28; 3, pi. ,x/Onti, 8,19; 2, pi. ,-vOtha,
31,8o; 1. pi. />^oma, 40,33;
part. m.
rvonto, 98,so;
f.
gen, sg. ^ontiya,
59,9; a-sakkonto,
37,25;
pi. -^.a, 8,21.
40,23. 102,18; aor. 3. sg. a-sakkhi,
16,8. 55,18; 2. sg. id. 44,8i; 1. sg,
a-sakkhirii, 20,29; 1. pi. sakkhimha,
79,20; a later lorni is sakuDJ, 3. sg.
111,11; fut. ) sakkhati, 2.sg. />.asi,
48,27; *>)sakkhiti,
5. pi. ,^inti, 105,i8;
=) sakkhissati, 89, 10; 2. sg. ,%..asi, 4,34;
1. sg. ^ami, 48,i3; 3. pi. ^anti, 34,io;
l.pl. .^amu, 1,9. 21,31 ; !) sakkunis-
sama. 1. pi.
73,2; grd, sakka, nifn.
{q.
V.) cp. sakka.
sakkhara, /".
(sometimes spelt sak-
kara, in the beg. of comp. also ,>^a; sa.
garkara)
*) gravel, pebble, small stone;
"-a-kathala-valika {pi. dvandva comp.)
97,35. - 2) sugar; nom. ^a, 52,7; dvan-
dva comp.
sappi-madhu- sakkara-",
249
samkhtita
61,26j "-odaka, n. sugar-wuter,
38,3;
"-panaka, n. id.
18,8?; *lapa-o,
mfn.
{v. h.).
sakkhiti,
sakkhissati,
fut.,v.
sakkoti.
Sakya, m, (pi.) (sa. (^akyti) mm.
pr. of a tribe in Kapilavatthu (from
which Gotama Buddha was descended);
"-putta, m. a man of that tribe (esp,
ot_ Gotama);
"-puttiya, /. (sa,
O-pu-
triya) a follower of Gotama. gen. pi,
r^&n&m (samananaifa, the Buddhist
nionks)
73,30.
8agga, m. (sa. svarga) ') heaven;
ace. ^m\ (yanti) Dh. 12ti; dat. ^aya
^gacchati) 88,8o. 89,i; gen. ^assa
(gamana) Dh.
178j saggaih (adj.)
lokarii (ace.) id, 7,s6; comp. "-katha,
/"., a discourse about heaven,
68,20
(/^am pakasesi); "-patha, "-pada,
m. the way to heaven, 34,29. 44,15 (cp.
pureti) ; saggapaya, m. [dvandva comp.)
Dh. 423 (v. apaya).
- *) *Sagga, m.
nam. pr. of a Gandharva, 19,so. 20,4-20.
samkaddhati, 1)6. (sa. saih-y'krsh)
to draw together, gather, collect, pick
up (ace); ger. -N/itva (daruni) 15,39;
33,6; 49,35 (kacavaram, to sweep to-
gether).
samkappa, m. (sa. samknlpa)
will, thought, intention, desire; nom.
-x/O (sanoma-*', right aspiration) 67,4
;
Dh. 74; ace. /s/aih, 104,7;
pi. /N.a,
Dh. 339; *samsanna-sariikappa-mano.
Dh. 280 (v. h.); miccha-", Dh. 11
(v. h.); *bahu-0, mfn.
Dh. 147
(q.
v.).
sariikamati, vb, (sa. sam-\/kram)
to go away, enter, go to; fut, 1. pi.
^issama, 77,i7.
samkanipati, t;6. (sa. sam-ykamp)
to shake, quake, tremble; aor, 3. sg.
<vpi, 110,7.
samkara, m. (= sa.) confusion,
turmoil; *dura-*', mj/m. secluded, soli-
tary, tranquil ; loc. i^e (vihare) 1 14,26.
*8amka8sara, mfn.
(prob. fr. sa.
"'sam-kasvara, cp, saihkasuka) bad,
impure; unsteady, of doubtful charac-
ter; n. ~aih (brahroacariyam) Dh.
312. (cp. Weber, Ind. 8tr. I, 167;
Kern, Bijdr. (Amsterdam
1886) p. 57;
Morris, Introd. to AN. I p. IX
(1883);
SEE. XX,
300.) cp. a-sarakusaka, Jat.
VI.
297,32.
samkara, m. n. (= sa.) sweep*
ings; nom. n. <v/arii, 84,23; *-dhana,
n. a dunghill, loc. ^asmim, Dh.
58;
'"-bhuta, mfn. being like sweepings,
loo, pi. ,^esu, Dh. 69.
samkita, mfn. (sa. (jamkita)
anxious, alarmed; *bliaya-, mfn. lll,i
(v.h.),
saifakilittha, mfn,
(pp, fr. next;
sa. saihklishta) impure, sinful, depra-
ved, corrupt; n, /^aifa (vatarfi) Dh.
312; instr. m. .>.,ena, Dh. 244.
samkilissati, vb, (sa, sam-v'kliQ,
pass, "-kli^yate) to be impure, be-
come defiled (by carnal lust)
;
pr. 3.
sg. <vati (attana) Dh.
165; pp. sam-
kilit^ha
(3.
v.) cp. next.
saiiikilesa, m. (sa. saiiiklega)
contamination, impurity, sinfulness;
acc. <N^arii, 68,20.
*samkuppa, mfn. (grd. saixi-
kuppati ; sa. 8aiii-\/kup) to be shaken
or moved; *a-samkuppa, mfn. (v. h.).
sariikha, m. (sa. paihkha) a conch-
shell, trumpet; acc. pi. ^e (dliamen-
ta) 8,23.
samkhata, mfn, (sa. samskrta)
put together, constructed, prepared;
f.
>^a, (su-**) 104,30. cp. samkhata
below.
samkhaya, m. (sa. samksbaya)
destruction; nom, ,>^o (bhuri-**) Dh.
282; loc. -^amhi (jivita-") Dh. 331.
*8amkbalika,
f. (fr. sa. Qrnkha-
la, or (N^a) a chain, fetter; instr, />^aya
(deva-o) 21,u.
8 amk ha,
f.
(sa. saihkhya) reckon-
ing; consideration, deliberation ; name,
appellation; nom. ^a, 97,i; ace. r^am.
(gacchati, to be called) 95,9; instr,
/>/aya, (v. samkhati below); comp.
*riipa-8amkha-vimutta, mfn.
"released
from what is styled name", or : 'up to
the very name' i. e. 'totally released
from' (Tr.), 96,i2f.
samkhata, m/V>. (sa. samkhyata,.
sariktiSti 250
IPf,
saib-\/khyS) reikoned, ooniidered,
weighed; called, named; known, vi>
Bibie; *'-dhamma, mfn. "who has well
weighed the law", gtn, pi. <^anain,
Dh, 70 (wrong Bpelliniir : samkhata-^)
;
*panfia-", 91,s7 (, h.).
[samkhati], vh. (sa. 8aih-\/khya)
to reckon; to consider, weigh; to call,
name; inf. rs/atum (to measure) Dh.
196; gcr. rwSya ("with care") 106,7
= Dh. 267; pp. ,%/ata, v. above.
saihkhara, m. {sa. samskara)
putticg together', composition, aggre-
gation; mostly in pi, ^vi i *) all ex-
isting things or substances, created
things or creatures ; *) (in the dog-
matics :)
the fourth of the five khan-
dha (constituents of the human being,
94,8-io), vie. states of mind, pre-
dispositions, conformatjons (originating
from avijjil, and causing vinfia^a,
66,6-?) left from actions in former ex-
istences, and therefore denoting any
action, speech, or thought, the vital
functions efc, piactically
=i moral
<:onstitution (Karma, V. kamma');
nom. pi. /-..-a, 94,io; 80,a (vayadham-
ma) ; 80,88. 107,ii
= Dh. 277 (anic-
<;a); 107,is (dukkha); Dh. 265 (sas-
sata n'atthi); instr, -%^ehi, 96,i9;
<:omp. -nirodha, m,
(q.
v.) 66,12;
*-iipasama, m. Dh. 368
(q.
v.) cp.
vi-samkhara-gata, mfn.
For signifi-
cation cp. dhamma^.
samkhitta, mfn. (pp. ft.
next\
fiasanikshipta) contracted, abbreviated;
imir. n. (arfy.) -^ona, briefly, conci-
sely, 67,11.
'
saihkhipati, i>6. (sa. saifa-v'kship)
to throw or dvaw together (ace), to
contract, shorten; part, med. m, pi.
^^niana (mige) 6,9; pp.
rwkhitta (v.
<ibove).
sanga, . (= sa.) clinging to,
attachment; hindrance, bond, fetter;
nom. >.o, Dh. 171; ace. ~am (ubho,
q.v.) Dh. 412; romp. saBgatiga, mfn.
Dh. 397 (v. atiga); pailca-saflga-",
Dh. 370 (the 6 fetters, i. e. the senses,
paflcindriySni. Coram.);
saftfiojana-",
q.
v., cp. saijati.
.s ^ /
saifagannati
(or ,%,atj), vo. (sa.
8am-\/grah) to gather, collect, to tak^
hold of, take care of, help; to win
(one's favour) (w. acc);
aor. 3. sg.
^ganhi (nagaram) 68,4;
ger. />/ga-
hetva (Pitakattayam),
114^i; pp.
^gabita, m.pl. eka-samgahita
(sabbe,
unified) 99,i6; cp, samgaha, samga-
haka.
saiigata, n. (= sa.) association,
intercourse; *bala-*'-cariH, mfn.
Dh.
207 (v. h.).
samgaha, m, (once w. ; sa. sam-
graha) collection, aggregation; redac-
tion, text; nom. ^0 (dhamma-vinaya-")
109,13; (therehi kata-O) I09,u; nom,
n. ,-vaiii, 110,4; acc. /^aih, 110,6;
(dhamma-) 109,i6. 110,i6; (vififiana-^
q. V.) 99,86; antevasikanaih ovarii (col-
lectiog, i. e. teaching of pupils) 102,0.
saragahita,
pp. & "-gahetva, ^er.,
V. sariiganhati.
Bamgama, m. (sa. samgmma)
battle; loc. ^e. 103,34. 107,s = Dh.
103;

'-ji, mfn. (sa. "-ji^ victorious,
in the comp. sanganiajuttama, m. "the
(greatest of conquerors",
107,4
= Dh,
103 (cp. sa. superl. aariigr.amajittama).
cp. next.
saihganieti. vh. (denom.
fr. sam-
gama; sa. sariigramayate) to battle
or fight with (instr.
)\
fut, 3. sg, >/e8-
sati (nagena) 76,88.
8amgahak8,i. (sa. saihgrahaka)
*) a collector, compiler; *) a charioteer;
nom, r^o (Matali) 60,i.
sailgiti,
f
(== sa.) ) tinging
together, music; ') collection or recen-
sion of the holy texts, or a Buddhist
council held for that purpose;
*'*-ttaya,
n. the three councils (or recensions),
113,29.
samgha, i.
(= sa.) ) a collec-
tion, assemblage,
multitude, crowd;
acc. ^arii (sakuna-**)
10,9; pi, ,^a
(do.)
62,13;
-
s)
the congregation or
order of the Buddhist monks (also a
chapter or a certain number of monks,
251
SBJjati
elected and assembled
for any religious
purpose); nom.
^o.
79,u; ace.
^aifa
(in the formula
Buddha,
Dharama,
& Saiiigha. cp.
ratana)
107,i7 =
Dh,
190; 114,7; instr.
^ena (bhik-
khu-o)
70,91
;
gen.
^assa (do.)
102,8;
loc. ^e (do.),
29,88; pi.
^a (bhik-
khu-") 109,9 (combined with the prcc.
n.pl. satta
satasahassani) ; ~
*-gata,
mfn. directed to the
8,, Dh. 298 (/",
<vS, sati);
*"-8amniata, n. (v, h,).
8aihRhaUati,f6.(so,8ariiVgliatt)
to strike or knock against, to rub, etc.;
part, m. instr. rvantena
(a-") 84,n.
*Saihghapala, m, nom. pr, of a
thera in MahttvihSia (Ceylon); gen.
<vaRsa, 114,4.
saiughata, m. {=sa.) the timber
or frame work of a house;
*pit^ba-
saiiighataka, n. (adj. in the comp.
tbira-, coram, on torana) 'with strongly
constructed doorpost and lintel',
91,9i.
{cp. SBE. XX.
p. 105).
saiiighati,
f.
(== sa.) an upper
garment, one of the three robes of a
Buddhist monk ; nom. ^i, 84,9
;
pi. ~iyo,
the two uppers garments, 82,25.
*sace, indecl.
{fr. ce with the
decl.pref. sa-, q.v.) if; even if, though;
this particle is always used at the be-
ginning of a conditional period, the
verb of both sentences being put usually
either in fat. (sometimes pres.) or pot.,
nearly in conformity to the use of the
indie. & conjunctive modes in Latin
in such sentences; the second sentence
is often beginning with a pron. de-
monstr., but a particle corresponding
with sace is not required; *) w. fut.
(in both sentences): 1,9. 2,9. 35,t8. 56,7;
sac'ahaih : 25,32. 64,i. 65,3i; *>) w.pres.
& fut. (or grd.) : l,i7. 82,19-98; )w.
pot. (in both sentences): l,9i. 4,7, 53,i4.
56,5. 86,2; ^) like yadi evam & noce
{^.
V.) without full sentence : 'if so', 'in
that case', 97,i4-i5 (sace bhante Na-
gasena yo tuiuhe mareti n'attbi tas-
api panatipato).
sacca, ^) mfn.
{sa. satya) true;
n. >s,& (giram) Dh. 408; idani eva
1^, 89,24 {opp. raogha). - *) n. {snbst.)
*) truth
; nom. -^am, 51,32 {opp. musa)
;
ace. .,am (katheti, vadati) 24,97. 32,i;
*-sadisa, mfn. liaving the appearance
of truth,
62,1 ; *sacc-upasariihita, mfn,
true,
9,31 {cp. upasaiiihita) ; - *) speak-
ing the truth, truthfulness, veracity;
nom. ^arii, 8,97; Dh.
261; 106,9 =
Dh.
393; instr. ^ena, 44,n. 108,3i;
dvandva comp. daina-", Dh, 9
{q,
v.)\
-
") ft solemn asBeveration, oath {cp.
sacca-kiriya, & "-vajja helow)
;
instr.
irainS <^ex\& ("so truly")
61,ts;
- *)
in the dogmatics (mostly pi.) : the four
cardinal truths of fiuddhiim {op. ariya-
Bacco); iN/iini,
29,16 ; sacca-pariyosane,
"at the conclusion of the Truths", 29,iT
;

*) . {adv.) truly, indeed, verily;

justly, by rights;
64,i6 (,>^ evam Sharii.
su pandita). [cp. bahusacca, fr. ba-
bussuta].
sacca-kiriya, /". {sa. satya-kriya)
a solemn asseveration, oath; nom. /^a
(bhinna, is rendered of no effect)
51,99;
ace. -^am (karoti) 27,2o. 51,10; instr,
^aya, 27, le.
*sacca-parami,
f.
{Biiddh. sa.
satya-paramita) truthfulness (one of
the ten virtues, v, parami) 108,3i.
"sacca-vajja, n. {fr. sa. satya-
vada) *) truthfulness; ') solemn asseve*
ration (cp. sacca-kiriya); instr, >vena
(etena) 27,24.
sacca-vadi, mfn. {sa. satya-
vadin) speaking the truth; acc. m.
/vinarii, Dh, 217,
sacchi-karoti, vb. {fr. sa. sak-
shat-y/kr, by analogy of other comp,
of karoti w. indecl. ending in 'i') to
make visibly present before the eyes,
to realize, attain {ace.); pr. 3. sg.
<x/Oti (magga-phala-nibbanani) 97,io,
cp. next.
sacchi-kiriya,
f.
{sa. sakshat-
kriya) realization
;
dat. <^a.j& (nibba-
nassa) 90,i9.
sajjati, vb. {sa. ysafij; pass, saj-
jate) to cling, adhere; to be attached
to (loc); part. med. acc. m. a-sajja-
mSnaih (naniarupaBmim) Dh, 221;
sajjKpeti 252
pp.
satta
(3. .);
cp. saflga. (The
secondary verbal-forms sajjeti & sajja-
peti seem to bt denom.
fr. sajja, sajya,
V. below).
*9ajjapeti, vb. {caus. It. sajjeti)
to make ready, prepare festively, adorn
(acc.)\ ger, ,^8tva (nagarari]) 45,8o;
(jutatnandalaifa') 50,i8.
8ajju, adv. (sa. sa-dyas) instantly,
immediately; 106,81 = Dii. 71.
*8aj-
jukaifa, adv. id. 110,8.
sajjeti, vb. {denom. fr, 8a, sajja,
sajya; cp. Weber, Ind. Str, 1. p. 243)
to mal<e ready, wrepare (acc); imp.
2. pi. .->/etha (ratakani) 63,1?;
ger,
^etva, 25,13 (navaiii); caus. II. saj-
japeti (t. above);
pp. sajjita, v. su-
sajjita. {Fausb0ll, Ten Jat.p. 99 traces
this verb baek tc y/srj; but the signi-
fication of that root in Pali is always
'to throw away, leave off' ond caus.
is never used, except vissajjeti, Tr.).
sajjhaya, wi. (sa. svadhyaya)
repetition (of sacred texts); v, u-saj-
jhfiya.
811
'.ii carat), vb. {sa. 8am-\/car)
to walk about, pass, move, rock (to
and fro, said of voluntary movements,
cp. samsarati)
;
part. m. o^anto (apa-
rapararii) 4.0,?7.
samcicca, indecl. {ger,
fr. saril-
y'ci(t); sa, sam-citya, & "-cintya)
intentionally; 27,23.
safichanna, mfn. {= sa.\
pp.
saiii-y'chad) covered all over; padu-
ma-", 4,9-27.
*sanjanana, n. {mm.,act. fr. next)
understanding, considering, thinking;
tesaiii . . . sanjanan'-attham, "in order
that they might think", 21,8.
sanjanati, vb, (sa. sarii-v/jfia) to
understand, perceive, recognize (acc);
to conceive, imagine; aor. 3. sg, />^jani
(Mahasattam) 68,9;
ger.^) sannaya
(siho ti) 8,19; 30,4;
*>) saujanitva, 20,b.
41,27. cp, *8anjanana, sanna, sanniM.
sarin ata (or saiiiyata), mfn.
{pp.
sam-v'yam,
saiiiyata) restraining one-
self, seif-controiied; m. o^O, 84,29. Dh.
362 {to. instr. kayena, vacaya); gen.
.%.<a88a, Dh. 24 ; a-saiifiata, mfn. {q. .);
pada-", mfn,
controlling
one's feet,
Dh. 362; inukha-", mfn.
Dh. 363;
hattha-*, mfn.
Dh. 362;
*o-cari, mfn.
living under restraint, gen. m. /vino,
Dh. 104; *8aiinatuttama. mfn,
very
well restrained, m. ^0,
Dh. 362.
safiiiama, m. {sa. samyama)
re-
straint, self-control; worn. ^0,
Dh.
261; instr. A^ena (sanfiato) 85,i7;
Dh. 25.
(sanfiamati) vb. {sa. sarii-v'yam)
to control, restrain;
pp.
safinata
{q,
v.); caus. ) saiinameti, id. (occ); fut.
3. pi. ^essanti (cittam) Dh. 37;
>>
safiiiameti, id. (acc); imp. 2. sg. saii-
fiamay[a] (attanaiii) Dh. 380. cp. safi-
fiama, m.
saiifia,
f.
{sa. samjfia) *) under-
standing, conception; perception {in
the dogmatics : the third of the five
khandha, q.v.)\ in this last sense:
94,10; 96,18 {inatr. /N-aya); 80,b-io,
etc. {comp. neva-safifiii-nrisanna,
q. y.,
cp, a-saiina); acc. o.am (karoti. to
think, imagine)
5,7; tunihelii aroclta-
saiiiiaya {instr.) 25,is {v. aroceti).
-
*) sign, mark, name; acc. ^aiii (adasi,
"made a sign to",^e.)
50,18; (adatva,
"telling nothing about if")
65,29; comp.
panna-bandhana-" (. ?) 8,9 {v. panna).
sail nana, n. (sa. saiijiiana)
=
saiiiia''; instr. r^cm\., 87,8s (olokita-",
E=
olokitakarena, 87,25; v. akara).
safiiiameti, vb, caus,, v. sanna-
inati.
aafinaya, ger., v, safijanati.
safiiiin, mfn. {sa. sariijiiin) con-
Boious, perceiving; tliinking, imagining;
m.rs^'i (ahosi, "you believed, imagined")
2,8; *ujjhana-, mfn. {v, h.),
saiinojana, n., v. saiiiyojana.
satthi,
f.
num. {sa, shashti) sixty;
*''-yojanika,
mfn. sixty yojanas long.
toe. n. ^e (Manosila-tale)
61,10; cp.
catu-satthi.
satlia, mfn. (sa. ^atha) dishonest,
deceitlul, fraudulent; m. ,^0 (naro)
Dh.
262; kitavasatho, Dh. 252 {v.
kitava).
253
sata
sathila,
mfn. (an
older form of
sitliila, sa. ^ithila; the orig. base was
*?rthila or
*^rthira.
cp. sa.
^ratha,
^.latha, .Sl vcd.sa.
(;rath;n^nti) loose,
relaxed; ie#ap/t. careless
,- urelessly
performed; m. ^o
(paribi)a)o) Dh.
313; M. ^am
(kanimaih) i)h.
312
(var. lect. in both places
: sitliila); cp
Kern, Verkl.
p. 58.
*sanikam (or sanikaiii), adv.
{fr.
sa. Qanais through
saniih) slowly,
gradually; softly, gently'; cautiously,
accurately;
14,4. 35,33. 50,i8. 54,23.
(In spite of Abh. v. 1153 & Childers
this word has never the signifioation
quickly", v. Nord. Tidsskr. f. Filol. 3.
R. V,
p. 61-52; cp. Pischel, Gr.
84.)
*santlia, i. opm.? (cp, sa. ^ran-
tha) bark-strips or fibres of bamboo
(?)
from which bowstrings were made
(=
venuviliva. Coram.); gen. ,>^assa, 92,i7.
(cp. D'Alwis, Introd.
p. 103.)
santhapeti, vh. (cans, fr. next;
sa. saih-sthapayati) to cause to stand
firm, restore, establish (acc); por. 3.
pi. .>./esuiii, 114,18; inf. ^etuih (ku-
tumbam) 56,6.
san^hati (santhahati, or santi-
ttliati), vb. {sa. sam-\/stba) to remain,
stand firm or still; aor. 3. sg, .-wasi
(nibbidaya, dat.
(?),
v. nibbida) 67,38;
caus. santhapeti
{q.
v.) cp. next.
san^hana, n. (sa. saiiisthana)
shape, foiii), appearance; state, condi-
tion; loc. />.,e (chavi-**, complexion)
85,33; instr. pi. ->.ehi (hattha-pada-
mukha-") 49,8;
*n)anussa-'', /". of
human form, 85,3i; *8ukara-**, mfn.
85,31
(q.
V.) cp. 8U-san(hana, mfn.
sanda, m(n). (sa. shanda, cp. San-
dra; Weber, Ind. Str. 1. 237)
a group
of trees or plants, a wood, thicket;
vana-^ id., acc. /x/am, 16,i.
sand as a, m. (sa. samdam^a)
a
pair of tongs or nippers; a vice; instr.
'>^ena, 5,i3; 5,s (kammara-") ; 44,7
(suvanna-"). cp. dasati.
sanha, mfn. (sa. ^laksbna) smooth,
gentle, mild; small, fine; instr. m.
/s..ena (amkena)
20,4.'
8 a n h a k a. n. (sa. (^laksbnaka) betdl-
nut
(?);
"-sadisa, mfn. like betel, instr.
pi. /x/elii (kesehi, = pandara, white?)
47,12 (the Birman reading sanavaka-
sadisebi (like hempen cloth, sa. *8ana-
valka) seems to be an improvement of
the text).
sa<, mfn. (= sa.; part. fr. atthi,
q.
V.) 1) being; v. atthi; *)
good, right,
righteous; acc. m. santaiii (padam, i. e.
Nibbana) Dh. 368; nom. pi. santo,
Dh. 83. 151. 304; instr. pi. sabbbi,
Dh. 151. 29,12 (sabbhi-r-eva); gen.
pi. satarii, Dh. 54. 77. 151. cp. santa''
(santaka), samana, a-sa<, a-santa;
sak-kuccaiii, sak-kam, sad-dbamnm,
sap-purisa, & satta*.
sata', n. (sa. ^ata) a hundred;
*) appositive to a siibst. : gatha />^,
100 verses, Dh. 102; ^)w. subst. gen.,
or at the end of subst. comp. : acc. .^.-aril
(kahapana-") 18,i3; (vassa-", for 100
years) Dh. 106. 110; instr. i>.,ena. (for
a hundred scil. pieces uf money, kaba-
pana-" being understood) 18, ii; loc.
i^e (pahara-") 55,la ; ") comp. w. other
numerals, usually mfn. pi. (but also
sg., cp. attha-satam bhattaiii. Mil.
88,4) : satta-satani, n.pl. Ill,i4 (with-
out a6s<.); addhateyya-",
"250", wo.
m. pi. ,%.sata, 21,31; acc. m. pi. /-^sate,
21,33;
paiica-,
"500"
(v. /.);
in this
sort of comp. sata is often separated
from the first number and put at the
end of a subst. comp. : satta inanussa-
satani,
"700 men", 27,is (for more
exx. see pancasata); cp. sattaniacca-
satanuga (v. anuga) 110,33;
*) at
the beg. of
comp. : sata-saliassa, n.
"100,000", 23,s; pi. <^ani. 109,2;
comp. "-agghanaka, mfn. & *"-uttha-
na, mfn. (q.
v.);
-
*satam8amam,
("for a hundred years") Dh. 106, may
be adv. with m inserted (Fsb.), if not
an old error for sataib sama
(?),
v.
sama.
-
cp. satika, satinia.
sata*, mfn. (sa. smrta) recollecting,
conscious, thoughtful, attentive; m. >s/0,'
78,35 (synon. sampajana); gen. pi.
/vanam, Db. 293; '''sadasata, mfn.
Bat&tam 264
"always reflecting", Dh. 350. cp, sati*,
sarati.
satatam, adv. (= sa.) continually,
coDBtantly; v. satacca & satatiica.
satapatta, r,\. {sa. ^atapattra)
a woodpecker; nom. r^O, 11,2S.
sati*, part. -loc, v. a&t (atthi).
sati*,
f.
(sa. smrti) recollection,
thoughtfulne88, a'tention, thinking of;
nom, .x/i, 103,8. Dh. 293; ace. /x/im,
104,7; -xirii karoti, to think of (gen.)
63,18; marana-",
f.
86,so
(q.
v.); sam-
ma-",
f.
right recollection,
67,8; *8ati-
patthana, m. (cp. Buddh, sa, smrty-
upasthana & upat^hana above) fixing
the. attention, earnest meditation (being
fourfold, vie, meditation on the evils
of body, sensation, mind, and existence,
Childers); loc. pi. ^esu (catiisu)
91,7. cp. sat;ma< & sai-ati.
"satika, mfn. (sa. Qatika) contain
ning or coDCerning a hundred (only
e, c); ti-yojana-", & diyaddha-yoja-
na-", mfn. (v. h.).
*8atima, mfn, {cp. sa, ^atatama)
the 100"'; paiica-", v. panca-sata.
satimai, mfn. {sa. smrtimat) full
i<f attention, whose thoughts are well
collected; nom, m. rvtna, 109,i8. Dh.
179; gen, .mato, ]l04,i. Dh. 24
(metri causa ; Fati-'*): pi, rviuanto,
Dh. 91 (do,); ^en. pi. fyjm&i&m, Dh.
181 (do.).
sattd', mfn. (jjp.sajjati; sa. sakta)
ad'hering or attrched to; hence "-sat-
'aka, mfn. {e. c.) id.; m. pi. ,>.- (san-
iiojaua-safiga-", "held in fetters and
bonds") Dh. 342; cp. a-satta.
sattaS m. (.i .)
{sa. satlva) a
living being, creuture, mortal, person;
nom, ^0, 86,7. 89.1.
113,8;
gen. rvassa,
103,84; pt. ~&, 17,85. 27,14. 62,25. Dh.
316; ace, ^^e (sabba-") 38,i6; gen,
-x.anarii, 2,6. 64.83 (imesarii); neravi-
ka~o,
Bodhi-", Maha-o {v. /*.);'-
*sattavasa, m. pi. {v. avasa); *8attii-
paladdlil,
f.
Iiumun knowledge, imper*
feet understanding, or : false opinion con-
cerning the real existence of 'satta'
(?)
[cp. Mil. 268. SBE. XXXVI. 103];
loc. /v/iyam (thatva)
91,is-8.
satta*,
num. {sa. sapta) seven;
nom. & ace. satta, 14,s. 26,o. 82,ii.
91,8; 109,2 (satf); instr. -x,ahi, 28,28;
loc. .x^asu, 50,33 ; comp. "-attha (.
h.),
seven or eight,
35,1
; sattaham, seven
days {v. aha), 23,i6; "-dvara-kotthaka,
mfn. {q.v.); "-bhumaka, mfn. {q.
v.Y,
o-yojanika, mfn. {q.
v.); "-ratana
(q.
V.) ;
o-sata, n.
'700'
{v. /.). cp. satta-
ma, etc,
Sattapanna-guha,
nom, pr. of
a cave near Bsjagaha, prop, incorrect
spelling instead of sattapanni-guba,
f,
{sa. *8aptaparni-", cp, Vin. Ill,
p. 287,17);
loc, ,^e, 109,8i.
sattama, mfn, {sa, saptama) the
seventh; loc. m. ^e (divase) 23,io-i8;
f.
-wi, 103,88; comp, "-divasato, 61,3.
sattarasa, num, {sa. saptada^a)
'17';
sattarasauia. mfn. {sa. sapta-
da^ama) the 17'^; Dh. XVII. cp. dasa.
sattavasa, v. satta*.
sattaharii, v, satta^
satti,
f.
(sa. ^akti; cp. Qastri)
^
power, energy ; *) a spear ; 6,12 (asi-')
;
') a hunting knife; acc. w^im, 12,8.
*8attupaladdhi, /"., v, satta*.
sattha*, n. (sa, ^.astra) a weapon;
a-sattba, mfn, (q.
v.).
sattha*, m. {sa. sartha) a oaravao,
troop, company; v, *appa-8attba.
8 at t bar, mi. (so.
Qastf) a teacher,
esp, nom. pr, of Buddha ("the master");
nom, ^a (teacher)
79,4; 28,2 (Buddha);
acc. rwaraiii, 28,io; instr, ^&r&, 73,27;
gen.
a)
^u (sasane)
69,i4;
*>)
,>.uno,
78,31. 86,6. 110,5; loc.^&Ti, 84,26;-
comp, Sattbu-o,
v, "-kappa, in/'n.;
"-garava, wi. .; "-vannita, mfn.\^
*''-vadbaka,
mfn. having murderous
intent against the Master, m, ,x^o,
108,27; *''-sasana, n. the doctrine of
the Master,
109,32 (navafiga, q. i>.).
cp, sattbuka.
8 atthi, n. (sa, sakthi) the thigh
or thigh-bone;
nom. ^i (bhaegaiii)
30,17.
255 gantati
"satthuka, M/w. e. c. (sa.
(jastrka)
V. atita-".
*sadattha-pa8uta,
mfn. (fr. sa*
+
attha* with 'd' inserted) intent upon
one's own aim or sake;
m,
^^0, Db.
166. cp.
atta-d-attha.
sad a, adv. (== sa.) always, ever;
109,JT. Dh. 30, 79. 206. 226.
296;
comp. *8adasata,
mfn., v. sata^
sadisa, wi/n. (so.
sadf^a) like, simi-
lar (to. gen., or instr., or both);
Tatba-
gatassa paflnaya anno sadiso n'atthi,
91,4; ace. m. ,vnm (attano) Dh.
61;
most frequently e. c. mfn., e.g.
puppha-
kunnika-,
7,9; loha-nigala-o,
ll.ss;
mani-gula-">,
18,?; c<c. ete.
; eka-sadisu,
mfn. identical, pi. ^a,
49,8; purima-",
mfn. 'as above", n. ^arii, 31,88; comp.
w. a past part. : pavittha-sadiso ahosi,
seemed to enter",
61,i (cp. pubba);
"-rasa, mfn. {q.
v.).
saddu, m. (sa. ^abda) a sound,
tone, noise; voice, cry; a word; nom.
<s/0, 97,80. 1 12,16 ; 98,80 {/^ ratbo iti,
the word r.atha); 23,88 (paridevana-",
madhuragita-"); kim-saddo, 60,b.
112,8 (v. kiih*); ace. /x-arii, 31,. 53,i6;
40,10 (akiimsu); 89,6 (do.); 59,* (ka-
laha-"); 112,7 (luriya-"); instr. ^ena.
11,81. 16,81 ; 18,17-18 (acchara-**, pani-
ppahara-**); pi. ~a, 70,8i; loc. pi.
^esu. 71,8.
cp. nissadda, mfn.
sad dab a ti (& '>.'ati), vb. (sa.
^rad-y/dha) to believe (w. gen. pers.
& ace. rei)
;
pr, 2. pi. ^.-atba (sarassa
atthibhavam mayhaih) 4,is; part. ace.
m. pi. r^&nXQ (maybam) 4,ia; aor.
3. sg. saddahi, 74,i4; ger. ,%^itva, l,i8
(taiii); 4,14 (tassa); a-saddahitva
(attano) 49,9;
- caus, saddabapeti
{sa. ^raddhapayati) to make one be-
lieve (ace); fut. 1. sg. ^vessami
(tunibe) 51,10. cp. saddha (&
saddha).
saddha, mfn. {sa. ^raddba) faith-
ful, believing; m. <vO, Dh. 303; ace.
<N^aiii, 28,8. Dh. 8 ; m. pi, ^a, 76,8i
;
a-ssaddba, v. saddha.
sad-dbamma, m. {sa. sad-dbar-
ma) the sacred doctrine, the true law
or faith ; ace. /vam, 107,io = Db. 60.
38; 110,1 ; ahl. -x/a, Db. 364; loc. ^e,
109,31
;
pi, n^si, 110,4; a-saddhamma,.
m., V. a-sa<; "-desana,
f.
Dh. 194;.
<*-savana, n. Dh. 182.
saddha,
f.
{sa. praddha) faith,,
religious belief; nom. /^a, 103,16. Dh.
333; instr. /v^aya, Dh.
144;
gen, ^aya,
29,10
;
yatha-saddbam, adv. (v. yatba);
a-ssaddha, mfn. v. h.
saddhiih, adv.&prp. {sa. sadhri,
cp. sadhryac, Tr.) along, together;
with, together with, aooompaoied by
{w. instr. before or after, soraetiroei
w. gen. or other oases); pasaijiena '\t
kathento, 3,e; maya /v, 4,t3; 16,18..
61,10. 70,11. 72,81 ; /vmigehi. 8,is; /
bhikkhu-samghenu, 78,4. cp. next.
[^Childers takes it = sa. sardhaihi
but see Pisehel, Gr.
103.]
*8addhim-cara, mfn. walking
together with ; ace. m. /^am (8abayam)>
Dh. 328.

.
*8addhi-viharika,. (cp.^wdd/*;
sa. sardbaih-vibarin) lit. 'living in the
same vihSra', i. e. the famulus of a
there, a pupil, disciple; instr. <vena,
82,16. ep. saddhiih above.
sanantana, mfn. (sa. sanatanali
eternal, permanent; m. ^o (dhamino)
106,84 = Dh. 6.
sanikarb, v. sanikam.
8 ant a*, mfn. {sa. (janta,^?^). ^<;am,
cp. sammati) appeased, pacified, tran-
quil; n. rK,am,
f.
/%/a, Dh. 96; comp.
*-kaya, _*-vaca, mfn. Dh. 378 {v.
kaya & vaca); *'*-citta, mfn. tranquil-
minded, Dh. 373. cp. santavai, mfn.
8 a n t a *, mfn. (sa. <}ra,ntSi,
pp.
y/qTamy
tired, fatigued; gen. m, r^assa., 107,
= Dh. 60.
santa^ mfn. (part., sa. sat) being,
existing, true, good; v. sat & atthi.
*8antaka, mfn. (fr. santa^) be-
longing to, dependent, due to (gen.
or e.
0.) ;
n, >vaih (tassa) 7,io ; mama
fv (my property)
57,7; kula-', mfn.
{q.
v.); para-", mfn, {v. correclion8)'y
cp, a-santa.
santati,
f.
(= aa.) continuity,,
ttooession, series; v. dhamma-'*.
sa&tappeti
266
san':appe'n, vb. {caus. 8aih-\/trp,
sa. fjantarpayati) to sr.titfy, gladden
{ace, & instr.); aor. 3. 6g. ^esi,
61,8;
pp. santappita, gen. pi. /^/jinarh (sab-
bakamehi) 61,i9.
santara, mfn. (sa. santara, fr.
sa,^ -\- antara) having interval or any-
thing within; *'-bahiram, adv. within
and without, Db. 315 (guttam .%..).
*8
a n t a V a <, wfn, (fr. santa *, y/^.am)
tranquil; wj. ,^Ya, Dh. 378.
santasati. vb.. (sa, 8aiii-\/tras)
to tremble (with fear); pr. 3. pi. /^antj,
86,s3. cp. next & santasa.
*santasana, n. (wow. act, fr. last)
trembling , v. a-santasana.
santanakaj n. (= sa.) anything
spreading, e.
g,
/nembrane, film, cream,
tissue of roots, etc.
;
a cobweb [cp. sa.
santanika, /".); nam. ,^arii, 84,i8,
santasa, m. (sa. santrasa) trem-
bling, feiir; *'*-ppatta, mfn. frightened,
w. pi. ,^a, 86,i; cp. a-santasi.
santi',
f.
(sa. Qanti) tranquillity,
peace; enternal rest, NibbSna; acc,
-^im, 80,33. 110,18; *''-magga, m. the
road of peace, Dh. 285; ^'-para, tnfn.
(v. para^).
santi*, pr. 3. pi., v. atthi.
(*santika, mfn., near, proximate;
l)rob, fr. sa' -|-
antika); several cases
from this stem are used as adv., or
prp. to. gen. or e. c. (cp. sa. antikam,
etc.): ') santikaiii, near; to the presence
of, to; 1,18 (gantva); w. gen. 3,i6.
7,80. 15,16. 24,30. 38,30. 73,i4. 87,83;
^) santika, from; 6,a. 48,80. 114,4 (w.
gsn.); '') santike, near; in the presence
or vicinity of, by, *itb. before, among;
4,17. 17,1. 32,12. 37,u. 103,6 (w. gen.);
comp. dhana-santike,
33,26; susana-",
56,19, nilibana"-, Dh.
372; santike
may also be used in the sense of san-
tika : 70,i5. 109,23; 109,28 (agga-san-
tike), or of santikaih : 81,ii. Dh. 237.
santitthati, v. santhati.
santutthi,
f.
(sa. saiii-tushti)
satisfaction, contentment; worn.
,^i,
Dh. 204. 375.
santusita, mfn. (= santuttha.
pp,
8am-\/tush)
contented, pleased;
m. ^0,
Db. 362.
santo, pi, w., V, %i.t.
santhata, mfn, (pp,
santharati,
sarh-^str; sa. saihstrta) strewn, co-
vered; sahst. (n.) a cover, couch;
comp. dhamani-, mfn. (q.
v.).
santhana, w. (sa. Qranthana,
y/^rath) the being loosened or removed;
salla-", Dh. 275 (v. h.).
santhambhati, vb. (sa, saiii-
^/stambh) to stand firm, take courage,
restrain oneself; inf. o.'itum, 34,io.
santhava, m. (sa. saihstava) ac-
quaintance, familiarity, intimacy; acc.
-^.-aih (sabbhi kubbetha) 29,i2; Dh.
27 (kama-rati-", q. v.).
sandasseti, vb. (cans. sarii-Y/dr?,
sa. sandar^ayati) to enlighten, instruct
(acc); pr. 3. sg. -wCti, "1,82; aor, 8.
sg. ^esi, 77,2; ger, ^etva, 78,8s;
pp.
m. ,>^ito, 77,27.
sandahati, vb. (sa. sarii-v/dha)
') trans, to put together, unite, recon-
cile; to direct, level, aim; to think
on, comprehend, understand ; *) intr.
(cp. pati-sandahati) : to stand, be the
case ('sich verhalten'), or : to take
place, arise
(?),
or : to be comprehen-
ded (in a certain way?); pr. 3. sg.
~ati (dhamma-santati,
q. v.) 99,s5;
(apubbam acarimam viya) 99,26 (v.
a-pubba); -
ger. sandhaya
(q.
v.)\
pp. samhita
(q.
v.) ; cp. sandhi.
sand an a, n. (= sa.) a rope,
bond, fetter;
acc. ^aih, Dh. 398,
sandeha, m. (= sa.)
i)
conglo-
meration (of material elements); wow.
-.0 (puti-o,
q. V.) 107,8 = Dh. 148;

'')
doubt,
uncertainty ; acc, rvam
(janassa)
110,ic.
sand bay a, indecl. (ger. sandahati,
q.
V.)
1) ger, directing;
dhanum
^,
111,22 ("bending or seizing his bow");
*) prp. w. acc. towards, in that direc-
tion or meaning, with reference to,
coucerningj
sariram
^, 85,29.
sandhavati, vb. (sa. saiii-v/dhav)
to run through
(acc); cond. 1. sg.
~issaiii
(anekajati-samsaraiii) Dh.
257 8abbBDDU
153 (in the Bense of a futurum in pra-
terito
: "I should run through", like
adhigacchissam,
104,u
(3.
v.), cp.
SBE.X.P.
43; Tr.PM.
56; Childers,
.TRAS. V. (187n
p. 222).
sandbi, m.
(= sa.)
) junction,
union; agreement; joint; *) interval,
crevice, hole; ace. ,>^im (pakara-",
q.
V.) 90,34. 91,8-b; aloka-, w. (w. A.).
-
sandhi-ccheda, mfn, cutting over
the ties, or making hole; m, a hole or
breach in a wall; Dh, 97, /%/0 (naro).
Banna, mfn,
(pp. sidati; =
o.;
cp. nisinna) set down, sunk down (into,
loc.)-, m. <^o (pamke) Dh. 327.
sannaddha, mfn,
(pp. fr. next;
^ 5a.) armed, mailed ; m. i>,o (kha*
ttiyo) 107,j4
== Dh. 387.
sannayhati, vb. (sa. sam-v/nah)
to bind, put on, gird on (weapons,
acc); ger. -witva (khaggam) 33,9.
41,19;
(dhanukalapam) 76,i6; pp. san-
naddha
(q.
v.).
sannicaya, w. (= sa.) gathering,
heaping together, accumulation (of pro-
visions); MOW. ^0, Dh, 92.
*sannitthana, n, (sa. *8aiii-
nish^hana) resolution, determination,
conviction; acc. ,>./am (katva) 43,7.
sannipatati, vb. (sa, sam-ni-
Y'pat)
to come together, assemble;
aor. 8, sg, sannipati, 17,83; 3. pi.
^^imsu, 10,t; ger. ->/itva, 10,2s. 72,s9;
pp.
Bannipatita, loe. m, r^e, 18,i9; m,
pi. 'v.a, 31,a; cam., v. below\ cp.
next.
sannipata, m, (= sa.) union,
collection, assembly; acc. r^&m (ak-
kharanam)
Dh. 352; loc, -%/anihi
(devata-") llO.so.
sannipateti, vh. (caus. sanni-
patati) to collect, call together, as-
semble (acc); ger. .vetva, 6,;
caus.
II.
*8annipatapeti,
id.; aor. 3. sg.
(v-esi, 10,6;
ger. ^^etva, 8,6. 42,8.
"sannibha, mfn. (e. c. = sa.)
like, similar; m. /wO (uttatta-kana-
ka-) 85,7.
sanniyasa,
m. (=
sa.) living
together, compftoy with
(^.);
nom.
FUi Oloiurjr.
/>^o, Dh,
206; instr. ^ena (satam)
29,13; 37,38.

*loka-'', m. the society
of men, all the world, nom. /vO (sa-
kalo) 16,13.
sannisinna, mfn. (sa, saiii-ni-
shanna, y^sad) sitting together; m. pi,
r^Si, 29,31.
sannissita, mfn. (Btiddh. sa.
sam-ni-Qrita) connected with; acc, m,
fvaiii (vaciduccarita-) 86,8.
sanneti, vb. (sa, 8am-\/ni) to mix,
knead (acc); grd, fvetabba, n. is/aih
(oun^am) 83,it.
sapatha, m. (sa, Qapatha) an oath;
acc, rv&m (katva) 41,S6; (yakkliim
akarayi, "made her take an oath")
111,99.
sappa, m. (sa, sarpa) a snake,
serpent; nom. t\,o, 52,i7; acc. i>^am
(udaka-O) 52,88.
sappi, n.
(&
m.f) (sa. sarpis)
clarified butter, ghee; dvandva comp,
-madbu-<, 61,86.
sappurisa, m. (sa. satpurusha;
cp. sa^) a good man; nom, rwO, Dh,
64; acc, ^am, Dh. 208.
sabba, mfn. (sa. sarva) whole,
entire, all, every; m. ^^o, 86,6; 90,82
(loko, 'all men'); acc. /x/am, 4,i6;
f.
r>^& (nadi) 48,6; n. /syam, everything,
65,19; 70,84 (adittam); 96,i5 To.'atthi);
20.5. 31,28 ('the whole story'); pi. m.
f^e, 3,24; f.
^a, 66,81 (nom.);
86,4
(acc); instr, /%..ebi, 11,10; 70,82; gen.
/^esam, 11,3. 114,28; most frequently
at the beg. of subst, comp. ; 4,84. 7,8S,
10.6,
etc, etc.] sabbaBga-", v, aflga;
"-gandhapana, v. apana; Moka, v.
abbibhu, adhipacca, hita; sabbalam-
kara-**, v, alamkara; sabbakara-'^, v.
akara; sabbabharana-, v. abhavana;
sabbitthiyo, v. itthi; cp. next etc. etc.
.
*8abba-ceta80, adv., v. cetas.
*8 abbafij aha, mfn. (sa. *8arvam-
jaha; cp. jafaati) 'having left all', m.
^0,
Dh. 353.
8abbanfiu,m. (sa. sarva-jfia) om-
niscient (said of a Buddha); hence
'*'sabbafinuta, /*., omnisoience; instr.
<vaya (Sattbu) 110,u.
17
eabbato 258
8 abb at 0, adv. {sa. sarvatas) from
all sidcB, entirely; *"-bhagena, adv.
on every side, 27,-s {cp. bhaga).
sabbattha, adv. {sa. sarvatra)
everywhere; D;i. 83. 193, 348. 361.
sabbada, adv. {sa, sarvada) al-
ways; at any rate;
108,8; Dh. 207;
340 (y.
I. sabbadhi, 'everywhere', 'in
every direction').
*8abbadhi, adv.
(fr,
sa. *8arva-
dha (= vi(jvadha), Weber, Ind. Str.
Ill, 392; cp. 8a?vadry-anc) on all
sides, in every respect; Dh. 90; 340
{v. I.).
"sabba-bhasa, mfn, {cp, bhasa,
/".) apeaking all languu/jes; gen, pi.
'wanuiii (sattunuiii, "all people of
different tongues") 134,S9.
*.al)bavidu, /. (c|). vidu, vidii;
sa. savva-vid) all knowing; m. .%.u
('ham asni) Dh. 363.
^sabba-Huinukkaiiisika, mfn.
,
V. HiitmtkkiiiiiHikii.
8abba-8eta, mfn. {sa. 8arva-
Qveta') white all over; m, ^o, 21,84.
Baobaso, adv. {sa, sarvatas)
wholly, untirely. at nil, at any rate,
always {w. ncffution \ not nt all, never)
j
:M,id. til, id. l);j,ae, IM,!); Dli, U05,
367. 4ly.
8abba-80 vanna, mfn. (sa.sarva-
sauvarna) entirely of gold, golden all
over; m. ^o (kayo) 8'i,>6. 85,4-0.
8abl)abhibliii, m{fn). {sa. sarvii.
bhibhu) who has conquered nil; Dh.
353.
sabbha, mfn.{sa. sabhya) polite,
honorable; V. a-sabbha.
sab b hi, v. sat.
sablia,
f.
(=: sa.) an assembly or
mooting; a largo room or hall; dlrnm-
^la-^ /. {q.
v.).
sabhaga, mfn., v. sa*.
sabliava, m. {sa, sva-bhava) na-
tural state or disposition, nature; comp.
*ii8antiiHana-'', mfn. {v. a-saiitasaiia).
Hanui*, m. {sa, (;aiiia) tranquillity,
equanimity, absence of pussion; ace.
f^&m carati, to lead a life of tranquil-
lity, 7,80. Dh. 142 (in this construction
difficult to be
distinguished from sama
*,
t.); *8ama-cariya, f,
the living in
tranquillity; ->^a, instr.
(shortened of
,^aya) Dh. 388. cp, samatha, sara-
mati, etc.
aama, mfn. (== sa) ") like, equal
to {gen. or e. c); m. f%/0 (me aaccena^
108,81
;
pi. '^a (bhavanti) 74,s; <*-vi-
bhatta, n. {q.
v.)
;
gopanasi-bhogga-*',
47,32 (g.
v.); dosa-", raga-, mfn.
Dh.
202;
pathavi-o, Dh. 96;
- >) even;
ace. m. /%/aih (maggarii karetva) 62,o;
- )just, impartial; m. subst. impar-
tiallity, justice [sijnon. dhamraa); instr,
rwena (riayati pare) Dh. 257; dham-
mena ^ena, 42,20 {cp. sama'). cp.
BtLxna,
f,
& samana, mfn.
samagga, mfn. {sa. samagra)
*) all, entire; *^ agreeing, harmonious;
ace. m.pl. pwe (savake) 108,2oi
gen, pi.
^iinaiii, Dh. 194; *-vasa, nt. living
together in unity & hnrmony, ace, <^niil
(vuHiinto, tilya Hiiddhiili) 68,25; loc,
/%^e, 46,17. cp. samaggi.
sarnafigiH, mfn. (= sa) & *8a-
mangi-bliutn, mfn. endowed with, pos-
sessed of {iuslr.)\ gen, m. .^..bhutassa
(kiiiiiMKiiiii'lii) ))7,gr>i
BumiiAiiii,
f,
{sa, BainSjfiii) name,
appellation, terra; nom, <%,u, 97,1.
samana, m, {sa, Qramana) an
ascetic, mendicant monk, esp, (by non-
Buddhists) said of tlie Buddhist men*
dicnnls & even of Buddha himself, but
also of the monks of other sects; nom.
-x/O (Gotamo) 71,25. 110,8; Dh. 265.
388 (false etymology I samltatta, sa-
macariya, v, h)\ Dh. 264-66 (n'atthi
bfihiro, V. h.)\ gen. pi. ,^iiniii (Sakya*
puttiyiiimii)) 73,00;
-
comp, "-dluirii-
ma, m, the ascetic duties, ace. >N/am,
15,12. 45,7; paccha-", m,
{q.
v.); ma*
hii-'', m, the great 8. (. c, Gotamn
Buddha)
76,si; dvandva cowjj. "-brilli-
muiiM, Ml. pi, 104,1 ; ace, rwc, 19,.
cp. siiinai'ii'ia, siiiUHncni.
samatikkaiita, mfn.
{pp.
sam-
ati-kkamati; sa, v'kram, samatikran-
ta) transgressed, surpassed, overcome;
269 adai] samadaDa
. c. free from
: *papafica-">. Dh. 195
iq.
v.) cp, 7iext.
samatikkama,
m. (sa. samati-
krama) transgressing,
surpassing,
over-
coming;
dat,
rwSya
(soka-parideva-
naiii)
90,17.
*8amativijjhati,
vb. (sa. *8am-
ati-Y^vyadh) to pierce or break through,
penetrate
(ace); pr. 3. sg. ,>^ati (aga-
ram
vutthi) 106,3i = Dh. 14.
samattha,
mfn. (sa, samartha)
able to, capable of
(inf.); venturing
(do.); knowing to behave, or capable
of finding a way; m. ^o (jale pi thale
pi) 4,u; 27,16. 36,19. (w. inf.); ^o
n'ahosi (do. Mid not venture')
40,8;
f.
'N.a,
27,xi; pi. ^a, 39,ii, cp. sam-
atthiya.
samatha, i. (sa. gamatha) =
sama*; ace. r^am (gataui, "subdued")
Dh. 94.
samanantara, mfn. (= sa.) im*
mediately following; ,va, adv. (cp, sa,
samanantaraiii) immediately after,
80,18.
s am ant a, tnfn. (= sa.) being on
every side, whole, entire; abl. adv.
*) .^a, on all sides, around, completely;
38,8; 90,33 (w. ^en., nagarassa);
104,3;
**) /N/ato, id.; 63,83. 86,8. cp. samanta.
samannagata, mfn. (sa. saman-
vagata) attended by, endowed with,
possessed of (instr, or e. c); m. ^o
(dbammehi) 3,24; (dasahi aSgebi)
82,14; 85,19. 91,26-87;
f.
pi. >^a. (asad-
dhaiiinia-'*) 61,26.
samannaharati, vb. (sa. *sam-
anu-a-^hj") to direct one's whole at*
tention to (acc); ger. ^itvg (sabba-
cetaso, "seizing upon it with their
whole minds") 71,84.
samappita, mfn. (pp, fr,
next;
sa. samarpita) delivered over to (loc.)
;
endowed with (instr, or e. c.) ; m. pi,
/%/a (nirayamhi) 108,t = Dh. 315;
gen, m. /v.-assa (kamagunehi) 67,86;
comp. yaso-bhoga-", mfn. Dh. 303.
samappeti, vb.(ta, samarpayati,
caua. Bam-Y/r)
to deliver over, coneign
(acc. & gen); aor. 3. sg. /^^appayi,
110,27.
samaya, j. (= sa.) ) time, oc-
casion, season
;
nom. /x-o (pabbajja-")
46,12; acc, ^nm. (ekaiii, "once") 66,2s.
71,20
;
pacciisa-'' ("at dawn")
68,9;
pubbanha-**, 76,i5; majjhantika-",
97,34; instr. -v^ena (tena) 6,32. 71,ai.
74,17; aparena x/, "afterwa .'s",
95,83.
101,16; loc. ^e (ekasmim, once upon
a time)
30,28; tasniim w, 40,3o. 62,io;
addharatta-**, "at midnight",
40,8;
nidagha-", 3,32 ; sayanba-",
2,32; 14,ii.
*) view, doctrine, system, religious
persuasion;
*samma-viiinata-,
mfn.
113,4 (v. viunata),
samalamkata, mfn, (sa. sani-
dlamkfta) well adorned, decorated;
M. o/am(vitana-'', q. v.) 112,8.
samassattha, mfn, (sa. sama-
Qvasta,
pp. sam-a-Vpvas) revived,
recovered; -kale, when he was re*
covered, 20,7. cp. next.
samassaseti, vb. (cans, sam-a-
\/<;vas) to reanimate, comfort (acc);
imp. 2. sg. ,>..ehi (nam) 46,u; aor.
3. sg. ,%/esi, 46,
12;
ger, /vetva, l,u.
67,36. 89,12.
sama,
f.
(= sa.) a year
(=
vassa); sataiii-gamarii, Dh. 106 (v.
sata ').
samagacchati, vb. (sa. sam-S-
\/gam) to come together, assemble,
arrive; w. instr. to meet with, to be
united with, cling to; aor. 2. sg,
^ganchi (piyehi) 106,25 = Dh. 210;
ger. ,>,gantva, 10,7. 75,36
; pp. ^gata,
HI. ^0, 110,9;
pi. ^a, 108,3, 109,8.
cp. next.
samagama, m. (= sa.) coming
together, meeting with; assembly;
nom. /vo, 20,80. 112,i6. Dh. 207.
eamadapeti, vb. (cam, sama-
diyati; sa. samadapayati) to incite,
arouse (acc); pr. 3. sg. <N/eti, 71,88)
aor, 3. sg. i^'Csi, 77,8s; ger, vetva,
78,88; pp,
m, />..ito, 77,27.
samadana, n. (= sa.) taking
upon oneself, undertaking; a vow;
17*
&mfidiyatl 260
m!ccliS-ditthi-<*, mfn, "embracing falte
doctrines", pL A^a, Dh. 316.
samadiyati, vb. {aa, 8ain>S-\/dS,
ep, adiyati) to talo upon oneself, adopt
(aec.)
;
ger. ) .>.adaya (vissaih dbam-
maifa) 106,5 = Dh. 266;
>) ^adiy.
itva (sllam) 14,i8; caus. samadapeti
(g.
V,); samadana, ., . above.
samadhi, nt. (= sa.) tranquillity
'
of mind, meditation, self-concentration,
the highest stage of jbana
(q.
v.);
wow, /^i, 103,22; eamma-", 67,5 (right
meditation); acc. ->^im (adhigacchati)
Dh. 249. 366; instr. ^ina, Dh.
144;
comp. **'-jhaiia, n. 109,si.
s a m a n a ^ , mfn. (= sa.) like, equal
;
same, alike; comp, *samana-baia,di-
padesa, mfn., 43,8i {v, padesaV,
*"-vaya-bhiiva, mfn, 43,!o {v, vaya");
"-vasa, mfn. dwelling with equals,
. f^Oy 104,21 ; """-samvasa, m. the
dwelling together with equals (family-
life), nom. r^o, Dh. 302 (2.
ed.
[a]-
samana-vaso
?);
*manussa-samana-
liarira, mfn,
wifj body like men, m,
pi. ,%.a (macchs) 25,23. cp. sama,
samaniya.
*samana*, mfn, (part, nted, fr,
attbi) being (pleonast, added mostly
to past part., or sometimes to adj.);
ni. O.0 (puttho) 0,4; (vutto) 98,lo;
(andho) 25,i6; acc, pi. m. r^e (matte)
59,26, cp. Pischelf Gv.

561.
*8amaniya, mfn. (fr. samana',
cp, sa, samanya, adv) joined, aBsem-
bled; mi. pi. ^a, (putta me, "my
children are ail about roe")
105,5.
samaniiti, vh. {sa,^ 8am-a-\/m)
to collect, assemble (occ); ger, r^etva
(3ai!igkam) 114,7.
samilpajjati, vb, {sa, sam-a-
\/pad) to attain, arrive to, enter into
(acc); aor. 3. sg. ^pajji (catuttba-
jjbanam) 80,5, cp. next etc,
samapatti,
f,
(= sa.) 'attain-
ment', one of the eight Buccessive states
of the ecstatic meditation; ahl, ,^iya
(akasanaficayatana-", q. v.)
80,6, etc.
samapanna, mfn,
(pp, eama-
pajjati; = sa.) arrived to, entered
into (aee. or e, e.)\ tn. .vO, 80,i;
iccha-lobha-,
Dh. 264.
samaraddha, mfn,
{aa. samS-
rabdba)
undertaken, begun; 8U-', mfn,
Dh. 293 {q,
v,),
[8
am as a ti], vb. {sa. 8am-\/a>)
to sit together, associate with {instr.);
pot, 3. sg. med, samasetha (sabbmr
eva) 29,12.
saraasato, adv. {abl. samasa, m,
abridgement; sa. samasatas) concisely,
briefly, in an abridged form, 114,i2.
samahita, mfn. (= sa.) put to*
gether, collected, composed, e. C, fur-
nished with; m. /^o, Dh, 362 (col-
lected in mind); *pafina-sila-'*, mfn.
Dh. 229
{q.
v.); a-samahita, 8U-8am5-
bita, mfn., v, a-", 8U-.
samijjbati, vb, {sa, sam-v/rdh)
to prosper, succeed, flourish, ripen;
pr, 3, sg, ,%^ati (viriya-phalam) 42,i4-i9.
cp. samiddbi.
*8aminjati, vb, (a secondary for-
mation of
sam-Y/ing) to tremble, falter;
pr. 3, pi, ^anti, 106,29 = Dh, 81.
{cp. Weber, Ind. Str. Ill, 397; 01-
denberg, KZ. XXV
(1881) 324.)
*8amitatta, n, {fr. samita,
pp.
sameti; sa, *(;amita-tva) the being
appeased or quieted ; abl. r^a, (papa-
naifa) Dh. 265.
samiti, /".(== sa.) coming together,
meeting; battle, war; acc, i>^\m, Dh.
321.
samiddbi,
f.
{sa. samfddbi) suc-
cess, increase, perfection, welfare; ace,
rvira (attano) Dh. 84.
samipa, n. {= sa.) nearnesB,
proximity; only used adverbially in
oblique cases : 'near', 'in the vicinity',
Howards' (often e. c); acc. ^am,
66,10; 8,21 (kbetta-o);
65,u (dvara-");
instr. ^ena,
49,3 (apana-"); loc. ^e,
44,29; 21,18 (nagara-);
73,2o (gan-
dhakut>);
84,si (Rajagaba-"); ekas-
miiii
gama-samipe, in the vicinity of a
certain village,
SS.ss; ^ambi (Bodhi-
manda-o)
113,8;
-
samipa-ttba, mfn.,
standing near; acc, m. ,>^aiii, 110,2i.
samirati, vb. {pass, eam-^/ir,
261 samodbiaeti
prob.
contraction
of
*8amiriyati) to
be moved or shaken;
pr.
3. sg, ^ati
(vatena)
106,39 =
Dh.
81.
samukkamsati,
vb. (sa. sam-
ut-v/krsh) to elevate,
praise, extol
(ace.)
J
pot. 3. sg.
<^kamse
(attanam)
103,30. cp.
samukkamsika.
samugga,
j. {sa.
saraudga) a
box, casket;
ace.
^wa\
(catujati-gan-
dha-o)
41,; loo. ^o (suvanna-")
41,e.
samucchinna,
/"n.
("=
so.;
pp.
samucchindati)
uprooted,
destroyed;
n, ^arii, Dh. 250 =
263.
samutthana, n. (so.
samutthana)
rise, origin; *Oajjhatta-<',
& ofaahid-
dha-, mi/Vj. (r.
/.).
*samutthapana, n. (mow. ant,
/".
next) the causing to rise or start;
katha-o,
G4,io ("-attham, "for sake of
starting talk").
saiuutthapeti, vh. (cans, sam-
utthati, T/stha; sa. samutthapayati)
to cause to rise (acc.)
;
aor. 3. sg. /x/esi
(vatarii) 19,is; 3. pi. />./esum (kathaih,
"they discussed the matter")
29,38.
samuttliita, mi/Vj.
(pp.
samu-
ttliati, \/stba; sa. samutthita) risen,
sprung from ; n. /x-aih (ayasa, v, ayas)
106,19 = Dh. 240.
samutte.jeti, vb. (cans. *sam-
ut-y/tij ; Buddh. sa. sainuttijayati) to
incite, inflame (acc); pr. 3. sg. N^eti,
71,22; aor. 3. sg. /s./esi,
77,25; ger.
^etva, 78,22; pp.
m. ^^./ito, 77,37.
samudaya, w. (== so.) rise, origin,
cause; nom. t>^o (rupassa)
94,8; (du-
kkha-kkhandassa) 66,12; *''-dhamma,
mfn., subject to birth, n, r^am, 68,27
(opp. nirodha-dhamma); dukkha-",
m. the cause of suffering; r^&m ariya-
saccam, 67,i3, cp. dukkha-nirodha.
samudacarati, vb. (sa. satn-ud-
a-^/car) to appear, behave; to follow,
attack, treat, overcome; to speak to,
address (acc); pr. 3. pi. /s^anti (an-
fiamafifiam avuso-vadena) 79,?; 96,8o;
grd. <v.itabba, 79,7-io.
samudahata, mfn. (aa. samu*
dabfta, Vbr)
mentioned, named; acc.
m. pi. f^e (pottbake) 114,i7.
samudda, m. (sa. satuudra) the
sea, ocean; nom. ^0 (maha-") 95,t3;
acc. /vara,
20,19; gen. r^assa, 2,ii;
locj ^e (maba-),
10,28; gen. pi.
-"wanam (catunnarii) 89,1*; ku-samud-
da, >., V. ku-; "-lira, n.; "-devata,
/".,
"-pittbe & "-majjbe, loc.
(q.
v.)\
dakkbina-", m. & pakati-", m. (v. h.).
samuppada, m. (so. samutpada)
rise, origin; '^dukkha-*', t. the origin
of pain; occ .vara, 107,i = Dh. 191
(synon, dukkha-saraudaya,
67,i);
paticca-", m. 66,5 (v. /.).
8amu88aya, . (so. samuccbraya)
collection, accumulation, tsp. the aggre-
gation of the elements (mental and
material) of a human being; existence^
birth, body; nom. ^0 (antimo, the
last existence)
108,i7; occ ^aih, 80,23.
cp. next.
samussita, mfn.
(pp. 8am-ud-
V^ri;
sa. samuccbrita) collected, joined
together; or, elevated, arrogant
(?)
Dh. 147.
samuhata, mfn.
(pp. fr. next;
sa. samuddhata) done away, pulled
out, extirpated ; n, /x-aiii (mulaghaccarii)
Dh. 260.
*8amiihanti, vb. (sa. *sara-ud-
v/han) to lift up, throw away, abolish
(acc); imp. 3. sg. o^antu (sikkhapa-
aani, saiiigbo) 79,i2.
pp.,
v. above.
samuheti, vb. (caus. sam-\/uh;
sa. samuhayati) to collect, assemble
(occ); ger. /<wetva (samgham) Il4,i3.
samekkhati, vb. (sa. sam-\/iksb)
to investigate, examine, consider, pon-
der (occ); ger. samekkbiya (katba-
maggam) 113,3o.
sameti', vb. (sa. sara-y/i) 'to
come together', agree with (instr.);
pr. 3. sg. .>./eti (sutaiii di^^bena) 54,is.
sameti', vb. (cans, sammati; sa,
Qamayati) to appease, quiet (occ); pr,
3. sg. <veti (papaiii) Dh.
265; pp.
samita, v. samitatta, n.
""samodbaneti, vb. (denom.
fr.
satnodbana, sa. samavadbana) to put
together, connect, compare; to enuine-
eampnjIlDft 262
Mte, calculate, aum up (acc); aor, 3,
sg. ^esi (jatakam, q. v.) 29,i7.
*9
a m
p
aj a n f
.
, mfn, {numen agentis
fr, sam-pra-v/jf 5)
coriBoiou, ielfpos*
eio(l; . ^0, 'I8,ai\ gen.pl. rviinaih,
Dh. 293 (svnon. sata").
sampajjati, vb, (sa. 8am-\/pad)
*) to prosper, succaet
;
pr. 3. sg, /x^ati
(takes root) 37,'", part, ^anta, flou-
iihinp, 102,7 (a-samptijjantesu, loc,
pi.); fut. 3. pi, ^issanti (sassani)
ib. ; 2) to become, turn into (oi.)
;
pot. 3. sg. ~eyya (dadhi) 101,97;
-
pp,
sampanna
{q.
v.), cans, sampa-
deti
{q.
v.), cp. sampatti.
*saaipaticchati, vb. (sa. sam*
prati-Y'ish) tc receive, accept; consent,
agree to (acc); aor. 3. sg, -^icchi
(sadhu'ti) 5,i. 6,29. 53,i6; 46,i5; 3.
pi. -viccliiriisu (tarn silam)
75,36; ger,
^icchitva, l,i8. 14,i4-2o. 62,23; pp.
/>^icchitti, 55,33 {loc. ahs, tena ,^e,
when he had coneeuted).
sampatta, mfn. {sa. sam-prapta)
reached, attained; who has reached,
arrived, come to; mj. x/0 {w, acc.
Mahavihararii) 114,8; m. pi. ^a
(used B8 tempus finitum 'came') 20,i3.
62,22; acc. pi. m. fs,e (yacake) 14,io;
comp, '-nava (a ship arrived there),
27,12 {acc. ^aiii); "-parisa (the as-
sembly present there) 86,10 (do^ ^aya).
sampatti,
f.
(= sa.) success,
prosperity; excellence, perfection;
pleasure, bliss; magnificence, glory;
nom. rs^i, 68,11; 42,10; acc. (^irii, 4,i8.
63,17) rupa-", beauty, l^.u; dibba-",
divine bliss,
23,17.
{
Bum p anna, mfn. (= .;
pp,
saiupiijjuti) ') complete, perfect, ex*
cellent; "-sassa, n, excellent crops,
26,18; *"-vijja-CRrana, mfn. perfect in
knowledge and behaviour, ut. pi, (n/S,
Dh, 144; *'-8ila, f)ifn, perfect in vir-
tiu'K, f/cn, pi. i^atmili, Dh.
57; Nah-
liallgii-", VI fn. {v,
aflfiu);
- ") endowed
with, possessed of, full lof {w. instr.
or more frequently C. c.)\ ui. ^0 (plia-
larukkbelii) 2,20;
cotttp, *thama-",
1,8;
pakka-plialu-pindi-", 2,i; klianti-me
ttanuddaya-", 7,i; ana-, 10,m; sara-"
18,S4; flanaA
24,u; anubhava-',
36,28;
sila-o, 41,86;
sabba-lakkhana-O,
65,8;
roalil-gandha-vibhilti-o, 61,4;
pnrideva-8oka-o, 69,8;
sila-dassana-o,
Dh. 217 (v. /.).
sampayata, mfn. {sa. sampraya-
ta) come together, having advanced
towards; m. f%/0 (Yamassa santike)
Dh. 237.
sampayoga,M. {sa. samprayoga)
joining, conjunction, connection (with,
instr.); nom. %/0 (appiyehi) 67,.
[saniparivatta, .]
{sa. sam-
parivarta) turning or rolling round;
only in comp. ^''-sayiH, mfn.
"rolling
oneself about", nom. m. r>^l, Dh. 326.
samparivareti, vb. {catts. sam-
pari-y/vr) to surround (acc); ger.
/^ayitva (narii) 64,3o.
*sampavedhi, mfn. {fr, sam-
pavedhati. to tremble, shake, swing
to and fro; sa. 8am-pra-\/vyath) shak-
ing, trembling; only in comp. a-sam-
pavedbi*/, mfn. {v. h.).
sampassati, vb. {sa. sam-ypap)
to look upon, regard, consider (acc);
pari, m, --vpassarii (vipulam sukhaifa)
Dh,
290; part. med. m. /^passamano
(adinavaiii) 93,82 (considering it dan-
gerous).
sanipahariiseti, vb. {sa. sam-
prabarahayati, cans. 8am-pra-\/hr8b)
to make glad (acc); pr. 3. sg. ,>^eti
(bbikkhu)
71,23; aor, 3. sg. ^esi,
77,25; ger. ,>^etva, 78,2; pp, ,%^ito,
Ml. 77,27.
sampildeti, r6. (ca!<s. sampajjati;
sa. Hiiinpadiiyati) to bring about, pro-
duce, supply, prepare {acc.)\ intr. to
go to work, endeavour, strive; pr. 3.
sg. ^eti (ratbarii)
98,i7; imp. 2. pi.
<%^etha
(appamadena)
80,;
ger.
N/etva,
6,4,
57,21; pp. sampadita,
propiu'od,
41,11,
sumpffpuiiRti, vb, (o. sam-iira-
yiip) to reach, come to, arrive at
(acc); aor, 3. sg.
sampapuni,
29,25;
8. pi. ,>.imsu,
59,27,
sampunna,
mfn, (sa. sampurna)
263 saramatta
complete, accomplished;
*<-pada,
mfn.
complete up to the single words; n.
{adv.)r^{}im. (correctly,
perfectly)
113,7.
samphassa,
. {sa. samsparga)
touch, contact;
nom. ^o (*cakkhu-)
70,26; (*mano-0,
q. v.)
70,33; ace.
-^am (hattha-o)
51,9. cp. vedayita,
vifinana,
samphusati.t;?). {sa. sam-yspr?)
to come in contact with, touch; suffer,
endure (ace); aor. 3. sg. ^\x%i (metri
causa) 78,30 (abadham).
sambandha, m. (= sa.) con-
nexion, conjunation; relationship (with,
instr.); ahl. />.a (tena, on account of
the relationship with him) 112,38,
sarabahula, mfn. (= sa.) nu-
merous; insir, pi, ,^ehi (bhikkhuhi)
76,ie.
sambadha, m. (= sa.) a narrow
place; press, crowd;
*''-tthana,
n. the
interstice between the legs, in the
comp. pakata-bibhaccha-**, mfn. having
the loathsome parts of the body dis-
closed,
f.
pi. op^a, 65,8.
*8ambahati (&
*sambaheti), vb,
(sa. sam
+
;/vah (bah)) to rub (ace);
aor. 3. sg. />^bahi (pahararii) 50,8-1.
sambuddha, *) mfn, (=
sa.)
awakened, clear in insight; nom. m,
-^0, 80,25;
gen. pi. f^anam, Dh. 181;
) m, a Buddha; gen. <N/assa, 104,ia;
loc. ^e, 81,*; "-mats, n. the doctrine
of the Buddha, 114,is ("-kovida);
samma-*', wj. the enlightened one, the
supreme Buddha, instr. ^ena, 88,s;
gen. ^./assa, 81,s;
Kassapa-",
28,i8
(g.
v.).
sambodhi,
f.
{= sa.) perfect
knowledge, supreme wisdom (of a
Buddha); dat. <N^aya, 66,3o. 93,8;
*'*-parayana, mfn,
destined to obtain
supreme wisdom, m. x/0, 79,8*;
*''-aa-
ga,
(m.) i. e. sambojjhafSga = bo-
jjhaBga (q.
v.); i)b. 89 (loc. pi.
/N/CSU).
sambhata, mfn. (sa. sam-bhrta)
collected,
produced, earned; gen. n,
^assa
(dbanassa) 62,5.
sambhava,
m. (= sa.) birth.
origin; being, existence; nom. f^O
(*jati-*', existence)
17,28; instr. o^ena
(matu-kuccbi-'*, on account of the so-
journ in the mother's womb)
62,28;
atta-", & *matti-o,
mfn, (q,v.).
sambhara, m. (= sa.) bringing
together; abl. ^a (anga-", q. v.) 98,30.
sambhuta, tnfn, (= sa.) pro-
duced, arisen, come into being; n.
^aib, 99,32.
samma-, shortened of samma
(q.
v.).
*S8imm&, indecl., a term of familiar
address to inferiors or equals (not to
women), sometimes also with plural
ending (satiiina) : friend! my dear!
[possibly some derivate from y'<jau),
or Qam, indecl, (ved, a.), cp, (jamya,
(jamya, etc., if not, after all, akin to
samraa (v. below); it is by some con-
sidered as related to sa. saumya; Faus-
bell, Five Jat.
p. 37, hesitatingly, refers
to sa. (jarman; Pischel, KZ (BB.) I.
p. 176, to sa. *^amba]; 1,20. 6,2s; w.
foil. voc. : o^ kumbhila, 3,i5; %.- mora,
10,u; />^ kappaka, 44,22.
sammajjati, vb. (sa, sam-^/mrj)
to sweep, cleanse, scrub (acc); grd,
m. ^itabbo (deso) 82,33; f,
/va, 84,22;
pp.
V. next.
sammattha, mfn.
(pp.
samma-
jjati; sa. sam-mrsh^a) cleansed, smooth;
"-passa, mfn.
well-formed, beautiful,
acc.
f.
r^&m. (kumarim) 47,i9.
sam mat a, mfn. (= sa.) ') con-
sidered as, so called; sutta-", 110,3;
>) elected, authorized; m.
(&
n,?) a
deputy; a select committee; '"samgha-'^,
109,5.
sammati, vb. (sa, ^/^am) to be-
come quiet, appeased; to cease; to
rest, dwell; pr. 3. sg. o^ati, Dh,
3;
390 (sammati-m-eva); 3. pi. ^&nt\
(verani) 106,23-84 = Dh. 6;
caus.
sameti,
pp.
santa
(q,
v,) cp. sama,
samatba.
sammatta, mfn, (= sa,) inebri-
ated, maddened, mad with joy, love
&;
m, pi. 0.5 (maccha) 19,88; *putta-
pasu-**, mfn,
one who is fully engaged
ammad*
264
in taking care of hU ohlldren and cattle,
Dh. 287.
sammad-, sandhi-forin of samma
(g;.
V.) cp. next etc.
*8amma-d-akkbata, tnfn.
(fr.
samma
+
akkhata; sa. *8amyag-
akbyata) well preached; loc, (x^e
(dhamme) Dh. 86.
samma-d-aSna,
f.
(sa. samyag*
ajna) perfect knowledge; "-vimutta,
mfn. (v. anna) Dh. 67. 96.
*samma-ppajaiia, mfn. (fr.
samma
+
pajana, q. v.) possessed
of complete knowledge, m. i^O, Dh. 20.
*samma-ppanna,
f, (fr. samma
4" panna, q. v.) complete knowledge,
clear understanding; instr, i^aySi,
107,18 = Dh. 190.
sammasati, v'6. (sa. sam-ymr^)
to take hold of,, grasp; to consider,
meditate, perceive fully (acc); pr. 3.
sg. rvuti (khandhanara udayavyayam)
Dh, 374.
samma, indecl. (sa. samyak) com-
pletely, wholly, truly, properly, duly,
correctly, cltiariy ; nt the beg. of comp.
it is shortened to samma-" before
double cons. (v. iamma-ppajana, etc.),
' ind before vowels 'in euphonical -d-
generally is incerted \v, samma-d-
akkliata, etc.); likewise before a foil,
eva : samma-d-eva, 68,26; *) beyond
comp. : 24,32 (vaddliito); 82,le
(?
sam-
ma-vattitabbarii, v. samma- vattati
below); 99,8i (vadeyya); 102,6-7 ("vas-
sati, sauipajjjssanti); Dh. 89 (suohS-
vitaih); Dh. 373 (vipas^ato); ^) at
the heg,
of comp., v. sepi^raiehj.
8 a m m a
-
a j
I \ a , m, (sa. samyag-
ajiva) right living,
67,4.
samma-kammanta, m. (sa.sam-
yak-kiirmanta) right conduct, 67,4.
samma-ditthi
, f.
(sa. samyag-
drsliti) right belief,
67,3, 96,6.
*8amma-panihita, /"., v, pa-
nihita.
*sammaparinama, m., t>. pa-
rinama.
samma-vattati, vb. (probably
to be read in two words) to observe
a right conduct
(towarde, loe.)\ prd.
n. /vitabbam, 82,i. ep. next.
*8amma-vattana, f.
right con*
duct or behaviour; 82,it.
samma-vaca, f.
(sa. aatnyag-
vac)
right speech, 67,4.
samma-vayama,
nt. (sa, eam-
yag-vyayama)
right endeavour, 67,5.
*8am ma-viiinata, tnfn.
perfectly
known or understood ; "-samaya, mfn.
having a perfect knowledge in religious
doctrines, 113,4.
samma-samkappa,
m.(sa.8am-
yak-saiiikalpa) right aspiration or re-
solve, 67,4;
*o-gocara, mfn.
"following
true desires" {opp. miccha-") Dh. 12.
samma-sati,
f.
(sa. samyak-
amrti) right recollection, 67,5.
samma-samadbi, m. (sa, sam-
yak-") right meditation, 67,5.
samma-sambuddha, in. (sa.
samyak-") v. sambuddha.
sammukha, mfn. (= sa.) being
face to face with (gen.)\ present; sui-
table; m. pi. ^a, 79,20; abl. (adv.)
o^a (Bhagavato, in the presence of)
98,29; 109,31 (sutva, "having heard
it from B. himself") ; cowp. *-cinna,
n. a manifest suitable deed; instr.
/x/ena, 14,3. cp. next & samukba-
ve^hita, 61,3 (v. sa-*).
sammuti,
f.
(sa. sammati) custom,
general or current opinion (or expres-
sion), name, appellation, phrase; hoti
sattoHi sammuti, 98,31 ("we use the
phrase a living being").
sammodati, vb. (sa, sam-y/roud)
to exchange friendly greetings; aor.
3. sg. sammodi (Bliagavata saddhira)
89,20
;
part. med. rw raodamana, dwell-
ing friendly and harmonious together,
16,19; grd, sammodaniya, in the
phrase : sammodaniyarii katham etc.
89,20. 93,21. 96,26 (v. vitisareti). cp.
pati-sammodati.
sammoha, m. (= sa.) confusion;
acc. .^am (apadim, v. apajjati) 94,22;
dat. rvaya (alarii,
q. v.) 94,24.
saya, mfn. (sa. (;aya) lying, sleep*
ing; V, guha-", dari-".
265
sallSpa
sayam,
indecl.
(sa.
svayam) self,
by one's self,
spontaneously
; 7,8. 33,82.
46,16; sayam eva,
65,i!5.
85,88; sayam
pi,
112,j; comp. O-kata,
mfn. Dh.
347 (v. h.)',
-jata,
mfn. 'self-born',
growing wild,
22,1 (o-sali).
cp. samara.
sayati, vb,, v. seti,
say an a, . (sa.
^ayana) lying,
Bleeping;
bed, oouoh; ace,
^&, 112,;
instr,
^ena,
20,6. 61,io; Dh. 271
(vivicca-o,
q.
v.); abl. ^a, 41,i7; (uccS-
-maha-0)
81,je;
^ato, 16,4 (dabba-
tina-o);
gen. .vassa,
47,6; loc. /ve
(pupphanam
amnianaraattena abhi-
ppakinna-")
65,3o; 4i,36 (maha-^) cp,
siri-sayana;
"-gabbha, m. bed-cham.
ber,
46,3; *"-gumba, m. 14,3S (v.
/.);
'-pittha (q.
V.) cp. next.
sayanasana,
., v. senSsana.
sayani-ghara, n. (sa. Qayana-
grha, cp. ^ayaniya-grha) a bed-cham-
ber; ace. -N^aih, 52,8.
sara', in, (sa. ^ara) an arrow;
ace. r^&m, Dh.
320; pi. ^a, Dh. 304.
sara', >. n, (sa, sara & saras)
a lake, pond; acc, ^aih, 4,i3; 3,3o
(paduraa-"); gen. />/as9a, 4,u; loc.
/%/e, 3,3. 21,36 (Tambapanni-"); >^U8-
mim, 5,16 [loc. also sarasi from saras];
*-tira, "-pariyanta (v. /.).
sara*, m. (sa. svara) sound, voice,
cry; acc. ,^aiii (atikaruna-") 27,i4;
(atta-ssaram, v. atta *) 40,2i
;
(gita-)
19,39; instr. .-^ena (madhurena) 17,87;
(madhura-ssarena) 6,8o. 62,is; "-sam-
panna, mfn. having a melodious voice,
m. O.-0 (moro) 18,3*.
saraka, m. n. (= sa.) a drinking
vessel or cup; instr. o^ena (suvanna-*')
41,11.
sarana, n. (sa, garana) refuge;
ace. ^am, Dh. 188;
192"=
107,8i;
f^&m gaccbati (upeti), to take refuge
in (aec.) : 69,i9. 106,J4. 107,i7
= Dh.
190;
pi. f^tLui (tini = ratanani, v.
ratana) 28,2S.
sarati, vb. (sa. y/amx) to remem-
ber (acc. or gen.), to think of (with
sorrow or regret); pr. 1. sg. /s/ami
(attanam) 27,m; an earlier form of pr,
3. sg. sumarati is found Dh. 324 (w.
gen. nagavanassa);
pp,
v, sata*; cp,
sati' & saraniya.
sarabha, m. (sa. garabha) a kind
of deer; ***-padaka, mfn. with legs of
that deer, loc, /ve (kancana-pallaitike)
42,9.
sarita, mfn, (= so,;
pp, y/ax)
moving, going, running; n, pi. /vani
(somanassani) Dh. 341 ("extrava-
gant"), ep. 8ari.
sarira, n. (so. garira) the body;
nom. /x/Bih,
2,7; aec. ^am, 1,6; 16,e
(saka-"); 67,89 (sakala-"); instr, ^exia,
89,9 (do.); abl. /^a, 45,i; .^ato, 23,32;
loc, fs/i,
15,83; "-patijaggana, n,,
""-bhariga, ., -mamsa, n. (v, h.);
*antiiua-, mfn.
(q.
v.); *obhagga-'',
mfn. one whose body is bent or crooked,
63,9; *manu8sa-9amana-, mfn.
(q.
V.)
;
maba-*', mfn. having a great body,
1,3;
cp. a-sarira, mfn.
salaka,
f.
(sa. galaka) a small
stick or twig, a piece or splint of bam-
boo and the like, uited as ticket or
ballot (by casting of lots); v, kala-
kanni-, 23,i2.
salayatana, n. (sa. shad-ayata-
na) tlie six organs of sense; nom. /vam,
66,8; "-nirodha, m. 66,u
(q.
v.) cp.
ayatann.
sal la, n. (sa. galya) a stake or
thorn, an arrow; a wound; wo!. /^am,
92,9; acc. ~am (attano, metaph, of
passions) 108,9; instr: .^ena, 92,7;
pi. r^sLni (*bhava-o,
q. v.) Dh.
351;
*''-saiithana, ., "the removal of the
thorns" (metaph.) Dh. 276. cp. next.
salla-katta, m. (sa. galya-karttr)
a surgeon; acc. /vam, 92,8.
sallakkheti, vb. (sa. sam-v/laksh)
to notice, observe, think of, consider
(acc.); ger. /^etva, 84,i7; a-sallak-
tfbetva (tarn karanam) 3,i8; (u\ gen,
tassa) 89,6.
sallapati, vb. (sa. saih-Vl^p) to
talk together, converse, speak to, ad-
dress
;
part. m. f^anto (tena saddhim)
13,24; f,
/vanti, 73,4. cp. next.
sail a pa, m, (sa. samlapa) conver-
ealliDa
266
(ation; allapa-',, m. id., aee. <vaih,
56,81 ; "katha-", m. id., instr, /^en&,
94,22.
sallioa, tnfn. (. sarfi-lina,
pp,
8ain-\/li) bent down, depreised; *a'
sallina, mfn, (v, h,).
savati, vb, {sa. \/8ru) to flow,
stream; pr. 3. pi. ^anti (sota) Dh.
340; cp, savana*, sota'*.
savana^, n. (^sa. ^ravana) hearing,
learning; dhamnia-", sad-dhamma-**
(g.
v.); 8u-ssavana, n, (v. su-").
savana^, n. {sa. sravana) flowing,
BtreBming;
*manana-, mfn. (y. h.).
savhaya, mfn. (e. c.) (fr. sa'
-|-
avhaya; sa. sahvaya) named, called;
Ananda-", m. ace. ^arii, 109,i5.
sasa, w. {sa. ga^a) a hare; nom.
rvO, Dh.342; *'*-panaita, . the wise
hare, 14,ia; *''-yoni,
f, {q.
v.); loc,
/%,iyaiii (nibbattilva, having been born
fls a liare)
14,8; *''-raia, hi. {v. mja/i)',
''-lakkhana, n, the eign of a hare, ace,
<N/ani, 16,10.
sassa, n. (rarely hi.) {sa, sasya
or gasya) corn, crop; nom, ^o, 26,2o;
ace, /N^arii,
8,5; 26,i8 (sampanna-",
q.v.)\pl. .N^ani, 7,35. 102,7; "karaka-
manussa, m. a husbandman, pi, ^a,
8,7; **'-rakkhana, n. protection of
fields, 8,7 (o-atthaxii).
sassata, mfn, {sa. ^a^vata) eter-
nal; HI. />,o (Icko) 89,21 ; a-sassato,
69,26
{q.
v.)\ m. pi. na (saiiikhara,
n'atthi) Dh. 255.
saha, prp. (=: sa.) with, together
with, simultaneously with {instr, or
abl.)', >./ khelena, 67,2i; j Brah-
iruna, Dh. 105; ^ pariuibbana {abl.)
60,10 ; cp, next etc,
saha-gata, mfn, (e. c;
= so.)
accompanied by; dukkha-", mfn. 97,8o;
naudi-raga-'', mfn, 67,is.
*8uhanukkami,
mfn. (saha
-f-
anukhama) toge her with all pertain*
iig; n. r^&m (sandiinaih) Dh. 398.
*saha-8einana,
n'fn, {v. sett
[sayati]) lying or reposing with; ace.
f.
r^^TXi (yakkhinirii) 112,8.
sahati, vh. {sa. ^sah) to overcorne,
conquer; to bear, endare (aee.); pr.
3. ag. /%/ati (metri causa) 107,8t
=
Dh. 335;
part, m, a-sahanto (duk-
khara) 32,6;
pot. 3, pi, -x/eyyuih
(vuttbiih) 104,28;
cp. sahasS, sahasa.
Sahampati, m, {Btiddh, sa, 8&-
hapati) an epithet of firahma/i (cp.
SBE. XIII, p. 86);
nom. Brahina ->^,
80,21.
sahasa, indeet. (== sa.) by vio-
lence; unexpectedly, inconsiderately;
Dh. 256 (atthaih naye); cp. a-saha-
sena.
sahassa, n. {sa, sahasra) a thou-
sand (w. nom. [or gen.'\ pi. of the
things numbered, or e. c); nom. ace,
sg. />.arii (datva, 1000 pieces of mo-
ney)
37,10; (vaca, gatha) Dh. 100.
101; purisa-", 33,22. 34,n; instr. .^^ena
(at the rate of) 18,26; Db. 106;
ainncca-" (saddhiih) 39,2o; kahapana-
(do.) 67')2; bhikkhu-o (do.)
70,22;
sahassaiii sahassena manuse {ace,
pi,) 1000 times 1000 men, 107,3
=
Dh. 103;
- coHi^. w. other numerals :
sata-sahassaih, n. 23,3 (visam); pi.
~ani (cattari)
61,6;
(satt'eva) 109,2;
*''-agghauaka, mfn. {v. h.); catura-
siti-vassa-sahassani, 44,2o; asiti-",
mfn. eighty thousands, m, pi. ^R (bhik-
khii) 97,4;
at the beg. of comp,:
^"-kahapana, w. {sg.) 1000 pieces of
money, ace. m^am (imam) 102,25;
*Mhavika,
f. {q.
v.); *0-bhandika,
f.
{q.
V.)
;
"-bhaga, hi. the thousandth
part, or (perhaps better) : with 1000
parts; ndm. ^0 (maranassa, "is the
property of deoth"; perhaps we ought
to correct : sahassabhage maranaiii,
cp. Windiaeh, Mara,
p. 4) 103,8;
*"-matta, mfn. being a number of 1000,
m.pl. ^a, 39,12; o-mula,
mfn. worth
a thousand pieces, aee. m. ^ani (sa-
takam) 31,
10; (pannakiiraiii) 68,21;
"-vagga, m. the eighth chapter of Dh.
;
*yojana - sahasa' -ubbedha, mfn, {v.
ubbedha).
sahiiya, hi.
(= sa.) a companion,
friend; nom,
^0, 12,3; ace. -vBlh,
267 Badhukam
47,80. Dh.
328! gen.
^assa,
12,34;
pi. ~a, 11,27, cp. next etc,
sahayaka,
.
(= sa.) =
prec;
nom,
,^0, 79,24; gen.
rwassa, ib.; gen.
pi, ^anarii,
66,29.
sahayata,
f.
(=z
sa.) companion-
ship; nom.
^a (n'atthi bale) Db,61.
330.
^
*8ahayika,
f. (fr. sahayaka) a
female companion or friend;
voc, ^e,
58,31 ; imtr, pi, rwahi, 57,84.
8abita, mfn. (5= sa.)
>) joined,
connected, leniible
(?);
, ^aih (ba-
huii], bhasamano, ipeaking many
sensible words?) Dh, 19 {cp. Childers
sub vocp, SBE. X.
p. 8)
; ) e. 0. ac
compnnied by, endowed with (cp,
samhita).
sa,
f.
pron, demonstr., v. tarii
*.
sakunika, m, (sa, sakunika) a
fowler, bird-catcher; instr, ^ena, 88,83
(cbekena).
Sakha, m, (sa. ^akha-"), nom. pr,
of a deer ("Branch-deer", cp. next)
acc. o.^am, 7,38;
loc. -x-asmim, 7,34
"-miga, . id. (sa. "-mrga), nom. ^0
5,31
; dvandva camp, Nigrodhamiga-",
6,9 (gen. pi.).
sakha,
f.
(sa. (jakha) a branch
nom. <N/a (sala-") 62,i7; acc, (x/am
62,19;
loc, ^aya, 13,13; r-vayaih (sa
la-") 62,17;
pi. >^a. (sakhahi, instr,
^
branch with branch) 37,20; 62,11 (ag
ga-**, q, V.) ;
sakhagge, sakhaggesu
on the top of the branch(e8), 13,22
1,85 (cjj. agga*); sakhantarehi, 62,ii
(v. antara); *'-palasa, n. dvandva
comp. branches and leaves, 96,22
apagata-", mfn. 95,25 (v. apagacchati)
sa^aka, m. (sa. Qataka) cloth;
dress, clothes ; robe, skirt, gown ; nom
/vO, 87,11 (v. corrections)
;
acc. .%/am
31,4-10. 50,23. 67,32; 50,i8 (ghana-,
q. V.) ;
instr. o/ena, 60,i8 ; loc. >^e.
58,29
;
pi. /"wS, 45,1 ; acc. pi, /^e, 41,4
*camma-, m.
(^q.
v.).
sati
(or satika), f.
(sa. <?ati; cp
prec.) a robe, skirt, gown; *ajiDa-".
f. (q.
v.);
*8ana-o,
f. (q.
v,).
8a(tQal<&tbi^t ^- saV
Sana, mfn, (sa. (jana) made of
hemp;
*'-sati-nivattha,
mfn. wearing
a skirt or tunic of hempen cloth, .
/vO, 71,29.
sani,
f,
(sa. ?ani) cloth of hemp
(used for tents or curtains) ; acc, /N/iiii
(curtain)
62,2o; instr, ^iya, 112,s;
*pata-,
f
37,3
(q.
v.).
sata, n, (sa, (jata) joy, pleasure;
*a-8ata, mfn, (q,
v.)
; *-8ita, mfn,
bound to pleasure, given up to plea<
sure, pi, .x'S, Dh. 341.
*gatacca-kari, mfn, (sa.*6ata-
tya-; cp, satataih above) persevering;
m, pi, 'v/ino (to. loc, kicce) Dh. 293.
""satatika, mfn, (fr, sa. satata)
= prec,
;
>. pi, >s,a, Dh. 23.
satthaku, mfn, (sa. sarthaka)
useful, successful, beneficial;
f.
/vika
(desana) 86,10. 87,2. 89,3,
sad a, m, (sa. svada) taste; *appa-
ssada, mfn. Dh. 186 (v. /.).
*sadana, mfn, (sa, sa
-J-
adana)
V, sa-*.
sadhana, n. (= sa.) accomplish-
ment, PBtablishmeat, demonstration;
"-attham, 31,u ("in order to enforce
this truth").
sadhayati, or sadheti, d6. (sa.
y/sadh, caus. sadhayati) to direct,
set right, accomplish, prepare (acc);
ger, ^ayitvana (bhattani) 111,38,
sadharana, mfn. (= sa,) com-
mon, belonging to all; instr, n, o^ena
(rajjena) 59,25.
sadhu, *) mfn, (= sa.) good, ex-
cellent, right, honorable; n. f>^\x (hoti)
2,80
; acc, r^\im (sadhuna [msii-.J jeti,
"pays good with goodness") 44,2 (cp,
a-sadhu); m. ^n (damatho) Dh.
35;
instr.pl. ,>/uhi (therehi) 109,i3; gen,
pi. /x/unam (sabba-, all good men)
114,8.

^) indecl. ") adv, well, rightly;
IS./ janasi, 98,24; ^) interj, very well!
well done I /x-u'ti (sanipaticchitva)
1,18; 6,1, 63,16; (pa^isunitva)
16,26;
w, foil, voc, sadhu deva! 65,i7; re-
peated 1 sadhu sadhu Nagasena!
98,84. cp, next etc.
. "'sadhukam, adv.
(fr. sadhu*)
tdha-kara S68
well, rightly, properly, thoroaghly;
82,11. 110,is.
sadhu-kara, m. (= sa.) appro-
val; /v/aih dadati, ti consent, applaud,
6,19. 34,87. 87,1. 98,18.
"sadhu-rupa, mfn. respectable,
comt'ly, sympathetic; m. rwO (naro)
Dh. 262.
*8adhii-vib.ann, tnfn, living
righteously; wi. ace. "-vihari (formally
in 009 word v ith the foil, dhiram)
instead of '-viharinr. (or "-viharinaih)
Dh. 1,28-29.
Biima, mfn. (sa. ^ySma) dark-
coloured; nt. >x/Q (puriso) 92,i3.
*8amam, indecl. {pron.), self,
ons's self (said of all persons) (=s
sayam, to which it seems to be related
in some way
;
possibly from "'sayauiam,
'ipsissimum', Tr.
?);
6,i9 (->./ gantva
aneti); 68,si (samam yeva); 85,8
(saman 'ti sayam evp,).
samaggi,
f.
{fr. samagga; sa.
samagri) ') totality, complete collec*
tion, completeuess; ^) concord, harmonyj
nom. N/i (samghassa) Dh. 194.
samanna, *) n. (/V. samana,
q
v.; sa. Qramanya) the state of a sa
mana, asceticism ; nom. ^am (duppa
ramaUhaiii) Dh.
311;
gen. ^assa
Dh. 19; cp. next.
^) mfn. {sa. sa
tnanya) common ; t>. community,
samannata,
f,
= sarraflna*
Dh. 332.
samanera, m. (sa, ^ramanera)
a Buddhist monk in his noviciate,
pupil, novice; nom. n^o, 81,is; pi.
r^si, 81,m; ace. ~e, 81,i7; instr. rv<ehi,
81,81
;
gen. N^anam, 81,is.
samatthiya, n.
{fr.
samatthai
sa. samarthya) ability, competence,
qualificatioD; acc. r^&m. (tava dassehi)
114,9,
samanta, mfn. (fr. samanta;
=
sa.) being on all sides, near; n. neigh*
bourhood ; abl. (adv. & prp.) r^a,,
near, round (w. gen. (acc.) or e. C.) :
apjAti-o,
83,4
t>. /*.).
sariika, m. (fr.
next; sa, "sva-
mika) an owner, lord, husband; nom.
/vo, 14,M. 100,11 (amba-").
100,m
(khetta-); 10,io; ace. t^&, 10,s;
gen. f^assa, 58,5;
loe. rN/amhi, 31,9;
pi. ace. (N/e, 21,j;
gen. o,.anam, 21,io;
comp. *'-acohadana, n. (v.
h.)\
*rajja-^
m. king, 43,j-2S (Baranasi-", Kosala-");
*8a-8samika, mfn., v. sa-*.
samifi, m. (sa, svamin) an owner,
master, lord, husband; nom. i>A, 87,6;
voc. sami, 1,7. 5,u. 7,i6, etc, (at the
beginning, after the opening word, or
at the end of the sentence); gen, *)
samino, 112,9; ^)8amissa (Dhamma-",
q. V.) 114,e; pi. ^ino, 43,8i. cp, next
& prec.
samini,
f.
(sa. svamini) mistress,
lady; nom. f^i, 111,5.
"samukkamsika, mfn. (Buddh.
sa. samutkarshika; c^). samukkamsati,
vb.) most excellent, most essential (or
principal);
f.
^a (dhammadesana
buddhanaifa) 68,2s; acc. m. >^am (sab-
ba-, panhaiii) 90,95, [cp. 8BE. XIII,
p.
XXVI
]
sayam, adv.(=sa.) in the evening,
at evening time; 2,24. 57,9. 73,11;
ajja ,, r^ i. eva, even this very evening,
2,30. cp. next etc,
sayanha, m. (so! sayahna) evening;
"-samaye (loc.) 2,8. 14,ii,
sayataram, adv. (compar,; sa.
Bayatare) late or later in the evening,
67,u.
sayam-asa, tn, (sa. sayam-S^a)
evening meal, supper; acc. <%/aiil
(bhunjantassa) 53,29.
sayika;
f,
(sa. (jayika) lying,
sleeping; v. tbandila-'*, Dh. 141.
sayin, mfn. (sa. ^ayin) lying; v.
samparivatta-", Dh. 325.
Sara, m,
(= m. -t^ngth; the
essential part of aii\

a precious
thing, reality, quinttv, uce; loc. /\>e
(patiithito) 95,94; acc. & abl. saram
sarato natva, knowing what is essen*
tial in its essence, Dh. 12;
-
*8ara-
mati(?), mfn. imagining to find the
essence; pi, .>.,ino (asare) Dh.
11;
cp. a-sara; - e. c. mani-*, mutta-",
269 BSBana
choice gems, pearls,
24,80 ; vajira-",
26.1. (cp. ratana).
*8aratta-ratta,
vifn. (so. sam-
rakta-rakta) passionately
enamoured
or devoted to-,
f.
^a (apekha, "pas-
sionately strong") Dh. 345.
sarathi, m. (= sa.) a charioteer;
nom, voc. ,^i, 43,io-si; ace. ^im,
63.2. 106,34 = Dh. 222; instr, ^ina,
Dh. 94.
sarada, mfn. {sa. Qarada) autumnal,
mature, new, fresh (not too old; cp.
Mil. transl. II.
p. 79, note 2, where it
is taken = sara-da, which can hardly
be possible) ; - m. suhst, (= sarada)
autumn; loc. /^e, Dh. 149.
saradika, mfn. (sa. Qaradika)
autumnal; ace, /s^am (kumudaih) Dh.
285.
sarambha, wi. {sa. samrambha)
quarrel, brawling; abuse, brutality;
anger, fury; nom. ^o, Dh. 134; *"-ka-
tha,
f.
abusive or angry speech, Dh.
133.
*saraniya, mfn.
(either from -^/sr,
cans, kathaih sareti, cp. vitisareti
& Tr. PM. 76,!2,
or from \/smT, Chil-
ders) usual, customary, traditional (or
introductory ?);
ace.
f.
^&m (sammo-
daniyam kathaiii,
the usual (introduc-
tory)
compliments) 89,so-2i.
sariJi, mfn.
(== sa.) flowing, run-
ning, wandering about; in the eomp.
anoka-", mfn., v. an-oka.
Sariputta,
m. (Buddh. sa. Qari-
putra)
nom. pr. of one of Buddha's
most famous pupils; nom. f^O, 29,i8;
gen. ^assa
(ayasmato) 81,n; -Mog-
gallana, m. pi.
{dvandva)
74,j6-8o.
sal a,
m. {sa. q&\a) the Sal tree
(shorea
robusta); aec. r^am, Dh. 162;
o-rukkha, m. id. 61,ii (maha-); 95,i;
*-vana, .,
a grove of sal trees, 62,io
(mangala-o), 62,i5
(O-kilam), 62,i6;
-sakha,
f.
62,i7 (q.
v.) cp. next.
sala, f.
(eomp.
also sala-*";
sa.
cala) a
house,
mansion,
workshop;
aee. ~am,
87,io; 88,8
(pesakara-",
q.
v.);
sala-dvarena
(gacchanti,
pass
by the house-door)
59,3; cp. assa-",
dana-", panna-, natthi-".
sali, m. {sa. ^ali) rice, paddy,
grains of rice ; ace. >x'ilh, 100,13; 22,i
(sayaih-jata-^, q. v.); "-yava-khetta,
n. 8,18 (q.
v.).
salohita, m. {Buddh. sa, id.;
fr.
sa. sa-lohita) a kinsman; pi. /%.. (na-
ti-^, dvandva, "relatives and kinsmen")
92,8.
savaka, m. {sa. ^ravaka) "a
hearer", a disciple, pupil, esp. a be-
lieving Buddhist; nom. /vO (samma-
sambuddha-") Dh.
59;
pi. ,^E (Go-
tamassa) 73,26. Dh. 296 ff.; aec. pi.
^e, 104,8. 108,20
;
gen. pi. rvanam,
90,16; 74,18 (Gotama-^) ; *ariya-, ni.
{v. h.).
Savatthi,
f.
{sa. (Jravasti) nom.
pr. of a city, the capital of North-
Kosala (the exact position of which
seems to be rather doubtful; according
to Dhpd.
(1866)
p.' 232 seven yojanas
north of Saketa (Oudh?)); nom. <>./!,
81,8
; loe. ^iyaih, 29,24; "-vasino, m.
pi, the inhabitants of S., 73,32.
*savana,
f.
{sa. gravana, n.) an-
nouncement, proclamation; aec. pi.
rwS, 11,4; tatiya-savanaya {instr.)
11,6; cp. savana.
saveti, vb, {cans, sunati; sa. (jra-
vayati) to cause to be heard, teach;
to announce, proclaim (ace); part.m.
gen. .^entassa, 11,4;
aor. 3. sg. f^esi
{"made a proclamation") 11,4; 64,22
su-ssavanam)
;
gen /N/ctva (sa-na-
mam) 111,22; ep. sjivana,
f.
sasana, n. {sa. Qasana) *) order,
instruction, message; nom, ace. <x/aiii,
36,28. 64,6;
*) teaching, doctrine, re-
ligion; nom, 110,8-24. Dh. 183. 185
(Buddhana <v); 109,38 (Satthu-O);
loc. ^e (Satthu) 69,1*; 109, (Jina-^,
q.v.); Kassapassa Bbagavato sasane,
at the time when K. B. preached his
doctrine, 84,i8; "'sasana-karaka, m.
one who acts according to the order
or doctrine, pi. r^ai (mama) 104,9;
"'sasanS.raha, mfn. worthy of the sa-
cred doctrine, 110,6 {cp, araha).
Siapt 270
sSsapa, m. (a. sarshapa) a mu*
Btard*seed; nom. <h/0, Db. 401.
sSbasa, n.
(sn
a.) violenoe, cruel*
ty; V, a-sSbasa.
si
=s=
asi, V. atthi.
sikkhati, vb, (sa. \/(;iksh) to
learn, study (ace,)\ to practiae or ex-
ercise oneseit' (in ; loc,)', pr, 3.
tff.
.N^ati (sippaiii) 99,ij; grd. n, ^itab-
bam (kattha atnbehi ^,
in what have
we to exercise ourselves?) 81,to', inf.
>N^ituiii (tesu, used ia a passive sense
w. instr, sainanerelii) 81,2i
;
pp. sik-
kliitH, lonriKid, Htudied; truiiitid, edu-
cated; w(. ^0( 99,i; eu-sikkhitn,
ntfn.
{y.
su-); caus, v. "'sikkhapeti,
cp. sekha .^ next.
Bikkbapada, n. (sa. ^iksba-pada)
n niorikl iniuupt; nom, (x/iiiii, Bl,ii);
;)/. >^tini, 79,i!i. 81,id; (dasii) 81,ii.
'''tiikkhilpaiui, n. (nom, aotlonU
fr,
next) the givin j[
instruction ; "-at-
tbaya, "in order to give (her) a les*
son", 63,B.
*3ikkbapeti, vl, (cans, sikkhati)
to cause to learn, train, iniitruct (ace);
cor. 3.
Bff.
fs^osi (jvaricarikniii) 51,is;
gcr. o,etva, lfe,i8i cp. *8ikkhilpana.
sikkbita, i/., t*. sikkbati.
sikba,
f.
{sa. (jikba) a lock of
hair, cnast; a flami); aggi-",
/". 107,i
(q.
v.), cp. next,
sikbi/i, mfn. (so. ^ikliin) having
locks, crests or flames; m. ') Are; ')
a peacock; gen, ~i;io, 18,3> (= mo-
rassa).
si gala, m. (sa, srgala) ft
jackal;
nom. r.o, 14,10.
slag a, n. (sa. QfHga)
the horn of
an animal; imtr, .^ena, 12,si; pi.
^ani, 5,s6.
singhanika, /.
(sa. gri5kbanika,
singbanika) the mucus of the nose,
82,5, 97,23.
siiicati, vh. (sa. \/8ic) to be-
sprinkle, water; to pour out, empty,
bale out (a ship, ace); pr, 3. pi.
,N.anti, 37,r,
imper. 2. sg. r^a (na-
vam) Dh. 369; pp.
sitta (v, below)-.,
eaus. *8incSpeti, to water; aor. 3. sg.
<%.e8i (attbiifa
kbirodakena) 86,86.
sita, mfn,
(t= o.) bound; v. sataA
sitta, mfn. (pp.
sifioati; sa. sikta)
poured out, emptied;
f,
rv& (nava)
Dh. 369.
sittha, n, (sa, siktha) a grain or
lump of boiled rice; nom. r^aiix (ekarii)
53,29;
pi. /N/ani, 56,i.
sitbila, mfn. (sa. pitbila; cp.
sathila above) loose, relaxed; m. .n/0
(pamsu) 40,n; n. ovarii (bandbanam,
yielding, elastic?) Dh. 346;
O-bbava,
m. th Ijuing loosened, ace. /^(ilh, 40,90.
cp. ni'Tl,
*8itbila-hanu, (>.)
lit. Moose-
Jaw',
name of a certain bird
;
gen,
/N/uno, 92,so,
Hiddbattba, m, (sa. Siddhartha)
nom. pr, of (iotunia Duddha before
IiIk piibbajjil) o-kuinaro, G4,o; -ku-
nmrassa, 63,t.
siddbi,
f.
(= sa.) accomplishment,
success, prosperity, result; siddbi-r-
astu, 114,33.
*yineru, . nom, pr. of a mythi-
cal mountain (sa. Meru, or Suinoru,
of which sineru i possibly only a
variation; the sliort forms Neru and
Meru are also found in Pali); nom.
->.u, 110,10; ace. rvurii,
60,9;
gen.
<>^ussa, 69,27; "-papata, m,
(q.
v.).
sineba, m. (sa. sneba) affection,
love, attachment; acc. ^aiii, Dh. 286.
sinebita, mfn. (sa. snebita) con-
nected with love or lust; n. pi, rwani
(somanassani) Dh. 341.
sindbava, m. (sa. saindbava)
'coming from Indus or Sindh', a horse;
nom.
^0, 64,21 ;j;^ ^a (rathe yutta-')
54,9. Dh. 322; acc. pi. .-..e (maSga-
la-", q. V.) 63,6.
sinna, mfn. (sa. svinna,
pp.
y'svid)
wet, sweating, wet with perspiration;
n. ^&m (civaraiii)
83,8; cp. sedita.
sip pa, M. (sa. ^ilpa) art, discipline,
learning; acc. ^am (ugganhati) 32,i2",
(sikkbati) 99,is; gen. ,>./assa (upa-
caro, q.
V.)
55,7 ; loc. pi. ^esu (sab-
ba-", all branches of learning) 38,lo;
271
Bilava^
ni37amaka-o,
n. 24,i3
(g.
v.)-
dvandva
comp. vijja-o
{v. h.) cp. next.
sippava/.
mfn. (sa.
pilpa-vat)
ekilled in art (or science),
well-edu-
cated; mm, m. ^va,
99,8.
sibbati, vh. (sa.
y/sIv) to sew
(ace); flit. 1. sg. ^issaini,
67,5; grd.
n. /vitabbam (kinci) 67,s.
simbali, m. or
f.
(sa. ?almali,
cp, simbala) the flilk-cotton tree; loc,
(v^ismim, 60,ie (= Simbali-vane);
'^Simbali-vana, n, name of a forest Id
heaven,
60,6-u.
siya, pot., v. atthi,
sir as, n. (sa. <;iras) the head;
nom. siro (phalitarii) Dh. 260 ; instr,
sirasa (nipatitva) 75,8i; loc, sirasmiii],
44,81 ; cp. sisa.
siri (comp, siri-''),
f.
(sa. pri)
beauty, welfare, Buccese, glory, dignity,
majesty, e<c.; ace, o^im (riipa-*', "beauty
and majesty") 64,i3; generally at the
beg. of suhst. comp. : *9iri-gabbha,
nt. a royal bed-chamber, 41,3!. 61,8;
*-vibhava, i. majestic power,
47,88;
""-sayana, n, a royal bed, loo. ^e,
63,8. 64,88; <*-piUhe, 41,8; "-gobbag-
ga, n. majestic glory, instr, i-wena,
64,10.
*Siri8avatthu, . (sa. *Qiri8ha-
vastu) nom. pr. of a fabulous town;
nom. ,^^x (yakkha-puraiii) 112,12;
/^urii (yakkha-nagaraiii, Tambapan-
nidipe) 20,32.
si la,
f.
(sa. gila) a stone, rock;
ace. ~aiii, 75,35;
pandu-kambalaA
f.
a sort of stone, of which Sakka's
throne (pandu-kambala-silasana,
n.
15,8)
is said to be made (cp. asana).
cp. seia, .
si 1 oka, . (sa. <jloka) fame, re-
putation, praise; a verse; nom, /^O,
103,89.
.
sivika,
f.
(sa. (jibika, (jmka) a
palanquin, litter; loc. .vaya (sova^-
na-o) 62,7.
sigba, mfn.
(sa, ^ighra)
quick,
rapid ; n. (adv.) -x-arii,
quickly, 63,i7.
11 1,81
; 87,18
(sigham eva);
- comp.
eigh'-assa,
m, a raoe^horse, Dh. 29.
sita, mfn. (sa. (jita) cold, cool;
n, ^am (odakaiii)
15,85; ***-cchaya,
mfn. yielding cool shadow, n. />^aril
(manoramaih)
15,25;
-
snbst. n. ^am,
coolness; cold water, 83,S5 (opp. un-
ham); instr. r^ena, ib.; cp. next.
sitala, mfn. (sa. gitala) cold,
cool; n. ^&m (sariram), 21,26; *ati-
sitala, mfn.
(q.
v.).
sitibhuta, mfn. (sa. ^iti-bhuta)
become cold, metaph. tranquillized;
ace. m. -varii, Dh. 418.
si ma,
f.
(sa. sima,
f.
& siman,
m.) boundary, border, limit; ace. Awam,
39,17; abl, ^ato (paccanta"-, q. v.)
43, u; *siraantarika,
f.
40,88 (v, an-
tarika).
si la, n, (sa. ^ila) ') morality, vir-
tue; ace, -^aiii, 16,i. 48,86 ; loc, >^e,
17,32; 29,8 (attana rakkhita-"); comp.
*silacara, *8ilagunacara, >. {v. acara);
*silanisaiiisa, m. (v. anisamsa); *'*-ka-
tha,
f.
the duties of morality, ace.
o/am (pakasesi) 68,19; *''-gandha, m,
"the perfume of virtue", Dh,
56 ; ^'-teja,
m. ''splendid display of virtue", instr.
>N/ena, 15,7; silabbata, v. below,
*-saiiivuta, /. well behaved, Dh. 289;
*-sanipanna, mfn. virtuous, 41,36.
42,18
= *sampanna-8ila, mfn. Dh.
57; dvandva comp. "-dassuna, Dh.
217 C-sampanna, mfn. possessing
virtue and intelligence); paiina-**, Dh.
229 ("-samabitaf mfn.).
^) moral
precept, esp. pi. paiica silani (= the
first five of the dasa sikkhapadani,
81,3i); ?oc.
i)?.
pancasu />/esu, 7,s4.
-
^) nature, quality (good or bad), mostly
e. c.; V. *kujjhana-*', *dus-'', *dho-
rayha-*^, mfn. (cp. next etc.).
*8ilabbata, n. (sa. *5ila-vrata)
mere ceremonial practices or rites
(probably ironically said of brahmani-
cal rites); o-mattena, Dh. 271 ("not
only by discipline and vows", cp,
matta^). (ep. Childers s, v. & Dham>
ma-sangani, transl. by C. Bhys Davids,
p.
260-61),
silavaf, mfn, (sa. Qilavat)- moral,
virtuous; nom. m. t^yS,, l^,8t,
99,;
si-aTtNott 272
ace. m, >%/Tantaih, Dh.
400; gen. pi.
^vatam, Dh. 56 ; &t the beg. of comp.
sjlava-" : *Silava-kumara, m, nom.
pr. of a prince,
38,9; *Silava-[maha-]
rajan, m, = Mahasilava
(q.
!) 40,4-6.
silavanta, tnfn, = prec; gen,
m. /vassa, Dh. 110; compar. silavan-
tatara, gen. m. .N^assa, 43,8a.
silin, mfn. (sa, pilin) virtuoun
(only . c); v. abhivadana-".
si 8 a,
N. (sa. ^irshan) the head;
ace, '^/aih, 6,ii. 65,is', instr, /vena,
36,8. 67,11. all. 0,/ato, 46,88; loc. <ve,
46,83; /vamhi, 47,i; "-ccheda, m, cut-
ting off the head, acc. vam, 17,7;
*kaka-'', mfn. & Gaya-", n. (v. h.)
;
cp. usslsaka, n. & *pacina-sisaka,
mfn.
siha, m. (sa. simha) a lion; nom.
>vO, 8,88. 13,88; acc. /^am, 10,8. 112,3i;
gen. /x-assa, 8,87. 13,io; "-camma, n.
(g.
V.) ep, next etc,
*8iha-panjai-a, n. (cp. pafijara)
a window; loc. rwC, 46,i.
Sihabahu, m. (sa, Simha-bahu)
nom. pr. of a king, father of Vijaya
(q,
v.)\ 112,8i; "-narinda-ja, m, son
of king 8. (Vijaya), 110,88.
Sihala, m. (sa. Simhala) Ceylon;
pi. /va, the people of Ceylon, ll2,98;
,vO (j. eg.) = Sihabahu (siham
adinnava iti, i. e, so called on account
of his having split a lion) 112,81-38;
-
*-atthakaiha,
f,
& *-bhasa,
f,
(v. h).
Sihasena, . (sa. Simhasena)
nom, pr. of a man; nom., ~o, 97,i.
8U-, indecl-, (= sa.) pre^x to subst.,
implying the Bense of 'good, right,
excellent', or to adj. & adv., 'well,
rightly, very, greatly, beautifully,
easily', etc. (opp. du- (dur-)); ! n
vowels 8v- (or suv-)
cp-
sviikl!
-
i
bilotc, or contracted, cp, BOtthi.
8u-kata
(or 8U-kata), mfn. well
done (opp, duk^a^a, q. v.) 97,
u;
n.
a good deed, Dh. 314.
- -kara,
mfn.
easy to do, Dh. 163.
-
"-ku-
mara, mfn. very tetder or delicate,
f.
pi. gen, -vanam, 47,ii (= sukhu-
mala, q. v, separately).
- sukha, v.
sep.
-
"-gata, mfn.
wellfaring, Db.
419; Sugata, m. nom. pr. = Bud-
dha, 72,84; ms<r.- -vena, Dh. 285; loc.
,ve, 105,85.
-
"-gati,
f.
(eometimes
spelt suggati after the analogy of
duggati) happiness, bliss, 77,4;
acc.
-vim, 7,86. 77,6. 89,1
; 107,87 =Dh. 18
(.gg.).
_ *o-gatin, mfn.
righteous,
pi, -vino, Dh. 126.
- "-gandha,
mfn. fragrant, /". -vS, 53,s7; "-gan-
dhaka, mfn. id.; /*. ^ika,
fragrant
substance
(?)
41,is (panca-sugandhika-
parivara, mfn,).
- "-gahana, n.
4,35 (q.
v).- "-gahita, mfn.
firmly
seized or held, acc, -vaib, 4,30 etc.

o-carita, mfn.
good, right; acc. m.
-vam (dhammain, righteousness, vir-
tue) Dh. 168; n, good conduct, 86,8
(vaci-o,
q. v.); Dh. 231.
- "-citta,
mfn. (v. citta*). -"-cchanna, mfn,
well thatched, acc. -vam (agaram) Dh.
14 = 106,31.
- "-jiva, mfn. easy
to live, n, ^aiii (jivitam) Dh, 244
(u), instr.). "-tanu, mfn. having
a very slender or beautiful body, acc.
f,
-vum (kumaririi) 47,19.
-
"-danta,
mfn,
well turned, restrained; m. vO,
Dh. 169; n. -vaiii (cittam) 105,8;
instr. -vena, Dh. 323; m. pi. -va
(assa) Dh, 94. - ''-dassa, mfn.
easily perceived, n, -vara, 106,16
=
Dh. 262. - "-duttara, mfn. very
difficult to be passed, n. -vam (Mac-
cudheyyam) Dh. 86.
-
^-duddaBa,
mfn. very difficult to be observed, n.
-varia (oittam) Dh, 36,
-
^-dullabha,
mfn. very difficult to be found, 51,so,
-
*''-de8ita, mfn. well shown, well
taught, n, -vam (dhammapadarii) Dh.
44. -
*-dharamata,
f.
honesty (or
generosity?) loc. -vaya, 1,88.
-
*<'-ni-
puna, mfn. very skilful, very subtile,
n. -vam (cittam) Dh. 36.
- *o-ni-
vattha, mfn. carefully dressed, 63,so.
-
"-paticchanna, mfn. well pro-
tected, 110,14.
-
"-panna, v, below
sep. -
-patitthita, /". standing
firm; m. -vO, UO.io;
f.
-va, Dh. 333;
acc. -vam (8atim) 104,7 ; comp, *<'-citta,
273
Bukhuma
infn.
firm-minded, pi. ^a, 91,7.
-
*''-parikkhitta,
mfn. well covered
or
overspread,
n. r^Km (sayanam)
112,3. -
""-parimandalaiii, adv.
completely,
113,7.
-
*<'-parisam.
vuta,
mfn. well controlled, pi. ^a,
Dh.
234. - *0-paruta, mfn. 63,3o
{v.
/.). -"-pes a la, mfn. very hand-
some or skilful, (. ,>.o, 30,s.
-
"-ppa-
buddhaiii. adv. ^ pabujjhanti, "are
well awake", Dh. 296. -
"-ppahara,
. a well dealt blow, ace. ,vam, 30,i3,
- *''-bbata, infn. pious, virtuous,
dutiful, in.
^0,
Dh.
95;
pi. ,^a, 104,2.
{cp. vata*). -
sub ha, v, below sep.
-
*''-bhana, mfn. well spoken, salu-
tary {synon. niyyanika), n. ovarii (gi-
raiii) 9,31. (cp. bhanati). -
"-bhad-
dak a, mfn. 30,8 (v. /.).
-
"-bha-
vita, mfn, well developed or culti-
vated, M, /N^arii (cittaih) 106,32
= Dh.
14,- -bhasita, mfn. well spoken,
f.
~a (vaca) Dh. 61.
-
"-majjha,
mfn. having a slender waist, acc.
f.
f^a.m (kuraaririi) 47,i9. -
<*-mana,
mfn, well pleased, cheerful, m. ^o,
Dh, 68 {cp. somanassa & inana(s)).
"-mana, /"., v, below sep.

**-medha, mfn. wise, acc. m, ^arii,
Dh. 208 (c^j. medha). - "-medhasa,
mfn. wise, m. <n^o, Dh. 29. - "-rak-
khita, mfn.
well protected, Dh. 157.

*''-laddha, mfn. well obtained,

n. /vam, "a high bliss", 70,8,
- "-van-
na, V. below sep.
- **'-vavattha-
pita, /.
(;. vavatthapeti).
- "-vi-
nita, mfn, well disciplined,
f.
o^a
(parisa) 40,s.
- "-vibhatta, mfn.
well arranged, 110,i4.
- *"'-vim utta-
citta, mfn. {v. h.).
- "-saravuta,
mfn.
well controlled, Dh. 8. 281.
-
"-samkhata, mfn.
well constructed,
104,80.
-
**'-sajjita, mfn,
well pre-
pared or decorated, 62,i4,
*-8an-
^hana, mfn.
well formed or made,
105,17.
- -8amaraddha, mfn.
(q.
V.) well undertaken, well composed,
Dh. 293.
- o-samahita, mfn.
well
collected, very intent upon (2oc.), Dh.
10. 378.
- *-8ikkhita, mfn,
well
ptu oioMur'
trained, very skilled or perfect (in :
loc.) 18,21. 64,29.
-
"-sukharn, adv.
very pleasantly, comfortably, happily,
Dh. 197, -
*-sedita, mfn. well
soaked (or heated?)
62,17.

*'*-S8a-
vana, n. a good lesson,
64,2j (v.
savana'). -
"-hajja, v. sep. below.
*-hita, mfn. very pleased,
41,2o.
sum su mara, m. (sa. giQumara)
a crocodile; nom. <n/0, 1,5; voc. ^a
(bala-o)
2,5;
instr. ^en&, 108,25. {cp,
kumbhila), -
f.
sumsumari, acc,
<%/iib, 1,11.
suka, m. {sa. guka) a parrot;
"-potaka, m. a young parrot, acc, pi.
^e, 9,11 ;
o-yoni,
f
9,7
(g.
t),).
sukka, mfn. {sa. gukla) white,
bright, pure (good); acc. m. ovarii
(dbammam, "the bright state of life")
Dh. 87 {opp. kanha); cp. next.
*8ukkamsa, m. (fr. sa. (jukla -\-
ariiQa, v. amsa^) the good side or
point of a person, acc. ovarii, Dh. 72,
sukha, ') mfn: (= sa.) pleasant,
agreeable, happy; m. x/0, 80,29, Dh.
118;
f
r^a, Dh. 331-32; n. ,^am,
70,37; "-vihara, m. 74,38 {v. A.); comp.
sukha-saihvasa, >. Dh. 207 (wrong
reading instead of dbira-sariivasa, v.
saiiivasa); a-sukha, unpleasant, 70,38
(a-dukkham-**); - ^) sukhara, adv,
pleasantly, happily; 5,81 {r-^nm edhati,
g. v.); Dh, 79 (^seti); 112,5 (nipajji
sayane); comp, sukha-payata, mfn.
19,97 {v. payati); yatha-sukharii, adv.
(v. yatha); su-sukham, Dh, 197;
-
') n. subst. /N/aih {opp. dukkham)
happiness, joy, pleasure,
23,i7, 103,82;
""kama-", n,
{q.
v.) ; *matta-'', n.
{q.
v.); dvandva comp. sukha-dukkham
(imassa, tava bharo^ 28,2o {v. bhara)
;
vimutti-", n,
{q,
v.)\ *-kama, mfn,
{v. h.)\ "-vagga, m. title of Dhpd. ch.
XV; o-avaha,
mfn. {v. h.), cp. next
& sukhesi/i,
sukhi, mfn. {= sa.) possessing
happiness, blessed; m. /n/I, Dh, 177.
206. 393.
sukhuma, mfn. {sa. sukshma)
amall, fine, light; m, ^o (rajo) Dh. 125.
18
sukhumala 274
stkhumala, nifn. (= au-kumara,
q, v., through confusion with Bukhu-
ma); m. a delicately nurtured youth;
worn. ^o, 67,j2; accanta-, 97,34
(g.
.); *khattiya-', 97,8S
(g.
r.).
sukhesiM, mfn. {sa. sukhaishin)
seeking pleasure; m, pi. ^ino, Dh.
341.
suBka, M. (orw.) (sa. (julka) price,
toll, customB, nuptial gift (for pur-
chase of a bride); acc. o/aifa (datva^
101,16 ; *dinna-sua la, ad),
f.
(a maid)
for whom the purohasemoney has been
paid, 1(11,20 (maya).
8Uci^M], mfn. (sa. (juci & Qucin)
clear, bright, pure; m. /-vi, 106,9 (=
Dh 393 : sukhi); "-kamma, mfn.
whose deeds are pure, gen. m. (N^aysa,
Dh. 24; """-gandha, mfn. having a
pure scent, n. .^am (padumam) Dh.
68
; **'-gavesin, mfn. looking for what
is pure, instr. m. r^inE, Dh. 245.
*Suja,
f.
now,, pr. of Sakka's wife)
acc, r^nm (asura-kanflam) 64,7.
sunn a, mfn, (sa. (junya) empty,
Void; "-agara. n. au empty house,
acc. -^aih, Dh. 373 (cp. agara).
*8unnata, mfn. (fr.
prec, w.
pleonastic ending?) empty, i. e. in-
discriminate or destitute of all cha-
racteristics, said' of Nibbfina; i. o^o
(aniinitto ca vimokho) Dh. 92.
sutthu,
adv. {sa. sush^u) duly,
well; f>, te kataifa, 16,99; . fiatvS,
49,4; <x/ pandita-^ 91,s4.
siinati, vh. {sa,
v'?''u)
to
*>*rt
listen to {acc.),, to hear or learn from
{w. gen, of the person speaking); pr,
1. sg. sunami (dhammam) 87,i4;
ita88a
paparii) 104,8*; 3. pi, 8unanti
dhammam) 71,2<;
part, m, sunanto
tarii, M.) 64,2s; imper. 2, sg. sunahi,
22,17; 44,7; 3. pi. sunantu (me) 97,3;
aor. 1. pi. assumha, o4,i3; fut. 1. sg.
sossami, 87,le; inf. sotum, 66,25. 87,9;
comp, sotu-k.ama, mfn, wishing to
hear (acc),
f.
^a, 87,is; ger. sutva
(tassa katham) 4,i8; 49,29; (devassa
vassato) 106,22; (tassa) 112,2i; su-
tvana, Dh. 82. 269; pass, 3. sg.
8uyyati, 27,6 (suyyaf); pp.
suta (t>,
below); cam. saveti {q.
v.) cp.
aavana,
savaaa, savaka, sota^.
suta, mfn. {pp.
sunati; sa, ^ruta)
heard, learnt; n. ,>^am (tam no /x/,
we have heard it) 64,i5; (evam me
^,
thus I have heard) 66,8. 93,i {v.
corrections); ('ti me >^) 78,29;
-di-
vasato, 86,80 {v. divasa); cp. *appa-
ssuta, bahu-88uta, mfn. &
next,
8utava<, mfn,
{sa. ^rutavat)
learned, wise; nom, m. .vva, 71,s.
sutta', mfn. (pp.
supati; sa.
BUpta) sleeping; acc, m. f^&m (ga-
maih) Dh. 287; loc.pl. r^em, Dh.29.
sutta*. n. (sa, sutra) ') a string,
thread; acc. /^^arii (tesaifa hatthesu
laggetva) 1 1
1
,1 (i. e. a charmed thread)
;
*paritta-''. 111,11 {v, paritta').
-
') the thread of tradition, doctrine,
scientific system, a single rule, passage,
or chapter in the Buddhist holy scrip-
tures (containing a discourse of Buddha
himself); nom, ^aiii, 31,14 (of a single
gatha); 109,s3 (a part of navaiiga-
Satthusasana); *-8ammata, mfn.
known by the name of Sutta, 110,3;
*niyyamaka-'', n. "the mariner's lore",
26,28, cp. next etc. [Tr. PM.
p. 69;
Neumann, Die Reden des Gotama
Buddha, I.
p. 606-6.]
*Sutta-nipata, m, name of a
collection of old Buddhist Suttas,
mostly in verse, forming a section of
the Khuddaka-nikaya
{q,
v.)
\
speci-
mens thereof
p. 1036.
suttanta, n.
(&
m.) {Buddh, sa,
sutranta, m.) >) = sutta; Aggi-
Vacchagotta-", n,
95,88 ; *)
=
Sutta-
pi^aka, or Suttanta-pi^aKa, n. {v.
piiaka); loc. ^e, 102,i4; -pitakam,
102,13 (the 2. division of the holy
Scriptures, comprising the five nikayas).
*8udam, indecl., an enclitic par-
ticle used in narrative sentences,
mostly after demonstr, (or relat.) pron.
or adv., the verb generally following
in pres.; tatra ,^, 70,22. 77,19. 81,9;
ta -v, 78,28 (w. foil. aor.). [The last
part of this word seems to be iden
276 Buvanna
tical with the last
element of idam, the
first
part with another
frequently oc-
curring
particle
su ('ssu, assu, or sa,
'ssa), probably := sa.
sma; cp, sa.
svid, indecl]
sudd a, ), (sa. ^udra) a man of
the fourth caste; tiom,
-wO, 92,ii.
suddha,
mfn. (sa. (juddha;
pp.
sujjhati,
v?udh, cp. sodheti) cleansed,
pure; faultless,
genuine, etc.; m, ,-wO,
62,89; (rukkho)
95,84; gen. ^^assa
(posassa) Dh.
125;
f.
<va (aUha-
katha)
113,88,; n. ,va (vattham)
68,84; (pavacanam)
95,86; m. pi, n.,a,,
109,s; *"-citta, mfn. pure-minded, pi.
/va, 62,88; "-bhava, mi. purity, chastity,
ace. ivaiii, 58,i6; cp. next etc.
suddhata,
f,
(sa. ^uddhata) pu-
rity; ace. ^am, 103,4.
"suddhajiva, /. living a pure
life (cp. ajiva, wj.); instr. /^ena, Dh.
246 (cp. Kern, Verkl.
p. 59);
ace,
pi, m. ^e, Dh. 375. -
*8uddhajivi(ii),
mfn. id.; ace. ^im, Dh. 366.
*8uddhi, mfn.(^) possessed of
purity, pure; nom. m. rvi (paccattam,
q. V.) Dh. 165 (cp. a-suddhiH).
Suddhodana, m. (sa. ^uddho-
dana) nom. pr. of the father of Go-
tama Buddha; 62,4, 64,6 (**-mahara-
ja(0)-
sunakha, m. (rarely sunaka [per-
haps on account of false etymology ;
8u-nakha]; sa. ^unaka) a dog; pi.
,^a, 111,4; ace, ~e, 21,4; cp. sona.
[Pischel, Gr,

206; Trenckner, PM.
p. 59,18.]
sundara, mfn. (= sa.) good, ex-
cellent,
beautiful, bandsome;
f,
>\/&
(ySgu) 67,8;
n. adv. />/arn, well,
rightly, l,i4 (^ te kataiii).
Sundari, f.
(== sa.) nom. pr.
of a woman; nom. .%/!, 74,n; voc. .^i,
73,16
; ace. >^ivn, 73,8; instr. /s^iya,
73,8 ;
gen. -v^iya, 73,8i.
supanna, m. (sa. suparna) a kind
of bird (of mythical or fanciful de-
scription); nom. /%/0, 20,18;
"-potaka,
m. 60,8
(q.v.);
<-bbavana, n. the
abode or world of the Supannas, 19,
;
"-yoni,
f.
19,8
(q.
v.); "-rajaH, jh, the
S.-king, 19,15.
supati, vb, (sa. ^svap) to sleep;
part, ace, m. >N.'antam, 67,88; pp,
v,
sutta*; cp, next,
supina, hi, (& n.) (sa. svapna)
sleep, sleeping; a dream, vision; ace,
<vam (addasa) 61,o.
Supparaka, m. (sa. ^iirparaka)
nom.pr. ') of a seaport-town (pat^ana),
probably in the western India, ^) of
a man ^niyyamaka) : "-kumaro, 24,u
;
"-pandita, hi, id. 26,i4; "-jataka, n,
24,8."
subha, mfn. (sa. Qubha) splendid,
beautiful, handsome; good, agreeable,
delightful; happy, auspicious; ace.
f.
/N^am (pokkbaranim) lll,ie; n, ^am
(astu) 114,33; dvandva comp. subba-
subhaifa, Dh. 409 (cp. a-subha);
-
""subhanupassiH, mfn.
looking only
for what is delightful, ace, m. <s/iri),
Dh. 7;
Dh. 8 (a-); gen, m. ,vino,
Dh. 349. cp. Bobbati.
8umana,
f,
(at the beg. of comp,
sumana-"; = o.) name of a sort of
great flowering jasmine; "-mallikadi-
nam, gen. pi. (cp. mallika) 66,89;
**'-patta-vitana, hi. n. a canopy of
cloth with pattern of that flower, gen,
<vassa, 65,18,
sumarati, vh. (sa. ysmr; v. sa-
rati) Dh. 324.
suyyati, vb. (pass, sunati, q.
v.)
27,6.
sura,
f.
(= sa.) a kind of spiri-
tuous liquor; acc. i>,&u\, 74,4; "-pana,
n, drinking sp. 1., 61,4 (vigata-",
mfn.)', -meraya-pana, n. id. Dh.
247; "-meraya-majja-, 81,88. (q.v.).
suriya, m. (^sa, surya^ the sun;
nom. t^o,
26,5;
(majjhantika-'*) 26,4;
loo. r^e, 32,88. 42,1; *8uriyuggamana,
n, sunrise, 72,89 ^-kale).
SuruBga,
f.
(= sa.) a aubter-
raneous abode; loc. >N/ayam, Ill,i3.
(cp. Weber, Ind. Str. II, 396. Ill,
392).
suvanna, n. (sa. suvarna) gold;
nom. /N/am, 26,b; at the beg. of subst.
18
Savanna-" 270
comp. 'golden' or 'golden coloured', v.
"-kataccbu, *>-camgotaka, "-jala, "-pan-
jara, "-paduka, '-pasaka, '-bhimkara,
"-miga, "-rajata-patiyo,
f,
pi. (diBhes
of gold and silver, cp. pati) 61,87,
"-rajahaihsa, '-Bandasa. "-samugga,
"-saraka, "-haihsa;
~
"-maya, nifn.
mado oi gold, n. pi. <^ani, 28,so;
"-vanna, mfn,
golden coloured, of
beautiful corople^xion, m. <^o, 5,16.
24,11. 87,8;
cp. sovayna & next.
*Suvanna-pabbata, in. "Gold-
Hill", nom. pr, of a (mythical) moun-
tain (in Himavanta); nom. ^o, 61,i7.
Suvanna-bbiimi,
f.
{sa. Su-
Varna-bhiimi) nom. pr. of a country
("tiie golden land"), probably on the
coast of Burrca or of the Malay Pen-
insula; ace. ^im, 19,24.
suve, adv., v, sve.
susana, . (so. Qma^ana) a ce-
metery; nom, ^arii, B6,i8. 67,81;
"-santike
(g.
v.) B6,i9; *amaka-'', .
(v. h.).
sasira, mfn, {sa. sushira) per-
forated, full of holes, hollow; "-rukkha,
in. a hollow tree, initr, ,>^ena, 25,3.
Susima, m. (= sa.) nom. pr. of
a king; voc, ^a, 46,39; "-kumara, t.
46,jd; "-jataka, 't. 45,i9.
sussati, vb. {sa. y/f^ush) to be-
coite dry, dry up; pr, 3. sg, rvati,
103,2o; part. med. loc. sussamanamhi
(lohite) ib. ; cp. u pa-sussati, vi-soseti.
*Su8sondi, /. nom.pr, of a queen,
ly,7. 20,17;
gen, ^iya, 19,i8; i^wi-ja-
taka, n, 19,s. (Among the different
varr. Icct. of this name Sussoni {sa,
BU-Qroni) seems to be worthy of no-
tice.)
suhajja [& suhada], in. {sa. su-
hrdaya [su-hrd]) a friend; pi. ,v,a,
Dh.
219;
gen. pi, ,%.anam, 47,8i
(nati-mitta-").
sukara, m. {= ea.) a boar, hog,
pig; nom, <^o, 35,22. 46,33 (-gama-^
q. v.); ace, r^am, 35,3a; gen, /^assfa],
85,5; *''-maddava, n.
{q.
v.); "-muklia,
n. a pig's mouth, 84,34 ("-sadisa, mfn.);
mfn, having a pig's mouth,
85,26;
84, C-peta, q, f.); "-sadiaa, mfn,
ressembling a pig, 85,M.
8 3pa, m. (= sa.) sauce, soUp;
"-rasa, . the taste of soup, ace. /x<arii,
Dh. 64;
aneka-supa-vyafijana, mfn.
67,11 (v. an-eka).
8 lira, mfn, {sa. ?ura) strong, brave,
valiant; m. -^.-o (ativiya <%/ hutva,
"showing a very bold front") 38,8i;
m, pi. ^a, 40,14;
- subst. in, a hero,
warrior; abhejja- vara -sura- maha-
yodba, pi, unconquerable excellent
heros and great warriors, 39,is; a-sura,
m. 103,32 {q.
v.); *kaka-, in.
{q.
v.).
Siirasena, m. {sa, Qiirasena)
nom. pr, of a man (fictitious); nom.
rv.0, 96,31.
siila. 111. n, {sa. gula^ a pointed
stake, spike, pike; a spit (for roasting
meat); *niaiiisa-'', Hi. n. 14,99 (3.
v.).
sekha, in. {sa, (jaiksha; cp, sik-
khati) a beginner, pupil, one who has
entered the path {v. magga^X but
has not yet become an araha< (q.
v.);
nom. rs^o, Dh. 45;
-
mfn, {cp. sa.
Qaiksbya) belonging to the stage of
a pupil, elementary; instr. n. <x/ena
(nanena, dassanena, "an imperfect
degree of knowledge, or insight")
69,34-35.
set^ha, mfn. {sa. greshtba) most
excellent, best {w. loe. or e, c. best
of or among); in. .^0 (manussesu)
Dh.
321; n. ^arii (dhanam) Dh. 26;
comp. raja-", in. 47,8 {voc. rxa);
Buddha-", m. 109,93 {gen. ^assa).
cp. seyya & next.
settbata,
f.
{sa. (jreshthata) the
first rank, superiority; aec, ^&m (de-
vanaiii) Dh. 30.
se^bi, m. {sa. (jreshthin)
the
chief of an association (of merchants
etc.), president of a guild (in later
times appointed by the king to this
office (which was sometimes heritable))
;
nom. ^i (gahapati)
68,99; gen. fvino,
22,13; .>.i8sa,
69,9; loc. ^iiiihi, 70,i3;
^^-kula, n. (purana-", an ancient S.
family)
55,3i; ''"-putta, in. 67,22
{q.
v.).
277 sevati
[SBE.
XIII,
p. 102; Fick, Soc. Glied.
p. 166.]
seni,
f.
(sa. ^reni) a guild or
association
of traders; ace. pi. ~iyo
(sabba-",
opp. amacca-brahmana-
gahapatike)
42,3.
seta,
mfn. (sa. gveta) white; m,
~o (sabba-", white all over)
21,34;
n. pi. ,>^ani, 47,3; comp. '-cchatta,
M.
42,8; "-paduma, n. 61,i9; "-vara-
varana, m. 61,i7
(q.
v.).
seti
(& sayati), vb. (sa. -y/Ql) to
lie, lie down, sleep, repose; pr. 3. sg.
seti, 30,31. Dh. 79. 168. 169 (sukham,
"lives happily"); Dh. 201 (dukkham);
sayati (ekako) 46,i9; 1. sg. sayami,
47,35-, 5. pi. senti, Dh.
156;
part,
med. *semana [*sayainana, sayana]
V. saba-semana; pot. 3. sg. sayetha,
9,33;
get: sayitva, 12,ii. 58,i7 (taya
saddhim). cp. sayana, etc., seyyaka,
seyya.
seda, m. {sa. sveda) sweat, per-
spiration; nom. 0^0, 82,5. 97,33;
pi.
f\.a., drops of perspiration, 45,1. cp.
next.
sedita, mfn. (pp.
sedeti, to soften,
cook, steam; sa. svedita) softened;
*8U-sedita, mfn. weli-steamed (bent,
or crooked) 62,i7 ("-vettagga, q. v.).
Senaka, vi. (sa. senaka?) nom.
pr. of a king; loc. r>^e (Baranasiyam)
52,14;
gen. o-assa, 52,15.
sen a,
f.
(= sa.) an army, battle-
array; nom. N.a, 103,35; ace. /N.<aifa,
104,5;
instr, />^aya (caturanginiya)
35,15;
at the end of comp. (nom. pr.
m.) o-sena, v.
Naga-o, Vira-, Siha-,
Bura-o.
senasana (&
sayanasana), n. (sa.
(jayanasana) lit. 'sleeping and sitting',
bedding,
dwelling, habitation (some-
times
= vihara); 97,8;
Dh. 185
(sayanasanarii,
pantam, q.
v.).
semana,
part., v. seti.
semha.
n. (sa, ^leshman, .)
phlegm; nom, /varii, 82,4.
97,a. 103,o.
*8enihara, [.]
name of a certain
animal,
according to the comm. a
monkey (makkata);
gen. ^assa, 92,m.
seyya (or seyyas), mfn. (sa.
^reyas) better, preferable; m. /vO (atta)
66,3; 107,1 = Dh. 308; aec. ^am,
Dh.
61 ; the orig. s-stem is preserved
in n. seyyo, 7,S4. 103,7-34; Dh. 76.
100. 106 (sa pujana); 314; further
in *seyyaso, indecl. = still better,
Dh. 43. (cp. settha).
seyyaka, mfn. (fr. seyya) lying,
sleeping (only e. c), v. uttana-".
*8eyyatha, indecl. (Magadhism
instead of tarii-yatha, Buddh. sa. tad-
yatba, cp. sa. sa yatha) just as, as
if; w. foil. nom. 69,87 (^ pi pubbe
agarikabhiito) ; 95,i3 (/n./ pi mahasa-
muddo); at the beg. of full sentence
(w. pot.) : ^ pi puriso sallena viddho
assa ("it is as if....") 92,6; ,%/ pi
raiino paccantimam nagaram [scil.
assa, pot.] 90,30 (only fancy, for in-
stance, that a certain king has a fron-
tier fortress); r^ pi naraa (iv. foil,
pot. & corresp. evam eva) 68,24;

seyyath'idam, that is to say, namely,
67,3. 68,19. [cp. Trenckner, PM.
p.
76; Franke, KZ. (N. F.) XIV.
p. 419;
differently Pischel, Gr.

423.]
*seyyaso, indecl., v. seyya(s).
seyya,
f
(sa. gayya) lying, sleep-
ing; a bed, couch; acc. /%^am (kap-
peti, q. V.) 46,32; *eka-,
f^
(q.v.);
gabbha-",
f. (q.
v.)\ *nanikama-*',
f.
(q.
V.) cp. uttana-seyyaka, mfn.
*Seruma, [m.] nom. pr. of an is-
land; acc. />^arii, 20,i9; *'-dipa, m.
(= Nagadipa, Ceylon
?) 19,8.
sela, *) "' (** ^aila; cp, sila) a
stone, rock; nom. /%^o, 106,29 = Dh.
81; acc. ^am, 104,i6.
- ^) mfn. stony,
rocky ; acc. m. ^aiii (pabbatam) Dh. 8.
sevati, vb. (sa. ^/sev) to frequent,
serve, follow, practise, devote oneself
to (acc); pr. 3. sg. -N^ati (piyani)
55,1
; 3. pi. ^anti, Dh. 293;
pot. 3.
sg, ) seve (paradararii) Dh. 310;
)>) seveyya, 7,8s; Dh.l67 (dhammaih)
;
grd. sevitabba, 66,25 (na <vS, to be
avoided);
pp.
sevita, eqjoyed, Dh.
272 (a-puthujjana-", q.
v.) cp. next.
(tevuDa 278
sevana,
f.
(== sa.) waiting upon,
service, honouring; 14,s.
sesa, ^) mfn. (sa. ^esha) remain,
ing, left, moHtly jj'. = the othera, the
rest, or at the beg. oi comp,; pi. notn.
m, -^a, 7,i. 40,i; 49,7 (sesapi);
73,8* (^pleonast. added after papetva
ariya^avake); ace. 2)1, />^e, 21,; instr.
pi. ,^ehi, 112,J3; gen. pi. ,>,anam,
40,16; comp. "-varatta, 12,o; "-vani-
janain, 21,28? "-Amacce, 40,6.
- *)
siibst, n. 8e8a(ka), the rest; loc, <N.ke,
33,32; cp.
a-sesa, mfn.
8
0,
pron. demonstr. m, (= sa'),
V, tam.
soka, H. (sa. ijoka) sorrow; nom.
fK/O (maha-") 89, lo; ace. ,^am, ib.;
pi. r^a,, 107,82 = Dh. 336; instr. pi,
fv/chi, 70,29; comp. (dfandra) : "-pari-
deva-, 66,10. 90, n. 92,sr, parideva-
soka-sampanna, mfn, full of lamen-
tation and Borrow, 69,32; *tinna-8oka-
pariddava, mfn. (v: pariddava); *tanu-
bhiita-'', mfn.
(q.
v.)
; *"-pareta, mfn.
(g.
V.) cp. a-soka, vi-soka (visuka)
& next.
*8okin, mfn. (fr. soka) Borrowing;
ace.
f.
,>/iniih (pajurii) Dh. 28.
socati, vb, (sa,
V^uc)
to grieve,
mourn, suffer pain; pr. 3. sg. ,>^ati,
17,2; 106,31 (puttehi); Dh. 16 {opp,
nandati, modati); 3. pi. %.anti, 108,7;
5. pi. med. socare, 104,io. Dh.
226;
aor. 2. eg. (ma) 80ci, 89,12; cp. 8oka,
etc., BocanS,
so can a,
f,
(== a.) sorrow, suffer-
ing; 106,82.
sona, m. (/*. ,^1, alsoi spelt sona,
r^i] sa. gvana, -^i) a dog; soni-
rupena, in the appearance of a bitch,
111,2; cp, sunakha.
8 n d a
,
/".
(& sonda, m.
;
sa. ^aunda,
fr. ^unda) an elephant's trunk; ace,
-waiii. 76,21 ; instr. ~iiya, 61,is.
8ota\ n. {sa. Qrotra) the ear (as
organ of hearing, cp. kanna); nom.
o.-am, 70,30 1 i'tstr, ^ena, Db.
360;
loc. f^a.sm\A\,
71,3;
pi. /v.ani,
27,4;
"-saniphassi-, 72,9 (v, /.); *ohita-'',
mfn. (q.
v.). i
Bota*, m. & n. (sa. srotas, n.) a
stream, flood, current; nom. /v/O, 108,b;
acc. o/am, Db. 347 (metaph. of the
flood of passions); pi, /N/a, Db. 339
(do.); n. pi. ^BLiii (nadinam) 103,i8;
cp. uddham-sota, mfn. & next.
sotapatti,
f.
(Buddh. sa. srota-
patti) the state of a sotapanna, the
flrst step in sanctification; "-phala, n.
the advantage of Sotapannaship, Dh.
178; loc, -x/C, 87,1
;
(=
die HSrer-
sohaft", nicht von \/sru, sondern von
\/(;ru, Neumann, Reden des Gotama
Buddha, I. p. 606).
sotapanna, mfn, (Buddh, sa,
srotapanna) 'who has entered the
stream' ('. e. of sanctification), a con-
vertk^ who has reached the flrst stage
of sanctification (the three last stages
of which are : sakad-agamiji, an-aga-
miH, araha^); m. ,^0, 28,i8. 29,i8 (v.
corrections);
79,33; pi. /^a, 22, 13.
so turn, inf., v. sunati.
sotthi,
f,
& n. {sa. svasti) wel-
fare, success, prosperity; acc, -^im
(tesaiii karissami, I will save them)
27,le; amhakaiii ^-virii karonto pi
tvarii fieva karissasi (you do so, I
think, in order to save me) 54,81
;
/villi gacchati (was saved) 29,i8; 80-
tthira, acc. (adv.) safely, happily, Dh.
219 (/^agataiii) ; sotthina, instr. (adv.)
id.
42,23; sotthi-bhava, m. safely, acc.
/^arii (katuiii) 27,15.
sotthiya,
tn{fn). {sa. protriya)
conversant with the sacred doctrine, a
brahman (or bhikkhu); acc. m. pi.
-^e (rajano, "holy kings") Dh. 296.
sodariya, m.
{fr. sa
+
udariya;
sa. sodarya) a uterine brother; acc,
-v-arii, 31,8.').
aodhana, n. {sa. Qodhana) clean*
siug, investigation,
examination; "-kale
("when the search was made") 49,30.
sodheti, vh. {sa. godhayati,
ygudh) to cleanse, purify; to clear
up, examine,
investigate
(acc); pr.
8. pi.
^enti (maccaih) Dh. 141;
part, instr. m. -^entena (viharam)
84,9; pi.
^enta,
26,7 (examiniug);
279 hattha
inf. ^etuiii,
50,3 (id.);
ger.
^etva,
48,34 (id.);
grd. m.
^etabbo,
84,8;
cp.
suddha
& sodhana.
sona, V, sona.
sobbha, wi.' (so.
^vabhra) a hole,
pit, abyss;
tiom.
^o, 27,7 (a whirl-
pool);
27,8 (chinna-tata-maha-");
loc,
v^e, 78,u.
sobhagga, n. (sa.
saubhagya)
welfare,
prosperity,
auspiciousness;
beauty, grace, loveliriess;
instr, r-^ena,
(siri-, q.v.) 64,io;
*-ppatta, mfn.
happy, well-to-do,
auspicious, lovely;
wi.
^0, 1,4;
acc. ^am,
10,86;
f.
^a,
73,8; (perhaps ooufounded with sobha,
f.
{sa, (jobha), beauty, v, next etc.).
sobhati, vb, (sa, ^Qubh) to be
bright or splendid, to shine, look
beautiful; aor. 3. sg. sobhi (Buddho
viya) 113,21.
sob ban a, mfn. (so. ^obhana)
splendid, beautiful; excellent, good;
. -^aiii (kammam) 100,6.
somanassa, n. {fr. 8u-mana(s);
sa. saunianasya) gladness, satisfaction;
pi. <vani (pleasures) Dh. 341 ; *-jata,
mfn, glad, delighted,
16,98. 64,i3;
*-ppatta, mfn. id. 15,29.
so las a, ') num. {mfn. pi.) {sa.
shodaga) 16; ^ petiyo, 23,28; "-vas-
sa-, 42,25, etc, {v. h.)
; "-vassika,
mfn, being 16 years old, 111,36 (n.
ovarii, rupam).
- *) mfn. the le*^;
acc.
f.
<N/im (kalam) Dh. 70;
- sola-
sama, mfn. {sa. shodaQama) id.; r^o
(vaggo) Dh. XVI.
sovanna, ') mfn. {fr. suvanna;
so. sauvarna) golden ; m. r^o (sabba-")
84,26;
o-siVika,
f.
62,7 {q.
v.); - )
w. gold; *-maya, mfn. made of gold,
in. r^o, 28,29.
sossati, fut., V. sunati.
svakkhata, mfn., v. akkhati.
*8vatanaya, adv. (an old dat,
[scil. divasaya?] cp. ajjatana & so.
(jvastana, mfn.)
for the next day, or
to-morrow ; 77,s8. cp. next.
8ve (&
suve), adv. (so. ^vas) to-
morrow; 14,i. 101,e; suve suve,
daily, day after day, Dh. 229. cp.prec.
H.
h', apparently sandhi-consonant in
some few instances (if not shortened
of ha, or hi, q. v.) : no h'etam, (cer-
tainly) not so! 70,2; ma h'evam kho,
90,24.
ha, indecl. (= sa.) an emphatic
particle ("indeed", "verily"), mostly
used after ti, or na; tasnia ti ha,
93,2 {q.
V.)
;
comp. have (v. h.).
hamsa', m. (= sa.) a goose (or
swan); pi. ,N/a, Dh. 91; "-potika,
f.
10,4 {q.
v.); "-rajaH, ))i. 10,5; raja-",
m. a special kind of swan, nam, <v0,
18,t; gen, rvassa, 10,4 (suva^^a-");
suvanna-", m, id. 10,8-ib.
^bamsa', & *>harasaDa, mfn,
(only e. c; sa. harsha, harsbana)
causing erection (of the hairs), v,
loma-".
hafinati (or ^te), vb. (^oss. hanti;
sa. hanyate) to be slain or killed ;pr.
3. sg. owate, 30,i9.
haiine, pot., v. hanti.
*hata-hata-kesa, mfn, (of un-
certain derivation; cp. sa. ha^ha &
mahratt. ha^aha^a) having dishevelled
hair; m. /%/0, 71,29,
^hattha, mfn. {sa. hrshta) glad;
i. .,o, 68,10 ; tuttba-", mfn. {q.
v.).
hat a, mfn. {pp.
hanti; = sa.)
beaten, slain, destroyed; m. .o, 30,22;
*-labha-sakkara, mfn. {v. labha);
*hatavakasa, mfn. {cp. okasa, ,)
who has cut off every occasion (for
good and evil), m. >%/0, Dh. 97 (con-
founded with
hata {pp.. h&r&ii) cp,
pahata); a-hata, mfn. {v. /.).
hattha, i. {sa. hasta) the hand
(or arm), fore leg (or paw); nam.
1^0, 50,22; acc, .^^aiii, 23,9; instr.
.-..ena, 24,23. 83,i7-2o; 111,24 (vama-");
abl. ^to ("from") 101,25-29; loc. /x-e,
23,9. 36,21. 58,7. 101,26 (tassa, 'with
him'); acc. pi. r^e (dve) 62,28; instr.
pi. fvehi (ubhohi) 27,2o; loc. pi.
o^esn, 59,8. lll,i; comp. '^-gata, mfn.
come to hand, obtained, 37,i8 (*'-bhava,
m., q. v.); ''-gahana, n. seizing one's
hatthin 280
hand, 51,i4; *'-dhovana, . 56,5 (v.
h.)) "-ppatta, mfn. (epi patta')
=
*-gata; """-patha, m, the reach of one's
haad, acc. -x-am, 62,i8; <*-pada, m.
pi, hands and feet, 99,is; 6,27 {comp.
hatthapada-o); *-mudda,
f.
56,t (.
7t.); *'*-saMata, mfn. who controls
his hands, m. /^o, Dh. 362;

danda-",
mfn.
(3.
v.); "nanavudha-", mfn.
armed with weapons of all kind,
6,7
(cp. avudha). cp. next.
hatthi/j, m, {sa. hastin) an ele-
phant; MOOT, ^i, 76,8, 24,21 (mafi-
gala-", q. v.); ^?m, 24,26; gen. rvissa,
77,1; pi. r^\, 35,21; instr. pi, <%/ihi,
35,11; gin, pi. -winam, ib. ; comp,
hatthi-'', V, *<*-kkbandha, m.\ "-naga,
^ an excellent elephant, instr, /vena,
1)2,25; *''-pabhirina, m.
(g.
v.); **-pi-
tthe (v. pitiha); "''-bbanda, m.
(g.
v.);
"-magga, m.
(g,
v)\ *<*-ratana, n.
(q.
v.); "-sals,
f. (q. '.).
had ay a, n. (sa, hrdaya) the heart;
the mind or soul; nom. /N.'aifa, 1,24.
82,3. 97,21; 69,12 (matu-">, amatu-");
64,17 (pitu-"); 64,!8 (pajapati-*"); acc,
/N,arii, 2,2, 27,5;
instr. v.eua, 69,io;
pi. ,>/ani,
2,1
; comp. "-niariisa, n.
;
*thaddha-'*, mfn.; *samvigga-'*, mfn.
(2-
v-)-
.
hanati, vb,, v. hanti.
*hanapeti, vb. {cans. II, hanti,
yhan; cp. ghateti) to cause to be
killed, massacred, or devastated {acc);
iuiper, 2. pi, />..etha (paccantagamam)
38,29;
aor. 3. sg. /N^esi (do.) 38,82.
hanu & hanuka,
/". (=stt.; hut
also hanu, & /s^ka, m, n.) a jnw;
*8ithilahanu, in,
(3.
v.) ; *hanukaUhi-
ka, n. 40,18 (w. a^hika).
hantar, hi. {sa. hanty) a striker,
one who kills; acc, /^aram (brahma-
nassa) Dh. 389.
hanti, vb.
(&
hanati; sa. \/han)
to strike, kill, destroy, devastate (acc);
pr. 3. sg,
a)
hanti, Dh. 72. 356. 405;
'') hanati (panaiii) 97,io; 5. pi, ha-
nanti, Dh. 35.6 ; U. pi. hanatha (ga-
mam) 38,33; pot. 3, sg, ') hanne
(paninam) 17,29;
>) haneyya, Dh,
129; aor, 3, pi. haniiiisu, 34,ti; ger,
hantva, Dh. 294; caus. v. *hanapeti
& ghateti; pass, haiiiiati, pp.
hata
{q.
V.) cp. gbacca, ghafina, hantar.
ban da, indecl. {sa. hanta) a par-
ticle implying resolution or exhortation,
followed by pr. 1, sg,, fttt. 1. sg., or
intper,, mostly at the beginning of a
sentence and often followed by dani
{v. idani) = well then! cornel look!
80,1 (~ dani, w. pr, 1. sg.).
hambho, indecl. {cp. ambho; so.
hamho) a particle implying indigna-
tion, anger, etc.; or exclamation of
surprise ; r^ passatha, 88,8. {cp. Pischel,
Gr.
267.)
hammiya, . {sa. harmya) a large
house with more stories, or the top-
most story of such a bouse; loc, pi,
^esu, '76,29 ("the balconies", SBE.
XX, 248).
"bar
a, mfn. {e. c. = sa.) bringing,
taking, seizing, ravishiug; mano-hara,
mfn. {q.
v.); *vayo-hara, mfn, {v,
vaya).
harana, n. & mfn. {e. c. = sa.)
bringing, taking, removing; manusa-
mala-'*-attham, "in order to remove
every human stain", 61,i3.
harani,
f.
(= sa.) a passage by
which water, etc., passes, a channel,
conductor, nerve; *rasa-barani,
f.
a
nerve of taste, acc. pi. .N^iyo, 57,23.
harati. vb. {sa, y/h^) to carry,
briug, fetch, take (away), remove, de
stroy (acc); to rob, plunder, attack
{gen,);
i)r, 3. sg. /vati, 60,3 {opp.
aharati) ; 2. sg. ^&s\, 66,1s (kassa
yaguih); 1. sg. ^ami (pitu tasararii)
87,u; imper, 2. sg. hara (mama san-
tika) 49,15; pot. 3, sg, .x-eyya (visam
panina) Dh.
124; (brahmanassa
^)
Dh. 389 {var. lect. pabareyya); aor.
3. sg. abasi (me) Dh.
3; fat. 2. sg.
^issasi, 56,u; 1. sg. .^issami (jivi-
tarii) 4,33; caus. II. harapeti
{q.
v.);
{pp.
ha^a, cp. hata); cp. hara, ha-
rana (-^ni).
harapeti, vb. {cans, II, harati)
to cause to be brought or removed,
281
hirima^
to
take
away
(ace,); ger. ^etva (paiii-
sum)
38,2.
harita,
mfn. (= sa.) green; ace.
. ^am (yavarii) 9,i; *haritupatta,
>fn. {prob.
fr, harita
+
upatta,
q.
V.) strown
or prepared with green
leaves,
loc.
f,
^aya (bhumiya) 61,ai
[different
from liarita-patta, mfn. (v.
patta*) having green leaves, Jat, III,
495,7, etc.],
have, indecl. (sa, ha vai) particle
of asseveration (sometimes used after
re/a^ttes)
: truly, certainly;
yada
^,
66,20
;
yo ^, Dh. 382.
has at i, vb. (sa. ^/has) to laugh;
part. ace.
f.
^antim (tapasim) lll,i7;
part.
f.
med. hasamana, 68,io; aor.
3. sg. hasi, 36,3. 53,22. 65,24 (niaha-
hasitam, said of a horse : neighed);
3. sg. hasi, 16,s2; 1, sg. hasiih, 17,9.
58,13; ger. ^./itva (niaha-hasitaiii)
16,29; pp. hasita (v.nexty, cp. hasa.
hasita, n. (= sa.) laughing,
laughter; ace. f^&m (maha-, hasati,
to laugh aloud) 16,29. 65,34; "-karana,
n. 53,34 (v. h.).
hapeti, vb. (cows, jahati ; sa. ha-
payati, ^ha) to abandon, neglect, for-
feit (ace); pot. 3. sg. hapaye (atta-
datthaih) Dh. 166.
hayati, vb. (pass, jahati; sa.
hiyate, yha) to be left or abandoned;
to be lost, decrease; to be inferior, be
outrun; pr. 3, sg, j&ti (udakarii) 3,4
(opp. vaddhati) ; aor. 3. sg. med. aha-
yatha (labho ca sakkaro) 18,35, 19,4
(cp. Kuhn, Beitr.
p. 110).
hara, m. (= sa.) a garland, neck-
lace; mutta-'*, m. a
pearl-necklace,
64,26.
hava, . (= sa.)
'calling', dalli-
ance, blandishment ; O-bhava, m. (dvan-
dva)
coquettish gestures, 21,is.
hasa, m. (=
sa.)
laughter; joy,
pleasure; nom, i^o, Dh. 146.
hi, indecl. (=
sa.) an enclitic
particle,
generally joined to the first
word of a sentence,
with a causal or
affirmative
meaning, but aometimeB de-
noting only
transition,
continuation,
or emphasis : for, since, indeed (nam,
enim; igitur); sace ^, l,a4; tvam ->.^,
5,11 ; 13,i; santi ,^, 11,
u;
yam ^,
13,29
(q.
v.); yatra
^, 63,i:i; aham
~, 73,14; ayaih h' ettha attho, 85,29;
na /"w, 97,19 ("nay verily");
tena hi,
"well then",
], 10-19; 90,38 (tena h');
11 3,14;
at the end of a sentence : 112,10.
hiiiisati, vb. (sa. yhims) to in-
jure, harm, kill, destroy (acc); pr. 3,
sg. /^ati (bhutani dandena) Dh.
131-32; (panani) Dh.
270; pp. hiih-
sita, injured, killed; n. o^aih (na . . .
ekapanam pi) 27,33. cp. next.
himsa,
f.
(== sa.) injury, harm;
camp. *himsa-mana(s), n,
(?)
inclina-
tion to injure, nom, rs^o, Dh. 390.
cp. a-hiihsa,
f,
hita, mfn.
(pp.
dahati, ^/dha;
=
sa.) ')
put, set, placed; v. ohita, pu-
rohita, sahita (samhita), su-hita; ^)
good, advantageous, salutary; n. /N^am,
benefit, welfare; sabbaloka-hitam ka-
tva, "having conferred blessings on
the whole world", 110,i8; *hitavaha,
mfn. (cp. avaha) conductive to wel-
fare or blessing,
f.
0.5, 114,29; 113,33
(sabbaloka-") ; cp. a-hita, mfn,
hitva, ger., v. jahati.
hi ma, n. (= aa.) cold, frost; ice,
snow ; "-gabbha, . an icy or snowy
place, acc, r^nm, 16,9. cp, next &
hemanta.
Himavanta (or Himavai), m.
(sa. Himavat) 'the snowy mountain',
Himalaya; nom. r^o, Dh. 304; acc,
/>..am, 46,34; loc. ^e, 10,6; abl. /vto,
21,35; comp. "-padese, 13,9; "-mattha-
kena, 36,5 (v. h.),
hiri (or hiri),
f,
(sa, hri) shame,
modesty; nom. ji, I0,i6 (ajjhatta-
samutthana, q.
v.); dvandva comp,
*hirottappa, . (cp. ottappa) sense
of shame and tact in behaviour, acc.
fs/Ava (bhinditva) 10,i3; '"bhinna-hi-
rottappa, mfn.
without shame and
decency, 10,i7;
- *hiri-ni8edha, mfn.
Db. 143 (v. nisedha); cp. a-hirika
(a-hinka) & next.
hirimat, mfn. (sa. hrimat) mo-
bina
282
dest, bashful; inslr. m, /vtnata (dujji-
am) Dh. 245.
bin a, tnfn.
(pp. jahati, cp, bayati,
\/ha; = 5a.) *) bbabdoaed, left, lost;
"-viriya, mfn. weak, feeble, Dh. 7.
112 (i. viriya); *) inferior, low, vile,
bad, mean, base, secular; tn. /vO, 66,se;
dot, n, o^aya (F-vattitva, the secular
life, the world) 69,7.
hut a, n. (= sa.) an oblation, sa-
crifice; nom. f^&va, Dh. 106. 108.
(cp. jubati).
hutta, n. (sa. botra) = prec,
only in tlie comp. aggi-**
(q.
v.),
huram, adv. (ved. sa. huras) only
used in old texts, and aWays opp. to
idha : 'yonder', i. e. in another world,
in another existence, Dh. 20 (idha
va ~ va). Hence *hurahurain, adv.
(= buram huraih
?)
from life to life,
hither and thitliei,
107,3o
= Dh. 334,
(cp. Morrh, .TPTS. '84,
p. 103-05.^
heit^h&y prp. & adv. (so. adhastat)
*) under, beneath, from under (w. gen.
or abl.; or ace. in comp.)\ rukkhassa
>^, 86,26; setacchattassa rw,
42,9;
vitanassa -^, 66,is; rw pasada (abl.^
67,4; "-pitbarii, adv. (under the chair)
83,18; "-maficam, adv. (under the bed)
83,18;
-
^) below (oc'u.); 85,80 (opp.
upari); 'hetths' in a book is = 'above',
the reading (or vriting) being con-
sidered as \ moving upwards, so that
a preceding passiige consequently is
below'; *-vutta-nayen'eva, 63,32 ('just
in the same niEvnoer as mentioned be-
fore', cp. naya). i
""hetthima, mfn. (superl. of he-
t^ha; sa. "'adhastima, cp, Pischel,
Gr.
107)
lowest; "-tale, 59,2? (v,
taia).
""hetheti, vb. (sa. v^he^h)
to worry,
injure (acc.)\ part. nom. m. a-betha*
yaiii (yannagandhaiii, "without in-
juring'^ 106,2
=- Dh. 49. cp, vi-
hetheti.
j
hetu. . (= sa.) cause, reason;
e. c. (adv.)
= for one's sake (sa.
hetoh\ V. atta-',
parassa-' (para-);
"-attna, m, causative meaning, 86,9
(antogadba-, mfn, q.
v.); "^"-tanha.
f.
'thirst' as cause [scil. sabba-duk-
khassa] lOS.is; sa-betu-dhamma, .,
V. sa-*, & dbamma*. 66,21.
hemanta, m. (= sa.)
winter;
'-gimbisu (loe. pi.) in winter and
summer, Dh. 286 (v. gimha); cp, next,
bemantika, mfn,(sa. haimantika^
relating to winter; m, /wO (pasado)
67,22; loc, rwe (kale) 100,24.
hessati, /"<., v. hoti.
boti, vb, (a contracted form of
bhavati,
q. v.; sa. ybhii) to be, exist,
become, arise, turn into, etc.; pr, 3.
sg. boti, 2,6-30. 35,ii. 86,12-18. 89,29.
98,30-81. 106,8
== Dh. 286; S, pi.
bonti, 4,1. 6,22. 12,21. 31,15; 2. pi.
botha,
31,1;
par/., v. bhavam; imper,
2,sg,hoh\, 26,i6. 37,i4. 62,24. 106,24;
3, sg. hotu, 2,7. 6,25, 7,i. 10,io. 64,9.
74,7 (hotu botu); 2. pi. hotha, 14, is.
Dh.
243; 3. pi, bontu, 44,6;
pot., v,
bhaveyya; aor, 3, sg. *) aim & ahu,
80,82 (nahu); 94,23. 112,3o; Dh. 228
(cahu); 20,20 (abu); 42,i6. 80,35
(abu'ti); ^) ahuva, 37,8o;
'') ahosi,
3,32; 3,3 (assa etad 1^, he thought by
himself);
23,8.64,19 (do.); 67,3i (pa"-
tur-", q, v.)\_ 2. sg. ) ahu. 86,26. 86,1
Tma ... abu'ti); *>) ahosi, 2,. 86,2
(ma ^,
coram, on ma . . . ahu); 1,
sg, *) aburh, 108,i5; *>)
ahosiiii, 62,10;
3. pi.
a)
ahii (or abu) 112,29; >) ahe-
sum,
6,26; 60,i7 (ma<N^); 79,2i (tun-
hi ..); 2. pi. ahuvattha (ma .)
79,19; l.pl. (med.) abuvarabase ("we
had", in the sense of abhisambhavati)
13,28 (cp. bala); fut. 3. sg. (bobiti
&)
hessati, 64,8o. 110,83. Dh. 228 (accord-
ing to the metre, mss. bhavissati); m/".,
V. bhavituiii; gcr. hutva, 1,4. 2,i9.
3,4. 4,18. 12,37. 23,31. 35,18. 38,31, etc.;
grd. hotabba, n. ^arii. 83,3 (w. instr.)\
pp.
V. bhuta, cp. pa-biita,
CORRECTIONS AND ADDITIONS.
-
3
-
4
1 after a-bhasi insert:
a-bhunjisum, v. bhufljati.
2 read: a-katannu
a-kincana . . cp. akincanfia.
after a-gata insert;
a-gati, /., V, gati.
after a-disva insert:
a-dukkha, mfn. 70,7, v.
dukkha.
*a-dubha , . read: {cp. dub-
bhati).
*a-ppatikaraka
. . . read:
(v. patikara).
6 after a-bhejja insert;
a-makkhita, mfn, 62,i,
V. makkhita.
6 *a-vajja , . read: not to be
avoided, n, no sin (or fault),
after *a-8amkuppa insert:
a-samghatt^'Uta, v, sam-
ghattati.
7 *a-8antasana . . ,
read:
"-sabhava.
after a-sahasa
insert:
a
-
s u k h a, mfn. 70,a7, v. sukha.
*a n
-
ej a ... (cp. Leumann,
Albim-Kern, p. 393)
akkosati . . . aor. 3. sg,
akkocchi,
Dh. 3.

13 after accaya
insert:
accasanna, mfn., v. asanna.

acchati , . . cp. asina.
after acchadeti
add: (op.
achanna).
a c c b i n d a t i, v5., V. chindati.

16 aflfia . . . (cp. ana,

f.)
- *attiyati . .
(cp- B^'"*.
Verkl. p. 68.)
-
10
16 *anda-bhuta, Mi/w.... (diffe-
rently E. Hardy, Litt. Cen-
tralbl. 1904, p. B07).
17 *ati-dhona-cariH . . . (cj.
dhona, dhuta).
19 after *attha-pada insert:
attharana, v. tharana.
19-20 atthi '. . . pr. 2. pi. 'ttha,
29,30. 31,23;
- pot, 3. ag.
assa, Dh. 376;
- aor. Umpf.)
3. sg. asi, 81,3 (tadasi).
20 read: addhagu.
21 adhipa, read: adhipati
26 andhaka . , . read: ""andba*
ka-makasa
27 aparadha ought to be put
after '*'aparabhage.
29 abbiAi^a ... jfian&bhififia,
read: jhanabhifina
abhinikkhamana, n, (sa,
abhinisbkramana)
30 '''abhippaharani, read:
"-harini
abhiriihati , , , (cp. Tr.
PM. p. 78).
31 abhisamkhara, m,
after am ace a insert:
Amaradevi,
f,
nom. pr. of
a woman, 55,S3. 58,S8;
=:
Amara, 56,ia,

a mb a . . . ambapakka, n. nom.
iKi&va., 15,ss (ambapakk').
33 ariya... ^cp.kadariya, jm/m.)

34 avajiyati . . . (cp. ojita).

' avaharati
. . . cau. V. ona-
reti (cp. *obariH)
-36 akara ... (cp. pannaka-
ra, .).
284
P. 37 Sigacchati . . . aor. 3, ag,
agafichi, 20,to.
-
acikkhiMi,v&. (sa.a-i/caksh,
or possibly
fr. a-ykhya, re-
dtipl. *a-cikhyati ; Pischel,
Gr.
492, cp, T. Michelson,
Idg. F. XIX,
p. 210.)

41 arama ... {cp, dhainma-

rama, mfn.)

43 avunati (or avunati, cp,

Tr. PM.
p. 63,.)

*avuso . . , read: ^avuso-
vada, w.

asana . . . (cp, dhamtna-
Sana.)

44 after aBa|bi Insert!

asi, asiiii, v, attbi.

51 upaga ... {cp. Brahma-

lok'upaga, mfn.)

upatthana . . {cp. pa-
t^liana & sati-patthana.)

66 ijruvela,
f.
(sa. Uruvilva)

60 ereti ... or ^ sa. erayati

(a
+
\/ir).

63 obhasati... {cp. vijjotati.)

66 kaccha'... read: kaksbya

(instead of *kaksbya).
kanna, read: kaflfia.

69 karana'... {cp. *dubbali-

karana. mfn.)

73 [kama] . . . naccitu-kama,
mfn. 60,85.

kama-kama. .. or, perhaps
better, abl. sg. ("out of desire
for sensual gratification", Mor-
ris, iPTS. 1891-93, p. 39-41)
78 kuiijara . . . nom. rvO, Dh.
324.
'

80 k u 1 a . . . (cp. pati-kkula, mfn.)

82 khamapeti ... to ask one's

(ace.) pardon,
khaya, m. (instead of n.)
-
89
-
96
-
98
gam a . .
vara, m.)
{q.
V.)
cara(ka)
cara, vt.)
citta' . .
<if Bll-'.)
clia .
-vara, m. (cp.
pat^ana-", .
. (ck *pinda-
. (cp. sa-*, instead
{oiJ, Balriyataiia.)
P. 98 jhayati^ ... (cj. *Tijjha-
peti.)

jhayati* . . . (cp, ajjhaya
& mantajjbayaka.)

107 o-ttba . . . (cp, bhumma-

ttba, mfn.)

tam . . . loc,
f.
tassa, 2,26.

108 tanha . . . add "-nirodba,

m. 66,15 (q.
v.)

109 after tatha-rupa

insert:
tatba-vadi , mfn., .vadin

115 terasa . . . (cp. Frankc, Pali

und Sanskrit,
p.
104 (so).)

116 tbera-vada . . . dbl. pi,

114,i
(instead of instr. pi.)

122 dugga ... ace. ^am (pali-

patbaiii, instead of samsa-
rarii.)

123 dubbuddbin, read: dub-

buddhi.

124 dura . . . read; (cp. vid5ra)

instead of (opp, vidura.)
add : *o-samkara, mfn. (q.
v.)

127 dbana . . . read: *<*-vassa-

panaka.
129 dbamma-piti . . . (cp.
140
- 146
-
149
-
161
iti.)
nibl
Schrader, On the problem of
piti
[ni ibana] .
ader, On
(cp. F. Otto
problem
IPTS. 1904-5,
p.
(cp, la, ia-
pakata
-
154
-
168
- 161
Nirvana,
157.)
""pa* . . . read:
stead of }a.)
pakati . . . (cp.
[pakata].)
paj apati . . . Pajapati (=
sa. prajavati, Oldenberg,
Buddha,
p. 112.)
patikkiila . . . instr. ^ena,
(if not, as suggested by E,
Olcsen, adv.
sa. pratiku-
laiii, in inverted order, i. a.
with the head turned down-
wards, head foremost?)
""patisantbara ... read;
{sa. ^o-vrtti).
padeti ... to be inserted
below after
paduma.
pabbilHoti . . . (cp, vijjo-
tati),
285
P. 170 read:
paveni & paveni.

187 bahira . . . (cp, santara-

bahiraifa, adv.)
193 bhaga
... (cp, sabhaga,
/.)

*bhanavara (instead of
bhanavara).
200 mati . . . (c23.*8ara-mati(7i))
202 madbuva, adv. (or rather
adj. n. instead of madhuvam
(an old error?) cp, bhadram,
Db.
119.)

manufina . , . read: n.
(o^;.) rvam.
P. 203 manta . . ,
nom. ^o, 32,.

206 Mahapajapati
Gotami
(/>. sa. o-ptajavati, Olden-
berg, Buddha p. 112, cp. Sp.
Hardy, Manual of Buddhism
p. 306.)

215 yojana . . . (=
about
7Vj
miles, IRAS. 1902, p.
284
Note.)

245 sa-^ ... tead: sattbaka

(instead of sattbika.)

246 samvasa . . . aco. /vam

(piya-*, vasimsu) 11,it.
SUPPLEMENTARY LIST OF ABBREVIATIONS.
ChilderB = Dictionary of the Pali Language; Faush0ll, Bern. = Nogle Be-
meerkninger oia eukelte vanskelige Pfili<Ord i Jataka-Bogen (Oversigt
over det Kgl. Daneke Vidensk. Selsk. Forhaadl. 1888 p. 7-68); Faua-
bell, Das. Jat. = Dasaratha Jataka (Copenhagen
1871);
Five Jat.
=
Five Jatakas (Copenhagen
1861);
Ten J&t. = Ten Jstakag (Copenhagen
1872); Fic^i, Soc, Gl. = Die eociale Gliederuug im nordostlichen Indian
zu Buddha* J Zeit (Kiel 1897); Jacobi, Erzahl. = Ausgewahlte Erzah*
lungen in Mfibarfishtri (Leipzig
1886); Kern, Bijdr. (or Verkl.) = Bij-
drage tot de Verklaring van eenige woorden in Pali-geschriften voor-
ItODiendo (Verhandelingen d. Kon. Akad. van Wetenschappen. Afd. Let-
terkunde XVII. Ameterdam
1888); Kuhn, Beitr, = Beitrage zur Pfili-
Qramroatik (Berlin
1875); Lassen, I A. = Indische Alterthumskunde;
Milller, Pftr. = A Biraplified grammar of the Pali lauguage (London
1884); Pischel, Or. = Graramatik der Prakrit-Spraohen (StrassburglQOO);
Sinart, Kaco. = Kacoayana et la Littfirature grammaticale du Pali (Paris
1871);
Wac?cernagel, Gr. =^ Altindische Grammatik (Gattingen 1896 ff.);
Weber, Ind. Str.
:=--
Indische Streifen; Ind. Stud. = Indische Studien;
Windisch, Mara := Mara and Buddha (Leipzig 1895; Abhandi. d. Kon.
saobs. Qp.e. d. Wiss. phil.-hist. CI. XV.)
BB. = (BezzKuborger's) BeitrUge zur Kunde der indogermanischen Sprachen;
GGA. = Gottingische gelehrte Anzeigen; Gott, Nachr. = Nachrichten
von der Kou. Ges. d. Wiss. zu Gottingen ; Idg. P. = Indogermanische
Forschungen; Ind. Ant, = The Indian Antiquary; KZ. = (Kuhn'a)
Zeitschrift fur vcrgleicbende Sprachforschung; KZ (BB) = dieselbe ver-
einigt mit Bezzenberger's Beitrage (Bd. I = Bd. XLI.); Pan, = Psnini'a
Grammatik, herausgeg. von 0. Bohtlingk (Leipzig
1887); Tr, PM. =
Trenckner, Pali Miscellany, Part I (Copenhagen
1879); WZ, or WZKM.
e=. Wiener Zeitschrift fiir die Kunde des Morgenlandes.
CORRECTIONS TO PART I.
1,14 . .
2,89-80

3S . .
7,sj , .
8,x ..
9,6 ,.

9 , .

U . .

16 . ,
16,19 .

3 . .
17,16 . .

J8 . .
23.4 . .
27,8 .,
29,18 . .
36,38 . .
41.5 ..
44,1 ..
47,4 ..
48,7 ..

3S . .
53,21 . .
69,7 . .
60,83 . .
62,38-SS
66,15-16
73,11 .
76,26 ,
76,1 .

10 .
. cinnaf^hane
. . . dohalo
uppanno
- sayanhasamaye
. ovadanti
. "petum va na visahanti
. su-
. puttat-
. paticcha-
. cari,
. dussam
. daruni
, appa-
. elakaih
, utthapetva {his instead of
upat^hapetva)
. saddo (instead of samuddo)
. sotapanno upasako
. (in some copies:) n3,8akkhi
(instead of naasldchi)
. catujati-"
. Malliko,
. 'imassa lobham
. labbhamane nimantake
. sattadvara-*'
. tassa . ravam
. nipajjapetva
. devalokesu
, . . gahapesum
, . .
(insert after tanhaniro-
dha
:)
upadananirodbo,
upadananirodhs
. malagandha-"
. ayatim
, papafika
. etad avoca
83,20 . . . ekena hatthena
86,8 . . . samantato pabbasati vijjo-
tati

82 . . , kiiii idan ti ce ti aha (cor-

rected by E. Hardy).
87,11 . . . parnsantako me satako
i! ", tassa vidatthi-
III ill anittbitaih (the
C iiii^iiHlese Edition, Coloin
bo 1898.)

n-12 . . , nitthapessami

81 . . , Tusitavimane
89,8 . . , papata

26 . . . aiinan" ti
91,19 . . . pakaro na hoti

31 . . . paiiham puna pi pucchi

93,81 . . . evam me sutam
96,14 , . . nanam
103,2 . . . Tam [mam]

6 . . . Sahassabhage maranam,
ekamse

13 . . , sen'atthena

14 . . . Anuroatto pi pu&nena

15 . . . yesaii ca attho pufinena

31 . . . "-abhippabarini
104,1 . . . Pagalba ettha [na] dissanti
106,16 . . . pana duddasaiii

18 . . . kitava sa^ho
111,27 . . . Jivitam dehi
112,9 ... yakkha ca gbatiya

82 . . . sayam pi Vijayo laddba

29 . . . Tambabbumirajophuttha
tambapanni yato abH
113,9 ... satto, dametum
ADDITIONS TO THE NOTES,
Baka-Jataka . . .
translated by B.
Pischel, Ausland, 1876, p.
757.
Nacca* Jataka , . . translated by B,
Pischel, Ausland, 1876, p. 7 58;
trans-
lated by Warren,
Hermes, XXIX,
p.
476.
Uocbanga- J&taka . . . translated by
B. Pischel, Hermes, XXVIII, p.
466
(cp. mideke, ib. XXIX,
p. 165, &
ZacAariae,Wien. Zeitschr, f. d.Kunde
d. Morgenl. XV,
p. 72).
Vedabbha-Jstaka . . translated by
J. J. Meyer, Dan4in'8 Dafa-kumara-
caritam. Leipzig
1902, p.
1619.
SuBima-JStaka . . . 47,i8
as Dh.
347,8-4 {cp. 346).
288
Andabhuta* Jat.ka . . . traoBlated
with Notes by B. Pischel, Philol.
Abhandlungen M. Hertz zum 70. Ge-
burtstage tod Sohlllern dargebraoht.
Berlin
1888, p. 74.
MahoBadha's Marriage . . trans-
lated by J, J, Meyer, Dandia's Daga-
kunaBra-caritam,
p.
96103.
Mahosadha's Judgement . . . cp.
E. Oldenberg, Die Literatur des alten
Indien. Stuttgart
1903, p. 114
(&
Note
p. 291).
The Great Retirement , . 64,i4-i5
=As.
p.
34,5(cp.MahavaBtuII,
167).
Dhammacakka-payattana-Sutta
. . . translated SBE. XI,
p.
146 &
XIII,
p. 94.
Yasapabbajja . . cp. Lalita Vistara
ed. by Rajendralala Mitra, Calcutta
1877, p. 251; Sp. Hardy, Manual of
Buddhism,
p. 156(159); P. Bigandet,
The Life or Legend of Gaudama.
Rangoon,
1866, p. 55 ; H. Alabaster,
The Wheel of the Law. London 1871,
p. J 26.
The Fire-Sermon ... translated by
Oldenberg, Buddha
p. 209.
Msra as Plowman., translated by
E. Windisch, Mara and Buddha.
Leipzig 1896, p. 104.
Buddha's Death . . . = DN. II.
p. 164
-
80,8-s9
= Jttt. I, p.
392.
The Ten Precepts . . 81,J (cp. Dh.
V. 246-47).
The Legend of the Weaver's
Daughter, 86,w-89,n . . Edited:
DhammapadatthakathS ... by W,
Dhammananda Thera & M. Nsnis-
sara Thera. Colombo 1898, p.
428-31.
The Questions of Uttiya . . cp.
Mil. ed. by V. Trenckner. Copen-
hagen 1880, Note
p. 424.
-
89,2o-2i
cp. Sn. V. 419.
Rebirth is not Transmigration
. . translated (the beginning only)
by li. Garbe, Beitr&ge zur iodischen
Kulturgeschichte. Berlin
1903, p.
129-30.
PadhSna-Sutta ... translated by
E. Windisch, Mara und Buddha,
p. 3
(= Lalita Vistara, ch. XVIII ; Maha-
vastu II,
237) cp. ib.
p. 322.
- v. 19
bhanjami (Ed. gacchami) cp. B.
Pischel, Indische Miscellen (KZ.
(BB) I,
p. 182).
Dhaniya-Sutta ... translated by
PavoUni, Buddismo. Milano 1898,
p. 126.
Buddhaghosa . . translated SBE. X.
Introduction,
p. XXIX-XXXI.
Obsl Several of the Texts above have been printed in: J, Takakusu, A Pttli
Cbrestomatby, with notes and glossary giving Sanskrit and Chinese equi-
valents. Tokyo 1900.
MISPRINTS
to be corrected in the Pali Text of Dhammapada, 2. ed. by V, Fausbell.
. London 1900.
18,4.
mmMMm